BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY

3 9999 06503 273

 ~x "B-i

t ^
fcP
 Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Boston Public Library

http://www.archive.org/details/philadelphiaphot1870phil
RfKTOh! PUBLIC LIBRARY
 THE

PHILADELPHIA

PHOTOGRAPHER.

EDITED BY EDWARD L. WILSON".

ATOLTTIMIIE VII.

PHILADELPHIA:
BENERMAN & WILSON, PUBLISHERS,
S. W. COR. SEVENTH & CHERRY STREETS.

18 70.
 Lit)

e
A,

CAXTON PRESS. OF SHERMAN & CO.,

PHILADELPHIA.
 PHOTOGRAPHIC EMBELLISHMENTS.
January. Photo-Relief Print. By Walter B. July. "Shadow' 1
Portrait. By W. J. Baker,
"Woodbury, London, England. Buffalo, New York.

February. "Blowing Bubbles.

7 '
Prize Pic- August. Exhibition of the National Photo
ture. By M. M. Griswold, Columbus, graphic Association. By T. T. Sweeney,
Ohio. Cleveland, Ohio.

March. Illustrative of Retouching the Nega- September. Cabinet Portrait. ..By Adam Salo-
tive. By J. F. Ryder, Cleveland, Ohio. mon, Paris, France.

April. View in Central Park, New York. By October. "Gems of German Life." By Lces
H. J. Newton, New York. cher & Petsch, Berlin.
May. Cabinet Portrait. By Lcescher & November. Cabinet Portrait. By Notman &
Petsch, Berlin. Frazer, Toronto, Canada.
June. "Rembrandt" Portrait. By William December. " The Skating Carnival. " By Wil-
Kurtz, New York. 'Ltam Notman, Montreal.

ILLUSTRATIONS ON WOOD.
PAGE
The Holyoake Card Mount,
The Prize Medals, . .
....10
. .
9 Glass Forceps, ......
Bookhout's Washing-Tank,
154
155
Buehtel's Photographic Plate-Holder,
Hintson Cutting Out Stereograph Pictures,
Bergner's Stereoscopic Print-Cutter, .
.

.
15
16
19
Kurtz's Cone Backgrounds,
Noss's Side Screen, ....
Constructing the Roof of a Glass-House,
. . 176 177
187
191
.25
Coloring Magic Lantern Slides,
Substitute for the Swing Back,
Improved Photograph Washing-Tank,
...
. .

.
27
35
tints, ......
Printing-Frame for Mezzotints or Aqua

Upward and Downward Filtration, .

192
199
Skylight 37 Handkerchief Printing-Frame, . 203
The Camera, and How to Use it, . . 42 Ayres's Chart of Photographic Drapery, 216
Influence of Distance on Portraiture, 49, 50 Camera Copying Statues, 254
Kurtz's Filtering Apparatus, ... 57
Inclining the

....
in
Whitney's Outside Blinds for dlass-Houses 297
Portable Chemical-Room,
Water-Tight Covering for Field Bath,
Knapp's Combined Camera- Adjuster and
. .

.
68
70
Useful Bark-Tents,
Anderson's
Diagram
Still, ....
— Slipping Film on Dry Plates,
298
306
314
Copying-Stand, .73 Save the Negatives, 318
A Strong and Useful Tripod,
New Atelier of Loescher &
. .

...
. .

Ber-
74
.

Brooks's Improved Developer-Holder, 328

346
Petsch, Principle of the Stereoscope,
lin, 89, 118, 119 403
Retouching Frame, 92 Motes's Circular Background, 353
...
. . .

Rectifying the Nitrate Bath, 99 Retouching Solar Negatives, 359

A New Stereoscopic Camera, . . . 100 Brush for Blue-Frosting the Skylight, 364
Lewin's Dark-Tent,
Hints for a New
.

Dark-Tent,
Burgess & Lenzi's Lightning Print-Cutting
. .

.
.

.
.111
114,115
Equivalent Focus of a Lens,
Photographic
Gradated Background,
Still, .... 365
395
396
Table, 117 Blinds for Side-Light, 398
Anderson's Background Frame. . . 129 Monogram Trade-Mark of the National
Effect of Distance and Wide Angle in Land- Photographic Association, . 409
Illustrating Moonlight Photography, 411
scape and Portrait Photography,
Cone for Solar Camera,
Griswold's Adjustable Concave Reflector,
.... 130, 131

.
141
146
The Sensible Camera-Stand,
The Bulb Syringe, .... 424
428
Kurtz's "Rembrandt Counter Reflector," . 150 Sphynx, . . . 429
 CONTENTS.

PAGE PAGE
Ancient Architecture of Southern India. . 428 Copying Statuary in Varied Positions on
Announcement, Important, 401 One Plate. George W. White, 77
Albert Process, The, . .
.

. 36
48
—i
. .

. Combination Negatives. G. Wharton Simp-

. .

Art Study in Photography son, 86

Action of Lighting and Contrast, 84 . . Collodio-Bromide Process, On the Source of
Ayres's Chart of Photographic Drapery, 216, 256 the Difficulties Presented by the. M.
Address to the National Photographic Asso- Carey Lea 134, 147
ciation by the Berlin Society,
Address of the National Photographic Asso-
ciation to the Berlin Society,
258

347
.

.
.

.
Collodio-Bromide,
Carey Lea,
Collodion, Accelerators
.....
Acidification

in. G.
of.

Wharton
M.
157

Apprenticeship. I. B. Webster, 357 . . Simpson, 165

Alburrienizing the Plate. Jex Bardwell, 358 Collodion as a Varnish. E. K. Hough. . 193
Acetic Acid, Impure. John C. Browne, 378 . Collodio-Bromide Process. M. Carey Lea, 208,
Acceleration of Exposures in the Camera, 267, 312.
On the. M. Carey Lea, . 411 . . Cleveland Exhibition, Some Remarks on the.
Dr. H. Vogel, 259
Carbon Eburneum Prints. G. Wharton
Buchtel's Photographic Plate-Holder, . 15 Simpson, . . .266 . .

Burnt-in Photographs Prof. J. Towler. Copyright Law, The Photographic. 299 . .

M.D., Carbon Printing. G. Wharton Simpson, 302 .

Berlin Process, ....

Bath, The Alkaline. P.

Beethoven, Prang's Chromo of,

Hawk,
.430
76
84. 105, 190
.

.
Coating Plates. M. Carey Lea,

....
Coating for Glass Plates, Preliminary. G.
Wharton Simpson,
313

418
. .

Bath, Rectifying the Nitrate. F W. Spen- Cracking of the Film and Remedies to Pre-
cer, vent it. Dr. H. Vogel, 418 . . .

trate, .... ...

Bath, Permanganate of Potash in the Ni

Background Frame, Anderson's Patent,

121
128
Cotton, New Experiments on.
Vogel,
Dr. H.
419
Cleveland Exhibition and the Good it Did, 425

ton Simpson,
Berlin Process.
.....
Background, Adam Salomon's. G. Whar-

Gr. Wharton Simpson, .

390
167
Cardboard, How Made
Curious and Interesting Fact,
Chloride of Gold and Potassium, Double.
325
347 . . .

Background, Kurtz's Cone, . . . 176 G. Wharton Simpson, 362 . . .

Background, Motes's Circular, . . . 353

Bath, Practical Method of Renovating an
Old Silver. Prof. J. Towler, M.D.,
Baths for Printing, On the Utilization of Old
. 283 Dry Process, Gordon's Gum Gallic.
J. Towler. M.D., ....
Prof.
7
Negative. D Duncan,
Back Numbers Wanted, .... . . . 312
349
Dextrine as a Preservative against Splitting.
Dr. H. Vogel, , 24
Background, One for all Gradations of Tints.
0. Baratti, .

Backing for Dry Plates. M. Carey Lea,

...
396
427 .
Dark-Room, Green Glass
Lea
in the.

Distance in Portraiture, On the Influence

M. Carey
33,
of.
315

Bad Work, 404 Dr. H. Vogel, 49

Backgrounds, Revolving. G. Wharton Dry Plates. Keeping. G. Wharton Simp-
Simpson, 417 son, 60
Bulb Syringe, The. J. C. Browne, 427 . . Developer, Mixed Iron and Pyrogallic Acid.
G. Wharton Simpson, .61. .

Dark-Tent, Hints for a New. A. E. Le

Chloro-Bromide Process. M. Carey Lea, . 4 Merle 114
Camera, The, and How to Use it. Geo. H. Dark-Tent, Useful, 297
Fennemore, . . . . .41 Dry Plates, Development of. G. Wharton
Chart of Photo Drapery, Ayres's, 216, 256, 407 Simpson, 122

yer, .......
Chemical-Room, Portable. French & Saw-
68
Dr. Vogel
Dr. Vogel's Farewell to America,
185, 274
322 . .

Stand, Knapp's, .....

Combined Camera-Adjuster and Copying-
73
Dippers, Remarks on Silver.
Blake,
John M.
187
 CONTENTS.
PAGE
Dark-Room, Yellow Glass in. Perambu- Film, Cracking of the, and Remedies to Pre-
lator, 192 vent it. Dr. H. Vogel, 418 . . .

Drapery, Ayres's Chart of Photographic, 216, Film, Dissolving of the, during Varnishing,
256, 322, 407 Dr. H. Vogel, 418
Decree, Copv of the (Shaw & Wilcox Co.
Case) 256
Dialogues, Photographic.
son, .
Elbert Ander-
261, 285, 305, 354, 392, 405
.
Gum Dry Process, Gordon's
Gallic
Towler, M.D.,
J. ....
Prof.
7
Dry Plates, Practical Value of.
ton Simpson, .....
G. Whar-

Dry Plates, Backing for. M. Carey Lea,

266
343
German Correspondence. Dr. Hermann
Vogel, 22, 48, 83, 129, 163, 253, 369,
Group Pictures, On Failures in. Dr. H.
418

Development. Alkaline. M. Carey Lea, . 289 Vogel, 129

Development, Stopping. John M. Blake, 376 Genre Pictures. Dr. H. Vogel, . . 132
Dry Plate Work, Prevention
etc. M. Carey Lea,
Developer-Holder, Brooks's Improved.
.... of Blistering,

W.
314
Gathered Fragments. David Doncan,
Glass Forceps.
Gun Cotton,
John M. Blake.
New Discoveries Concerning.
.

.
133
154

R.Brooks, 328 Dr. H. Vogel, 163

Development and Redevelopment,
for. M. Carey Lea
Dr. Vogel's Estimate of the Cleveland Exhi-
A Holder
377 London Stone, .....
Glass-House, Constructing the Roof of

Glass-House, Whitney's Outside Blinds

a.

for.
191

bition 388 L. M. Whitney, 296

Difficulties Overcome. Prop. J. Tow.er, . 414

Exhibition, London Photographic Society. 21

Holyoake Card Mount,
Holiday Number, .
....
.
9
186 . . .

Editor's Table, 30, 63, 95, 142, 182, 222, 270, Handkerchief Printing-frame. Moore Bros. 203
304, 334, 367, 399, 431.
Enslaving a Sunbeam,
Exhibition of 1870, at Paris,
Exhibition of 1870, at Paris.
.

G. Wharton
54 ....40
. .

In a Fog.
Inclining- the
G. Wharton Simpson,
Camera, On the Effect
.

of, etc.
.211
Simpson, 302 Dr."h. Vogel 253
Enlarging, Monckhoven's New Artificial Intensifier, Bichloride of Mercury as .an.
Light for 59 Jex Bardwell, . . . . 310
.

Enamel Photographs. Prof. J. Towler, Intensity, Reducing.M. Carey Lea, . 342

M.D . . . 68, 102 Important Announcement, ''. . . .401
Explanation, An. Charles W. Hull, . 108
Extracts from Our New Books, . . .120
Eclipse, American
Wharton Simpson,
Effect of Distanceand Wide Angle in Land-
....
Photographs of. G.
125
Keeping Silvered Albumen Paper.
Vogel,
Dr. H.
83

scape and Portrait Photography. Dr.

H. Vogel 130
Enlarging of Photographs with the Ordinary Lighting and Contrast, Action of. Dr. H.
Camera. Prof. J. Towler, Vogel, 84
". 188 .

Loeseher & Petsch's New Studio, 117

Association, ....
.xecutive Committee National Photographic
256, 273, 413
Exhibitors. National Photographic Associa-
Lenses for Large Heads. Dr. H. Vogel,
Lichtdruck. G. Wharton Simpson,
. .

.
88,
.

.
129
264
tion, List of, 278
Letter from the Country. W. J. Baker, . 409
Enlargements, Solar, 298
Encaustic Paste, Another. G. Wharton
Simpson, . 321 Mosaics for 1870, . 13, 62
. . .

Enlargements on Collodion Films. Prof. Mosaics for 1871, 408

J. Towler 340 Magic Lantern Slides, Coloring, .24 . .

Enlargements and Chromos, American, in Mysteries of the New York Dark-Chambers, 55,
Berlin. Dr. II. Vogel, . . . 371 71, 190.
Exhibitions, Photographic, New York,
Louis, Cincinnati,
Eberneum Carbon Prints.
.... G. Wharton
St.
3S2
Monckhoven's New
larging.
Mounting
Artificial
G. Wharton Simpson,
Material, New. G. Wharton
Light for
.
En-
. 59

Simpson, 266 Simpson, 122

Mounting without Cockling. G. Wharton
Simpson, . .212 *
Ferrotypers' Association of Philadelphia,, 11, 54, Magnesium Light. G. Wharton
Simpson, 391
78, I 10, 161, 214,
257, 293, 325, 387.
Filtering Apparatus, Kurtz's.
Filtering Collodion.
W. Kurtz,
M. Carev Lea,
57
Monogram Trade-Mark National Photogra-
phic Association, The,
Moulton's Solar Printing-Frame,
.... . .
409
423

ton Simpson, ....

Foliage in Negatives, Improving.- G. Whar

Filtering Collodion and Viscous Solution

125
Misplaced Confidence. D. B., . . . 423

G. Wharton Simpson, I fill National Photographic Association, Annual

Formulae, California Working. A. J. Per Exhibition of, 1, 33, 48, 65, 66, 99, 1 13, 145,
kins, 195 179, 185, 210, 225, 276.
Fog Dispersing, The. Elbert Anderson, 203 New Year, The, 1
 CONTENTS. vn

New York Correspondence, 17, 51, 82, 158, 212, Photo-Relief Prints and Photo-Collographs.
292. G. Wharton Simpson, 359 . . .

Notes In and Out of the Studio. G. Whar- Photographic World, The, 26, 62, 94, 141, 182,
ton Simpson, . 20, 59, 85, 122,
. 303, 332, 366.
165, 210, 264, 301, 318, 359, 389, 416. Prize for Solar Negatives, . . . 43, 65
Negative, How to Recover a Lost. G. Whar- Photo-Mechanical Printing Process. G.
ton Simpson, . . . . .22 Wharton Simpson 59
Negatives, Durability of the. Dr. H. Vogel, 23 Photo-Mechanical Printing Process, Rye's.
Negatives, The Varnishing of Under-ex- G. Wharton Simpson, 361 . . .

posed. Dr. H. Vogel, . . .24 Print-Cutting Table, Burgess Lenzi's Pat- <fc

Novelty, A. David Duncan, . . .36 ent, 116

C. Browne,
Negatives, Keeping.
.....
Negatives, After-Intensification of.

Dr. H. Vogel,
John

.
72
83
Permanganate of Potash in the Nitrate
Bath. J. Lee Knight,
Photography in Colors. Dr. H. Vogel,
.121
163
. .

Negatives, Manipulation of Wet or Dry.

M. Carey Lea, .

Nationality of Photographic Discovery. G.

. ... . 344
Photography from a Business Point of View.
Daniel Bendann,
Photographic Engraving Process. G. Whar-
....
348

Wharton Simpson, . . . .85 ton Simpson 166

National Photographic Association, Pro- Photo- Crayons. Prize for, .168, 209
. .

ceedings of, . .

National Photographic Association, Execu-

tive Committee,
226

256, 273, 413

.
.

.
.

.
. . Photo-Crayons, Toning and Coloring.
Wharton Simpson,
G.

Printing-frame for Mezzotints or Aquatints.

....
301

National Photographic Association, Address F. Clark .192

by German Photographic Society, 258 . Photography an Aid to Painting and Chro-
National Photographic Association, Address mo-lithography, . . . . .193
to German Photographic Society, 347 . Prizes, Our Next, ,. 209, 258, 274, 337
.

National Photographic Exhibition, some re- Photo-Mechanical Printing Processes in Eu-

marks on, . . 259 . . . . rope. G. Wharton Simpson, 210 . .

National Photographic Association, Mem- Pinholes, Simple Remedy for. G. Whar-

bers, List of, 291 ton Simpson, 212
National Photographic Association. G. Photographic Drapery, Ayres's Chart of, 216, 256.
Wharton Simpson 301 322
National Photographic Association, Third Photo-Collographic Process, Obernetter's.
Annual Exhibition of, 369, 424 . . . G. Wharton Simpson, 264 . . .

Nitrate, Dissolving the. M. Carey Lea, 313 . Photo-Collographic Process, Practical De-
Negatives, Save the,
Niepce De St. Victor, ....
. 318
274, 353
Negativesfor Retouching, On the Production
. . . . tails of. G. Wharton Simpson,
Platinum Toning. G. Wharton Simpson, 266,
319.
360 . .

of Proper. William Bell, 372 . . Pennsylvania Photographic Association, 292,

New Size in California, The. W. H. Ru- 349, 386, 420.
loeson, 407 Photo-Relief Printing Process. G. Whar-
Negatives, Reproduction of. G. Wharton ton Simpson, 302.
Simpson, 416 Photographic Subjects, On Various. M.

Our Picture, 2, 58, 92, 139, 177, 216, 269, 276,

Carey Lea,
Postage on Photographs,
. .312, 342
323....
.

....
.

One
333, 337, 399, 428.
Old Times. E. L. Allen
Hundred Days in a Fog. Elbert An-
46
Patent Office Drawings,
Photo-Crayon Process,
Photographic Society, Central Ohio, 353
....
32.7
352
.

derson, 106, 151, 162. Photography and War. Dr. H. Vog*el, 369 .

Obernetter's Printing Process. Dr. H. Vo- Photography and War. G. Wharton

gel, 419 Simpson, 389
Photographs of the Protuberances on the
Prize Medals, The 9 Sun, without an Eclipse, 375 . . .

Patents, New, . . . . 10, 91, 109 Photography in Baltimore, 386 . . .

Photographic Society of Philadelphia, 11, 53, 77, Portraits, Bi-Medallion. G. Wharton

110, 159, 257, 387, 421. Simpson, 391
Photographic Society of New England, 12, 81, Prizes, Award of the, . . . . . 395
112, 160, 214, 350. Photographers and War. Dr. H. Vogel. . 418.
Photographic Society of St. Louis, 352 . . Premiums, The Fair, . . . . .422
Photographic Society of Northern Ohio, 13 . Prize Prints, The, .. . . .425
Photographic Society of New York, German,
111, 422
Pictorial Effect in Photography, .14 . . Retouching before Varnishing. Dr. H.
Plate-Holder, Buchtel's Photographic. H. Vogel, 24
P. Buchtel, 15 Retouched Pictures, To Separate from the
Print-Cutter, Bergner's Stereoscopic, . . 19 Mounts. Dr. H. Vogel, .23 . .

Portraiture, Idealism in.

Simpson, ......
G. Wharton

Paper, Silvered, that will keep. G. Whar-

21
Retouching Negatives. G. Wharton. Simp-
son,
Retouching Negatives. Grasshoff, J. 329 .
125

ton Simpson 22 Retouching Negatives. Dr. H. Vogel, 83 .

Photo-Relief Prints, The Expense of. G. Rectifying the Nitrate Bath. F. W. Spen-
Wharton Simpson, . . . .22 cer, 99
Vlll CONTENTS.
PAGE
Reproducing Negatives. G.
son
Retouching Negative's. W. J. Baker,
Wharton Simp-

.
123
126
Size, A New,
Subscription Expired,
Stereoscope, The. J. B. Lyman, A.M..M.D.,
.... 324
337
402
Retouching Negatives, The Limits of. Dr.
H. Vogel, .

Reflector, Griswold's Adjustable Concave,

370
146
.... .
Stereoscope, The,
Stops, Illuminated
.

M. M. Griswold,
Solar Negatives. Retouching. C. A. Win-
. . . .

.
345
358

Rembrandt Counter Reflector, Kurtz's Pat- SOR, 358

ent, 150 Silk in Photography, A New Mode of Em-
Retouching, Varnish for Facilitating.
Wharton Simpson,
Ross Lens, The
.... Gr.
165
168
ploying. \j. Spiller, F.C.S.,
Sensitized Paper, On Keeping from Discolor-
ing. Jex Bardwell, ....
. . 371

377
Rembrandt Effects. "Old Fogy," .288 . Stains, Removing Silver. G. Wharton
Rembrandt and Rembrandts. George B. Simpson, 391
Ayres, 379 Stains on Opal Glass. G. Wharton Simp-
Relief Fund, 305 son, . 392
Rembrandt
son, ...
Portraits.

Retouching, On the Production of Proper

Gr. Wharton
•
. .
Simp-
. 362
Still,Simple way of Making.
Smith,
Sensible Camera-Stand, The,
J.

.
Edwards
. .
395
424
Negatives for. William Bell, 372 . .

Retouching, Chemical. David Duncan, 381 .

"Rembrandts." W.J. Baker, 409 . . Transparencies, Collodio - Chloride. G.

Ross Lenses. W. J. Baker, 410 . . . Wharton Simpson, . .60 . .

Revolving Backgrounds. G. Wharton Tripod, A Strong and Useful, 74 . .

Simpson, 416 "Tonica," Secret. The, . 74 . . .

Retouching Varnishes. G. Wharton Simp- Tent, A Simple Outdoor. Dr. H. Vogel, 164
son, 418
Side. Julie, .....
The Sitter Hath Trial as Well, or, The Other

Transplan tings. David Duncan, .175

171
.

Splitting. Dextrine, as a Preventive of. Toning, Platinum. G. Wharton Simpson, 266

Dr. H. Vogel, 24
Stereograph Pictures, Hints on Cutting out.
J. Carbutt, 15 Under the Skylight. Roland Vanweike, 75,
Stereoscope, A Familiar Explanation of the 100, 206, 294, 373

Pepper,
Studio, Loescher
......
Phenomena Produced by

& Petsch's
the. Prof.

New. Dr. H.
43
Voices from the Craft, .29,90,140, 177
.

Vogel 88, 117 Varnish, Protecting Films from the Solvent

Salad
Sliding Box Patent, Who Infringed
Shaw and Wilcox Patent, . .
the,
72, 97,
30, 330
. 45
293
Action of.
Varnish, Grit, .....
G. Wharton Simpson,

Varnishes, The Quality of Different. Dr. H

291

Sarony's Photographic Crayons, . . 80 Vogel, 369

Side-Light vs. Front-Light. G. Wharton Varnishes, Retouching. G. Wharton Simp
Simpson 87 son 418
Stereoscopic Camera, A New, .100 . .

Stereoscope, The. J. B. Lyman, A.M., M.D., 402

Something about Words. George B. Woodbury Photo-Relief Printing Process, 2,
Ayres,
Solar Negative Prize, .... 115
132,149
137
Wrinkles and Dodges, . 28, 93, 140, 218, 331
Stereographs on Transparent, Tinted, etc.,
Paper. Prof. J. Towler, M.D.,
Side Screen, Noss's
155
187
. Carbutt, . .....
Washing-Tank, Improved Photograph. J.

Winter Photography, or, Printing by Devel-

35

Silver-Dippers. Remarks on.

Blake, ......John M.
187
opment. Prof. J. Towler, M.D.,
Water-Tight Covering for Field-Bath. A.
. 38

Lovejoy, ......
Shaw & Wilcox Company's Case

Shaw & Wilcox Company's Case vs. G. W.

vs. G. W.
196
F. Clough
White Mountains in Winter,
White Hills when they are White,
. .

.
.

.
70
109
169
Lovejoy, copy of the decree, 256 . . Weighing and Measuring. M.Carey Lea, 194,
Standard Sizes of Photographic Prints. G.
Wharton Simpson,
Sitter Hath Trial as Well, The, Julie,
....
265
171 .
281
Winter on a Mountain. A. F. Clough, 326, 217
Woodbury Printing Process. G. Wharton
Standard Sizes. Charles G. Crane, 285 . Simpson, . . . 321 . .

Sphynx, The, . 294, 363, 397, 429

. . War and Photographers. Dr. H. Vogel, 418 .

Sore Hands. T. W. Cowes, .310 . . War, Effect of, On Photographic Industry.

Solar Camera Printing. Prof. J. Towler, Dr. H. Vogel, 419
M.D , . 315
Sensitive Paper, Washed and Fumed. G.
Wharton Simpson, 318, 362
. . . Year-Book of Photography, The, 309,394
 THE

WtaMpMa $ififo$w$hth
Vol. VII. JANUARY, 1870. No. 7 3.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S69,

By BENEEMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District o f Pennsylv

The Annual Exhibition of the Expired " were stamped upon the wrappers
of the most of the copies, letters full of
National Photographic Association.
words of good cheer have been streaming in
The Annual Exhibition of the National upon us daily, accompanied by substantial
Photographic Association of the United tokens of their earnestness from all direc-
States, will be held in Cleveland, Ohio, be-
tions. This whole number, printed in fine
ginning the first Tuesday in June, A.D. type, would not begin to hold them. " My
1870.
subscription never expires," writesone; "I
This early announcement is made to ena- have been saved so much needless expense
ble exhibitors from foreign countries to by it that I cannot afford to do without it,"
make shipment of their specimens in good says another " It has been my only teacher,
;

time, which should be not later than April and I constantly improve under its instruc-
1st to insure their arrival in season. Ship- " I have
tions," is the voice of another;
ments may be made as late as the 20th of been pecuniarily successful, and I owe at
April, but there is a risk of their arriving least one-half to the Philadelphia Photogra-
too late. pher," cheeringly writes another, and such
Full particulars will be given in the next are the letters from the mass of those who
issue of this Journal, for the information are now renewing their subscriptions.
of foreign exhibitors and others. Now what shall we do in return for all
Will foreign Photographic Journals this ? We do not think it a good plan
please copy this notice. always to reveal what you are going to do,
Those desiring special information will but this much we promise so long as it is :

please address the Permanent Secretary as in our hands, The Philadelphia Photogra-
follows: Edward L. Wilson, pher sJiall not go backwards. We know
Permanent Secretary its shortcomings, and we will try to im-
National Photographic Association,
Philadelphia, Pa., IT. S. A.
prove it all in our power. We have several
fine pictures hand and under way, as
in
announced in our prospectus, which we
think will be well worth $5 without any
THE NEW YEAR. reading matter, but the latter shall also be
We heartily wish a Happy New Year for kept up to the times, and you shall never
all of our readers. Since our last number be kept in the dark as to any new improve-
was issued, and the words "Subscription ment, or fail to be warned if any attempt is
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
made to take advantage of
you.
We
have effected new postal arrange-
ments by which we think we can prevent
the frequent loss of our numbers in the
mail hereafter. Our subscription
be arranged in States, and the numbers for
each State and Territory tied up separately
and thus mailed. In that way the Cali-
fornia package, for instance, will go direct
to San Francisco for distribution, instead
of the numbers being jolted and rubbed
against each other separately as heretofore,
and deceive The Woodbury Photo-Relief Printing
—
Process Our Picture.
We present our readers with a picture
this month by a process which is almost
list will entirely new to them, though not a new
process. Nearly five years ago Mr. Walter
Bentley Woodbury laid before the photo-
graphic societies in London some exquisite
little prints possessing unusual and remark-
able relief and detail, which, he declared,
were mechanical prints in permanent col-
ors no silver, no hyposulphite, no gold,
;

thus running the risk of being pillaged by in fact, no deleterious chemical being in
route agents, or of having the wrappers torn their composition. They were of card-size
off. This plan will insure certain and safe only, yet they excited the greatest conster-
delivery we think. nation, for in them could be seen a great
One subject more, and we have done. The process for the future. Some little while
large circulation our Journal has, necessa- after, the readers of the Photographic News
rily brings an immense correspondence. were presented with a specimen print by
Heretofore, many of our subscribers, when Mr. Woodbury's process, and the details of
finding trouble in their manipulations, have the process given. The British Journal and
naturally applied to us for the necessary in- Dr. Vogel's Photo. Mittheilungen have since
formation. We are glad they do, for they presented their readers with cabinet-size
should find everything in their Journal that specimens, and we have from time to time
they want to know. We
have always noticed the process and its progress, though
answered such letters privately and cheer- not in much detail.
fully, because, our issue being monthly, it It has been reserved for them, however, to
is a long time for a man to wait to know receive now the most beautiful specimen
how he may get rid of fog in his bath, spots by the process that has been printed in
in his paper, etc. Although we can and do large quantities on paper, and we believe
employ help business department,
in our that they will agree with us that it rivals
this kind of work must be done by one silver printing and gold toning to a won-
right hand, and that our own. Although drous degree. One could scarcely hope
it has become very exacting and burden- for more perfect prints from any negative,
some, we are still willing to answer all such and yet the thousands needed for our pur-
letters by private note, whenever the parties pose can be printed by one man in less than
cannot wait to be answered in our next issue. a week, with only one exposure of the nega-
When they can wait, we shall, hereafter, tive! Astounding as this may seem, we
for theirgood and for the good of others, will try to make it plain by the details of
answer all such communications in our edi- the process as briefly as possible: A thin,
torial columns, and this shall be the rule. dry sheet of bichromatized gelatine is ex-
If you inclose a postage stamp we shall posed under the negative the same as in
know you are in a hurry, and write you ;
carbon or silver printing. The soluble
otherwise, you will be answered as stated. parts are then washed away and the insol-
Now continue to ask whenever you need uble parts remaining form a gelatine relief.
information, and you shall be attended to When dry, this "relief" is placed upon a
cheerfully. Correspondence to be answered steel plate in a hydraulic press, a sheet of
in the magazine must reach us by the 18th lead laid upon it, and the two brought to-
of the month invariably, or it will be too gether by about four hundred tons' pres-
late. sure. On removing the pressure a reverse
Again, we wisli you all a Happy New of the "relief" will bo found impressed
Year. upon the lead-plate, and from it the prints
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
are made. From the same "relief," with show no signs of the fractures. Is it not
care, as many as twenty metal plates may wonderful ?

be produced, each one being capable of It is well known to all of our readers
printing about one thousand impressions, that albumen prints are more or less fugi-
so that, with only one exposure of the nega- tive moreover, that to print in large
;

tive, it is possible to print twenty thousand
prints, all as perfect as the one now presented
to you.
Wehave before us one of the "reliefs,"
several of the metal plates, and a great
number of the prints of sizes up to 11 x 14
on paper and glass. In the metal intaglio
or mould, the most intense parts of the
photograph are represented by the deepest
hollows and the half-tones by hollows pro-
portionately less deep,i. e., the deeper the
hollow the darker, and vice versd. The
mould is laid flat in a press contrived by
Mr. Woodbury for the process, and upon
it is poured, while warm, a suflicient quan-
tity of a semi-transparent mixture of color
and gelatine. This mixture is poured in a
little pool upon the centre of the mould,
the paper is laid upon it, the press brought
down, and the mixture oozes outwards in
all directions, fills the hollows in the moulds,
and attaches itself to the paper. In a few
moments the proof is removed from the
mould and immersed in an alum solution,
which renders it insoluble even in boiling
water, and we have the finished print!
Can anything be more simple and beauti-
ful?
But the production of prints on paper
only one of the uses of the process. Prints
on glass for transparencies, stereographs,
and lantern-slides can be made with even
greater ease. Any color may be used for
the paper prints, or any shade, as the prints
before us testify. They may be made on
metal, china, wood, or almost any substance
to which the mixture will adhere, of a
or glazed surface. By another application
bass reliefs in plaster are obtained, and,
still another, printing surfaces on copper
for the regular printing press are secured.
A negative may
be weak, or it may be
dense and harsh. Equally good prints can
be obtained from them by a slight modifi-
cation in making the relief. It is
most accommodating process we have ever
seen. Even a broken negative can be
printed from so that the resulting prints
quantities is almost impossible, unless many
negatives be made, which adds much to the
cost of production. Perhaps no one has ex-
perienced the latter defect in the silver pro-
cessmore than we have, as we need several
thousand prints each month, and know full
well and to our cost, the difficulty of ob-
taining them. These drawbacks to silver
printing have led many for a number of
years to experiment, with a view of obtain-
ing some process by which •permanent prints
could be made in large quantities cheaply
and as good as silver prints. The result
has been the perfection of several very use-
ful photo-lithographic processes, only useful,
however, in certain directions, and all of
them, until within two or three years, with-
out the possibility of obtaining half-tone.
The various carbon processes were also the
result of the experiments alluded to, most
of the experimenters working pretty much
in the same The Osborne photo-
direction.
lithographic and the Swan carbon, process,
were the most perfect and practical of them
all,and an example by each of them has
been presented to our readers.
Mr. Woodbury, however, stepped out of
the usual track and worked in an entirely
is different direction from his confreres. With
what success, our readers have proof of.
After years of hard labor and diligent ex-
periment, hindered by obstacles that it
seemed almost impossible ever to over-
come, Mr. Woodbury has mastered a pho-
tographic printing process, which is itself
master of all of its rivals, and the capabili-
mat ties of which he does not yet foresee. It is
undoubtedly the printing process of the fu-
by ture. At present it is only adapted (eco-
nomically) to the production of large quan-
tities, such as for the illustrations of maga-
zinesand books, for advertising and other
commercial purposes, and for parties who
have large lots of stereoscopic negatives in
the continual use. There is a wide field for it
in those directions.
The saving of the negative gives it an
immense power. In a future issue we shall
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
give further information concerning this
wonderful discovery, and we are promised
that those who visit the great exhibition
that to be at Cleveland in next June shall
is
see itworked in all its details.
The negative from which these prints
showing such unthought of sensitiveness
in chloride of silver, naturally led others to
experiment in the direction of plates for the
camera Nothing, however, of interest was
elicited, nor was any step made towards the
discovery of the function of chloride of sil-

were made was made by Mr. Woodbury ver in connection with collodion negatives.
in Italy. Our pictures were printed by the This function I believe I have now suc-
"Woodbury Photo-Eelief Company, in Lon- ceeded in making out. The true use of
don. chloride of silver is to be found in connec-
tion with bromide in the collodio-bromide
process. And, if I do not deceive myself,
THE CHLORO-BROMIDE PROCESS. it will be found that this application of
BY M. CAREY LEA. chloride of silver will be equal in import-
I propose to give the above name to a ance, and not dissimilar in character, to the
new form of the collodio-bromide process, introduction of bromide of silver into the
which have just finished working out.
I . regular wet process.
Some years ago I made and published For, although exellent work was done
some experiments upon development on with the iodide of silver process, yet the
chloride of silver on paper. The chloride introduction of bromide gave a great cer-
paper was exposed under a negative, in tainty, ease, and freedom from fog. So,
some cases for a very short time; in others, although capital work can be done with
until a visible image appeared. It was the collodio-bromide process, neverthess the
found that, in the latter case, where the ex- introduction of chloride enables us with
posure was continued till the whole image ease and certainty to get a bright, vigor-
was visible, and then finished by develop- ous image, coming up with facility to any
ment, a better result was got than when degree of intensity desired, supporting with
iodo-bromide of silver was used, and I recom- great ease a re-development with nitrate of
mended this mode of development for regu- silverand acid pyro if desired, in conse-
lar use in development printing. But the quence of inadvertent under-exposure and
most remarkable result was got where the without any need of previous fixing. In-
exposure was very short. In an experi- deed, the addition of even a very small
ment in which a single magnesium spiral quantity of chloride so effectually destroys
was burned in front of the negative, noth- all tendency to fog, that the use of a solu-
ing at all was visible when the paper was ble bromide in the development becomes
removed from the frame. According to re- superfluous, even where the sensitive collo-
ceived ideas respecting the comparative in- dion has been prepared with a large relative
sensibility of chloride of silver, development excess of nitrate of silver. A liberal excess
of this under-exposed invisible image ought of nitrate of silver in the collodion tends to
to have produced a very harsh, black and exalt the sensibility, but obliges great care
white picture, instead of which a thin pic- to be taken in the development and the use
ture, crowded with detail, was obtained. I of plenty of bromide of potassium. But,
remember mentioning that some extremely by the introduction of chloride, all this
faint detail, which I had noticed in the nega- tendency to fog disappears at once, and the
tive, with the thought in my mind that that development goes forward as brightly and
portion would never show in any print, cleanly as can be desired.
was distinctly visible in this development. The proportion of chloride necessary is

At the same time, the image was so thin, singularly small. A grain to the ounce
flat, and destitute of vigor as to be wholly of collodion seems to be quite sufficient in
worthless as a positive, and was only of in- most cases. In some it may be raised to
terest in connection with the curious prop- two grains, in others lowered to half a
erties so unexpectedly disclosed. grain. It is wonderful to see how com-
The publication of these experiments, plete a change in the character of the plate
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
the addition of so small a quantity as half a The following are the formulae which I
grain will make. The quantity to he added recommend for use : I have always pre-
will always depend upon the character of ferred to use a collodion richer in bromides
the collodion in use and the result desired. than many others who use the collodio-
The more chloride added, the greater will bromide process. If found too thick, it is

be the vigor of the resulting negative. easy to thin with ether to any desired
it

The chloride which I have selected for use thickness, but I have always found that it
isthe chloride of copper* Of course, others was best to apply the collodio-bromide as
may he used, such as the alkaline chlorides, little thin as possible —a rich, creamy film
chloride of cadmium, of calcium, etc., etc. always gives the softest pictures and with
But the chloride of copper leaves nothing the most detail in the shadows. I there-
to be desired. It is easily obtained pure; fore make my collodion :

it is very soluble in alcohol and works in

Alcohol and Ether, equal parts, 1 ounce.
all respects satisfactorily. So also, doubt-
Bromide of Cadmium, . . 10 grains.
less, will other metallic chlorides and chlor-
Bromide of Ammonium, . . 2 "
ide of lithium. Other alkaline chlorides "
Pyroxyline, . . . 6
than lithium I consider objectionable, be-
cause of their sparing solubility in collo- Everything will depend upon the equality
dion. A great deal of mischief results of the pyroxyline, which must be intense
from the use of sparingly soluble salts in and powdery. The best I have had has been
collodion, and this has been especially the supplied me by Mr. Pary of this city,
case with bromide of ammonium. I cannot though I have had very good intense " He-
stop now to enlarge on this, but shall simply lion " from Mr. Cooper, of New York. A
remark that the transparent specks that skinny collodion is very objectionable. This
have greatly annoyed some who have tried last quality is, of course, easily judged of by
the collodio-bromide process, have resulted the common method of drawing the finger
from this cause. More than two grains of through the film just as it sets. The finger
bromide of ammonium cannot be usefully should plough straight through without
dissolved in any collodion as free from tearing or making a jagged track. As to
water as collodion should be. A larger the intensity which is essential if gum is to
quantity than this may, indeed, he got into be the preservative (and it is by far the
solution by the use of hot alcohol. But, best) I know no better way than to pro-
when the collodion is so fully charged, cure several specimens, make them up, and
slight depressions of temperature will cause setthem aside for a month then give ;

it to crystallize'out into invisible particles them an actual trial and adopt that which
that remain suspended in the liquid, and gives the best result, laying in a supply to
cause insensitive specks in the negative. last for a long time.
So reject all the alkaline chlorides which As respects the keeping of collodion, my
are still less soluble in alcohol than the bro- own experience has been, that it gains in
mides. Chloride of lithium is, of course, an sensitiveness for a long time by keeping.
exception, but it is scarce and expensive, and, But some specimens blister worse after
as said before, chloride of copper leaves noth- keeping for six or eight months than after
ing to be desired. I use it in solution in al- one month. The trouble from blisters,
cohol, 16 grains to the ounce, so that each however, when they occur, is more appar-
half drachm contains one grain. It may, of ent than real. Gum, however, which gives
course, be dissolved in the collodion together the most sensitive plates of all preserva-
with the bromides, but at first, at least, the tives that I have tried, tends to blisters.

photographer will find more convenient to

it But the plates are well washed, the blis-
if

keep it separate, and add it at the time of

to tersdry up without leaving stains good ;

sensitizing. In this way he can regulate the washing after fixing is, however, essential.
quantity acccording to the results obtained. Having then prepared a solution of chlor-
ide of copper, 16 grains to the ounce of alco-
* I obtain mine of Bullock & Crenshaw, Phila. hol, I add to each ounce of collodion half a
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

drachm of the chloride solution, and sensi- too often. But, after thus treating the
tize it with 20 grains of finely-powdered residues for three or four times, 'it is better
nitrate of silver. up and start afresh. To explain
to use it all
Now, as to the sensitizing, great differ- why, would require too much room at pres-
ences of opinion have been expressed as to ent.
the time for which the mixture should wait
after the silver is added, in order that it I next come to the preservative. I greatly
may reach most sensitive stage. In my
its prefer preservatives in which gum forms an
own experience, I have never found the essential portion. Nothing so far that I
mixture in its best condition until fully have experimented with (and I have tried
forty-eight hours have expired after the a vast number of substances), has given the
addition of the silver, and I think that same sensitiveness as gum; at the same
more persons have probably failed in con- time, if not properly managed, there is a
sequence of using the mixture too soon, tendency to thinness of the image and to
than from all other causes put together. A fogging. As the introduction of the chlor-
mixture after forty-eight hours will give ide very favorable to the prevention of
is

plates that will be fully exposed with an fogging, it is with gum that it will be found
amount of exposure which, had it been used to be most useful. Together with gum, I
at the end of twenty-four hours, would have use sugar and litmus. The sugar seems to,
given a half-exposed, chalky, black and be chiefly useful for keeping the film in
white negative. a porous condition. It dissolves out rap-
Not only this, but I have long recognized idly when the plate is developed, and leaves
and acted upon the fact that the mixture the film in a spongy condition favorable to
acts much better if it has been treated in the rapid and equal penetration of the devel-
the following way : suppose we want 4 oper. The litmus I at first tried for the pur-
ounces of sensitive mixture, we take a little pose of darkening the film and diminishing
less than this, say 3 ounces, and sensitize its penetrability to light, but
it proved to

it, shake it frequently, and, at the end of a
day, add the remaining ounce, thus bring-
ing the bromide into excess. This stands,
with occasional shaking, for half a day.
Then the silver corresponding to the last
addition of collodion is added, well shaken
up at intervals, and, at the end of half a
day (making in all, the two days), it is in
its best condition — although this proceeding
is not absolutely necessary, and, although
very good results are got by simply adding
the quantity needful of nitrate of silver to
the whole of the collodion intended to be
used, yet, neverthtless, there is
advantage in proceeding as above.
act most favorably upon the sensibility of
the film and the vigor of the image. It
may be used either blue, or it may be red-
dened by acetic acid. If used blue it is best
to lightly wash the plate first, because silver
gives a precipitate with blue litmus. With
litmus reddened by acetic acid, the tendency
to precipitate is greatly diminished, and a
previous washing becomes superfluous and
even injurious. On the whole, I prefer the
blue, or the gum and sugar may be used with-
out the litmus. 1 give all three methods
the first involves a very little more trouble
a decided than the other two, but it gives a more sen-
I have sitive plate, and I therefore use it myself

used this method with unimportant varia- and recommend it in preference. All,
tions for years, and have described in my however, give good results.
Manual, and, your pages.
I think, in
After using what I want, I add, accord- No. 1.

ing to the custom usual with those who work Take a quarter of a pound of good dark lit-
the collodio-bromide process, some of the mus (the French is better than the German)
bromized collodion to the residue, by which cover it with boiling water and set in a
admixture it keeps well and is again ready for warm some hours or a day. Pour
place for
use by adding nitrate of silver corresponding oft" the liquid into a filter, add more water;

to the quantity of collodion last introduced after pouring this off, throw also (hegrounds
into it. It is not well, however, to do this upon the filter, and wash through with hot
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
water until the amounts to a quart.
filtrate will be found to vary with different speci-
Add a little drachm) and
carbolic acid ($ mens of collodion, and different preserva-
the liquid will keep indefinitely. I have tives.The great gain which I find in its
used it six and eight months old. use is that it admits of our raising the
The bath is made by dissolving sensitiveness of the collodio-bromide mix-
ture to the highest degree, by protecting
Best Gum Arabic, 20 grains.
Loaf Sugar, 12 " us from the dangers which accompany that
Water, 1 ounce. mode of operating. Some have feared these
so much as to recommend using either just
The litmus solution is added to this in
enough nitrate of silver to correspond with
the proportion of an ounce to each 4 ounces
the bromides, or even to use less, and leave
of the gum-water.
the bromides in excess. In this way a clean
After the plate is collodionized, allow it
plate secured indeed, even if the operation
is
to get barely set and plunge it into a pan
has not been very well managed, but at a
of water, where it may lie either a long or
great sacrifice of sensitiveness. Now the
a short time, except that all greasiness must
introduction of the chloride enables us to
be gone. It is then plunged into the above
obtain perfect clearness, and at the same
bath, left there six, eight, or ten minutes
time retain the exalted sensitiveness which
(fifteen will do no harm), and is then dried.
can only be obtained by having present a
No. 2 liberal excess of nitrate of silver.

from the above in only that

I propose to call the new process the
Differs this,
acid added. I use what
Chloro- Bromide Process, in order to mark
a little acetic is is
the characteristic features which distin-
called No. 8, corresponding, I believe, to
guish it from all the other forms in which
Beaufry's acid, and put in 25 minims to
each ounce of litmus solution, say a drachm
Messrs. Sayce & Bolton's invaluable collo-
dio-bromide has been worked.
to each 2^ ounces, or thereabouts. Into this
the plate
lodion is
is

set.
plunged
It is
as soon as the col-
left in till the greasy
—
P. S. Those who already use the collodio-
bromide process, and have the collodion
marks are completely gone, allowing rather already salted, can apply the chloride to it
a little more time than less, and is then by adding to each ounce, half a drachm of
ready to dry. 16-grain solution of chloride of copper in
No. 3 alcohol. This addition will necessitate an
Differs onlyfrom the foregoing in the en- increase in the nitrate of silver, of 2£ grains
tire omission of the litmus, and consequently beyond what the collodion needed before.
of the acetic acid. Plates are immersed It will be found that the introduction of
without previous washing, as in No. 2. chloride admits of the use of a larger ex-
Better take the little additional trouble cess of silver, with consequent gain in sen-
required with the first of these, and so secure who have hitherto
sitiveness, so that those
the best results. worked with a very small excess of silver,
The development is effected by plunging can increase it.

the plate into a bath, which for 6 \ x 8J

size, is made as follows Water, 6 ounces, :

60-grain solution of pyrogallic acid £

drachm, 80-grain solution of carbonate of GORDON'S GUM-GALLIC DRY
ammonia, ^ drachm. It is best to add a PROCESS
third only of the carbonate at first, and the BY PEOF. J. TOWLER, M.D.
rest after the detail is out. In my own ex-
This process has met with much appro-
perience I find bromide of potassium unnec-
bation from those who have tried it thor-
essary, except there be indications of over-
oughly. It is capable of producing clean
exposure by the too rapid flashing up of the
pictures, even after the plates have been
image. Fix in very weak hyposulphite.
kept for some time ; and the plates, too,
It is likelv the advantages of the chloride preserve their sensitive character for a long
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

time. In many respects the gum-gallic GORDON'S PRESERVATIVE.
dry plate is very similar to the dry tannin No. 1.

plate, and I scarcely can pronounce it supe- Gum Arabic, . , .20 grains.
rior if the latter is prepared with the same Sugar Candy, . 5 "
amount of care. In making a trial of this Water 2 drachms.
process, I did not care to limit myself to
No. 2.
the exact ?nodus operandi prescribed by the
Gallic Acid, 3 grains.
author of the different formulae, but kept .

Water, . 6 drachms.
closely to the text of the essential points,
that is, the preserver so-called. Thegallic acid is dissolved by the aid of
I used my own collodion, consisting of heat,and the solutions are mixed together
the following ingredients and filtered through sponge immediately
before required.
Alcohol, 5 ounces
.
Now it is this filtering through sponge
Ether, 5
(which is absolutely necessary every time
Pyroxyline, 60 grains.
that plates are to be coated), together with
Iodide of Ammonium, .40
the consequent production of air-bubbles,
Bromide of Cadmium, . 25
and the difficulty of removing them from
Both the ether and alcohol I digest sepa- the film when once there, that renders this
rately over caustic lime in powder for part of the process somewhat irksome, when

about twenty-four hours, and then distil,
in order to get the two fluids properly con-
centrated and free from acidity.
The plates are first steeped in nitric acid
for an hour or two, then thoroughly cleaned,
and, whilst wet, are coated with dilute albu-
men. I prefer this substratum to all others,
and the plates are thus easily prepared.
The silver bath contains about 50 grains
compared with the application of the pre-
servative in some of the other dry processes.
Nevertheless, with proper care the plates are
coated to your satisfaction.
First pour over the plate (8 x 4) about a
drachm of the mixed solutions, so as to cover \
the film completely, and then let the solution ^
flow off into the sink. About 2 drachms
more of fresh solution are poured upon the
plate and move the plate so as to keep the
;

of nitrate of silver to the ounce of pure

film continually covered with the fluid for
rain-water ; and in this bath the plates,
a couple of minutes, and then rear it away
when coated with collodion, are kept the
in the drying-chamber to dry. The solu-
ordinary time of a wet plate that is, about ;

tion that has been used in the second in-

three or four minutes. Thus, it will be
stance may serve to coat the next plate for
perceived, that so far the plates are pre-
the first It must be remarked here,
time.
pared as common wet plates ; to immerse
however, that if the free nitrate of silver
the plates for ten or fifteen, as the author
has not been thoroughly removed previ-
prescribes, would make the task of prepar-
ously by washing, the plates will be defect-
ing a few dozen plates quite tedious, unless
ive, and the preservative must not be used
two or three baths could be made available
at all a second time.
in the preparation.
Mr. Gordon backs his plates with the
As soon as the film has attained the proper
following solution :

cream-color, the plate is allowed to drain,

and then placed (film side downwards),
is Burnt Sienna, ground in
at the bottom of a wash-basin containing Water, . . .100 grains.
Dextrine, 30 "
rain-water.
plate is
Here it is left until another
ready to take its place, when it is
Glycerine, ...
.

Carbolic Acid a trace, to prevent

. .

2 minims.
fer-
removed to a similar position in a second
mentation.
wash-basin. After a third plate has been
plate is washed thor-
sensitized, the first I did not use this backing, because I did
oughly under the tap and then coated with not think it necessary when the exposure is

the preserver. short.

 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

EXPOSURE. chance to raise their prices. The thing is

The author recommends you an to give simply this :

exposure of twice or thrice that required by The upper cut

the wet process. I am always a little dis- on the left is a
trustful about short exposures, and conse- Holyoake mount
quently I exposed the gum-gallic plate five of reduced size,
times as long as I would have exposed a i. e., a mount
wet plate under similar circumstances this ;
with the usual
exposure was about right, certainly not too border-line, in-
much. side of which all

Previous to developing the picture, the but a small. oval

the plate is immersed in rain-water for a in the centre is
minute or so, in order to soften or remove printed a deep
the preservative film. I use the nitro-gela- black. Now
which brings out the picture
tine developer, mount a vignet-
properly. I presume any of the iron de- ted head on it,

velopers may be used. Mr. Gordon uses and the effect

the following will be similar
No. 1.

Gelatine, ... 64 grains.

to
cut,
the
i.
lower
e., the

Water, ....
Glacial Acetic Acid, . 2 ounces.
14 ounces.
figure
presented boldly
will be

No. on a pure white

Sulphate of Iron, . 250 grains. ground, oval in
Water, 10 ounces
.
form, and a blu-
For present use mix 1 part of the gela- ish-gray, neutral
tine solution with 3 parts of the iron solu- tint will sur-
tion. Take 2 or drachms of the mixture
3 round it, pro-
for each plate, and add 2 drops of the ducing a very
bath solution shake the mixture and then
;
neat and pretty
pour it upon the plate. The picture soon effect, and caus-

begins to appear, and is intensified as much ing the tones of the print to acquire great
as you like by adding 2 drops more of the richness and depth from contact with the
bath solution to the developer every now gray ground. If deep red be used instead
and then. It wash the film be-
is better to of black, the border will be pink instead of
fore the picture is thoroughly intensified, and gray, which is equally pretty, and, as both
then to pour upon it about a drachm of fresh colors are furnished, the photographer may
developer containing 3 or 4 drops of the vary the dozen to please the customer. In
bath solution. making vignette negatives for these cards,
The plates are fixed in hyposulphite of have a care not to make the figure too
soda in the usual way. large, or else the drapery will overlap the
The process is certain, consequently relia- line of the oval The white should show
ble. all around (he figure, a little at the bottom
and more about the sides and top of the
head. Thin albumen paper is best for the
THE HOLYOAKE CARD MOUNT. prints. They are well worthy of a trial.
The attention of our readers was called
to this very neat affair by Mr. G. Wharton
Simpson in his Notes last spring, and soon
after, they were advertised as being made
THE PRIZE MEDALS.
and for sale in this country. By their use Below we present engravings of the gold
photographers may introduce a new and prize medals awarded, as announced in
pretty style of picture, and also have a November, to the successful competitors for
10 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
the prizes offered by us for genre, portrait, ways a pleasure to work with, and recom-
and landscape photography. mend. He was constrained in his drawing
The design is one of our own, for want of somewhat, on account of the design having
a better one. Had we thought of it in good to be struck in metal, and it will not at first
time, we should have invited the ideas of sight be considered as artistic as it should be.
our subscribers to assist us, but presuming Our engraver has done the best he could,
the competitors were impatient to possess much in so small a space. The
in getting so
them, we hastened the matter. The en- engravings are not half so beautiful as the
gravings are fac similes, so near as can be, medals, and we hope our earnest workers
and of the size of the originals. The medals will all try and secure one of the medals
are made of finer gold than the United when we make our next offer, which will

States gold coin, and cost much more to probably be in our next issue.
produce the dies alone, than the amount of Owing to certain circumstances, Mr. Gris-
premium offered but we propose to repeat
; wold's is the only one of the competing pic-
our offer presently, and shall then need the tures that will appear as "Our Picture."
dies again. It will accompany our February issue, and
is being printed in the best style of the art.
Full sets of the prize prints be may now
had, or sets of the different classes, as an-
nounced heretofore They are very in-
structive when studied with the remarks of
the judges, and some of them are very pretty.

NEW PATENTS.
The obverse design will, probably, be Mr. Egbert Guy Fowx, Baltimore, Md.,
understood by many. It is intended to rep- has secured a patent from whose specifica-
resent Photography as the greatest of the tions we extract the following :

arts. Imagine an enthusiastic lover of art The object of my invention relates to the
and nature looking forth upon the beauties production, by the use of two or more nega-
of the world. He burns with desire to se- tives, of a sharp, soft, and natural photo-
cure more than a remembrance of what graphic print, in lights and shadows, with
he and attempts with pen and ink to
sees, all the sharpness obtained by the original
describe it. Soon he becomes benumbed process of printing, with or from a single
with his impotence, and casts the pen and negative.
portfolio aside; the palette and pencil are To enable others skilled in the art, to
then called into service, and after making make and use my invention, I will proceed
a great number of unsatisfying sketches, to describe its construction and operation.
these, too, he casts aside, when Photog- I produce two or more fac simile nega-
raphy comes to his aid, and here stand tives of the same object, which negatives
its emblems, triumphant and high, above are placed in contact with each other, in
all its competitors, which, with broken such a manner as to bring the lights and
laurels, lie upon the ground. ''The pen is shades of each negative directly opposite.
mightier than the sword," but the camera They are then exposed, with the prepared
obscura is mightier than pen or pencil. paper for printing in contact with the nega-
The reverse side is understandable by the tive, to the sun's rays, and printed in the
possessors of the medals, and they are the usual manner, which process is also appli-
most interested. The dies were sunk by a cable to solar prints.
talented artist in the government service, By this process, a photographic print is

who made his drawings from a modern produced, which is superior to any other
little stereographic camera and tripod, production, and is applicable to photogra-
made for our own use by the American phy in all its branches.
Optical Company, whose apparatus it is al- The lights and shadows are so softly toned

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
and blended by this process, that they pro-
duce the most pleasing natural and life-like
effects Having thus described my inven-
tion, what I claim, and desire to secure by
letters patent is,
The combination of too or more negatives,
for the purpose of producing photographic
prints, etc.
We have received a number of very beau-
tiful pictures made by Mr. Fowx's method.
We have heretofore expressed our dislike for
mezzotint effects, but these have none of
the objections we made made by
to those
other processes. Therenone of that
is
inkiness of the blacks or fuzziness that was
so objectionable. The effect is soft and
beautiful, and none of the merits of the pic-
ture are destroyed by the practice of the
new method.
The great hindrance to its use seemed to
be the difficulty photographers would have
in working it, for it is no easy matter to
make two negatives precisely alike, or to
get them exactly superimposed. Mr. Fowx,
however, has associated with him Mr. G.
O. Brown, who proposes soon to travel
through the South to teach the method fully
to all who wish it. He does not go armed
with boastful claims that you are an " in-
fringer " if you produce similar results
by any other means. He proposes to show
how it can be done by his method, which he
believes to be the best and easily worked
when understood. Mr. Brown has acted
as our agent in Baltimore and Washington
for a number of years, and is entirely trust-
worthy. He will continue to solicit sub-
and claims that he will not
scriptions for us,
apply to photographers as a process seller,
but as a teacher of a process that he thinks
will swell your revenue if you study it.
know very little of it, but Mr. Brown we
have known personally for a number of years
as an accomplished operator and worthy
gentleman.
FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION OF
PHILADELPHIA.
At the regular monthly meeting of the
Ferrotypers' Association of Philadelphia,
held at Mr. A. K. P. Trask's gallery, De-
;
11
cember 7th, 1869, the first annual election
of officers took place, to serve the following
year. The nominees elected were Mr. A.
K. P. Trask, President; Messrs. E. P.
Warrington and C. Naylor, Vice-Presi-
dents and D. Lathrop, Secretary and
;
Treasurer.
The Society is now thoroughly organ-
ized,having adopted a constitution and by-
laws, and meets regularly on the second
Tuesday -of each month at the different
members' galleries.
Our object is to improve one another and
look after the interests of the trade.
D. Lathrop,
Secretary and Treasurer.
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
PHILADELPHIA.
The regular monthly meeting was held
on Wednesday evening, December 1st, 1 869
the Vice-President, Dr. Alexander Wil-
cocks, in the chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were
read and approved.
Messrs, Robert W. Learning and E. Moel-
ling were duly elected members of the So-
ciety.
The competitors for the prizes then offered
their printsand negatives, and the chairman
appointed Messrs. Davids, Pepper, and Ed-
ward L. Wilson to act as judges.
On motion a recess was allowed to give
the judges an opportunity of examining the
pictures, after which they reported that
they had awarded the prize for the best
landscape to Mr. John Moran. The sub-
ject was a view on Cresheim Creek near
Philadelphia. The selection of view and
We careful chemical work was much admired.
The judges reported that no pictures had
been offered for the portrait prize.
Mr. Moran used, in making the prize
picture, one of Roettger's lenses of ten-inch
focus, with smallest stop.
Among the pictures exhibited were a fine
variety of solar enlargements, from nega-
tives by Messrs. Borda and Sturgis, en-
larged by Mr. Albert Moore, embracing
views in Pike County, Pa., and coast scenes
near Nahant, Mass.
12 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. Edward L. "Wilson showed to the was called to order by the Vice-President,
Society a variety of the Holyoake mounting- Mr. T. R. Burnham.
cards ; also a new and varied assortment of The records of the last meeting were read
German card pictures, made by Loescher and approved.
& Petsch, of Berlin ;
also several remarka- Mr. Allen, in behalf of the Executive
Kembrandt effects by Mr. W. Kurtz,
bly fine Committee, reported on the subject of com-
of New York all of his pictures were excel-
; pensation to Mr. Black for the use of his
lent, but one of a lady, admirably posed studio for the meetings of the Association.
and lighted, deserves especial mention. It On motion of Mr. Low, it was resolved
is difficult to conceive that light, chemicals, that the report of the committee be ac-
and fine manipulation could unite in form- cepted and adopted.
ing a more pleasing picture than it. Mr. Eoss nominated Mr. Charles Eur-
Mr. Wilson offered for examination a neaux, and, on motion of Mr. Black, he was
complete set of the competing pictures for elected a member of this association.
his prizes. They are very interesting, and Mr. Low commented upon a remarkable
will undoubtedly prove of value to the pro- photograph called " Kittiwakes," that was
fession as examples of the different styles of among the contributions of Messrs. Robin-
arrangement to be used and avoided, show- son & Cherrill, England, to our National
ing the faults and good qualities of each. Photographic Exhibition. This picture has
The Secretary then exhibited one of Mr. called forth much discussion and many sug-
Marcy's magic lanterns, to which he has gestions in the English photographic jour-
given the name "Sciopticon" This is an nals, as to how it was produced. He hoped
improvement upon the original form adopt- that this Society would make an effort to
ed by him, whereby the excessive heat near obtain a copy of it for our album.
the lamp is entirely avoided. It was therefore resolved that the Society
A large number of glass positives were procure, or try to procure, a copy for our
shown among them a dozen slides of groups
; album.
of curiosities, arranged so that each depart- On motion of Mr. Allen it was resolved
ment had its separate illustration. There that the Secretary be instructed to procure
were represented specimens of sponges, cor- the picture.
als, shells, minerals, pottery, ancient china, Remarks were made by the Vice-Presi-
heathen idols, antique watches, jewelry, dent,Mr. Burnham, on the members enter-
etc. This very interesting and valuable ing into a competition to produce the best
collection is in the possession of Mrs. 0. photographs, and exhibit them at our next
W. Pennock, of Delaware County, Pa. meeting.
The members thought so favorably of And on motion of Mr. Black it was re-
Mr. Marcy's new lantern, that it was, upon solved that we each and all make a picture
motion of Mr. Davids, unanimously resolved of card size (same style as the Berlin cards),
to purchase one of the instruments for the to present at our next meeting for competi-
use of the Society, to be placed under the tion. The one producing the best to have
control of the Room Committee. all of the pictures.
On motion, adjourned. It was resolved that the subject for dis-
John C. Browne, cussion at our next meeting be " Retouch-
Recording Secretary. ing the Negative."
Mr. C. A. Stevens, from Warren's rooms,
Cambridge, exhibited a very light, portable,
BOSTON PHOTOGRAPHIC developing tent, which folds up into a small
SOCIETY. compass, and weighs but six pounds; also,
The regular monthly meeting of this a bath to go with it, which was a wooden
association was held at Black's studio, No. box lined or coated inside and out with a
173 Washington Street, December 7th, mixture of coal-tar and gutta-percha. It
1869. seems nothing for a bath could be so simple
The President being absent, the meeting and cheap and answer the purpose so well.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER 13

Mr. E. F. Gay, of Fall Kiver, Mass., ex- Decker, M. E. Beckwith, D. F. McLeod,

hibited some line cabinet pictures. R. E. Weeks, H. C. Strickland, T. T.
Mr. E. L. Allen also exhibited beautiful Sweeny, F. D. Pratt, and N. E. A. Mc-
cabinets and cards from retouched nega- Leod.
tives. After a brief discussion in regard to the
On motion, adjourned. photographer who refused to sign the
Fred. C. Low, pledge, it was finally determined that the
Recording Secretary. Sunday law should be enforced against
him if still persisted in opening and opera-
After our meeting adjourned, Mr. Black ting his rooms on Sunday.
exhibited hisnew stereopticon. On motion the report was then adopted
The first transparencies exhibited were and committee discharged.
by Mr. E. L. Allen, of Mt. Desert scenery, The Committee on the Schonemaker and
followed by Niagara views by Mr. John Wing Suit was then called upon to report.
P. Soule. These were followed by White Mr. R. L. Wells, of that committee, gave a
Mountain views by E. F. Smith. All were short history of the points in controversy
very fine. These were followed by about between Schonemaker and Wing. The
one hundred transparencies, taken from committee thought that Schonemaker was
negatives by Mr. Black's assistants, Messrs. deserving of financial aid in defeating
Dunmore and Critcherson, on the Bradford another unjust claim.
Expedition to the Arctic Kegions. They The report was adopted, and the Society
were very interesting, as all must know donated $25 to Schonemaker.
who have read Mr. Dunmore's excellent On motion, the President appointed the
article, " The Camera among the Icebergs," following Committee of Equalization, to
in the December number of your Journal. equalize assessments when money is to be
I understand that it is the intention to raisedby taxing the Society R. L. Wells, :

exhibit these views to the public by the aid M. E. Beckwith, and J. C. Potter.
of stereopticons, simultaneously in the cities The Society then proceeded to discuss
of Boston, New York, and Chicago. prices of work.
f! c. l. After remarks by several, on the propriety
of making better work and getting better
prices, the President appointed Messrs.
Wells, Beckwith, and Decker as a com-
NORTHERN OHIO PHOTOGRAPHIC mittee to make a list of prices, and report
SOCIETY. at our next meeting in January.
The Society met at A. Price's rooms, 319 The Society then adjourned, to meet at J.
Superior Street, Cleveland, December 2d F. Ryder's rooms, 170 and 171 Superior
President Ryder in the chair. Street, Cleveland, on the first Thursday
The minutes of last meeting were read evening in January, 1870.
and adopted. J. C. Potter,
The Committee on Closing Kooms on Secretary.

Sunday then made their report:: " They

had presented the pledge to all the photog-
raphers in the city but one, and all to whom
the pledge had been presented had signed MOSAICS FOR 1870.
it except one." No book more useful will greet another
The following are the names of the pho- year of photographic history, than the little
tographers who pledge themselves to close annual " Mosaics" for 1870.
their rooms against customers on the Sab- It is a fitting clasp to bind up the volume
bath day: J. H. Nason, R. L. Wells, J. F. of the past year. Its perusal has been both
Ryder, A. Price, W. C. North, F. Tyler, pleasant and profitable, and every friend to
J. Dennison, W. Dennison, T. L. Parker, improvement and progress will hope that it
P. C. Nason, J. M. Green,S. Crobaugh, E. may have an extended circulation.
 —

14 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

In glancing at a work of this kind, it is
interesting to notehow members of one and Pictorial Effect in Photography.
the same fraternity seize upon special topics, We have endeavored frequently to per-
concentrate their study, make experiments, suade our readers that it is quite as impor-

draw conclusions and form rules for profes- tant to study pictorial effect and to try to
—
sional guidance, and best and most com- attain it in their work, as it is to endeavor to
—
mendable of all record the same gratui- make perfect negatives and prints, and many
tously for the benefit of their fellows. will remember our series of papers on "Art
Singularly too, there seems to be no topic Principles Applicable to Photography,"
in our work too insignificant for considera- which appeared in these pages during 1868.
world be told that, with
tion. If the outside Mr. H. P. Kobinson, who is probably the
important to discuss the sub-
us, it is very most accomplished art photographer in Eu-
jects of "Paste," "Glass-cleaning," or rope, and whose admirable composition pic-
"Dirt," &c, it would seem amusing; and tures attracted so much attention at the
yet the excellent contributions of Bloede, National Exhibition in Boston last June, has
Baker, and Wilson prove the necessity of recently put forth a work of infinite value
care in understanding even these apparent on the subject which heads these remarks,
trifles. If then there is a potency in these covering the whole ground of composition
"little drops of water and little grains of and light and shade, together with a chapter
sand," how much more essential it is that on combination printing. Both portrait
the greater truths be pondered and under- and landscape photography have their share
stood ; and where in the photographic of attention, and both are amply illustrated.
library can search be made for a book, em- The work contains a picture by the Wood-
bracing in such a degree, freshly-penned bury process one by Swan's carbon pro-
;

chapters upon almost every possible subject cess another by the ordinary silver pro-
;

known to the art, and written by photogra- cess ; several photolithographs of etchings
phers"known and approved of all men?" by the author, numerous engravings of cele-
Five years ago I paid twenty dollars for brated paintings, and diagrams and wood-
not as —
much and certainly not so good cuts in profusion. No one can study this
formulae as that contained in the chapter excellent work without being better able to
entitled " The Whole Story," of only one — pose and compose his subjects, and to light
and a half pages Publishers of popular
! them more artistically. The faculty of ar-
magazines would not pay much for such a sight he maintains does not " come by
tistic
" story," but it is nevertheless above price nature " as many say, but that it is a culti-
to every ambitious student of photography vated sense. is encourage-
Therefore there
who seeks a " reliable method" of working ment one to study and practice
for every
from beginning to end. the rules which guide one to more perfect
" Mosaics" being a compendium of the results. Those who are unskilled compara-
whole range of photographic knowledge, tively, hardly realize how much there is to
becomes an assistant, a text-book in every learn that is of value to them. This book
department. From beginning to end the will open their eyes and enlighten them, if

student and professional both find subjects they can but see when their eyes are open.
to their pleasing; and so completely have We have learned much from its perusal and
the publishers performed their duty, that shall oftenhave to refer to it. Those who
they may safely say "we desire that our have Photographic Mosaics for this year will
patrons should pass judgment without com- observe that on page 110 there are some ex-
ment from us." tracts from Mr. Kobinson 's book which are
I feel assured that next year's volume will a type of the whole. It is useful, and we
supply the only deficiency of this,and that recommend it. Would that we were able to
some one of our artist brethren will furnish place it gratuitously in the hands of every
a chapter on "how to paint photographs," one of our subscribers. Our publishers have,
since we are told so wellliow to make them. in order to enable those ambitious to im-
Geokoe B. Aykes. prove their work, imported a supply which
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 15

are now ready, and are advertised this month. All of these points are therefore adjustable,
The book contains 199 pages divided into 41 so that if it is desirable to change the holder
chapters of matter of intense value to you after using a large plate, to accommodate a
all. It is plainly written, and is printed on smaller one, L and L and HH are made to
fine toned paper. Aim high, and try to excel approach each other, as are also E and E, and
in all you undertake. The most pleasing vice versa. To effect the condition of focus
and successful work always comes from those the four supports L LH H, being supported
who exercise the greatest amount of artistic by the pieces E E, are made to approach
feeling in the treatment of their subject, be the lenses by springs J J J J, there being
it a portrait or a landscape. one at each end of either piece E E, work-
ing against the back side of the ways D D.
These same supports move from the lenses
Buchtel's Photographic Plate-Holder. by screwing against the said ways any of
the screws K K K K. At I I there are
There is so much waste in every photo-
springs which press the pieces E E down-
graphic studio, that wherever it can be done
it is to the interest of the photographer to
wards against the way D, to assist in keep-
adopt every means to prevent it. The drip- ing the pieces wherever they may be placed.

pings from the plate-holder, as it is carried The pitcher-lipped vials of course catch the
drippings of the plates, and are firmly at-
from the dark-closet to the camera, doubt-
less waste enough to purchase a new box
tached to springs C C. When the vials

every year, in many studios.

become filled they are raised up to the open-

Another annoyance is the rotting of the

ing M M, taken out, emptied, and replaced.
tablets in the holder, thus causing them to The supporting points alluded to serve as
be out of focus ; and still another, where the corners of the holder. The under and
rear ends of H H slope downward and
one camera-box is used for various sizes, is
toward the glass, so that a drop would come
the necessity of placing a small tablet with-
to the glass were one on either H or H.
in a large one to suit the size you wish to
work. From the model before us, we should think
the invention a very useful and practical
one. Mr. Buchtel has patented his inven-
tion,and Messrs. E & H. T. Anthony &
Co., New York, are his agents. This holder
can be made to suit any camera.

Hints on Cutting out Stereograph

Pictures.
BY J. CAEBUTT.
In looking over a collection of stereo-
All these troubles and all this waste are graphs I have, made by various photogra-
said to be prevented by the invention by phers, I notice, with a few exceptions, a
Mr. Joseph Buchtel, Portland, Oregon, of great difference in the amount of subject
a new plate-holder, of which the above is a contained in each half of the stereograph,
drawing. BB is the dark-slide; C the door and in the distance from a centre object in
of the holder ; two right and left pieces E one half to the same object in the other half,
E are arranged to move from each
to or ranging from three-eighths to an inch or
other on the ways DD (above and below). more. Now this is a serious error, and very
There are two pitcher-lipped glass or porce- detrimental to the interests of the stereo-
lain vials F F, on the inside of whose lips are scopic trade. The stereographs I find to
supports for the plate L L, which approach be the most accurately cut, are Wilson's,
two other supporting points H H, in a dove- Scotch, and England's Swiss views, and
tail groove N N
(one in either piece E E). the worst, are by French and German pho-
16 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
tographers. A view now before me of Ant- three inches square, with its top edge even

werp Cathedral, with Bubens' statue in the with the top of the print, and its right edge
foreground, has, when viewed in the stereo- three-sixteenths of an inch from the right
scope, only two and one-sixteenth inches of edge of the folded print trim off right and
;

subject, giving the appearance of a small left. On examination, and placing the
carte-de-visite, yet each half is three inches halves together to be viewed stereoscopi-
wide. In contrast to this, another view, cally,you will find the centres of the view
each half being three inches wide, gives to be three inches apart, that figures 1and
when viewed in the stereoscope three and 13 are included, and that you have three
five-eighths inches of subject, requiring great inches of subject included in the view. Now
strain on the eyes to see it stereoscopically. if instead of placing the right edge of the
The error in the view of Antwerp Cathe- glass shape three-sixteenths of an inch from
dral is caused in having seven-eighths and the edge of the print, you place it three-
one-sixteenth of an inch more subject in- eighths of an inch and trim off the right
cluded on the right half when mounted, and left margin, you will find you have left

than in the and had that additional

left half,
amount of subject been on the right of the
left half, it would have been impossible to
have combined the two halves in the stereo-
scope, because it would have made the cen-
tres three and fifteen-sixteenths inches apart.
That there should be some uniformity in the
distance occupied from centre to centre of
a stereograph, is a fact generally conceded,
yet a difference of opinion exists as to what
that distance should be. Some say two and
a half inches, others two and three-quarters
to three inches. I have found but few per-
sons who could not with the Holmes' stereo-
scope, combine without any fatigue to the
eye, the stereograph images when the cen-
tres did not exceed two and seven-eighths
inches to three inches. That is the distance
I find most common in the views by Wilson
and England. When negatives are cut and
the halves transposed before printing, the
centres are fixed, and the distance cannot
be changed in the trimming. But if the
two halves are cut out from an uncut nega-
tive, and care is not taken to include the
same amount of subject in each half, then
both the distance from centre to centre and
out figure 1 and figure 13 in
in the right,
the left half, and when viewed in the stereo-
scope you see three and three-sixteenths
inches of subject, and from figure 7 to fig-
ure 7 is that distance apart. Again, had the
glass been placed close to the folded edge
and the prints cut out, figure 1 of the left,
and figure 13 of the right half, would have
been left out, the centre or figure 7 would
have been brought so much the closer to-
gether, and the amount of subject included
two and thirteen-sixteenths of an inch. To
obtain an approximation to uniformity in
mounting the views I publish, I first ar-
range my lenses on the front of my camera,
so that from centre to centre is three and
three-eighths inches. If the central divi-
sion of the camera does not leave a narrow
perpendicular line of clear glass in the cen-
tre of the negative, I make one by laying
a square on the negative, after varnishing,
and clean off, with a chisel-pointed brad
awl, the varnish for an eighth of an inch in
the centre;* on this line on the print the
mounter lays an ivory paper-folder, folds
the right over the left half, and makes a
mark in pencil on the right half, to desig-

amount of subject included can be changed, nate that it is to form the left half when
as will be explained by reference to the dia- mounted. The print is then put in one of
gram annexed, which is a drawing exactly Bcrgner's stereo cutters, the folded edge
the size of my own negatives and the shape resting against the piece of metal that forms

the prints are cut out. Let us suppose the the space to receive the print, and which is

diagram to be a stereoscopic print from an * The annexed design is made so as to repre-

uncut negative, and from figure 7 to figure sent this centre line. Also the outer marginal
7 is three and three-eighths inches. You line is the actual size of the plates Mr. Carbutt
fold the print in the centre, and if you wish works — 5 x 8 inches, and the inside line the size
to trim with a glass, first trim off the top and of the print when trimmed for the cutting ma-
bottom edge you lay a glass shape on it
;
chine.
 lit \
ts5 \

* \

^. 1

c^>

N
05

<to

^ /
:

^ /
fe /
K
*3
-^

t« \

**
\

tri
\

Cb

^J

Co

1
:

^ /

&
J
r§ /
Ks.
^
^/
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 17

three-sixteenths of an inch from the right
edge of the cutter, the lever handle
ed down, which forces the centre up and
cuts out both halves at once.
It will he seen that there
of the centre of three-eighths of an inch in
width, which answers to the amount the
lenses are separated over three inches.
find this themost reliable plan of trimming
stereographs, and recommend it as much
superior to the plan of trimming with glass
and knife. I formerly used a punch and
rawhide block, but the punch would grow
dull, and the rawhide wanted occasional
planing. But the above plan I have used
daily for nearly two years, and the cutter
cuts as well now as when
photographers take their views with the
lenses four inches apart.
the distance from side guide to the edge of
the cutter would have to be half an inch.
Both halves would be found to contain to a
fraction the same amount of subject. The
size of my cutter is three inches wide, by
three and one-eighth in the clear, and was
obtained from the manufacturers, Wilson,
Hood & Co., Philadelphia.
NEW YORK CORRESPONDENCE.
It is now some months since my letters
have found a place in your paper not,
however, from any loss of interest in our
art, but from causes beyond my control.
Since my last I have visited many, very
to make them passable, but never good.
is press- More study and more care must be given
to the elements of our art by its followers,
and less to and one suggested
the thousand
is a piece cut out and useless formulas, new and old.
The December meeting of the Photo-
graphic Section of the American Institute
I was presided over by Prof. Charles A. Joy,
Vice-President. At the previous meeting
a resolution was proposed by the Section,
in which it was declared that the award of
premiums at the late Exhibition was wrong,
and the same was ordered sent to the Board
of Managers of the Exhibition. In accord-
ance with the spirit of said resolution, the
Board of Managers rescinded their former
first tried. Some action,and awarded to Mr. William Kurtz,
872 Broadway, N. Y., the only premium for
In such a case, photographic portraiture. Mr. Newton re-
ported that he had continued his experiment
upon the alkaline bath, and had found that
results equally good were had with such a
bath in half the time of exposure compara-
tively to the acid bath. He exposed in a
flat glass bottle tightly corked, crystals of
nitrate of silver to the action of sunlight for
two months; these, darkened to grayish-
blue color, were subsequently dissolved in
distilled water, and the bath so made was
positively alkaline, and gave results he
thought far better than couid be had from
;
any acid bath.
Prof. S. I). Tillman remarked that the
discovery made by Mr. Newton was singu-
lar, and likely to lead to important results.

many of the craft in a social way, when Assuming that the proof is positive that crys-
visiting their cities and towns upon busi- tals of pure nitrate of silver, when exposed

ness of my own, quite foreign to photogra- to direct sunlight for a given time, will be

phy. I have visited nearly every State in changed in appearance and in character
the Union, and have seen some work that also, since an aqueous solution of this neu-

pleased me, but much, very much that was tral salt after such treatment has been

not even good. shown to be decidedly alkaline, the manner

"Why it is that so much poor work is made of this change becomes a question of great
is beyond any conjecture of mine, except it be interest, because it differs from any chemi-
that so-called artists are not artists at all, cal action before observed. He did not be-
and have no desire to be. Beyond fear of lieve the alkalinity of the compound was
contradiction, I assert that it costs no more due to a single element, but was the result
to make a good photograph than a poor of the unusual combination of two ele-
one ; indeed, a good negative be made
if it ments, resembling somewhat the action by
costs far less to make a dozen prints than it which the volatile alkali ammonia is pro-
would to make the same number from a duced by the union of three atoms of hydro-
streaky, dirty, stained negative over which
; gen with one of nitrogen. The body under
prints much time is spent in endeavoring consideration contains nitrogen, which is a
18 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
triad, its least saturating power being, tri- Mr. Newton was of the opinion that if he
atomic, and, as seen in the case of ammonia, had used ammonia or sunned his baths, such
one atom of it is capable of holding three results would not have followed. He be-
atoms of the monad element, hydrogen. lieved that the fog in Mr. Chapman's case
The strongest reason for supposing that was owing to a deposit of salts from the
silver may play the same part as hydrogen, cyanide upon the partly-dried plate.
is that both are monatomic. Only nine Mr. Kurtz exhibited the negatives from
other elements belong to this class of mon- which he is now printing for your Journal,
ads, namely, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, that all could satisfy themselves that they
and iodine among the electro negatives, were not retouched in any degree also ;

and lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, prints from same. I make bold to say that
and ccesium among the electro positive it excels any portrait ever published by you,

simple bodies. If we suppose that the or in any photographic journal the world
presence of water is necessary to this over. Mr. Kurtz also exhibited and ex-
change, we may represent the new combi- plained a new and most ingenious as well
nation by following the example of Ber- as complete reflector arranged with wings
zelius, who regarded even an aqueous solu- on top, bottom, and sides, so that light can
tion of ammonia as the oxide of ammonium. be thrown in any direction, and by its use
An atom of water and an atomoid nitrate any effect of same can be produced. The
of silver belong to the same type, and are side wings or reflectors are concave, so
expressed by that the light can be concentrated and not
lost as now by diffusion, a capital idea all ;
NO,
}° and }° of which he most generously gives to his
Aa;
brother photographers, although, if pat-
in which the atomic weight of oxygen is ented, it would, in my opinion, prove a
doubled (16); and these same elements, after profitable operation. Such men not only
the change which produces alkaline charac- benefit the craft, by their improve-
but,
teristics, may be represented by the tetrad
ments in our art, raise its standard and
thus: benefit the human family all honor is due
NCU ;

H toUa him.
H [
Mr. Chapman pitched into you a little for
Ag J the reason that, on page 103 of Mosaics, for
It may be observed' here, that a change 1869, you publish a process of Mr. England
in chemical structure does not necessarily for cleaning silver solution, he claiming that

involve a change in chemical functions, but he was the first to suggest the same in the
the typical formula expresses more clearly American Journal of Photography (Seeley),
the new part which it is now supposed may September 1st,. 1865, page 117, and that you
be played by silver, and which, if confirmed had also published the same in vol. ii,
by further experiments, will become the Philadelphia Photographer, page 165, in the
starting-point in a new series of discoveries. Summary, by M. Carey Lea.
Mr. Newton further remarked that an Mr. Bierstadt exhibited a fine series of
increase of alkalinity did not give increased picturesmade by the process of J. Albert,
sensitiveness. The bath should be faintly of Munich, Bavaria, and which has within
alkaline. a month been patented in the United
Mr. Chapman stated that he had made States. As you will, no doubt, publish
many experiments with an alkaline bath, specifications of the same, I will not here
and was fully satisfied that it would not an- attempt a description. One of these pictures
swer to use such in cases when plates had was 20 x 25, and was pronounced by all to
to be kept long after removal from the bath be superb.
—
and before the exposure such he was confi- Prof. Joy also exhibited a series of the

dent would always fog. He stated that he same, recently received by him from Prof.
had made baths alkaline by the use of cy- Woehlcr, of Gottingen, which were also
anide. much admired.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 19

Mr. Hull offered the following resolu- cal. Noticing this, also, Mr. Theodore
tion : Bergner, an experienced amateur photog-
rapher of this city, has perfected a little
Resolved, That this Section consider the words
" plain photograph " in the classification of the
machine that has proven invaluable to all
American Institute
who use it, for the rapid trimming of
for exhibitions to be : all
prints.
photographs not retouched upon the positive
print, except so far as may be required to re-
The cut below is a careful drawing of the
move pin-holes, and such trifling defects as are one adapted to the stereoscopic size. The
common to negatives or prints. prints are folded over as instructed by Mr.
Carbutt, laid upon the guide A, pushed
After discussion it was unanimously through the opening in the side at B, over
adopted.
the die or punch D, until the edge of the
After much pleasant intercourse, but lit- print touches the pins C C, which stop its

tle other business of general interest, the further progress and keep it The
in place.
Section adjourned to January, 1870, and handle E is now' quickly brought down by
leaving to posterity another year of photo- the hand, which action, in connection with
graphic history one in which much ad-
;
the joint F and a spring-cam movement
vance has been made in the quality and in the post G, causes the die or punch D to
artistic value of its products, even' though be forced upwards against the print and
ithas not been marked by any great dis- to cut it out, of proper shape. Thus, both
covery or wonderful improvement. ends of the stereo print are trimmed at
once of the desired shape and size. The trim-
"Wishing to all a year of progress,, profit,
mings are removed by placing the thumb
and good cheer, I am, as ever,

0. W. H.

BERGNER'S STEREOSCOPIC ggss^gi

PRINT CUTTER.
Me. Cakbutt's paper will excite a great
deal of interest among those who produce
stereographs in any quantity,, for it is touch-
ing a matter which does not receive the
careful attention it should. Those who are
WimBM^
not directly in that line of trade, have
scarcely an idea of the immense quantities c/rosscc/P* wff T-/* '

of stereoscopic pictures that are sold. Those

who have a nice, attractive series of nega- at B, and drawing therm towards you r
tivesknow that they are a continual source when the machine is again ready for use.
of revenue to them, and add much to the It is a perfect little piece of mechanism,
profits of the year. And the time is com- and works like a charm. The flange H is-

ing when the majority of photographers furnished with screw-holes, by means of

must produce more or less stereoscopic which the machine is fastened to the table
work. To do it should be their
well, then, or stand. We described the larger sizes
greatest aim, and, to produce in quantities some time ago. They are in daily use by
to meet the competition that will exist, it many of our best artists, but are unknown
is essential to adopt the most economical to many more, and since Mr. Carbutt has
plan of working. The cutting out of the revived the subject, we thought it would be
prints, before or after toning, occupies con- well to describe this size again. Mr. Not-
siderable time, but the old-fashioned ways man, of Montreal, has six or seven of va-
of a knife and form, or punch and block, as rious sizes, we are informed. Messrs. Wil-
Mr. Carbutt states, are no longer economi- son, Hood & Co. are the manufacturers.
20 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE garden, where he found himself fortunately
STUDIO. but slightly hurt, being a little cut by the
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A. shattered glass of one of the sashes, which

I.
he found on the top of him. The remain-
Preliminary— Fire in a Photographic Studio ing barrels of collodion, etc., were speedily
— Photographic Exhibition— Idealism in ignited, and these with a few pounds of

Portraiture — Hoiv Recover a Lost Nega-

to
gun-cotton, produced a succession of explo-
sions, and a raging fire which destroyed
tive.
London, December 1st, 1869. the studio and its contents utterly in twenty
As my " Notes " will reach your readers minutes a few ashes, some shrivelled brass
:

just when the echoes of the old year have tubes, and a little molten glass, being all
ceased, will you permit me to carry out our that remained within the portions of brick
old world custom of wishing my known and wall forming the supports of the studio,
unknown friends in America a happy and which were left standing.
prosperous new year? In my communica- Photographers do not generally keep such
tions with them through the press of the a large stock of collodion or ether on their
Philadelphia Photographer, during the next premises as that just mentioned, and they
twelve months, I shall, whilst endeavoring know very well, as a rule, that the vapors
still to make my notes from this side of the so readily given off are dangerously inflam-
Atlantic practical, as heretofore, occasion- mable; but it may not be amiss again to
ally diversify my letters with items of gen- enforce the fact on the attention of all pho-
eral photographic intelligence, gossip, news, tographers. A pound or less of collodion
in short with anything which I think will would be quite sufficient, if once ignited, to
interest photographers, and promote the set on fire the premises where it was stored.
interests of photography. I shall thus have It is a wise rule never to keep more than a
an opportunity of keeping your readers few ounces for immediate use, in any apart-
"posted" on all matters of photographic ment where the flame of a fire, gas, or a
progress, scientific, artistic, commercial, and lamp, ever has access. In storing collodion
social, in this part of the world. With such the bottle should never be more than seven-
a comprehensive subject, and limited space, eighths or even three-quarters full, to allow
brevity must be my constant watchword. for expansion in case of any rise of tempera-
So no more preliminary observations. ture, and the stoppers should be tied down.
Fire in a Photographic Studio. The studio — Good corks are better in many respects than

of Mr. Valentine Blanchard, one of our most stoppers, as the latter are sometimes blown
capable professional photographers on this out, and falling down again may break the
side, has just been entirely destroyed by bottle. Bottles containing any stock of col-

fire,and in it all his cameras, lenses, acces- lodion are better placed on the ground, or
sories, and in short all the plant of the on shelves low down, than on high, as the
studio, as well as the photographic equip- vapor of ether being heavy falls, and when
ments of three pupils who had been receiv- it is near the ground is comparatively harm-

ing lessons. Mr. Blanchard is a manufac- less, as a flame is not likely to be put down
turer of a collodion of high repute, as well to it; but if a bottle on a high shelf were
and landscape photographer.
as a portraitist to burst or crack and leak, the vapor in

In the dark-room attached to his studio, fallingwould be most likely to come into
some twenty or thirty gallons of collodion, contact with any light in the room and so
ether, and alcohol, were stored in glass bar- get ignited. Lastly, if by chance a bottle

rels. From some change in the tempera- containing any quantity of ether or collo-
ture one of these barrels holding six gallons dion, get broken or overturns, even in the

of collodion burst, and gas being burning dark, under no circumstances should alight

in the same room, the fumes of ether be brought into the room but ;
all lights put

eventually came into contact with the flame. out, and fires in adjoining apartments as
An explosion followed, which blew Mr. speedily as possible, and then by throwing
Blanchard into the middle of the adjoining open windows and doors a draught should
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 21

be secured to dissipate as quickly as possible objects represented to certain mental states

vapors of the spilt spirits. and acts of the artist, it is evident that
Photographic Exhibition. —A very suc- photography is excluded, for the sun will
been held in con-
cessful exhibition has just paint what he sees as exactly as he can."
nection with the London Photographic I fancy from occasional opportunities of
Society. By common consent amongst judging, that art critics, even in advanced
photographers and art connoisseurs, this America, are scarcely more just to photo-
has been pronounced the very best exhibi- graphy. I always feel concerned to protest
tion of photographs ever seen in this coun- vehemently against errors so repressive of
try, the especial distinction being the great art effort on the part of the photographer.
advance in art excellence manifest in the The paragraph I have selected from the
mass of the pictures. It was kept open Times critic is brief enough, but it is
three weeks, and many thousands of the most comprehensive in its error, and because
public, besides photographers, visited it, I fear that error is common in all commu-
between one and two thousand of catalogues nities, perhaps you will allow me briefly to
being sold to the public, besides those dis- repeat here my ground of protest against
tributed gratuitously to members of the it. I need not dwell on the error of nar-
society. Such exhibitions are valuable in rowness in supposing all art to be of a cre-
every way. They show the public what ative character, which excludes at once from
progress is making in photography, and the art category all imitative art. This
they stimulate that progress by affording scarcely needs discussion. Nor is it neces-
photographers an opportunity of seeing sary to enlarge on the further error in re-
what is done by others, and by creating garding photographs as the work of the
friendly emulation amongst them. The sun in the sense indicated. They are the
London daily and weekly press has given work of the photographer, and, within
some excellent notices of the pictures ex- limits, as distinctly bear the impress of the
hibited, although in some instances too producer's mind, and indicate his capacity
much tinctured by the jealousy of the con- and intention as truly, as do the results of
ventional art critic, who sees the rapid other plastic arts ; indeed, allpraise or blame
strides with which photography is advanc-
of the photographer for the art qualities of
ing to claim an unchallengeable niche in his work would be meaningless if they were
the temple of the Fine Arts. beyond his control, and simply the work of
Idealism in Portraiture. —The writer of the sun.
the article in the Times on the recent exhi- But the cardinal error is the assumption
bition, Mr. Tom Taylor, recognized as an that it is not the function of the painter to
able and accomplished art critic, has felt it paint what he sees, at least in all renderings
necessary, in face of the advance made by of nature, whether in protraiture or land-
photography in the domain of pictorial art, scape. This is, of course, an old subject of
to offer a vigorous protest against the use of controversy, embracing much wider con-
photography for picture making. He says siderations than belong merely to photogra-
that he has before expressed his conviction phy. It involves the question as to whether
that the true function of photography is to art should represent truth, or merely the
" record facts as they are, and not as ar- painter's conception of truth, which, in any
ranged for pictorial effect." He adds: "If, departure or modification, must, we submit,
indeed, the theory of some of our painters fall short of, rather than transcend, truth.
—
were true that the painter's work is simply I utterly protest against the notion, in por-
to represent what he sees before him then — traiture at any rate, that there should be
the photographer might claim to be put in any " subordination of the objects represen-
the same rank as the painter, and above ted" to the mental state of the artist. The
him. . .But if, as we hold, the dis-
. notion of idealizing portraits is an old one.
tinctive function of the painter's art be not That the artist should invest his sitters with
transcription, but new creation, the condi- a grace or a nobleness not their own was at
tion of which is the subordination of the one time regarded as a matter of course.
22 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Dr. Johnson said, that it was one of the are generally immeasurably inferior to those
highest proofs of the genius of Sir Joshua produced from the original negative. The
Reynolds, that he contrived to give noble- picture is flat, the definition is faulty, and
ness to the head of Goldsmith in his por- the texture of the paper, being reproduced
trait, whose genial soul and fine intellect as perfectly as the image, produces great
were not habited in a very dignified or hand- coarseness.
somebody. If Reynolds gave to Goldsmith Mr. Rejlander deals with the difficulty in
a nobility of countenance which nature had this way : he first reproduces the original
denied, but which the painter conceived was whole-plate print in reduced proportion, a
more characteristic of the inner man than card-size negative being obtained, and, by
the actual presentment, then we have in the such reduction, the best definition is secured.
portrait Reynolds's conception of what Gold- Prom this small negative an enlargement
smith ought to have looked like, and not the on plain paper about fifteen by twelve is ob-
actual portrait of the man. If he merely tained and this enlarged print is very care-
;

depicted him at his best, happily catching fully worked in monochrome water color, —
the expression which up the face when lit chalk, or charcoal being employed, this
it was aglow with some unusually happy latter being most suitable. This part of the
thought, then he did not give Goldsmith work requires, of course, great skill and
the noble look, but, with the true painter's care. The points requiring especial atten-
skill, readily detected the noblest effect, and tion from the artist are to preserve round-
gave permanent form to a transient expres- ness and modelling, to avoid bold hatching
sion. This is the prerogative of the painter, or coarse manipulation of any kind, and to
in many during many hours, to
sittings, retain the likeness with scrupulous accu-
effect. It would be equally the prerogative racy. A bold, round, well-modelled pic-
of the skilful photographer, with a tithe of ture having been secured, with soft grada-
the time and opportunity, if either were tions closely resembling those of photogra-
afforded him ;
for if the highest duty of the phy, a negative reduced to the original size
painter is to seize and to perpetuate the best is obtained from it. If the work be skil-
actual expression presented to him, photog- fully done, it will yield prints equal to the
raphy can do that more rapidly and effici- original in every respect, and, if necessary,
ently than the most skilled hand can be ex- in some respects superior, as is shown in the
pected to effect Photographs, it may be
it. series of prints in which Mr. Rejlander
admitted, then, are rarely such noble por- teaches the lesson.
traits as the skilled painter can produce,
simply because the photographer rarely has
such opportunities, in the few brief mo-
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
ments often given up to sitting for a photo-
graphic portrait, of seeing and securing the SilveredPaper that will Keep — To Separate
best phases of his sitter's countenance, as
Retouched Pictures from the Mounts —
Durability of the Negatives and Dextrine
are afforded to the painter.
" How to Recover a Lout Negative when you as a Preservative against Splitting— Re-

have a Print Thereof," the title of a series

touching before Varnishing— The Varnish-
ing of Underexposed Negatives — The Ex-
is

of pictures exhibited by Mr. Rejlander in

pense of Photo-Relief Prints — Loescher $•
our exhibition, and the pictures admirably
illustrate the lesson they are, intended to
Petsch's New Studio.

teach. The subject is one of his well-known The old story of the egg of Columbus is

genre pictures, with the title " Please give often verified in photography. Intelligent
us a copper, sir !" The negative has been and practical men will search for years the
lost or broken, and the subject being still in solution of a problem, much time, money,
demand, it was desirable to produce another and labor are wasted, and, when we think
negative. Every photographer knows that that the discovery has been made, we only
prints from a negative reproduced from an find that much is wanting yet. This has
albumenized print the full size of the plate boon the case with all the experiments to pro-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 23

cure a permanent silvered paper, which can
be kept for an indefinite period, which will
not turn yellow in the copying-frame, and
still possess all the other qualities of
ordinary silvered albumen paper.
attempts were made with a collodion paper.
You remember Obernetter's, which
beautiful results, but the film was very apt to
peel and besides, the exposure was very
off,
great. Mr. Ost, in Vincennes, published the
formula for the making of this paper, which
I, at the time, communicated to you in -this
correspondence. The process was compli-
cated and expensive, and the result all in all,
but unreliable. A few months ago Schaffner
&Mohr produced a carbonate of silver paper.
The paper was very deep, kept excellent,
our silver pictures on paper I will not
omit here. Every dealer in mounted and
retouched prints is aware that the prints,
an by frequent handling, become soiled, and,
The first in consequence, the pictures have to be sold
at a reduced rate. It becomes a matter of
gave importance to find means to detach such
retouched prints from their mounts in such
a manner that the retouch shall not suffer
by it. Mr. Grasshoff has accomplished this
by covering the picture with diluted plain
collodion, and then places it in hot water,
to soak it off the mount. The collodion
protects the reiouch, and is simply laid on
with a broad brush.
We have lately been treated again, in our

and became sensitive only by fumigation society, with the old song about the split-
with ammonia, the pictures also as good ting of the varnished negative film. This
as with albumen paper in short, the prob-
;
has happened unusually frequent of late,
lem was solved, but still a secret. and valuable negatives which cannot be
I can give you now the secret. A pho- replaced have been lost. The lively dis-
tographer by the name of Baden, in Altona, cussion of this subject evidently proved
has found that he obtains a paper as good as that we are still, in a measure, ignorant of

the carbonate of silver paper, by taking the causes of this evil. I, for my part, feel

common albumen paper, silvering it in the convinced that the excessively damp weather
ordinary way, and, after washing it in three of the last three months is the main cause
or four waters, he dries it. As soon as I
of it. The dampness of the atmosphere
does not only operate after, but during var-
heard of it I made the ti-ial. I took some
albumen paper, silvered it, washed it in
nishing. The collodion film is porous like
a sponge, and absorbs moisture in a high
four changes of warter, and, after drying it

in the dark, kept it for two weeks. The degree. A negative which has been varnished
paper kept perfectly white ; the paper as
in damp weather is quite different from one

which has been varnished in a dry atmos-

well as the cushion of the copying-frame,
phere. I noticed this fact in a remarkable
were fumed for half an hour with ammonia,
and I obtained in rather dark weather in
manner during my last year's voyage in
Egypt. At Aden, where the air is constantly
the ordinary time, a print which, in regard
saturated with moisture, we found it im-
to vigor and depth, was fully equal to a print
possible to get a clear varnish on our nega-
on albumen paper. The fixing and toning
proceeded in the ordinary manner.
tives. We tried different kinds of varnish,

This solves the problem in the simplest

we exposed the negatives to a high temper-
ature it was all of no avail. The varnish
manner. Every photographer can now ;

would become cloudy, while, on the other

make his own "permanent paper," and
hand, in the Lybian Desert, the same var-
many an amateur who has abandoned the
nish would give a beautiful transparent
printing process on account of the trouble
film. I think this proves, beyond dispute,
and the soiling of the fingers, cam purchase
the evil influence of the atmospheric mois-
the silvered paper. The practical photog-
ture during varnishing.
rapher, whom unfavorable weather pre-
vents from using up the paper prepared for The difference in the permanence of the
a day's work, has a simple means at hand Aden and the Desert negatives is remark-
to save himself from loss, for the paper will able. The Aden plates are very tender,
keep for weeks. and part of them covered with innumerable
Another practical suggestion concerning cracks ; while, of the eighteen negatives of
24 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the Desert, only six show some slight splits the articles I gave full credit to the excel-
in the film. lence of the results, but observed that the
It has been frequently tried to protect mounting was as expensive as the printing.
the negative by a double film. It has been Mr. "Woodbury, the inventor, objects to
recommended, for instance, to cover the this, and says the process is no more ex-
negative with a solution of gum ara-
first pensive than ordinary lithographing. It
bic and, to varnish it afterwards but my ; may be possible that, in England, the
friend Petsch tells me that in this he has mounting is cheaper than in Paris. My
not succeeded. Still worse is a caoutchouc publisher had to pay M. Goupil one hun-
solution, as recommended by Mr. England ;
dred and fifty francs per thousand cabinet

it makes the plate still more sensitive. size for mounting.

Others, again, have contended that the You may have heard that Messrs. Loes-
film will split on plate-glass only. This cher & Petsch have constructed a new
supposition is also erroneous. An experi- studio with " all the modern improve-
enced photographer here, a Mr. Schuler, ments." They have occupied it for a
calls attention to a process which he has week,. In my
next letter you shall have a
employed successfully for the last three full description and drawing of the same.
years he covers the plates after they have
; Yours, very truly,
been varnished with a solution of dex- Dr. H. Vogel.
trine 1.8 and he stated particularly that
;

since be has followed this plan he has never

been troubled with splitting of thefilm while ; Coloring Magic Lantern Slides.
formerly he often was annoyed in this way. In answer to a request made in our last
The primary film offers still another ad- issue,an " old practitioner " has sent us his
vantage: it will take the lead-pencil re- method, as follows:
touch, and this being afterwards covered by " Seeing a wish for instruction expressed
the varnish, makes the retouch as perma- in your magazine on the subject of coloring
nent as the negative itself. In how far lantern slides, I offer you the following for
dextrine is suitable for this purpose, re- the use of your subscribers. In the first
mains still to be seen. I, for my part, have place, the operator must have some little
used for a retouch surface a gelatine or gum knowledge of the rules of the art of color-
arabic film of the consistency of 1.25 ; such ing. Then allgo smooth as the mar-
will
a layer will take a lead-pencil mark of a riage bells, he procures the following
if
darkness that is unattainable on the var- necessaries. 1. A selection of oil tube
nish. The plates, however, require several colors, such as are used by artists in oil
hours to become perfectly dry, and this is painting, avoiding the opaque colors and
sometimes a serious drawback. selecting the transparent, such as the lakes
Another circumstance I must mention for red verdigris for green gamboge for
; ;

here, which Mr. Linduer stated in our yellow, and some of the dry aniline colors.
society. It sometimes happens, and par- But if be goes to a respectable artists' color
ticularly with under-exposed pictures, that dealer and explains that he wants transpa-
the collodion film will burst in drying; to rent colors only, it will save trouble in the
avoid Mr. Linduer lets the plate be-
this, selection. 2. Procure, a small bottle of
come partially dry, and covers it cold with mastic varnish, one of spirits of turpentine,
ordinary varnish ; the plate, of course, be- and a dozen soft brushes. 3. A kind of
comes perfectly cloudy and milky he now ; frame to lay the slides on (see cut below),
lets it become perfectly dry and revarnishes placed at an elevation of 45 degrees, and a
it, when it will appear perfectly transparent. flatboard to stand on the table, covered
In one of my you
letters which I sent to with white paper. This will give a kind of
last summer, I made a lengthy report on desk to work on, and the paper a guide to
the Woodbury relief printing process, by the effect that you are producing. Such a
Goupil, in Turk. I find this statement re- little aparatus does capitally for touching
printed in one of the English journals. In up negatives as well. Now to work : var-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEE. 25

nish the transparencies with bleached white paper is placed flat on the table under
shellac in alcohol. This is important the glass, on which place your photograph.
for many reasons not necessary to give here. Three or four small sable brushes, each a lit-

Take a white porcelain palette (a dinner- tle larger than the other, should be procured,
plate will do), put a little of each color on and what is called a dabber, that is, a camel-
it,and a little mastic varnish in the middle hair brush cut down in the way shown by Fig.
with which you mix the colors; the tur- 2, the edges of which should afterwards be
pentine is used to thin the mixtures with, or passed through a flame so as to remove any
to wash out any part or the whole, if the straggling hairs, etc. The pigments used
effectproduced is not agreeable, and you can are those called transparent, and should be
recommence. I fancy I see you buying as powerful as possible ; for yellow I prefer
vermilion, the effect would be so fine, but gamboge, gallstone, and Indian yellow for ;

you will find it black on the screen. The blue, Prussian blue and Indigo for red, ;

nearest approach I have got is with gam- madder and crimson lake for orange, a ;

boge and crimson lake, but that is very
short of scarlet. You must be very careful
of dust or dirt of any kind, keeping your
colors scrupulously clean, as every particle
of it and colors.
will adhere to the object
A judicious mixture of the primary colors
will produce all the effects you can obtain.
Sometimes we paint also on the glass side
for clouds, etc. I have tried to avoid all
unnecessary detail, but should you require
more, I will endeavor to give it in your
next.
combination of the crimson lake and Indian
yellow, or burnt sienna; for brown, the
madderand Vandyke browns; and for black,
Indian ink and lampblack. With these pig-
ments a large variety of other colors may
be compounded.
"In laying on the colors you must do so
very carefully, so as to preserve them very
clear and flat, or even. If the wash wants
some slight after-touching to improve it,
when dry breathe on it sufficiently to moisten
H. D. F." the color and as it is on a non-absorbent
;

"We also extract the following, which ground, you may, by carrying a flat camel-
hair brush lightly over it, make it satisfac-
gives further instruction, from the Illus-
trated Photographic Almanac for 1869.
tory. Always use as large a brush as pos-
" Now the great difficulty encountered in
sible. To soften the edges of tints or render
coloring slides for the lantern is in the shad-
them more even, you may, having first
ing up. Putting the outlines in, to any one breathed upon them, stipple them by hold-
ing the cut-down brush perpendicular to the
who can draw, is a very simple matter, put-
glass, and moving it lightly with a dabbing
ting on a flat wash of color is a compara-
tively simple matter too
motion over the surface. Carefully clean
; but in the shading
considerable experience, practice, and skill the dabber after you have so used it.

are requisite to success. Now in this case

"When the colors are quite dry, carefully

the outlines are provided, and the shading and lightly coat them with a thin coating
of varnish, carrying it over the colored
too, so that we have only to deal with a few
flatwashes of color. The implements re- portions only with a flat varnish brush, and

quired are first a suitable desk. This, shown
in the above diagram, Fig. 1, is a sloping
over this you may proceed to color with the
same pigments, only using oil colors. This
process gives greater richness of color and
force of effect than can be obtained if you
begin and finish with water-colors, although
you can do so if you please. Obtain the
colors in oil already mentioned as necessary
for water-color painting, with the addition
of Italian pink, raw sienna, burnt umber,
and Chinese blue; you will also require a
little pale drying-oil, some gold size, as a

frame, holding a sheet of glass, and sup- drier; some mastic varnish, spirits of tur-
ported drawing-desk fashion. sheet of A pentine, and copal varnish.
 :

26 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

"The mode of proceeding is the same as •Mr. Boss has recently made a doublet of
I have already described, with this excep- 20-inch focus, and covering a field 24 x 30.
tion, viz., that instead of using a brush for The front lens alone covers a picture five
your dabber, you use a pad made of a nice feet square.He made one some time ago
soft little bit of kid leather stuffed with Belgium government, the lenses of
for the
wool." which were 8^ inches in diameter and 40
It will be understood that these instruc- inches focus.
tions do not color the slides for you. Good At a late meeting of the S. London So-
tasteand a knowledge of laying on colors ciety,Mr. Samuel Fry read a very cheer-
with a brush should be added. The former ing paper on " The Present and Future of
you must acquire by practice and exercise, Photography," in which he gave vent to
and the latter, Mr. Ayres, in his capital the following noble sentiment: " Let us
work How to Paint Photographs, gives very
not cease to place before the world the best
plainly and fully.
work we can possibly do ; let us carefully

consider the points in the pictures of great

masters which mainly conduce to the effect,
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. and without slavish imitation, do likewise."
Caricature photographs have been de- Photographers often get caught in the
cided as libels in England recently. rain, and should always be provided with
water-proof covering for their tents and
M. Lieber, the talented editor and pub-
traps. Good Scottish tweed may be made
lisher of the Moniteur de la Photographie,
absolutely impervious to rain. " How ?" In
is deceased.
a bucket of soft water put half a pound
The late exhibition of the London Photo-
of sugar of lead and half a pound of pow-
graphic Society was a grand success in every
dered alum; stir this at intervals until it
way. becomes clear, then pour it off into another
" Who discovered the collodion pro- bucket; immerse the garment therein for
cess?" is the subject which the English aro twenty-four hours. Hang up to dry without
now discussing. wringing it.
Albert's process has been patented in Mr. Bellieze, in Le Moniteur, pro-
this country. He offers to teach it in Mu- poses two modifications of the Taupenot pro-
nich for 200 thalers. cess. First, he points out the advantages
Mr. Woodbury has sold his patents in which present themselves for the preser-
Belgium, and further protection has been vation of the collodio-albumenized glasses
granted him by the Bavarian government. by treating them with an infusion of tea
(water, sugar, and alcohol), after the plates
Mr. George Bestall lately exhibited at
have been sensitized and washed. He
the exhibition in London, direct prints from
gives the plates two successive coats of this
plates 37 x 24 inches.
infusion. Secondly, he recommends for
Mr. S. Bourne has found by experience
these plates an alkaline developer.
in the Himalayas, that dry plates render
distance that is hazy much more satisfac-
Mr. Dubart gives in the same journal
Liesegang's formula for the cofl'ee dry pro-
torily than wet.
cess. The plates are prepared with the fol-
M. Blanquart Evrard has just issued
lowing collodion
a valuable work entitled Photography : Its
Alcohol (36°), . . . 30 grams.
Origins, and Transformations.
Progresses,
Iodide of ammonium, . •
I "
It accompanied by a number of examples
is
" " strontium, . .1 "
by various photographic processes. " " cadmium, . . 2i "
TheWothlytypc, which came into vogue Bromide of endmium, . .1 "

five or six years ago, and for which per- The which is used on the
coffee solution
manency was claimed, time has proven to prepared plates is composed of 30 grams
be no less perishable than silver prints. burnt and ground coffee, and 15 grams
 : — :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 27

white sugar, which are put in 300 grams of
boiling water.
The pyrogallic acid developer contains 2
grams of this salt for each 100 grams of
water, to which are added 6 grams of ni-
trate of silver, and 6 of lemon-juice, dis-
solved in 100 parts of water.
Les Mondes publishes in full Professor
Morton's report on the eclipse of August 7.
We translate the introductory remarks of
Abbe Moigno
"The following report is
regard to sharpness, depth, and softness,
excel anything that has heretofore been
brought before the Society. Tbey are of
the opinion that this process with some
negatives will give better results than a
print on albumen paper." Mittheilungen.
Mr. H. P. Robinson's " Gull " picture,
a copy of which was on exhibition at Bos-
ton, in June, has been exciting English
photographers for months, and discussed at
great length in the journals. Every way
long and of a in the world has been guessed as to how it

local and personal interest. Our principal was done, and yet nobody knows — but Mr.
aim is to give credit to the generous volun- Robinson.
teers of science of the American expedition,
The ball and socket joint, so useful in
and to publish the glorious result brought
many waj^s, has been applied to the camera-
about by their co-operation. This expedi- box to secure a substitute for the swing-
tion in itself is a great example of devotion
back, by a correspondent of the British
to science. Prof. Morton, who organized
Journal. The flange of the lens is screwed
it, and his peaceable companions in arms,
on to a large sphere of wood, the front of
can claim the recognition of the scientific which is cut flat to permit of this being
world. This is the reason why we consid- done. A hole is cut through the sphere to
ered it our duty to publish the report in admit the lens tube passing through it.
full."
A hole is now made in the front of the
The Bulletin Beige publishes the process camera, rather smaller than the diameter
of Mr. Charles Cros for reproducing photo- of the ball or globe, which consequently
graphs in colors. The particulars of this cannot pass through it. A smaller piece of
process were published in the December wood is made with a hole through it of the
number of the Philadelphia Photographer, same camera, and is placed
size as that in the
by Mr. M. Carey Lea. The invention of outside of the sphere, which is thus kept in
Mr. Charles Cros is simultaneous and iden- its place and works between these two
tical with the one of M. Dueos du Hauron. planes as a ball would in a socket, thus
From Herr Otto Buehler, Berlin, we have
received his book entitled " Atelier und
Apparat <les Photographen," a work of
367 pages, giving an exhaustive descrip-
tion of the optical, chemical, and technical
apparatus from the present standpoint of
the photographic profession. An atlas of 17
folio plates, containing 496 lithograph
drawings, accompanies the work.
Mr. W. L. Noverre, in the News, rec- The outer piece of wood m is attached to
ommends the best pale glue as an excellent the camera front by means of another piece
mountant. It should be dissolved by slow to which the former is in turn attached by
heat — never allowed to boil —and strained the hinge n. The lens and sphere on which
through flannel. it is mounted may be rotated in any direc-

The committee appointed by the Berlin
Society for the Promotion of Photography,
consisting of Messrs. Petsch and Schneion,
make the following report on the "light
prints of Ohm and Grossmaur. They ac-
knowledge that the samples of portraits, in
tion, and when once adjusted is prevented
from slipping by the screw o. To prevent
the admission of light, the edges of the
holesmust be lined with black velvet. The
advantages of the swing-back have been
made plain in our pages several times, and
 — ; — :

28 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

this is a very cheap and good substitute, as the wax warm. Asphaltum varnish can
almost any mechanic can do the job. also be used for the same purpose.
I have been experimenting with a dia-
In the old days of paper negatives, Sir
David Brewster published an phragm, with a cresce^-shaped opening, by
show- article
ing forth the advantage of printing through which I shade the sky and the centre of the
two or three sheets of paper of uniform picture. "Would like to hear of other par-
ties trying it, and how they like it.
texture, to secure softness or a mezzotint
effect. Cor. III. Photo. A. F. Clough.

To keep the solutions warm in winter, it

A Quick Way
of Preparing a Solu-

is recommended in the Bi-itish Journal to

tion of Gold. — Put
one gold dollar into
a 16-ounce bottle, add about ^ ounce aqua
place them in glass vessels, and then set
regia (1 part nitric and 3 parts muriatic
them in a solution of sulphuric acid and
acid) set the bottle in a warm place out of
water. "We doubt the expediency of such
doors to avoid the fumes of the acid ; when
practice in the dark-room.
the gold is have ready a saturated
dissolved,
solution of bicarbonate of soda filtered, and
add slowly until it turns green and curdy,
WRINKLES AND DODGES. then add a few drops of aqua regia until it
For retouching negatives I have used only
turns clear and yellow filter into a clean
;

lead pencil, giving the negative a touch by

16-ounce bottle, and fill up with water, this
brushing it with emery powder and sal soda
will give you about 2 grains of gold to the
ground together very fine. Borax, or any
ounce, and every dollar's worth of this solu-
dry alkali, I presume, would answer as well
tion will turn as many prints as two dollars
the alkali has a slightly solvent effect on the
worth bought in powder. My experience
varnish, which with the grinding quality
of six years; try it. H. H. "Wood.
of the emery gives the best biting surface
of anything I have tried. Aqua regia is an exceedingly dangerous
M. M. Griswold. mixture and should only be made in quan-
tity needed for immediate use. It is poison
I save my wastes on the hat principle to inhale it.— Ed. P. P.
suggested in your November number/but I As I very often find in "Wrinkles and
use three hats instead of two. The first year Dodges" a receipt which benefits me, I
I used one the second two, and the third
;
thought I would send the following, and if
three. Next year I shall use four, for I find
you think it will be of any benefit to the
the more old hats I use the more silver I
craft, you can use it as you think best
save. A. J. Perkins. To make a paste to mount photographs:
I tjse fine beeswax to protect my plate-
Take £ ounce best white glue, 1 ounce
holders from the action of the silver solu-
starch, jounce acetic acid, ^ ounce alcohol;
tion. "Warm the holder and wax, and rub
soak the glue over night in cold water, then

the latter in with a piece of wash-leather.

mix the starch in a little water and add the
Thus protected the solution will roll off the
acid and alcohol. Add these to the glue,
holder in drops. put in water to make one pint, and boil
For mounting prints I use equal parts of gently twenty minutes. Always use it a

bonnet glue and gum arabic dissolved in little warm. It will not curl the cards as

hot water enough to make it as thick as or- much as starch paste, and will not injure
dinary mucilage. Strain through muslin. the glass of the albumen.
C. V. Stevens.
When cool about right to use in
it will be
Acetic acid very objectionable and un-
is
warm weather. In cold weather it will
necessary, and should not be used. It
need to be slightly warmed. A few drops
will cause the prints to discolor in a very
of alcohol will keep it from changing. It
short time. Ed. P. P.
dries quickly, and leaves the cards Hat and
elastic. I also use beeswax fur coating my The addition of throe or four drops of
india-rubber bath. I use a swab to rub over pure carbolic acid to a pint of solution, will,
 ! —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 29

it isstated, arrest the tendency to form scum and consequently am no novice in photographic

on the printing bath, will check discolora- chemistry.

tion, and retard the tendency of the paper If you do not wish to invest, then please hand
to turn brown on keeping a little time after this circular to some brother artist in your town

sensitizing.
and oblige, Yours, JOHN SYPHERS,
Tonica, 111.
O'Neil's Formula tor Collodion. I will send the picture per express.

Ether,
Some
....
Brains.
6 ounces.
Mr. Syphers was written for further in-
formation by a party in this city who de-
Alcohol, . . . . 6 "
sired not to invest until it was obtained, and
Some more Brains.
received for answer that the " Eureka" is
Cotton, . . . .72 grains.
Some Iodide.
"a picture taken on glass, clear, transpar-

A little more Brains. ent, and beautiful. A beautiful border

Some Bromides and a large quantity around the picture with soft outline and
of Brains. sharp contrast. It pleases everybody. You
After the above is all dissolved and set- will not begrudge your $1 50. The silver
tled, add enough brains to make good nega- is crystallized after the picture is taken."
tives. >
This tempting reply induced our corres-

The above formula was given to a novice

pondent to send Mr. Syphers a post office

yesterday by Mr. Hugh O'Neil, the cele- order for $1.50 as an investment, but he is

brated manipulator of the establishment of still minus the promised picture, and begins
Fredericks & O'Neil, of New York. One to fear he hasbeen too ready to " pitch in."
in a Fog. Let our readers take warning from his ex-
ample. Further in our next.
Geneva, Dec. 9th, 1869.
VOICES FROM THE CRAFT. Mr. Editor: For the good of the fra-
The following is a copy of a circular ternity, I should like to suggest to those
which has been sent us by several of our making negatives to be used in illustrating
subscribers, with the insinuation that it is
the Journal, that they give not only the
one of those humbugs which our readers formula by which they were made, but also,
should be cautioned against. in the case of portraits, the weather in which
ONE MOKE STEP TAKEN IN THE they were taken, whether sunny or cloudy ;

SCIENCE OF PICTURE MAKING. whether the glass composing the sky and
side-light be clear, ground, frosted, or cur-
EUREKA EUREKA !

tained the exact length of exposure; the

My Brother Artist I have : discovered
;

size and make of lens used, also size of dia-

something new, just as sure as you and I are
born ! I will tell you. It is a picture beautiful
phragm whether side-screens or reflectors
;

beyond description. My ideal of a beautiful pic-

were used, and if so, at what distance from
ture was never fully realized till now. They are the sitter whether the background used
;

case pictures, and can be made and put up almost be woollen or painted, and how far back of
as rapidly as common plate pictures in cases, and sitter and whether the collodion used was
;

I them at just double the price.

sell thick or thin. It seems to me if such prac-
Everybody that sees them will have them. —
were given which might easily
tical details
I will send you one of those pictures in a good be done in a very few words every opera- —
case, such as I sell for $2.50, on the receipt by
tor would then be in a much better condi-
letter of $1.50. Then if you like the picture and
tion to compare intelligently his own work
wish to introduce them to your customers, write
with that made by others, and to profit
me and I will send you the process for a reasona-
thereby. I think if these suggestions were
ble compensation. Any body can produce them
carried out, that this feature of the Journal
that make a good ambrotype.
Now if you want to see a nice new thing for would be, of itself, enough to commend it

the trifling sum of one dollar and fifty cents, to every practical opperator in the country.
then "pitch in." It is no humbug. I have "What say you, brother photographers?
been in the picture business for twenty years, Respectfully, J. G. Vail.
30 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
SALAD. Mosaics for 1870 sells wonderfully. Quite
The holiday trade was pretty good. two thousand four hundred copies are sold
at this writing, and the book is not thirty
Dirty fingers are enemies to good work.
days out of press.
You should always work your chemicals
stronger in cold weather than in warm. The Treasurer of the National Photo-
graphic Association has notified the mem-
Please read our advertisement of hooks.
bers to pay their annual dues, due last
Now is the time to read and study up.
June. Please give it attention and canvas
The gold medal prize picture, hy Mr.
for new members.
Griswold, "Blowing Bubbles/' will grace
our next issue. An Oregon girl of the period entered a
photograph establishment recently, and
We shall begin a new series of articles
asked if they "had any sun pearls." She
on skylights and their construction in our
was answered in the affirmative, and shown
next number.
some porcelain pictures which are called
Mr. Byder's double picture, one from
"sun pearls " out West. She blushed and
negative retouched and one from, negative
replied: "Laws me! Do you call them
untouched, will appear in our March num-
sun pearls? Why
them ain't what I
ber.
wanted. I want some o' that stuff which
Please read our list of premiums, and city ladies put on their faces to make their
help us place the Philadelphia Photographer skin slick." She was informed that such
in the hands of every photographer in the were usually found in a drug store,
articles
land. and went off considerably enlightened.
Maternal photographs are so fashiona-
By the aid of photography, the feeblest
more enterprising pho-
ble in Paris that the
motions of the most delicately-poised ma-
tographers there keep a baby as one of their
chinery are now recorded in the observa-
accessories. So says the Court Journal.
tories of Europe. By the reflection of light
A woman cleaning a fish in France re- upon an ivory scale, from a small mirror
cently, declared she discovered a photo- on what may be termed the armature of the
graph of the fisherman in one of the eyes instrument, all communications by the At-
of the fish. Most too fish-eye a story to lantic and French cables are received. Each
believe. movement of this tiny glass causes the light
"How to Paint Photographs,' 1-
second reflected from it to pass to the right or left
edition, three-fourths exhausted, and gives on the ivory scale, the motions being indic-
great satisfaction to all. You can make ative of the letters,which the operator re-
enough on the first picture you color to pay cords. Photography will soon be applied
for it. for that purpose too, most likely.

Answers to Correspondents. — Wehave fre- an answer by mail. Of the latter,

quently signified our willingness to assist our
readers whenever they find trouble in their
and as very many can testify, we
nijp ulutions,
have done this by private letter, on account of
our issuing only once a month; we propose to
repeat our offer for the new year, but as our cir-
culation has grown so vastly and correspon-
dence with it, that duty has become a severe
tax upon our time, so we shall answer all such
correspondence in this column hereafter, unless
the case seems to require, or the parties of ne-
cessity request
the fact of their sendingastamp for reply shall be
ma- our guide. Questions to be answered herein, must
invariably be in our hands by the 18th of the
month. Wo hope you will ask us whatever you
want to know, and we will answer cheerfully to
the best of our ability.
Mr. William Delius, Waterbury, Conn., has
sent us some very interesting photolithographs
by a process similar to Albert's, which compare
very favorably with Albert's results. Mr. De-
 ; —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 31

lins is able to print in any color, on any kind of Our Publications. — It is a great pleasure to
paper, and to make his transfer on glass or metal. us and cheers us greatly on in our work, to re-
With more experience in printing, Mr. Delius ceive so many genuine good wishes and testimo-
will prove a formidable rival to the Albert pro- nials to the usefulness of our publications, as we
cess in this country. Those interested would are now daily made happy with. The following
do well to address him. are a few :

December 4.
Ix Mr. II. J. Newton's article on the Tea pro- Mr. Editor The Photographer for Decem-
:

cess, in Mosaics for 1870, he is made to say "put ber is at hand, and as usual, interesting.
7/ioregold," &c, instead of •'
put some gold," &c. I see a notice of '' Subscription Expired ''

Please note the correction. this is all right please renew it. You need not
;

feel badly to give such notice. Every man has

We are indebted to Mr. Robert Oppenheim,
had his money's worth twice over. I only feel
Berlin, Prussia, forHerr Remele's excellent lit-
badly as it reminds rue of the flight of time,
tle Manual of Landscape Photography, and for
when I must go hence, where there is no more
a copy of Grasshof's Manual of Retouching and
photographing to be done.
Coloring Photographs. Those who can read
I think with your prospectus for the New
German will find them both very valuable
Tear, you need fear no falling off. The pictures
works.
alone will be worth more than the money.
"The Chemical Forces," Heat, Light, and Wishing you every success,
Electricitv, with their applications to the ex- I am, yours truly,
pansion, liquefaction, and vaporization of solids ; E. L. Allen.
the steam engine ;
photography: spectrum analy- 24 Temple Place, Boston,
sis ; electroplating, etc., etc. : an introduction to
Barnesville, Ga., Dec. 9th, 1869.
chemical physics, byT. Ruggles Pynchon, M.A., Eds. Philadelphia Photogiapher :

Scovill Professor of Chemistry and the Natural

Please find inclosed fifty cents for Mosaics,
Sciences, Trinity College, Hartford. Published
1870, and while I write, you will please accept
by 0. D. Case & Co., Hartford, Conn., 1870, one my most heartfelt and sincere thanks for your
vol., pp. 534. Chemistry is so closely allied
invaluable journal, the last number of which has
with subjects of which Prof. Pynchon so ably
just reached me, containing a complete index to
and clearly treats in his admirable work, that
the whole volume it shall be bound, for I con-
;

one must not hope for a thorough knowledge of sider worth more than tenfold what it has
it
it without having a perfect understanding
first
cost. One year ago I was doing but ordinary
of the three great chemical forces, such an un- — work: but now my work will compare favorably
derstanding as is here placed within our reach.
with any in the State.
The author has cleared up many obscure points in Respectfully and fraternally yours,
a clear and connected manner, which heretofore J. W. Hurt, Photographer.
mystified the chemical student greatly, thus
showing the necessity of beginning such study I wonder why we see so many poor photo-

at the beginning, to be fully informed. His graphs, after having everything so plainly pointed
out as it is in Mosaics for 1870.
style is concise and plain, and no one could elu-
more clearness than he does. We
cidate with E. Kilburn,

commend his work to such of our readers as Littleton, N. H.

desire to improve themselves in the direction WiTffOUT exaggeration, the article on "Glass
therein treated upon. It contains 269 illustra- Cleaning" is worth four times the price of the
tions, a copious index, and a long list of ex- —
book Mosaics, 18-70. D. C. Hawkins,
periments with directions for conducting them. Sheboygan, Wis.
The publishers have also done their part well.
Chicago, III., Nov 29th, 1869.
The illustrations and general get-up are fine.
Dear Sir : — It is my pleasure at this early
Those who anticipate visiting Cleveland dur- date to possess a copy of your "Photographic
ing the June Exhibition meeting of the National Mosaics" for 1S70. I simply wish to say that
Photographic Association, will be glad to know I consider it by
most valuable annual
far the
that we have already arranged for a free passage you have yet published, and a work that should
one way for them on the line of the Pennsylvania be in the hands of every photographer, who has
Central and Philadelphia and Erie Railways, the least desire to aspire to do good work, not
and hope to do so on all roads in the United only photographically, but artistically ; in fact,
States. even those old in the profession may receive new
 —

32 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

inspiration by a perusal of its pages. Especially Mr. G. A. Denverritt, a photographic colorist,
may the articles by Kurtz, Baker, Notman, committed suicide by swallowing cyanide in so-
Kent, Robinson, the Editor, and others, be read lution at 140 Washington Street, Boston, Decern
with interest and profit, for they are sound, valu- ber 9th. He died in ten minutes after swallow-
able, and practical. ing the poison.
Respectfully, yours,
Jno. Carbdtt.
Mr. Fred. C. Lowe, East Cambridge, Mass.,
ismaking a collection of photographs of the re-
I like "How to Paint Photographs" very maining members of the 1st Maine Artillery
much, and think it will do any photographer Regiment, in which he served during the war
good. Fred. C. Low, 130 in all.
Cambridge, Mass.
Dear Sir :
Messrs. J. W. & J. S. Moulton, of Salem,
Mass., have been appointed Mr. Proctor's agents
I cannot tell when I have enjoyed myself
for his night photograph apparatus, for the
better than in the perusal of Mr. Robinson's
States of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Ten-
book, " Pictorial Effect in Photography.' Read-
1

able, reliable, and evidently written by one that nessee, Michigan, Missouri, Wisconsin, Minne-
has the good of our profession thoroughly at- sota, Iowa, and Kansas.

heart. The articles upon posing, lighting, ac-

cessories and backgrounds are worth singly the Mr. Clough (Orford, N. II.), is one of our
price of the book. The illustrations are superb. active subscribers, to whom we are indebted for
many " Dodges and Wrinkles.'' He has sent us
As to the Mosaics, I received it only this morn-
ing. And although, I have been enabled to give several interesting Stereographs of wood and
it only a cursory glance, the few articles that mountain scenery, and among them one or two
I have read, convince me that it is fully up to, of Moosilauke Mountain. A mutual friend,
if not beyond the standard of former years. signing himself " Amateur," has also favored us
Respectfully, yours, with the same view and the notice below. Thanks
Charles Stafford. to them both :

Nothing can be more gratifying to us than to Perilous Ascent of Moosilauke Moun-

know that our books are useful. tain. Prof. Huntington, the Assistant State
Geologist, had a serious experience in getting
In our Cooper & Co.,
last issue, Messrs. Charles
to the summit of Moosilauke Mountain, in War-
Chemists, 154 Chatham Street, New York, cau- ren, where, in company with Mr. Amos F.
tioned our readers against an impostor named Clough, a photographer, he proposes to spend the
G. W. Robinson, who represented himself as winter. The professor was two days in making
their agent, and collected wastes from photog- the ascent, and froze both of his feet. The snow
raphers in their name. Since then he has and some of the
was four feet deep on a level,
adopted as his alias the name of Radcliffe. A drifts were eighteen feet deep. There is a
party in this city has also suffered by him, and strongly built and comparatively comfortable
has put his case in the hands of the detectives. house on the mountain top, and the two gentle-
" A word to the wise is sufficient.''
men are hoping to enjoy their bleak winter

We have received some very elegant negatives home.

from Messrs. Loescher & Petsch, Berlin, Prussia,
which are being printed for a future issue of our We have from Messrs. French & Sawyer,
journal. Also, negatives from M. Salomon. Keene, N. H., several photographs of their out-
door developing tent, which we shall describe
Prof. Morton recently delivered his admi-
soon. AVe have also received several beautiful
rable lectures on Light to crowded and delighted
views from Mr. Vernon Royle, Paterson, N. J.;
audiences, at the Peabody Institute, Baltimore.
cards from retouched negatives of much excel-
The extensive and beautiful photograph lence, from Mr. J. Inglis, Montreal j
prints from
rooms o Mr. W. M. Knight, Buffalo, N. Y., were Messrs. E. & M. Garrett, Wilmington, Del., E. E.
entirely destroyed by fire on the evening of De- Henry, Leavenworth, Kansas, W. L. Gill, Lan-
cember 12th. caster, Pa. J. Lee Knight, Topeka, Kansas, of
Messrs. Wearn & IIix, Columbia, S. C, and an amusing drawing called " Droughty Kansas,''
Mr. D. J. Ryan, Savannah, Ga have both re- , and from M. K. Marshall, Ciroleville, 0., a
ceived flattering awards for their work at exhi- whole-size photograph of Mrs. Tabitha MeGath,
bition" held in their cities recently. We rejoice who was born March 12th, A.D. 1761. She is
with them. right sprightly-looking yet.
5RISWOL0, JIUM3US, 0.
ll' .
Ift
jl(M i'Vyl/A', gBNJ^B" /JcICTUIlR.
 :

THE

Piikdcljrliui |p0t0j)O|hn\
Vol. VII. FEBRUARY, 1870 No. 74.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of toe United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION Parties desiring space will please make

OF THE their wants known as soon as possible.
National Photographic Association of Eor further particulars, please address

the United States. the Secretary.

TO FOREIGN EXHIBITORS. J. W. Black, J. Cremer,

David Bexdann, J. F. Btder,
The Second Annual Exhibition of the W. C. North,
National Photographic Association of the Executive Committee.
United States, will be held in Cleveland,
Edward L. Wilson,
Ohio, beginning Tuesday, June 2d, 1870.
Secretary, Philadelphia, Pa.
Ample provision will be made for foreign
Our foreign exchanges would oblige us
exhibitors this year, and no charge will be
by copying the above.
made for space.
Eifort is being made to secure the en-
trance of foreign work free from duty.
The freight, however, must be prepaid, GREEN GLASS IN THE DARK-
unless in such cases where the pictures are ROOM.
not to be returned, then the Secretary or BY M. CAREY LEA.
Executive Committee will undertake their Some time since I saw a suggestion
little
sale and deduct the freight from the pro- (I regret that I cannot now recall where),
ceeds. Foreign parcels should all be dis- that green glass might take the place of yel-
tinctly marked as follows low in the dark-room. I did not, however,
National Photo. Exhibition, pay any attention to it, until another cir-
Care Edward L. Wilson, Secretary, cumstance seemed to indicate that such a
Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A., substitution might be useful. In the color
D^* Via Boston Steamship Line. processes of Ducos du Hauron, and of Cros,
To insure their arrival in time, packages camera exposures are made in succession
should not be sent later than April 15th. through glass of different colors, purple,
Please be particular to ship to Boston as yellow, and green, and it was mentioned in
directed. the description that it was found that the
A cordial invitation is given to foreign time of exposure was longer when the green
artists to participate in this Exhibition, and glass was interposed than with the yellow.
every attention will be given them. This seemed to indicate that the non-actinic
34 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
influence of green glass might be very use- useful in rendering foliage, not from any
ful in photographic operations. useful amount of sensitiveness to the green
Therefore, I procured some green glass color, but by reason of its being moreeasliy
and gave it a trial. The result was that I acted upon by the weak light sent back from
at once and entirely discarded the yellow, the surfaces of the leaves, that is, weak re-
and from that day (some months back) to flected white light.
this, I have used nothing else. Now, my experience in the dark-room
I was not disposed to publish the matter, fully confirms this view. The plates that
and advise others to try it, until my ex- I have worked with, have been almost ex-
perience should fully warrant me in doing clusive chloro-bromide and collodio-bro-
so. But I have prepared and developed mide dry plates; in the latter the film con-
hundreds of plates, and, as I do not ever ex- sisted entirely, and, in the former, almost
pect to work in yellow light again, I feel entirely ofbromide of silver. If, therefore,
that I shall do a service in recommending this substance had any sensitiveness to green
this mode of working. The difference in light worth considering practically, my
fatigue to the eyes is most important. Every plates must have fogged whereas, I have
;

one knows how trying to the eye is a red- had immunity from any such trouble. It
dish-yellow light, and how soft a green one; would, perhaps, be difficult to imagine any
and, if the latter be a sufficient protection to stronger proof than that which is here af-
the plate, as it proves itself, there should be forded. My plates have often lain soaking
no hesitation in making the change. in clear water in an open porcelain pan.,
My trials have been made with artificial within three feet of a bright Argand burner
light, gas-light only, as I generally prefer turned fully on, with no protection except
to use it, even when working in the day- the green glass, and have remained so for
time. But I always allow myself plenty of ten or fifteen minutes together, without
light. I think, indeed, that the illumina- suffering in the least: a tolerably severe
tion produced by any given flame is, per- test. Of course, if too transparent, a piece
haps, reduced more by the green glass than of glass be used, the security cannot be ex-
by the yellow. The difference, however, pected to be complete; but it is easy to find
is not great, and it is easy to make the flame glass that will cut off the active rays, and
a little stronger. I use an Argand gas-burner yet let through an abundant illumination.
turned fully on — give myself light enough
to read writing, labels, etc., with entire fa- As to the arrangement, of course, any
cility, and do so safely.
find that I can means that are good- for supporting a yel-
Some care needs to be taken in the selec- low-glass pane will answer for the green.
tion of the glass, and neither the lightest The following is a convenient plan for
nor the deepest commercial green glass is either :

suitable, but an intermediate shade. It Let a carpenter take a piece of wood

should not be a bluish-green, but a full, about 12 inches by 6, and at the narrow
clear green. I attempted at one time to ends fasten on two uprights 16 inches long.
obtain green chimneys for gas burners, but A thin strip is to be nailed on the front
those that I could meet were both too blue edge of each of the uprights; this keeps
a green, and too transparent. the glass which slides down immediately
This fact, that green glass affords ade- behind these strips, from falling forwards.
quate protection to sensitive films, has an A screw put in through each upright be-
additional interest to me from the fact that hind the glass keeps it from falling back.
it confirms the position that I have always The upright not extending quite as far for-
maintained, that the alleged sensibility of ward as the bottom, enables the glass to
bromide of silver to the green rays had no rest on the latter.
practical value. I have always held that The uprights may be rendered secure by
the advantages found in the use of a bro- a cross-piece at the top or across the back.
mide lay in its greater sensitiveness to weak But in the plan which I first used, the cross-
radiations of light. That, therefore, it was piece was much in the way of the chimney.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 35

I, therefore, substituted the following ar- fications, I adopted the plan as shown in
rangement : *he accompanying drawing. A is the sup-
Two square pieces of wood, with bevelled
edges were glued and screwed in at the
lower corners, one edge of each resting on
the bottom and one on the upright. This
gives considerable firmness, which is in-
creased by nailing two other triangles
against the outside lower corners. The up-
rights are thus kept firmly in their places
without any incumbrance to the upper part
of the frame. And as the glass moves
easily between the outside strips and the
screws inside, it is not liable to be broken
by an} warping of the wood, and is easily
r
ply-pipe and tap. This supply-pipe, A,
removed when it needs cleaning. runs around the whole tank near the top,
The size above described carries a pane and is perforated towards the inside, with
12 inches wide and 16 high, which gives a small holes, through which the water gushes
satisfactory amount of light. The two up- in all directions. The water, therefore,
rights shade the spaces to the right and keeps up a constant motion —a sort of a
left of the light, and the strips which con- mild whirlpool —
among the prints, round
fine the plate in front, prevent any stray and round, and yet without injury to them.
beams from escaping between the glass and B is the waste-pipe; C C, waste pipes from
the supporting uprights. the overflows D, D E is a large tap to
;

Before closing, J desire again to call at- regulate the discharge of the waste; F, a
tention to the importance of saving the eyes wooden frame 24 inches high, supporting
by working in an agreeable light. This is the tank. The tank is made of galvanized
especially important in coating the plates. iron, of the shape shown in the diagram, and
To watch the wave of collodion and man- is 9 inches deep on the sides, 30 inches across
age it easily, one must catch the reflection the top, .and 86 inches across the bottom at
of the light on its surface; and, to do this, the widest part. The perforated bottom is
the light must be directl}' in front, and 30 inches across, and soldered fast all
straight before the eyes. Any light in this around. The bottom of the tank slopes to
position tends to fatigue the sight, and the waste-pipe, leaving a space of 3 inches
doubly so when the light is of a glaring in the middle, from the perforated bottom
yellowish shade. to the mouth of the waste-pipe. The action
of the tank is thus explained
Let in the :

water by means of the supply-pipe, A, un-

IMPROVED PHOTOGRAPH WASH- til the water reaches the overflow, D; now
ING TANK. put in the prints. The tap, A, should then
BY J. C A R B U T T. be turned on only sufficient to keep the
In the January No. of the Philadelphia prints nicely in motion, then turn the tap E,
Photographer for 1867, was given a draw- to let the water run out a trifle slower than
ing of a washing tank, by Mr. J. M. Young. it enters at A. The prints are kept in con-
To test its merits I had one made, and stant motion, and the hypo, as fast as elimi-

found one or two points about it I thought nated, is carried out at the bottom, the waste
could be improved upon. In the tank de- overflow being independent of the tap, E.
scribed by Mr. Young, the feed-pipe lies I have always made it a point to see that
on the bottom of the tank, and the water my prints are fixed in fresh hypo and well
was drawn off by a syphon, which caused washed. After more than two years' use
many of the prints to be destroyed by the of this tank, I prefer it to either the ordi-
suction of the syphon as they lie on the per- nary overflow or syphon tank.
forated bottom. After trying several modi- J udging from the very beautiful specimen
36 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
of jmoto-reiief printing presented to your and to harden the film, is treated with
readers this month, in which neither silver, chrome alum, chlorine water, or any other
gold, nor hypo enters its composition, one coagulating material, and set aside to dry.
cannot help feeling that the days of silver When dry, it is printed from, in the usual
printing are numbered, but, as long as sil- lithographic manner, upon a press adapted
ver prints are made, I think those produc- to that purpose.
ing them cannot take too much pains to give " The essential principle of the invention
them all the durability possible. consists in subjecting the first film to the
action of light, to render it insoluble next
the surface of the glass, while its outer sur-
THE ALBERT PROCESS. face remains adhesive, so as to unite with
The Albert process, of which our readers the second film, and, if these conditions are
have heard much, has been patented in
so observed, both the first and second films
this country, and we make the following will permit the use of other materials, such
extracts from the specifications : as glue, gum, dextrine, or almost any ad-
"A piece of plate-glass is cleaned with hesive or gelatinous subtance, as well as
alcohol, and flowed with a mixture of albu- any of the salts of chromium with more or
men, gelatine, and bichromate of ammonia, less success."

and left horizontal to dry when dry, it is

;

laid with its coated side on a dark surface,

and exposed, for a short time, to the light A NOVELTY.
from the side upon which there is no BY DAVID DUNCAN.
film. As chrome-gelatine becomes insoluble I have seen photographic productions,
through the agency of light, this will pre- and good ones too, from nearly every clime
vent the moisture to which the plate is under the sun, from Parisian delicacy to
afterward subjected from penetrating to the Chinese whitewash, but I must candidly
glass, and consequently the film will remain confess that American photographs are the
firmly attached thereto ; and, in order that very best —speaking technically, the clean-
the second film may adhere to the first, it is est, the largest, the most brilliant. Though
necessary to expose from the back, and to
it many pictures issued from small establish-
protect the face with a dark underlayer, ments are " chalky " and inartistic, it will
which absorbs the penetrating rays as much not, in my opinion, long be so ; for, while
as possible, so that it may retain its adhesive Americans (photographers included), to
properties sufficiently to secure the second use their own words, are a " practical peo-
film on the surface of the first, and thus ple," they are as sentimental as others and
both become firmly united to the glass. decidedly artistic. Much
photographic art,
" After this exposure, the plate is laid for at present, is latent, but " wait a wee." It
a half hour in water, and then set aside to is well for engaged in our profession to
all

dry. These manipulations can be performed thoroughly comprehend and master its many
months in advance of using, if desired. details the patrons of the art have not yet
;

" The second step of the process consists in chosen definitely and permanently the best
again coating the plate with the proper sen- style of picture its devotees have not yet
;

sitive film, composed of isinglass, gelatine, decided upon the best process and simplest
and chromateor bichromate of ammonium, modus operandi. Novelties are constantly
and set aside to dry, as before. When dry, springing up, novelties worthy of attention.
the plate is ready to receive the picture, and Many are "born to blush unseen," never-
is placed in the pressure-frame on a nega- theless there remain some which command
tive, and exposed «to the light, in the same a "hearing " they must be PHOTOGRAPHED.
;

manner as is done with an albumen print, It is to a novelty I would direct the atten-
except that the action of the light
is watched tion of my respected American brethren,
from the back, and the plate removed at which 1 trust will meet their expectations.
tin' proper moment. It is then washed in In the Photographic. News, December 3d,
water, to remove all unchanged chromates, 1809, is an article by a gentleman under the
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHER. 37

nom de plume of " Ennel," on "glass-houses wide, movable by two balancing-weights,

and lighting," which contains the descrip- as are also the two glass-doors or French
tion of a gallery admirably adapted for this windows, LMPN and T, to regulate the
country. I will make an extract. He says : shading.
" I want a glass-house which shall be " Now fancy a room with a window eight
perfectly water-tight, warm in winter, cool feet by ten, facing the north, and a model
in summer, which neither morning nor
in opposite it at the distance of thirteen or
evening sun shall annoy which shall have ;
fourteen feet. The lighting is splendid.
plenty of light, and that light most easily But now add the sloping walls and ceiling,
managed and which shall be easily venti^
; wit'n their reflecting surfaces. Can you im-
lated, and on the glass of which dust shall agine a softer light ? "
not accumulate more than on common win- It is unnecessary for me to occupy space
dows, nor be removable with greater diffi- in redescribing the form of studio recom-
culty. Here is the model. It shows, at a mended. I must leave it to my reader's
glance, what many diagrams would fail to judgment, experiences, and reflection. I
do. do not see why the most excellent results
"The whole may be solid masonry, wood, should not be obtained in such a gallery.
iron, or what not. The source of
light is entirely from the front, and
the top-front light and the side lights
are amply supplied by reflection from
the roof and sides sloping respective-
ly upward and outward. The angle
here adopted may not be the best
possibly 40° or 45° might be better,
which must be proved by experi-
ment —
but this model is only to serve
as an illustration of the idea.
"The scale is half an inch to a
foot, so that we have a space for
A F, glass-house; A B U V, swing window L M P N and T,
the sitter, E E/ , twelve feet wide ;
French windows; HI IK, tunnel; S R, dark-room.
;

E F, eight feet high ; G F, five feet

deep. The floor, from this rectangular How cool it would be in the height of sum-
space (from the line G G') to the tunnel, mer, compared with many of the "hot-
measures twelve feet in length and trans- ; houses " now in existence. The blinds,
versely, at the north end, along the front how and quickly arranged. Suppos-
easily
of the tunnel, viz., from to the op- ing the top window, ABUT,
to be facing
posite corner, like the parallel line A B, the north, direct sunlight, the enemy of
eighteen feet. The height of the walls at the successful portraiture, could never enter;
north end, B O, is fourteen feet. The di- the light must, therefore, all the year
mensions of the tunnel are: K L, ten feet; round, be as uniform as it could be possi-
I L, eight feet ; L P, eight feet ; so that an ble to obtain. The originator further re-
area of direct light, viz., above and on the marks:
sides of the tunnel, one hundred and eighty- "But oh, the front light! you will all
eight square feet (or, after all deductions, cry. I know very well that the majority,
say one hundred and eighty feet) remain if not all photographers, have set their faces
available but this amount may be in-
;
against front light only, not in the proper,
creased by reducing the dimensions of the i. e., the literal sense. Why ? I know not
tunnel in width and height, or by enlarg- the reason. Prima facie, I should say front
ing the angles of the sloping planes, or light ought predominant, seeing that
to be
both. The top window, A B U V, is to we have copy the front of the model,
to
swing like a toilet-glass (for ventilation), or that portion which fronts the lens. I
and to be backed by a curtain nine feet say predominant, for we want front, top.
38 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
and side lights, also to help make up the Winter Photography, or Printing by
modelling." Development.
It will be seen thatEnnel does not recom-
FOR BEGINNERS AND ALSO FOR PRACTICAL
mend lighting the model by direct front
PHOTOGRAPHERS.
light, but by front, top, and side light, ob-
BY PROP. J. TOWLER, M.D.
tainable (in the form of studio recom-
mended) by the curtains. Beginners have to learn, but older pho-
Every portraitist of experience knows tographers know, to their annoyance, that,
very well that the best results are got in in the dark and short days of winter, print-
diffused light, not direct, and that is ob- ing on paper is sometimes a very slow and

tained from the front, top, and side lights, tedious operation, and sometimes almost
or the farthest corner through which the impossible. Now, I am going to teach you
light is admitted, no matter whether the how to alleviate this annoyance and to give
gallery has a flat, or span, or side sloping you a remedy for the evil. There is proba-
roof. is wrong, likewise
Direct top light bly nothing new in the process, if analyzed
direct side light.In studios built with side- critically, for the different parts were all

light only the best, or, rather, the most known, and it remained simply to put them
pleasing pictures are made by placing the together, to synthetize the elements and
model on one side of the background, the thus compound a practical process.
farthest from the source of light those ;
It is better to begin with prints on plain
with top-light only, by shading the sitter paper. I use Marion's plain paper, which
over the head. Before concluding, it would can be had of any of the stockdealers. You
be well to quote some remarks of a writer first ascertain which is the right side of the
signing himself " Moderator, " in a subse- paper and which the wrong side, by the
quent number of the Photographic News. method I gave you some time ago in refer-
He says " There is one of Ennel's argu-
:
ence to the albumenizing of the sheets.
ments rather amusing :
'
We take sitters Mark the back of each sheet so as to know
from the front, therefore should the front it after the sheet has been sensitized.
be the PREDOMINANT LIGHT.' 1
salting solution for this process.
should put it thus therefore we want
:

the predominant light from the side. Peo- Water,

Chloride of
....Ammonium, .
8 ounces.
40 grains.
ple do not take a landscape or a building
Gelatine, . . . . 10 "
with the sun plump behind their camera."
Citric Acid, . . . 40 "
I say that depends upon circumstances it ;
Carbonate of Soda, . .40 "
is convenient, and I speak from much ex-

perience, at times to get the sun "plump Filter the solution.

behind the camera." Be it also remem- Let the gelatine soak in 2 ounces of the
bered, that " Ennel " has not recommended water for a few hours, then heat the mixture
sunlight nor direct front light, and a land- until the gelatine dissolves, and add it to the
scape or a building is not a portrait. rest. It is better not to pulverize the citric

I trust this may be interesting. I believe acid, otherwise the effervescence might be
the above mode of lighting to be the very troublesome and cause a loss, of the ma-
thing for this country. Think for your- terials.

selves, ye votaries of the photographic art! Let the paper float (right side down-
The "Ennel" studio is novel, deserving wards) on this salting solution for about
popularity. two minutes, taking care to remove all bub-
bles from the surface of the paper. Hang
it up to dry spontaneously, and afterwards
pack away in a portfolio. The paper has
If you can, let your dark-closet be roomy, to be sensitized before you can print with
and be sun: to have nothing in it not actu- it. I use the following silver solution for
ally needed there. No admittance for dirt this purpose, essentially the same as rec-
or trash. ommended by Dr. M. Carey Lea :
 : :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 39

SILVER SOLUTION. No. 1.

Rain Water, 8 ounces. FOR THE BATH (DR. M. CAREY LEA's).
Distilled or
Nitrate of Silver,
Tartaric Acid, .
.

.
.

. 4 drachms.
.8 scruples.
Water, ....
Acetate of Lead Solution,
2 ounces.
24 minims.
Gallic Acid Solution, . 2 drachms.
If there is a white deposit formed, filter
Acetic Acid, sufficient to dissolve the
the solution and add nitrate of silver to
white deposit.
make up for the loss. (In my own labora-
tory I reduce the white deposit into pure This is placed in a suitable dish, and the
silver by means of zinc and dilute sulphuric exposed. print is placed in it, taking care
acid, and afterwards reconvert the washed that it is completely covered and free from
silver into the nitrate, which is added to the bubbles.
stock solution. This is the work of a few No. 2.
minutes only.) INTENSIFIER OR DEVELOPER.
Float the salted paper in the usual way Gallic Acid Solution, . 4 drachms.
upon this bath for about two minutes, and Acetate of Lead Solution, 5 drops.
then hang up in the dark-room to dry.
it Acetic Acid, about . 15 "
Paper so sensitized will keep for a long or sufficient to dissolve the deposit.

time.
Take the print out of the dish as soon as
EXPOSURE.
it has been thoroughly soaked, and place it
Place the paper over the negative in the
on a plate-glass, and, holding the glass over
usualway and expose for a minute (or two the stove (in the dark-room, of course), pour
during dark weather), that is, until you the intensifier or developer upon the print
perceive through the negative glass that and off again, just as you would do if you
there is change of color. You may
a slight
were developing a negative. The picture
expose longer if you choose, but absolutely will slowly increase in strength, and pass
this is unnecessary. An impression has
from light brick-red through gradual stages
already been made on the paper, but, like
to an intense black. The heat of the fire
the impression on sensitized collodion, it is
in the stove is a great aid in this develop-
latent, so to say, and it remains now to make ment. Hold the plate but a few inches
the latent impression visible. This can be above the stove (an iron plate heated by a
done in a very delightful manner, and va- lamp will do just as well). You will be
rious tones can be obtained intermediate surprised with what beauty the picture
between red and black, and without the in- gradually advances. Do not be impatient.
tervention of any gold notwithstanding ;
Whenever the picture satisfies you, you can
all this, the pictures may be toned with
stop the further development by washing
gold, if you are not satisfied with the re-
the print ; after which it is fixed in hypo-
sults.
sulphite of soda in the usual manner.
Make the stock solutions as follows : This mode of development proceeds to the

No. 1. black tone. If you desire pictures which

ACETATE OF LEAD. are afterwards to be toned in a gold solu-

Acetate of Lead, . . 2 drachms. tion, we must keep more within the limits
Water, . . .4 ounces. of the red tone. For this purpose we use
Acetic Acid, drop by drop, to clear the the following developer
solution.
No. 2. No. 3.
GALLIC ACID. DEVELOPER.
Gallic Acid, . . .16 grains. Gallic Acid Solution, . 4 drachms.
Distilled or Rain Water, 8 ounces. Silver Solution (from the

Apply heat to the mixture, and the acid

.

bath),
Acetic Acid,
. ...
. . .
5 drops.
5 "
soon dissolves.
For present use we require two solutions, Develop with this as before, over the
as follows stove, until the picture is as intense as you
40 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGE APHEE.

want it, then wash well, tone, and fix as by Mr. Carbutt, and Ave pronounce it fully
usual. But we can get the gold tone with- equal to the ones in our last issue, though
out the use of gold, as follows: the printer has as yet had but few lessons.

No. 4.
We now proceed with the paper which is

entitled
DEVELOPER.
Gallic Acid Solution, . 4 drachms. "enslaving a sunbeam.'-'
Acetate of Lead " . 5 drops.
Acetic Acid, . . sufficient, etc.
"Long ago we used to regard the term

Nitrate of Silver Solu- 'trapping of sunbeams' in the light of a

tion, . . .5 drops. pleasant gleam of literary metaphor, and
wonder what could be done with the ethereal
Develop as before, and stop as soon as the
captives, wereit possible to place them in
print is a little darker than you want it.
actual bondage. We have, however, lived
Wash and fix.
long enough to not only see the gleaming,
Prints obtained in this way are not far
gladsome beam deftly caught, but compelled
inferior to those printed by the sun; the to engage himself in a useful calling into
whites, too, are thoroughly preserved, ow-
the bargain. As an engraver our captive
ing to the presence of the tartaric acid in
beam stands unrivalled, and we have just
the sensitizer.
had an opportunity of closely investigating
Finally, when the prints are dry, you can the nature of his labors in the service of the
coatthem with plain collodion, which gives Photographic Relief Printing Company
them the appearance of albumen prints. (Limited), whose works are situated in
Hereford Square, Brompton. Accompanied
by Mr. Woodbury, the patentee of the new
process, and, so to speak, the sunbeams'
"ENSLAVING A SUNBEAM." task-master, we were first shown the depart-
The
Woodburyiype in our last number ment which the negative pictorial repre-
in
has elicited the greatest admiration and sentations on glass are prepared and stored
praise. It came like a great surprise upon away. These are produced either by the
many, few had any idea that photo-me-
as action of the solar ray or in its absence the
chanical printing had been carried to any- electric light ; so it will be seen that the sun-
thing like such perfection. beam is not the only prisoner that is turned
We extract below, from a foreign con- to useful account by the ingenuity of Mr.
temporary, a paper describing the establish- Woodbury. The negative impression on
ment England where the picture alluded
in glass on being obtained is treated with fluid
to above was printed. gelatine, in which a little bichromate of
In our next issue we will give a descrip- potash has been dissolved and it was ex-;

tion of a visit to Messrs. Goupil
tablishment in Paris, where the Woodbury
process is also worked on an immense scale.
In the following issue or soon after, we
hope to describe the American Photographic
& Co's. es- plained to us by Mr. Woodbury that such
portions of the work as remained from ab-
sence of tint unacted on by light were easily
dissolved and carried by the action of warm
water whilst all shading, however delicate,
;

Belief Printing Establishment, Mr. Wood- remained intact, just as the rocks, stones,
bury having sold his patent for this country shrubs, and plants, stand clearly and sharply
to Mr. J. Carbutt, of Chicago, and others. defined when the winter's snow melts slowly
The purchasers are arranging to work the away, and summer returns again. The un-
process as speedily as possible, but as they even-surfaced sheet of solid gelatine thus
are not yet prepared to answer any questions procured next laid on a plate of soft me-
is
concerning it, desire that they should not tallic alloy,and placed beneath the massive
)>< questioned at present. Our readers shall iron surfaces of a hydraulic press. A few
have some of the first prints made. That noiseless strokes forward and back of a long
much we are promised. The first print steel handle, and a pressure of 150 tons is
made in this country has been sent to us brought to bear on both gelatine and alloy,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 41

when the former substance is found to have jected to the same operation twenty distinct
transferred in a marvellously truthful man- times, thereby providing twenty metal
ner every line, shade and effect,
tint, to the counterpart impressions, each, as we have
surface of the latter, which is now, in short, shown, capable of turning off 500 pictures.
an intaglio impression of extraordinary ac- The printers, by the aid of their turn-tables,
curacy of detail. This from the press is execute about 100 prints per hour. The pic-
taken to the saw table, where a set of fine tures thus produced, we are informed, can
circular saws, driven by a powerful gas en- be executed in any color, are not affected
gine, cut away all superfluous metal from by damp, and do not fade on exposure to
the ends and edges of the plate, and fit it light and air. Mr. Woodbury's process, as
for the use of the printers. We, following will be seen, has an immensely wide field
the fortunes of the newly-formed design, open to it.
travel onward and enter the printing de- " He applies it to book illustrations, por-
partment. Here we find a number of curi- traits, architectural works, surgical and
ous, novel, and noteworthy contrivances for microscopical illustrations, scenery, cata-
simplifying and economizing labor. Each logues of manufactured articles, works of
printer has in his charge a large round table, art,,mechanical matters, etc., prints on
in the centre of which an upright pivot glass for ornamental purposes, magic-lan-
stands. Eound this pivot the table revolves tern slides, railway advertisements, slides
freely on the slightest touch. The entire for stereoscopes, and labels for manufactur-
circle of the table's surface is occupied by ers. There can be no doubt that Mr.
miniature printing presses. In one of these Woodbury's discoveries will prove of the
our metal sun-engraved plate is placed. A greatest value, and we have little doubt
large glass decanter filled with colored fluid that, through his courtesy, admission to
gelatine is taken from a hot-water stove, the works might be easily obtained by
where it has been placed to keep warm, and such of our readers as may be desirous of
a liberal supply of its contents is thrown seeingwhat an excellent engraver may be
broadcast and freely over its surface. A made of a captured sunbeam."
sheet of prepared paper is now taken from
a pile of that material found ready at hand,
and placed evenly on the surface of the fluid
gelatine. The iron cover of the little press
THE CAMERA, AND HOW TO
is now shut down a mere touch turns round
;
USE IT.

the table; another press charged with a

is
BY GEO. H. FENNEMORE.
plate, gelatine, and paper and so on until
;
It would seem to many almost super-
our own particular plate comes round to the fluousto say anything about the camera
printer again. The lever of the press is and how to use it, and yet there are many
turned back, and the gelatine, now quite who know but little of the general use to
glue-like in substance, exposed to view. which the camera can be applied. I have
The edge of the paper is seized deftly by the reference more particularly to its uses in
printer, stripped away from the plate, and copying. I was particularly reminded of
passed to a lad, whose business it is to re- this the other day by being asked, "Why
move all superfluous gelatine from the edges will not a camera that will make a whole
of the picture with a knife, and lay it aside size picture from life make one the same
to be redissolved for use. size from a card picture?" I found the
" When dry, the printed designs are dip- question was asked seriously, and the party
ped in a solution of alum, which fixes the said he had often tried to reproduce an en-
gelatine and fits them for mounting and sub- larged picture from a card or daguerreotj-pe,
sequent sale. Each metal plate, prepared as but never succeeded in getting anything
we have described, can be used in the pro- more than one a little larger than the origi-
duction of 500 pictures, whilst the original nal. He had used a whole-size tube and
sheet of gelatine which we have seen under box. I soon explained to him where his
the hydraulic press can be, if required, sub- trouble was. This little circumstance led
 —

42 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGK APHEE.

me to think that perhaps therewere many 11x14 copy from a half size picture an 8 x 10 ;

others, whose knowledge of the practical from a card picture or medium size ambro-
uses of the camera were equally limited, and type or daguerreotype, or the whole-size from
for their benefit I offer the few hints that a ith size. Fig. 2 is the same camera with the
follow. front taken out and the cone put in its place,

Fig. 2.

"When about to purchase a camera always and the same tube on the end of the cone.
bear in mind that the size, no matter what The cone is 24 inches long, which with the
it is, will only reproduce a picture its origi- box drawn out its full length, gives a focal
nal size. That is to say, a half size camera length of 58 inches. This length will give
and half size tube will only reproduce a pic- an 11 x 14 picture from a ^th size or even
ture its original size, no matter whether it smaller ambrotype. The same rule holds
be a card picture or a half size picture. If good with all cameras. If a whole size box
you wish copy a whole size picture to its
to is the largest you have, a quarter size tube
original size, you must have a whole size will give you a whole size picture from a
—
camera and lens an 8 x 10 box and lens medium ambrotype or card picture, but if
for an 8 x 10 picture, and so on for the dif- is smaller than that,
the picture to be copied
ferent sizes. This plan of working would you need a cone, which, however, need
will
require one to have a number of boxes and not be over 12 inches long. Before con-
tubes, which would be both expensive and cluding this subject I cannot too highly
troublesome. There are two ways to obviate recommend to those who have not tried it,

this, viz either to have a long bellows

,
the use of the swing-back camera. By its

camera (see Fig. 1) made on purpose for copy- use we can get the whole picture very
ing or to have a simple contrivance called sharply defined, more particularly in por-
a cone (Fig. 2) made to fit on your ordinary traits and landscapes. The very excellent
portrait box. The camera represented in cameras of the American Optical Company
Figs. 1 and 2 is one of the 11 x 14 size of are nearly all made with the swing back,
the American Optical Company's make, but in my estimation, the manufacturers
and is capable of being drawn out thirty- make one great mistake i. e., they put the
four inches. This box, with a double whole swivel above instead of below the centre of
size lens attached, will only make an 11 x 14 their boxes, losing sight seemingly of the
picture its original size. If,now, we take fact that the image in the camera is in-
off the double whole size tube and replace it verted, or in words upside down.
other
with a whole size tube it will make an 11 x 14 For instance, in making a head and bust of
copy from a whole-size original. Again, a person, the centre of the head will bo
if we replace it with a half size tube, we can about an inch' and a half or two inches be-
make an 1 1 x 14 cony from a half size pic- low the centre of the plate; if then the
ture. If now we want to copy a card pic- swivel was placed in that position, and you
ture to a 11 x 14 size, the camera will not focus upon the head, no matter how much
he long enough and we must either have a you swing the top backward or forward the
longer box made specially, or use a cone as head always remains sharp, because it is
in Fig. 2. Fig. 1 is the camera with a half stationary at that point, but as the boxes
size lens attached and iscapablcof makingan are now made, we focus upon the head, and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 43

in bringing the rest of the body into focus hibition, next June, of the National Photo-
we throw the head out. The consequence graphic Association. All choice negatives
is, it takes two or three minutes to do what will be printed for that purpose, whether
ought to be done in a couple of seconds. I the prize negative or not.
hope the American Optical Company will The prints will be made by Mr. Albert
consider these remarks, and make the much- Moore, the well-known solar printer of this
needed alteration in their otherwise unri- city, and by him exhibited. It is in his
valled cameras. At some future time, I name and at his request that the offer is
will give the best methods of copying am- made.
brotypes, daguerrotypes, etc. We sincerely hope that it will receive the
attention of our best artists — not so much
for the prize as to enable those who visit
PRIZE FOR SOLAR NEGATIVES. the Exhibition to see and study fine solar

The following special offer is made for work.,

solar negatives to be printed from for the Photographers wljo have fine solar
coming National Exhibition in Cleveland. negatives, but do not wish to enter them
A Gold Medal, the same as those described for competition, would confer a favor by
in our last issue, will be given for the best
loaning us the same for printing selections
portrait solar negative that is sent us by
for the Exhibition. In such cases a print
March 15th next. will be given to the parties whose negatives
The competing negatives shall be sub-
are used.
mitted to three competent judges who are
not competitors, and who shall decide to
whom the award is to be made. A Familiar Explanation of the Pheno-
Negatives for this purpose should be well mena Produced by the Stereoscope.
denned in the high lights, and weak by trans- "We are often asked, " What is a stereo-
mitted light. Same length of exposure
scopic picture?" " When is it stereoscopic?"
should be given as for direct printing nega-
and "Why cannot we make them with one
tives, and fixed in cyanide.
two ?" For the benefit of
lens just as well as
Generally speaking, a negative too weak
the ignorant on that score, we make the fol-
for a good contact print will be preferred.
lowing extract from Prof. Pepper's excel-
If the subject be a bust picture for vignet- :"
lent work, " Cyclopcedic Science Simplified
ting, the head should not be less than 1\
inches. Plates much
preferred of size 6J x The name "stereoscope" is derived from
8| inches. If varnished, only alcoholic two Greek words, signifying to view solid
varnish should be used, so it may be re- things, and the instrument is so constructed
moved easily if desirable. that two flat pictures, taken under certain
The judges will select the best five nega- conditions, shall appear to form a single
tives and from them select the one entitled solid or projecting body.
to the award. Those who make the five A picture of any object is formed on the
selected negatives will each receive a full retina of each eye ; but, although there may
sheet print from the prize negative, or their be but one object presented to the two eyes,
own, gratis. Others will be supplied with the pictures formed on the two retinae are
prints from all or any of the negatives, at a not precisely alike, because the object is not
reduced price to be hereafter announced. observed from the same point of view.
Those who get their negatives ready If the right hand be held at right angles,
earlier, will oblige us by sending them as to, and a few inches from the face, the back
early as possible. Parties may send more of the hand will be seen when viewed by
than one negative if they desire. Nega- the right eye only, and the palm of the
tives with more than three figures will not hand when viewed by the left eye only ;

be suffered to enter for competition. hence, the images formed on the retinas of
The object of this offer is to secure some the two eyes must differ, the one including
first-rate work for thecominsr National Ex- more of the right side and the other more
 44 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
of the left side of the same solid or project- which objects are observed, that a judg-
ing object. Again, if we bend a card so as ment is formed respecting their solidity and

to represent a triangular roof, place it on distances.

the table with the gable end towards the A man restored to sight by couching can-
eyes, and look at it, first with one eye and not tell body without touch-
the form of a
then with the other, quickly and alter- ing it, judgment has been matured
until bis
nately opening and closing one of the eyes, by experience, although a perfect image may
the card will appear to move from side to be formed on the retina of each eye. A
side, because it will be seen by each eye man with only one eye cannot readily dis-
under a different angle of vision. If we tinguish the form of a body which he had
look at the card with the left eye only, the never previously seen, but quickly and un-
whole of the left side of the card will be wittingly moves h's head from side to side,
plainly seen, while the right side will be so that his one eye may alternately occupy
thrown into shadow. If we next look at the different positions of a right and a left
the same card with the right eye only, the eye ; and, if we approach a candle with one
whole of the right side of the card will be eye shut, and then attempt to snuff it, we
distinctly visible, while the left side will be shall experience more difficulty than we
thrown into shadow ;
and thus two images might have expected, because the usual
of the same object, with differences of out- mode of determining the correct distance
line, light, and shade, will be formed the — is wanting.
one on the retina of the right eye, and the In order then, to deceive the judgment,
other on the retina of the left. These im- so tha*t flat surfaces may represent solid or
ages falling on corresponding parts of the projecting figures, we must cause the differ-
retinas, convey to the mind the impression ent images of a body, as observed by the
of a single object; * while experience having two eyes, to be depicted on the respective
taught however unconscious the mind
us, retinae, and yet to appear to have emanated
may be of the existence of two different from one and the same object. Two pic-
images, that the effect observed is always tures are therefore taken from the really
produced bj a body which really stands out
r
projecting or solid body, the one as ob-
or projects, the judgment naturally deter- served by the right eye only, and the other
mines the object to be a projecting body. as seen by the left. These pictures are
It experience, also, that teaches us to
is then placed in the box of the stereoscope,
judge of distances by the different angles which is furnished with two eye-pieces, con-
of vision under which an object is observed taining lenses so constructed that the rays
by the two eyes ; for the inclination of the proceeding from the respective pictures to
optic axes, when so adjusted that the im- the corresponding eye-pieces shall be re-
ages may fall on corresponding parts of the fracted or bent outwards, at such an angle
retince, and thus convey to the mind the as each set of rays would have formed, had
impression of a single object, must be greater they proceeded from a single picture in the
or less, according to the distance of the ob- centre of the box to the respective eyes,
ject from the eyes. without the intervention of the lenses and ;

Perfect vision cannot then be obtained as it is an axiom in optics that the mind

without two eyes, as it is by the combined always refers the situation of an object to
effect of the image produced on the retina the direction from which the rays appear
of each eye, and the different angles under to have proceeded when they enter the eyes,
both pictures will appear to have emanated
from one central object; but as one picture
* That this is the correct theory of single
represents the real or projecting object as
vision with the two eyes is evident. For if, while
looking nt a seen by the right eye, and the other as ob-
mii<^1o object with both eyes, we
make a Blight pressure with served by the left, though appearing by re-
t lie finger on one of
the eyeballs, we shall immediately perceive two fraction have proceeded from one and
to
objects but, on removing the pressure, only one
j
the same object, the effects conveyed to the
will be ngiiin seon. mind, and the judgment formed thereon,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 45

will be precisely the same as if the images been sold by him, and the profits thereon
were both derived from one solid or project- safely in his coffers,were it not that he
ing body, instead of from two pictures, be- raised the claim that all who make more
cause all the usual conditions are fulfilled ;
than one picture on a plate by sliding the
and consequently the two pictures will ap- holder so as to bring the plate into different
pear to be converted into one solid body. positions over the field of the lens, infringe
The necessary pictures for producing liis patent, and must stop. This absurd claim
these effects, excepting those of geometrical raised the ire of those who had used such
figures,which may be laid down by certain means of multiplying pictures on one plate
rules cannot, however, be drawn by the long before his patent was applied for, and
hands of man for, as Prof. Wheatstone
;
every method has been used by the trade to
has observed, "it is evidently impossible avoid and evade his patent in every possible
for the most accurate and accomplished art- way.
ist to delineate, by the sole aid of his eye, The was a wrangle here and there,
result
the two projections necessary to form the and Mr. M. B. Ormsbee,
finally lawsuits.

stereoscopic relief of objects as they exist in being associated with Mr. Wing, the patent
nature, with their delicate differences of became familiarly known as the " Wing-
outline, light, and shade. But what the Ormsbee " patent, and also as "the sliding-
hand of the artist was unable to accom- box patent."
plish, the chemical action of light, directed The last person sued by the patentees
by the camera, has enabled us to effect. was Mr. C. C. Schoonmaker, Troy, N. Y.,
Daguerreotype portraits and Talbotype whose' statement will be found in our last
pictures are therefore taken, usually by two December issue. Mr. Schoonmaker fought
cameras placed towards the object, with a bravely and alone, and produced such over-
difference of angle equal to the difference of whelming proof that the patentee's claims
the angle of vision of the two eyes, which were invalid, that the case was decided
is about 18° when the object is eight inches against them, and Mr. Schoonmaker was
from the eyes hence, if these be carefully
; victorious.* The patentees appealed, how-
examined and compared with the original ever, and the case was carried up to the
projecting objects, they will be found to be Supreme Court, where it will be argued
faithful representations of the object as some time next month we understand.
seen by each eye respectively. There is every hope that Mr. Schoonmaker
will again have the decision in his favor.
And, although appeal after appeal has been
made to the fraternity to contribute of their
WHO INFRINGE THE " SLIDING means to help him, we are ashamed to hear
BOX PATENT?" from him that but a few have responded. He
We are frequently asked this question, is out of the photograph business, and is pun
and it is a very difficult one to answer. As suing this contest as a matter of principle^
the matter now stands, Mr. Simon Wing, and he is not to be bought off, though the
of Boston, and others associated with him, parties are ready to do it, we are told.
we believe,have secured the renewal or Who, then infringes the patent ? We
extension of a patent for a certain kind of answer, as the case now stands, no one in-
box used mainly for making ferrotypes. fringes it, because the patentees have not
The principal feature of this box is, that substantiated their claims. Who infringes
one can, by moving the plate over the field the patent if their claims are substantiated
of the lens or lenses, or by moving the lens in the Supreme Court ? We answer, all
or lenses over the plate, multiply pictures who more lenses to make pic-
use one or
in greater or less numbers on one plate. tures by moving the lens over the plate, or
Such a box is very useful to parties who who slide or move the holder over the field
make and Mr. Wing
that kind of picture,
furnishes a very excellent box for the pur- # See decision of the court, Juige Nelson, in
pose. Many more of his boxes could have our last volume, page 294.
46 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of the lens — those who use one lens to make fault, for I know we have here good mate-
—
two pictures on a plate two lenses to make rial, we are well officered, our meetings are
—
four or more pictures on a plate four lenses dignified and well conducted. We have
to make more than four pictures on a plate, among us some good photographers, men of
etc., etc. experience, who. if they will put a shoulder
"Who ought justly to suffer unjust claims to the wheel, will make these meetings so
upon them ? Every one willing to sit quietly interesting, that to miss one will be " worse
and see another man struggling for them, than having a tooth pulled," as the young
without offering to help him. ladies say to us when they come to be pho-
We really believe that if Messrs. Wing tographed.
& Co. had pushed the sale of their boxes, I told you last month I had read a report
and dwelt upon their merits without adding of the previous meeting in the English
the absurd claim we mention, they would journals, then at hand. That was a mis-
have been wealthy to-day, and without take. was the June meeting. However
It
lawsuits to worry them. the fact stands. We were reported, and to
the extent of a column, which I thought
gave us a prominence that we must work to
OLD TIMES. maintain. It will never do to fail, with

At the November meeting of the Boston our English cousins looking at us.
Photographic Association, our friend, Mr. E. We were not all born orators nor yet
L. Allen, read a little sketch of his past good photographers, but we can all learn
experiences, which tells a story so interest- something, and I am sure these meetings
ing to all that we must multiply it. There will be the best aid we ever had, if we only

are very few arts or proifessions which have

use them. 1 know that to-da} r we are mak-
been carried to such perfection as ours has, ing better pictures in Boston than we were
whose pioneers are still living in numbers. a year ago. And I attribute the fact to the
Photography is young but great. Every influence of this and the National Associa-

day nearly, we meet some one who, with tion. I feel it, and I doubt not others of
unmistakable pride, will swell up his breast, you At the same time you must
do. re-

hit it a thump, aaid say: u I made Daguer- member we are hardly yet started.
reotypes twenty years ago. '
' We appreciate And here I wish to qualify a remark

the feeling, and it is not wrong to indulge

made at last meeting, when I called the
photographic part of the late Mechanics'
it. You who can say so have much to be
You have been identified with Exhibition abominable. That was rather
proud of.
harsh and unfair, as one of the principal
the greatest and most useful of the arts
contributors was not here.
since its birth. You have seen the infant's
struggles for life fought with it during its
But I am not going to take back what 1
;

then said, only qualify it. It is not too

childhood, but oh who can expect
1 to live
to see it in its manhood? None of us, we
much to say that some of the productions
expect. Think of a first-class operator
(I can't call them pictures), there exhibited
were abominable. And at the same time
working for $4 per week now?
there were some good things there, among
But Mr. Allen must be heard:
which I must mention a 7 x 9 of Edward
Mr. PrksiDENT: My only excuse for Everett Hale and his little boy, made in im-

corning before you in this way to-night, is itation of the engraving where a father is
an earnest desire to see these meetings flour- teaching his son to plough, and which
ish,and not because I think I can tell you pleased me more than anything else I saw,
anything very interesting. from its close resemblance to the engraving.
But unless we make some individual ef- Of course I except the foreign products.
fort, aswe were told last month, we may But taken altogether, the Exhibition was
expect to see our meetings dwindle away, far short of what it ought to have been for
and the Society itself become of none effect. Boston. I will venture the assertion
And if this ever happens, it will be our own the next one will see a very different dis-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 47

play ; especially if business remains as it and had him completely in his power. The
has been the few weeks, as there will
last contract papers were all made
and were out,
then be nothing to prevent us devoting our to be signed by Mr. T.'s father as bonds-

whole energies to that object. man, who lived at Bath, Me., and were
Something has been said of biographical carried there for that purpose by his hope-
sketches being introduced. They would no ful son, but they never came back.

doubt be very interesting, but should be Ormsbee had been at the expense of fit-
used as a sort of dessert after the substan- ting up, and was obliged to make the best
tial have been disposed of, else who
those of a bad bargain. Turner soon produced
are watching us from over the water, may some of the best pictures that had been
think we are not so deep in chemistry as we made, but would be on a strike "every few
ought to be, or not so well posted in pho- weeks till his salary reached $36 per week.
tography. This was too much for those times, and soon
I am proud to say I have been in the burst the establishment.
ranks of picture makers in the most palmy Turner went to New York, and in the
days of the business, when our friends course of a year or two the collodion pro-
Messrs. Southworth & Hawes were mak- cess came up. This he soon became master
ing the most beautiful daguerreotypes ever of, and aspired to a trip to Paris. In order
produced in the world. When the firm of to raise funds for this, he offered to teach a
Ormsbee & Silsbee were on the corner of few pupils at the low charge of $50 each.
Bromfield and "Washington Streets, and . I was one of the number, and for this pur-
with whom I commenced my career, at a pose went to New York and came back
salary of $4 per week, after paying $50 to within a week fully posted. It displeased
learn the business, which occupied four Ormsbee very much that I went to New
weeks. York instead of going to Messrs. Whipple
At the end of a year my
wages were & Black's (who had of course kept pace
doubled. This was considered a pretty good with the times, and could teach as much as
thing, and immediately led to a matrimo- anybody knew), and learn on his account,
nial engagement, which still continues, but but I knew whatthat meant, and preferred
not on $8 per week. to be on my own hook. On my return
At this time nothing was known of pho- from New York, he took me back at a sal-
tographs on this side the ocean. We got ary of $18 per week. I had worked for
our living altogether by the peerless daguer- him up to the time of going at $10. The
reotype. Soon the crystalotype began to burst establishment had been repaired as
be talked and Messrs. Whipple & Black
of, well as possible after Turner left.

were its pioneers in the New World. Our This was a big jump, from $10 to $18,
friend Ormsbee, who at that early day pos- and I have a faint recollection of conscien-
sessed some of the spirit of later times, and tious scruples at the time. In fact, when I
was bound not to be left behind, sent the look back, I wonder how I had the impu-
late A. A. Turner to Messrs. Whipple & dence to impose so much upon anybody. I
Black to learn the new process. This oc- really knew nothing.
cupied but a short time, when one of Orms- To commence I made a silver bath. My
bee's handsome rooms was dismantled and kind friend to whom I had given the $50,
fitted for a work-room. had generously furnished me with a bottle
Mr. Turner, at the commencement, was of collodion to bring back, so I was saved
obliged to make daily visits to Messrs. the trouble of making this, and it was a
Whipple & Black's to procure his chemi- trouble in those days, as we had to make
cals, as the formulae were not to be passed our own cotton, which generally came out
till Mr. T. had signed a contract to work a good once in about ten trials.
certain time at a certain rate of wages to In my bath I put, as near as I can recol-
pay his tuition. But the hero of a hundred lect, about one ounce of nitric acid, having

swindles proved too smart for poor Orms- forgotten to note down the exact quantity
bee. Somehow he discovered the secret, required. This, I need hardly tell you, did
 —

48 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

not work to my entire satisfaction, and as point your committees now to confer with
I supposed it lacked acid, added a couple of the local Secretary and begin now, for the
ounces more. This 1 found did not improve time will soon be here. Begin now. Fuller
matters, and I was in a terrible fix, expect- particulars in our next.
ing to lose m} T situation, when my good
friend Turner came along on a farewell
visit to Boston before he crossed the ocean.
"When I heard he was in town I made haste GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
to see him, and find out what the trouble Art Study in Photography — On the Influence
was. He soon set me right, and I have not of Distance in Portraiture.
been so ba'dlv stuck since. A new year has begun ; it is the fourth
since I began to write for your excellent
Journal.
It has been my lot to chronicle many
THE EXHIBITION. interesting inventions, but of much more
Begin now to get ready for it. Think importance has been the steady progress of
over what you want to do, and begin the our art. This progress takes place slowly,
work at once. Do not leave it until the last quietly, but irresistibly, apparently imper-
of May and then send pictures that you will ceptibly, but it becomes quite evident when
be ashamed to own when you go to Cleve- we compare the pictures of to-day with
land and compare your work with that of those of five years ago. About that time
others. wo commenced pay more attention to
to
There are several who are already at work art culture, although there were plenty of
and some pictures are actually made. Fol- persons then who had not the slightest con-
low the example of such. Our local Secre- ception of the importance of this study for
tary, Mr. Kyder, has secured a building that landscape and portrait photography, and
will accommodate an immense collection. who only, through the glorious successes of
Let it be filled. Mr. Byder also hopes to Loescher & Petsch, and Milster, in Berlin,
arrange with the express companies to have Keutlinger and Adam Salomon, in Paris,
all freight delivered one wa}* free of charge. Notman, in Montreal, and Kurtz, in New
We have already arranged with the Penn- York, have been convinced of their error.
sylvania Central and Philadelphia and Erie Now we are so full}' convinced of the im-
Bailway Companies for a considerable re- portance of studying art in photography,
duction in fare, and in good time will give that our photographic books and periodicals
full instructions to our readers as to routes, teem with articles on this interesting sub-
fares, etc. ject. My attention has been especially
Look forward to the event and begin to called thereto on receiving two books from
prepare now to go. It will he a grand affair the United States, the one called " Photo-
— much to be learned — much to be seen graphic Mosaics," and the other, "How to
to beproud of and enjoy. It will far exceed Paint Photographs," by Ayres. In the
our Boston exhibition, which was only our former, six articles by well-known writers,
maiden effort. Be sure to go. Notman, Kurtz, Kent, and Bobinson, arc
And now
one word to a special class, and devoted to the artistic part of our art, with-
not a few either, of our readers. out counting numerous and valuable short
This exhibition is to be held in the West. notices interspersed in the work, on light-
Therefore, as was resolved by the noble ing, posing, drapery, etc., etc. Such no-
Western men who visited the Boston exhibi- tices are of more importance than formulae
tion, let the West join hands and help Cleve- for new toning baths, or collodion pre-
land. scriptions. The technical part of our art
Let St. Louis, Chicago, Louisville, Cin- has, at the present day, been brought to so
cinnati, Pittsburg, Detroit, Buffalo, Colum- perfect a state, that every, even moderately
bia, Ban Francisco, ami all our Western skilful, manipulator can make a good plate
cities, help to make this a grand affair. Ap- or a good print after serving a short ap-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHER. 49

prenticeship. The art studies require much which, although they are both on the same
more time and labor, and it is my opinion side and in the same direction, still the
that for such the necessary literary works view will be quite different. lies exactly
are still wanting. The circumstance that in the direction of the side surfaces ;
these
the interesting work, " How to Paint
little seem so much foreshortened that they ap-
Photographs,'" has already reached a sec- pear no longer as surfaces.
ond edition, is sufficient proof for taking It is quite different with the double dis-
this view. have read the book with much
I tance, P ; here the side surfaces become
pleasure. becomes evident at once, that
It The picture in the camera
plainly visible.
it has been written by a practical man for willshow similar appearances.
practical men, and this places it much "When I photograph the pillar from O, I
above those careless literary productions nothing of the sides of the pictures
will see
that are hurriedly made up at the desk even overlook the whole structure, but,
if I

of some theoretical writer, and with which when I take a picture from P, I will get the
the photographic world used to be flooded. consequence, the picture
sides, and, in will,

There was a time when retouching the with the same height, appear wider.
negative was in bad
repute, and when
it was preferred
to produce pictures
that had not been 0'
retouched. To-day
there is hardly an
intelligent photog-
rapher who will not admit that retouching If we now suppose that A B C D is a
enhances the artistic value of a picture, human head seen from above, the sides are
and serves not only to remove spots from here the cheeks. If we make two pictures
the negative. There must be thousands of from and P, we will get similar results.
photographers in the United States, par- From the nearer point the cheeks are not
ticularly in the smaller towns and villages, visible, the figure appears smaller ;
from the
who cannot afford to keep a painter or re- distant point the cheeks will appear, and
toucher, and who have to put the finishing the figure will appear broader.
strokes to their pictures themselves; for This conclusion is certainly comprehen-
these the book of Mr. Ayres must be an in- sive, but it conflicts with the general expe-
valuable guide. rience, that by taking a picture at a short
I have lately occupied my time with a distance, for instance with globe lenses, the
series of experiments not uninteresting for nearer objects will very often appear ex-
portrait photography. Two cards were pre- aggerated. At first I could not understand
sented to me, representing large heads of la- this apparent contradiction until an experi-
dies. Both represented the same person, ment enlightened me.
and both were taken by the same artist on I took two pictures of a bust of Apollo,
the same day. The position of both was both from exactly the same side and of
full face, and still there is a decided differ- the same dimensions, but the one a dis-
ence in the two. In one the face appeared tance of 47 inches and the other from 112
broad and thick, while in the other it was inches. The difference between the two
narrow and small. The most opposite views pictures is quite apparent. I inclose you
were expressed to explain this phenomenon. two photographs. I send wood-cuts made
After a little consideration, I found the in which the outlines are exactly main-
solution of the problem, which 1 will give tained. The first I shall call I, and the
with a few lines. Suppose A B C D be a second II.
four-cornered bod37 , for instance a pillar Although notnear so striking as the origi-
with inclined sides. "When we look at this nal photograph, still the difference is suf-
from two different standpoints, and P, ficiently evident to strike the observer.
 :

50 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

The whole figure appears in I smaller, seems to incline more forward, the base be-
the chest almost weak, while in II the fig- comes flatter, the chest widens, and the
ure is robust and strong. The distance stumps of the arms become more and more
from the breast-point to the eyes is in both visible.
exactly alike, but the width of the breast Many superficial observers will say that
is in I 56 millimetres, and in II 59 milli- these are trifles, that it does not make much
metres. Another remarkable difference difference if Apollo appears a little stouter
the stroke of the hair is in II horizontal, or not ; and, so far as Apollo is concerned,
but in I it inclines backward (see lines a a). they are right, but the case becomes quite
The rings of the base of the statuette ap- different when we apply this rule to portrait-
pear in I strongly curved, while at II they ure.Everybody has remarkably keen eyes.
are very In I we scarcely see
flat ellipses. Every line is here criticised.
the side surface of the arm, A, while in II What distance, then, shall the photog-
it becomes quite plain. rapher select in order to get a correct pic-
In II the head is more between the ture ? That depends entirely on the object
shoulders (observe the angle of the neck at to be represented.
W), the whole figure seems to stretch the Painters generally remove twice as far
neck more in I. from the person as the height of the same,
I have made, besides these two, two other or, for an ordinary-sized person of 5 feet in
pictures, at. a distance of GO and 86 inches height, he stands at a distance of about 10
respectively, and if wo place now the four feet. For a half-length picture 5 feet would
pictures side by side, all of which have been be about the proper distance, but we can
made with lenses free from distortion, we use this rule only partially as a guide.
will see that, with the increasing distance, The painter has liberty to choose the
the figure becomes larger, stouter, that the proper position; ho paints with both his eyes
hair inclines more backwards, the head open, and can change the distance at will.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 51

The case is quite different with the one- NEW YORK CORRESPONDENCE;
eyed camera, which, when once set, has to ThkPhotographic section of the Ameri-
work according to mathematical laws. A can Institute held its January meeting on
thinking artist will take advantage of the the evening of the 4th, Prof. Tillman pre-
differences produced by different distances, siding.
he will not make a stout person still stouter The general debate was of a desultory
by placing the camera far off, nor a thin character and by no means connected or
one still thinner by placing it in too close easy to make a report of.
proximity to the instrument. Mr. Mason exhibited a print on plain
Particular attention should be paid to this paper made in 1854, and toned in the old
in taking busts or large heads, whioh are
gold and hypo bath. With the exception
now so much in request, and, in fact, with of a spot here and there the print seemed
all objects in which the width is considera-
quite as fresh-looking as a new one. It was
ble in proportion to the height. With made by Mr. Hugh O'Neil. Mr. Mason as-
full-length standing figures, where the
serted that he had some prints on plain
width is inconsiderable in proportion to the
paper which he made about ten years ago
length, these errors are not near so annoy-
that were entirely unchanged, except where
ing.
some bichloride of mercury and iodine had
Hence, I would recommend for a large
been spilled upon them.
establishment several lenses of different focal
This seems to prove that photographs will
lengths.
last if not subjected to atmospheric changes.
Another circumstance I must not omit We know that plain paper prints re-
all
mentioning here: the above stated differences main, as a rule, unchanged much longer
take place not only with different but also than those on albumen paper.
with the same objective. I took the pictures Mr. Weeks related some curious experi-
of the Apollo with a Dallmeyer lens, at 5 ments with a silvered glass mirror. He had
and 10 feet distances, the latter of course
adjusted it in front of his camera box so
only half the size of the former, but when that the reflection struck the lens at an
I magnified the second picture to the size angle of about 45 degrees. He then photo-
of the first, all the differences became quite graphed an image reflected by this contri-
apparent. vance in less time than he could get the
When we have to make a negative from same effect from the subject direct.
which a life-size picture is to be made, we Dr. Vander Weyde called attention to
have to pay close attention to distance, even the report from Europe that fluorine has
more so than with smaller pictures.
been successfully used in photography.
Suppose the life-size picture is to be 5 feet,
Professor Tillman remarked that this
we would have to look at it at a distance of statement brought up a very interesting
]0 feet to get a good view of it, and, conse- question touching the part played by the
quently, we should place the camera 10 feet halogens in actinic action. Some time since,
from the person when we make the nega- before this Society, he had endeavored to
tive from which the enlargement is to be show, from theoretical considerations alone,
produced otherwise, the person will appear
;
why bromine, when used with certain iodine
too slender.
compounds, should increase the chemical
I shall add a few words more on this sub- action of light. Similar considerations had
ject in my next.
led him to conclude that the salts of fluorine
Yours, truly,
would not be beneficial in producing like
Dr. H. Vogel. results. In addition to those considera-
tions, it may be stated that fluorine exceeds
even oxygen in its affinities, and is, there-
If you meet failure after success, you fore, to be regarded as the most powerful of
may be assured that it is because you have the electro-negative elements. Indeed, it

done differently from what you should, and is still doubtful whether fluorine has yet
that the chemicals are not invariably at fault. been obtained in a separate state. M. Pratt,
52 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of France, and others, who claim to have haloid compounds was exceedingly inter-
isolated fluorine, describe it as a colorless esting. With regard to fluorine he should
gas, and there is good reason for believing have said that body was used for photo-
that this, like the gaseous elements of less graphic purposes in combination with oxy-
atomic weight, namely, hydrogen, nitrogen, gen ;
these two being combined with electro-
and oxygen, is devoid of color. The atomic positive elements.
weight of fluorine is 19 taking the remain-
; Mr. Edward Bierstadt presented the speci-
ing halogens in the order of their atomic fications of Albert's photo-litho process,
weights, we find that chlorine (35V5) is a which were read by the secretary. He
yellowish gas ; bromide (80) is a liquid yield- stated that he was experimenting with the
ing deep red fumes and iodine (127) is a
;
process and hoped soon to testify to its prac-
solid, which, when subjected to heat, be- tical value. The fact that the image is re-
comes a violet-colored vapor. From these versed by this process was raised as an ob-
facts we may infer that the forces which fix jection to it, and several methods suggested
their atomic density prevent these elements for overcoming that objection which are not
from being equally affected by all the un- very practical or new.
dulations producing white light. In the Dr. Vander Weyde stated, in regard to
case of chlorine the rate of its molecular the subject of illumination in subterraneous
motions corresponds with that of undula- caves, that parallel rays coming from one
tions which produce a certain yellowish tint locality, as in the case with a reflecting
in the solar spectrum. Iodine, the element mirror or magnesium or hydro oxygen light,

of greatest density, has a rate of molecular
motion corresponding with that of the most
rapid undulations which show their effects
in the visible spectrum. On the other hand,
bromine, which, in point of density, stands
intermediate between chlorine and iodine,
has a rate of molecular motion correspond-
ing with the slowest undulations which pro-
duce the impression of red.
therefore, that the rate of molecular motion
does not depend alone on density
are confirmed in this opinion on finding
that either of the colorless gases,
creased in density by subjection to pressure,
do not undergo any changes of color. Yet
the fact remains, that the two electro-nega-
tive elements, either of whose atomic weight
exceeds that of any other metalloids, and of
a majority of the metals, are the most effec-
tive agents, next to silver, in the hands of
the photographer. Another singular coin-
cidence may be mentioned here the atomic
weight of silver (108) added to that of fluo-
cause a too strong illumination of prominent
parts, and too black shadows, with no mid-
dle tints ; that to obtain these, reflecting sur-
faces or smaller sunlights are required ; that
such an illumination with parallel rays
coming from a single locality from a dis-
tance is only adapted for printing where the
negative has to be reversed, so that the col-
It is evident, lodion film is at some distance from the
paper. For this purpose M. Carey Lea pro-
; and we posed some time ago in the Philadelphia Pho-
tographer to print in such cases at the end
when in- of a room, and illuminate from the window
by means of sunlight reflected by a mirror.
Dr. Vander Weyde used for this purpose a
narrow elongated box, not much wider than
the negative, with blackened sides, at the
v
bottom of which the printing was done, and
the open top of which was turned to the
light; as all sidelight was excluded here,
and cloudlight fell on the paper, he ob-
: tained rapidly sharp prints from inverted
negatives, even if the glass was very thick.

rine is exactly equal to that of iodine. There There however, cases in which the op-
are,
are many chlorine compounds which are in- posite conditions are required, namely, as
fluenced by light; the most sensitive of these much sidelight as can be got in all possiblo
are combinations derived from organic com- directions; suchis the case when copying an

pounds. Here is a field, yet unexplored by engraving or drawing made on very rough
the photographic chemist, which may here- paper. If then we have light in one direc-
after yield abundant fruit. tion only, every unevenness of the paper
Dr. Vander Weyde said the statement shows its light and shadow, which the
read by Professor Tillman regarding the camera of course copies as well as it copies
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER 53

the picture itself. Now it is found that in The minutes of the last meeting were
such a case the best remedy is to make the read and approved.
negative with as full an illumination of the A committee, consisting of Messrs. Cor-
original as possible so that the light falls lies, Davids, and Wallace, was appointed
from all sides same time; for in-
at the to procure a suitable certificate to be pre-
stance, exposing on the roof. With such
it sented to Mr. John Moran, to whom the
a precaution great roughening of the paper last prize picturewas awarded.
will often not show itself at all in the nega- A proposition was made by Mr. Davids,
tive. asking if the Society would accept of two
The new year with its ever attending pres- silver medals, and award them for the best
ents has not forgotton our craft, for with it specimens of portrait and landscape pho-
comes the ever welcome Mosaics ; a book to tography made by any of its members dur-
every photographer of more value than all ing 1870.
the process peddlers of a lifetime; it tells It was, on motion, ordered, that the So-
many things, old and new, which all should ciety accept the donation of medals offered,
know and keep constantly in mind. Fit com- and meeting in December as the
fixed the
panion to it is that " gem of first water," time at which prints and negatives should
How Paint Photographs, second edition.
to be presented for competition.
If with these and the Philadelphia Photog- The Secretary exhibited an apparatus de-
rapher' progress is not made, the fault is not signed by Mr. L. J.Marcy for making glass
yours or those who write, but with those for positives for the magic lantern at night, by
whom such are intended. the use of a coal-oil lamp arranged some-
Those who have not seen the new work what upon the same principle as his magic-
by Mr. H. P. Robinson on "Pictorial Effect lantern lamp (except that one wick is used,
in Photography and Combination Printing," and no reflector). A very brilliant illumi-
should lose no time in obtaining the same. nation is obtained, the rays from which are
It will inform them of much in the art de- made parallel by a small diaphragm in front
partment of photography and tell why cur-
;
of the light through which they must pass.
tains, chairs, vases, and gas fixtures should Separate from the lamp is a small wooden
not be scattered at random over the picture frame placed at a right angle on a firm base.
also how such should be, if proper balance Upon the upright frame are four springs to
and harmonious effect is to result. It is a hold the negative in position. On the op-
work valuable as well to the landscape artist, posite side are four small pieces of silver
and should meet with a liberal circulation. upon which the sensitive plate rests, so that
Mr. Mason asserted the necessity of some the two surfaces may not exactly touch.
artificial light for solar printing. The sub- A metal trough is put below the frame to
ject was discussed at length, but the mem- catch all the silver drainage. To make a
bers seemed to have forgotten Dr. Monck- glass positive, light the lamp, put on the
hoven's new discovery altogether. diaphragm, and place the frame containing
Mr. H. T. Anthony gave an amusing the negative (collodion side away from the
ac-
lantern), directly in front of the light, at a
count of a sitting he endured once of thirty
distance of about 15 inches from it. Pre-
minutes, in order to secure a picture. The
calcium light was used. pare the plate in the usual way. Cover the
Yours, &c.
negative so that the light may not strike it
C. W. H.
until the sensitive plate is in position. After
the plate is excited, place it upon the metal
corners (collodion towards the negative),
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF and, by turning a spring which presses
PHILADELPHIA. upon the centre, the plate will be kept per-
The regular monthly meeting was held fectly rigid during the exposure, which
Wednesday evening, January 5th, 1870, should be of about two minutes' duration.
the Vice-President, Dr. Alexander Wil- Allow the light to strike the negative for
cocks, in the chair. the requisite time, and cover again. Re-
54 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
move the plate and develop, being careful pictures. The formula used in making the
not to fog by over development. best ferrotype to be published in the Phila-
Several pictures were made during the delphia Photographer.
evening, to illustrate its practical merits. Motion made that a committee be ap-
The Secretary stated that he had used pointed to examine into the manner of doing
Mr. Marcy's photographic printing appa- business and style of skylights used at the
ratus repeatedly with excellent success, both different galleries in the city.
as regards sharpness and illumination. By An amendment was offered and passed
the use of this instrument, pictures can only to let the above lay over for one regular
be made of the exact size of the negative, meeting.
which is limited to £-size plates ; a very Adjourned, to meet again Tuesday even-
convenient size, however, for the magic ing, February 1st, at Mr. C. L. Lovejoy's
lantern. gallery, No. 500 South Second Street.
On motion, adjourned. D. XiOTHROP,
John C. Browne, Secretary.
Recording Secretary.

EXHIBITION OF 1870, AT PARIS.

AT THE PALACE OP INDUSTRY.
FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION OF
PHILADELPHIA. Paris, 22d December, 1870.

The monthly meeting of the Ferrotypers' Societe Francaise de Photographie ,

Association of Philadelphia, was held at

Rue Cadet, 9.
Mr. E. F. Warrington's gallery, Tuesday The French Photographic Society had
evening, January 11th, 1870. thought fit up to the present time to abstain
The President, Mr. C. L. Lovejoy, in the from granting any recompenses at the end
chair. of its exhibitions; at the last meeting it
After roll call the minutes of last meeting was decided that at the next exhibition, in
were read and adopted. 1870, would be placed medals and, honorable
Mr. Charles E. Bolles was elected a mem- mentions at the disposal of a special jury,
ber of the Association. named under certain conditions, which will
The Treasurer made his annual report. be hereafter determined.
The President now resigned his seat in The earnestness and interest with which
favor of Mr. A. K. P. Trask,who was elected the last exhibition of the Society was visited,
to that office last month, when the annual engage its committee to make a warm ap-
election of officers for the Society took place. peal to all photographers, practical and
On taking the chair, Mr. Trask made amateur, French and foreign, in order to
some appropriate remarks. He thought it give the most possible eclat to the next ex-
would be a good plan to offer a prize medal hibition, which is to inaugurate this distri-
to the members who would bring in the bution of prizes.
best work; he showed several fine album- The monthly bulletin of the Society will
sized ferrotypes taken on the chocolate- contain in its next number of January, 1870,
tinted plates. the detailed regulations of the exhibition, of
A vote of thanks was given to ex-Presi- which we will merely mention here the
dent Lovejoy for the able and impartial principal dispositions. It will contain the
manner in which he had conducted our past list of the jury who will alone be charged
meetings. with the examination and admission of the
On motion of the Secretary, it was re- prints which may be presented, and will
solved, that each member shall make at point out the conditions under which will
least one ferrotype, and bring it to the next be named the special jury of prizes.
meeting for examination and competition. The opening of the exhibition will take
The best picture to be decided on by a ma- place on the 1st of May, 1870, at the same
jority of the members present. But none time as that of the Exhibition of Fine Arts,
to know, before the decision, each other's and all shipments should be sent (freight
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 55

paid) to the Palace of Industry, door No. Bromide of Cadmium or

1, from the 1st to the 10th of April, at the Potassium, . . . ]j grains.

latest. Cotton, . . . . 4£ to 6 grs.

The Society takes charge of all the ex- I find that this mixture works well, winter
penses of organization, installation, and ad- and summer alike. Sometimes I work am-
ministration, in consideration of a fixed and monium and cadmium alone (5 grains of
only tax of 10 francs for each meter of surface iodide to 2J grains of bromide), and mix
occupied by the frames. together some of both, and have found them
Persons desirous of exposing should give to work well. 1 never let my bath get below
notice as soon as possible before the 15th of 40 grains, and I keep my room warm night
March, making known the space that they and day. In developing I use plain proto-
desire to occupy.
sulphateof iron, 20 to 25 grains to the ounce
For the Committee. of water ; sometimes I have to use less, ac-
MM. Begnault, Honorary President. cording to the subject and the style of dress
Balard, President of the Society. the parties have on. To make good work
Peligot, Pres't of the Committee. you have to make every sitting a study.
Davajtne, V.-Pres't " " Yours, truly, J. L. Forbes,
Bayard, Secretary-General. Gurney's Gallery,
Portier, Secretary-Treasurer. 5th Av. and 16th St., N. Y.

Secretary-Agent, M. Laubier, January 6th, 1870.

Kue Cadet, No. 9, at Paris, where all let- Mr. Forbes is one of the most talented
ters should be addressed. manipulators in this country. We have
seen many and they are a
of his negatives,
wonder, a study, and a delight, having all
MYSTERIES OF THE NEW YORK the good qualities of perfect negatives.

DARK CHAMBERS. kruse's amm. -nitrate printing

A number of our readers have expressed process for plain paper.
a desire for theworking formulae of some of My process, of course, is only used for
the eminent operators in New York, main- copiesand solar prints. It is, doubtless,
taining that they must have some "secrets"
the same as that used by all others. I
which are not made public. have no "secrets." I find it good, and,
These requests, then, are our apology for
such as it is, I give it unto you.
what follows. They are no secrets, and
I prefer the Steinbach paper to all oth-
have never been held as such. The gentle- ers, for its regular quality. It is easily
men whose names they bear are nearly all salted and is not injured by washing.
members of the National Photographic As-
sociation, and are too old in the business to
SALTING SOLUTION.
Chloride of Amm., 60 grains.
be guilty of holding what they
"secrets." They have too often
know
enjoyed
as
Water, . ... . .

1 quart.

the benefits of inter-communication, and two sheets at once. Placing them

I salt
met our request for their " secrets" with a back sweep them through the
to back, I
disclosure of all we asked, and we give them solution three times, and then immerse
to our readers without extra charge. them one minute. I then hang them up
FORBES'S FORMULA FOR NEGATIVES. to dry, distinctly marking the salted side,
to guide me in silvering. Care should be
I have no secrets in my dark-room, and
taken in salting, that the right side of the
I am willing to let the craft know how I paper be outward.
am working, and that is the simplest way
I can without raising any dust SENSITIZING SOLUTION.
Nitrate of Silver, . . 1 ounce.
COLLODION.
Ether and Alcohol, . equal parts.
Water, . . . .8 ounces.
Iodide of Ammonium, . 5 grains. From this pour off one-fourth (or ' 2
Bromide of Ammonium, . H " ounces), and to the remainder add 6 ounces
56 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
of liquor ammonia, drop by drop, rapidly chloride months old, and no precipitation
stirring with a glass-rod all the while. The of silver can be seen, the solution working
solution will at turn brown, but, after
first as perfectly as when first made. I do not
stirring, will clearup again. Now add the intend to give this part of the process to the
2 ounces separated to the other, and filter.* fraternity at present, as I think I ought to
The solution is now ready for use. Pour a have some return for the time and trouble
sufficient quantity carefully on the sheet spent in its discovery.
of paper, and spread it uniformly over the The preparation of the albumen and the
whole with a pad. The pad I use is made coating of the glass for the chloride I give
by winding prepared cotton around a bot- below, and, unless this part of the work is

tle with the bottom knocked out. When done in a thorough manner, no success can
spreading the silver on the paper, rub be expected, for this is the ground of the
gently, and as little as possible, yet have a work.
care that the whole surface of the sheet has ALBUMEN FOR THE FIRST COATING.
attention.
I take the whites of 8 fresh eggs (store
TONING AND FIXING THE PRINTS. eggs will not do), hold them up to the light
Ilyposulphite of Soda, . 8 ounces. and remove all bits of the germ and other
Chloride of Silver, . . 60 grains. foreign matter. I use an 8-ounce graduate

Water, ....
Chloride of Gold, . . 15 grains.
1 quart.
to break the eggs in, and, as each white is
about equal to an ounce, I have about 8
Immerse the prints without washing, ten ounces of albumen. I now dissolve 12
minutes, or until they are properly fixed grains of clear table-salt in 1 ounce of
and toned. Finally, wash the same as al- water, and add to the albumen. I now
bumen prints are washed. beat in a dish until the froth is so stiff I
Edward Krtjse, can overturn the dish without spilling any
Bogardus's Gallery, New York. of the albumen. I then set it aside over
January 11th, 1870.
night to settle, and in the morning pour off

Mr. Kruse is one of Mr. Bogardus's most the clear part into a graduate, and again
devoted helps, and for over ten years has allow it to settle. I draw a piece of tissue
given his energies to plain-paper printing. paper over the surface always before using,
His counsel then comes as from one who to remove dust, bubbles, etc.
knows how to teach. To clear my porcelain plates, I use rotten
stone, water, and a cotton -pad. While the
S. P. VAN LOAN'S PROCESS FOR ALBTJMEN-
plates are still wet (though drained), from
IZINQ PORCELAIN GLASS.
the washing, I pour the albumen from one
Having given much attention to the mak-
corner, taking care to have it flow evenly
ing of porcelain pictures for the past three
and to avoid bubbles. Pour the excess into
or four years, and finding at the start that
a bottle to throw away, and never pour it
I had but little given me to work from that
back into the stock-bottle. Stand the glasses
was reliable, the various receipts then known
on nails to dry on the edges, and not on the
and published not giving permanent or satis-
corners. The longer the plates are albu-
factory prints, I left the beaten track and
menized before using, the less liable are
entered into a series of experiments to en-
they to blister on the surface when fixing,
deavor to get a perfectly reliable collodio-
therefore it is best to albumenize a good lot
chloride, or, to be more plain, a solution in
ahead. I now coat with my collodio-chlor-
which alcohol and ether could be made to
ide, and, when they are perfectly dry, fume
hold a given quantity of silver without pre-
them from 5 to 15 minutes, according to the
cipitation or docom position. The task has
weather. Print a little stronger than pa-
been a hard one defeats often. But, not
;
per prints, and wash well before toning.
to be baffled, I persevered, and perfect suc-
Any weak toning process will do. Tone
cess followed. I have solutions of collodio-
until slightly blue by transmitted light, and
* The same filter may be used repeatedly until wash well before fixing. Be sure the ton-
worn through. ing bath is not in the least acid. The
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 57

hypo bath must be weak and contain one- verted over a funnel containing the filter.

quarter salt. Leave the plates in long The uprights, H H, support the piece, G, and
enough only to get the color you like, then keep it from resting on the funnel. This
remove, wash well, and dry. funnel rests in a hole cut out of the shelf, I,

In using ground-glass the albumen may which latter is supported by the brackets,
be reduced in strength one-half with water, J J, which are, like the piece A, fastened to
but add the salt, 1 J grains to each ounce in the wall. The lip of the funnel either dips
bulk. After printing, wash under running into another similar demijohn or, if you
water full 15 minutes, to get rid of the free prefer, into the buth-holder. You will ob-

nitrate of silver left in the pores of the glass, serve that the instant the demijohn, A, is

and then tone and fix as usual.
Many have been troubled with ground
porcelain turning dark in the light after
finishing, but thorough washing, as above
directed, before toning, will end all the
inverted the solution commences running
out, and the air-bubbles in, and the solution
would eventually all run out, were it not
for the fact that the mouth of the demijohn
dips below the top of the funnel, consequently

troubles in this direction.

Those who desire to try the collodio-chlo-
ride, can do so by addressing me at Bogur-
dus's gallery, 363 Broadway, New York.
It is put up in half-pound bottles, $3.
S. P. Van Loan.*
January 11th, 1870.

KURTZ'S FILTERING APPA-

RATUS.
"With this I send you the drawings of
my filtering apparatus with full directions

for its construction.

Let A represent a piece of wood about 1

inch thick, and a half disc sawed out, half

the circumference of the demijohn, B. There
isalso a piece of soft wire, D, fastened at one
end of the piece of wood, A at the other ;

end it is bent so as to hook into the screw

as soon as the solution reaches the cork in
eye, E, and thus keeps the inverted demi-
the demijohn, the atmosphere
is cut off from
john, B, in its place. This piece of wood is
entering the hole in the cork, and thus
fastened at the proper height to any con-
matters come to a standstill until sufficient
venient wall of the apartment. The demi-
solution has run through the filter to again
john, B, capable of containing the entire
allow the air to enter the demijohn, when
solution of the bath, is provided with a cork,
the solution runs out as before, etc., etc.
through which passes a glass tube about 3
Should your bath consist of 3- or 4 gallons
or 4 inches long and a quarter of an inch in
of solution, which would require many hours
diameter; a portion of the cork is also cut
to filter, you have merely to start this simple
out, as represented in the drawing, F.
piece of work at night when you go home,
Around the neck of the demijohn aretwo
and in the morning the work is done.
pieces of wood joined together which in-
Hoping this may have been clearly ex-
close the neck, (1. The demijohn being
plained, I shall at some future day describe
charged with the solution and corked, is in-
many more just such pieces of apparatus in
* Mr. Hugh O'Neil (firm C. D. Fredericks & daily use in my gallery.
Co.) has also kindly furnished us with his for- W. Kurtz,
mula; — too late for this, but will appear in our 872 Broadway.
next issue, with others. January 7th, 1870.
 :

58 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

OUR PICTURE. er's, Willard's, and others of the best modern
Our brands. The size of the stop was 2 inches
picture this month is the one of the ;

time of day, about eleven o'clock distance from

composition or genre class, for which the gold ;

the lens to the subject about 18 feet time of ex-

medal was awarded by us last November, ;

posure, about 20 seconds. Collodion, ether, and

as being the best of all its competitors. It
alcohol, equal parts ; iodide of ammonium, 5
was, as we have before announced, made grains bromide of cadmium, 2£ grains
; ; Antho-
by Mr. M. M. Griswold, Columbus, Ohio, ny's cotton, 5 to 8 grains, or to the proper con-
and we think we will not offend the others sistency. Developer, very strong, viz. : proto-
when we say we look upon it as the sulphate of iron, 6 ounces; water, 64 ounces;
best of all the pictures sent for compe- sulphate of iron and ammonia, 1 ounce ; sul-
tition. That Mr. Griswold has displayed phate of copper, h ounce ; acetic acid, 1 ounce
much care, thought, taste, knowledge, pa- to every 4 ounces of solution. My silver bath
tience, and skill, that he tried hard to win ranges from 35 to 45 grains. It could not have
the prize, is very decidedly proven by the been over 35 grains when the prize negatives were

picture. We have agreed to call it " Blow-

taken. I am very much cramped for space in
my light-room, and, in order to get distance,
ing Bubbles." The occupation of the two
had to cut an archway into another room to get
little cherubs, no doubt, brings vividly to
range for the camera. The shape of the building
the minds of many of us, recollections of
is such that this archway could only be made
just such scenes as our picture represents.
about the middle of the room, and not as near
It charmingly natural and lifelike, and
is
the side-light as I would have desired. My light
shows what a beautiful picture can be made faces the north, and is about the usual form,
with the commonest and most ordinary ac- with the exception that the side-light runs into
cessories. the corner of the room about 3 feet nearer
When our next prizes are offered, we do the wall than the top-light, and is of clear glass,

hope that more of our talented subscribers while the top-light is of ground-glass. Theback-
will try to make pictures and secure the ground I use is the wall, east end of the light-
room, painted in oil of the usual background
prize. Do your best, and we ask no more.
tint, and wax and turpentine in
flattened with
There are several other very meritorious
the color. For screens overhead, I use four
pictures in the genre class, all of which
frames made of light tin tubes and covered with
would make good illustrations for our Jour-
white tissue-paper, the bottom ones sliding close
nal, but we think those who made them
to the glass on wire, one under the other, so that
can do still better, and we give them another they can be slid entirely away from the light
chance this month to try. Among those we when necessary. The top ones swing on hinges
speak of, are the pictures by Messrs. Merz, back against the flare of the ceiling. Contrary
Inglis, Tripp & Schellhouse, Forest, Vail to accepted ideas, I have my side-light screened
& Elton, etc., Let them try again.
etc. with black curtains in four parts, so arranged
Those who desire good and bad work,
to see that any part or the whole of the light can be

so as to know what to follow and what to shut off; the side-light running into the corner

avoid, should get sets of the prize prints, beyond the skylight, enables me to throw the
light on the background behind the sitter, and
and study them with the criticisms of the
also to light the head behind, a useful arrange-
judges.
ment in getting the so-called " Rembrandt ef-
We now close with a detailed statement
fects." The shape of my room is such, that I
from Mr. Griswold of his modus operandi, can work only towards the east. It often hap-
which we have asked for, as suggested by a pens that I wish to throw the right side of the
correspondent last month head in shadow ; this can readily be done by cov-

Dear Sir : The medal was received without de- ering the side-light and lighting the other side

lay, and I am much pleased with it. In com- of the face from the top of the sky-light.

pliance with your request I will give you the In the composition of the bubble picture, I
modus operandi hy which the bubble pictures have attempted to show that pretty pictures can

were made. The lens used was an extra 4-4 be made of simple every-day subjects. Of course,
Holme;-, Muolh A Haydon, of the old make, and, some study and a large amount of patience are
with the exception that it may be somewhat necessary, especially when small children are
slower, will compare favorably with Dallmey- the subjects. To know just how much to put in
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 59

and what make-up of such

to leave out, in the
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
compositions, that they mny appear natural and
STUDIO.
not made some artistic, or, to say
up, requires
the least, good taste. The first thing to do is to BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M. A., F.S.A.

conceive the subject and form the picture in the Monckhoven' s New Light for En-
Artificial
mind, and finally build it up before the camera ; larging — Collodio- Chloride Transparencies
accessories will suggest themselves as we pro- — Progress in Carbon Printing — Keeping
gress. No exposure of plates should be made Dry — Mixed Iron and Pyrogallic
Plates
until the picture is seen complete in all detail
Acid Developer — Photographic Mechanical
upon the ground-glass of the camera. Finally, Printing Process — Photographic Mosaics,
common sense, good taste, and skilful manipula-
1870.
tions are the requisites which will succeed with
any good chemical formula. One of the most interesting photographic
M. M. Griswold. events of the month, was the practical dem-
Columbus, 0.
onstration of the value of the new artificial

The were made by Mr. William

prints light and enlarging apparatus, before the
H. Khoads, No. 1800 Frankford Avenue, Photographic Society of London, by Dr.
Philadelphia, on Trapp & Munch's cele- Van Monckhoven, who also read a copious
brated albumen paper. Mr. Ehoads de- and interesting descriptive paper. Tenny-
serves considerable praise for these prints. son tells us that " things seen are mightier
They are very regular, although made at than things heard," and unquestionably a
the season of the year when the weather is practical demonstration is at all times more
very uncertain. instructive than many descriptive papers.
As many have no regular formula for Possibly the use of artificial light for en-
working this paper, we submit that by which larging purposes may scarcely possess the
Mr. Ehoads secured his excellent prints. same and value in a climate like
interest
that of America, that it does in the more
SILVER BATH.
changeable climate, with the less brilliant
Water, . 1 ounce.
and constant light of this country. Here,
Silver, 40 grains.
with the uncertainty of direct sunshine for
Alcohol, . 1£ drachms.
Liquor Ammonia, any continuous period, except in the few
summer months, the question of artificial
"When you want to replenish, add silver, light, applicable to photographic purposes,
water, and alcohol, in the above propor- especially enlarging purposes, possesses
tions, and about one-half the amount of am- great interest.
monia. Dr. Monckhoven's night light consists of
TONING BATH. the oxyhydrogen light, with pillars of pure
Water, . . . .24 ounces.
carbonate of magnesia instead c * lime cyl-
Acetate of Soda, . . 45 grains.
inders. The result, at the demt. ^stration
Salt 45 "
:l
in question, was a light with the c. -miical
Chloride of Gold, . . 3
intensity of the ordinary magnesium ight,
Neutralize the gold before adding with without its unsteadiness and irregularity,
bicarbonate of soda. Use three or four days and at a less cost; or, in other words, it
by adding gold each day, then make a new was a Drummond light with a much higher
bath. actinic power than that of incandescent
lime. The light was intense, concentrated,
Portrait photography is said to have actinic, steady, and continuous,, supplying

progressed and improved immensely in En- all the conditions requisite for photographic
gland during the last year or two — the re- enlarging operations.
sult of the frequent exhibitions held there. The enlarging apparatus, which is, in
So it will improve here immensely if pho- general principles, similar to a magic lan-
tographers will earnestly take hold and tern with the necessary special modifica-
help make our next Exhibition worthy of tions to suit the light, has already been ex-
us. plained to your readers by our friend, Dr.
 60 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Vogel. A couple of flint-glass plano-con- with the fact that, in certain conditions a
vex condensers of short focus are employed, collodio-chloride film, instead of progress-
the flint-glass being selected in preference ing in blackness or bronzing, from long
to crown, which commonly used for con-
is exposure, has a tendency to become of a
densers, because Dr. Monckhoven has found light reddish-brown tint, and finally tends

that the latter has the property of absorbing to bleach rather than to darken. The
a considerable portion of the actinic rays remedy the Doctor has found for this, con-
emitted by artificial light at a low tempera- sists in fuming the film with ammonia be-

ture. fore exposure. His formulae and mode of

In the course of his demonstration, Dr. working have already appeared in your
mMonckhoven produced two very excellent pages, and I may remark that he attaches
enlarged negatives; the first on a fifteen considerable importance to strict accuracy
inches by twelve plate, from a collodio- in following out his instructions. Certainly
chloride transparency, somewhat less than his transparencies are some of the finest I

card This was effected on a wet col-

size. have seen.
lodion film by an exposure of six seconds, Keeping Dry Plates. —
A very comprehen-
the result being a perfect and well-exposed sive and satisfactory practical test of the
enlarged negative, with excellent gradation value of dry plates and of certain facts in
and sufficient intensity. The second ex- connection with them, has recently been
periment consisted in producing from the made by my friend, Mr. England, who, as
same transparency a paper negative on a you probably know, is one of our most ex-
whole sheet of paper. The paper was pre- perienced and trusted landscape photog-
pared with iodide and bromide of potas- raphers. I speak of the trust his word
sium, 1\ grains of the former and 1\ grains commands not merely because he is a man
of the latter in an ounce of water, and of much experience and great probity, but
floated on a bath containing 35 grains of because he is and careful ex-
a very skilful
nitrate of silver and 35 minims of glacial perimentalist, and a shrewd observer, who
aeetic acid in an ounce of water, exposed is not easily led away by the apparent prom-

wet. With an exposure of considerably less ise of excellence. Everything he takes in

than three minutes, an excellent negative hand is subjected to a thoroughly searching
was obtained on developing with a 1-grain practical test before he pronounces an opin-
solution of pyrogallic acid, containing 2 ion upon it. Photography has suffered
grains to the ounce of citric acid. Not- much from an opposite class of experi-
withstanding the difficulties attendant on mentalists, men whose great aim is to an-
delicate experiments of this kind in a lec- nounce some new and startling thing.
ture-room, where all the arrangements have These are they who, having performed an
to be improvised, the success here was com- experiment at the writing-desk and worked
plete. out a theory on paper, announce discoveries
Collodio- Chloride Transparencies —I had which are to revolutionize photography, but
a very interesting conversation with Dr. of which photographers rarely hear much
Monckhoven, on a subject of a somewhat more than the first announcement.
extensive series of experiments he has re- Mr. England is not one of these, and as
cently made with the collodio-chloride of he has very thoroughly tried most of the
silver process. He states, in the first place, recognized dry processes, including some of
that for the production of enlarged nega- his own, his dictum is valuable. During
tives,he finds the collodio-chloride of silver the past summer, in Switzerland, he has
transparency very much superior to any produced several hundreds of most admir-
transparency produced in the camera on able negatives on dry plates, the series being
wet collodion. But the chief object of his marked by a singular uniformity of excel-
research, in connection with my process, lence. The process he has worked, and
has been to overcome a tendency to solari- which he now prefers to all others, is Mr.
zation which often occurred in deep print- Gordon's gum-gallic process, using the
ing. Many of your readers may be familiar alkaline developer in preference to the iron
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 61

solution recommended
by Mr. Gordon,
development after
chiefly because it permits
a longer interval between exposure and de-
velopment than the iron solution. But
there is one point upon which he has come
to a very definite conclusion during the
summer it is, that dry plates by every pro-
: rapid decomposition of the mixture, and so
cess suffer considerably in sensitiveness
keeping, either before or after exposure.
conclusion similar to this has frequently
manifestly instantaneous. In the course of
conversation as to the means of production
1 learned that he derived many advantages
from the mixture of these two developers,
and that he was enabled in the course of his
experiments to determine the cause of the
by avoid it. Whenever the solutions were old
A when mixed, the decomposition and precip-
itation took place almost immediately but ;

been arrived at by individuals ; but the gum if the two solutions were made new and

process has had the reputation of possessing then mixed, no decomposition took place,
extraordinary keeping qualities. I believe and the solution kept exceedingly well. I
it really does possess better keeping quali- subjoin a few remarks on the subject by Col.
ties than other sensitive dry plates ; but Mr. Wortley, in a subsequent communication
England is satisfied that a steady and con- to me, in which he indicates his mode of
stant deterioration goes forward. When dealing with the developer.
the plates were freshly prepared he found " I find this invaluable, not only for cloud
that an exposure of twice the time required pictures, but for ordinary work as well. It
for wet plates was sufficient; but at the end has a remarkable power, used in conjunc-
of a week they required an exposure of three tion with formic acid, of developing detail
times the time required by wet plates, and combined with due density, and gives a
so progressively. This accords with the ex- more harmonious negative at one operation,
perienceof Mons. Ferrier, whose fine instan- and with no necessity for after-intensifica-
taneous stereographs are well known. He tion, than I have as yet been able to obtain
informed me that he frequently obtained in by any other means.
a good light, and with a suitable subject, in- " I prefer to keep the iron and pyrogallic
stantaneous negatives on collodio-albumen solution mixed separately, so that I can mix
plates ; but that for this purpose they must them in the required proportions for each
be absolutely freshly prepared, much of the plate; but they keep perfectly when made
sensitiveness being lost if exposed on the up ready to use, making a clear greenish-
second day. This fact seems to deprive dry- colored solution. When either of the two
plate photographs of at least one element of solutions is old, the mixture rapidly decom-
value, as the possibility of keeping plates pre- poses.
pared during a journey of a few weeks was " I may mention that for portraiture in
one of the great charms of the dry processes. a weak light, this developer is of great
Mixed Iron and Pyrogallic Acid Devel- use, giving softnessand intensity under con-
oper. —
The practice of mixing the iron and ditions in which the usual developers would
pyrogallic developer for the purpose of se- work with great difficulty. It is, in fact,
curing the short exposure, without loss of according to the proportions in which the
detail of the one and the density and vigor two solutions are originally made up, and
of the other, is an old one; but the rapid afterwards mixed, of value atall times, and

decomposition of the mixture has militated under all circumstances."

against its popularity, and it has never come Mechanical Printing Processes. —A flood
into general use. A recent observation of photo-mechanical processes has poured
made by Col. Stuart Wortley may tend to forth of late, in which singularly little pro-
bring it into greater use and reputation. gress is manifested. With the exception
Few of the pictures in our recent exhibition of Woodbury's and Albert's, none as yet
excited greater interest than a magnificent can compare with photography proper, and
series of sea and cloud pictures on plates both these continue to make progress. Mr.
16 x 12 by Col. Stuart Wortley. The effects Woodbury has recently sold his Belgian
of light and shade, cloud and atmosphere, patent to Messrs. Simonau & Toovey, who
were very marvellous, and the exposures have for years been working photolithogra-
 "

62 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

phy with so little satisfaction, it would seem, A young British officer having fallen in
that for many purposes they now intend to love with the photograph of a young lady
substitute Mr. Woodbury's method for it. in Minnesota, entered into correspondence
Photographic Mosaics. —I have been re- with her. Kesult, the marriage of the two.
cently much pleased in glancing over your What will photography not do?
"Mosaics" just issued, and I must con- Our three English contemporaries, the
gratulate you, and those who are fortunate
News, the Illustrated Photographer, and the
enough it, on its more than usual
to possess
British Journal, all issue an annual this
excellence. Although I cannot confess to
year, similar to our Mosaics. There is so
being an old man, I sometimes feel an at-
much now that every photographer ought to
tack of old fogyism stealing over me, as I
read, that even weekly journals cannot con-
look at such volumes, and sighing, say to
tain These annuals contain the
it all.
myself: " Ah, if only some one would have " milk and honey " and the "strong meat
issued such works, embodying even the lit-
of the year in concentrated form, and are
tlethen known, twenty years ago, for the
very hand}' for reference.
guidance of young photographic students,
The "Archiv" contains the following
such as I then was I" I think I may add,
simple way of preparing collodio-chloride
without being guilty of egotism, that it is a
of silver. The chloride is dissolved in clear
source of some pride and satisfaction to me
plain collodion, and the fused nitrate of
to reflect, as I see photographic annuals is-
silver is added.
sued in America, France, Germany, as well
The plain collodion is prepared as fol-
as this country, as a necessary and highly
lows :
prized institution, that all these had their
Alcohol, . . . 100 cubic cent.
parentage in the Year Book I first issued up-
Gun Cotton, . . 2 grams.
wards of ten years ago, and in the Almanac
Ether, . . . 100 cubic cent.
which was then incorporated with it. May Papyroxyline, . . 2 grams.
the shadow of any of the annuals never be
The papyroxyline is added when the cot-
less.
ton has been dissolved.
London, January 14th, 1870.
In 500 cubic cent, of the settled and clear
collodion 2 grams of chloride of cadmium
are dissolved, and 10 grams of fused nitrate
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. of silver are added, the whole is well shaken
until all the silver has dissolved.
The Photographische Notizen is the name For glass transparencies 4 grams of citric
of a new photographic journal in Vienna.
acid are added. Transparencies require a
M. Personne avers that pyrogallic acid substratum of gelatine or albumen, or they
is quite as poisonous as phosphorus. will lack strength.

Prof. C. Piazzi Smyth, at a late meeting

The original manuscript of Burns's "Tarn
of theEdinburgh Photographic Society, ex-
O'Shanter" has been photolithographed.
hibited a large number of enlargements
Poiteven claims to have invented the from his Pyramid negatives in the lantern,
" Albert process." and, by ocular demonstration, proved the
assertions of the enlightened Col. Sir Henry
M». Lea receives special congratulations
and commendation from the British Journal, James to be merely " a pile of dirt, which
for his Chloro-Bromide Process.
can easily be removed with the hands."

Kkutlinger, in Paris, has been exposing

A number of specimens showing the ac-
Mr.
tion of sunlight on glass, the result of
as much as 40 and 50 seconds during the late
Gaffield's experiments, wero shown at the
dull weather.
December meeting of the French Photo-
A
darkey serenader, in London, has graphic Society, and much praise was given
been fined one farthing for assaulting a pho- Mr. Gafiield for the thoroughness of his
tpher. researches.
 :

THE

PtiMtfljrta ^htUpnyhtt.
Vol. VII. MARCH, 1870. No. 75.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

THE EXHIBITION The Cunard Steamers sail from Liverpool,

OF THE England, for Boston every Tuesday, and those
National Photographic Association of of the Inman Line every alternate Saturday.

" the United States. Freight is £1 moderate sized packages.

Is. for

Many Americans visit your country, and this

The following circular has been printed you a good opportunity of advertising
will give
in German, French, and English, and sent your work. Further information cheerfully
abroad to -foreign photographers. That none given on application.
maybe missed we reprint it here. Will our We hope you will respond to our invitation to
foreign exchanges please oblige us by copy- join us in this grand Exhibition.

ing the same, viz. For the Executive Committee,

Edward L. Wilson, Secretary,
The National Photographic Association
Office Philadelphia Photographer,
of the United States will hold its Second An-
Philadelphia, Pa.
nual Exhibition in Cleveland, Ohio, beginning
Tuesday, June 7th, 1870. American photographers who intend to

You are cordially invited to expose examples exhibit will be given full instructions prob-
of your work on that occasion. Ample space ably in our next issue. There will be noth-
will be granted in the best light, free of charge, ing to retard any American or Canadian pho-
to all foreign exhibitors. tographer from exhibiting freely, whether a
It is expected that a grant from Congress will member of the Association or not. The Ex-
allow the entrance and return of foreign speci- hibition is a National one and all are invited
mens free of duty. Parties who desire that what to participate freely. Fuller details as soon
they send should be sold for their account and
as the Executive Committee and Local Sec-
not returned, will receive the best attention to
retary are able to complete their arrange-
their wishes. In all cases, two itemized invoices
ments.
should be sent to the Secretary, and notice as to
date of shipment, name of steamer, &c. The
freight must, in all cases, be prepaid. Packages THE SOLAR NEGATIVE PRIZE.
should not be sent later than April 20th, and
Our readers will not forget our offer for
should be directed as follows :

made in our last is-

the best solar negative,
NATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION. sue. The time expires on March 15th.
Care Edward L. Wilson. Secretary, The successful competitor will be an-
Philadelphia, U. S. A. nounced in our next issue. "We hope for
O^* Via Steamer to Boston. some fine negatives to be sent, for we want
66 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
to see some fine solar work al the Exhibi- show our best work, and if you beat me this
tion. year I shall try and beat you the next, and
Competitors can trust Mr. Moore to ren- vice versa.

der them and those who prefer

full justice, 2d. I shall attend to hear the discussions
to lend their negatives to entering the com- on the many subjects in which the whole
petition, will have the greatest care taken profession is interested. How to build sky-
of them. lights, whether large or small, whether high
The negatives should be well packed, and or low lights are best, whether sloping or
in all cases the carriage must be paid. flat, at which point of the compass to face

Please read over the conditions of the offer, them, etc., etc. I am now using four dif-
and be prompt in sending the very best you ferent lights, and believe if I had to build
can produce. another I should make it different from any
of them. This subject I hope to hear fully
discussed. I hope to hear the advantages
of the different modes of manipulating
THE PKESLDENT ON THE shown by the leading and most successful
EXHIBITION. operators. I hope to hear what is doing to
To the Editor of the Philadelphia render the photograph more durable. We
Photographer. all know the dissolving nature of the silver
I wish to give to you and the fraternity prints, and are all make them per-
anxious to
my reasons for attending the Annual Exhibi- manent if possible. Let us see what we can
tion of the National Photographic Association offer on this subject. It must be done, and
to be held at Cleveland, Ohio, in June the sooner the better. I expect to see all
next. the newest improvements in apparatus and
I believe we shall all be greatly bene-
1st. machinery exhibited. The whole process
fitedby being more closely united as a body is now too complicated, difficult, and uncer-
of men engaged in developing one of the tain. We need ivork-pe?]fecting as well as
greatest and most useful discoveries of the labor-saving apparatus. Bring along every-
age. Let us' all feel that everything tending thing new and show it to the men gathered
to advancement is for the good of all. Let from all parts of the Union, and if it. is good
us show a willingness to assist each other in and desirable, we shall all want it, and you
perfecting ourselves in every branch of the cannot have a better opportunity to show it.
art let every member of the Association be
; Again, I shall attend to see what the
ready to aid even the most humble member photographers of Europe will show us.
in his endeavors to advance, for by so doing Many things new and beautiful 1 have no
we shall be raising the whole profession and doubt will come across the ocean, and we
advancing the interests of all. will never have a better opportunity to see
We have too long continued in the old what they are doing. I shall attend to meet
tracks, each one believing himself to hold the and take by the hand men well known by
secret of success and to be the embodiment reputation, but whose faces I have never
of wisdom and perfection. I have, in sev- seen. I believe the East will be largely
eral instances, known such men to wake up represented, hope to meet many well-
I
some morning and find a despised rival turn- known names from the South, and surely
ing out work that astonished them, and they the West will send her young giants in
in turn were compelled to put on their scores. I want to sec them all.

"thinking caps " and try to get hold of their
rival's secret. Now, gentelmen, we have
had enough of this. You may succeed in
one part of the process where I fail, and
again I may succeed where you fail. The
fact is we all need teaching, and we cannot
do a better thing than to meet together once
in the year and compare notes. Let us
And now, one word about tho Boston
meeting last Juno. I learned much and
saw much while there, and I have not seen
the first man who was sorry he was there.
On the contrary, all expressed themselves
delighted and benefited by the liberal views
and unselfishness of the gentlemen compos-
ing that Convention, and I have no doubt
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GRAPHEE. 67

they will almost to a man be at Cleveland the practice of photography, upon which we
next June. can all gather new ideas, that I .suggest at
I am what might be called an old fogy in our next meeting we discuss a few of them.
the profession, but I cannot consent to have Practical hints on the " retouching of
my younger brethren outstrip me in the negatives " would be a good subject. If nec-
attempt at advancement, and you may count essary let a fewmembers bring negatives,
on me as putting my shoulder to the wheel with prints from the same, then after being
and higher to the per-
to lift our art higher retouched compare them the best for- ;

fection to which I believe it is tending. mula for collodion for indoor work, with
Life, health, Providence, and the railroads specimens to show its value; the best gen-
permitting, I shall be at Cleveland. eral developer. Lectures on failures with
negatives and prints to illustrate. All will
Tours, respectfully,
readily see that there is no end to the sub-
Abraham Bogardtis.
jects that could be discussed, and of how
1153 Broadway, N. T. much practical benefit they would prove to
the mass of hard-working photographers.
From one of the Executive Committee. I am very glad to hear we are to be treated
Dear Mr. Editor : Do you imagine that to another view of fine foreign work. From
all the members of our National Photo- them we can gather new ideas and impulses
graphic Association realize that over eight and strive to do still better.
months of the year have passed since our Our local Secretary is a host in himself,

meeting in June last? And how many of but the preparations he is making will ac-

them have commenced making preparations commodate a still larger one with all their
for the next "Grand Exhibition?" "traps." Cleveland as a beautiful city can-
As the time will soon be here, perhaps not be surpassed we think, and then to think
another reminder to the craft generally of the good things in store for us who go.

may be of some service, and they profit by Let those who thought they enjoyed the fine
it,and commence at once making their ride in and around Boston be sure and go

specimens while there is time. Our last to Cleveland, and they will not be disap-

Exhibition was a grand success, and we feel pointed by not enjoying themselves as well
assured from the efforts that are being put as being benefited.
forth that the next will not be behind its Photographically and fraternally yours,
predecessor. Let us work with a will to Walter C. North.
make it so, and take pains to make it, if Utica, N. Y., Feb. 7th, 1870.
possible, even superior.
I trust that every convention held will We are glad to see these spontaneous out-
prove more profitable to the members, both bursts from the officers and members of our
in the fine exhibition of their work as well National Association. We believe it will
as practical hints to be obtained that will be the plan of the managers this year to
be of real substantial benefit to the mem-' have no lectures of any length, but to devote
bers when they shall have returned to their a short time each day to the business of the
studios. Association, and the rest of the time to prac-
Magic lantern exhibitions and able lec- tical experiments, demonstrations, and dis-
tures on chemistry and other subjects con- cussions pertaining to subjects that will
nected with our art are always acceptable come right home to every working photog-
to the craft, but I doubt if either would be rapher. Whenever a photographer has a
relished as well as spicy debates on every- novel source of failure or a negative well
day subjects connected with our daily prac- illustrating any evil, let him save it and
tice in the profession, with which none are bring it along. Also any models, prints,
so well versed but what they might learn etc., that will interest or benefit the whole.
something new even from a tyro in the pro- Time will be given to all. In our next we
fession. hope to give a more extended synopsis of the
There are so many subjects connected with programme. Ed. P. P.
68 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
PORTABLE CHEMICAL ROOM. Enamel Photographs— Burnt-in
The season for landscape work is ap- Photographs.
proaching, and we propose, for a few
BY PROF. J. TOWLER, M.D.
months, to give some hints as to the para-
phernalia needed for that class of photo- The
reader at the outset must correct a

graphic work. We begin with a descrip- mistake, into which he most probably has

tion of a veryhandy portable chemical already fallen, of comprehending under the

room, contrived by Messrs. French & Saw- head of enamelled photographs, photo-
yer, Keene, N. H. graphs on paper glazed with a layer of
collodion, gelatine, &c. Let these be
called by their proper name: glazed pho-
tographs. Enamelled photographs are
pictures taken by the lens on a porcelain
base, developed by an enamel powder,
which is afterwards fused, in a muffle
in the cupel or assay furnace, into the
porcelain as a background, and thus
becomes a part of the material and equally
as imperishable. The art of thus burning-
in photographs has attained already a con-
siderable degree of perfection in the hands

V
The drawing above, represents
4
and a rear
of a few and from the facility and cer-
;

tainty of the process,

prising, that so few
it

have embraced the pro-

is somewhat sur-

interior view of the contrivance, which is cess as a business. Of all photographs, the
very plain. The body of the cart is 2 ft. 8 enamelled photograph is the most imper-
in. long, 2 ft. 10 in. wide, and 3 ft. height. ishable, and, at the same time, about the
The top is arched one inch. The body is a most beautiful ; and certainly this is so,
mere skeleton frame covered with green when the art of the limner co-operates
enamelled cloth. The semicircular piece with the manipulations of the photogra-
cut out of the bottom, is to accommodate pher.
the person of the operator when the door is The white surface of a watch-face, on
shut, while manipulating, and he sits on the which the hours, &c, are delineated, is an
seat seen in the cut. When mot in use a enamelled surface; and if a photograph be
board is fitted into this semicircular cut in taken on such a surface and afterwards, by
the bottom, the seat is put inside, etc., etc. fusion in the fire, it can be blended with the
The shafts project 3 ft. 6 in. in front, with substance and become a part of it, then such
a cross-bar todraw by hand or to fasten to a photograph is called an enamelled photo-

a carriage when going long distances. The graph. Solomon and Gamier, Joubert and
wheels are 3 ft. 6 in. in diameter. Poitevin, have given us processes by means
The inside is fitted with all necessary of which photographs can be taken that
baths, bottles, etc., and with a little water admit of being burnt-in, or fused into a
tank, 10 in. long, 8 in. wide, and 6 in. deep, porcelain or enamel base. Solomon and
to which a faucet is fastened. We are as- Gamier, I believe, were the first to call at-

sured by Mr. French that it answers admi- tention to a peculiar property of the chro-
rably and that it pays. It is so light any boy mic salts in mixture with saccharine or
can draw or push it, and it can be cheaply gummy solutions, whereby these lost their
made by any one having the time, the stickiness when exposed to light. Working
wheels and axle being supplied and they upon this principle as a base, the authors

are easily obtained. just mentioned, as well as Joubert, Alker,

and Geymet, Lucy Fossariero, and some
others, have so far perfected processes in
" It is good enough " is u bad adage. carbon printing as to apply them in enamel
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 69

printing or vitrification with great success. of cetamic art which we see executed at the
The principle is this : a composition is made, potteries of Dresden, &c.
of course in the dark-room (yellow-room), Now that I have described the principles
of water, bichromate of potassa, sugar, upon which we have to work, in order to
honey, and gum. This represents the col- produce a burnt-in photograph on enamel
lodion ; it is filtered two or three times, and and with enamel, 1 will proceed to the de-
then poured, exactly in the same manner as tails of a working process.
collodion, over a glass plate. The film is

then dried. Even when dry, the surface THE PREPARATION OF THE POSITIVE.
attracts or adheres to fine powder as of
charcoal, enamel, &c, with much avidity,
A
great deal of the success in enamel
photography depends upon the original neg-
by reason of a certain amount of moisture
ative or positive used to make the impres-
or glutinosity in the film ; but if it be ex-
sion. "We shall follow Joubert's process;
posed to sunlight for a few seconds, the film
and, consequently, a positive is required.
loses this glutinous character, parts with its
The must absolutely be on plate or
positive
moisture, and, consequently, no longer ad-
perfectly flat glass; and the impression to
heres to the powders above mentioned. If
be received on the chromic collodion must
a negative, therefore, be placed over such
be also on plate glass; and if the positive
a film, all the dark parts, such as the sky in
is to be made from a negative by contact,
a landscape, and the face in a portrait, will
the negative glass, too, must be perfectly
prevent the light from acting upon the film
flat. Use, therefore, nothing but plate glass
beneath ;
these parts, therefore, retain their
in this process, as far as glass is needed. It
original character of adhering to charcoal
will scarcely be necessary here to describe
powder, and will exhibit dark parts in the
minutely how a good transparent glass posi-
film corresponding to the dark parts on the
tive is prepared I have already done this
;

negative. Thus negatives produce, on such

in a preceding number of the Philadelphia
prepared films, also negatives ;
and posi-
Photographer of the current year ;
refer to
tives produce positives.
Poitevin's process is based upon the prin-
the article in question. We will now pro-
ceed to the next part of the operation.
ciple that tartrate of the protoxide of iron
is hygroscopic, and that this substance can
CHROMIC COLLODION.
be produced by the action of light on the
sesquisalts of iron in connection with tar-
Distilled water,
Bichromate of ammonia,
... . .
2 ounces.
100 grains.
taric acid. The representative of collodion
Gum arabic (picked), . . 48 "
in this process is a mixture of sesquichlo- 20 "
Sugar, loaf, . . . .

and water, which

ride of iron, tartaric acid, Honey, . . . . . 9 "
is poured upon the glass plate and dried.
In this state it is not hygroscopic, conse-
This mixture must be made in the dark-
quently, just the reverse of Joubert's plates,
room, and kept in the dark when not re-
but becomes so where the light acts. It is quired for use. It is better to prepare it
thus evident, that negatives produce posi- fresh for each operation .* Filter the solu-
tives on such films, and positives produce
negatives. Both these processes have been
# This fluid is very apt to undergo fermenta-
applied with success in the production of better to piepare
tion, hence, as observed, it is
enamel photographs. Naturally these en- it fresh ; but Lucy Fossariere prepares his fluids
amel photographs are monochromes, that and keeps them in stock ready for mixture as
is, they are printed in a single color, like follows :

all our uncolored ordinary photographs. 1. STOCK SOLUTION OF BORAX.

The artist, of course, can work in, upon the Pulverize a pound of borax and place it in a
monochrome photograph, whatsoever me- quart stoppered vessel; fill up the vessel with
tallic colors he chooses, which can be brought distilled water, and shake the mixture frequently
out in the muffle in true lifelike colors, and for several d;<ys. The upper portion is to
thus produce those magnificent specimens be used when required and the vessel is then
;
 :

70 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

tion two or three times through paper, or a placed over the flame of a spirit-lamp.
tuft of cotton. Furthermore, receive the When dry it is ready to be exposed, and
filtrate into a tall cylindrical vessel, and al- must be exposed right away, or nearly so,
low the solution to stand for about twenty- since it undergoes changes if kept.
four hours before use. By means of a (To be continued.)
syphon the upper part of the fluid can be
decanted off from the residual portion but ;

this must take place without shaking the

vessel or agitating the contents. The upper Water-tight Covering for Field Bath.
part alone will be perfectly clean and free BY A. F. CLOUGH.
from all invaluable particles.
I send you a model of a little contrivance
Before you coat the plate glass with this
I use as a covering or box for my field bath.
mixture, see that it is perfectly clean (no
A simple box A is made, plain as you please,
substratum of albumen, &c, is necessary);
to fit your bath. The lid B is made to fit
if the plate has just been cleaned and pol-
the mouth of the bath and is supplied inside
ished, breathe upon its whole surface, and,
with a strip of rubber. This lid is pressed
as soon as the film of breath has evaporated,
tightlyand securely to the mouth of the
pour upon it the chromic collodion, just as
bath by the contrivance which is made
you would any ordinary collodion, and let plain in the figure.
the plate drain a few moments. Remove
any excess from the lower corner and edges
with a piece of blotting-paper, and then dry
the film at a gentle heat, on a plate of iron

again filled up with water. In this way a satu-

rated solution is always in readiness.

2. STOCK SOLUTION.
Dissolve in a two-quart bottle as follows
Losif sugar,
Gum arabic,
...... 6 ounces.
2 '•

Filtered water, 1 quart.

The mixture has to be shaken frequently for

several days, until thegutn is dissolved, and then

a pint of stock solution No. 1 is added. Shake

the mixture well up, and place away for use.

3. STOCK SOLUTION.
Mix together in a three-ounce vial as follows :

Honey, 1 ounce.
C is running across
a rod or bar of metal
Borax (clear solution from No. 1), . 1 "
the and a hook at each end, D D'.
lid,
Shake well and keep until exhausted.
The hook D / fits in a permanent eye fixed
4. STOCK SOLUTION. to the side of the box, and the other hook
Mix together in a three-ounce bottle as follows : D is caught by an adjustable eye E,
Bichromate of ammonia, . . .2 ounces. which is jointed at its lower end at F to the
Water, 2 "
handle or lever G. It is plainly seen that
Shake the water so as to obtain a saturated
when the parts are adjusted, if the lever (J
solution. ,
is pressed closely to the side of the box it

5. SENSITIVE LIQUID FOR TRESENT USE. will bring the adjustable eye to bear upon
Borucic liquid (stock solution No. 2), 60 minims. the hook D and thus press the lid down
Bichromate " " " '• 4 , . 40 " tightly, which may bo kept so by fastening
Water, filtered, 100 "
the lever by means of the hook II. I find

—
N. B. If the weather is very warm and dry, it to answer admirably, and to work quickly.

add three or four drops of the stock solution Any blacksmith can make the iron-work,
No. :;. and you can make the box yourself.
 : ;
.

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 71

MYSTERIES OF THE NEW YORK until the ammonia is washed out. I then
DARK-CHAMBERS. wring it as dry as possible in a crash towel,
(Continued.) then pour a little alcohol on it so as to dis-
Agreeable our promise we append
to place the water and add it to the excited

below the formulae furnished us by Mr. ether and alcohol. Filter as soon as dis-

Hugh O'Neil, a member of the firm of C. solved and it is ready for use.

D. Fredericks & Co., New York. The results of taking the trouble to wash
There is probably no manipulator in the the cotton as above stated, are, quickness,

country possessing greater ability than Mr. a clean, handsomely colored negative, great

O'Neil. He has grown up with American depth in printing, and still it prints quickly.
photography, and has been identified with Any one who will try this method of pre-
it since its advent here. He is a gentleman paring the cotton will continue to do so.

who has no patience with pretenders, and Take cotton with which it is almost impos-
those who do not use their brains, and con-
sible to make a negative, prepare as above.

tends that you may give the best formulae

It will make a nice negative and work in
half the time.
and the best chemicals to a man, and if he
has not good judgment and skill, his pro- THE SILVER BATH.
ductions will be botches and blotches upon 1 use from 40 to 45 grains, neither under
the fair fame of our blessed art. nor over. Iodize with a little iodide of sil-
Neither does he hold secret what he ver, not iodide of potassium ; make it a lit-

knows, and for these reasons it will be a tle acid with acetic or nitric acid, C.P.,
pleasure to hear him. well diluted with water. Evaporate about
Permit us to add that we have witnessed one-third of the solution when necessary.
some experiments with Mr. O'NeiPs for-
mula? by Mr. William Bell, of this city, and
DEVELOPING SOLUTION.
have found considerable advantage in treat- 2 ounces iron and 1 quart of water

ing the cotton as recommended by Mr. enough acetic acid to make it flow smoothly.
O'Neil. The exposure is shortened ; there is For children use it almost double strength
entire freedom from structure in the film,
FIXING BATH.
and the color of the negative is remarkably
Hypo, soda and a little cyanide. Fix
pleasing, deep, and dense, —
yet of fine print-
quickly, and the result will be much finer
ing quality. But Mr. O'Neil's work has a
prints.
world-wide reputation, and we need not en-
SILVER BATH FOR PAPER.
large here. He writes:
Take half a gallon silver solution, 35 grs.
My formula is very simple, and such as to the ounce; add § ounce muriatic acid.
it is you are welcome to it. Shake well and add enough strong ammo-
COLLODION. nia to make it slightly alkaline. Shake
Ether, . . .12 ounces. well, filter, and save the filter as long as
Alcohol 12 " possible. Every time you strengthen add a
Bromide of potassium, . 48 grains. little acid and ammonia. If red tear-drops
Iodide of ammonium, . 108 grains. should appear, add a little nitric acid, C.P.
Mix and alcohol together, dis-
the ether and neutralize. This solution will silver
solve the bromide in a little water, then —
any paper, no matter how strongly salted
add the iodide to it and dissolve in the same — in one minute, and for most papers not
water. Add this solution to the ether and over forty seconds are required. If floated
alcohol. Shake well, filter, and it is ready too long it have a weak look as if un-
will
for the cotton, which I prepare as follows der-silvered. It prints quicker and finer
I weigh the amount required and place it than any solution I have ever used.
in a small dish add about a pint of water
;
Fume with strong ammonia eight or ten
and a drachm of strong ammonia, stir it minutes.
well and let it stand for fifteen or twenty TONING BATH.
minutes, then wash it in several waters or Pour the required amount of water in a
72 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
dish, add enough of concentrated solution every particle of half-tone which is the
of washing soda to make it slippery to the charm of all pictures. Although opposed
touch ; add gold enough to tone in ten to to intensifying as a rule, still I would make
fifteen minutes. some exceptions.
Take the prints out before they are toned, Often it is difficult to obtain sufficient
as they willdry up darker. With a little density in a negative by the application of
experience any tone can be produced. It the developing solution only. The chemi-
will work as soon as made, and no matter cals that worked so well yesterday, for some
how weak the negative is, there will be no reason fail to-day. Atmospheric influences
mealiness, but a handsome silky print. may be the cause ; but, chemical solutions
and need rest
are liable to get overworked,
FIXING.
from their continued labors. Under such
About one-half of the usual amount of
circumstances an entire change of chemi-
soda, and about five minutes in the bath.
cals may prove of advantage. But if an
H. O'Neil, otherwise good negative should show signs
587 Broadway. of weakness, with no prospect of obtain-
New York, January 15th, 1870. ing a better result by another trial, then it

is of importance to add strength to make it

worth printing.
There are many chemicals that will an-
After-Intensifications of Portrait and swer the purpose of increasing the density
Landscape Negatives. of negatives, and, provided that great care
BY JOHN C BROWNE. is exercised to know when to stop, negatives
The habit among photographers of de- not worth saving are rendered capable of
pending upon intensification to force nega- giving fair prints. Foremost among the
tives up to what they may consider a proper number of strengthening solutions, I would
printing strength, is a very dangerous evil, suggest pyrogallic acid and silver as giving
well calculated to make them careless of the most reliable results. Permanganate of
their work and reputation. Prints from potassium, iodine, silver, and citric acid,
such negatives are generally masses of black also prove in experienced hands worthy of
and white, and may well be described as consideration.
monuments to intensification. The object of this article, however, is not
The writer had quite recently an oppor- to discuss at length the chemicals that can
tunity of examining a very large number be used for this purpose, but to seriously
of negatives from almost all parts of the caution photographers not to depend so
United States, and it would appear from much upon the habit of universally strength-
a careful study of their merits, that this ening negatives as is now the case. Let
injurious habit is an epidemic extending the aim of every operator be to get the right
over a large portion of the country. The amount of intensity with the iron developer
chemical sulphide of potassium was respon- alone, and, bj a rigid scrutiny of chemicals,
sible for a large share of the spoiled work, light, etc strive to make none but first-

but bichloride of mercurj- and its attendant class negatives, clean, forcible, and well-
ammonia were fairly represented. It will lighted, without the use of any intensifying
be a glorious day for photography, when agent whatever. Depend upon it, that the
its votaries will banish from their dark- less chemicals put upon the plate after the
rooms these chemicals. As things of the first development with iron, will be tho bet-
past they must now give place to a more ter for all concerned.
advanced knowledge upon the subject of
the chemistry of photography.
The intensifying of negatives is too often Keep the dust out of your camera; your
used to cover up such defects as dirty plates, lenses clean wipe the dark-slide out often;
;

under-exposure, over-worked chemicals, keep your ground-glass in place when not

etc., but almost always at the sacrifice of exposing, and your lens capped or covered.
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 73

THE SHAW AND WILCOX Knapp's Combined Camera- Adjuster

PATENT. and Copying-Stand.
The work is going bravely on in the suit The want of some means by which copy-
which the Shaw & Wilcox Co. have made ing can be readily done without much in-
against Mr. G. W. Lovejoy for using an old crease of apparatus has been nicely supplied
barrel in which to precipitate his wastes. by the contrivance which we are about to
Testimony is being taken of a most convinc- describe, and a cut of which we give below.
ing nature against the "^>a-tent," and the
result we think will be favorable to the pro-
fession.
No better evidence of the insignificant
value of the " Co.'s " contrivance and their
style of doing business can be given us, how-
ever, than the numerous letters and personal
accounts we have had and continue to have
from our subscribers who have been victim-
ized. But yesterday ve were told by a pho-
tographer that all the return the "Co."
made him from eight months' savings was
" one share of stock in the 'Co.' and three
dollars and a half." During that eight
months the photographer had purchased ajid
used eighteen pounds of nitrate of silver. A
most remunerative method of saving wastes
that, of the "Shaw & Wilcox Co." Cer-
tainly.
We have also seen some sharp correspon-
dence between Mr. Shaw and one of his fel-
low "stock" holders, and the following ex- Here we have a steady, strong, and admir-
tract from one of Mr. Shaw's letters gives able camera-stand to which an extension-
the doctrine of the " Co." What a "wide frame is added, with a plan board for hold-
mouth " they open forsooth Shall they be !
ing the object to be copied, all mounted on
blessed ? a case with closet and drawers for the safe
keeping of lenses, articles to be copied, etc.,
Bridgeport, Conn., Jan. 14th, 1870.
etc.
" What we claim in our patent
Every motion, every adjustment that one
is the saving and recovering of silver and
ever needs to suit the light to the object,
gold from waste solutions by means of pre- the lens to the object, and vice versa, is sup-
cipitating ingredients, without regard to
plied here by the mechanism of the appa-
what kind of a vessel it is saved in, or with- ratus, quickly. The nicest adjustments can
out regard to the substance used to precipi-
be made and the platform may be length-
tate with.
ened or shortened at will to secure the dis-
"All parties who recover their waste by
tance required. Those parts needed in copy-
precipitating it and all who
use our patent, ing only, may be quickly removed, when we
have not a license from us are now infring- have a complete camera-stand, suited to a
ing and will be proceeded against by us just large or small box.
as soon as we get a decision from the court
The whole arrangement is very complete
which will enable us to bring an injunction and useful, and a more detailed description
and shut up their galleries in case they refuse of it will be found given by the manufac-
to settle. . . . All who do not send us their turer in our advertising colums. We have
waste must pay us a royalty for the use of examined the apparatus thoroughly. It is
the patent." well and handsomely made, and will answer
*'
Just as soon !" Ed. all that is claimed for it.
74 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
A STRONG AND USEFUL TRIPOD. weight, which, when climbing mountains,
I find to be considerable before reaching
BY F. G. WELLER.
the top. Still, I think it no heavier than
D the one described in your journal, but be
that as may, when taking views in such
it
B«liB«(Jc
know we have always
places, photographers
e! more or less wind to contend with, and
generally of sufficient force to render a tri-

pod of ordinary strength too feeble to pre-

vent vibration.
I find the legs of mine not any too stiff,
although they are If inches in diameter in
the largest place, tapering both ways, and
made of cherry, with metallic points. The
more the legs are spread, the lower the cam-
era, and the firmer it stands.
Perhaps some one may have a better style
than either of these, if so, I would be glad
to hear of it through your journal.
There is a screw cup which tightens the
ball-joint. B, a spring plug which slides in
a groove, and prevents the camera from fall-

ing off whether secured by set screw or

not. C is a set screw to prevent the cam-
era turning after being placed in the proper
I noticed in a recent issue of this journal, position. D, the top of the tripod. E,
a description of a tripod which has the con- a section of both joints with the groove
venience of being made adjustable to uneven that the end of the catch B plays in. The
ground. metal parts are brass, except the bottom
Although it has advantages over the old part of the points, which are iron.
style tripod used by most photographers,
yet I think it inferior to the one I have
used for two years ; as my work is all out- THE "TONICA" SECRET.
doors and in all conceivable positions, from In our January issue we published the
the bed of the rivers to the top of the high- circular of a man named Syphers, emanating
est mountains in New England, I found a from Tonica, 111., in which he promised
tripod answering all the requirements, a much to all who would purchase his secret.
thing not easily found; one that worked One of our patrons has been victimized and
well in some situations and under some cir- sends us a " Tonica " picture and Syphers's
cumstances, was good for nothing at other letter of instructions how to make them,
times. After experimenting for some time, which the aforesaid victim gives to the
I settled upon one, the same, or nearly so, fraternity, hoping they will not allow them-
as is used by engineers to set their transit selves to bo so foolish as he was, even after
upon. It is composed of two joints, a ball, being cautioned by the Philadelphia Pho-
and socket; the ball-joint allows the cam- tographer. The process is as follows ;

era to be levelled in whatever position the Make a solution of bichloride of mercury

tripod may stand; the socket-joint (the in pure water in a collodion vial ; now
top part of whicli is secured to the camera), make an ambrotypo on a clean glass, and
permits the camera to be turned in any di- wash well now pour on
;
as much of tho
rection, and fastened by a catch and set bichloride solution as will lay on (he plate,
screw, also giving the means of readily tak- and hold it over tho fiamo of an alcohol
ing the camera from the stand for transpor- lamp, moving it meanwhile from side to
tation. The only objection I have, is the side. In a moment or so the picture will
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 75

be white. The plate should not be allowed not he had better get somebody that can do
to getdry on the top while the bleaching it for him, or else get out of the business.
process is going on. Finally wash the pic- Man} good r lights are spoiled by bad man-
ture well, dry, tint the cheeks, back it with agement. I "don't believe in these clap-trap
an iron ferrotype plate and case with mat blinds that many use, arranged like the
and preserve, and you have the picture. sides of a down east fisherman's smoke-
No varnish is used, and in tinting care house, to open and shut. They always ob-
should be taken not to scratch the picture struct more or less light, become elegant
with the brush. An oval form may be given receptacles of dust, and require a good deal
to the picture by fastening a piece of thin of tackle and machinery to operate them.
back-board in the camera-box just before Give me curtains that you can roll up at
the ground-glass ; in the centre of the board night and keep clean, or in dull weather
cut a hole and fasten an oval ferrotype mat when you want all the light you can get.
over and thus a clear outline is obtained.
it, But here comes a sitter, Focus, and we will
Mr. Sypbers states to our informant that try the practical application of what we
the "country operators bite " at his process have been talking about. Card vignette
"like hungry sharks." This is the whole that's a style of picture I like to make. The
thing. He charges from $4 to $25, "ac- face and head are what we want they are —
cording to the man," he says. really the person —
the rest is merely acces-
sory, and it is gratifying that a somewhat
cultivated taste has relieved us, in some
measure, from the disagreeable duty of ar-
UNDER THE SKYLIGHT. ranging in presentable shape, awkward, un-
BY ROLAND VANWEIKE. couth limbs and big boots. Take a seat
Well, Focus, I suppose it is understood here. This is about the position, Focus, for
that I am to explain matters to you as we most sittings of this style, just under, or a
go along to-day with a view to giving you very little back of the edge of the skylight,
some instruction. The morning is fine, i. e., the edge or side farthest from the
and we have the promise that "Sol" will camera. This admits the light well around
favor us with his most cheerful rays. The the sitter and gives roundness and relief to
first thing to be considered in working under the figure. If you place your subject too
the skylight is, what kind of a light have far back, the result is a flat picture with the
we? There is a variety of forms and styles, light all in front. Now this lady has a fine
and it is difficult, perhaps, to prescribe any head and regular features, about a three-
particular style as best. A
large light can quarter view will be most favorable. As
be worked more successfully than a small her shoulders slope well, we will have a front
one, for all kinds of work it is of great ad-
; view of the body and turn the head that's ;

vantage in dull weather, and can be arranged it. As the light is not very strong yet, we
with curtains to close as much as you wish only need to draw that curtain on the shadow
at any time. A side and top light com- side sufficiently to give roundness to the
bined is the most popular light, and is the face, and bring the curtains up part way on
style for general portrait photography. I the side-light now bring the background
;

believe Focus in using curtains on a sky- up pretty close, so that the shadow cheek
light; so arranged that you can drive the will be cut out sharp against it. That looks
light wherever you want it. Curtains of very well. You want to learn to see the light
white or blue may be used of different tex- and shade on the face, and when you have
ture, to soften or exclude the light as the done that, Focus, you will be capable of
case may require. Every photographer is seeing just how your subject will look in the
supposed to possess sufficient ingenuity or picture. The untutored eye does not see
constructive ability, to arrange those things lights and shades on a face any more than
so as to get his light where he wants it, and on that screen, hence there are many that
to be able to regulate it according to changes go it blind, sitting their subjects in a cer-
that may occur during the day. If he has tain place, getting a focus and making pic-
 ;

76 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.

tures. As a clock that does not go is right the sitter. This man with a bald head re-
twice in twenty-four hours, so there will quires quite a dark ground. I like bald
be certain conditions of the light during heads they are generally good subjects,
;

the day that may make good work ; it will with brains enough to keep them steady.
be right sometimes. But, Focus, the light (To be continued.)

isour servant, and will serve us well if we

study it closely and learn to make it do our
bidding. Now have the lady keep her head
quite firmly against the rest ; direct the eyes
THE ALKALINE BATH.
here, letting them wink naturally, and I have nothing new to offer, but desire to
think of anything else than the matter in strongly recommend some old processes that
hand, forgetting, if possible, that she is be- have not been mentioned since their publi-
fore the camera. Now, about thirty seconds cation, and some that were never practical
will be sufficient, .... that will do. with the old acid solutions.
All this must be done quietly. If your I will commence with the silver bath for
sitter iscommunicative it is well enough to negatives, as that was the subject lately dis-
converse and keep her attention as much cussed at the Boston Photographic Associa-
as possible away from what you are doing tion. The committee appointed to report at
but do not annoy her, or make yourself the next meeting of the Association reported
appear impertinent. "Work coolly with- a very good bath, and I can heartily indorse
out any bustle or appearance of nervous- its value.
ness have no loud calling to "Joe'' in the
; But must speedily come to the conclu-
I
dark-room, " Kate " in the waiting-room, or sion that they never worked an alkaline
''Bill" in the printing-room ;
nothing that —
bath the same one that you published in
will tend to excite the most delicate lady, or the summer. I claim that it works quicker,
make her feel otherwise than perfectly at i. e. it shortens the exposure of the negative
home, and that you understand your busi- —gives clearer shadows and a quicker print-
ness, and are master of the situation. ing negative than can be made with an acid
Our experience with this subject will bath.
serve us for all like sittings during the day, I made one solution on reading the for-
with variations according to circumstances. mula in the number of the journal that it
But all sitters are not like this one, and we was published in, and in two weeks com-
need a versatility of resources to deal with menced to work it. In two weeks more it
all successfully. This man now with thin became disordered and nothing would re-
features, we will give a three-quarter view store it to working order, although it worked
of the body, and turn his face well to the splendid for the first ten days. The next
front; or when the profile is good, with a one I made the same as the first, and let it
well-formed head, that view is perhaps de- stand in the sun two months. I then worked
sirable. This thin face will not bear quite it some four weeks, until it became charged

so much shadow. Give a little more light with alcohol, and then boiled it down to
on the shadow side, and draw that thin cur- drive the alcohol out, up to make it
filled it

tain directly above the sitter, so as not to
have so strong a top-light, and
tains well down on the side-light.
directions will also answer for this next sub-
ject, who has heavy projecting brows. Get
your direct light from as low an angle as
possible, use a good deal of diffused light,
and give a good full exposure. For gray,
or very liglit hair, we will carry the back-
ground farther hack, so as to make it darker.
Almost any desired shade of background
can be had by the distance you place it from
forty grains to the ounce; added one drachm
let the cur- of a saturated solution of permanganate of
These potash to make it alkaline, and sunned it a
week. It now works as well as a new bath,
and I have never seen any signs of fog.
Mr. G. Wharton Simpson gives us along
article in theNovember Photographer, and
a very interesting one on the use of a de-
veloper without acid.
Now, Mr. Simpson, I can insure you to
make clean negatives without acid, and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGrEAPHEE. 77

without your substitute of glue or glycerine would make a much more attractive picture
to keep it from fogging. if it could be copied in a variety of positions
I proceed as follows : on one card, that I would attempt it. I
BATH FOR NEGATIVES. took for the background a strip of dark
Nitrate of Silver, . . 4 ounces. brown cotton-velvet, arranging it so that
Pure Water, . . .2 ounces, the lower portion covered the top and hung

and dissolve. If the silver does not all dis- a few inches over the edge of a small stand.

solve, add a little more water. After it is

Placing the image on the centre of the stand.
I got the proper size and focus with the or-
all dissolved add of a saturated solution of
bicarbonate of soda 20 drops shake well dinary camera, and made a faint 'mark
;

and sun two months in a clear

set in the
around the base on the velvet, then moved
After sunning two months the image to the right and left of the first
glass bottle.
position, being careful that one position
add 48 ounces of water, and sun two or three
days longer; then filter, and it is ready to should not interfere with the other, and

produce clean negatives that will not re- marking around the base each time, that I
quire mountains of bichloride of mercury to might know just where to place it in the
build them up. If they are not as strong as subsequent operations. I then prepared
you like, a few drops of silver and iron are and exposed my plate, covered the camera,
all that is necessary to make a first-rate moved the image to the next position, and
negative without any acid in the developer. exposed, and again as before. On develop-

I use for developer the double salts of iron ing my plate, I found I had a remarkably
and ammonia and no acid. The above bath fine negative of one object in three posi-

also makes a very fine clean positive or tions. Almost any number of positions may

ferrotype, but not quite as good as an acid be obtained in this way, but the time of ex-
bath with nitrate of lead in the developer. posure must be lessened as the number of
To keep this bath in working order add positions increase, and each position should
of a 60-grain solution to keep up the strength
receive an equal exposure. Whether the

made the same as the bath. Add none that idea is new to every one I cannot say, but

has not been purified. One ounce of a solu- that it may be a useful one to many is evi-

tion of common silver will spoil a 40-ounce

dent. To such Those who photo-
I give it.

solution, and set it to fogging. No iodide of graph statuary for the stereoscope, would
any kind. do well to try it.
Chillicothe, 0.
When becomes charged with alcohol
it

boil it down to evaporate it, then add water

to make it 40 grains strong to the ounce,
and add two drachms of a saturated solution
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
of permanganate of potash to make it alka-
PHILADELPHIA.
line again, and set in tne sun for a week ;
The regular monthly meeting was held

try and keep it alkaline by using a neutral

on Monday evening, February 2d, 1870, the
collodion and well-washed glass, if you clean President, Mr. Graff", in the chair.

the glass with chromic acid I use none but ;

The minutes of last meeting were read
albumenized glass well washed. and approved.
P. Hawk. The committee appointed to procure a
Hamilton, 0. certificate for the prize awarded for the best
specimen of photography for the year 1869,
reported, and presented a very handsome
Method of Copying Statuary in Va- certificate, engrossed by Mr. Soule, which,
ried Positions on One Plate. after the signatures of the officers were ap-
BY GEORGE WILLIAM WHITE. pended, was presented to the recipient, Mr.
I can best explain my method by giving John Moran.
my first experience. I had occasion to Mr. Tilghman, Chairman, then reported
make some card copies of a small marble the proceedings of the committee appointed
statue of the Greek Slave, and thinking it to consider the propriety of a junction of
78 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOT OGEAPHEE.
the Philadelphia Photographic Society with On motion, Mr. Wallace, Corresponding
the Franklin Institute, and to become a Secretary, was empowered to receive from
section thereof. The report was able and members, prints, etc., to be sent in return
exhaustive. to the St. Louis Association, with our kind-
The Secretary then read a minority re- est greetings.
port upon the same subject. On motion, adjourned.
After much discussion, on motion of Mr. Ellekslie Wallace, Jr.,
Sergeant, was resolved that the junction
it Corresponding Sec'y and Secretary pro tern.

was inexpedient, and that the whole matter

be indefinitely postponed.
The committee on "The Lantern," then FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION OF
reported, and produced a Marcy lantern, PHILADELPHIA.
for which Mr. Tilghinan had kindly pre- The regular monthly meeting of the
sented the Society with an objective. Association was held at Mr. C. L. Love-
A vote of thanks was then offered to Mr. joy's gallery, Tuesday evening, February
Tilghnmn for his very acceptable donation. 1st, 1870.
Mr. Davids offered the following resolu- The President, Mr. A. K. P. Trask, in the
tion which was carried, nem. con. "It is chair.
understood that honorary and correspond- After roll call the minutes of last meeting
ing members of the Society are privileged to were read and adopted.
compete for any prizes which the Society Messrs. J. C. Harmon and G-. D. Wise
may offer for the best specimens of photog- were elected members of the Association.
raphy." A letter written to the President by Mr.
Mr. E. L. "Wilson then introduced to the J. W. F. Wild, of Demopolis, Alabama,
Society Dr.Edward Curtis, of the Army was read to the meeting. He wished to
Medical Museum, who exhibited and ex- know if he could become a member of our
plained some very interesting and instruc- Association; and requested that formulas
tive photographs of the recent eclipse of the for making ferrotypes be sent to him, etc.
sun (being the same which accompanied his It was resolved that the President should
official report to thegovernment), and, also, answer his letter and give the desired infor-
some illustrations of the phenomenon known mation.
as "diffraction." Dr. Curtis then explained The members now handed in their speci-
a very simple and ingenious method of as- men work, compliance with a resolution
in
certaining by the means of photography, passed at the last meeting. The President
whether diffraction actually occurs in pho- arranged all the pictures on a table, and
tographing the sun. each member present examined them ; there
Mr. E. L. Wilson exhibited two prints were exhibited about very
twenty-five
on glass, made by Mr. Carbutt, of Chicago, fine album-sized ferrotypes, mostly large
by the new Woodbury process. The nega- heads. The two ferrotypes selected as the
tives and gelatine reliefs were made in Eng- best, were made by Mr. D. Lothrop. The
land, but the prints were by Mr. Carbutt, subjects were a little girl and a young lady,
the first made in this country. They were taken large and made on the black glossy
very beautiful and elicited much praise. plates.
A few pictures were shown by the Marcy Mr. Lothrop acknowledged the compli-
lantern; it worked admirably, covering a ment paid to his work, and gave to the
disc of four feet diameter, to the satisfaction meeting his formulas, which are as follows :

of the members.
COLLODION.
The Secretary laid before the Society a
equal quantities.
Ether nnd Alcohol, .

roll of prints receivedfrom the St. Louis Ammonium, 5 grains.

Iodide of . .

Photographic Society, and a letter, couched Iodide of Cadmium, . . . ]£ "

in the kindest terms, offering to exchange Bromide of Cadmium, . . 1£ "
photographs and essays connected with our Anthony's negative gun cotton,
art. to the ounce, . . . 4J grains.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 79

NITRATE OF SILVER BATH. through the contracted sponge, he finds his

Strength, . 40 grains. plates spoiledby motes.
Some have advocated filtering through
DEVELOPER.
Water, ....
Protosulpbate of Iron, .
. 120 ounces.
8 "
paper, and I believe that there does exist
paper through which collodion may be fil-
tered it is, however, not at all easy to get,
;
Acetic Acid,
Alcohol,
Nitre,
....
....
. .

.
8
6
"
"
100 grains.
and I judge that, at best, the operation must
be exceedingly tedious.
Tt recently occurred to me to try filtering
VARNISH.
through strong but fine and close-woven

Alcohol,
Liq.
....
Bleached Shellac,

Ammonia,
.

.
11 ounces.
70 "
35 drops.
cotton stuff, such as that which is made for
the best quality of cotton shirting. I find
it answers so excellently that I now use it
Oil of Lavender, . 2^ drachms
habitually. The proceeding is as follows
Adjourned, to meet again Tuesday even- select a piece of cotton stuff that is very
ing, March 1st, Mr. C. M. Gilbert's
1870, at close- woven, smooth, and perfectly free
gallery, No. 202 South Second Street. from fuzziness of surface.- It is only the
very best sorts that possess the desirable
D. LOTHROP,
Secretary.
qualities. Throw it into boiling water and
let it lie for some hours to detach the starch
and dressing ; rinse it well out in cold

FILTERING COLLODION. water, wring, and dry it. A small circu-

lar piece about four inches in diameter will
BY M. CARET LEA.
make a good filter; as the collodion runs
The clearing of collodion by filtration is through pretty rapidly, it is useless to em-
a matter that does not always work very ploy a larger filter.

smoothly. Filtering through sponge, it is A still better filtration is got by combin-

true, answers tolerably well. But in the ing this with a sponge. A small piece of
apparatus made and sold for this purpose, very clean sponge is pushed into the neck
ifthe sponge be not very tightly rammed of the funnel. The effect is quite different
round the tube, the collodion finds some from where the sponge is used alone. The
channel for penetrating without filtering. muslin stops nearly all the fibres and in-
And, if the ramming
is thoroughly done, soluble material which would rapidly clog
the filtering very slow. But the worst
is up the sponge, so that the latter remains
is, that if the apparatus is put awajr for much freer. And thus the filtration through
some time (unless a quantity of collodion the sponge and muslin goes on more rapidly
be expressly left in the lower part), the than it would through the sponge alone.
sponge becomes a hard lump by the drying I now employ this mode of filtration ex-
up of the collodion with which it is satu- clusively, rejecting the regular collodion
rated, and this contracts it extremely. This filter which I formerly used. Although
contractile power of collodion is something the surface is exposed, the evaporation
very curious : we see its effects when a nega- amounts to very little, and may be further-
tive splits in drying, and I am informed more checked by laying a piece of glass or
that this means is now employed in medi- of card on top of the funnel to stop the cir-
cine where it is desiredapply a contrac- to culation of air. It is best to use a funnel a
tile force to the skin, as, for example, in
little larger than the muslin, so that the
some forms of erysipelas, the skin is painted card may rest upon the sides of the funnel
over with plain collodion, and the effect
and not touch the filter.
produced is simply mechanical. This con-
tractile acting upon the sponge is very apt I find this mode of operating especially
to spoil the filter, so that if the operator, convenient for the collodio-bromide and
unaware of the effect that has been pro- chloro-bromide processes. It is rapid and
duced, proceeds to filter his collodion efficient. When the sponge becomes choked
80 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
it is easy to replace it. I generally use a them, because we were disappointed when
fresh sponge with each collodio-bromide we first saw them. We shall soon make
filtration this is not at all necessary when
: them with our own hands, and then be able
filtering ordinary collodion. The quantity to give more information practically.

of insoluble matter in the collcdio-bromide They are made in this wise : A collodion
mixture tends up the sponge sooner.
to clog print is made upon glass according to in-
The sponge sold as surgeons' sponge is structions given by the Messrs. Lambert,
very suitable. Common Bahama sponge vignetted while printing, developed, fixed
(carriage sponge), is even better if it be without washing, dried, and then backed
soaked for two or three days in a good up with a piece of white or tinted draw-
quantity of dilute hydrochloric acid, and ing paper, peculiarly roughened, on which,
then be thoroughly well washed out. in bold hatching is the graduated vignet-
ting which breaks up the outline, and causes
the picture to merge into the background
apparently. In the centre of the crayoned
SARONY'S PHOTOGRAPHIC vignetting is head or figure.
a space for the
CRAYONS. Place the glass print on one of these sheets,
On pages 100, 165, and 243, of our last and a perfect metamorphosis is the result.
volume, our esteemed friend Mr. G. Whar- At once the impression of a costly worked-
ton Simpson described to us a novel and up picture is given, an impression very
beautiful new style of portraiture which had hard to overcome. The roughness of the
been introduced in England by Mr. Oliver drawing-paper imparts elegant softness to
Sarony, of Scarborough. Soon after, the the picture, and, as some one has said, very
process was offered for sale in our advertis- happily, " permitting the image to be super-
ing colums, but not being pushed much, posed on its own shadow, increasing depth

we suppose our readers lost faith in the and softening asperities."

matter, and like ourselves, forgot all about While we write, one of these charming
it. Now, however, as Mr. Sarony has pictures is before us. It was produced from
nephews and pupils,
sent his Messrs. T. H. a rather under-exposed carte negative of a
N. and N. A. P. Lambert, to this country, •two-year old child. The head is fully four
to personally introduce the new picture and inches, and could as easilj7 have been six.
teach the method of their production, it It was produced while the rain was falling

is, therefore, proper that we should inform in torrents, in less time than we have taken
our readers more fully on the subject. to write these words. It is backed by a

The pictures may be produced of any size, warm-tinted crayon sheet, and we believe
from a large or small negative ;
with only we could induce nine out of every ten pho-
the appurtenances of the smallest establish- tographic experts to believe that it is a
ment; in all kinds of weather; in a very finely worked-up crayon head.
few minutes very easily and at very little
;
Now the advantage of this style of picture
cost. Shadows may be reduced or strength- is, that old negatives may be utilized and
ened with the greatest ease. made to Mr. Sarony's
produce revenue.
The effect is worked crayon
that of a finely plan is from some of his best nega-
to print
photograph on tinted paper with the most tives at his own risk, and, in most cases, the
artistic hatching around, while in reality parties cannot resist buying them. Another
there is not a single touch of a pencil advantage is, good prices may be readily got
on the whole picture. They are, when for them, and the cost of their production
skilfully printed (and practice soon attains is but trifling.
that), from good negatives, perfectly lovely. The Messrs. Lambert, with their agent,
The Messrs. Lambert have produced them Mr. A. E. Alden (see advertisement), pro-
in our presence, and the ease and quickness pose to visit our principal cities and towns
with which they are made, makes their pro- in person for the sale of these sheets, and to
duction merely pleasurable pastime. Each all who buy a certain quantity they teach
new print increased our admiration for Mr. Sarony's method of making the prints.
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 81

Moreover they will not sell the sheets to would give a good surface to take the pen-
any but those who are taught by them, thus cil in retouching.
giving protection to all their patrons. And It was resolved that the competition at
permit us to suggest that, as here is proba- the next meeting be for plain cards, the
bly a chance for a lucrative business, let the person making the best to have all compet-
prices be well kept up, and make pictures ing prints, to be decided by the vote of the
good. Association.
They are very beautiful when well made, A discussion ensued on the subject of ni-
and to attract the public they must be well trate of silver, it being intimated that
made. some samples were adulterated. Messrs.
Low, Tupper, and Marshall were appointed
a committee to analyze different samples,
BOSTON PHOTOGRAPHIC and to report the result.
SOCIETY. Beautiful specimens from retouched nega-
The minutes of the January meeting of tives by Mr. J. P. Kyder, Cleveland, Ohio,
the Boston Photographic Society did not were exhibited, and also enamelled cards
reach us last month, but come now with from Mr. M. G-. Trask, Bangor, Maine
those of the February meeting. The sub- cartes from Prescott & White, Hartford,
ject for discussion was, Retouching the Nega- and photographs of animals from Schreiber
tive.
& Son, Philadelphia.
Mr. E. L. Allen read a paper thereon, The subject chosen for discussion at the
quoting from instructions that had been next meeting was, On Printing Photographic
published. He also exhibited a number of
Pictures, and, on motion, adjourned.
his own retouched negatives, which were
very fine. February Meeting.
Mr. Allen stated that he found it diffi-
Vice-President Burnham in the chair.
cult to obtain in Boston, what he called
Minutes of last meeting were approved.
good nitrate of silver. He now used Ma-
The annual fee of members was fixed at
gee's Philadelphia silver, which he found
$2.
much better. He then gave his formula
The Committee on Nitrate of Silver asked
for making collodion, viz.:
for further time.

FORMULA FOR COLLODION. The subject of discussion for the evening

No. 1.
was then taken up.
Mr. South worth stated that in 1854 he
Dissolve 400 grains of Nitrate of Silver in 16
printed photographs with thin substances,
ounces of Water in a quart-bottle. In
as mica, thin plate-glass, etc., between the
another bottle dissolve 320 grains of Iodide
of Ammonium in 1 pint of Water, and add
negative and the paper, for the purpose of
to the silver solution. Wash the precipi- getting soft prints. In 1855 Mr. Hawes
tate two or three times with Water, after in and himself exhibited such pictures at the
95 per cent. Alcohol. Shake well, settle, Exhibition of the Massachusetts Charitable
and pour off. Mechanic Association, and a description of
No. 2.
this process of printing was given to the
Dissolve 320 grains of Bromide of Ammonium in committee of that Association at that time.
16 ounces of 95 per cent. Alcohol. Dissolve Mr. Southworth's remarks were quite ex-
and add to bottle No. 1. Shake for half an tended and very instructive and interest-
hour. This is a saturated solution of Bro-
ing. He favors soft pictures,' without, as he
mo-iodide of Silver and Ammonium. To
calls it, an excess of sharpness.
excite, add 1 ounce of Bromo-iodide of Sil-
He was followed by Mr. Burnham, who
ver and Ammonium to 8 ounces of plain
favored sharp but soft pictures.
Collodion, and it is ready for use.
Mr. Allen prints altogether under ground-
The discussion was then continued, and glass. He finds it harder work to get the
Mr. Stevens said that he found rubbing a prints as they ought to be, than to make
little Indian red on the negative varnish the negatives.
82 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Communications were received from Boston Mr. C. F. Richardson, of Wake-
;

Messrs. Loomis, Meinerth, and Lovell. Mass., and Mr. Benjamin Jones, of
field,

Mr. Black asked for the best manner of Salem, Mass.

making good transparencies. A discussion Voted to adjourn.
ensued, in which Messrs. Black, Allen, and Feed. C. Low,
Tupper took part. Mr. Black said Mr. Secretary.
Tupper made the best transparencies he
had seen. Mr. Tupper said his method did
not differ from others. He used a little NEW YORK CORRESPONDENCE.
thinner collodion than for negatives, and The photographic section of the Ameri-
took much care as to the time of exposure can Institute met Feb. 1st, V. P. Bogardus
of the plate. in the chair.
A recess examine the pictures
was had to A large presentation of prints was made
brought in for competition, which was for by Messrs. Kurtz, Mason, Captain Russell,
the best plain card photograph without re- photographer of the U. P. R.R., Bierstadt,
touching on the negative. The contribu- and Bogardus.
tors were Messrs. George K, Warren, Cam- Captain Russell, at the request of the gen-
bridgeport; C. F. Richardson, Wakefield; tlemen present, "gave his experience." It
E. L. Allen, T. R. Burnhara, E. J. Foss, might well be called photographing under
E. F. Smith, Boston W. R. Hawkes, East
;
difficulties.

Boston and J. L. Lovell, Amherst, Mass.

; Owing to the generally alkaline nature
After the meeting was again called to of the water in large sections of our " big
order, Mr. A. Marshall was appointed a great West," he had been forced to carry
committee to ascertain who should have all good water a distance of seventy miles he ;

the specimens presented (that being the had often travelled fifty miles upon foot for
prize), none voting but the contributors, certain views was often absent four and
;

and each one to vote for some one other five weeks, and forced to subsist upon game.

than himself. Many of his situations and of his com-

After a few minutes, Mr. Marshall re- panions as well, were unpleasant and not
ported that Mr. E. L. Allen had the largest uncommonly ludicrous. Upon one occasion
number of votes, and was entitled to the in descending a mountain almost as steep

pictures. as the side of a house, the horse of one of

Mr. Black appealed to the members
behalf of a destitute photographer, who,
although not a member of our Society, yet
needed and should have our assistance.
On motion, voted that a committee of one
be appointed to take up a collection in be-
half of this destitute photographer.
The Vice-President appointed Mr. J. W.
Black that committee, who attended to the
duty assigned him, and soon reported a con-
tribution of $14.42.
Voted, that Mr. Black be a committee to
forward the contribution to our distressed
brother.
in the party, either from uncontrollable gravi-
tation or a desire to go faster, started, the
result being that he left his rider, but no
longer master, pendant in a tree, an aston-
ished and dissatisfied mass of helpless hu-
manity. Upon another occasion the Cap-
tainwas astride his mule descending some
upright mass or another of nature, when he
found himself moving faster than his faith-
ful servant; they both moved downwards
together, but the Captain beat the mule,
and declares that had it not been for the
ears of said mule he would have gone over-
board they proved his salvation and kept
;

On motion'of Mr. Marshall, it was voted him aboard. The Captain is not responsi-
that we have another competition for best ble for my words; I only report facts, not
card-photographs from retouched negatives exact language.
at our next meeting. This reminds me
mule Josh Bil-
of the
The following were elected as members lings tells about: how he
it is more
spells
of this Association: Messrs. R. B. Wilson, than I know, but he says: " The mule is a
A. F. Buzzell, and J. C. Richardson, of bird of larger growth than the turkey, he
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. S3

has two legs to walk with and two to kick the plate and to varnish afterwards, seems
with, and he wears his wings on the side of to offer advantage. It would certainly give
his head." This, I judge, to be the kind greater protection, and prevent moisture
of a mule Russell had. from insinuating itself at the edges between
The Captain exhibited his camera-box ;
the film and the glass. Time alone can set-
itwas of novel and ingenious construction, tle these points definitely.
but without drawings, I cannot explain it. I made lately a curious discovery in re-
Mr. H. T. Anthony volunteered to have a gard to this verj' subject One of my Aden
drawing made of it, so that by your next I negatives commenced show signs of
to
trust it will be in shape to publish. cracking all over the surface, so fine, how-
The by Mr. Edward
prints presented ever, that they did not interfere much. I
Bierstadt were made by Dewey, of Paris. tried to get rid of them by exposing the
The film of the positive was removed from plate to vapors of alcohol, but they remained
the plate and laid upon paper of some tint as before. Finally, I retouched the sky on
best suited to the subject. If of coins, upon the varnished side with India-ink contain-
a gold, silver, or copper paper ; if of bronzes, ing gum-arabic, and put the negative away.
upon a bronze paper if of a sunset, upon a
;
This was some months ago I looked at it ;

paper which will give the glow and warm again a few days ago, and found the plate
coloring desired. The effect was very fine covered with cracks, except the places
in some. where it had been retouched. This seems
Yours, &c, C. W. H. to prove to me that a covering over the var-
nish will prevent the splitting of the film.
The best expedient to get tolerably good
prints from cracked negatives, is rubbing
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. the plates with lampblack. It fills up all
Keeping Negatives — Retouching Negatives, the fissures, and makes them for the time
and the Berlin Process — Large Heads being disappear.
Card-size — Action of Lighting and Con- Next to the question of the preservation
trast — Keeping Silvered Albumen Paper. of the negative, the manipulations of the
A
lively discussion on the best mode of retouching process always claim our atten-
keeping the negative film from splitting, tion. This branch of the business becomes
took place at the last meeting of our So- from day to day more important, in the
ciety. same proportion as the passion for large
Much has been said as to the cause of this heads in card-size spreads amongst the gen-
annoyance, but it certainly is not exactly eral public. It is indeed a mania that gives
understood yet. The thoroughness of the a great deal of trouble to the photographer.
washing, and the quality of the water, ex- There are heads with all the modern acces-
ercise, undoubtedly, a great influence. sories, as chignons, curls, flowers, laces, and
The question, however, is, how can this all the the other fixings; they make beauti-
evil be prevented, and many have parties ful pictures, particularly when one knows
proposed to cover the negative with an am- how to sit, and is accustomed to being pho-
ber solution and to varnish afterwards. tographed. make splendid mod-
Actresses
This would have another advantage, it els ;
you can always make something out of
would protect the collodion films against them; their toilet is generally excellent,
the action of the varnish. The amber fur- and their skin has undergone such a
nishes an excellent surface for retouching, thorough "positive retouch," that the ar-
and the retouch would itself be protected tist has very little trouble. The case with
by the last varnishing. Until, however, ladies from private life is quite different.
the amber varnish has stood the test of time, They are often awkward in their movements
its claims to freedom from cracking must or even resist the arrangements of the artist,
remain conjecture. they object to being handled, and show a
Another proposition, i. e. to remove a quar- skin, which, in spite of all the artifices of
ter of an inch of the collodion film all around illumination, looks, in the negative, like a
 84 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
freshly ploughed field. Negative retouch- contrast which can improve or deteriorate
ing has to come here to the rescue,and this a picture.
becomes more difficult as the size of the A white surface will look much whiter
head increases. when placed alongside of a dark one. Mr.
Formerly photographers were generally Kurtz has given some excellent hints on
through their day's work with the setting this subject in the Mosaics. Allow me to
of the sun now you find them late at night
;
call your attention to another effect of con-
at the retouching desk, to retouch the nega- trast.

tives that have been taken during the day. A

very diminutive lady called on Mr.
In large establishments, when four images Priimm here. She complained that on all
are made on one plate, only one of the four the photographs which had been taken of
is retouched for want of time. her she looked so very small, and that pho-
Last fall I reported to you the plan of tographers were very unskilful people. Mr.
Grasshoff, to rub thk negative with cuttle- Priimm placed the little woman alongside a
fish, and produce a surface that will take toy table, threw the drapery over it, took a
lead-pencil marks. The process has proved plain background and made the picture, a
perfectly successful. On the ground surface, three-quarter length, from the knees up.
the lead-pencil marks are placed with the The effect was remarkable. Alongside the
same care as on paper. All the negatives small table the lady looked quite large.
taken by Loescher & Petsch are treated She was delighted with her likeness, and
in this manner, that is, not the whole nega- declared that Mr. Priimm was the first

tive but the face only, which is the only photographer in the world.
part that is subjected to retouching. Some Another was called upon by a
artist
varnish, however, when rubbed with cuttle- couple, the husband small, the wife very
fish, will become smooth instead of dull. large. The husband insisted on looking as
In such cases I take finely-powdered pum- large as his wife. What was to be done?
ice-stone. That gives the best surface, and The operator placed the husband on a foot-
a hard pencil answers very well. Grass- stool, took a three-quarter length picture,
hofFuses the so-called silver pencils (metallic and the little man was satisfied. Of course
lead mounted in wood), on account of their all the objects which can act as a guide to
cheapness and the points do not break. comparison must be left out of these pic-
I give this lengthy description that your tures, such as chairs, pillars, architectural
readers may know the nature of the real backgrounds, etc., etc.
" Berlin process." A piece of ground-glass In conclusion a few remarks on the per-
will not do. It is the careful selection and manent silvered paper that of late has been
treatment of the orginally artistic illumina- so much talked about. It consists simply
tion and careful retouching of the negative. of ordinary silvered albumen paper from
To learn the latter requires much patience, which the free nitrate of silver has been re-

and can only be acquired by long practice. moved by washing ;

this paper will keep for
In my last letter I called your attention weeks, while otherwise it will turn yellow
to the optical difficulties in talcing such pic- in three or four days.
tures, and showed what care is necessary in In our last meeting Grashoff demon-
the selection of the apparatus and how the pad on the
strated the effect of the pressure
proper distance has to be studied in order turning of the paper. A print which had
that a head does not appear too thin or too been backed by a pad made of newspaper
broad. Similar mistakes can be produced by turned yellow in two days, but the places
improper illumination. A strong front-light which had rested on the black letters re-
makes a head appear much broader than mained perfectly white, and the letters were
a side illumination. It is also a fact that the reproduced white or yellow on the albumen
exaggerated large hands, of which formerly print.
so many complaints were heard, are now, Now Grnshon" places a piece of oilcloth
where the hands are made dark instead of on the papor and the pad on top of this.
white, not so much noticed. Here it is the Beneath the oilcloth the paper remained
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 85

white for four days. Waxed paper does method of precipitating albumen in solu-
not answer as well ; it frequently contains tion. Nevertheless, both Mr. Chapman
small holes which will cause yellow spots and Mr. England did good service in re-
on the paper. «•
stating the fact, because, by doing so they
Tours, very truly, may have reminded some who had forgot-
Dr. H. Vogel. ten the remedy, and informed others to
whom it may never have occurred ; but
they give to it the weight which always
attaches to the indorsement of good practi-

NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE calmen. I should like to impress this fact
on all photographers, that they may often
STUDIO.
do good service by restating, with the com-
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
ment suggested by their own experience,
Nationality of Photographic Discovery — old processes or well-known methods, and
Boiling the Printing Bath — Combination- such restatements may often have all the
Negatives — Protecting Films from the sol- interest, and more than the value of novel-
vent action of Varnish — Side-light v. Front- ties. To return, however, to the "Old
light — Which is best. Photographer," I can scarcely help think-
A somewhat amusing challenge is made ing that Mr. Hull, who is, if I mistake not,
by " An Old Photographer " in the Photo- your esteemed New York correspondent,
graphic News to American photographers, must have been misunderstood by the re-
or rather, to a certain section of American porter referred to, as his remarks seem cer-
photographers. It arises out of a circum- tainly somewhat unfair. With a full ap-
stance reported as occurring at a recent preciation of the excellence of national
meeting of the Photographic Section of the and admitting that it is
spirit in citizens,
American Institute in New York. Mr. natural and not ungraceful to maintain the
Chapman is there reported as complain- claims of fatherland, I think science should
ing that Mr. William England had been be essentially cosmopolitan. It belongs to
accredited with the idea of boiling the the world, and, although it is possible to
printing bath, as a means of purifying it, assign great discoveries to the countries in
whilst, in truth, he stated he had himself which they originated, it is difficult to in-
introduced that method of clearing the dicate all the minor contributions from
bath in 1865 whereupon, the report in
; whence it may be each great discovery took
your contemporary states, Mr. Hull re- its rise. Our " Old Photographer," refer-
marked that the "old world usually ring to Mr. Hull's remark, says:
claimed, as their own, whatever happened " If Mr. Hull be correctly reported, he
to be first produced in the new." This re- is surely, as a photographer, a little oblivi-
mark has aroused the ire of my correspond- ous or ungrateful. America has con-
ent, the " Old Photographer." Before re- tributed a respectable quota to the progress
ferring to his challenge, allow me one word of the photographic art, but I have yet to
in relation to the method of rectifying the learn that the old world has laid profane
bath in question. I can assure Mr. Chap- hands on any of the laurels of the new in
man that itvery much older than 1865.
is this art. Was photography on silver-plate,
It is mentioned in the Photographic News glass, or paper discovered in the new world ?
as a known method eleven years ago, and, Was the collodion process discovered there ?
unless my memory misleads me, it has been Was the carbon process discovered there ?
familiar to me a still longer time. It is, Was the Woodbury process discovered
most obvious methods of
in fact, one of the there? Was the Alberttype process dis-
purifying a bath which has become con- covered there ? In short, to be an invent-
taminated by contact with albumenized ive and ingenious nation, does it not seem a
paper, inasmuch as not only is heat well- fact, that whatever of executive skill and
known as efficient in reducing organic salts enterprise they have shown, they have not
of silver, but boiling is the recognized contributed their fair quota to the discov-
86 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
eries of the photographic art ? Nor have landscape upon which they have to be super-
they introduced novelties or improvements imposed. It is manifest, in fact, that they
which have taken their place in the univer- must be sufficiently light to obliterate the
sal practice of the art. With all friendly impression of the landscape upon which they
feeling, and without a desire to introduce have to be impressed. If they have any
any bitterness into the matter, I should shadow or transparent part in the negative,
like to ask those American photographers the detail of the landscape negative would
who charge the Old World with a "habit show through the shadow, and the birds
of appropriation " in regard to American would look like airy phantoms rather than
photographic ideas, to point out one im- solid bodies. This was, indeed, shown in one
portant photographic discovery, which has of Mr. Dunmore's examples, in which some
come into practice, which does not belong trellis- work was seen distinctly through

to the Old World, and also to point to one the body of a bird. To give value, then, to
important American modification or im- this process, two precautions would be nec-
provement, the origin of which has not essary : the birds or other objects should be
been duly acknowledged." sufficiently light and opaque to obliterate
Possibly, it may be an interesting under- all indication of objects underneath, and, if
taking for some of your veterans to give a possible, the landscape should be so chosen
brief history of American photographic dis- as to present sufficientdark space without
covery, and meeting the challenge in the strongly marked detail -to permit other
spirit of cordiality and good humor, in images to be impressed perfectly and solidly.
which I am sure it is made. A more efficient method than that was
Combination Negatives. — By combination recently suggested to me by a correspon-
negatives I mean several negatives com- dent. It is briefly as follows : first, a nega-
bined so as to form one, and produce at tive of the birds, etc., is obtained, either
one printing, a similar result to that usually from life or drawing, on a plate of size re-
obtained by combination printing. A dis- quired, with a perfectly transparent instead
cussion, evoked by the issue of Mr. Robin- of opaque background in the negative. In
son's large instantaneous sea view, with a obtaining this negative, care is to be taken
flock of sea gulls on the wing, has called to make the background quite clear and
forth many ingenious suggestions as to the transparent, and the figures quite opaque,
mode of securing similar effects, where the by intensifying or afterwards painting on
multitude and minuteness of the objects, as them. This plate is to be used as a mask.
in a flight of birds, would render double Then the sensitive plate, of precisely the

printing difficult or impossible.A paper was same size, is exposed to the same figures
read at the last meeting of the Photographic with the same lens at the same distance, so
Society by Mr. Dunraore, in which he de- as to get fac simile images on the plate.

scribed two methods by which he had been Now place the first obtained mask negative
enabled to produce effects somewhat similar in front of the sensitive plate, and expose
to those in Mr. Robinson's pictures, a flight for the landscape. The opaque images in
of pigeons taking the place of a flock of the mask negative will protect the sensitive

gulls. In both his methods a transparent plate in the portions which have already
positive, obtained cither from painted or been exposed to the birds or other objects,
real birds, is employed the sensitive plate,
;
and the whole being developed, a combined
which has been exposed to the landscape, is negative be obtained without any
will
again exposed under the transparent posi- phantom-like forms on the one, or any
tive of the birds, so as to receive a negative special arrangement of the subject to avoid

image, which isdeveloped at the same time such a result.

as the landscape. There is only one draw- Other methods will occur to the ingenious
back to tliis ingenious plan, and that Mr. photographer, and the following may be
Dunmore indicates in his remark to the worth trying: let the photographer select
effect that theobjectsto be introduced must from his stock of landscape negatives such
be of a lighter tint than the portion of the as present dark spaces suitable for the in-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 87

traduction of figures, either men, women, with a front-light it is customary to so ar-

birds, dogs, or cattle.Produce a transpar- range the blinds that the principal light
ency, like that used by Mr. Dunmore, of reaching the sitter has really the character
the figure, photographed either from life or of a high side-light. In a paper recently
from a drawing, the former being in- read before one of our provincial societies,
finitely preferable. Coat the landscape Mr. Ennel assumed the heterodox position
negative with dilute albumen, and, when of recommending a front-light as the prin-
dry, coat again with collodio-chloride of cipal or dominant and I note that
light,
silver, and expose under the transparency your intelligent contributor Mr. D. Dun-
so as to bring the figure or figures in the can calls attention to the form of studio de-
right spot. After exposure, fix and wash, scribed as well worthy of consideration.
and a combined negative, with the requisite I cannot but think that he has done this,
additions, has been obtained, ready for without fully realizing the mischievous ef-
printing. fect of a prevalent front-light, and as I have
Whether Mr. Kobinson employed any of known cases in which the inexperienced
these methods or anything similar, he de- have been put to much useless trouble and
clines at present to state. expense, by following foolish advice, and
building studios with front-light, I always
Protecting films from the solvent action of
feel concerned to correct this error when
Varnishes. — Most photographers are famil-
I find it repeated. I have recently heard
iar with the fact that the collodion film,
of more than one studio which had to be
either from the use of cotton soluble in al-
pulled down and rebuilt, solely on account
cohol, or from the collodion being very ripe,
of the error.
will dissolve under the action of a strong
In a certain sense, of course, all the light
spirit varnish. As a remedy for this, Mr.
used in portraiture is front-light, inasmuch
England has recently suggested giving the
as itis in advance of the sitter; but the light
film a preliminary coating of a very dilute
which is at the side of the sitter, as well as
amber varnish, in which the solvent being
in advance of him, is spoken of as side-light,
chloroform, no action on the film would
because it derives its essential value from
take place. Upon this thin film of amber
being at the side, crossing over the face in-
he then proceeds apply the usual hard
to
stead of striking it full in front, lighting
spirit varnish. A simpler remedy than up the salient features, which acquire relief
this, however, will be found to answer per-
and vigor by being defined against those
fectly: it has been employed for years by
parts which, escaping the touch of the domi-
Mr. Blanchard, either when he had reason
nant light, are left more or less in shadow.
to fear that the film would dissolve under
The direct front-light, on the contrary, falls
the action of the varnish, or that it would
on every part of the face with equal force,
split in drying. He has, after fixing and
and the only indication of form, gradation,
washing the negative, just flooded the film
and modelling, are obtained by the slight
with stale beer. The small amount of
recession from the light of the retiring
gluten contained in the beer permeates the
parts of the face, and the inevitable ten-
film, prevents it from splitting in drying
dency is to flatness in the delineation. By
and effectually protects it from any solvent
throwing a flood of light on a globe directly
action of the varnish.
in front, it may be made to look like a disc
Side-Light v. Front-Light. —The experi- and direct front-light has tendency to flat-
ence of practical photographers is, as a rule, ten into a disc-like effect many faces in por-
the best guide to an effective lighting of traiture. And, in proportion, as the front-
the and discussions on the subject,
sitter, light is the dominant light, the tendency
although always interesting, are rarely in- will be in the direction of the flatness.
structive, inasmuch as it is very difficult to Certain it is, that the common experience
deal with the question in the abstract. As of the best photographers, has determined
a rule, a predominant side-light prevails in that a high side-light, at a variable position
all the best studios, and even in those built in advance of the sitter, is the easiest to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
manage, and gives the most satisfactory re- but must not be equal to the light upon the
sults. It may be of a little interest to some nearest eye. . . .

readers to know that excellent authorities, " If a head be seen in front, the same as-

in relation to pictorial art, have determined similation to the effect of a globe should be
that such a mode of lighting is most effective preserved ; the principal light being on one
and pleasing, and have directed its use long side of the forehead, cheek, and nose, and
before photography, as an art, was in exist- graduating from thence diagonally to the
ence. Frank Howard, son of an eminent other cheek and chin. The treatment of
Royal Academician, in his clever "Whole the various parts will be nearly the same as
Art of Picture Making," says : the view just described, the difference being
" The light should never be directly in principally in the outlines of the several
front of the picture, or object chosen for the forms.
picture, that iscoming in over the
to say, " A profile will bemade most intelligible
head of the spectator from behind him. If by introducing the light rather behind the
the subject be a flat object, such as the side head, so as to throw the receding boundaries
of a tower, it will present a mass of equal of the front of the forehead, eyes, cheek,
light, or a spot. If the object approach the nose, and chin into a half-tint. The prin-
circular form, or a round tower or tree, the cipal lights will be on the upper parts of the
light will graduate equally from the centre temples, the cheek-bone, and the ear; and
to the two equally dark sides. The outline . the principal shadows under the hair, upon
of the two sides of the tower, and through- the cheek and temples, and under the eye-
out of the tree, will be of uniform degrees brow, close to the nose. The whole of the
of dark, and all pictorial effect in danger of front of the iris of the eye will be light,
being lost." except close under the eyelashes. The
The same author, in a chapter on the pupil of the eye will be scarcely visible,
treatment of heads, in another work on but the eyeball will appear darkest where
" Imitative Art, or the Means of Kepresent- the pupil is known to be."
ing the Pictorial Appearances of Objects," London, February 10th, 1870.
says :

" If a head is to be represented, it should

be treated in a similar manner to be a globe, The new Atelier of Loescher &
and should receive the light on that side Petsch, in Berlin.
which will afford the greatest breadth. The knowledge of several deficiencies in
"On what is technically termed a three- the construction of the studio of Messrs.
quarter view of the head, the brightest light Loescher & Petsch, which in the course
will be upon the forehead, cheek-bone, and of time,became more and more annoying,
nose, from whence it should graduate to the and gave rise to an unpleasant feeling of
retiring side and the chin. The brow will being dependent on the peculiarities of the
receive light in proportion to its prominence, atelier, induced these gentlemen to embody
and under it will be perceived a shadow their experience in a new building, which
strongest between the eye and the nose. should be, as near as possible, perfection.
The light will again glance upon the cheek- The principal ideas which guided them
bone, graduating up to the hollow under in the execution of this work were, that the
the eye, and down to form the oval of the photographer, by the nature of his art, is
cheek. A light will run down the lino of compelled to make the most of the few
the nose, glance upon the point of the upper moments of exposure, to take into account
and the fulness of the under lip, and faintly every, even the smallest advantage in re-
touch the prominent part of the chin. . . . gard to illumination, the management of
" The retiring side of the head graduates the decorative or technical accessories and
into shadow, slightly relieved by half-lights utensils, and, finally, to avoid everything
upon the eye, the brightness of which will which can give trouble or become a hin-
depend, as in the other, upon the promi- drance. Tins is the only way to enable
nence of the eye, or the heaviness of the lip him to devote his whole and undivided at-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 89

tention to the person whose picture he is to studio for coloring ; P vestibule ; B bal-
take,and to the arrangement and the har- cony ; DK dark-room NB room ; for nega-
monizing of the principal effects. Another underneath which are the
tive retouching,
important point is the location of the studio. wash-room and copying-room T staircase ;

It should he located on the ground-floor; leading to the copying-room.

for, besides this being the most convenient The main glass-room faces nearly due
for the public, such a location admits also the north, and is protected by the two-story
total exclusion of direct sunlight, by plac- house from the direct rays of the sun. The
ing it to the north of a tall building. At- copying-room, the main side of which also
tention should also be paid to a proper ar- points north, is likewise protected against di-
rangement of the different work-rooms, rect sunlight.
partly to save time, partly to enable the We will now proceed to the details of the
head of the establishment to have every de- building. The studio proper is of the follow-
partment constantly under his eye. These ing dimensions: 35 by 17 feet floor, and
were the general principles which Messrs. height from 10 to 14 feet. The inclination of
Loescher & Petsch tried to embody in their the roof is 4 feet in 17, and is sufficient*to re-
new establishment. How difficult it is to move the accumulated dirt whenever a rain-
find a localitywhere all these advantages fall occurs. The moisture on the inside,
are combined, anybody who is acquainted caused by condensed vapor, runs off through
with Berlin will know. a small slit between the roof and the sides.
The building is located in the garden of In this way the gutters, which are gener-
the house, LeipzigerStrasseNo. 132, opposite ally placed below the supports, could be dis-
the porcelain factory. No trees or shrub- pensed with. At the junction of the two
bery can have an injurious effect on the glass surfaces is a slight iron rod to carry
light, as for a distance of one hundred and the rollers for the illuminating apparatus,
fifty feet the space is perfectly clear. which absorb very little light. The north-
The annexed ground-plan will explain ern side and about three-fourths of the
how the different rooms are connected to- roof are glazed. The plates of glass are 24
gether. The advantages of this arrange- inches square, and only 16 bars were nec-
ment are, principally, that the photogra- essary as supports. The central ones are
pher is enabled, at any leisure moment, to fth in. by 3 inches the side ones are an
;

communicate with the counting-room, the inch thinner. In this way a broad mass of
mounting-room, the retouching-room, or light from the north became available,
the copying establishment. He can con- which, in some particular instances only,
stantly overlook and superintend the work- had to be modified. It became necessary
ing of all the different departments. to inventan arrangement which would ex-
clude every particle of side-light, and re-
duce the source of light to one opening
only. Ease in the management and cer-
tainty in the effect were necessary, dura-
and a pleasing appearance desirable.
bility
These considerations induced Mr. Petsch
to substitute, for the old-fashioned curtains
of doubled muslin, frames covered with
some opaque material, which were easily
movable and avoided all the shortcomings
of the former arrangement. The old ar-
rangement with curtains never excluded
the light absolutely, while, at the same
time, they would, in course of time, hang
Ground Plan of the Building. down loosely, leaving openings between the
A studio; C counting-house; WZ wait- different strips, the light from which would
ing-room ; B mounting-room PB ; artist's be annoying to the sitter and interfere with
 — ;

90 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

a proper illumination, not to speak of the sick ; then, instead of a little rest or healthy
dust and unsightly appearance. renovation, he commences to dose it, and
With the frame arrangement the sup- the more he doses the worse it gets, till
ports for the glass became available as car- finally he gets disgusted, turns it out, makes
riers for the frames, doing away with all up a new one, and goes through the same
the rods, wires, rings, and cords of the routine again. Let us have the mode of
old establishment. The frames are made management. Photo.
of light iron bands, covered with linen,
which is made water and light-tight by a
Dear Sir At your request I have given
:

Mr. O'Neil's process a just and fair trial.

coating of glue, chalk, and oil paint.
(To be continued.)
To do so, I got the purest and best materials,
and adhered strictly to the directions. I
find that steeping the cotton in dilute am-
VOICES FROM THE CRAFT. monia water does confer very marked
Mysteries of the Dark-Chambers. — increased sensitiveness to collodion, over

Mr. Editor: The formulae under the above collodion made from cotton not so treated,

head in your February journal, will no
doubt be instructive to many, and many may
go to work with renewed zeal to practise
them but they are so near the same thing as
;
but not to the extent of one-half as claimed.
The negatives from this collodion and bath
are so excellent, that I shall set aside my
mode, and permanently adopt Mr. O'Neil's

(this decision calls for no little sacrifice of

we are all using, that they will be of little as-

sistance to those in the fog.Good formulae self-opinion). The silver solution for paper

and good chemicals can be readily com- gave me better results than is claimed for

manded by every photographer, but the it in the process. Negatives that heretofore
question is how to use them. Now it seems gave harsh contrasts in printing, gave fine
details by the use of this silver solution.
to me if the eminent operators who have
given their formulae and say they " have no The toning is simple, but any desired tone
secrets," would answer the following ques- can be obtained by it, with very little con-
tions, many a poor fellow might get at the sumption of chloride of gold. To photog-
cause of much of his trouble. raphers: Prepare your glass as described by

What your method of treating the

is
W. J. Baker [Photographic Mosaics, p. 18),
negative bath ? How long do you use it, and
and then adhere to Mr. O'Neil's process all
through, get pure materials, be sure of that
what are the signs of its failing? Do you
precipitate and filter out the excess of
use distilled water. Do not attempt to com-
bine your process with Mr. O'Neil's. If you
iodide? Do you boil, and how much ? Do
do, do not wonder that it will not work. By
you ever fuse, or remake in any way ? Do
this process you have all that is needed to
you sun your bath, and do you consider it
produce the very best of results. Many a
necessary to have a double solution ? How
time to my knowledge has Mr. O'Neil re-
do you neutralize ? How often is it neces-
sary to make a new bath ? What is your ceived $50 for his mode of working, and

method of keeping up the strength ? were any of you to go to him to-day, he

I believe there are more failures from
would give no more for that sum than is
want of proper management of the negative given you in his process by the editor of this

bath, than any other cause connected with

journal for your subscription.

the dark-room. Use good materials for William Bell.

Philadelphia, February 11th, 1870.
collodion, pure silver and pure water for
bath, the best of iron for developer, and see Mr. O'Neil requested that we ask some
that everything is kept in good working of our practical men here to test his pro-
order, and almost any formula will make cesses before publishing them. We there-
good work. But if a photographer works fore asked Mr. Bell them, and tho
to test
his hath day after day, and goes home each above is his answer. Mr. Pennemoro also
night leaving it to take care of itself, he tried tho steeping of the cotton in ammo-
will soon come some morning and find it nia, and likes it very much. Ed. P.P.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 91

NEW PHOTOGRAPHIC PATENTS. thereof. A flock of birds maj r

also be in-
troduced from a separate negative, whose
Several new patents have been issued
entire under surface except the figures is
which are before
lately, the specifications of
stopped out.
us. The American genius seems to run
When printing gradated skies in diffused
very much in the mechanics of photography,
light, a curved or bent shade is used and
while our brethren on the other side of the
fixed so the strongest light will fall on the
Atlantic pay more attention to the means by
parts of the picture to be printed deepest.
which improved processes may be secured.
Artificial light may be used in printing the
Mr. J. Glessner, Cincinnati, Ohio, has skies. The examples furnished the Patent
patented a means of producing artificial Office are very effective. The great art will
clouds, &c, in landscape negatives. The be in producing the "sky plates." A care-
negative is made in the usual way, and with
ful printer can do the best.
opaque color the sky is painted out. A Mr. J. S. Eeid, Orange, Indiana, has pat-
" sky plate " is then formed by painting
ented a " stand for exhibiting photographs,"
upon a piece of glass with opaque color made to revolve, for the parlor table, in place
the light portions of the clouds or other
of an album. It has no particular novelty
light objects to be introduced into the sky,
about worth describing. We have only
it
and also those parts corresponding to tall
seen the drawings and description.
trees and other objects that extend up into Several other photographic patents have
the sky above the horizon are painted out
been granted, viz. To J. & C. Paxson, New
:

in the "sky plate," the object being to ex-

York City, for improvement in solar came-
clude the light at those parts in order to ras, by which they make 1st, a single holder
preserve the lights of the object printed by suit all sized negatives by means of springs
the regular negative. In printing, the and clamps; 2d, the employment of a bel-
negative is printed first, of course. When lows in the vignetting device, whereby the
a cloudless sky is desired a plain glass is
vignetting lens may be quickly adjusted
used, and the part printed from the negative
altitudinally to enlarge or diminish the size
covered with cloth; a "shiftable" shade is of the picture; 3d, the arrangement of ver-
used, by which the printer can shade one
tical screw rods with the printing-board, for
portion of the sky plate while the other is
elevating and depressing the same; 4th, the
printing, and by moving it according to
large part of the camera-box is made of
circumstances he thus secures a gradation
canvas stretched over a light framework
of tint in the sky. This shade is so held as
and properly painted, thus making the body
to expose the upper sky, and is then moved
of the camera lighter, and so the heat can-
slowly down and up during printing, so as
not split it.
to allow the light to act the longest on the Mr. H. M. Hedden, Worcester, Mass., has
upper portion of the sky, and to give an secured a patent for a japanned photo-paper
evenly blended tint which becomes brighter to be used in place of the iron ferrotype
towards the horizon. This may be repeated plate, patent leather, etc., and so as to save
where necessary. transferring the film from the iron plate.
When clouds are to be introduced, then The paper japanned on both sides alike,
is

the " sky plate" described above is used in- so as to prevent the solutionsfrom affecting
stead of the plain glass, and the sky is blend- it; and the middle is composed of a fibrous
ed with the shade as above. To make the material, which permits the sides to be sepa-
clouds more effective, a perforated shade is rated easily. The picture is then made on
held so as to allow a pencil of sunlight —
one side the paper being treated same as
through the perforation to fall on such parts —
an iron plate separated and mounted on a
of the clouds or sky as need to be printed card mount in the usual way.
deeper to harmonize with the subject. ' Mr. J. H. Stoddard, Ansonia, Conn., has
Sharply defined objects, such as a streak of patented a device by which the insertion of
lightning, are printed on the under side of the plate-holder displaces the ground-glass,
the negative, and clouds on the upper side and again when the holder is removed, the
92 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
other springs back in place, thus keeping always clean. E is a rest for the arm, and
the camera always closed, and the ground- slides up and down. F isan adjustable sup-
glass always in place. It seems a very use- port for the negative. In use, the frame is
ful invention.

OUR PICTURE.
Our picture or pictures, this month, are
intended to give our readers a practical il-

lustration of the advantages to be derived

from retouching the negative. It will be
observed that in one the features are coarse,
all the rugosities of the face showing, while
in the other the skin is smooth and even,
yet natural, true, and manly. This great
contrast is obtained by working upon the
negative film with the lead-pencil or brush.
The method has long been practised abroad, set on a table at a north window if possible.
and recently has been adopted here by some The sun should never shine on it. Faber's
of our most eminent artists. pencils P, PB, and B, brands are best. We
That it is advantageous no one will dis- shall give further instructions as we get
pute. How to do it is the next thing. We them, and meanwhile refer to Mr. Ayres's
have frequently given instructions in our work and our former papers on the subject.
pages on the subject, and Mr Kurtz, who We hope those of our readers who are prac-
has practised the method for a year or more, tised will give the benefit of what they
has given very elaborate instructions in know.
Mr. Ayres's second edition of "How to The negatives for the pictures were made
Paint Photographs." and retouched by Mr. J. P. Ryder, Cleve-
The following requirements must be met land, Ohio. Mr. Byder obtained an artist
to enable you to prosecute it successfully. from Germany some time ago to do this
1. You should know what your
at a glance class of work, and finds it a profitable in-
negative needs to improve it,
i. e., you vestment. The negatives have been much
must know where to touch and what the printed from, and yet show no signs of
effect will be in the print. 2. You should wear. They are very perfect as negatives,
be quick to appreciate what is natural and and we have received the following notes
what unnatural, so as to work with care. 3. concerning them from Mr. Ryder.
You should have a good retouching frame. " I use for
Below is a cut of one which we partly con- COLLODION".
and which we like. It hardly needs
Alcohol, . 32 fl. oz.— 1 qt.
trived,
Ether, . 22 " —lib.
an explanation. It is so made as to fold up . . .

Iodide of Ammonium, 270 grains.

compactly, but in the cut is represented as
Bromide of Cadmium, 108
placed for use. A is a ground-glass on
Cotton (mixture of An-
which the negative is placed. C is a sil-
thony's and Pary's), 270
vered mirror working on pivots, so as to
enable one to change its position and reflect SILVER BATHS.
the light wherever wanted. This latter is From 40 to 45 grains strong, slightly aoid.
a great advantage, for the light can be in-
tensified on* any part of the negative that
DEVELOPER.
you are working on at the time. B is a Common Proto-Sulphate of iron

shield for the eyes. D is the frame or to 1 pint of water, . . .1 ounce

stand bearing the whole. When not in use

Acetic Acid, No. 8, . . .2 ounoes.

tin- supporting rods are folded in, and the The instruments used, were Voigtlander
whole shuts up compactly, which keeps it & Sons J size twin tubes, size of stops ljth
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 93

inch, time of exposure 30 seconds, on a on the cork, then insert the cork with a new
cloudy day. piece of paper, say 5 or inches square, into
My light is 10 feet wide and 15 feet long, the bottle, double up the corners into a
the lower end of sash 6J feet from floor, twist, and you have a handle to pull the cork
and stands at an angle of 45 degrees. by, which can be renewed as often as neces-
I use neither blue frosting or ground- sary.
glass —simply plain glass. Neither do I I notice in the last journal a plan of keep-
use screens inside. My background is a ing prepared paper, by washing out the free
painted one, and stood about three feet be- nitrate and fuming when it is required for
hind the subject. use. It strikes me that the same idea ought
My retouching artist does not employ to be applied to dry plates with success.
any of the various means suggested for a Wash and dry without preservative fume ;

biting surface. The negative is varnished before or during exposure soak thoroughly
;

with any good sample of varnish, and he and develop with retarded iron developer.
works upon the smooth surface, with a hard Has any one tried it ?

lead-pencil, and with Prussian blue, moist Robert Shriver.

Cumberland, Md.
color."
The prints were made by Mr. William In one of the numbers of this journal in
H. Ehoads, Philadelphia, on Trapp & 1866 it was proposed to use wooden dippers.

Munch's German albumen paper. Mr. I immediately fashioned one to my own

Ehoads's formula for working this paper was taste,made it very hot in an oven, and gave
given in our last issue. Mr. Rhoads seems it a good bath of hot beeswax. The two
to have exceeded himself in these prints, I am using now have stood in the solution
and we hope our readers will derive much day and night for two years, and do not
practical advantage from our illustration. harm the silver bath the least.
The gentleman who kindly sat for the The winter of 1867-68 I had cyanide sores
negatives is well known in photography, on my hands for several weeks. My family
as many will find when they go to Cleve- physician failed to heal them. on I then,
land next June. going wrapped my hands in muslin
to bed,
wet in rain-water, and kept them wet all
night from a dish by my bed. After three
WRINKLES AND DODGES. nights' treatment in this way they were well.
Fora light screen in my dark-room, W. P. Bennet.
I have used successfully yellow paper Marietta, 0.

pinned together in the form of a cylinder,

About seven months since I put a lead
about 10 inches long, and 4 or 5 wide. A
faucet in my water tank, and since that
piece of steel out of a hoop-skirt, pinned
time I have been troubled with spots on the
into the top and bottom by a sort of "hem,"
pictures or ferrotypes. They appeared white,
gives necessary stiffness, and it can readily
and in my negatives they were very trouble-
be set over a candle or removed. some. When I made the prints I had nu-
To enable me to wash my labelled bottles, merous spots to touch out ; but last week I
I varnish the labels with shellac. They do observed the faucet was wearing, and I con-
not stain from the solutions, and are water-
cluded at once that it was the cause of all
proof. I informed Mr. Hull of this one
my So the next picture I devel-
trouble.
day, and found he had done the same seve-
oped I took a tumbler of water and flowed
ral years before.
over the plate before letting the water on
Perhaps you have used wide-mouthed bot-
out of the tank that had the lead faucet,
tles with very shallow corks in them, and and I had no spots. My trouble was at
broken the edges of the cork in its frequent an end then, as I had the lead faucet taken
removal you couldn't dig it out with your
;
out immediately and an iron one placed
finger-nails and your penknife was not in instead. I have had no trouble since.
your pocket to help you. To remedy all
G. W. Sittler.
that, remove the paper, which always comes Shelbyville, III.
 — —

94 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGrEAPHEE.

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. gallic acid, to which add 6 grams of silver
nitrate and 6 grams of citric acid in 100
Licht (light) is the title of the journal
parts of water.
of the Photographic Society of Berlin, ed-
ited by L. G. Kleffel, Esq. Among the members of the Photographic
Society of Berlin, we notice Miss Paul, pho-
The " Industrie Blatter " is the title of a
tographic atelier, in Stella, PrussiaMrs. ;

new German journal, edited by Dr. Jacob-

Ida Rath, photographic institute, Kissin-
sen.
gen, Bavaria. Woman's rights have en-
Dr. Vogel is preparing a work on pho- tered the realm of photography.
tographic aesthetics, to be profusely illus-
As it may interest some of our readers to
trated.
have a water-proof covering for their tents,
Very pretty effects may be produced by we give from Light:
the following process
backing collodion transparencies with sil- In a bucketful of water place half a pound
vered, gilt, or bronzed papers. of sugar of lead and half a pound of alum ;

The Photographic News says Mr. Ayres's stir from time to time until the liquid has

"How to Paint Photographs" is ''evi- become clear. The material to be made

dently the work of a practical man who is water-proof is placed in this for twenty-four
perfectly familiar with the work he de- hours and dried without wringing.
scribes." Also, that "each year's issue of
At a recent meeting of the London Pho-
Mosaics improves, and this (1870) is decid-
tographic Society, Mr. Dallmeyer, having
edly the best of all."
placed three lenses on the table, said "that
Under-exposed pictures can be im- he had frequently to answer questions re-
proved by developing them to their full ex- specting rapidity and angle of field that
tent, then shaking and tossing them vio- the lens covers. Many persons compared
lently and redeveloping. Light. lenses together, which, although of the same
Mr. Fowler, Paris correspondent of the diameter, were otherwise quite dissimilar,

British Journal, doubts the truth of the as- and intended for different purposes. The
sertion that the Paris photographers keep three lenses before them were of the same

a "dummy " baby for the use of those who diameters (two inches), but their distinctive
fancy maternal poses. features were entirely different. One of
them embraced an angle of 100°, another
Mr. Kuthereurd has lately photographed an angle of 75°, while the third included
successfully the star group of the "Plei- 50° or 55°. would be observed that, al-
It
ades." He has measured them micromet- though of the same diameter, there was a
rically and found his measurements to cor-
great difference in their respective lengths ;

respond with those of the celebrated Berrel.
Mr. Berrel was employed for eleven years
in his measurements. Mr. Rutherfurd ac-
complished them in one night. So much
for photography.
which was the shortest embraced the
that
greatest angle. Rapidity in a lens was
purchased at the expense of diminution in
field. The angular aperture of these lenses
were respectively.y^th, -J-th, and £th that is ;

M. Dubost, says the Bulletin Beige, pre- to say, there was an inch of aperture for

pares his plates for the coffee dry process so many inches of focus, and the relative

with the following collodion :

exposures would be as 1, 4, and 8 seconds."

Alcohol, .30 grnnis. Here is a great deal of information in a

Iodide of Ammonium, grnm.
"
i very few words, and worthy of the especial
Strontium, . 1 "
" Cadmium, . 2)j grams. attention of those who ignorantly condemn
Bromide of Cadmium, J gisim. a lens very often because it wont " do every-
The solution of coffee is prepared with 30 thing." A blacksmith cannot make a nail
grams of burnt and ground coffee and 15 with a sledge or weld a bar with a nail
grams of white sugar in 300 grams of boil- hammer, neither can a photographer make
ing water. Develop with 2 grams of pyro- one lens do all classes of work. Ed. P. P.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 95

A Desirable Establishment for Sale. — Lane, who were stationed at Des Moines, Iowa ;

Our readers will notice in our Specialties that of Mr. W. S. Gilman, Jr., who was at Sioux
Mr. John Carbutt, the eminent Chicago photog- City of Mr. F. W. Bardwell, at Bristol, Tenn.
;
;

rapher, advertises his photographic establish- of Brev. Brig.-Gen. A. J. Myer, who was sta-
ment for sale. With an excellent, first-class tioned on the summit of White Top Mo.untain, near
patronage, the choicest location, a favorable and Abingdon, Virginia, and of Prof. Asaph Hall,
extended lease, and every convenience, this is U. S. N., at Plover Bay, Siberia, together with
an opportunity rarely offered. Mr. Carbutt has lithographs of the observatory at Des Moines ;

determined to devote himself entirely to the of Dr. Curtis's photographs of the eclipse, draw-

Woodbury process, and therefore makes the offer. ings illustnting the several reports, etc., etc.
We have twice seen the establishment, and all Accompanying the report from the Surgeon-
the owner will say for it can be relied upon. General, through his assistant, Dr. C. H. Crane,
There is an admirable chance for some one. were several photographs from Dr. Curtis's nega-
tives. Dr. Curtis's negative of the corona was
Sad Accident. — On the evening of February
the most perfect one taken of that phenomena,
4th, while Mr. J. W. Black, of Boston, and his
we think, and is a grand affair, though his par-
worthy assistant, Mr. J. L. Dunmore, were
tial phases are not so good as others. His re-
about to commence a lantern exhibition in Low-
port is very elaborate and highly interesting,
ell, one of the gas-bags exploded with tremen-
and we shall have occasion to make extracts
dous force, threw Mr. Dunmore high in the air
from and allusions to it hereafter, especially in
and burned him sadly about the face and eyes,
relation to the "luminous band" or line of
knocked Mr. Black senseless, drove a stick light which appeared in some of the eclipse
through the nose of the organist, and damaged negatives taken by nearly all the different expe-
the organ-loft, organ, and church considerably. ditions. The whole get-up of the report is ex-
Mr. Dunmore, at this writing, still lies suffering ceedingly creditable, with the exception of some
much and very low, but, with great care, it is of the lithographs, which, to those who witnessed
hoped, may recover his sight. Mr. Black, though
the totality, are anything but refreshing. No
much hurt and quite deaf, faithfully applied re-
government in the world has ever acquitted it-
storatives to Mr. Dunmore the whole night of the
self so handsomely as did ours, in giving every
accident, or the poor sufferer's sight would have
possible facility for the proper observance of the
been gone. Mr. Dunmore's many friends will eclipse. It is receiving the highest commenda-
be grieved to learn and with us heartily
this, tion from all parts of the scientific world, as are
sympathize with him and hope for his speedy those who observed and photographed on that
recovery. We have not yet learned the cause eventful occasion.
of the accident. When the explosion occurred,
some old revolutionary female spirit innocently The Year-Book of Photography and Pho-
inquired of her neighbor if "that was the signal tographic News Almanac for 1870, by G.
to commence the exhibition."
Wharton Simpson, A.M., has been received by
In Mr. Kruse's formula last month, at bottom us, full of matter of vital interest, from the mas-
of page 55, it says "to the remainder add 6 ters of the profession in the Old World. The
ounces of liquor ammonia,'' etc., etc. It should quantity of matter which the able editor gives

be to the remaining 6 ounces add, etc., etc. us for so small a sum, and of so good a quality
too, is astonishing. One cannot open it at any
Reports op the Total Eclipse op the page without finding something that is useful and
Sun of August 7th, 1869. Through the cour- — valuable. The Year Book is the parent of all

tesy ofCom. B. F. Sands, Superintendent United our photographic annuals, and is well worthy of
States Naval Obsevatory, Washington, we have that dignity. Benerman & Wilson are the

reeeived a copy of this report, which is very American publishers, and will soon have it for

elaborately and handsomely executed. It con- sale.

tains the reports of the observations made by the The British Journal Photographic Almanac
following parties Com. B. F. Sands Prof. S.
: ;
for 1870 is also received, and, like its competi.-
Newcomb, U. S. N. Prof. William Harkness,
;
tor, is full of good and useful matter that every
U. S. N. Prof. J. R. Eastman, U. S. N.
; Dr. ;
photographer ought to read. Mr. J. T. Taylor is
Edward Curtis, U. S. N. and of Mr. J. Homer
;
the editor, as usual, and. as usual, has displayed
96 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
no ordinary tact in its get-up. Messrs. E. & along, then you would do well to get some pro-
H. T. Anthony & Co., New York, are the Ameri- fessional photographer to instruct you. We can-
can agents for its sale. not find time to do that.

The Photographer'' s Annual for 1870, edited Amateur, 23 West Thirty-fourth Street,
by A. H. Wall, J. W. Green, London, publisher, New —
York. The excessive use of tungstate and
is the third English photographic annual. Mr. acetate of soda has caused your toning bath to
Wall prefers to issue his annual of the same size become too alkaline, and that is why your gold
and style as his journal, The Illustrated Photog- precipitates. In using those ingredients, your
rapher, and treats us to a splendid variety of toning bath should be made only a few hours
matter and subjects. All three of these English before using.
works may be described in four letters — GOOD. H. B., Jr.— The " Sliding-box " case will
probably be heard the last of this month. We
Answers to Correspondents. have no doubt of the decision being right. Of
J. Reid. — We do not think there is any laio course, every photographer ought to assist Mr.

that would compel you to remove a picture from Schoonmaker. He has worked hard, has spent
your show-case unless damages could be proven, a great deal of time and money, and will save

but would it not be policy as well as most cour- you a great deal. We will cheerfully forward
teous, to obey the will of your patrons in such any sums sent us for him, though we should pre-
cases? fer they be sent to him. If photographers shirk
duty in
—
George. The copies of Mr. Robinson's book
their they deserve to be
this instance,

burdened with odious and oppressive patents.

which we furnish, are of the English edition, and
Mr. Schoonmaker will positively not give up.
the pictures and all are made in England. It is
a book we would desire much to have studied G. W. C. — Mr. Luckenbach's method was
well by all of our readers. They would find it fully described in our last volume. When he first

invaluable. told us of it we would have willingly advertised

J. B. Davison (Wolfville). The whole of — it for him, and on promise of advertising patron-
age, we wrote a circular for him which he was too
the " Spirit Photograph " humbug was reviewed
in our last —
volume New York Correspondence illiterate to write for himself. After wasting sev-

— and all the "probable" and improbable "me- eral hours of our time he offered us a second-
thods ''
given at same time. hand i tube as part payment for advertising.
This we declined, of course. He then
S. P. Tressler. — The wooden screen you
promising to send the cost of an advertisement
left us,

propose would rob you of too much light. You

"soon." After he had gone, shortly, we found
should coat the inside of the glass with blue
he was threatening everybody he met, who sil-
frosting, rather thick, and use the curtnins be-
vered paper by the old and well-known method
sides. Ground-glass instead of plain would dif-
of folding up the sides of the sheet so as to hold
fuse the light also, but we prefer the other.
the solution, with prosecution "for infringe-
E. V. Seutter. — Adding and water
alcohol
ment." Moreover, he attempted to humbug par-
to your negative developer is sufficient and right
ties by offering "valuable receipts." for a con-
to fit it for ferrotypes, etc., but, if you get "too
sideration. For those reasons "his advertise-
much intensity," you should thin your collodion
ment was not allowed to appear in our journal."
with iodizing solution, or, as some improperly
Does this explain the " seeming inconsistency ?''
call it, " collodion minus the cotton."
We have some of his licenses for the full term of
Julius Hall. — Your print is evidently toned the patent duly signed by him, and will present
in a bnth too fresh, and the collodion has at- you with one on receipt of three cents to pay
tacked the print, or there is too much gold in postage, or send us your address and we will
your bath and the print is toned' too quickly. give you one ; or if not you, the first applicant
Hence, the minute reddish spots covering it. shall have it free, postage thrown in.

W. R. Brooks. — Received, but too late for D. E. Cottrell. — The "white scum" over
this issue. Thanks. your ferrotopes is evidently caused by keeping
G. S. (Ottumwa). — Although we expressed our the plate sensitized too long before exposure,
willingness to help our subscribers when in any thus allowing the silver to crystallize. Dirty
special trouble, we did not propose to teach plate-holder and too much alcohol in the bath

them the whole business, from one end to the will cause a similar trouble.
other, by letter. Get some good books on the Mr. Manly Gaylord, Medina, N. Y. , was
subject, and, if you have not skill enough to get burned out November 'Jth.
"^

."8!
 THE

MMrfjrMa ^kurtojrajrkr*

Vol. VII. APRIL, 1870. No. 7 6.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,

By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

DOINGS OF THE SHAW & WILCOX one, and that in the middle of the night,
COMPANY. suspecting that I might be in the city, he
was prowling around hotels to hunt me, and.
ARREST AND BINDING OVER OF THE EDITOR OP
THIS JOURNAL FOR "MALICIOUS LIBEL."
awakened the deputy sheriff, as early as 4
A.M., fearing that I might get away from
A Discourse to Photographers.
him." I, of course, had but little delay in
Subject. — On
Friday morning, March procuring necessary bail in New York, and
11th, 18"0, while walking with my wife to was only delayed a few hours. I make this
the Courtland Street Ferry, New York, on statement personally as a prelude of what
our way home, after nearly two weeks' follows editorially.
absence, I was met by Jebyleman Shaw, Edward L. Wilson,
"President" of the "Shaw & Wilcox Editor Philadelphia Photographer.
Co.," so-called, pointed out by him to a
deputy sheriff of New York, and by the The above statement need not give our
latter arrested, taken to the Sheriff's office, readers any alarm. The fact of our arrest
and there detained until I could procure is a great compliment to the strength of our
$2000 bail for my appearance at court when Journal, which we ever intend every man
directed, to answer a charge of the said disposed to take advantage of our sub-
Shaw, for " malicious libel." Said " libel " scribers shall feel, and is it not a most con-
being the publication in this Journal, Feb- vincing evidence of the weak faith Mr.
ruary, 1869, of an article by Mr. V. G. Shaw has personally in the claims he makes
Bloede on the Shaw & Wilcox Silver respecting his patent ?

Saving Apparatus, and my remarks thereon, What would you if your neighbor
think
together with my remarks on the same sub- should invent and patent a new lock for a
ject, as editor of this Journal, in the last door, and then with his patent papers in his
issue; damages claimed by said Shaw being pocket, prowl around the country and tell
$30,000. you and everybody else that unless you
Although the said Shaw swore in his com- used his lock on your door, or paid him a
knew me, he had never seen
plaint that he royalty, you could not lock your door at
me but'once (on an occasion we will never for- all, even though the lock thereon be one

get). I am informed " he was obliged to stop that your grandfather used before you ?
several other persons at the ferry, taking And if you refused to buy his lock or pay
them to be me, before he caught the right him " a royalty for infringement " he would
98 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APIIEK.
up your house and imprison you until
.shut matter being of quite as much moment to
you settled with him ? "Would you not them him. Very little response was
as to
laugh him to scorn, or pity him for his in- made and he appealed personally to several,
sanity ? but with little success, however photogra- ;

And not such the conduct of this man

is phers seemed to be asleep on the subject. He
Shaw and his confederates, and dare not the collected much good testimony, however,
editor of a respectable Journal say so, for- but every time a meeting was held before the
and demerits of
sooth, or discuss the merits United States Commissioner to take testi-
the case, without being arrested and held mony, the costs were added to, and his
under heavy bail to answer a complaint for funds are about exhausted.
"malicious libel," and to show cause why Mr. Lovejoy and his counsel feel, and
he should not pay "$30,000 damages" ? with what propriety our interested readers
"Will photography nourish and grow with must judge, that it is of vital importance to
such a state of affairs? the whole fraternity to have the case con-
Will photographers prosper if such out- tinued,and to go on taking testimony of
rages are allowed? a convincing nature against the claims ad-
As we have before stated frequently, the vanced. Will not those photographers,
aforesaid "Co." have prosecuted Mr. George whose views of Shaw's claims accord with
W. Lovejoy, of Stepney Depot, Conn., for Mr. Lovejoy, help Mr. Lovejoy to test the
infringement of their patent, their patent, as case, in order that it may be legally decided
we stated in our last issue, having been de- whether said claims are valid or invalid?
scribed in this Journal some time ago, and It is for you to infer, whether or not such
is a mere contrivance for catching and pre- an investment will prove more profitable
cipitating photographers' silver wastes. Be- than letting your wastes go down the sink,
cause the " Co." had a patent for the said or settling the claims that may be made
contrivance, can they absorb the insane upon you if the case goes by default. Do
idea that every photographer who saves his not understand that the opposition is to
wastes by precipitatioyi (see extract from Shaw's patent. What he has patented is,
Shaw's letter in our last issue, page 73), possibly, harmless enough, but the opposi-
"infringes" their patent? Can they con- tion is to the construction he puts upon his pat-
front photographers with this idea, and ent, and which, it is felt, are not authorized
claim a settlement? We leave this for our by his letters patent. Of all the persons
readers to answer. in the world, we are the least interested in
Mr. Lovejoy, we are told, merely uses a the result of this contest. If the claims are
barrel for recovering his wastes in, the same sustained, we have nothing to pay, and if
as thousands of other photographers use. they are not we have nothing to gain. Our
Mr. Shaw, or his agent, waited upon him, action in the matter is entirely on account
claiming that the said barrel was an in- of the desire we have to see photography
fringement upon the Shaw patent, and so and its votaries unhampered by hindrance
was the by
fact of his recovering his wastes of that kind. We may repeat, therefore,
precipitation, no matter what sort of a ves- our honest conviction that Shaw's claims
sel it was done in. This Mr. Lovejoy could should not be sustained, and that it is of vi-
not understand, and resisted such claims. tal importance to the trade that they should
He stated his case to us, and we answered not be. Eor our part we wish Mr. Lovejoy
him that, in our opinion, Mr. Shaw's claims, success.
as he represented them to us, could not be The suit against us, of course, has no
sustained in court. He then sought legal connection with Mr. Lovejoy's. We shall

direction, and was advised to contest the manage that satisfactory to all. Mr. Shaw
validity of the claims made upon him, E. asserted, we are told, that " unless we apolo-
Y. Bell, Esq., 43 Wall Street, New York, gized he should sue us for damages." We
acting as his counsel. But Mr. Lovejoy is never made an apology that we wore satis-
poor, and litigation isexpensive. He there- fied with afterwards, so we resolved to
fore called upon the trade to help him, the "move on without change" in this matter.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 99

Consequence, an arrest, &c, as stated. So THE EXHIBITION

much for defending the interests of our sub- OF THE
scribers. The end is not yet. If we have National Photographic Association of the IT. S.
space, in our next we shall publish his com-
The following circular has been printed
plaint. We trust it is giving him mucb in German, French, and English, and sent
consolation. " So mote it be." See re-
abroad to foreign photographers. That none
marks of President Bogardus on this sub-
may be missed we reprint it here again.
ject on page 117.
Will our foreign exchanges who have not
done so, please oblige us by copying the
same, viz.
Rectifying- the Nitrate Bath.
The National Photographic Association
BY P. W. SPENCER.
of the United States will hold its Second An-
I have found the following an excellent
nual Exhibition in Cleveland, Ohio, beginning
treatment for the negative bath overcharged Tuesday, June 7th, 1870.
with iodides and weakened by the quantity You are cordially invited to expose examples
of alcohol and ether dissolved therein. of your work on that occasion. Ample space
Having turned the bath into a glass jar, will be granted in the best light, free of charge,,
enough to hold twice the vol-
at least large to all foreign exhibitors.

ume of the bath, add to it distilled water It is expected that a grant from Congress will

until the bath is reduced to 15 or 20 grains allow the entrance and return of foreign speci-
mens free of duty. * Parties who desire that what
to the ounce; it will assume a milky color,
they send should be sold for their account and
but will clear up by being allowed to stand
not returned, will receive the best attention to
a few hours, after which filter closely into
their wishes. In all cases, two itemized invoices
an evaporating dish, evaporate slowly over should be sent to the Secretary, and notice as to
a water-bath until it is only about one- date of shipment, name of steamer, &o. The
eighth its volume (120 to 130 grains
original freight must, in all cases, be prepaid.
Packages
to the ounce), remove, cool, and add dis- should not be sent later than April 25th, and
tilled brought to the stand-
water until it is should be directed as follows :

ard of strength desired. Let it stand one

NATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION.
day in the sunlight, when, after filtering
closely, it will work charmingly, and pic-
Care Edward
L. Wilson. Secretary,
Philadelphia, U. S. A.
tures will not easily fog.
U~F" Via Steamer to Boston.
The Cunard steamers sail from Liverpool,
England, for Boston, every Tuesday ; those of the
Inman Line every alternate Saturday. Further
information cheerfully given on application.

We hope you will respond to our invitation to

join us in this grand Exhibition.

f J. W. Black,
I J. Cremer,
Executive Committee, <j W. C North,
1 J. F. Ryder,
i

^ D. Bendann.
I send you a sketch of a contrivance for
Edward L. Wilson, Secretary,
a still. A is the condenser perforated
Office Philadelphia Photographer,
with water flues ;
B, the tank in which the
Philadelphia, Pa.
condenser immersed; C, the generator;
is
American photographers who intend to
G, the steam pipe: D, the receiver of dis-
exhibit will find instructions fuller in this
tilled water, and F, the supply cistern of
and in our next issue. Any American or
cold water, which should be so placed that
Canadian photographer may exhibit freely,
the water will fall upon the top of the con-
denser ; E is the hot water waste taken out * This has since been done, so that all articles sent
at H. 1 find this arrangement to work well. for exhibition will be admitted free of duty.
100 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
whether a member of the Association or not. may fold up compactly; the bellows is rub-
The Exhibition is a National one and all are ber; the body of the camera slides on metal
invited to participate freely. Fuller details guides ; the focussing screws enable one to
as soon as the Executive Committee and focus exactly and quickly; the swing-back,
Local Secretary are able to complete their which is indispensable for landscape work,
arrangements. The list of railroad compa- is attached; the front raises and lowers, and
nies who commute for the benefit of pho- the holder is made to fit on pins, which is
tographers will be given in our next. far preferable to a holder which slides. The
J. F. Ryder, ground-glass is hinged fast. The second
Local Secretary. Cleveland, Ohio. figure represents the box turned over on its

A NEW STEREOSCOPIC CAMERA.

Our readers will remember that Mr. G.
"Washington Wilson, the world-renowned
Scotch photographer, in the paper on land-
scape photography he contributed to our
pages some time ago, asserted that he pre-
ferred a 5 x 8 camera for stereoscopic work,
and he had it so arranged that the centre
diaphragm could be taken out, the front
changed, and with one tube, upright or
horizontal, single views could be made with
the same camera. An example of work
made by Mr. Wilson in that way appeared
in our last July issue.
The American Optical Company, New
York, with commendable enterprise, have side, for the purpose of making an upright
manufactured these boxes to accommodate single view with one tube. The partition
the approaching spring trade, and we ap- or diaphragm A (Fig. 1) is removed, so the
pend two drawings of them. plate is not obstructed or divided. C is a
clasp which holds the holder in place when
the exposure is being made, and at E is a
clasp and screw, which keep the holder at a
proper swing or angle when it is necessary
to use the swing-back. GG are the metal
guides ; DD screws which bind the plat-
form to the box when in use; F the focus-
sing screws.
The American Optical Company make
the very best of apparatus, and, as we know
by experience, their boxes are a joy to work
with.

UNDER THE SKYLIGHT.

BY ROLAND VANWEIKE.
(Continued from page 76.)

The first represents the box as it is used Now this young lady is not so easy to
for ordinary stereoscopic work. It is a per- manage; all young ladies are not so, how-
fect piece of workmanship, beautiful, strung, ever. It seems difficult to keep her in one
and light, combining all the little neat parts place long enough to tell how she will look
that go to making up a fine piece of appa- bost. She is a little nervous, but we will
ratus. Tin; platform is hinged so that it proceed coolly and quietly, and she will get
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 101

over it. Care must be taken with such that will be best adapted to the child. It
subjects as this, Focus, in vignette or bust is not well to yield too much to people's
pictures, to have the head properly balanced whims when they bring their children, or
on the shoulders, and the direction of the they will demand impossible things of you,
eyes natural and easy. We often see heads and damage your reputation if you under-
lopped on one side, with a peculiar twist of take and don't perform them. A little

the eyes as though the subject were trying
to look at you round a corner. Avoid this,
or any position that will tend to make your
sitter look awkward or uneasy. Observe
well the lines of your subject, having them
harmonize and balance as much as possible.
firmness will enable you to have your own
way, make such a picture as can be made
best, and in the end please your custom-
ers, and make them respect you all the
more. But this little man seems well dis-
posed we will stand him here. Get him
;

Angles or straight lines should be corrected to lean against the chair in an easy natu-
as far as it is admissible to do so. With ral position. That's very well. There's
this elegant specimen of a young gent, how- nothing can equal the ease and grace of
ever, who lisps and parts his hair in the children generally, and I do love them as
middle, wants a directly front view, so as photographic subjects, as well as otherwise,
to show both ears, and thinks he "can sit when they are at all manageable. Now
without that thing against his head," we thisyoungster only needs to be attracted by
need not trouble ourselves about angles or this toy, and he looks steadily eight or ten
straight lines. But this young lady you seconds, which is sufficient.
see, her curl hangs down in front, in a
Ah, here comes another ! a baby this
straight line by simply carrying the bot-
;
time; a jolly soul too, I judge. Now, Focus,
tom end a little to one side, we break it up keep your eyes about you. We will sit him
which has a much
into a graceful curve, —ah, a girl is it — well we will sit her in
more pleasing effect. But, Focus, you this highback chair. Various styles of chairs
ought to come around behind this subject. have been invented and used for children,
Here's where a poser is at his wits' end, and but after all there is nothing more success-
concludes he is not the only poser in the fully used than a common parlor arm-
case. Such a pack on the back of this lady's chair of small size. Now, this is a nice
head! I call it a pack, because in size and baby just sit her so her head and back will
;

shape, it reminds me of the packs I have rest against the chair. That's a splendid
seen carried on the backs of peddlers in the littlegirl — of course that pleases the mother.
country. What can it be made of? Don't Oh, yes, you are very clever. Now it does
question anything about it; the matter be- not do to waste any time in getting a focus
fore us now is, where are we to put the on this subject, only be sure you have it;
head-rest ? Mr. Wilson and Mr. Sarony and make every motion tell in getting your
have done well for us, but human ingenuity plate in its place. Draw back the curtains
could never have foreseen this. To get so as to get all the light we can ; that's it.
under it, around it, or over it, is impossible, Now for the grand flourish ! Bring on the-
so we will make a bolt into the midst of the animals and the show will commence, all;
huge mass and find a bearing somewhere. for the benefitand edification of the baby.*
For this fair-complexioned lady, now the Here we have barking-dogs, mewing-cats r
light has improved, from fifteen to twenty singing-birds, jumping-jacks, watchmen's
seconds' exposure will be sufficient. rattles, whistles, bugles, bells, etc., etc.
But here is a change of scene for us, and with some of these we will try and as-
Focus ; here comes a youngster. "I want tonish her a little as well as amuse her.
him shtanin oop!" Of course, every child Now look here, bow-vow-vow rohr-r-r-r-r-
must be standing if it can stand alone, es- r-r —buzz-z-z-z-z-z-z-z-z-z-z-z ! ! That's it.

There
pecially of this class of customers.
are some good sensible people, however, * In some cases it may be found necessary to
that let us use our own judgment in the be one of Lite animals yourself, and skill in gym-
matter, and we are allowed to make that nastic exercises will prove of great advantage.
102 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
Did very well. That's a good enough baby get cool before exposure, and to wait two or
to deserve a kiss. This is hard, stern busi- three minutes before you proceed to devel-
ness, but then it pays to make it pleasant if opment; on the contrary, if the weather is
we can. damp, the plate is exposed right away
There, Focus, I am going to get through whilst still warm, and developed immedi-
the rest of these without any further ex- ately under the same conditions. Attending
planations to-day. When we have some to these precautions develop accordingly.
different styles to make I will give you some The developer is in reality an impalpable
further instructions. glass or enamel powder, perfectly dry. You
use a large camel's hair pencil, also per-
fectly dry. Dip the brush or pencil into the
Enamel Photographs —Burnt-in powder, and rub it round in the powder,
Photographs. and then transfer it to the exposed film.
BY PROP. J. TOWLER, M.D. Pat the film with the pencil all over in a
(Continued from page 70.)
perpendicular direction, so as thus to trans-

EXPOSURE.
fer some of the powder to every part of the
film, then rub the powder gently into the
Place the glass positive first in the pres-
film by a circular motion, beginning at one
sure frame, film upwards, and the
side
corner and proceeding in small circles all
chromic plate just prepared with its film
over the film. It is well to have a light
downwards, and in contact with the posi-
beneath the plate of glass, or a sheet of
tive film. Since the two plates are per-
white paper, in order to watch the progress
fectly flat, but very little pressure is re-
of the development. The powder (of any
quired to keep them in apposition. Close
color you may desire), you will now observe
the back of the frame, and expose to the
to adhere in different parts and not in
sun's rays for about a minute, or until the
others, and thus to form the picture. The
sky part of the landscape or the face of the
image thus formed must be very clear; it
portrait is covered with moisture eliminated
is not necessary, however, that the shades
by the action of the light on the parts be-
should be thick and heavy if the picture ;

neath. This is quite visible to the sight, a

is only distinct, like a positive before it is
phenomenon due to the observations of
intensified, or like a negative for solar work,
Gey met and Alker. Of course a much
it will come out all right when fused in the
longer exposure is necessary in different
muffle.
light, even as much as three or four min-
utes. Much experience is required in hit- FIXING THE PICTURE.
ting upon the right time ; and if the time is The picture is first coated with a film of
not right, it is not advisable to try to patch plain collodion consisting of equal parts of
up a picture by forcing it; in fact it is no ether and alcohol, and about eight grains of
use to try to get any picture at all with an gun-cotton to the ounce of liquid. As soon
over-exposed plate ; for in this case the as the collodion has set, that is, in about two
sensitive film has lost all its moisture in every or three minutes, the plate is immersed in
part, so that the enamel adheres nowhere. a dish of clean water rendered acid either
But an under-exposed plate is still too moist with hydrochloric or sulphuric acid. This
all over, and attracts too much of the fine mixture soon removes all the free chromic
powder. This trouble can be slightly reme- solution in the film. Let the plate remain
died, it is true, by warming the plate in the solution about ten minutes, and then

slightly, when a portion of the powder take it out and with a sharp penknife cut
drops off", or may be brushed oft'. all round the edges of the film near to the

edges of the glass, and immerse the plate in

DEVELOPING THE PICTURE.
another dish of clean water, in order to re-
This operation is performed in the dark move the free acid left by the fixing solution.
or yellow-room, as is customary with the

ordinary collodion picture. The rule is this, TRANSFERRING THE PICTURE.

in very dry weather: to allow the plate to This immersion in water will cause the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGPAPHER. 103

film to separate from the glass and to rise cotton to produce uniform contact. After-
to the surface of the water. If the film re- wards set the plate aside to dry in the air,

fuses to separate easily, immerse it again but not by artificial heat.

in the acid water, but do not attempt to force

REMOVAL OF THE COLLODION FILM.
the film to separate. Wash the film well so
as to get rid of all the acid, and then trans- The next step is to remove the collodion,
fer it to the following saccharine solution. which is effected by immersing the enamel
plate on the glass dipper in a dish of concen-
W titer, 1 pint.
trated sulphuric acid. Without this pre-
Sugar, 2;} ounces.
caution the collodion would peel off during
The is made from one vessel
transference the fusing operation, and carry withit some

to another by placing a piece of paper be- of the enamel powder. immersion of An

neath the film and lifting it out. "With ten minutes or a quarter of an hour will be
care there is no danger of injuring the film sufficient time for this purpose; as soon as
by this transference. Let the film remain you perceive a reddish-brown fringe around
in the sugar solution about five minutes. the edges of the plate, slide the enamel plate
The sugar, like so much glue, is intended to gently out of the acid, and immediately
cause the film to adhere to the enamel plate. afterwards into a dish of pure water. The
The enamel plate requires no further prep- utmost caution is necessary in performing
aration than simple cleaning. You slide this operation, as thepowder at this stage
the plate beneath the film, bring the upper is removed, and especially so in the
easily
edge of the latter in apposition with upper washing operation, which is necessary to
edge of the enamel (it inclines downwards), remove every trace of sulphuric acid. After
and then draw the plate gently from the washing, the plate is taken out of the water
fluid, letting the film fall gradually upon very carefully, and set aside to drain ; it is

the plate. The enamel plate itself is sup- finally dried either by artificial heat or in
ported on a plate of glass, with an elevated the air.

ledge at the bottom, cemented on with

PREPARATION OF THE ENAMEL PLATES.
shellac this plate of glass, in the form of
;

a dipper, is bent at an obtuse angle, to allow This is an interesting part of the process,
the enamel plate to slide underneath the and yet it is one which the photographer
film ; it is held in the left hand, whilst the would gladly dispense with it requires ;

right hand is at liberty to guide the film, in nicety in the operation, and entails consid-
order to bring the upper edge in apposition erable labor. Fortunately, however, enam-
with the enamel, as before said. When elled plates are in the market of various
the film is once in its place, let it drain, sizes and shapes.
and afterwards place the plate on a piece The plates themselves are made either of
of blotting-paper resting on a thick plate copper or gold ; they resemble the silvered
of glass. Above all things, before the plate plates we formerly used in the daguerreo-
leaves the sugar-water, see that there are type process, from the fact that there is a
not folds in the film and if such exist, ; fillet or ledge about one-sixteenth of an inch
remove them by gently pulling the edge of raised all round the plate, thus converting

the film in the proper direction, but make the plate into a dish. For photographic
no attempt by pressure.
to effect this Very purposes we shall limit ourselves to copper.
small inequalities can be removed by stretch- Begin your first operations with small plates,
ing the film as it lies on the blotting-paper. and as you advance towards perfection en-
When the surface is quite smooth, place large your plates. C ut out a piece of sheet

over it a piece of tissue-paper, and bring it copper one inch and a half long by one inch
into contact by patting with a piece of
it wide, and remove all oxide from its surface
cotton-wool. See that the film adheres uni- either by dilute nitric acid or by mechani-
formly, and that there are no bubbles. Ke- cal means, such as grinding with emery or
move the tissue-paper and put a dry piece a flat piece of iron or stone ; then raise the
in its place, using continually the tuft of ledge all round as just mentioned. In the
 ;

104 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

daguerreotype process we had two or three crucible. The melted mass is poured into
instruments by which such ledges are easily clean water, and afterwards again pulver-
and uniformly made, without in any way ized, levigated, and fused.
destroying the evenness and smoothness of
ENAMEL PLATES.
the plate.
We will suppose you want to make a Take some of the enamel and pulverize
tvhite enamel. All enamels consist of two it, and, whilst wet, place it with a spatula
parts, the silicious or basis, and the coloring upon the prepared copper-plate until the lat-
material ; they are also distinguished as ter is uniformly covered. Absorb the moist-

transparent and opaque. The white enamel, ure by blotting-paper, then dry the film of

which what we want, is opaque, and is

is
enamel powder, heat it gradually, and fi-
formed, perhaps the most easily for begin- nally placing the copper-plate on a piece of
fire-clay, introduce it into the furnace, and
ners, by making a mixture of flint glass and
calcine. fuse the enamel. Watch the operation and
CALCINE. withdraw the fire-brick as soon as vitrifica-
tion has taken place. Let the plate cool
Calcine is the double oxide of tin and lead,
gradually, and, if necessary, repeat the
or as some denominate it,thestannate of lead.
operation with another layer of enamel
It is formed by fusing together at a low red
finallygrind the enamel surface with sand
heat an alloy of about 20 to 50 parts of tin
and then with emery, and then submit
first
with 100 parts of lead in an iron ladle or
once more to fusion, so as to give the pol-
dish the oxide as it forms on the surface of
;

ished surface a vitreous gloss. Plates pre-

the melted alloy, has to be skimmed off to
pared in this way are for the reception of the
one side; and this operation is continued
chromic collodion film, as soon as the latter
until the whole of the metal is oxidized.
has been exposed, and already contains the
Take care not to raise the temperature too
picture in some colored enamel. This thin
high ; the lower the temperature the better,
film is caused to adhere to the white enamel
as long as oxidation is effected; the latter,
by means of a solution of sugar as already
too, must be as perfect as possible, that is,
described.
all metallic particles inclosed in the oxide
must be picked out from, the scum and ENAMEL POWDER FOR THE CHROMIC
mixed with the melted alloy. As soon as COLLODION.
sufficient of this oxide has been obtained, it In the first place, a very fusible, trans-
is allowed to cool, it is then pulverized or
parent flux or glass is required to hold the
ground up in a mill, and afterwards levi-
colored oxides.
gated with water on a marble or glass slab FLUX.
to a homogeneous or pasty mass ;
it is then Silica, 10' parts.

elutriated or washed, in order to remove all Minium 40"

metallic particles, and the' larger particles Borax (Calcined), . .. 40 "

of oxide. The fine sediment is then col- Pulverize these ingredients, mix them
lected and dried ;
this is the calcine. intimately, then fuse. Pour the fused mass

WHITE ENAMEL. into water, again pulverize and fuse. This

a very fusible flux or basis for melting
Calcine, . . .1 drachm. is

Flint Glass, . . 2 drachms. witli the coloring materials.

Manganese, . .. 1 grain or more. BLACK ENAMEL.
Pulverise the glass to an impalpable Flux, . . . . 2£ drachms.
powder in an agate mortar (by no means Oxide of Copper, . .10 grains.

an iron mortar) also the black oxide of Oxide of Cobalt, . . 24 "

in ;

manganese; finally, mix the ingredients Oxide of Iridium, . . 1 grain.

Sienna (earth), . . 8 grains.
together, and i^rind them together in a mor-
tar after which the mixture is fused in a
; These ingredients are thoroughly pulver-
crucible, taking care to exclude all smoke ized, intimately mixed, and fused. The
and other impurities from getting into the operation is repeated; the black mass is
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 105

taken from the water after fusion for the would recommend the perusal of a small
last time, and is pulverized in an agate pamphlet on the subject, by Lucy Fassa-
mortar to the finest powder possible by rieu, Paris, as also of the excellent work of
this means ; it is then levigated on a large Geymet & Alker, entitled " Emaux Pho-
glass slab into the finest paste, until it is as tographiques," both of which are practical
homogeneous as a layer of so much Indian treatises. Geymet & Alker supply all the
or Chinese ink. washed and
Finally it is materials, enamels, furnaces, muffles, a pe-
dried. This dry, impalpable black powder culiar sort of photographic paper for pre-
forms the developing powder (it must be paring the positives, and, in fine, give
perfectly dry and perfectly impalpable). instruction in this art, and guarantee suc-
cess. We know, personally, that this
VITRIFICATION OF THE PICTURE. branch is successful.
To fuse the prepared film is, perhaps, the
shortest part of the whole process, and the
easiest, and, in fine, the most successful,
supposing, of course, that all the prepara- THE "BERLIN PROCESS."
tory work is correct. An assayer's furnace, " Was ist das? " inquires our friend, Dr.
that is, a cupel-furnace, is required for this Yogel, in his excellent journal, the Photo.
operation. Such furnaces can be obtained Mittheilungen for March, and " What is
of Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia; of that?" many others will inquire, perhaps,
Bullock & Crenshaw, Philadelphia of J. ; so we propose to tell them now. One of
P. Luhme & Co., New York, and else- oar advertising firms for four or five
where. years back, has been importing carte pic-
The fire is lighted with charcoal, and tures from Berlin of a very fine quality,
then heaped up with mixed charcoal and which were sold to the trade at a low fig-
coke of the size of horse-chestnuts, until ure, in order that they might be studied
the fuel is three or four inches above the and imitated in this country. The effect
muffle. By this means the muffle becomes has been very apparent. The softness,
red-hot. The prepared plates, previously delicacy, beautiful half-tones, color, and
well dried, are placed on pieces of baked vigor of the Berlin cartes excited the cu-
fire-clay in the front of the muffle, in order pidity of our photographers, and they have
to be heated gradually ;. finally they are tried in many ways to attain the same ex-
pushed back to the hottest part, where the cellence in their work. How the Berlin
picture in a few minutes fuses. During artists proceeded was not known at first,

this part of the process the mouth of the so the Yankee privilege of guessing was
muffle is closed with twoor three pieces of brought in to do service. Among other
charcoal, leaving space enough between to plans, Mr. Frank Kowell bethought him
watch the operation. As soon as vitrifica- that if the negative was made on ground-
tion has taken place, the piece of fire-clay glass, probably the coveted effects could be
with the plate upon it is drawn again to secured. He carried
thought into prac-
his

the front, so as to cool gradually, and, tice, succeeded very well, and continued to

when sufficiently cool, it is placed, upon the reap the advantages of his thoughtfulness
plate of an iron stove to cool still more, quietly and alone for a couple of years,
and finally it is set aside to cool com- when his secret was found out, and in a
pletely. few weeks it was offered to the trade for a
These enamel pictures are the richest price, under the name of the "Berlin Pro-
specimens of photography,, when properly, cess." Several impatient ones, who take
managed. this Journal, but who could not wait until
In this article I merely give a sketch, of it could find out all about the process and
the whole proceeding,, in order to' draw explain it, purchased, one gentleman hav-
the attention of photographers to this in- ing paid $250 for the sole right of a large
teresting branch, and to those who feel de- city. He probably repents it now, but it
sirous of making it their special study, I is too late to help him.
 — —

106 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

A few days ago we called upon Mr. Row- ONE HUNDRED DAYS IN A FOG.
ell,and he generously gave us the details of BY ELBERT ANDERSON.
his process with permission to publish, and
[What follows under this title for the
made some negatives in our presence. The next few months will, no doubt, amuse,
main thing is in making the negative on entertain, and instruct our readers, and we
glass ground on one side, the film being on therefore give it place. Mr. Anderson is a
the smooth side.; and thus the prints are gentleman of undoubted ability, and, like
really made under or through ground- many of his class, is very frequently ap-
glass. The ground surface being a part of plied to by those less skilled in the art than
the negative, of course no " medium is inter- he, for information. Of course he cannot
posed between the negative and the print," —no one can, whose time is their living
and no patent is "infringed." The nega-
sit down and answer all such, and what he
tive should be soft, thin, and full of detail,
contributes to our pages he hopes to make
"but not intenset A negative made on answer for all. He has, doubtless, spent
plain glass that would require intensifying
much labor in making his extracts, and it
would not require it if made on the ground-
isastounding how "doctors will disagree,"
glass. Otherwise, the manipulations are as
but we think the moral of the whole thing
usual. Mr. Kowell albumenizes his plates,
is, if we may be permitted to guess in the
and, as streaks of the .albumen run over
beginning, that if photographers have not
on the ground side, they must be re-
the brains that will enable them to think,
moved. This is done immediately after
no matter how explicit their instructions,
fixing and washing while the plate is still
or how much "doctors disagree," either
wet, by rubbing briskly with a large cork
they cannot make good work, or, worse
dipped in emery, until the stains are re-
still, they cannot know good work from bad
moved. In washing have a care that the
when they see it. But now for the " fog."
emery does not get over on the film side.
It begins with that class of letters which
The coarser the glass used, .the more will
daily blesses our sanctum.] Ed.
the effect of stippling on the print be
produced, and the choice of coarse or fine Milwaukee, Wis., March 10th, 1870.
glass should be made according to the sub- Mr. Elbert Anderson,
ject. No doubt all stockdealers will fur- Operator, Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y.

nish glass for the purpose. It should gen- Dear Sir : Flattering myself that I am some-
erally be finely ground. For large busts thing of an artist, I have recently decided to

.and heads it may be coarser. If it is de- combine photography with my profession. I

sirable to increase the stippled effect, shade have been now established several months, but

the negative from all side light by holding I am sensible that my skill as a photographer
a bottomless box over thus forcing
rather detracts from my hitherto acknowledged
it, all
talent as an artist. I have tried at least half a
light that strikes it to come from above.
dozen operators, but I do not find that they help
When the subject is much freckled or of
me out much, probably because they do not know
very coarse complexion, Mr. Rowell re-
anything as a general thing. In despair I visited
touches the negative slightly. Some pic- Kurtz's gallery, and, after inspecting the work
tures he gave us are remarkably fine, and there, which I found of the very first order (in
equal to the genuine Berlin. Mr. Kowell fact, just what mine would be if the operator
is very skilful in lighting his subjects, and only knew more of his part), I almost began to
to that fact also much of the beauty of his wish I had never meddled with photography,
work is due. but at the same time it made me doubly anxious
to see you and learn how you manage your
chemicals. You appear to have such a press of
business, however, that I found a personal inter-
Never feel too wise to learn, and never
view out of the question. I have, therefore,
refuse to communicate when you are ap-
taken this method of communicating with you,
plied to for information. What can you trusting that you will generously enlighten me,
possibly gain by withholding from a neigh- either by suggestions of your own or by recom-
bor in trouble? mending to me works on photography, whose
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 107

authors are perfectly reliable. I find so much Curiosities of Photographic Litera-

contradiction and variance in formulas, as far as ture or, ;

I have read, that I am quite at sea. Hoping one hundred days in a tog.
you will aid me out of such " a sea of troubles,"
I am, my dear Sir, very respectfully yours, by elbert anderson,
A. B. Marshall. Operator, W. Kurtz's Gallery.

P. S. —I send with this a few negatives for First day. — Do not move the plate after
your inspection. Please tell me what the trouble
immersion into the bath, otherwise streaks
is, and why I cannot produce pictures that may
will inevitably be formed. (From Le
at least be called a very poor imitation of
Moniteur de la Photographic)
Kurtz. A. B. M.

New York. March 15th, 1870.

Second day. —Immerse the plate into the
bath, and continue to agitate it by moving
Mr. A. B. Marshall.
itabout in order to avoid streaks. (Silver
Dear Sir: Your very flattering letter of 1st
Sunbeam, 7th edition, page 11.)
instant and package of negatives are received.
You ask me to tell you what the trouble is? —
Third day. Many adopt the plan of leav-
The trouble is simply this : they are full of ing the plate in the bath for five minutes,
streaks and the shadows are excessively foggy ; and then taking it out without any move-
they are, moreover, greatly underexposed and ment. (Hardwich's Chemistry, 7th edition,
hopelessly intensified, but, with the trifling ex-
page 417.)
ception of being perfectly lined with pin-holes,
they do you credit. It is, however, a great pity
—
Fourth day. After the plate is immersed
move it upward, downward, and sidewise,
that your operator, in focussing, should have
to prevent streaks. (Devine' s Practice, page
got your sitters in such very ungainly positions.
27.)
I showed your " Rembrandts ''
to Mr. Kurtz,
and I can assure you that he must have been Fifth day. —
Should your bath streak
greatly pleased with them, for he laughed your add a little nitric acid thereto.
plates,

heartily ; he is far too generous to envy you in (E. L. Wilson, Mosaics, 1867, page 141.)
this style of work. Sixth day. —Nitric acid is of all things
I shall at all times be most happy to afford you the most objectionable in a new bath. (Ali-
any information which my limited experience
quis, Mosaics, 18G9, page 115.)
has taught me.
You request me to recommend to you some Seventh day. — Never use acetic acid in

books on photography, whose authors are relia- your bath ; use nitric. (E. L. Wilson, Mo-
ble. I will do better than this, my dear sir; I saics, 1870, page 143.)
will do much better, for I will forward you some Eighth day. — This solution (the nitrate
extracts from the works of the very highest bath) is the same as for positives, acetic
authority, when, perhaps, you may judge for acid,however, being used instead of nitric.
yourself which to select. I entitle my little
(Hardwich's Chemistry, 7th edition, page
manuscript "Curiosities of Photographic Litera-
399.)
or, One Hundred Days in a Fog," and,
ture ;

when you have waded through this wilderness

Ninth day —
If you prefer your bath acid
add a few drops of nitric acid, C. P. (E. L.
of contradictions, which may afford' you con-
siderableamusement and astonishment (for in- Wilson, Mosaics, 1870, page 105.)
formation it cannot), you may ask me how I Tenth day. — It is preferable to add glacial
can conscientiously recommend any book or acetic acid to the bath instead of nitric.
books for you to study. (Towler's Almanac, 1865.)
I would, however, advise you to subscribe to Eleventh day. —Some photographers use
the Philadelphia Photographer (which is the acetic acid in the bath, but this must by no
official organ of the Photographic Association of means be done to make the bath acid.
the United States), the editor of which I am quite (George H. Eennemore, Mosaics, 1870, page
sure will at all times give you the information
25.)
you appear need so sadly.
I am, my
to
dear sir, with great respect,
Twelfth day. —The bath, if neutral, will
require a few drops of acetic acid add,
Very sincerely yours,
;

therefore, 10 or 12 drops of nitric acid.

Elbert Anderson,
W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y. [Towler's Almanac, 1865.)
 :

108 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPEEE.

Thirteenth day. — Chemically-pure nitric AN EXPLANATION.
acidmust be added to the bath. (George New York, March 17th, 1870.
H. Fennemore, Mosaics, 1870, page 25.) Edward L. Wilson,
Fourteenth day. —Even when first made, Editor Philadelphia Photographer.

no acid should be added to the bath. (Ali- In your Journal for this month 1 find
quis, Mosaics, 1869, page 115.) myself " pitched into" by an "old photog-
rapher," seconded by your able corres-
Fifteenth day. —Remember, however, the
acid you use the more sensitive pondent, G. Wharton Simpson, Esq., and
less nitric
Journal of Photography,
also, in the British
your bath will be. [Lea's Manual of Pho-
for the following, which, by the way, I
tography, page 26.)
never uttered "It has become a generally
Sixteenth day. — A small proportion of ni- :

understood fact that the Old World usually

tric acid in the bath,on the other hand, ma-
claim as their own whatever happens to be
terially increases its sensitiveness. (Hard-
produced in the New."
wich's Chemistry, 7th edition, page 278.)
Now as to what I did say.
Seventeenth day. —The nearer the bath to
Mr. Chapman claimed that Mr. England
neutrality the more sensitive it is. (Hand-
had rediscovered his plan of boiling the
book of Photography, page 216.) bath to purify it; to sustain which, and to
Eighteenth day. — An impression is not fix its date of publication by him, he quoted

uncommonly entertained, that any acid in authorities, etc., all of which I reported in

the bath will greatly diminish the sensi- the January number of the Philadelphia
tiveness. The writer does not find this to Photographer.
be the case. (Ha?*divich
,
s Chemistry, 7th edi- Mr. Chapman was not pleased to have
tion, page 276.) Mr. England "steal his thunder," and said
Nineteenth day. —A strongly-acid bath so.

gives harder negatives than a neutral one. I stated subsequently in a jocular way
(Aliquis, Mosaics, 1869, page 118.) that was not the first time John Bull
it

had claimed that which did not belong to

Twentieth day. — A very acid bath never
him, and gave one instance as a proof of my
yields an intense negative. (Mosaics, page
position, as follows
28.) In the latter part of 1859, I published in
Twenty-first day. — Excess of contrast is the American Journal of Photography with a ,

caused by too much acid in the bath. (Silver- drawing, a full description of an automatic
Sunbeam, page 332.) washing trough it was copied, drawing
;

Twenty-second day. — Want of intensity is and all, by the British Journal, Oct. 15th,
caused from acidity of the silver solution. 1860; in 1863 one J. T. Bull invented it all
( Waldack's Treatise, page 113.) over again, and it received from said British
Twenty-third day. —The object of acid in Journal a first class notice as to value, etc.,

the bath is to prevent the reduction of the August 1st, 1863. When invented by me
silver solution that has not been exposed. four years prior, said Journal said would it

(Towler, Philadelphia Photographer, page not work that the foot of the syphon needed
;

330.) a "frame-balance valve," etc., etc. Octo-

ber 30th, 1863, G. Wharton Simpson gave
Twenty-fourth day. — If the picture is
friend Bull's invention a "puff" in the
foggy drop in a little more acid. The use
News.
of acid is to dissolve organic matter. (De-
In your Journal, August, 1867, I with
vine's Practice, page 33.)
other matters again called attention to my
Twenty-fifth day. — Silver bath : water, 64
washing trough here, but Bull's when you
ounces; nitrate of silver, 7J (!) ounces. go u 'tother side." I have no excuse for
Acidulate with 2 drachms (!) of pure glacial
being so particular as to dates except that ;

acetic acid. (Towler' s Almanac, 1866.)

1 fear "an old photographer," for he is
(To be continued.) quite a dangerous man, inasmuch as ho does
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GPAPHEE. 109

not come out into the broad light of day, and also willing to acknowledge it as a
that all may see him, but hides himself great helper to those of his profession. This
behind anybody's title or name. I have fact made him a congenial companion. He
stated the spirit of my remarks, if not the is just finishing an admirable picture of
exact words, and have given my reason for the scene of the great Willey Slide, that oc-
being so disrespectful to my ancestor. curred in the Crawford Notch in 1825, and
Now a word as to boiling the bath. Mr. destroyed the whole Willey family and much
Hugh O'Neil, partner in the well-known property. grand in conception, draw-
It is

house of C. D. Fredericks & Co., photog- ing, and color, and we shall soon see it fin-
raphers of this city, assured me that he has ished after which more of it and the tal-
;

always boiled his baths since 1855. I first ented artist producing it.
made his acquaintance in 1858, and I know
that he so operated at that time.
Charles Wager Hull. NEW PATENTS.
The production of photographs by me-
chanical means, seems to suit the American
THE WHITE MOUNTAINS IN taste better than any other, and hence,
WINTER. we have quite a long list of patents to an-
nounce, some of which we shall probably
An explanation is probably due to corre-

spondents of our unusual delay, during the

describe more fully hereafter. What we
have to record now, are the following
past month, answering their communica-
in
tions. We find it necessary once in awhile, By Mr. F. Peabody, a camera-screen,
to "flee to the mountains," or somewhere which is a contrivance for the making and
else, to and recuperate awhile, and
rest closing of the exposure of the plate, by
our last trip was extended to some ten or means of a screen in the body of the camera-
—
twelve days, and three hours, the latter — box, thus making it invisible and prevent-

beingcausedby Mr. Shaw, the" waste" man. ing the sitter from knowing when the ex-

Our jaunt was to the White Mountains, and posure is made.

was made with Thomas Hill, Esq., of Bos- By Alexander Beckers, New York, sev-
ton, the eminent landscape painter, whose eral improvements in revolving stereo-
great painting of the Yosemite Valley* will scopes.
render him immortal fame, and our es- By Peter Murphy, a new porcelain print-
teemed friend. Mr. B. W. Kilburn, of the ing-frame.
well-known stereoscopic publishing firm of By A. Krus, a magic lantern.
Kilburn Bros., Littleton, 1ST. H. Our space
By H. M. Heddon, for chocolate-tinted
this month will not allow us to render an
ferrotype plates.
account of ourselves during that enjoyable
ten days, and we will spare our readers the By I. H. Stoddard, an improvement in
infliction until our next. We had a grand cameras, by which the ground-glass is

time, however, in the sleigh, on snow-shoes, pushed back by means of springs, etc., when
and clambering .over, on and among the the holder is inserted to take its place.

White Hills, as you shall know, and

glorious By A. Anderson, a method of mount-
J.
are returned in good time for your service. ing backgrounds of difl'erent patterns on
We saw much that Mr. Kilburn cannot one frame, by which several backgrounds
master with his camera, Mr. Hill paint with may be used and take the space of but one.
his masterly brush, or we describe with our
By Isaac Kehn, for improvement in print-
pen but we all stored away material for
;
ing photolithographs ; and,
future use. Mr. Hill we found to be one of
By D. H. Cross, for a new photographic
the few artists willing to accord to photog-
dipper.
raphy the place it deserves among the arts,
We regret that we have not space to give
* Chroiao-lithographed by L. Prang & Co., more details concerning them now, but this
Boston. will show our readers what is going on.
110 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK.
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF FEPvROTYPEPvS' ASSOCIATION
PHILADELPHIA. OF PHILADELPHIA.
The regular monthly meeting was held The regular monthly meeting of the
on Wednesday evening, March 2d, 1870. Ferrotypers' Association of Philadelphia
The President, Mr. Frederic Graff, in the was held at C. M. Gilbert's gallery, on
chair. The minutes of the last meeting Tuesday evening, March 1st, 1870.
were read and approved. The President, Mr. A. K. P. Trask, in
A large number of glass positives were the chair.
exhibited in the magic lantern by the Sec- After roll call, the minutes of last meet-
retary, from negatives made by Messrs. ing were read and adopted.
Davids, Moran, and Browne.
The resolution, laid over from the meet-
Mr. John Moran made some remarks on ing in January last, viz., " That a commit-
the subject of photo-enamels and the pro- tee be appointed to examine into the manner
cess of M. Lafon de Camarsac. While ad- of conducting business, and style of sky-
mitting M. de Camarsac's claim to excel- lights used at the different galleries in the
lence in general effects, sweetness of color, city," was considered and adopted, and
and preservation of the half tones of his Messrs. A. K. P. Trask, D. Lothrop, and
pictures, Mr. Moran urged the point, that Nay lor were appointed to constitute that
C.
these desirable qualities were due quite as committee.
much to Mr. Camarsac's skill in retouching
On motion, it was resolved that the Sec-
as to the chemical means employed in pro-
retary purchase an album for the use of the
ducing them. Upon close examination, Mr.
Society, in which to keep the best ferro-
Moran found, in a majority of cases, the
types brought into the meetings at different
deepest shadows on the drapery, hair, vel-
times.
vet, etc., and high lights generally,
etc.,

had all been put on by the brush. On motion of Mr. D. Lothrop, it was re-

As the result of a chemical process they solved that each member bring to the next
meeting a group picture of two or more
are not equal to their reputation, although
persons, for examination and opinion of the
as pictures their merits are undeniable.
Society.
Mr. Moran exhibited a number of pictu-
resque transparencies for the lantern, toned On motion of Mr. A. K. P. Trask, it was
by the various salts of gold, palladium, resolved th-it the Society purchase a gold

platinum, and potash. Of the different medal, have it properly engraved, and of a

tones produced, that due to the use of the suitable size to wear on a watch-chain as a

permanganate of potash was considered the charm ;

to be given, at the expiration of the

most pleasing. year, to the member who shall in the mean-

time produce and bring into the meetings
Mr. Moran, in connection with the sub-
the best ferrotypes the greatest number of
ject of transparencies, adverted to the er-
times.
roneous idea generally prevalent, as to the
On motion, it was resolved that the Presi-
proper strength of the negative to be used
dent attend to the getting up of the medal.
in making glass positives. In his opinion,
a thin negative produced always a flat pos- During the evening, several
fine album-

itive; whereas, a negative of good strength were exhibited,

sized ferrotypes large heads

and density gave a positive which, when made by Messrs. E. F. Warrington and
thrown upon the screen, was characterized A. K. P. Trask, on the chocolate-tinted
plates.
by boldness, vigor, and relief, the depth of
shadow giving proper value to the bril- Adjourned.
liancy of the lights. The next meeting will bo held at Mr.
Thomas Brooks's gallery, 630 Arch Street,
On motion, adjourned. on Tuesday evening, April 5th, 1870.
John C. Browne, D. Lothrop,
Recording Secretary. Secretary.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. Ill

THE GERMAN PHOTOGRAPHIC The bottom part is 2 inches wide, and

SOCIETY OF NEW YORK. contains the two side-pieces, which consist

The German Photographic Society in of awooden sash with orange-yellow stained

New York, which is a branch of the Cen- glass, the front cloth,and a tray for water.
tral Photographic Society in Berlin, hold
These two parts are kept together by four
their meetings every Thursday evening, at
bracket-hinges, which keep the top from
falling over when fastening the side-pieces.
28 Stanton Street, New York.
This association, which numbers now The sides rest on slats, glued and screwed
thirty-six members, is progressing and pros- on each side of the two parts, and kept firm
pering in every respect. They have a very by small hooks and screw-eyes.
substantial library, and specimens of photo-
graphs from all quarters, which they are
always ready to improve by new works, for
the benefit and the accommodation of their
members,
Last week, the second anniversary of the
association was held at the meeting-rooms.
It was well attended, and gave full satis-
faction to every visitor. But the most in-
teresting and gratifying of all was an exhi-
bition of photographic works of all bran-
ches ;
stereoscopes ; landscapes, of larger
size ;
portrait heads and combination pic- The covering of the box consists of water-
tures ;
carbon prints, heliographs, and light proof cloth, lined with orange-colored mus-
prints (Lichtdruck von Ohm & Grossmann), lin, which is also in two pieces the top piece
;

and a very fine collection of photographs, is nailed inside of the cover of the box ; it is

from the early days of photography up to wide enough to allow about

or 1J inches 1

the latest time, so showing the different of the cloth to lap over the side of the box.
gradations of improvement from the child- The front of the cloth is tacked on a rod,
hood of the art up to the so much admired which keeps the sides of the box in their
Kembrandts. proper places, and stretches the cloth at the
There were also several stereoscopic cam- same time; it is fastened by a hook and
eras, and larger ones, etc., exhibited. I screw on each side; in the centre of the top
must also mention the self-constructed dark- cloth is a square hole, about 4| by 2| inches,
tent of Mr. O. Lewin. This very ingeni- in which is a stereoscope-hood-shaped box,
ous contrivance consists of a square black with a piece of stained glass in it to look
walnut box, 24 inches long, 15 inches high, through when operating.

and 6 inches wide. It is made in two parts,

and shuts up like a small valise.
The top part or cover is 4 inches wide, The front cloth is nailed inside the front
so as to provide ample room for bottles for of the box, also leaving 1 or 2 inches to
negatives, baths, collodion, developer, etc. lap over the sides; it has two sleeves long
112 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
enough to allow the hands to reach any por- reported that they had procured the pic-
tion of the box this front cloth is buttoned
; ture through Mr. E. L. Wilson, of Phila-
on the top and sides; the whole rests on a delphia, and it was now ready for the in-
tripod, fastened at the bottom of the box spection of the Society.
by means of a screw, same as a camera. The election of officers for the ensuing
This dark-room box gives plenty of room year then followed.
to work stereoscopes and 4-4 plates, is dur-
Messrs. H. William Tupper, E. T. Smith,
able, free from dust, and not very heavy it ;
and C. H. Danforth were appointed as tell-
weighs with contents about 20 pounds.
ers, and reported the following officers
Inclosed I send you some photographs
elected: President, Mr. E. L. Allen; Vice-
of the same for the better understanding.
President, Mr. J. W. Black Secretary. ;

Mr. Lewin presented to the Association Mr. H. William Tupper Treasurer, Mr. ;

some fine views of Niagara Falls, Central A. S. Southworth; Executive Committee,

Park, and New York Navy Yard, which Gr. H. Loomis, E. L. Allen, and J. W.
were accepted with pleasure and the thanks Black.
of the Association.
After the election of officers, Mr. Loomis,
Mr. Krueger produced some photographs the retiring President, in some valedictory
which had red patches in the less dense parts, remarks, reviewed the year's labor, and
as background draperies, etc., like those congratulated the fraternity on their aus-
of a bad albumen paper. He said that they picious beginning and promising future.
originated from fuming with a bad sample He referred to the important results achieved
of ammonia, for as soon as he tried some by personal and associated effort, and hoped
other ammonia they ceased to occur. that every member would feel an individual
At a recent meeting the following gen- interest in elevating the art. He regretted
tlemen were elected officers for the ensuing that ill health had prevented his presence
year : President, Henry Merz ;
Vice-Presi- at some of the meetings, but assured the
dent, Otto Lewin ; Secretary, Charles Kut- members that his interest in the success of
scher ; Treasurer, George Eichler ; Libra- the association was unabated. He predicted
rian, Otto Loehr. a fine display at the Cleveland exhibition, in
As often as I find an opportunity to com- June next, and hoped that Boston would be
municate anything of interest, I will let well represented.
you hear of us again. Mr. Southworth then offered the follow-
Charles Kutscher, ing resolution: That the thanks of this As-
Secretary. sociation be tendered to the past officers
28 Stanton Street.
thereof for the very able and faithful per-
formance of their respective duties as offi-
cers of this Association during the past year;
and it was unanimously adopted.
NEW ENGLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC The following gentlemen were elected
SOCIETY. members: Messrs. D. C. Osborn, Assabet,
The regular monthly meeting of the So- Mass.; E. W. Johnson, Nashua, N. H;
ciety was held at Mr. Black's studio, No. E. Day,Waltham, Mass.; T. N. Phillipps,
173 Washington Street, March 1st, 1870. West Lynn, Mass. W. T. Bowers, Lynn,
;

The meeting was called to order by Presi- Mass. ;

and D. S. Mitchell, Boston, Mass.

dent Loomis. Mr. A. S. Southworth said he wished to

Records of the last meeting were read, call the attention of the Association to a per-
amended, and approved. sonal matter which he hoped they would

The committee appointed at our Decem- excuse.

ber meeting to procure the celebrated pho- He had seen it stated once or twice in the
tograph published by Messrs. Robinson & Photographer, that the case, Southworth &
Cherrill, of England, called " Kitte wakes," Wing v- Schoonmaker, would probably be
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 113

tried the present month. Also, that the THE EXHIBITION.

plaintiff had tried
postpone the case.*
to
We desire to keep our readers alive on
The latter statement Avas not true, as Mr. this subject, and it is delightful to know
Wing and himself were very anxious that that many of them are alive on it. We
the case should be tried at the very earliest have had letters from hundreds who declare
time possible. they mean to go "if alive,' 7 and although
"When it would be tried, they could not the Boston exhibition was overwhelming,
tell. They thought they should know as we anticipate that the one in Cleveland will
soon as any one, and had written to their eclipse it entirely. The efficient local Sec-
lawyer in Washington, and asked him the retary, Mr. J. F. Ryder, is doing his utmost,
question. He has just answered, that " he and will announce his arrangements fully
could not as he did not know.
tell, The in our next issue. The railroad companies
case number 259 on the docket of the
is
in all directions are being appealed to, to
United States Supreme Court. Case 59 is reduce their fares, and several have as-
now being tried." sented. Effort is being made to secure this
The Secretary stated that, since the last favor for all, North, South, East, and West.
meeting, he had received a communication Let us all prepare to go, then, who can and
and a fine lot of pictures from the St. Louis have examples of our work there. Space
Photographic Society for this Association. will be ample, light fine, and our friend,
Unfortunately they had lain in the Boston Mr. Ryder, will gladly attend to all. Let
post office for nearly two months, his post us join hands and interests there in great
office being at East Cambridge, and he, not numbers, and make our influence felt.
expecting mail matter to be sent to him There is no art that has grown as rapidly
thus, had neglected to inquire there. as photography, and there is none as little
The communication was then read, and, respected, as little protected, and as little
on motion, it was placed on file and the ;
elevated as it. This must not be so. We
thanks of the Association extended to the want to be incorporated we want a copy-;

St. Louis Photographic Association for right law that gives a photographer a right
their valuable contribution to our album, to enjoy the full privileges of his labor and
and for their pleasant and friendly letter. skill without its being pillaged by engravers,
A committee of three was appointed by lithographers, and others. We want our
the Chair to collect photographs, to be sent profession and its usefulness acknowledged
to the St. Louis Society. and felt, and better prices for our work.
Messrs. W. T. Bowers, of Lynn ; E. T. We will get it too if you will rise, join
Smith and T. R. Burnham, of Boston; were hands, drop your malice and jealousy, meet
appointed that committee. together and devise and discuss the means.
'There being so few pictures presented for Come. It will pay you for any sacrifice, and
competition, it was decided to defer the we warrant you shall go home cheered,
vote on them till the next meeting. strengthened, bettered, and wiser. All
Adjourned. photographers, whether members of the
Frederick C. Low, Association or not, are welcome to exhibit
Secretary. and be present. Join the Association,
though, if you can afford it, now.
* Mr. Southworth is in error here. We stated Pour dollars will make a photographer a
thatwe understood that the case would probably member and prepay his dues from June
come up during March, and so we did, from Mr.
last for a year, and two dollars will do the
Schoonmakers counsel. He is liable to err, how-
same for an employee. Send to us, and
ever. Mr. Southworth has never seen it stated
certificates are waiting for you. Bring all
in thisJournal "that the plaintiff had tried to
your bad and curious negatives with you.
postpone the case," for no such assertion has
been made herein, and we have no doubt it will
Examples of failures, and all such, will add
be quite as great relief to the plaintiff as to the interest to the discussions. Let all ihenovel-

photographers, to have the case decided one way ties be there, and above all, be there your-

or the other. Ed. self.

114 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Articles for exhibition will probably not of wood, having attached to its under side at

be required to be in Cleveland before May each angle by a metallic or even wooden leg
25th, any way, but be getting ready and a (or an ordinary hinge may be substituted),
send the best you can produce. Arrange an arm B extending outwards and down-
with your express companies to return your wards at any convenient angle. At the
packages free, as no general arrangements outer end of each arm is a peculiar hinge b,
can be made with them. The West will so constructed as to allow the upper half of
not forget to help Cleveland. Full list of the leg C, which it embraces, to slide freely
the railroads granting commutation tickets up and down through it. To prevent the
and local Secretary's instructions in our leg from entirely coming out it is provided
next, which we shall endeavor to issue ear- near the top with a small pin or stop x.
lier than usual. Each leg, at about the centre, is cut half-
way through diagonally from opposite sides,
and the inner ends of the cuts joined in the
HINTS FOR A NEW DARK-TENT. direction of its length, through the centre,
as shown at c. The two halves thus made
BY A. E. LE MERLE.
are joined on the inside by an ordinary
Now that the season for outdoor work
hinge, and when extended are made rigid
will soon be here, and our fellow-craftsmen
by a slide d after the manner of an old-
wending their way fieldwards, perhaps a )

fashioned parasol-handle. The legs are ta-

description of a new dark-tent may not
pered at the bottom and shod with metal.
be amiss. Although the dark-box for field
In order to pitch the tent the operator in-
work has almost entirely superseded the
serts his hand inside the cover, unfolds one
tent, there are a few who still adhere to
of the legs, locks it with the slide d, and
the latter, and to such these few hints are
thrusts it a short distance into the ground.
addressed.
The next leg is operated in the same manner,
carrying it as far as the covering will per-
mit, and when these two are fixed they will
define the position for the third. The top,
owing to the bevel at the top of the legs,
will naturally fall into its proper position.
The folding is performed by a reverse ope-
ration, with the tent lying on its side. The
manner which the legs fold will at once
in
be understood by an inspection of the figures.
The framework is covered in the usual man-
ner with black and yellow calico. All the
metallic parts can be easily made of stout
sheet-metal.
It now remains to describe the means of
ventilation. In one side of the top a trian-
gular opening is cut. This opening is closed
by a valve composed of several thicknesses
of calico, slightly larger than the opening,
and of the same shape, stitched to and be-
tween the layers of the cover at the lower
edge. At the upper angle of this valve are
attached two cords; one passing upwards
between the cloth layers for a short distance
and thence downwards into the interior of
the tent through an eyelet-hole, the other
The reference letters refer to like parts in in a reverse direction, over the top of the
all the figures. A is a flat, triangular piece valve, between the layers of cover and into
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 115

the interior in the same manner. It is evi- The technical language of our profession
dent that by pulling one cord the ventila- is brief indeed.The philosophical terms
tor will be opened, and, from its shape, as appertaining to light and the camera; the
readily closed by pulling the other. To names of chemical substances used, together
any one who has worked in the old style with their properties, combinations, and re-
tent in July or August, the advantage of sults and a few words which escape to us
;

the above will be apparent.
another ventilator, of the same pattern,
may be placed in one of the sides near the
bottom, which will also give the operator
white light when he needs it without the
necessity of going outside.
represents the tent set up for use.
If necessary, from the realm of legitimate art, can scarcely
be considered, in a true sense, as belonging
to photography ; most of them seeming to
belong to an "ancient" language when
compared to our newly discovered art.
The cut below "Why, therefore, should not the limited de-
mand for new terms beget care in their
selection or manufacture?
We presume that the most important
characteristic of any word used, coined, or
imported, ought to be its susceptibility of
being understood. Nor is it unjust to the
majority of readers to assume that imsci-
entific language is the most acceptable; that
our own vernacular with its one hundred
and fourteen thousand words is always to
be preferred and much credit is due Mr.
;

David Duncan for his recent chapter An-

gaggle
glicizing the chemical nomenclature of the
A great advantage of a tent constructed dark-room.
on this plan is roominess when open, com- Above all, save us from that disposition
bined with compactness when folded. One which aims at a magnificent mysticism by
with sides six feet wide and six feet high, the application of high-sounding words, to
will fold into a bundle about eight or nine "split the ears of the groundlings" with
inches in diameter by a little over three feet incomprehensible names of quite compre-
in length. I hope that I have made the hensible things. As Professor Towler inti-
above clearly understood, and that some one mated in his Boston address, this is nothing
may think it worth while to try it (any one
else than " photographic quackery !" It is
with a moderate share of mechanical skill be regretted that our fraternity
to is not
and leisure can easily construct one for him- wanting and occasionally among
in those,
self), and give the result of his experience " men, who cannot
the so-called " first class
and improvements to the fraternity through refrain from such charlatanism and who, ;

the pages of the Photographer. by means of ridiculously-worded advertise-

ments and grotesque names for pictures, aim
to gull the public and make money.
SOMETHING ABOUT WORDS. This debasement, when practised among
BY GEORGE B. AYRES, the eminent representatives of our art, will,
Author of ' How to Paint Photographs," &c. of course, be followed by the less informed
" Read the literature of your profession," brethren ; and in such manner errors and
but (it may be well to add) endeavor to have absurdities will creep in, taking the place of
a " literature " in all respects worthy of better,and proper, words and phrases.
being "read" and studied. Is this condi- Foremost among the objectionables now
tion of things to be attained by the adop- current, I will instance the word genre.
tion of a questionable phraseology and the This importation from the French exceeds
constant use of art-terms manifestly inap- almost everything else in misapprehension.
propriate and improper ? That is what I The word itself is a common one, signifying
propose herewith to consider. genus, kind, sort, gender, species; and of such
 !

116 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.

gener-al application that its use for a partic- though it would yet remain to say what
ular thing only creates a misnomer. scene or idea the picture represented. Ap-
A few examples of its legitimate use may ropos of this, Mr. Notman's " Discussing
prove its misappropriation as a photographic a Sketch," in the Photographer of April,
adjective: Le genre humain (human kind, 1868, is a genre photograph truly
but he ;

mankind), Le genre sublime (the sublime supposes we know

and gives it a
all that!
manner or style), Un genre de vie (a course title. Mr. Griswold's beautiful specimen
or way of life), Le genre d' animal (the genus in the February Photographer should be

or species of animal). Suppose, therefore, named "Blowing Soap-bubbles;" it is "a

we give it Le genre de la
a parallel adoption, genre photograph," of course!
photographie, what have we gained ? Only But, behold! a photographer displays at
a poor phrase which might possibly cause his door or hangs on his wall A portrait
the ignorant to wonder at something they of perhaps the most conspicuous or distin-
do not understand and if this be the grand
;
guished citizen of his town, and labels it

object, why not complete the mysticism by "Genre Photograph."* Would it be im-
spelling it as pronounced, Zhong-r-r pertinent to ask such a one whether he
Genre, one of the oldest terms of art, was in his right senses; or, if so, that he
especially of painting, is used to designate should vouchsafe to tell us how a French
that class of pictures whose subjects cannot word, applicable to everything else than
be included in any of the specific depart anything in particular, can be tacked to a
ments —such as historical, portrait, land- positive and unmistakable portrait of a dis-
scape, marine, animal, fruit, flower, &c. It tinct and specific individual! Then, of
ismore com monly applied to scenes of every- course, a head of Csesar, or Napoleon, or
day life, whether grave or comic, anecdoti- Washington, or Lincoln, is a "ge?ire" pic-
cal subjects,and national character as re- ture ! Eh ?

vealed by domestic manners. But, excuse me, Mr. Editor, I have al-
Although it would seem to refer mostly ready exceeded my space for this time. I
to vulgar life, a genre painter is not neces- hope have said enough to induce the fra-
I
sarily a painter of low subjects. The Dutch ternity to throw this " Jonah " overboard ;

are the most conspicuous in genre, and among or at least to set them to thinking about its

the English, Hogarth and Wilkie are famil- proper and improper use.
iar names. In America, Eastman Johnson
is very prominent.
Now does it follow from these facts that
the word genre is, in any sense whatever, Burgess & Lenzi's Patent "Light-
applicable to photography ? The old story ning- Print-Cutting-. Table."
says that,when Adam ran short of names, The trimming of photographic prints is

he called "the rest of mankind" Smith. attended with a good deal of labor, and it is

It is plain that "Smith " is the genre word, very important that it should be neatly done.
designating the family; what is the differ- One great annoyance experienced in trim-
ence then between a Smith-man and a ming them by the use of a glass or metal
genre-photograph, in the matter of specifi- shape (held by the hand) as a guide and then
cation ? No difference because it remains ;
using a knife, is the sudden slipping of the
to say which " Smith " the man is, and what guide or shape from the fingers. That again
is the name or title of the photograph. causes the knife to slip, and very often de-
If a photographer would call in a lot of stroys the print. This is particularly the
ragged bootblacks and pose them in charac- case when the print be trimmed oval
is to

expressing an idea; or with

teristic attitudes or elliptic. This accident we have known
a few children and proper accessories com- most aggravating times, for ex-
to occur at
posed something like a sewing-bee or a tea- ample when you are trying to finish up an
party, without reference, however, to ob- oval while the customer waits for it, or with
taining any of the faces a.s portraits then —
he might class the pictures as uknkk; al- * Not an imaginary case.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 117

the last print needed tofill an order, thus To the Members of the National Pho-
throwing you hack one or two days at least, tographic Association,
causing you loss and disappointing your
And the Photographers of the United States.
patron.
The Shaw & Wilcox Co. hold a patent
from the United States for a device for sav-
ing silver by precipitating, and have sued
Mr. Lovejoy, of Stepney Depot, Conn., for
" infringement." They hope to get a judg-
ment against him, and will then put an in-
junction on every one coming within their
claim. Are we willing to submit to this ?
We all know their claim is worthless in fact,
as we can prove beyond a doubt, it is not
new.
Mr. Lovejoy is a poor man, having lost
an arm and an eye in the service of his
country, and a judgment against him is
equivalent to an injunction against us all.
He must be helped in his defence with money
as well as evidence. Let us all respond
promptly, as we are all interested. Mr. E.
Y. Bell, 43 Wall Street, is his lawyer.
Funds sent to H. T. Anthony, Esq., Treas-
urer of the National Photographic Associa-
These troublesmay now he entirely tion, or to E. L. Wilson, Secretary, will be
avoided, and much dispatch secured in trim- used to help Mr. Lovejoy test this unjust
ming the prints before or after the toning, claim.
by the use of the little apparatus represented The patentees have insulted the whole
by the cut above. It is the joint production profession by arresting Mr. Wilson for " li-
of Mr. George A. Lenzi, an old practised bel," because he gave his opinion of their
photographer, and Mr. Burgess, a practical patent in the last number of the Philadelphia
machinist Photographer.
The drawing almost explains it. It con-
A pretty claim to be sure. " I must not
sistsmainly of a turn-table on which the save my own property." These men must
print and glass form are laid, and by means me
save it for at their own price, or I must
of the treadle below, a spring lever is
let it go down the sink.
brought down upon the glass and holds it
The end is not yet.
firmly in place. The hands are then free, Abraham Bogardus,
one to turn the table around on its centre as President of the
the print is trimmed, and the other to use National Photographic Association
the knife. The end of the clamp brought
down upon the glass is rubber, and the rod
attached is fitted with a cone-spiral spring, The New Atelier of Loescher & Petsch
which thus enables the rubber pad auto- in Berlin.
matically to adjust itself to the centre of (Continued from page 90.)

the turn-table when in motion. It is a most To the supports of the roof corner-irons
complete little affair, handsomely and well by f in are riveted, and these
e (Fig. 2) | in. ,

made, and by its use prints may be trimmed
in about one-fourth the time usually re-
quired, and without accident.
It is for sale by all dealers. It may be
fitted to any table, box, or shelf. Wilson,
Hood & Co. are the manufacturers' agents.
carry the frames. The irons have three
grooves, in each of which a frame can be
moved without touching the other one.
Placed side by side, they cover the glazed
three-quarters of the roof compieteW; placed
one above the other, and pushed under the
 ;

118 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.

covered quarter of the roof, the glazed part sliding of the frames; s p, are the rollers
is unobstructed. See the two cuts below: for the cords ; n, rivets for the corner-irons
W, water-course; soh, washboards.
rig. 2.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 4 will show this arrangement —cross

section.
H is the rear wall ; A a wooden covering
for the roof; r, r'', r /// are the frames
,

which move in the guides as shown in the

figures above. Each frame has two small
hooks, x', x // , x /// etc.
,
The frames are
moved by cords, which at and V pass H
over rollers, and which at V are fastened to
the first frame. In admitting light, r / will
move backwards, first the hook x / will
catch the corresponding hook x ,f of frame
r' , and take the second frame along, and
so all the frames will be caught in succes-
sion. Friction is partially overcome by
strips of wood, h, Fig. 2, which are covered
with plumbago, and placed under the
frames; so also are the hooks F, Fig. 2,
covered with felt to avoid jarring.
The movement of the frames is easy and
certain, and the exclusion of the light com-
plete.

Fig. 4.

The side-light is regulated in a similar The distribution and character of the

manner.* Instead of throe frames, two only backgrounds and furniture, were made with
are needed. They run in a wide groove, and due regard to the tendencies of the times,
can be pushed partially below the floor of which in costume and everything else,
the studio. (See Fig. 5.) r r, are the frames ;
inclines to the Kococo and Renaissance
(j (j, large plate glass windows, a, masonry; styles. With this end in view, one side
b p, patent floor; //, the guides for the of the studio was provided with furniture
frames; r k, spring clamps, to prevent the and drapery of the former style, and the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 119

other side, with accessories corresponding has not been changed, excepting an arrange-
with the latter taste. ment by which the background can be placed
The ground-plan of the studio, Fig. 6, obliquely to the light. The light and shade
will show the arrangement m, representing effects are partially regulated by screens
different pieces of furniture;
Fig .6.
s s s are the rails for the v r- -

backgrounds d; It, supports

for the roof; t' t\ supports
NB
P 1 1

i
1 1 ^f-ti-f
T

1 1
K
«.
1 |

for the side wall, open is the m\

'

1 '

stove. The backgrounds are \t \t i "

1*
!"
2£ and 4 feet from the wall. J. s 1
!
i i

A
This distance was necessary
so as to enable the operator
2

~
1

1
1
l
|

! ! 1 1
J~
id d 1 1
!
i

to store
in use
away furniture not
from one day to an-
DK n 1

OPEN
a
other. (See also ground plan
on page 89, last issue P. P.)
1 1

L°2°_

and
O
reflectors.
^ The
1 DOOR

color of the furniture

|

Fig. 7.
is a mixture of burnt umber and chalk,
not so dark that black cloth will not show
upon it.

The size of the background is 7 feet wide

and 8 feet high, and as the studio is 17
feet wide, two backgrounds can be placed
side bjr side.
In the room for negative retouching, which
adjoins the studio (see Pig 6, NB), there
are three desks side by side. Each desk
has a ground-glass window (Z / , Fig. 7), 1J
feet square; the front part, of the desk
k can be raised or lowered, so as to admit
of moving the easel st nearer to or further
from the window. At night a lamp I is
used. The lamps are provided with Argand
burners, and parabolic reflectors of polished
metal. The back part of the reflector being
cut away, the direct light passes through,
while, at the same time, the side rays also
are thrown on the negative.
The other localities are not much differ-
ent from those of similar establishments. A
room facing south, underneath the studio,
is used for printing, toning, and washing
the prints. In this room the paper is also
sensitized.
In the reception rooms, the aim has been
rather to please by a tasty simplicity than
to dazzle the eye with gaudy splendor.
The dark-room, as well as several other
localities, are heated with hot air. Above
the flue in the dark-room, is a wire ar-
The old and practical way of moving the rangement, on which the negatives are
backgrounds on rollers and horizontal rails placed to facilitate their drying.
120 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
The arrangement for washing the pic- " In coloring, the light should fall upon

tures consists oftwo large tin boxes. The the work from the left hand, and rather to
water is introduced through many small the rear than front."
holes, and when it has reached a certain "The eyes, cheeks, ears, lips, chin, arms,
height, two syphons empty the boxes, and hands, neck, and bosom, all require differ-
the process begins anew. ent treatment, and the instructions should
Finally, it may not be amiss to say, that be studied carefully."
it is not claimed that the above arrange- '
Porcelain pictures intended for coloring
'

ments are perfect, but the aim has been to are best on ground-glass."
go a step forward in the construction of a
" '
3 H,' ' 1 H,' and '
6 B '
Faber's Siberian
first-class studio.
pencils all come in play for retouching the
negative."

EXTRACTS FROM OUR NEW " Care should be had in applying the
pencil "
BOOKS.
From Photographic Mosaics. " In a weak, flat negative — as for instance
"In albumenizing plates, -beginners are a copy of a ferrotype —a fine stump and
apt to fall into the error of using the albu- powdered lead will do great service."

men too thick." " In a negative where the sitter has

"Old red collodion maybe restored by moved, thus causing blurring, a few judi-
making an equal bulk of new collodion cious touches with the lead pencil will have
iodized with iodide and bromide of cad- a wonderful effect in removing these blem-
mium only. Mix the two, and set aside for ishes."

a few days before using." Mr. Ayres's book teaches fully all the
" One of the frequent causes of failures details of coloring photographs, and re-
in photographic views is, that the exposure touching negatives of all classes.

has been too little."

" Is your lens a corrected lens ? From Professor Pepper's Cyclopaedic Science
Tou '
don't know.' Exemplified.
Are your shields all in order, and your "The principle of the achromatic lens is

camera right? not difficult to understand. Given a lens

Tou 'don't know.' made of a certain kind of glass, and pro-
Then make the experiments, and see." jecting among other colors a ring of red
" By substituting glacial acetic acid for light, what color projected from another
liq. amm. in the albumen solution for coat- lens is required to neutralize it? The an-
ing glass plates, an advantage is gained." swer is obvious. Any color which, together

"Dirt is a chronic disease —a sickness

with the red light, would form white light.
That color must be green, because it con-
with which many photographers are af-
tains yellow and blue; and red, yellow, and
flicted."
blue form white light. In the adjustment
One hundred and forty-four pages of just
of the two lenses forming an achromatic
such matter are found in Mosaics for 1870,
combination, it is so arranged that the colors
all for half a dollar.
which would be separately produced by such
From How to Paint Photographs. Second lens shall, when combined, by their un-

edition. equal dispersion fall together at the same

" No book ever made a painter, or ever spot and unite together, and thus form
will. Neither can art bo taught practically white light."
by books; but the written experience of " The stereoscope was invented by Prof.
others may lend important assistance to the Whcatstone, and subsequently modified by
student who undertakes the task of self- Sir David Brewster."
tuition." " Most of our daily food contains salts of
" Be particular to obtain good brushes." potassium."
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 121

" Without sodium much of our daily food tudes assumed in every-day life, and adapt
would be tasteless." them to his art. When he sees a beautiful

" Lithium abounds in tobacco ashes." attitude, let him speculate upon the cause
of being beautiful, and he will find that
its
"Ammonium is found in thousands of
it depends for its effect on its consistency
nature's works."
with the rules of composition.
"Calcium abounds in limestone, marble,
A vignette head, when nothing more than
chalk, gypsum, marls, and various soils."
the head and shoulders is seen, should never
"Strontium decomposes water." convey the impression that the sitter was
"Magnesium is derived from the sea and lounging in a chair or leaning on a table ;

springs." the reason being, that as the table or chair

" Cadmium from zinc ore." is not visible, the figure would appear out

Prof. Pepper's book contains nearly 700 of shape and deformed. As a general rule,

pages, and over 600 illustrations. A fine the shoulders should appear level, as though

work for the photographic student and the subject was standing.

reader. Make it a constant practice before remov-

ing the cap from the lens, to first give a
From Pictorial Effect in Photography. rapid glance at the sitter, to see whether
"Long experience will show that the two the outline of the figure composes well, that
sides of every face differ. This is very evi- the light and shade is massive and round,

dent in many however

faces; and in all, and that there appears some indication of
regular the eyes may seem, or however the expression you desire on the face of the
straight the nose may appear, close obser- sitter. If there is a lack of either of these
vation will discover that one side is better do not waste your plate until you
qualities,
than the other. have got them before your lens."
In photographic portraiture the face
should, as a general rule, be turned away
We here bring these books to notice
again, for now is the season when our read-
from the light. If the face is turned to the
ers have the opportunity, and when they
light,however delicate the half-tones may
should inform themselves by reading, on
be, the line of the nose will be partly lost
all that may be of value to them in their
in equal light on the cheek behind it.
business and profession.
A single figure should be complete in it-
Those who study faiow, and those who
self; it should not appear as though it had
know, produce the best work and secure the
been cut out of a group, and it should be
best pay. Mr. Lea's excellent manual has
incapable of having another figure added to
been so often alluded to, we need not ex-
it without injury. The head being the chief
tract from it here. Our books supply all a
object, every line should be composed in
photographer needs in that line.
relation to and the student will find the
it,

rules of pyramidal compositon invaluable

to him here.
The action of the figure should be that PERMANGANATE OF POTASH
which is most common to the individual ;
IN THE NITRATE BATH.
such a position as shows it to the best ad- Perhaps the following facts in the ex-
vantage. No violent action should be al- perience of an every-day worker may be of
lowed no appearance of strain.
;
interest to the practical craft, and the theory
It cannot be too strongly impressed on the derived therefrom may possibly be new to
student that the possibilities of the figure some of our more scientific friends.

must be considered before the attitude is A bath of 140 oz., which had been reduced
chosen ; every figure will not allow of every to a 30 grain condition of leanness by over-
attitude,any more than a decrepit old man work and lack of proper food, was filled up
of eighty or ninety could perform the feats tol60oz. (its standard bulk). This resulted
of a skilful acrobat. in precipitating the excess of iodide which
The student will do well to observe atti- was filtered out. Being tested, it was found
 ! —

122 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

decidedly acid. One drachm saturated so- results obtained entirely satisfactory, and to
lution of permanganate of potash was added, accomplish them, the oldest and wisest
the bath exposed to direct sunlight three heads have been puzzled occasionally for lo,

hours, in which time it changed from bright these many years.

cherry color to a faint greenish-yellow tinge, Moral. — Leave
and cyanide, and
soda,
but nearly clear. was now carefully fil-
It caloric alone (in treatingyour bath), and
tered, enough pure crystals of silver added try permanganate, and sunlight, and filters,
to make it a strength of 45 grains to the and clean fingers !
ounce, poured into a thoroughly clean bath- J. Lee Knight.
cup, and stood over night. In the morning Topeka, Kansas, January, 1870.

it was tested and found to be neutral, no

The "ounce of prevention," which was
trace of acid being present ! Query. — What said to be " better than u pound of cure,"
became of the acid ?
has been photographically ascertained to be
The crystals added must have been neu-
eight clean fingers, which are better (and
tral or faintly acid. They could by no pos-
cheaper) than the pound of silver necessary
sibility have been alkaline. No alkali was
to make a new bath
introduced at any time, yet a large bath (160
ounces) decidedly acid, was completely neu-
tralized! Not only this, but it was completely
purified, changing from pin-holes, streaks, NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
and sich, at 2 o'clock one day, to clean, clear, STUDIO.
perfect films at 9 o'clock the next morning. BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.

Theory (if chemically faulty, it is practi- New Mounting Material — Reproducing Nega-
cally feasible). — Nitric acid holds in solu- tives —Development of Dry Plates — Im-
tion (and consequently suspension) organic proving Foliage in Negatives —American
matter. Sunlight will have but little effect Photos of Eclipse —Retouching Negatives.
in correcting a disordered bath while nitric
New Mounting Material to Prevent Cock-
Manganic
acid is present in it.

the contrary, coagulates (and consequently

acid, on
ling. — One of the serious incidental troubles
which beset photographers, is the difficulty
precipitates) organic matter. Permanga-
of mounting albumenized prints on thin
nate of potash, when introduced into an acid
cards, or on plate-paper, without causing
solution, acts as an absorbent of free nitric
unsightly cockling of the margin. For the
acid, takes it up, as it were, forming man- portfolio or framing, the mounting-board
ganic acid, which at once, by its reaction, may be sufficiently stout to obviate this dif-
shows a very different character from nitric ficulty but where photographs are used for
;

acid. The organic matter formerly held in

book illustration, the use of extremely thin
solution at once begins to coagulate, and in
boards or even of a stout paper for mounting
a very short time falls to the bottom in the
purposes is imperative. The only mounting
form of a dark brown or black sediment. material hitherto in use, by which all risk
"Matter in the wrong place" (dirt) is of cockling is avoided, is India rubber in
speedily removed.
solution, but unfortunately it is altogether
Briefly, nitric acid is taken up by man- untrustworthy ;
sooner or later the prints
ganese. Manganic acid thus formed is taken are sure to leave the mounts.
up in coagulating and precipitating the or- The cause of cockling mounted
in prints
ganic matter present, the bath is neutralized on thin boards is, known.
of course, well
and purified.* The process is simple, the A print treated with starch-paste, gum, or
any adhesive preparation of which water
# The theory is wrong. Organic matter in forms a large part, absorbs the water and
a neutral solution of nitrate of silver exposed swells or stretches. If, in this condition, it

to the action of sunlight ia decomposed, and an

oxide of silver precipitated ;
this cannot take of alkali, neutralizes the acid contained in a
place when an acid is present. The permanga- bath, and hastens also the action of the sun by
nate of potash, which always contains an excess its own decomposing properties. Ed. P. P.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPH EE. 123

is attached to a dry board, it contracts again Take half an ounce of gelatine and cover
as the water evaporates, and necessarily it with water; leave it in soak for say twen-
drags the board to which it is attached out of ty-four hours, in which time it will become
shape, causing cockling or buckling. The thoroughly swollen. Now pour off all the

point to be secured, then, is an adhesive superfluous water, except two or three

substance containing little or no water. drachms; place the gelatine with this trace
India rubber solution answers this con- of water in a glue-pot, and place it on the
dition; but, as I have shown, it fails in other fire. "When it is melted, add six ounces of
respects. I am about to describe another alcohol —
that which I used had a specific
preparation which also answers this condi- gravity of .820. A most important point,
tion, without the disadvantages of India however, is the mode of mixture; the alco-
rubber. hol must be added a little at a time, stirring
A preparation for mounting, the nature steadily with a glass rod, and maintaining
of which has been kept a profound secret, a moderately high temperature. By pro-
has for some time been used by certain ceeding carefully in this way, perfect mix-
large firms in this country, has been under- ture is secured, and the solution is then
stood to meet all the necessary requirements. poured into a wide-mouthed bottle, corked
Somehintsofitsconstitution having recently or stoppered, and set aside for use. It is
reached me, I have been induced to make well to rub a little of a solution of wax or
some experiments which have issued very round the stopper, to prevent its
parafline
successfully. The new preparation practi- becoming fixed by the gelatine in the bottle.
cally consists of a solution of gelatine or When cool, the solution slightly gelatinizes,
glue in alcohol. This, at first sight, seems but a very slight degree of warmth makes
to be an impossibility, since, under ordinary it fluid for use. This, applied to the print,
circumstances, gelatine is not soluble in al- causes a scarcely appreciable degree of ex-
cohol, but on the contrary, precipitated
is. pansion, and no appreciable subsequent
from an aqueous solution by the addition of cockling. Its adhesive qualities are perfect*
alcohol. My first attempt to make the prep- and the preparation keeps well. To prevent
aration was as follows, but was a failure; I the rigid hardness which characterizes good
describe the failure that it may be avoided. gelatine, I added from one to two drachms
I took gelatine and soaked it in water for of glycerine to the preparation, which is, I
twenty-four hours, until it was well swollen, think, an improvement. It is probable that
and then draining off" the water, added al- any good sample of glue would answer the
cohol, and placing the jar, which was cov- purpose, and for extensive use would, of
ered up, in a pan of water, placed it on the course, be more economical. At first sight,
fire to simmer. After the lapse of thirty or the use of alcohol, for mounting purposes,
forty minutes, the gelatine was softened and seems- costly ; but as a little of the prepara-
melted but it was but very imperfectly
; tion will mount many prints, the expense
mixed with the alcohol. On adding a little need not be very serious. For mounting
more alcohol, to supply the loss b}' evapo- photographic book illustrations, I think this
ration, the slight degree of mixture which will be found especially valuable.
bad taken place was at once destroyed, the Reproducing Negatives. —A method of
gelatine being precipitated as a tough, vis- multiplying negatives is coming into use
cous mass at the bottom of the jar, and no in this country, which is simple, and seems
subsequent amount of heat or stirring with to possess many advantages. It consists in
a glass rod secured even an approximate printing by superposition on collodio-chlor-
degree of solution or mixture. This was ide of silver, instead of using the usual
clearly a failure, and I began again. As method of camera printing on wet collodion.
I finally met with success, I will describe One of our stockdealers, Mr. Solomon, has
precisely what is to be done, giving the pro- introduced the method. I may here men-
portions of my own experiment, which can tion, by the way, as a novelty in the busi-
of course be easily increased for working ness of a stockdealer, that Mr. Solomon has
on a large scale. recently made arrangements to give lessons
124 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
for a moderate fee, in certain unfamiliar Besides its use in the reproduction of neg-
processes, such as reproducing negatives, atives, this paper is used for producing fine
producing photographic enamels, enlarging, transparencies. Messrs. Geyniet & Alker
etc. The method of reproducing negatives prefer the transparencies obtained in this
is as follows A sample of collodio-chloride
: way, for use in their mode of enamelling, a
paper is prepared with an express view to better result being obtained from them than
the final removal of the film from the paper. from transparencies obtained the usual way.
It is something like the Obernetter enam- The transfer paper in question (of which I
elled paper, the collodio-chloride of silver inclose a sample), is I believe prepared by
heing applied to a paper having an enamelled the French firm, named expressly for ob-
surface consisting of some white pigment taining the transparencies which serve as
and gelatine. Upon this the negative is cliches in their enamel process.
printed very deeply. The image may be Development of Dry Plates. The alkaline —
toned and fixed in the usual manner; but method of developing dry plates, especially
simple fixation in a hyposulphite solution those in which a bromide only, or a large
is, I think, best, as a fine, non-actinic color proportion of a bromide is employed, ap-
is so secured. The print is washed, and then pears to be largely superseding acid pyro-
placed in a dish of hot water, which loosens and silver. I have recently
gallic solutions,
thefilm but does notdetachitfrom thepaper. had an opportunity of examining some ex-
The print is then placed, face down, on a ceedingly fine photographs of Athens, and
plate of glass, and the paper is lifted away, its classic environs by a countryman of

leaving the film on the glass. A broad cam- your own, Mr. W. J. Stillman, American
el 's-hair brush dipped in warm water is used Consul at Crete. These are taken on col-
to remove all the traces of the white pig- lodio-bromide plates, supplied commercially
ment, etc., from the film. This done, a piece by the Liverpool Dry Plate Company and ;

of paper upon it, one edge of the film

is laid as the results are unusually excellent, a
turned over, and the whole is then lifted up brief description of the method of develop-
together in order to place the film on its ing, which is a modification of existing
final resting-place. This is another plate alkaline methods, may be interesting. Mr.
of glass to which a coating of a very weak Stillman says:
solution of gelatine has been applied and " I commence with pyrogallic acid alone,
dried. It is placed for a moment in cold three or four grains to the ounce of water
water to moisten the gelatine, and the film (a preliminary application of alcohol and
containing the image is applied to it, and water being indispensable), and let the film
pressed down with a small elastic scraper of get thoroughly saturated with it. If at
vulcanized India rubber, called a "squee- this stage any sign of image appears, I
gee." The paper which had assisted in the drop one drop of dilute ammonia (five per
transport of the film is now lifted away, and cent into the developing glass, and pour
)

the transparency is left to dry. the pyrogallic back into it: returning, I

To reproduce the negative precisely, the leave on till the detail begins to appear
it

same operations are repeated, printing on in the shadows, when I drop in four to
a piece of the same paper from the transpar- eight drops of ammonia, and one drop of
ency, and transferring in a similar manner. bromide of potassium (five grains to the
By this means, very excellent reproduced ounce), and continue. If the shadows show
negatives^ may be obtained, the fixed but any sign of immediately add six to
fog, I
untoned silver image being of an excellent eight drops of bromide, and then drop in
printing color. ammonia drop by drop till I get the re-
It is worthy of remark, that even if the quired intensity. If, on the other hand, no
paper be very old and much discolored, image appears from the pyrogallic, I drop
it answers perfectly well, for it is found in ammonia drop by drop, at intervals of
that this discoloration is confined to the ten or fifteen seconds, until all the details
paper, and does not affect the color of the appear, without any necessity of adding
collodio-chloride image itself. bromide; but if, when all detail is out,
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 125

there is not sufficient intensity, I add the the finest results I have seen produced by
ammonia and bromide solution in equal retouched negatives, in speaking with the
quantities." constant experience in this work of several
Mr. Stillman speaks very highly of the years says, speaking of the most suitable
keeping qualities of these plates, both in materials :

hot and cold climates, and in all sorts of " The materials I use are blacklead pen-
weather. cils, blacklead in powder, a stump, sable
As I have said, the examples I have seen pencils, and water-color. The lead pencils
are most admirable, some of them equal to I have found be~t for retouching are Faber's;
the best wet collodion pictures. I find them less powdery than others. I
Improving Foliage in Negatives. 7 ~~iay — use three sorts : F, F B, and B. But the
mention a good suggestion of another cor- lead, both in powder and pencils, I can
respondent. It consists in the use of the only use for very large heads. For heads all

lead pencil, for giving vigor and crispness under one inch I use color. A very good
to detail in foliage, where some lack of color for the purpose is Payne's gray, or a
these qualities may be apparent. The cor- gray made by mixing Indian red with co-
respondent says balt blue; but I prefer a color made from
"Agood deal has been said in favor of the negative film ; it is some little trouble
lead pencil or working up negatives, but I to prepare, but it is much the best for use,
do not think the following has been men- as it matches the color of the negative, and
tion. If a negative in which foliage is too your only care need be to keep the true gra-
weak to print well is varnished bright and dations. It might not, perhaps, be so much
hard, a BB or BBB pencil can be rubbed trouble to prepare if I had the proper appli-
vigorously over it in all directions, and ances to do it with, but my mode of procedure
will bring it up in due gradation with- is very primitive I get the films of several
:

out fogging the shades, or showing the negatives (they must have been intensified
touches." and fixed, but not varnished) these are ;

It will readily be seen that the principle dried and pounded in a mortar, and then
upon which this mode of improvement is ground upon a piece of glass with a little
based, found in the fact that the lights of
is weak gum water. It is this grinding that
the foliage, having received more silver I find the greatest trouble, for it must be
than the shadows, will possess a slight de- very fine indeed, or it will work lumpy.
gree of relief, and the black lead thus rub- The brushes I use are the ordinary sables
bed will adhere to the prominent points, used for water-color painting; but before
and not to the small interstices of shadow, using a new brush I pass it through the
and so increase the printing vigor of the flame of a taper to get rid of the fine flue at
lighter parts. the tip.
American Photographs of the Late It is a good thing, to prepare the surface
Eclipse. —I
have just received from the of the negative to take the lead. This is

United States Naval Observatory, at Wash- done by rubbing some prepared chalk over
ington, the complete report, and from the it with a soft linen rag, rubbing with a cir-

Surgeon General's Office, photographs and cular motion all over the parts to be touched
illustrations of the eclipse of August last. (I may here remark that I have all nega-
I have no hesitation in saying, that to- tives varnished before I work upon them,
gether they make the most complete and either in water-color or lead) ; this takes
valuable, and the most perfect and hand- the brightness oft* the varnish, and gives a
some report, which has ever been issued of fine tooth that takes the pencil beautifully.
a photograph eclipse. It must be as gratify- The powder lead I use principally for fill-

ing as it is creditable to every person con- ing up accidental markings, such as streaks,
cerned, both in securing the photographs etc. I sometimes use it to lighten heavy
;

and issuing the report. shadows under the eyebrows, and for putting
Retouching Negatives. —Mr. G. Crougton, in a light on a dark background a la Salo-
a skilful artist, who has shown me some of mon. It is put on with the stump. I make
126 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
my own stumps, for the leather ones sold The first point to consider is, that the
for crayon work are too hard for the pur- process in one respect is radically different
pose. I paste several thicknesses of fine from touching on the print. There every
blotting-paper together with starch paste, stroke reduces the lights, while on the nega-
then paste all over the inside, and roll up tive every mark makes them more intense.
into a stickwhen dry, it is cut to
;
a point. The one lowers the lights, the other works
This makes a much better stump for the up the shadows.
purpose than any you can buy." This indicates that special care should be
Reference to retouching recalls to my taken to keep those negatives intended for
mind that I have just examined the very retouching soft, and thus allow for the in-
admirable little work you have recently tensity added by the pencil. Most of the
issued, entitled How to Paint Photographs, -prints, from retouched negatives, done in
by Mr. Ayres, and am much pleased with this country, exhibit this fault in a glaring
its essentially practical character, both in •degree. An originally opaque negative is

reference to the retouching of negatives worked till, instead of a picture, it gives only
and the various modes of finishing prints. a map (note the difference) of the face, by
The practical hints of a practical man are all but total obliteration of the modelling.
manifest throughout the book, and render Did country? I will not so
I say this
it most valuable aid to the student. limit myself. In my collection of a few
foreign photographs there is a vignette of a
lady with not ungraceful features. She is

NEGATIVE RETOUCHING. dressed in immense style. The face of this

BY W. J. BAKER. picture is so white that it almost shames
Now that the retouched negative is fairly the unshaded paper margin. Among some
before the photographers of this country, of the best photographs from abroad, this
and seems acknowledged on all sides to be atonce rivets attention.
a good thing, it 'is of moment to consider "Who is that
lady? Is she not lovely?"
how we shall wisely "use this new power, " I do not know, madam this is a Paris ;

which is capable, in so great a degree, of photograph "

modifying, even altering, the character of "Oh! Paris! How elegant! how per-
our negatives. fectly clear! Why is it that we can't get
Few who can obtain 'the facilities for this such photographs in this country ?" And
method will need urging to its use, as they then considerately, as if in deference to a
will be driven thereto by ever increasing wounded vanity: "I suppose they have
competition. The
to adopt this plan
first such a clear air there." And because this
will naturally be the most ambitious, those photograph, not a solitary exception, has
wbo already are looked upon, both by the the prestige of a foreign name, and is poor

public and the fraternity, as leaders, and enough to meet an ignorant taste, nothing
what they set forth is always likely to be will convince three out of five, but that
admired by the one and followed by the their photographs are inferior in those very
other. points in which their excellence consists.
What not. to do, becomes then of impor- Let us then guard against too much of
tance, lest a meretricious style be foisted this kind of clearness, lest we revert to the

upon by a demand from the public that

us, evil days when we ignorantly thought a
we do something mechanical and inartistic, negative must be as opaque as a brick, to
because some one of metropolitan location print at all on albumen.
and continental fame does the same. A lesser degree of this same fault is almost
That this is no imaginary bugaboo the universal on retouched work, by which parts
experience of many of us will attest, who of the negative being rendered too intense,
have been asked to imitate the worst points what artists call the " keeping" is destroyed.
of objectionable productions, as far as we This is a defect but little obvious to the un-
could see, simply because the back bore a cultivated eye, and would among artists
celebrated address. But of this further on. be much more readily detected by a sculp-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEK. 127

tor or painter than by a photographer. pencil for effect; of merging the photogra-
Being a matter that must be perceived to be pher in the retoucher ; of saying "that will
understood, it is somewhat difficult to ex- do if it is touched up a little." A true
plain verbally. In a photograph the fault pride in our art will doubtless preserve
might exist thus. The line of the cheek- most of us from this error.
bone being prominent, would at a certain There are cases, as of short exposure of
angle catch too much light, become too children, where it may not only be allow-
white and glistening, and thus have an un- able, but very praiseworthy, to be able
due projection in the proof, seeming to start to work up a negative that, untouched,
out beyond the rest of the picture. In a would be useless.
profile, the nostril, or rather the base of the But shall the use of the pencil be limited
nose next the cheek, is almost sure to ex- to such exceptional instances ? By no means.
hibit this appearance. In a front or three- It does not follow that because of some sub-
quarter view, the flattening of the light jects a photograph can be obtained present-
down the front of the nose often makes that ing the truth in a form, lovely almost as
organ seem too broad and thick. Inversely nature's self, that this is always or usually
an exaggerated shadow may retire a part possible.
too much, as the eye, under a very project- There is yet another consideration. Peo-
ing brow or a hollow cheek, when too much ple see their friends at home and them-
top-light is used. In these and many other selves in the glass, by a very different di-
ways the features are thrown out of keep- rection of light than the photographer uses.
ing and the face distorted, in plain photo- At home the light is from windows low at
graphs, and examples in plenty lie before the side, from many apertures, rather than
me to show that the busy pencil can mag- from one, and is soft, diffused front-light,
nify and improve these occasions to the for when we want to have a good look at
point almost of the grotesque. our friends, we get between them and the
Such cheeks, chins, and noses, never be- window.
longed to any human face, as are seen on This light penetrates the hollows and
some foreign cartes. recesses of the features, and shows them
A third defect, hardly different from the shadowless; removing in a measure the
last in result, is in the obliteration of detail, haggard look from a thin face, and hardly
that follows the pencilling. The modula- revealing the lines of care and age.
tions of a good plain photograph are infi- To obtain rotundity, many artists so light
nite; no point so small but has its grada- that the face is burlesqued rather than rep-
tions, finer in an exquisite degree than the resented. This relief of the face is by no
pencil's point can follow. The fine texture means the artistically desirable thing that
of the skin, and the delicate grading of might be supposed. The cultivated eye re-
shape, cannot be approached by the regular quires the subject to be represented, not
stipple of handwork, which only destroys imitated ; and revolts at being deceived into
them and introduces in their stead conven- the idea, that what is known to be a flat
tionalities, and a mechanical finish, more surface, can paradoxically have projections.
allied to the polish of cabinetware than to However suitable the stereoscope may be to
art. give us topographical notions of things and
Here is our greatest danger, here is the places we have not visited, or to remind us
snare, into which some photographers of of those we have, but an optical toy,
it is

the old world have already fallen. The and its illusions create wonder rather than
public is pleased and tickled with this for- artistic joy. If the production of the ro-
mal, smooth prettiness. It is the next best tundity of life was the apex of art, then a
thing to " clearness," apparently, but what wax figure might be a very noble thing, and
a degraded remove from that truth which a colored wax figure the highest effort of
lies within our power. genius ;
whereas the nearer such a work is

The last danger I shall venture to point done to life, the more disgusting it is.

out is that of leaning too much on the But this is rather aside from my object,
128 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
which was to show that by forcing the re- observer of physiognomy can do much,
lief of a picture, the usual and homelike without departing from nature, for we must
expression of the face is neglected. On be careful to conform to the action of those
seeing themselves so portrayed, many per- muscles that give a lively expression, in
sons exclaim, with the little old woman, order to represent the subject, not, indeed,
of whose somnolence our nursery rhymes as at the unhappy moment of the agonized
tell us, that the peddler Stout had taken a sitting, but more as he or she appears at
base advantage, "This is none o' I," and home among cheerful friends.
their friends confirm the verdict, not being The argument some operators consider as
accustomed to seeing the features so illumi- exhaustive, "Well, that is just as you looked
nated, and feeling that the most objection- when you sat," is seldom convincing to the
able parts of the physiognomy have been customer, and is founded on a limited view
exaggerated. of the aim of portraiture, and the capabili-
Ruskin says that " every good picture ties of our profession.
has a certain flatness," though he does not It is, of course, impossible to indicate
mean a map-like flatness, but a quiet re- what may or may not be done in every in-
tiring etfect, harmonious, and implying the dividual case, in softening asperities of the
best of modelling. In almost the same pas- negative. This must be left to what good
sage he warns against painting so that an taste each operator can exercise.
arm, limb, or feature starts out from the The writer will feel satisfied if he has
canvas, simulating the reality of life. protested against the evil of formality, to
Much more can be done to modify the which the profession seems in danger of
defects of disagreeable features than many being driven, in time
to open the eyes of the

suppose. By perfect harmony in the chemi- more earnest and inquiring among us, and
cals, placing the sitter in a diffused light, thus hinder the abuse of the opportunity for
full timing, and avoiding much intensity, license now afforded us.
glaring imperfections are reduced to a min- Most — and the writer sees the danger
imum, and then, but not till then, when all clearly, from having here one of these — most
the resources of the photographer have been will at first glance deem the highly finished
exhausted, and you can conscientiously say, mechanism of the pencil, its pretty surface,
" I can do no more," call in the pencil, to superior to plain work; and perhaps it is

remove, as far as may be, the unavoidable better in many instances, but on the other
exaggerations of the negative. hand, few of us know what can be done
The skin-spots, freckles, warts and moles, with the camera and chemicals alone, of
chemically too intense, the wrinkles seen which the works of Adam Salomon are un-
with the broad eye of the camera, the sha- doubtedly the highest exponent. This truly
dows under the brows, nose, and chin, and great artist obtains his highest effects from
the hollow cheeks, all weak points in our the plain negative, and those who have had
art, by reason of the tendency of the chemi- the opportunity of studying his produc-
cals to overdo the lights, before the shadows tions, will return lovingly to them with
are out, all these may be carefully stippled satisfied eyes, long after they have detected
to a more normal condition. and wearied of the hypocritical convention-
Nor is this all; an intractably stupid or alities, that at first seemed so beautifully

surly expression may be made rather pleas- " smooth and clear."
ing, by obliterating the puckers in the fore-
head, and the wrinkles between the brows,
separating these latter alittle, and arching Anderson's Patent Background
them slightly, more sweetness given to the Frame.
mouth by altering the curve of the lips; Improvement has been made in all pho-
tin! eye rendered vivacious, when it is too tographic furniture and apparatus except
dark, by touching in a catch-light at the the background screen, which is still in its
top, and a softer transmitted light under- primitive state, viz., a frame with canvas
neath. In these, and other ways, a correct tacked on; and every photographer knows
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 129

the inconvenience of having several of these middle roller set a little farther back, upon
in an operating-room, being as a general which the canvas is wound. By winding
thing unsightly in themselves, and taking on to one of the rollers A D, it unwinds
up a great deal of valuable room, or limit- from the other and exposes change of scene.
ing the photographer to the use of a very Upon the ends of the rollers A D are rachet-
few, which, if scenic, gives a sameness to wheels, whose teeth point in different direc-
the work. To obviate this, the invention tions, provided with pawls, which are so
we describe below is so constructed, as to constructed as to keep the rollers AD in
use any number of backgrounds on one any position, by which the canvas is tight-
frame, holding fifty equally as well as two. ened lengthwise; said pawls can be raised
It is upon castors, and can easily be
set and lowered at pleasure.
moved to any part of the operating-room, By applying the crank at E, the canvas
is easily adjusted from one scene to another, can be tightened sideways to suit, thus mak-
and so contrived as to lighten the cloth ing the cloth securely fastened on all sides.
top, bottom, and sides, making a perfectly
For further particulars address
smooth surface.
J. A. Anderson,
Another method of using this invention
212 Illinois St., Chicago, 111.
is as a moving background, by having two
or three plain backgrounds of different
shades after each other, and then winding
on one of the middle rollers, it may be GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
moved either up or down, producing a per- —
Lenses for Large Heads The Effect of Dis-
fectly smooth and uniform tint from the
tance and Wide Angle in Landscape and
roughest background. The frame can be
Portrait Photography — On Failures in
made in any style of architecture, and of
Group Pictures — The of Large Aper-
effect
ture — Potato Noses — Genre Pictures.
any wood or combination of woods, thus
making a very ornamental piece of fur-
niture, or may be made plain and cheap, In a previous letter I discussed the effect
and just as useful. For the better under- of distance in portrait photography, and
standing of the working and construction, demonstrated how the same person, taken at
reference may be had to the cut. The cloth longer or shorter distance, will appear stouter
or more slender. The article has given rise
to considerable argument in Berlin, and I
am glad to say that practical photogra-
phers have already taken advantage of my
suggestions, particularly in taking the large
heads which are now so much in fashion.
For heads innormal proportions, a distance
of 90 inches is correct, and a carte-de-visite
lens of 2J inches diameter, and from 6 to
7 inches back focus, is most suitable. For a
stout figure, which is to appear more slender,
I would recommend a carte-de-visite lens of
If inches diameter, 3 J to 4 inches back focus,
and a distance of 60 inches. For a small
figure which is to appear larger, a cabinet
lens of 3 inches diameter, about 10 inches
back focus and a distance of 130 inches, will
answer the best. If this does not give ful-
is continuous, and may be used of any ness enough to the figure, then a 4-inch lens
length. The frame consists of four rollers, with 15 inches focus will do better, but a
at A B C D, C being placed at top, and B skilful operator will get along very well
at the bottom of the frame. A D is the with the first three lenses. I must not ne-
130 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
gleet,however, to remark that the effect on make themselves particularly felt when we
hollow bodies is just the reverse. work with wide-angle lenses.
Take, for instance, a hollow box with in- I have mentioned to you in a former cor-
clined sides, A, B, C, D. A
person standing respondence, a picture of a church here.

B The church has two

cupolas, and the pic-
ture was made with
—.—_ """""
T a Globe lens. The
, ;* VL building appeared
correct and perfectly
perpendicular, while
the two steeples
at P will see nothing of the inclined sides, seemed to incline one against the other. The
but, when he approaches closer they will cause was m uch discussed, and generally con-
become visible, and, as a consequence, the sidered as a fault of the lens, but this is not
box will appear to be broader. This is strik- the case, the fault lies in the central perspec-
ingly illustrated by street views taken at tive, and, to give a striking illustration of
short or long distances. When we go too this, would call your attention to Fig.
I
close, the foreground will appear very 28, aphotograph of five balls made with a lens

broad, almost unnatural. The same thing free from distortion. You will observe
happens in portraiture, not only with bust that the ball C only is perfectly round ;

but also with full-length figures. Let C, all the others are more or less oval. No-
D, for instance, be the foot of a figure, A, body would believe that they were all pho-
C, and you will see that the foot, as well as tographs of the same-sized balls, and yet
the floor underneath, will appear larger at the thing is perfectly natural ; take, for in-
a short distance, and, vice versa. Something stance, three balls,A, B, C, Fig. 29. Each
similar will take place with the lap of a sit- ball will send a cone of rays on the optical
ting person. I will give you an illustration. centre, O, of the camera, K. These cones
are cut by the ground-glass at
Fig. 33. Fig. 34.
different angles. Seed c,f g, hi.
In the latter instance the inter-
sections must, of course, form an
ellipse.
I also wrote to you about the
picture of a castle with a row of
statues in front, which, towards
the corner of the plate, became
stouter. The case is exactly the
same as the balls. and 32
Figs. 31
will give you two such figures,
which 1 have cut from two differ-
ent pictures of arelief. Fig. 32
is taken at short distance, Fig.
31 at long distance. The head
of Fig. 32 looks as if it had wa-
Fig. 33 was taken at short distance and Fig. ter on the brain, inclines forward, and the
34 at long distance. In both instances the left foot is turned outward. Perhaps it
apparatus was placed exactly vertical. The will be objected that the nearness and dis-
floor in Fig. 33 appears so strongly inclined tance in taking these pictures have been
as hardly to afford a safe foothold, and the exaggerated, but this is not the case. For
chair looks crooked. The pictures were the balls B and D the angle of vision is

made with non-distorting lenses. There only 35°; for the balls A and E, 64£°. It
are, however, other curious errors, which is no uncommon thing, in taking groups in
THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 131

Fig. 29. the studio under an

angle of 40°, and in
landscapes and arch-
itectural objects we
do not hesitate to
employ an angle of
90°. Hence, the im-
probabilities and ap-
parent distortions
in so many photo-
graphs, and which
must be avoided
when we desire to
produce a pleasing
picture.
Lately a photographer, Mr. Oldenberg,
,ve me an instance which shows what
an important part the above observations
play in- the taking of groups. He made
a picture of a company of soldiers at a dis-
tance of about 100 feet. The picture was
taken in the open air. He afterwards took
the same company in his studio, when the
men to the right and complained that
left

they looked too broad, and they preferred,

the, in other respects, inferior group taken
in the open air, in which the proportions
were correct. Finally, Mr. Oldenberg cut
out the broad figures at the edges, and re-
placed them by the well-proportioned ones
that had been taken in the open air.
From the above we draw the conclusion
that, in a group, the marginal and central
figures are different. "When we go nearer
to the group the central figures will become
more slender, exactly as in the Apollo bust
in your February issue, while the marginal
figures will become broader as in the an-
nexed Figs. 31 and 32, and we draw the prac-
tical rule that in groups we should place
the stout persons in the centre, the slender
ones at the margin, and not make the dis-
tance too short. The next thing to be con-
sidered is the aperture of the lens. Many
a practical man must have noted the pe-
culiar plastic appearance of the head on the
ground-glass of the camera this is particu-
;

larly the case with statues, and partly at

least this effect must be transferred to the
negative. Lenses with small openings do
not show this plastic effect, and hence it is
connected with the size of the aperture.
Take a lens of 2£ inches aperture the dia- ;

metrical opposite points are as far removed

132 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
from one another as the eyes in our head. tice. Perhaps you know the pretty pic-
As our right eye sees a more of the
little tures called " Motherlove." A young
right side and our left eye a little more of mother in modern costume sits reading in
the left side of the sitter, so the right and a fauteuil her little son approaches from
;

left side of the lens will take in more on behind, and, standing on a chair, embraces
either side, and hence produce an almost her. Surprised and delighted, the mother
stereoscopic picture on the ground-glass, f drops her book and kisses the child.
That no illusion, is easily demon-
this is A photographer tried to imitate this pic-
strated by experiment. If we take a plate ture from life. A young lady for the char-
of opal glass, place the same exactly verti- acter of the mother was easilj' found she ;

cal, so that the plate will face with its sharp took her position very gracefully and made
edge towards a large portrait lens ; if we a very affectionate face, but the boy who
now focus this edge we will find that not should represent the son was not so easily
only the edge will appear on the ground- managed he seemed to have no inclination
;

glass, but also to the right and left of it a to embrace his pseudo mother he made a ;

bright line will appear, which proves that strong opposition, and only a sound thrash-
the lens not only sees the edge but also on ing brought him finally to terms. This, of
either side parts of the surface of the plate. course, had fatigued the lady, and finally

"When we cover the right side of the lens the result was, that the boy looked as if
the bright line will disappear on the right he would choke his mother, and the moth-
side, and vice versa, and, unless we have er's face had the expression of a reproach

focussed very exactly, the sharp edge will for being interrupted in her reading.

appear blurred and the margins confused. This is only one instance, but Loescher

Unfortunately we have a similar object & Petsch and Milster can give hundreds of
with a sharp edge in our faces, called nose, instances where a beautiful idea had to be
and it is no unfrequent occurrence that simi- abandoned on this account.

lar appearances take place with this mem- Yours truly,

ber of our face. When the camera is far re- Dr. H. Vogel.
moved from thesitter itdoes not make much
difference. When the camera is very near,
and we focus with a large lens sharp on the THE SOLAR NEGATIVE PRIZE.
eyes, the outlines of the ridge of the nose The judges by Mr. Moore to ex-
selected
will often appear blurred and without sharp- amine the negatives sent to compete for the
ness. The nose will appear thick and clumsy ; gold medal offered by him for the best solar
we call such noses here potato noses. This negative, were Messrs. J. C. Browne, A.
will take place most frequently with lenses J. De Morat, and A. Hemple, none of
of large aperture and short focus (3 to 6 whom were competitors. According to the
inches), and, in order to avoid it, it is best offer and conditions of Mr. Moore, the
to take a three-quarter face. judges proceeded to select from the thirty-
I received, a short time ago, your Feb- three negatives sent, the five they consid-
ruary No. was glad to see that genre
I ered best, and from that five, the one to
pictures receive more attention in America. merit the award. The following persons'
Not long ago our Society for the Advance- negatives were then selected :

ment of Photography received from Mr. H. 1. F. W.Horton, New York City.

Merz, of* New York, a collection of these 2. 0. B. De Morat, Philadelphia.
charming pictures as a present. I have no 3. Thomas M. Saurman, Norristown, Pa.
doubt that the stereoscopes of Loescher & 4. Charles Stafford, Norwich, N. Y.
Petsch have given the first impulse in this 5. P. B. Jones, Davenport, Iowa.
direction. Prints were then made from each of tho
Similar attempts to produce genre pic- above by Mr. Moore, with equal care, and
tures have been made here; however, the submitted to the judges, when they awarded
thing is not so easy as it appears. An origi- the prize to Mr. F. W. llorton, Brady's
nal case came recently under my own no- Gallery, New York City, and so reported to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 133

Mr. Moore. Mr. Horton has our best con- ride, etc., spend much time in effecting a
gratulations. His picture is a very beauti- combination between the white of egg and
ful one of a little girl. The other four are water by beating the whole to a froth. Mr.
also fine. The decision was made just as Wright's plan is to put some broken pieces
we were going to press. We haven't space of glass into a clean bottle with the albu-
to say more about them now. men and water, shake a few minutes, and
At the Cleveland exhibition, Mr. Moore filter. The broken glass speedily " cuts up"
will exhibit prints from the five chosen the albumen, thus rendering the modus
negatives, and the negatives also. He operandi simple and effective.
will exhibit also prints from several of 2. Chloride of copper completely removes

the other competing negatives. A print even from colored woven cotton tissues,
from the prize negative will soon be for- stains occasioned by nitrate of silver. They
warded to the five parties chosen, and then require, however, to be washed afterwards
others who want points from the prize, or in a solution of hyposulphite of soda. From
any of the competing negatives, may obtain white calico or linen, nitrate stains are more
them of Mr. Moore, on conditions named readily and effectively removed by apply-
in his card in Specialties this month. Some ing a dilute solution and rinsing in plenty
of the subjects chosen are very good, and of fresh water. By the above means, cya-
the work choice for specimens. The com- nide of potassium, so highly poisonous, is
mittee will probably have something to say rendered unnecessary, and, let me add, may
in our next on the subject of making solar possibly be a good substitute for cleansing
negatives, that will be useful to all who the hands from nitrate stains.
make that class of work. 3. By adding a few drops of liquid car-
bolic acid to iodine tincture the latter does
not stain.
4. The following makes a rapid drying
GATHERED FRAGMENTS. cement, and may be useful in the labora-
tory:

Casting
BY DAVID DUNCAN.

my mites from time to time into

Amber, ....
Bisulphide of Carbon, .
1

H
part.
parts.
the treasury of photographic knowledge, I
feel inclined to swerve from the beaten 5. An indelible and good black ink is of
track of formulas for collodions, developers, service to the photographer; the foregoing
etc., being thoroughly imbued with the con- is excellent. Grind aniline black with a
viction that the best results are obtained by mixture of sixty drops of concentrated
the simplest means. It would not be wise hydrochloric acid, and one and a half ounces
on my however, to say we have col-
part, of alcohol, the resulting liquid to be diluted
lodions enough, developers enough, inten- with a hot solution of one andahalf drachms
sifiersenough; for, doubtless, there is gold of gum arabic in six ounces of water. If
remaining in the old lode yet. But to the one and a half ounces of shellac, dissolved
point. I generally jot down any fragments in six ounces of alcohol, be substituted for
of information I come across, which I think the gum, the composition is suitable for
may be of service to the photographic art. blacking leather, wood, brass, etc.
I here give a few of them from various 6. Prof. Scheerrer, of Frieberg, Saxony,
sources, hoping they may be useful (sine suggests a simple method for purifying
die) to the reader who is unacquainted with water. It is based upon the property that
them. a neutral solution of sulphate or peroxide
1. I am indebted to a gentleman named of iron has for decomposing organic mat-
Wright, an ingenious member of our pro- ters. It is thereby converted into a basic
fession, for the following simple but prac- insoluble salt, which carries the impurities
tical idea. Many photographers, when mak- with it to the bottom. This suggestion may
ing albumen solutions, either for coating be. of use to the photographic chemist, and
glass plates, dry plate work, collodio-chlo- therefore not out of place in this journal.
134 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHER.
On the Source of the Difficulties Pre- acid in every stage of the work. The collo-
dion is acid, or at least contains free iodine,
sented by
which is virtually the same thing ; the bath
The Collodio-Bromide Process. is generally acidified, and the development
BY M. CAREY LEA. is usually acid also. Now it is well known
Some years ago, whilst experimenting with that bromide of silver bears acid very much
various dry processes, I recognized in the better than iodide, that is to say, that the

collodio-hromide a capacity for giving a cer- introduction of a bromide into the ordinary

tain indescribable harmony of effect that no collodion for the wet process, enables the

other dry plates seemed to yield. I do not bath to be acidulated without loss of sensi-

think that the nature of this action has ever which was not the case when simply
tiveness,

been truly described it is commonly said

;
iodized collodions were used. With the
that bromide of silver does not easily solar- total exclusion of iodide of silver of course

ize ;
but that is only a part of its merits. The the capacity to bear acid is increased, and
truth is, that the effect of light upon bromide yetwe have committed the absurdity of try-
of silver seems to spend itself, if I may so ing to work the collodio-bromide process
express it. After a time, its action proceeds with purely neutral materials, thus making
at a slower rate. If it solarized, then the it a solitary exception in the whole range
highest lights would be less dense than those of collodion methods. Even bromide
in the

just not solarized. If the action stopped process with a bath, acid is and very
used,

short after a certain extent, then the lighter liberally ;

in fact, more so than in any other
half-tones would overtake the high lights, process, wet or dry.
and so greatly injure the general effect. But The negatives afforded by the acidified
the gradual slackening of the action without collodio-bromide process are remarkably
cessation of it, enables the collodio-bromide beautiful in appearance. They are beauti-

process, when well managed, to render con- fully clean, show the details even in the high
trasts in a way that no other dry process lights when viewed as positives by reflected

that I have ever used is capable of doing. dark background. Yery

light, held before a

This priceless advantage has caused me to deep shadow, such as an open window, is
adhere steadfastly to this one process, of represented by clean glass. The high lights,
which I have tried innumerable variations. when the plate is looked at by reflected day-
Like all those who have tried it, I have been light, have a peculiar metallized coppery
annoyed at times by the plates failing, and look. The back of the film, as seen through
when one plate has done so, generally the the glass, is just as clean and brilliant as the
whole batch did likewise this seemed to ;
front.

point to some essential error in the received The acid which I use in preference is aqua
method of working the process. regia in its active state. It is only necessary
In the introduction of a chloride into the to mix in a stoppered vial, an ounce of ordi-
collodion, I found a material gain. Since nary nitric acid and two ounces of ordinary
I wrote the paper in which I described that hydrochloric acid, and to gently warm the
innovation, and which was published about upon each other
bottle until the acids react
ten weeks ago, I have carried on an unin- and the mixture passes into its active state
terrupted series of experiments. At last I by formation of chloronitrous acid. This is
have reached the secret of the whole diffi- indicated by the liquid becoming orange
culty, and have found its complete cure. To color, and by the formation of small bubbles
make the collodio-bromide process work of gas in it. The stopper is then put in, and
with regular success, it is necessary to add the bottle set aside for use. A convenient
an acid, preferably a strong mineral acid, way to apply the heat is simply to set the
to the collodion. vial on a stove. The proper proportion is

This may seem at first an extraordinary one to two drops to the ounce of collodion.
proposition, but upon examination it will be A considerable amount of experience will
found right, theoretically as well as practi- be necessary to decide which is best ; at pres-
cally. In the wet process wc have often ent I incline to one drop to the ounce, but
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 135

have at times used two very satisfactorily. The difference in the amount of manipula-
The best way drop it
to apply the acid is to tion is also very important. Mr. Dawson
into a very small porcelain capsule, and then is obliged to wash out the excess of bromide
turn into the collodion bottle as much as with extreme care to attain only a moderate
will run off. To get the rest in, pour a sensitiveness. In my new process as in my
drachm two of the collodion into the
or former, leaving the plate for ten minutes in
capsule and back again at first there will ; a pan of water is quite sufficient. Nor is

be a gelatinous drop formed, but by repeating distilledwater needed but common river ;

the pouring six or eight times, this will re- water or spring water answer every purpose.
dissolve,and the whole of the acid be trans- 3. Compared with Russell's rapid dry pro-

ferred. The time of acidifying seems not cess, the new method gives clearer and
to be very important I have sometimes; brighter plates with a sensitiveness nearly
added the acid immediately before sensitiz- equal. Here the difference of manipulation
ing, and sometimes a month before in both ; is enormous. I think I am within the mark
cases with good results. in saying that in any given time, at least

The effect of the acidifying is extremely three times as many plates can be made by
marked. The excess of nitrate of silver, my process as by the " rapid bromide," and
which before could not be brought into plate for plate, I prefer the collodio-bro-
actual solution without fogging, has no mide.
longer any such tendency. This I have The following are the manipulations :

tested critically by dissolving the whole of collodion. •

the nitrate of silver beforehand, and then Ether, 20 ounces.

keeping the materials for a day, or even
two days, in contact with frequent shaking.
Alcohol,
Intense Pyroxyline,
...
. .

.
12
fl.

162 grains.
"

Even with this treatment the negatives Bromide of Cadmium, . 320 "
" Ammonium, 64 "
came out perfectly clear and bright, with-
out the use of bromide in the development. Add half the alcohol to all the ether and
Indeed, it is doubtful if that agent will ever shake up with the pyroxyline. Throw the
be necessary ; at least, so far in my numer- salts into a flask with the rest of the alcohol,
ous experimental plates, I have never em- and heat till dissolved. Add to the other
ployed it. portion, shake up well, and place in a warm,
It seems proper here to guard against a light place for three weeks. It will be bet-
very obvious mistake which, nevertheless, ter still in two or three months.
occurred on a previous occasion. I do not This collodion will require 16 grains to
suppose that the use of acid would be of the the ounce of nitrate of silver to sensitize it.

slightest benefit to those who work the col- I prefer, and always use,fused nitrate, and
lodio-bromide process with excess of bromide, recommend it for all collodio-bromide work
nor was the chloride of copper intended to as much preferable to the crystallized.
be so used. Having measured out the quantity of col-
In order to measure the value of this new lodion to be sensitized, weigh out 16 grains
method, I have carefully tested it against, of very finely-powdered nitrate of silver to
1st, My former process 2d, Mr. Dawson's ; each ounce, throw it into a test-tube or flask,
process; 3d, Major Russell's rapid bromide and pour over it alcohol of 95 per cent, in the
process. proportion of 1 drachm to each 8 grains of ni-
1. Compared with my former process, this trate, boil for a few minutes and the nitrate
possesses almost if not quite the same sensi- will dissolve. Pour it now in successive
bility, gives clearer negatives, and is more portions into the collodion, shaking up well
certain. after each. Shake about five minutes after
2. Compared with Mr. Dawson's, its sen- the last portion is added, and every few
sitiveness is materially greater than that of times thereafter. Use twenty-four hours
plates prepared by his method. These last after sensitizing.
are bright and clean, but the acidified col- I have, at various times during the past
lodion gives plates still brighter and cleaner. years, used this method of introducing the
 : — :

136 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

whole of the nitrate in actual solution. In Throw the collodio-bromized plate into
the collodio-bromide process, as originally a pan of water until the greasy marks are
described by Messrs. Sayce and Bolton, it gone, and then pass it into this bath, where
is not appropriate, because in that process it will remain, with occasional agitation,
the whole of the silver must not be in actual about ten minutes. The time is not import-
solution. But in this present acidified pro- ant ;
five minutes will be sufficient ; fifteen
cess it is desirable to have the silver alto- will do no harm.
gether in solution in fact this point makes
:

TANNIN PRESERVATIVE.
an extremely wide difference between this
process and any other that has been hitherto I have lately got good results with tannin

described. by reducing the proportion greatly below

In twenty or twenty-four hours after sen- what is ordinarily recommended by so re- ;

sitizing, the mixture will be in condition to ducing it I retain the beautiful variety of

use. The difference of a few hours will not half-tintwhich is characteristic of gum, and
be important, but it is best not to exceed which is greatly injured by using the ordi-
twenty-four. If kept too long there will be nary quantity of tannin. I take
a disposition to fog in the shadows and a Water, . 7£ ounces.
want of brilliancy in the whole picture. The Gum Arabic, 90 grains.
high lights also will not have their details Sugar, . 90 "
well marked. The filtering is best done by Tannin, . . 15 "
putting a piece,of soft, clean sponge in the The tannin is here used 2 grains to the
neck of a funnel, and cutting a small circu- ounce. The washing of the plate is the
lar filter of close-woven linen. The linen same as above.
used for making these filters should be boiled The litmus gives the softest and most sen-
for an hour with very weak caustic potash sitive plates, but needs an intenser cotton.
or soda, then well washed in hot water (of The latter of the two preservatives will
course without soap) and dried. This plan
work well with a wider range of pyroxylines
of filtering will be found excellent for all than the former, and give a brighter pic-
sorts of photographic collodions. Before fil-
ture. The tannin is the easiest to succeed
tering, the collodio-bromide mixture should with, but the litmus, when well managed,
rest quiet for two or three hours after its
undoubtedly gives the best negatives. In
last shaking. either case the negatives are very beautiful
For the preservative bath I recommend better looking or better printing negatives
exclusively the two following, either of which
cannot be got with the wet process.
give good results
DEVELOPMENT.
LITMUS PRESERVATIVE.
Prepare a 60-grain alcoholic solution of
Cover a quarter of a pound of good litmus pyrogallic acid and a 40-grain solution of
with hot water. Set a basin or plate over
ordinary carbonate of ammonia in water.
the bowl and put in a warm place for a day.
To add half a drachm
5 ounces of water
Throw the paste upon a filter and pour on of the pyrogallic solution and a drachm of
hot water till the filtrate amounts to a quart the carbonate ammonia. Agitate the pan
(the filtration is slow). Add a drachm of to mix them well, raise one end and put in
carbolic acid and the litmus solution keeps the plate in the ordinary way. No washing
good indefinitely. or application of alcohol is needed. When
the image pretty well out, but thin, add
Litmus Solution,
Water,
Gum Arabic,
.....90 .
.

.
. ]J ounce.
6 ounces.
grains.
is

another drachm of the

and density will quickly come.
ammonia solution,

Sugnr (Fine White), . . 90 " Bromide of potassium in the developer I

Acetic Acid (No. 8, or have so far found wholly unnecessarj'. Nor
Beaufoy's), 25 minims.
will a redevelopment with silver be neces-
. . .

The above quantity makes a convenient sary unless, perhaps, when some great mis-
bath for a 6$ x 8J plate. take has been made in the exposure, which,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER. 137

with a good light, will be the same as for The establishment located at Asnieres, is

the wet process, hut where the light is poor, under the direction of M . Eousselon (to whose
or the contrasts great, the exposure will courtesy I am much indebted), and at pres-
need to he prolonged. ent capable of turning out 500,000 impres-
sions per month. The various operations,
The above directions will probably be with the exception of those relating to the
found working the process. I
sufficient for preparation and exposure to light of the
am still to improve it, if pos-
endeavoring on in one vast and lofty
gelatine, are carried
sible I judge that the method of keeping
: workshop, partitioned off into inclosures.
the residues over, which I have always In the printing department five circular
found useful in the other modifications of tables are fitted up, each furnished with six
collodio-bromide, in order to obtain deiise presses; one workman is sufficient for each
opaque films, will be also valuable here, but table-, who by causing the latter to revolve
have not as yet sufficiently tried it. I am the sixth part of a circle, brings each press
also about to examine the applicability of successively under his hands. A quantity
hydrobromic acid with or without nitric acid, of warm gelatinous ink is poured over the
to the collodion, instead of hydrochloric. engraved plate, the paper is placed upon
I scarcely expect, however, that it will prove the ink, and the lid of the press is then shut
advantageous, as the introduction of chloride down upon the paper. A short time is
of silver into the sensitive film is a decided necessary to allow the ink to set and by ;

advantage, as I have already proved in the arranging half a dozen presses in the man-
case of chloride of copper. The aqua regia ner described, an interval elapses between
here recommended may be used either as a the application of the ink and the removal
substitute for the chloride of copper before of the finished print. Most of the presses
proposed by me, or in conjunction with it. employed are fitted with a hinged lid, fas-
Either way has given me excellent results. tened by means of a hasp but Mr. Eousse- ;

In conclusion I may say that I have never lon states the pressure exerted by this de-
found any photographic process so pleasant scription of press is not always perfectly
to work as this. The tedious washings after equal, and he contemplates, therefore, adopt-
coating the plate, which consume so much ing a screw press, of which he has already
time in some other processes, are here done some half dozen under trial. Moreover, so
away with, the plates are made easily, much work has he at present in hand that
rapidly, and with great regularity. The two five more tables are required to be fitted up
conditions of success are, to use a very in- at once. In the majority of the presses two
tense cotton, and at the same time one pictures, about cabinet-size, are printed at
which will make a very easy flowing collo- one operation, while the largest impression
dion, want of which latter quality,
for thrown off appeared to measure about a foot
mottled skies may result. The plates should in length. The size of pictures to be pro-
be fixed in very weak hyposulphite, never duced depends solely upon the amount of
in cyanide. pressure at one's disposal in pressing the

Philadelphia, March 12th, 1870. gelatine matrix against the metal plate, and
upon the and evenness of the latter.
size
The obtaining
of a perfectly uniform im-
pression upon the metal plate is an opera-
THE WOODBURY PROCESS IN tion of some difficulty, and has only been
FRANCE. arrived at after great study. The metal
The great interest taken by many of our used is an alloy of lead and antimony, or
readers in the Woodbury process, a beauti- one might say, lead hardened with one per
ful print by which appeared in our January cent, of antimony. The gelatine mould is
issue, prompts us to make the following ex- laid upon a steel plate, and the sheet of
tracts from a letter by Mr. H. Baden Pritch- alloy placed thereon, the latter being con-
ard to the Photographic Journal, concerning fined on all sides so as to be incapable of
the workings of the process in France. spreading out and thus distorting and other-
138 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
wise injuring the engraving. Hydraulic large heads were shown, displaying the va-
pressure is then applied, and an impression rious degrees of depth and vigor to be ob-
obtained upon the alloy. M. Eousselon be- tained and these were, without exception,
;

lieves that an improvement will be effected of the most promising character.

by using a press recently invented by a As regards the preparation of the gela-
French engineer, M. Deugoffe, in which tine mould, or matrix, but little difficulty is

the last squeezing action is developed by
the introduction (by means of a fine screw)
of a piston into a reservoir of oil, and the
latter, being thus displaced, exerts a steady
and uniform pressure. The operation of
pumping, in the ordinary hydraulic ma-
chine, causes the latter to move by jerks;
and particles of the metal becoming affected
thereby after continual employment, un-
even pressure is the result. The machine
of M. Deugoffe is capable of exerting a
pressure of 1000 kilogrammes on a surface
two centimetres square, and is
ployed in the Imperial Arsenals for the
testing of cannon.
According to M. Kousselon's experience,
the gelatine matrix will serve for the pro-
now experienced. Printing by means of di-
rect rays only is necessary, the exposure re-
quired being generally about the same as that
of a silver print. The gelatine employed
must be of a certain quality and prepared
with care. No photometer of any kind is
employed, as the operators prefer to depend
entirely upon their own judgment; and the
subsequent operations of washing and hard-
ening the film are so simple as hardly to
necessitate special instruction in the matter.
In one division of the workshop, near the
now em- hydraulic presses, are stationed other ma-
chines used in facilitating the various man-
ipulations. A small steam-engine, always
ready to be set going, and capable of driving
a shaft running along the workroom, is

duction of twelve engraved plates if care be used for various purposes. saw A circular
exercised in their preparation. for cutting and trimming the engraved
The inks employed may be of any tint; plate to the exact dimensions of the press,
but in making up the neutral colors it was a lathe for turning purposes, and a large
found necessary to add always a slight magneto-electric machine are all set in
quantity of blue pigment to counteract the motion by this steam shaft. The electric
yellowish tinge imparted by the other in- machine of the same description as those
is

gredients. There is now, however, no diffi- employed on the large Atlantic

at present
culty experienced in regard to the supply steamers for signaling purposes, and at
of the various tints. Sometimes a sepia forty centimetres distance gives a light
tint is used, sometimes bistre, sometimes about a fifth part as strong as that of the
neutral ; but in all cases, the more it is sun. By its aid engravings and paint-
worked (that is to say, the more frequently ings are frequently copied; but the pose
the parings and droppings are employed), is necessarily a somewhat lengthy one.
the better the material becomes. Near to this machine was a powerful elec-
The pictures produced by Messrs. Goupil trotyping apparatus, capable of furnishing
& Co. are for the most part reproductions in half an hour a copper deposit, or sheet,
from paintings and cartons, more especially of considerable thickness, which, unlike in
the former. The pictures are of small size, nature to the greater number of rapidly
and, when mounted and finished, sent into precipitated was of exceed-
electrotypes,
the market to compete with ordinary photo- ingly fine quality and quite free from all
graphs, without any special attention being trace of coarseness this apparatus was em-
;

called to the manner

which they have in ployed by M. Kousselon in perfecting a
been produced; they simply bear the word modification of the Woodburytype, of which
" photoglyptique," and are sold entirely on I will now say a few words before closing.
their own apparent merits. No portraits That gentleman's endeavors are directed
were being executed but that was simply,
; to transforming, if possible, a photographic
said Mr. Kousselon, because no order for portrait into a copper-plate engraving
that class of photograph was at present capable of being printed by ordinary cop-
in hand. At my request, however, some per-plate printers with greasy ink; and this
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 139

aim he is sanguine of fulfilling with the aid The made on Scovill Manu-
prints are
of Woodburytype. A gelatine matrix is facturing Company's "Pearl" paper, and
obtained in the ordinary manner; and to verify the excellence of that well-known
this is then imparted, by a secret method, and popular brand of paper. It has become
a species of grain which is afterwards con- a national stand-by, and well deserves it,
veyed to a metal-plate. "Woodburytype, for care is always had in its preparation.
c'est la pression," said M. Kousselon, thus Mr. A. II. Atwood, with Mr. J. LoefBer,
broadly defining the process; "and this I 932 Broadway, New York, made the prints,
chiefly employ in elaborating my method." and to his skill and good taste we are much
The specimens shown did not profess to be indebted, for he was obliged to hurry them
more than mere outlines, but they were still through all sorts of weather. He used Mr.
sufficient to warrant a continuation of the Newton's sensitizing and toning solutions,
experimental research to which M. Rous- which, although published before, we give
selon has devoted himself. below, as received from Mr. Atwood.
Before leaving, the complete series of
SENSITIZING SOLUTION.
manipulations, with the exception of that
of washing the gelatine, were successfully Nitrate of Silver, . . 6 ounces.
" Magnesium, 4 "
demonstrated. The negative, the gelatine .

" Ammonium, 3 "

matrix, the impressing of the image upon
.

" Lead, | ounce.

metal, the trimming and fitting up of the
Water, . . 80 ounces.
plate, the adjustment of the evenly polished
Liq. Amm onia Cone, . 1| drachms.
surfaces in the press, the actual printing,
the fixing, mounting, and finishing of the The hydrometer test for this should be
pictures, were all shown one after another ;
from 58 to 65 grains, and varies with differ-
but of all these the most marvellous was ent samples of the nitrates. The strength
certainly the conversion of the flat dull may be easily maintained if you know
metal surface into an engraved plate of ex- where you start from, as very little of the
quisite delicacy and finish, a proceeding nitrates are takenup except the silver.
which, here accomplished in minutes, in When the first test is made, mark what
the ordinary course is often a matter of the strength is on the hydrometer. After
years. sensitizing your paper test again, and you
will know whatsilver has been used and how
much to add until the original strength is
attained. Mr. Atwood advises not to allow
OTJR PICTURE. the solution to be used more than 10 grains
The beautiful view in Central
Park, New less than the original strength. Another
York, which we present with our current solution, mixed the same as the first, should
number, is from negatives made by H. J. be kept as a stock-solution from which to
Newton, Esq., an amateur photographer of strengthen the one in use. Every two or
much note, and whose name is well known three days add a few drops of liq. am-
as one of our occasional contributors, by his monia, in order to keep the solution alka-
Tea Dry Process, which he has already pub- line. Fume with ammonia from 15 to 20
lished herein,and with all late improve- minutes in cold weather, and 5 in hot.
ments, in Photographic Mosaics for 1870, The ordinary hypo fixing bath is used,
page 103, to which please refer. except that to each gallon of fixing solution
The negatives were made with a 6-inch add half an ounce of sal ammoniac. It
Hemispherical Lens; time, with smallest givesmore clearness to the prints.
opening, usually 1J minutes, using the de- The toning bath (Mr. Newton's) used was
veloper half the strength published. "When published in our last September issue, cor-
the full strength is used the time is one- rectlyand fully, except the last paragraph ,
half. The negatives were all made on the which should read, viz. If the tones are
:

shadow side, which makes the sensitiveness too warm, add borax to the stock-bottle
of the plates the more remarkable. No. 3 until the purple is dark enough to
 — :

140 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

suit the taste. Or, if a very
tone be preferred, increase the proportion
of tungstate in stock-bottle No. 3. This
toning bath should never be thrown away,
as it improves by age. Mr. Newton has
practised the above for three or four years,
and says he could not be induced to change.
Of his negatives Mr. Atwood says " In all
warm reddish camera, and at the small cost of 50 cents.
I send you this 11 x 14 for examination. G.
The print Mr. Germon sends us is cer-
tainly an exquisite production, and looks
like a finely worked-up crayon drawing.
It is a great credit, both to Mr. Germon
and the process. Ed. P. P.
:

kinds of weather they print with remarka- Editor Philadelphia Photographer: I

bleevenness, and in thestrongest light there find a very simple and good plan of giving a
is no danger of over-printing the shadows. tooth to varnished negatives, for the purpose
The detail is as fine in one part as in the of retouching with a pencil, in applying
other, and I must say that, in ten years'' ex- rosin with the finger pulverize the rosin
;

perience in printing, I never had a finer very and rub on the parts to be worked.
fine,
lot of negatives to print from." Should there be an excess of pencilling, it can
"We have ourselves frequently been shown be softened by going over the surface again
his negatives by Mr. Newton, and can testi-
and reworking.
fy to their excellence and uniform quality.
To our meeting in June, come all. The
This is the first dry-plate picture we have craft will find our green and airy little For-
ever published, and certainly commends est City on the lakes, to be a goodly spot for
Mr. Newton's process, which he has worked relaxation and brotherly confab.
at so industriously, very highly. I expect to see a large attendance, and
hope to take them in a group. —
Photographically yours,
Thomas T. Sweeny.
VOICES FROM THE CRAFT. Cleveland, 0.
Sermon's TEsrPLE of Art,
914 Arch Street.
Mr. Editor: Having read your late edi-
torial on Sarony's Photo-crayon Process, I WRINKLES AND DODGES.
immediately invested $25 in it, and am see no end of plans to purify the print-
I

glad to say that the process, purchased from ing bath, from both sides of the Atlantic.

the Messrs. Sarony Lambert, is all and even Now I am not troubled with this more than
more than they really claim. perhaps three times in a year; my bath is
The results are beautiful in the extreme, always clear and works well, and it seems
and I consider it a great improvement in strange why other baths should not do so too.

the art. Most artistic pictures can be gotten I use 50 grs. silver per oz., dissolve half

up at very small cost by this process. in ammonia, and in making 20 oz. I take

From the printed modus operandi, and 15 water and 5 alcohol 95°, floating from 20

general formulas and general information seconds to 40 seconds. If the bath gets dirty
sent me, with the fifty splendidly crayon- from carelessness in not adding silver, say
ized sheets, I experienced no trouble in an ounce for each quire, I use either Con-
producing the most artistic effects with die's fluid or the pure permanganate of pot-
ridiculously simple means. ash, a few drops of a 10-grain solution and
Hoping* that photographers working this filter ;
this will make a red bath clear in a
beautiful remunerative process will take very short time, and not injure it. The
your advice, and keep the price of these batli I now am using was first made in 1864,

pictures up, only renewed in bulk ever since. It is such

I remain yours, (respectfully, a bother to have a dirty bath after every

W. L. Germon. sensitizing. A. Henderson.

P. S. By this process I have made a If you find the following simple way of
11 x 14 from a carte negative, and finished producing a yellow light in the dark-room
the same in twenty seconds without solar worthy of notice, please let the craft have it
 — :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 141

Get a tube of chrome yellow No. 2, a little water. By this plan the hands are made
drying oil, and an artist's brush, and give entirely clean, and no trace of poison left
your lamp chimney a coat of this paint from in the skin. Abbk Fortin in Les Mondes.
the bottom to the middle, where it com-
mences to narrow when this is done, stipple
;

it all over with the end of the brush. Light THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD.
your lamp, and the paint will soon dry. If
necessary, you can repeat the painting. I
The Mittheilungen, News, &c. call atten-,

tion to the Cleveland exhibition, and re-

have used such a chimney for several months
quest photographers to send specimens.
and it answers admirably.
A. Falkenshield. Small medallion photographs are now
used on note paper in conjunction with the
A very simple way to clean glass (new) monogram.
or old negatives, is to use the nitric acid An exhibition was held in Calcutta, India,
strong and no water. Afterwards wash well inJanuary; one in Manchester, England,
and set up to dry. Before using, polish with month one begins in Paris, May 1st,
last ;

a piece of buckskin. No alcohol or rotten- and one in Cleveland, O., June 1st. Be
stone required. This method I have found getting ready for the latter.
to be the easiest and best, but do not give it
" R.," the well-known photographer,
as new. T. P. Varley.
took the cars for home the other night, and,
wearied with a long day's work in posing
Not long since I had my solar camera
hard subjects for pictures, fell into a gentle
catch fire from the lens and my building
doze. At the first station a lady entered, and
also came near being burned down. My stopping at the vacant seat by " R.'s " side,
condenser was broken as was the tube also,
said: " Can I sit here, sir?"
and nearly all my solar camera was de-
"Yes'm," said the half-aroused artist.
stroyed. To prevent the repetition of such
"Full length or bust?"
officiousness on the part of old Sol, I had a
cone of sheet iron made which I placed
In England they are about establishing a
national gallery of the photographs of all
under the condensing lens (see figure), so
rogues that come to the hands of the police.
Also, it is proposed to photograph all
habitual drunkards, and supply each beer
house with a copy, with a warning not to
sell such any more liquor.
The Mittheilungen says about the Mosaics

that the sun could not get through sideways.

for 1870 and How to Paint Photographs in
I had a cover over the lens outside, but the
Water Colors, by Ayres
"Short, plain, and practical, these have
wind blew it off". About 3 p.m., the sun
the characteristics of most English and Am-
got in position to do mischief and did it. I
erican works. The former is a worthy com-
fortunately heard the fire in time to save
panion of Simpson's work, while the latter
losing my rooms entire.
gives special and very lucidly written di-
A. E. TURNBULL.
rections how to color photographs in water

To Eemove Silver Stains from the colors."

Fingers. —Wash the fingers with a solu- Professor Yon Monckhoven's new
tion of sulphate or chloride of zinc, made process, for making enlargements with arti-
as saturated as possible and slightly acidu- ficial light, is making the rounds of the

lated. While the fingers are in the solu- Continental periodicals; it is everywhere

tion, rub the blackest parts with a rod of highly spoken of, and seems in every respect
zinc, to facilitate the reduction. After the a success. M. Romain Talbot advertises a
stains have disappeared, rinse them in plain complete apparatus for making these en-
water, and then wash well with soap and largements for frs. 550 to frs. GOO.
142 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Dr. Duchenne, of Boulogne, has made
great use of photography in securing the
expression of his subjects
influence of the galvanic battery.
very curious, indeed. "Were it not for our
useful art, none but those present, when
when under the the experiments were made, could see the
About eifect of the treatment, but now any one

fifty portraits are given in the Journal of can see and study them. Thus our art
Psychological Medicine for January, and are creeps up.

To Cleveland. — The Secretaries are actively of them. Mr. Fennemore was the first to take
engaged in trying to secure reduced fares for hold of them here, and his pictures show what
those going to Cleveland, and have succeeded excellent hands can do with excellent means.
with several. Buy a Railroad Guide, and study They are sharp, bright, vigorous, and yet very
out your route, then write for your order for a softand beautiful. No doubt the photographic
ticket. See list of Roads in our next issue. crayons will come in for a share of the rivalry at
the Cleveland Exhibition.
Our readers will observe that we print sixteen
pages more than usual this month, and give them The Exhibition Building. — We have received
a splendid variety of interesting matter. Yet from the Local Secretary, Mr. J. F. Ryder, Cleve-
we have to lay over several articles. Please land, two 12 x 16 views of the interior of the
read all carefully, and consult our advertise- new Central Skating Rink, where it is proposed
ments old and new. to hold our exhibition. The negatives were
made by Mr. Thomas H. Johnson, and are very
Mr. D. H. Cussons, Southport. England, has
fine for interiors. The place chosen by Mr.
favored us with copies of his " Pocket Almanac
Ryder will be a grand one for the Exhibition,
for Photographers," for 1870, which is very
and will afford every convenience of light, hall
handy and neatly printed.
for meeting, committee rooms, etc., etc. It is
Robinson's Pictorial Effect in Photogra- large. Let it be filled.

phy. —
"It is the best work of the kind a pho-
tographer could have and study." —F. Ulrich, From Messrs. J. B. Lippincott & Co., pub-
N. Y. lishers, Philadelphia, we have received copies of
Good Words and The Sunday Magazine,
Signor A. Montagna will please accept our two excellent monthly magazines reprinted from
thanks for a copy of his little manual on carbon- the English. Not only are they profusely il-
printing and burning in enamels.
lustrated with pictures, which are always inter-

" Helios " is new photographic

the title of the esting as studies, but each issue contains more
journal at Dresden, making the sixth in G-er- or less of life pictures, which enable us to know
many. Herr Hermon Krone is the editor. naore of the men whom we come in contact with.
For example, in Good Words we have contribu-
Mr. N. W. Pease, North Conway, N. H has , tions concerning "Our Working People, and
placed us under obligations for a number of How They Live," " Devoted Lives," " A Visit
very beautiful White Mountain stereographs. to the Country of the Vaudois," etc., etc., and
They are mainly chosen well as views, and the in the other, "Episodes in an Obscure Life,"
photography is also excellent. " Dealings with Samaritans,'' " The Italians in
London," "The Struggle in Ferrara," etc., etc.
Tne first premium for Eclipse photographs
Both magazines are ably edited, high-toned, and
(with a medal), was awarded by the American
worthy. Good Words is $2.75 and The Sunday
Institute of New York to Prof. Morton, as head
and representative
Magazine $.'5.50 per annum.
of the Philadelphia party.

Photographic Crayons. At least in our — We regret to learn that Mr. George Barker,
city, the Sarony photographic crayons seem des- of Niagara Falls, New York, was burned out on
tined to become very popular. All of our emi- the 7th of February. His entire establishment
nent men are working away at them, endeavor- was destroyed, though he succeeded in saving
ing to produce them well. Messrs Suddards & the most of his excellent and valuable stereo-
Fennemore, 822 Arch Street, make a fine display scopic negatives of the Falls. Phoenix-like, he
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 143

hopes soon to be under way again, though his is sold for two shillings. Messrs. Wilson, Hood
losses were heavy. & Co., present it free, and, if any have been
Mr. Burnhatn, of Portland, Maine, was also missed, they will be glad to supply those desir-
burned out early in the year, and intends locat- ing them, until their stock is exhausted.
ing South we believe. We ought to have a pho-
tographer's insurance company, for nearly every
We have received the following: A carte of
the late George Peabody, from G. G. Johnson,
photographer we hear of being burned out had
Cleveland, 0., the last one taken ; some excellent
little or no insurance. It is improvident and
cartes, enamelled, from Ross&Ormsby, Petaluma,
inexcusable.
Cal. ; carte of Master Simpson (13 years old,
Received from Mr. F. W. Hardy, Bangor, 30 inches high), from Mr. Knowlton, Cumber-
Me., some very excellent carte and cabinet pho- land, Ohio; some W. Watson,
fine cabinets from
tographs, displaying skill and taste. From Mr. Detroit ; cabinets from D
Camp, Hartford, S.

W. H. Sipperly, Mechanicsville, N. Y., some Conn. W. J. Baker, Buffalo N. Y., and cartes
; ,

snow forest views. From H. H. Bennett, Kil- and cabinets from Mr. E. L. Allen, 24 Temple
bourn City, Wis., some admirable stereographs Place, Boston. The latter are, most of then^
of the " Dells of the Wisconsin River,'' and from retouched negatives, very carefully done.
"Devil's Lake." From C. S. Cooper, Wi- Some of Mr. Allen's work attracted so much at-
nooski Falls, Vt., views of factories, stores, Ac, tention in Berlin that he received orders for 1000
which are clean and good. From J. L. Knight, copies from a dealer there.
Topeka, Kansas, a large "photo-monogram" of We also have stereo slides from Mr. H. A.
the members of the State government. From Kimball, Concord, N. H., that are very fine

F. Thorp, Bucyrus, Ohio, a genre, picture, some them; others from S. J. Morrow, Yank-
of
" Bringing Home the Apples," and others. ton, Dakotah Territory and views of the in-
;

terior of the Peabody Funeral Car, from Mr. G.

Received. — From C. Alfred Garret, West K. Proctor, Salem, Mass.
Chester, excellent cartes from retouched nega-
tives ; from W. L. Germon, Philadelphia, his Received from Messrs. Prescott & White,
business card, the letters of which are composed Hartford, Conn., a fine cabinet of a lady, a land-
of the heads of his "subjects;" from Mr. A. scape ^avenue of trees), and an interior view, all
Bogardus, New York, several fine cabinet-size excellent. From Mr. T. T- Sweeney, Cleveland,

photographs of great merit ; from Mons. Romain O., several instantaneous lake views that are fine,

Talbot, Paris, France, a translation in French, and some whole plate pictures of rocks and reflec-

by himself, of "Mr. Sutton's Alkaline Process." tions that are very pretty. From E. R. Curtiss,
In noticing, in Feb. number, a picture from Mr. Madison, Wis., photographs of the State Senate
W. H. Rhoads, Philadelphia, we said it was of a group. From G. W. Carter, Lowville, N. Y.,
rock ; it was of a horse which stood as still as a several very excellent carte and cabinet prints.

rock. " No Place Like Home," is the title of a

Mr. Jno. A. Scholten, St. Louis, Mo., has
cabinet-size genre pictureby Mr. W. E. Bow-
favored us with a number of carte and cabinet
man, Ottawa, 111. The subject is a very demure-
photographs, that are remarkably and unusually
looking old gentleman, sitting under the shade
fine. Mr. Scholten is master of a most excellent
of his "own vine and fig-tree," trying to catch
light, which he uses with wonderful effect. Some
flies, the aforesaid old gentleman being a toad,
of his negatives are skilfully retouched. The
the aforesaid "vine," etc., being a toad-stool,
whole lot is as fine a one as we have seen for
and the catching instrument the tongue of the
many a day. His pictures of children are won-
aforesaid toad.
derful, and his posing artistic. The chemical
and mechanical effects are also worthy of praise,
Messrs. Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia,
and of being proud of.
have favored us, and every photographer whose
address they can obtain, with a copy of The Messrs. Notman & Fraser, Toronto, Canada,
Photographer's Reference Table, which enables have favored us with a number of Cabinet pho-
one to find The distance required between
: 1st. tographs, which, in the posing and lighting of
the camera and the subject. 2d. The equivalent the model, show exquisite taste and artistic skill.
focus of a suitable lens. 3d. The measure of the Moreover, the master-touches of Mr. Fraser's
image on the focussing screen. 4th. The angle pencil here and there, not only in the flesh, but
measured by the included subject which makes ; in the high lights, draperies, and even the back-
it a very useful thing to have. The table was grounds, add greatly to their charm. They are
got up by Mr. L. G. Bensa, in England, where it capital studies, and make one think and wonder.
144 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
We have a copy of our first volume for sale ;
"C" (Marietta, 0.) — Fusing a bath does
or a full set from the beginning. not remove iodo-nitrate of silver, and when you

Me. L. G. Frost, photographer, Sherburne, again iodized it, you over-saturated the solution.
N. Y., died February 14th. Consequently the surplus crystallized as you
mention. Remedy: Dilute the bath with water
Mr. Chas. Stafford, Norwich, N. Y., lost
to one-half its strength, and then evaporate it to
by fire, March 9th.
his entire gallery, etc.,
its wonted strength.
One of our Salomon negatives has been broken,
which will delay our promised picture until M. —
H. Besoncon. A plate of glass in the shield

Salomon favors us with another negative.

at the back of theferro plate generally straightens
it. The "Phenix" brand we know to be good.
The Mercantile Library Company have favored
us with a complimentary ticket for the year 1870. —
Robinson & Shaw. The reticulation or lines
in your films are caused by using too much water
We have seen Mr. Lothrop's prize ferrotype,
to dissolve your bromides, and probably dirty
and it is an admirable example of work. The
water at that.
result of the Ferrotypers' Association is better
work all around. G. & R. —You will find several articles on

Mr. W. F. Osler, Chestnut Street, Philadel-

printing on canvas in our Vol. V and last volume.
See pages 190 and 194. Vol. V, and 22, 42, and
phia, has favored us with an admirable 11 x 14
337, last volume; also on "Lantern Slides,"
Rembranplt photograph of Rev. J. F. Berg. D.D.
page 276, last volume.
It was made with a Steinheil lens. It is very
effective and striking. Ingraham Bros., in trying Mr. O'Neil's
printing bath, found it precipitate considerably.
Mr. F. Thorp, Bucyrus, 0., practises the very
This is right. Use the clear solution, and save
commendable plan of presenting each new year
the precipitate (chlor. of silver) to add when the
an example of some improvement in photography.
solution needs clearing.
This year the present was a print from a retouched
negative. —
"J. W. D." 1. We will serve you as gladly
as if you got our magazine directly from us. 2.
In Mr. Allen's formula for collodion, in our
AVe much prefer Roettger's.
last, our correspondent neglected to mention a
very important ingredient. No. 1 is right. No. E. D. Ormsby. — Very fair for an early effort.
2 should be 320 grains of bromide of ammonium You will improve as you go on.
of 95 per cent, alcohol, and when dis-
in 16 oz.
Jno. C. Gray. — 1. Mr. Newton's tea process
solved, add 800 grains of iodide of ammonium.
is good. See example herein. 2. Nitric acid will
When alj is dissolved, add to No. 1, etc., etc.
remove the image from ground porcelain glass,
Mr. Allen says their Boston Society is doing a aided by scrubbing with a stiff tooth-brush.
good work, and breaking down all old jealous
feelings.
C. W. Brown. — Neither Prof. Towler or Mr.
Carbutt have patented their tents, and you are
welcome to make either. Your suggestions are
Answers to Correspondents.
good. Decision has not been given in Shaw &
W. P. B. —We are glad your " old sore " has Wilcox case.
healed, and that you have "made up your
mind" to take our Journal again. True, we
E. A. Wilson. — If your collodion makes good
negatives, adding a grain of bromide of cadmium
did advise you to settle with the "bromide
to each ounce, and diluting it about one-third
folks," but, had we not done so, we could not
with ether and alcohol, will render it good for
have fought the extension of the patent for you.
ferrotypes.
Our advice against it, at the time, would have
ruined our cause, and, instead of having to pay L. W. Keen. — Probably your collodion is too

for it for two or three years, you would 'have had neutral for your bath. Add tincture of iodine

to pay for seven. to it until it is a faint rose color, and your trou-
ble will doubtless end.
E. G. Mairie. — White lac, bleached
and lac,
white gum shellac are. "all the same," though J. B. L. — After a bath has been boiled down,

samples vary in quality. Good filtering paper the lines you describe are apt to appear on the

will answer for filtering varnish, but the process plates for a day or 'two. Remedy: Move the

is slow. Best plan is to make a lot a month plate about in a circular motion when first dipped.

beforehand, and give it plenty of time to filter Geo. B. Speoule. — Water, lampblack, whit-
and settle. If your varnish is "milky,'' proba- ing, and glue size, mixed a proper shade, will an-
bly your alcohol is not good. swer for backgrounds.
 THE

%&U%nyitt.
Vol. VII. MAY, 1870. No. 7 7.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,

By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court ofthe Uuited States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

THE EXHIBITION. Directions to Exhibitors.

The Executive Committee of the Na- Be liberal in quantity of pictures. We

tional Photographic Association ask the have a very large place for exhibition room
attention of exhibitors to the following and can accommodate all.
rules, which are substantially the same as
Take particular care in putting up your
those of last year :
pictures; attach them with stieking-paper
to the mats or passepartouts, that they do
The Exhibition open Tuesday, June
will
not get displaced in transportation. Much
7th, 1870, at the CentralSkating Rink,
trouble will be avoided by that precaution.
Cleveland, 0. It is unnecessary to apply
Use good boxes for packing, and remem-
for space, as there will be ample for all.
ber that the same boxes must be used for re-
The name and address of the exhibitor
packing.
should be on every picture and, if for sale,
;

Fasten your frames into the boxes with

the price may be attached.
screws and screw the covers on, that all
A list of articles must accompany each
may be taken apart without injury.
lot, and a duplicate list be sent per mail to
Affix to each picture or frame of pictures
the Local Secretary, stating number of
your name and address.
packages.
Have holes made for screw-eyes, and pack
All articles will be submitted to a jury
screw-eyes and cord with your pictures.
for admission.
Very large frames may be sent without
No articles shall be withdrawn until the
glass, and proper care will be taken to keep
close of the Exhibition.
pictures clean and from injury.
Where there are several in one city or
Express or freight charges must be pre-
town who exhibit, it is suggested that when
paid.
convenient they unite and put their articles
Photographs and all articles for exhibi-
in one package. It may be optional, how--
bition be .'received from June 1st to
will--
ever.
7th; would ^prefer, however, to receive 3d
"While there will be ample space, and it
and 4th , if shippers can so arrange. Mark :

is desirable to cover it, care should be given

to the quality of work sent. Send your best. Photogbaphic Exhibition,
Care J. F. Eyder,
The following by the Local
instructions
Central Rink, Cleveland, O.
Secretary will be insisted upon for the pur-
pose of insuring system and good order : Send good photographs! Send a laeqe
10
 !

146 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

LOT OF GOOD PHOTOGRAPHS ! ! COME ing the reflector, runs up and down like a
YOURSELVES ! ! window-sash, within another frame about
J. F. Ryder, six feet high, which stands on legs like any

Local Secretary. background-frame, thus enabling one to

throw the light up or down as the case may
Arrangements have been effected with be. On the back of the outer frame I have
several railroad companies for excursion a black curtain of calico which can be
tickets at reduced rates, and also with ex- drawn across the outer frame to cut off all
press companies for the carriage of articles reflection except from the reflector itself.
for exhibition. Full instructions are given When the light is strong I hang a piece of
on this score on another page, which those tarleton or other gauzy material over the
interested would do well to consult. Let face of the reflector to soften the light.
every live photographer do as much as he You would be surprised, upon using this
can to contribute' in giving success to the contrivance, at the pretty effects that can
undertaking. be produced by it. I am working here by
f J. W. Black,
a small sky and side-light, and I find it in-
J. Cremer,
dispensable. There are many useful effects
D. Bendann,
Executive Committee, •
which can be produced by it by using dif-
W. C. North,
J. F. Ryder, ferent colored gauze over the reflector. For
E. L. Wilson. . instance, for a round, smooth light face and
light hair, a buff color gives pretty shades,
greater strength or contrast in the negative.
For sharp features, sallow or tanned, a blue
Griswold's Adjustable Concave
color is useful, etc., etc. (I will say that
Reflector.

send photographs of a reflector which

I this implement, if manufactured for sale,
I have contrived, and am so well pleased would be used by every operator that wished
with it that I thought I would submit it to to improve his work, and especially by
your criticism, and make an item for the country oporators having only small lights.)
Journal. The reflector is concave, thirty- I forgot to say that the inner frame can be
six inches in diameter, and made of one fastened at any point desired.
sheet of tin hammered into shape and after-
Yours, truly,
wards planished. It swings on pivots within
a frame just large enough to admit of ad- M. M. Griswold.
justing it to any angle. This frame, carry- Lancaster, 0.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 147

Collodio-Bromide Manipulations. the conditions under which the latter can be

obtained.
BY M. CAREV LEA.
I have got much better results by increas-
Sensitizi?ig the Collodion. —I showed, in ing the proportion of silver to 18 grains.
my remarks a month since, that it is possi- Large as this excess is, and all in actual
ble to introduce the whole of the silver into solution when introduced into the collo-
the collodion in a state of solution ; this has dion, the controlling power of the aqua
often been spoken of as a very desirable regia is so remarkable that there is not the
thing, but one, unfortunately, not practi- slightest tendency to fog. When this
cable. It is, however, not only practicable quantity of nitrate of silver is used, the
but easy. 16 or 18 grains of nitrate of sil-
time may also be considerably reduced. At
ver finely powdered will easily dissolve in the end of six or seven hours, if the mix-
a £ of an ounce of boiling alcohol of .815, ture be vigorously shaken at intervals, a
and such alcohol is strong enough for the moderately dense film is got, but the condi-
collodion. Of course, if the operator desires tion of the mixture decidedly improves by
to use a still stronger alcohol for making keeping up to twelve or fifteen hours.
the collodion, there is nothing to prevent From twelve to fifteen hours is what I
him from doing so. In my own case, I use recommend most. With 18 grains of ni-
only alcohol of .815. trate of silver, 2 drops to the ounce, of aqua
I take a large test-tube capable of hold- regia will be proper.
ing several ounces, large enough, at least,
In a careful comparative trial between
that the alcohol shall only fill it about a a film made with a collodion sensitized
third. I introduce the silver nitrate in fine with 16 grains of nitrate of silver and kept
powder and the alcohol. If the quantity twenty-four hours, and one sensitized with
is at all considerable, I put in all the ni- 18 grains and kept fifteen hours, it was
trate and half the alcohol, boil it as soon ;
judged that the latter was at least twice as
as it boils remove it from the flame, shake
sensitive. With equal exposure the de-
it well by a lateral movement, which, while
velopment of the latter was effected in one-
it mixes up well, does not cause drops to
third or less time, and gave more detail by
spurt out; let settle for a few moments, and In
a good deal in the deep shadows. fact,
pour off the whole liquid into the collodion no doubt that good pictures
though there is
at once, leaving some undissolved nitrate
may be developed upon transparent collodio-
at bottom. As soon as the hot solution is
bromide films, yet these latter are always
in the collodion, I shake up well for about this
greatly inferior in sensitiveness ; is
a minute; I then add the rest of the alcohol many points of advantage
another of the
to the residue in the tube, and repeat the which the process here described has over
operation. This time the remains of ni-
that in which bromides are used in excess.
trate dissolve completely. This separating
The mixture, after sensitizing, will re-
the alcohol into two parts is only for conve-
quire to be shaken well about four times at
nience ; it is not necessary. In making ex- intervals before using, each shaking lasting
perimental trials with quantities of an ounce from three to five minutes. After the last
or two of collodion, I do not divide the
shaking the mixture should rest about an
alcohol, but dissolve the whole of the ni-
hour before filtering. It is a mistake to let
trate by one boiling. •

it rest two or three hours after the last

Management of the Mixture — Dense Films. shaking and before using such a course ;

—In the directions which I gave in my pre- will sometimes lead to slight irregularities
vious paper, I recommended to sensitize the of the film, visible after the plate has set,

collodion with 16 grains of nitrate of silver by holding up to the light and examining
to the ounce, dissolved as already explained, closely. And in the last plates of the
and end of twenty-four hours.
to use at the batch this may get to the extent of produc-
This mode of proceeding gave very trans- ing mottled films, the effect of which will
parent films, and, as these are never as sen- be visible in the skies of the developed
sitive as opaque ones, I have been studying plates.
148 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE.
The best method of filtering is to put blurring, and always greatly diminishes it.

clean, fine sponge into the neck of the fun- The plates are, therefore, strikingly cleaner
nel, and to cut filters of fine, close linen in the shadows;
stuff, freed from dressing or size by boiling 2. In controlling contrasts it exhibits a

with soda, either washing soda or very di- moderate but distinct superiority over the
lute caustic soda, and then washing thor- tannin.
oughly out. 3. As to sensitiveness, the two are very
The pouring off of the plate should never near together, but, after very extended
be returned to the same bottle, or, after a trials, I can say that, what advantage there
few motes and knots will be found
plates, is lieson the side of the litmus.
in the film. The best manipulation is as Persons, in trying litmus for the first
follows : provide two clean vials, filter the time, will be very apt, when they proceed
collodion mixture into one, then transfer the to develop, to think they are going to make
funnel and its filter to the other, and after a failure The first effect of the alkaline
coating the plate pour off into the funnel. solution upon the red plate is to turn the
The pourings off will thus filter into the red litmus blue it thus looks darker, and
;

second vial, and will be ready for use when might be thought to be going to fog. As
the first vial is exhausted. If the contents the plate lies in the developing bath, and
of this second vial, when used for coating, the solution is made to flow to and fro over
show a tendency to mottle, thin them a lit- it, a bluish cloudiness appears in the liquid ;

tle with concentrated ether. One source this looks as if something were going wrong,
of mottling is the use of a too watery alco- but it is only the litmus washing out of the

hol or ether ; the evaporation from each film. Sometimes, also, the solution pene-
plate leaves a residue more and more trates the film unequally, and gives it a
charged with water. The plates should spotted or patchy look. All these indica-
have an edging of India-rubber dissolved tions mean absolutely nothing. When the
in benzole, applied before the collodion- plate has reached its proper development
izing. and is thrown into the fixing bath, it comes
Litmus as a Preservative. — When a pre- out brighter and cleaner than almost any
servative of gum and sugar is used, great other form of dry plate, and exhibits also
sensitiveness is attained, but the negatives the softness characteristic of this process.
often want vigor and are too flat. It The proportion of litmus directed in my
therefore becomes necessary to introduce a previous paper may be doubled if desired.
substance capable of giving a sufficiency of No diminution of sensitiveness results, as I
force and brilliancy. Many substances I have most carefully tested and proved. And
have found capable of doing this ; unfortu- as the plate is a darker red, the protection
nately almost all of them largely diminish against blurring is increased proportion-
the sensitiveness of the film. ately.
Two substances, litmus and the well- Fixing. — The peculiarity of collodio-bro-
known tannin, are capable of giving excel- mide plates, as respects fixing, has never
lent results. For a time I scarcely did jus- been sufficiently pointed out. The bromide
tice to tannin, and this because I used it in of silver dissolves out in the hyposulphite
the heavy doses ordinarily recommended. bath much more easily, and the image itself

But when it is kept down to 2 or 2} grains appears to be more easily attacked than the
per ounce of both, and used with six or image on bromo-iodized plates. Hence, in
eight times its' weight of gum, it does very the earlier days of tho collodio-bromide
well, indeed. Nevertheless, after a great process,it was advised to look to the alka-

many most careful comparative trials, I line development for a thin image only,
feel constrained to give the preference to and intensify with silver and pyro. But
my own preservative, red litmus, and this those who will use the methods I have de-
for the following reasons: scribed, will get all the density they want
1. Except in long exposures and under by the alkaline development alone indeed, ;

trying circumstances, it completely prevents without care too much density may result.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE, 149

And the reducing tendency of the fixing is not desirable in this article to make a
solution may be removed bj- using it very lengthy report of all the negatives pre-
weak. After a number of trials I have sented, but a few remarks may be appro-
found the best strength to be about one- priate, giving a short criticism of the five
sixtieth, 1 ounce of hyposulphite to 50 or 60 be,st negatives selected.
of water. Bromide of silver dissolves so The prize was awarded to Mr. V. ~W.
much more easily than iodide that a collo- Horton, of Brady's Gallery, New York
dio-bromide plate is fixed with this solu- city.

tion in the same time as an ordinary bro- The subject was well chosen, in a young
mo-iodized film in a much stronger. The girl, sitting figure, gracefully posed, with
weak solution has so little action on the exquisite arrangement of light and shadow.
image that the plate may be left in over The dress of white or light color is admira-
the time necessary for clearing without bly rendered, any tendency to excessive
injury. I prefer, after using the fixing high light being toned down by the child
bath for twelve or fifteen plates, to reject resting herarms upon a table or chair over
it and pour in fresh. It is almost unne- which some dark drapery had been thrown.
cessary to say that, with no plates should' The eyes are beautifully reproduced, giving
the fixing solution be used for a second the soft dreamy effect that children so often
set of plates after standing. have when deeply interested in an attract-
ive story. The negative is upon one-half size
P. S. — The addition of the hot solution of glass, unvarnished, clean, forcible, sharp,
nitrate of silver to the collodion is not at- well-timed, and exceedingly brilliant ; a
tended with any inconvenience as might little too transparent to make a first-class
have been supposed on the contrary, the ; contact print, but exactly suited for a solar
formation of the bromide of silver is favored enlargement. Mr. Horton may justly be
thereby. The whole mixture becomes tepid, proud of his success in securing the prize,
at which temperature chemical decompo- Mr. Oliver B. DeMorat, Philadelphia, a
sition advances of course more rapidly. vignette head and bust of a lady, well ar-
In operating with considerable quantities ranged and skilfully lighted. Chemical
it would, doubtless, be well to let the solu- manipulation first-rate. Size of picture, two
tion cool a little, but a little only, and to on 4-4 plate.
add two or more portions. But with
it in Mr. T, M. Saurman, Norristown, Pa., a
small quantities, as above explained, this pleasing picture of a lad, vignette head, ex-
is unnecessary. The vial should be well cellent chemical work, clean, well-timed,
closed with a well-fitting cork, which I and sharp negative, one-half size.
find preferable to a glass-stopper, using, of Mr. Charles Stafford, Norwich, New York,
course, a new one each time, and securing a vignette head of a lady, nicely arranged,
very close fit. and well lighted. This negative appears
to be a little too dense for the purpose in-
tended. Clean and forcible negative, one-
quarter size.
THE SOLAR NEGATIVE PRIZE Mr. P, B. Jones, Davenport, Iowa, a fine
PICTURE.
picture of a male subject, negative one-half
BY JOHN C. BROWNE. size, sharp, clean, and effective.

In a recent number of the Philadelphia All of the prints were made of uniform di-
Photographer a prize of a gold medal was mensions, about the size of life, and printed
offered by Mr. Albert Moore, of Philadel- upon demon's arrowroot paper, 18 x 22.
phia, for the best negative for enlarging in In tone, sharpness, and general effect they
the solar camera, and, as a result, thirty- compare very favorably with contact pic-
three negatives were offered in competition. tures, where the attempt is made to pro-

As one of the judges appointed by Mr. duce portraits of the size of life direct in
Moore, it gives me pleasure to attest to the the camera. In fact, these solar enlarge-
excellence of a large number of them. It ments are better pictures than the majority
 150 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
of life-size contact prints that I have ex- medium strength. But if hypo is used it
amined. should be fresh. The quality of first im-
To Mr. Albert Moore deservedly belongs portance in the negative must be sharpness.
a great deal of credit for his skill and enter- If in a portrait the face, hair, or whiskers
prise in developing very important
this are not perfectly defined, it is useless to ex-
branch of photography. The proof of his pect that a print enlarged to life-size will
success will be exhibited at the annual be satisfactory.
meeting of the National Photographic As- Recently, Mr. Moore has turned his at-
sociation, in June next, at Cleveland, Ohio, tention to the double printing of landscape
so that all may have an opportunity of see- negatives in the solar camera, whereby the
ing what wonderful results can he obtained pleasing effect of natural clouds in the pic-
by enlarging small negatives of £, J, and ture is produced by the use of a second
4-4 size in the solar camera. It. is but fair,
negative.
while speaking in praise of Mr. Moore's re-
sults, to give a proper share of credit to his
assistant, Mr. William L. Shoemaker, as all KURTZ'S PATENT " REMBRANDT
of the printing and toning is done by him.
COUNTER-REFLECTOR."
I judge, from his success and long experi-
ence, that few can excel his practical knowl-
edge on this subject. It is no easy work to
manage a dozen solar cameras on a bright
day, for each requires to be adjusted to the
position of the sun about once in a minute ;

and the focussing of the image from the

negative upon the sensitive paper, together
with a knowledge of when to stop printing,
are somewhat difficult lessons to learn.
Upon a clear day in the spring, with the
sun shining brightly, the duty of attending
a number of solar cameras requires a lively
exhibition of skill and agility upon the
part of the operator. In hazy weather the
time of exposure is very much lengthened,
but generally thirty to fifty minutes' ex-
posure to a bright sun will be sufficient.

In preparing negatives for enlargement,

do not undertime the picture, but expose
fully, and rather under-develop. The de-
tails in the shadows will then be rendered

more effective, with less liability to fog, by

attempting to force detail out of an under-
exposed picture. The chemicals must be
in fine working order, perfectly free from
fog, and calculated to give a good, forcible
negative, not so dense, however, as is re- Ilf making " Rembrandt" pictures the
quired for contact printing. Difference of usual routine of operations is abandoned
opinion exists as to the advisability of using and reversed. Instead of at the side of
hypo or cyanide for fixing, some contending the subject nearest the camera, the main
that cyanide is too strong in its action, cut- light comes from behind the sitter, as it were,
ting away th<> weaker parts of the picture; or falls upon the side of the subject/row the
while others claim that hypo is not active camera, the side toward the camera being in
enough. My preference is for cyanide of shadow. To get detail in this shadowed
 .

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 151

side it is necessary to reflect some light upon ONE HUNDRED DAYS IN A FOG.*
it, and to avoid a multiplicity of screens,
reflectors, Mr. Kurtz has contrived
etc.,
BY ELBERT ANDERSON,
Operator. W. Kurtz's Gallery.
the apparatus below described.
(Continued from page 108.)
A B C D represents a light frame of
wood, about six feet high and three and a Twenty-sixth day. — Iodide of cadmium
half feet wide. E FEF are two doors or increases the intensity of the collodion.
wings turning on pivots at the points A (HardwicJis Chemistry, page 246.)
and B, and also on two other pivots at G G Twenty-seventh day. — When the negative
G G, consequently giving a universal move- comes up with too much intensity, add io-
ment. X X X X are four inner wings dide of cadmium to the collodion. (Devine's
moving on hinges on the frame, whereby Practice, page 55.)
you may enlarge or decrease the size of the Twenty-eighth day. — Zigzag lines are
opening, the lower wing moving on two caused by a lack of harmony between the
pivots at P P. bath and the collodion. (E. L. Wilson,
All this is lined on the back with strong Mosaics, 1869, page 59.)
paper and black muslin, and on the front Twenty-ninth day — The upper part of the
with pure white paper. This counter-re- plate must be examined for zigzag lines ;

flector is patented and solely manufactured characteristic of a film which had become
by Mr. Henry Kurtz, New York. too dry before immersion. (Hardwich's
Its application may be better understood Chemistry, 7th Ed., page 419.)
by the accompanying drawings. Thirtieth day. —
Streaks like flashes of
Let A B, Fig. 1, represent a block of lightning, with a dozen zigzags to the inch
wood, and the light shining on it in the — from applying blotting-paper to the back

direction of the arrow — any attempt to of the negative. (M. Carey Lea, Mosaics,
photograph this in its present state of illu- 1867, page 15.)
mination would be impossible. The dark Thirty-first day. — During exposure the
shadow at B would be devoid of all details, bath solution drains down to theedge of the
and the high light at A would be too in- plate, and rises again by capillary attrac-
tense. Upon bringing up the reflector at tion, giving rise to streaks. Eemedy: at-
C, the effect is to drive, as it were, the tach a piece of blotting-paper to the edge of
shadow back again towards A, producing the plate. [Lea's Manual, page 243.)
an unnatural lighting, as shown in Fig. 2, Thirty-second day. — Always filter your
causing a squinty appearance in the sitter,
bath after each day's work. (E. L. Wilson,
caused by being raked between two fires. Mosaics, 1867, page 141.)
Now the counter-reflector has the effect of
doing away with this completely. See Fig.
Thirty-third day. — Neither should the
bath be filtered after it has once been put
3. It throws the light in the direction of
into use. (Devine's Practice, page 36.)
the lines, and we have the natural effect of
No. 1, only greatly subdued, with perfectly Thirty-fourth day. — After each day's
transparent shadows, offering no strong nor work, make it a rule to filter your bath.
harsh contrasts against the high light; A, (J. C. Browne, Mosaics, 1870, page 29.)

as itwere counter-reflecting the reflection of Thirty-fifth day. —Do not filter your bath
B, thus preventing that shadow which too much. (Illustrated Photograplier.')
otherwise would have hung over the centre. Thirty-sixth day. — It is an advantage to
This arrangement also serves a good pur- leave the bath in the trough always, that it

pose when making pictures in the usual

way, and is specially useful where there is * This subject will be continued, with corres-
no side-light, in scattering the shadows pondence, etc., preparatory to the entire prac-
that are apt to occur in such cases under tice, formulae, etc., at Mr. Kurtz's gallery,
the eyes, nose, and chin, and in relieving entitled Photo Dialogues, a sequel to One Hun-
the frowns of unwilling; sitters. dred Days, etc. — Ed.
 . . ) .

152 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

may settle down and clear itself after the removed from the bath as soon as it is

day's work is done. (Hardwich's Chemistry, coated, that the silver solution may be pre-
page 415.) served as long as possible below the point
Thirty-seventh day. — The bath ought to of saturation. (Devine's Practice, page 33.)
be filtered every evening. (Silver Sunbeam, Fiftieth day —When the bath is in perfect
page 113.) order, no harm can result from leaving the
Thirty-eighth day — Never adopt the com- plate init a quarter of an hour or more.
mon but wasteful plan of iodizing a bath by (Hardwich's Chemistry, 7th Ed., page 417.)
and
dipping a collodionized plate in it, al-
Fifty-first day. — The plate should never
lowing it to lie until the iodide is dissolved.
be left in the bath longer than necessary.
(Aliquis, Mosaics, 1869, page 114.)
(Lea's Manual.)
Thirty-ninth day. — Coat a plate and leave Fifty-second day — When the iodide of
it in the bath all night. (Illustrated Pho- silver, previously dissolved in the bath,
tographer.) upon the
crystallizes film, leave a plate in
Fortieth day. — Make the bath as follows :
the solution all night, that the excess of
* * * then add to it about a drachm of iodide of silver may gradually crystallize
bromoiodized collodion. (Toivler's Alma- upon its surface and so be removed. (Hard-
nack, 1867, page 76.) wich's Chemistry, 7th Ed., page 521.)
Forty-first day. — It is a bad plan to add Fifty-third day —I ascertained that iodide
collodion to a bath for the purpose of iodiz- of silver is more soluble in a cold solution
ing it. (E. L. Wilson, Mosaics, 1870, page than in a warm one. (Dr. H. Vogel, p. 89 )

143.)
Forty-second day. —The bath must be satu- Fifty-fourth day. — In this case the iodide
of silver which is precipitated by the solu-
rated with iodide of silver. (Hardwich's
tion becoming cold, is redissolved as the
Chemistry, page 393.)
temperature rises. (Devine's Practice, p. 32.)
Forty-third day — The bath may be used
Fifty-fifth day. — Sunning of the bath is
without iodizing, if the plates be taken out
one of the best means of purifying it. (Le
as soon as smoothly coated. (Devine's Prac-
Moniteur de la Photographic. )
tice, page 30.)

Forty-fourth day.—Xt is therefore neces-

Fifty-sixth day. —I cannot, for my part,
see what sunning has upon the or-
effect
sary to iodize the bath to saturation, with
ganic matter with which the bath is
iodide of silver. ( Waldaclc's Treatise, p. 62.)
charged. (Aliquis, Mosaics, 1869, page 118.)
Forty-fifth day. — Nearly
all the works on

photography give directions for iodizing Fifty-seventh day. — It is advisable to ex-

the bath to saturation for negative baths,

pose the bath to the rays of the sun as often
;

however, such a method of preparation is as possible. (Silver Sunbeam, page 112.)

totally wrong. (Devine's Practice, page 31.) Fifty-eighth day. — Sunning the old solu-

Forty-sixth day. —A bath not saturated tion may be a very good plan, but I never

with iodide of silver will produce unequal found any marked benefits from it. (Ali-

results. (E. L. Wilson, Mosaics, 1870, page quis, Mosaics, 1869, page 118.)
142.) Fifty-ninth day. — The solution may be
Forty-seventh day. — If the bath be satur- prepared some days before using, and al-

ated at the outset, it will precipitate crys- lowed to stand in the light. (Devine's Prac-
tals of iodide of silver on the plate, and tice, page 43.)

wholly spoil the negative. (Devine's Prac- Sixtieth day. — A bath that has stood for a
tice, page 31.) week exposed to sunlight, has proved as in-
Forty-eigldh day. — When the crystals of curable as one doctored without sunning at
nitrate of silver are dissolved, coat a plate all. (Aliquis, Mosaics, 1869, page 118 )

and leave it in the bath all night. (Sutton's Sixty-first day. — It has, however, been
Collodion Process, page -40. justly remarked that in diluting the bath,

Forty-ninth day. —'Every plate must be the disordered bath must be poured into the
 .

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 153

water and not the reverse. (M. C. Lea, Seventy-fifth day. — We

should apply a
Mosaics, 1867, page 10.) Why ? strong developer to diminish contrast. (Lea's
Sixiy-second day. — Pour the old bath into Manual, page 115.)

a clean bottle, and add rain water. (E. L. Seventy-sixth day. — In developing, hold
"Wilson, Mosaics, 1868, page 102.) the plate absolutely still ; by so doing the
Sixty-third day. — When, in the course of detail is better obtained. (C. W. Hull, Mo-
time, the bath becomes saturated with io- saics, 1870, page 77.)

dide of silver, add crystals of nitrate of Seventy-seventh day. — As the development

silver. [Humphrey 1
s Journal, page 26.) goes on, the operator inclines the plate in
Sixty-fourth day. —
All works on photog- different directions, so as to cause the de-
raphy recommend the replenishment of the veloper to keep in a state of constant mo-
bath with crystals of nitrate of silver. This tion. (Lea's Manual, page 33.)
method we strongly protest against ; and Seventy-eighth day — Use it (the developer)
advise the operator never to strengthen his with a lavish hand — never mind the silver
bath until it is thoroughly renovated and washing off. (E. Dunmore, Mosaics, 1870.)
made over. (Devine's Practice, page 36.) Seventy-ninth day. — The developer be-
Sixty-fifth day. —It is advisable to keep comes mixed on the surface of the plate
up the strength of the bath from day to day. with the bath solution, if a portion is wasted
(Towler's Almanac, page 88.) by washing over, the image will come out
Sixty-sixth day. —
It will always be found less strong. (Lea's Manual, page 32.)
unwise to add new silver to an old bath. Eightieth day. —The solution of sulphate
(Harvey, Reynolds & Foster, Text Book of of iron becomes red by keeping ; the writer
Photography, page 23.) is newly mixed solution. (Hard-
in favor of a
Sixty-seventh day. — Better make a new wich's Chemistry, page 395.)
bath than repair the old one, since nothing
satisfactory will be likely to be got from it.
Eighty-first day —
The older the developer
becomes it grows reddish. This reddening
(R. D. Ewing, Mosaics, 1870, page 54.)
is rather beneficial than otherwise. (Lea's
Sixty-eighth day. —
As long as you can, by Manual, page 26.)
purging, get an old bath to do duty, never
make a new one. (Aliquis, Mosaics, 1870.)
Eighty-second day. — When the develop-
ment conducted with sulphate of iron,
is
Sixty-ninth day. — As soon as the bath the negative has seldom sufficient intensity.
ceases to give satisfactory negatives, there (Hardwich's Chemistry page 455.) ,

no alternative but to make a new one.

is

(Mosaics, 1867.)
Eighty-third day. —The operator should
aim to get his negatives intense enough
Seventieth day. —The best way to get rid
after one development with iron. There
of all volatile matter in the bath is distilla-
will generally be no difficulty in accom-
tion. [ !
] (Silver Sunbeam, page 112.)
plishing this object. (Devine's Practice,
Seventy-first day. —There are no means of page 47.)
abstracting the water from collodion with-
out injuring the collodion itself. (Hum-
Eighty-fourth day. — A great many dark-
phrey's Journal, page 59.)
rooms are lighted with yellow glass. We
recommend the operator to use a gas or
Seventy-secojid day. — When there is too
lamp-light. (Devine's Practice, page 13.)
much water in the collodion, it may be re-
moved by putting some pieces of gelatine Eighty-fifth day. —Orange glass is all that

into it ; this abstracts the water. (Lea's is needed for the dark-room. (Silver Sun-
Manual, page 236.) beam, page 47.)
Seventy-third day. —A strong developer Eighty-sixth day. — I know that many men
favors thinness, a weak developer favors in- think diffused-light printing the best, but I
tensity. (E. D. Ewing, Mosaics, 1870, p. 56.) believe that I am supported by all who
Seventy-fourth day. —A strong developer know, that sunlight printing is theoretically
is likely to force up the high lights to com- as well as practically the best. (Nelson K.
plete opacity. (C. W. Hull, Mosaics, 1870.) Cherill, Mosaics, 1867, page 58.)
 .

154 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEK.

Eighty -seventh day. — Printing may be Ninefy-ninth day. — A good negative should
done either in the direct rays of the sun or be thin and full of detail. (Text Book of
in diffused light the choice between the
; Photography, page 18.)
two will depend upon the nature of the neg- One hundredth day. We do not think —
ative. [Lea's Manual, page 212.) there is any advantage of using nitrate of

Eighty-eighth day. —When a collodion uranium in the toning bath. (Humphrey's

gives an impression in which too much con- Journal, page 4.) When black tones are
trast exists, a small quantity of bromide desired, add nitrate of uranium to the toning

will lessen the contrast. ( Waldack's Treat- bath. (Mosaics, 1870.)

ise, page 46.)

Eighty-ninth day. —Some careful experi-
ments made by the writer brought him to
the conclusion that bromide tended fully as GLASS FORCEPS.
much, perhaps more, to hardness and con- BY JOHN M. BLAKE.
trasts than iodides. (Lea's Manual, p. 120.)
Glass forceps will be found useful dur-
Ninetieth day. — If the lights are too in-
ing the operations of silver printing. They
tense, more bromide must be added. (Hard-
are quite efficient, and have the advantage
wich's Chemistry, page 260.)
over whalebone of being easy to clean. They
Ninety-first day. —We confidently assert can be easily and cheaply constructed, as fol-
that bromide has no effect whatever in re- lows take two equal strips of ordinary sheet-
:

ducing the contrast of the negative. (De- glass ; these may be four inches long and
vine's Practice, page 24.) half an inch broad. The sharp edges must
Ninety-second day. —It
must be allowed, first be taken off, then place them together
the addition of a bromide to negative col- and crowd a piece of rubber-tube, about
lodion impairs its sensitiveness. (Hard- half an inch long, over the two at one end.
wich's Chemistry, page 271.)

Ninety-third day. — The effect of bromide

issimply to reduce the time of exposure in
the camera. (Devine's Practice, page 24.)
Next slide a shorter piece of tube down the
Ninety-fourth day —The effect of bromide
length of one of the pieces of glass, until
is to reduce intensity and contrast. ( Wal-
it reaches the .first piece of rubber. The
dack's Treatise, page 40 )
second rubber band serves to keep the two
Ninety-fifth day. —
For the purposes of blades separate, while the elasticity of the
copying, 1 would invariably use the full makes resistance the blades
first as are
blaze of the sun some artists pretend that
;
pressed together by the hand in grasping
this system is false. (Silver Sunbeam, p. 162.) an object. When this pressure is removed
Ninety-sixth day. —In
copying engrav- they will separate half an inch at the end.
ings, all that is required is a simply iodized It is best to bring the lower ends of the
collodion without any bromide. (Silver Sun- glass strips to an edge, or to bevel off the
beam, page 28.) corners on a grindstone, so that they will

Ninety-seventh day. —It is an entire mis-

readily slide under a sheet of paper which

take to suppose this (copying)

lies on the bottom of a dish. Broad blades
is best ac-
complished by the use of a collodion con- are advantageous when lifting large sheets

taining little or no bromide as line engrav- ;

of paper liable to tear. A pair, one inch
ings require a small stop, the light is always by seven were found quite convenient.
weak, consequently bromide is necessary.
(Lea's Manual, page 187.)

Ninety-eighth day. — We certainly prefer If you think you can improve by making
an intense negative to a thin one. (Towler's a second sitting, by all means do it before
Almanac, 1867.) your subject leaves your room.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 155

BOOKHOUT'S WASHING TANK. trial. He gives the idea to the trade freely,
I will give you a description of my without patenting it, and, moreover, has

washing apparatus. Of course I think it

generously supplied the very excellent en-
hetter than any that I have tried. graving, which accompanies his paper,
from his own large engraving and photo-
A graphing establishment.

Stereographs on Transparent, Tinted,

&c, Paper.
BY PROF. J. TOWLEE, M.D.
It is not yet a settled matter, I perceive,
what must be the width of the stereograph,
for almost every photographer selects his
own size, aiming, however, nearly in every
case to make it as large as possible. This
Let A represent a tub, as large as neces-
uncertainty about the and the innate size,
sary, filled to the depth of five inches with
tendency to make magnitude the sole aim,
white pebbles, B B ; C, rubber hose (with
must arise from ignorance of the require-
a coupling), for the supply of water, and E
ments in the case but this ignorance can-
;

a syphon. Of course the syphon must be

not be charged to the meagreness of instruc-
of sufficient capacity to carrymore water
than the supply, which can be regulated by
tion on the subject. We have repeatedly
given our views about this matter, which
the water-cock. D represents a fan to
may " The
be expressed in a few words :

throw the water against the side of the tub,

width of the stereograph must be equal to
thus giving it a circular motion. You will
the distance between the centres of the two
see that, by means of the pebbles the prints
eyes."
are drained pretty thoroughly every fifteen
But since this distance is a variable
minutes. have tried perforated zinc: the
I
quantity, bordering on two inches and a
result, after a few weeks use, was white
half, more or less, and seldom exceeding
spots on the prints. There was no mistake
two inches and three-quarters, we may as-
about the cause. I varnished it and had
sume, without any great error, the last dis-
none, but as soon as the varnish wore off
tance, which will at the same time accom-
they appeared again. 1 tried this for over
modate those numerous advocates for large
a year. A net made of twine gave me yel-
productions. Do not think we wish to be
low spots (hypo). "Wooden slats also gave
dictatorial in this assumption, for, if all the
—
me hypo spots but the pebbles are the rest will preferably assume two inches and
thing, eas ly washed and unobjectionable
;

a half for the width of the stereograph, we

in every way. I use white pebbles be-
shall certainly join in the phalanx, and
cause I can get them easily, and prefer
with joy too, because this distance is nearer
them on account of their hardness.
what ought to be. This matter might be
it
Ihave used this over a year. My work
settled at the next great National gathering
is mostly commercial, and I make a great
at Cleveland, at least for Americans, sub-
many pictures, and, notwithstanding my ject, of course, to revision in accordance
tub sometimes has a great deal of paper in
with the intelligent views of Europeans.
it, it always comes out clean, which is more
We ought to have a standard.
than I can say of anything that I have be-
Having assumed two inches and three-
fore used. E. Bookhout, for our standard width, we pre-
quarters
1 & 3 Broadway, Williamsburg, N. T.
pare slips of paper of the following dimen-
March 23d, 1870.
sions : eleven inches and one-tenth in length
We consider Mr. Bookhout's method a by three inches in width these are cut with ;

most excellent one, and well worthy of a clean edges and square corners from the sen-
 1

1 50 t 1 1 m r i r 1 1 a n klrnt a r n o t o g.r a p h e r.

Bitized sheet, eaoh sheet thus yielding twenty- us soon as one side is printed, round to the
four stereographs. opposite side so as to bring the upper edge
The lenses on theoamera are fixed in their of the slip to the same place which it occu-
place, also, at the standard distance of two pied before, and at the same to make tho
inohes and three-quarters from edge to edge central line of the negative and that of the
or from oentre to oentrej and the Beptum sensitive paper coincide. There is no dif-
in the oamera, whioh divides it two
into ficulty in doing this, but care is necessary
halves, is so adjusted as to bring the two to see that it is done.
piotures into sharp apposition in the middle, The washing,
toning, and fixing require
Without any blank space between them and no further instruction, and, as the prints
without overlapping each other. This ad- are already cut out. to the proper size, noth-
justment, is easily made. There is great ing remains to be done but to mount them
economy of time and material by attending in the usual way.

to these arrangements at the outset. Hut my principal design in this article is

The object of preparing the rectangular to show you how to make transparent paper
Blips of paper above mentioned is to be ena- stereographs. For tins purpose 1 use the
bled to print, the stereographs in such ti way heaviest plain paper, neither salted noralbu-
as to require no cutting afterwards, and, menized. This paper I salt as indicated in

Consequently, no transposition. We are in- some of my previous articles, that is, in tho
debted to an Englishman fortius discovery, following bath :

and
it is
1 thank him heartily
now an old dodge, it.
for it.

will be
Although
new to
Water,
Chloride of
....
Ammonium, .
8 ounces.
40 grains.
many of our younger practitioners. Gelatine 10 "
Bach slip is folded back exactly in the Citrio Acid, . . . 40 "
middle, so that the corners are accurately Carbonate of Soda, . .50 "
in apposition, the sensitized film being out-
1 print, by development, because I can
wards. The slip is now opened again and
get better tones for the purpose by this pro-
placed on a clean sheet o( paper, the film
cess. The silver bath I have slightly
being downwards. Each half is now folded
changed since 1 wrote last on this subject,
back on itself, so that the opposite ones
substituting nitric acid in a great measure
meet accurately <>n the middle crease. A
for tartaric acid, and probably I shall dis-
piece of black paper, live and a half inches
pense with the latter entirely. The solu-
long by three Wide, is inserted between the
tion at present is as follows:
folds. The paper is now ready to be placed
On the negative. The middle crease o\' the Nitrate of Silver, . . 4 drachms.
paper corresponds to the middle line be- Water 8 ounces.

tween the two pictures on the negative; Nitric Acid (snee. gr. 1.21, 1 drnohm.

place the sensitive paper, therefore, on the

Tartaric Acid, . . .5 grains.
middle of the negative, that is, at an equal Float the paper on this bath for about one
distance from either edge and with the cen- minute, then hang up and dry. Expose
tre lines accurately overlying each other. until the picture is visible; a longer expos-
Print one side, and then the paper is turned ure will do no harm. In the present case,
round and placed as before; the other side where half the picture is printed separately,
is then printed. In this way two stereo- the exposure of the tWO sides must be timed
graphs are printed on tin- same sheet ;
sepa- by the watch in sunlight, one to three min-
:

rate them by cutting with a sharp, straight utes eaoh; in a dull, diffused light, from
cut through the central line. No transpo- live to eight or ten minutes each.
sition is needed, a- you will readily see. The mode o( developmenthave changed 1

The use o\' the piece oi' blaob paper be- slightly. Eaoh print, previous to develop-
tween the folds Of the sensitized slip, is to ment, is soaked simply in water.
prevent the light from acting on tbelilm As soon as the paper is moist all through,
behind. it placed on a clean piece of glass, a little
is

t'.'ire is required in ohanging the paper, larger than the print, and the latter is then
 : ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 157

moved over the flame of a spirit-lamp, the the balsam, the print side being next to the
developer having been previously poured glass. More balsam is smeared over the
upon the surface of the exposed paper. The back of the paper, which is carefully pressed
developer remains the same, that is : down. Continue a gentle heat. In about
twenty minutes the print will become quite
Solution of Gallic Acid, (2
transparent. Hub off all excess of balsam
grains to the ounce), . 4 drachms.
from the back of the print and the front of
Acetate of Lead (30 grains
the plate, and adjust the print to its posi-
to the ounce), . . 5 drops.
Acetic Acid, enough to clean the milky tion. See that all bubbles are removed by
precipitate. pressure. Clean the front of the glass plate
with turpentine.
The development is soon performed, to All that now remains to be done is to
any amount of opacity, without injuring cover. the front and back with the proper
the whites. Wash the print on both sides shields of black paper, ornamented with
under the tap, and then immerse it in the gold or otherwise. The transparency thus
hyposulphite of soda solution, containing 1 produced is very beautiful, and requires no
grain of chloride of gold to 4 ounces of the further protection ; nevertheless, a thin
concentrated fixing solution. The latter piece of ground-glass no detriment to it
is
can be used several times, taking care to add it is sometimes an improvement. Of course,
more hyposulphite of soda from time to such transparencies are to be viewed by
time. Washthe prints well and then dry transmitted light. Landscapes mounted on
them, removing the excess of moisture
first squares of glass and set in our window-
between folds of blotting-paper, and after- frames produce a very charming effect. In
wards by exposure to the air. Trim the addition to all this, the prints may be col-
edges of the prints if necessary, dry them ored to your desire, or touched up with the
thoroughly near the fire, and then, placing appropriate tints, naturally, before the pic-
each print on a piece of good card-board, tures aremade transparent with the balsam.
pass it two or three times through the roll- After they are made transparent, the colors
ing machine. This operation flattens the are quite indelible.
paper completely, which is quite necessary Furthermore, the transparent prints thus
for the subsequent operation. cemented on glass may be backed with tinted
Our next operation consists in making paper, by simply gumming the edges of the
the paper transparent, and, at the same paper and causing it to adhere to the edges
time, in causing it to adhere to a piece of of the glass. For this purpose it is previ-
glass. For this purpose we require a small ously moistened uniformly, and, being
iron table, on the upper surface, on
flat larger than the glass, the edges admit of
which is laid a sheet of paper. (The plate being bent over and then gummed on the
may be eight by ten inches.) Beneath the front edges. The pictures so prepared have
table place two or three small spirit lamps, a rich appearance when viewed by reflected
so as to warm the iron to the proper tem- light.

perature. On the paper place the cleaned In my next article I shall give a further
glass which is intended to receive the print. application of the transparent or diaphanous
The following balsam is required picture.

Canada Balsam, 5 ounces.

;l
Parafine, . . 2
ACIDIFICATION OF C0LL0DI0-
Gum Elemi, 2 drachms
BROMIDE.
Melt them together and keep in stock for The very bad weather which we have
future use. Two or three small pieces of had has greatly interfered with my ex-
this balsam are placed upon the glass, and aminations it is only in perfectly cloudless
;

are spread out, as it melts, with a clean weather that a series of plates can be ex-
spatula, so as to cover the glass completely. posed with a certainty that each gets an
The print (perfectly dry) is now laid upon exactly equal exposure. I, however, have
158 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
succeeded, within the last few days, in mak- Float plain paper three minutes on a solu-
ing some sets of exposures. tion composed of
One very important result attained is,

that aqua regia is not only the best sub-

Water, . . . .20 ounces.
Bichloride of Mercury, . 5 grains.
stance for acidulating the sensitized collo-
dion, as I have already stated, but appa- Hang the paper up until thoroughly dry.
rently the only acid capable of giving really Sensitize on a 35-grain solution of nitrate
satisfactory results. Neither nitric acid nor by floating the paper one minute.
of silver
hydrochloric, used separately, can be relied Expose under the negative two minutes, then
upon to keep off the fogginess. On the develop with ,

other hand, with aqua regia I always get a

Water, 10 ounces.
clean and brilliant image. Continued ex-
Protosulphnte of Iron, 350 grains.
periment only serves to develop farther its
Glacial Acetic Acid, 4 ounces.
utility, and I do not expect ever again to
expose a collodio-bromide plate that has not As the paper is very sensitive, it should be
been thus treated. well protected from the action of light be-
M. Carey Lea. fore exposure under the negative,and kept
Philadelphia, April 11th, 1870. in the same careful manner after exposure
until the process of development is fully
Since the foregoing was in type, I have
completed.
received some most beautiful specimens of
Mr. Chapman deemed the development
work by my process from
Mr. Alexander
of theimage by an iron solution as a very
Henderson, of Montreal. They have all
important feature of the process, as many
the good qualities of the very best wet work,
experimenters had failed in the use of iron
besides exhibiting much technical skill.
solutions in paper printing.
Mr. Henderson writes :

Mr. Anthony thought that the success of

" Your last plan of adding acid I think
might be attributed to the or-
the process
the best plan that I have seen, and on the
ganic matter used in sizing the paper.
two have made of it I think the
trials I
Mr. Dimmers stated, that a very similar
negatives are much improved. My diffi-
processhad been published some years ago,
culty sometimes is to get sufficient intensity
and that a friend of his had worked it suc-
without silver. I think it may be from an
cessfully in solar printing.
unsuitable cotton. The simplicity in the
Upon motion by Prof. Tillman, a com-
preparation is what I like, and the softness
mittee consisting of Messrs. Hallenbeck,
and beauty of the negatives. The plates
Chapman, and Dimmers, was appointed to
seem to be much the most sensitive that I
experiment with the process given by Mr.
have ever tried."
Hallenbeck, and report at a future meeting
of the Section.
Mr. Chapman exhibited a 4-inch neg-
NEW YORK CORRESPONDENCE. ative of the sun, which gave some of the
TuEPhotographical Section of the Ameri- characteristic features of that body as seen
can Institute, heldits regular monthly meet- through the large telescope at the Ruther-
ing for April, at the Institute on Tuesday ford Observatory. Some of the larger
the 5th. spots were well defined, and the surround-
Henry T. 'Anthony in the Chair; 0. G. ing spicula? distinctly shown.
Mason, Secretary. Mr. Newton exhibited specimens of sen-
After the reading and approval of the sitized paperwhich had been prepared early
minutes of the March meetings Mr. Hallen- in the month of December last; also a print
beck, in speaking of the great difficulty which had been made on the da} the paper r

often encountered in the production of was prepared, and toned on April 1st; also
prints during cloudy weather, gave the fol- another print made and toned on the last
lowing formula, which had given good re- named day; all of which plainly indicated
sults in his own practice. that sensitized paper might be kept a con-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER. 159

siderable length of time, without impairing
its quality in any marked degree.
The paper and prints exhibited by Mr.
Newton had been rolled with alternate
sheets of paper inked on both sides with a
heavy layer of ordinary printing ink, which
had almost entirely protected it from atmos-
pheric and actinic influences. Mr. Newton
stated that he did not think it
that the protecting paper should be inked
on more than one side.
Mr. Anthony gave details of some experi-
ments which he had made in the preparation
of silvered paper, by floating on distilled
lowered or turned to any desired angle suit-
able for the subject under treatment. The
prints exhibited, and Mr. Kurtz's plain de-
scription of its use, were such as to fully de-
monstrate its great value to all who would
produce first-class work, as by its use, a vast
number of very beautiful effects may be
produced which no other means would
necessary give.
Mr. Chapman thought there had been
some misunderstanding by those who had
discussed his method of treating the print-
ing solution, as several correspondents seem
to confound with that of boiling the
it

water after removal from the silver solu- which he is aware

negative bath solution,
tion. He had kept such paper perfectly was done some years before his method of
white several months. treating the printing solution was pub-
On motion by Mr. Hallenbeck, seconded lished.
by Mr. Chapman, Messrs. Newton, Mason, The Section then adjourned to the first
and Anthony were appointed a committee Tuesday in May.
to continue their investigations upon the O. G. Mason,
methods for preserving 'sensitized paper, Secretary.

and report the results of their experiments

at a future meeting.
Mr. P. F. Wiel presented three prints PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
from negatives made by a missionary in PHILADELPHIA.
Africa. They were particularly interesting The regular monthly meeting was held
as illustrations of the scenery and domestic on Wednesday evening, April 6th, 1870.
life in that distant part of the world. The President, Mr. Frederic Graff, in the
Mr. Mason presented six cabinet and four chair.
stereoscopic prints of interesting patholo- The minutes of last meeting were read
gical specimens at Bellevue Hospital. He and approved.
also laid before the Section a copy of Com- The resignation of Dr. William Thom-
modore Sands' admirable report on the son was read and accepted.
Solar Eclipse of August last. The report The Secretary read a letter from the Liv-
was accompanied by photographs made by erpool Amateur Photographic Association,
one of the government expeditions. acknowledging the receipt of a package of
Mr. Mason also exhibited a heliostat photographs forwarded by this Society.
which he had constructed by a modification A communication was received from Mr.
of the equatorial mounting of one of his M. Carey Lea, upon the subject of the col-
small telescopes and the addition of a re- lodio-bromjde process. Also a number of
flector. very creditable prints were exhibited, made
Mr. Anthony exhibited a collection of on albumen paper from his negatives.
prints by the Lichtdruck process, from the Mr. Draper presented to the Society a
establishment of Ohm & Grossman, of Ber- number of excellent photographs.
lin, Prussia. Mr. Samuel Powell, of Newport, R. I.,

Mr. Kurtz exhibited a large number of in the course of some remarks alluding to
very beautiful imperial card prints illustra- his endeavors to aid his scientific friends
ting the effects produced in using his con- in their study of natural history and physi-
cave background, which he described as a ology, by the use of microscopic photogra-
two foot segment six feet across, of a papier- phy, advocated the use of certain chemical
mache hollow globe adjusted to an ordinary solutions for strengthening the negative
iron head-rest, so as to be easily raised and produced under the microscope. Having
 ;

160 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

had occasion to produce for Baron D'Osten- dent E. L. Allen. The records of the last
sacker a number of illustrations for a valua- meeting were read and approved.
ble work on entomology, in manuscript, lost A resolution was offered by Mr. South-
by the fire at the Smithsonian Institute, worth that Section 6, Article 2, of our
Mr. Powell commenced to make drawings, Constitution be so amended as not to pro-
by the aid of the microscope and camera, of hibit the re-election of any of the officers.
the delicate nerves and ribs in the wings of The resolution was laid on the table for one
the specimens submitted to him. For the month.
purpose of reproduction by photo-litho- Mr. Tupper declining the Secretaryship,
graphy, a clean outline was necessary. The it was voted that we proceed to the election

negatives in many cases were weak, and
any tendency to fog from over-develop-
ment was corrected by allowing a 2-grain
solution of cyanide of potassium to drop re-
peatedly upon the parts of the negative re-
quiring cleaning. Subsequently they were
treated with a wine-colored solution of tinc-
ture of iodine, then with an acidulated solu-
tion of bichloride of mercury, and finally
of Secretary to fill vacancy, and upon the
second ballot, E. F. Smith was declared
elected.
The following gentlemen were elected
members: Mr. Edward A. Whiston, of
Boston, and F. H. Gould, of Woburn.
The committee on analysis of different
samples of nitrate of silver made a final
report, which was accepted, viz. :

with a solution of Schlippe's salts. He spoke

" The Committee to whom was referred the
of the use of permanganate of potassium as
analysis of nitrate of silver have attended to
a strengthening agent, and also of the ob-
that duty, and beg leave to report,
jection to its use by reason of its liability to That we procured samples of nitrate of silver
produce stains caused by the presence of or- from Messrs. George S. Bryant & Co. Benjamin
ganic matter upon the plate. French & Co., Dodge, Collier & Perkins, James
Mr. Powell strongly advocated the use of S. Babcock, and E. L. Allen. We then took
the magic lantern for purposes of study the silver from the original packages, divided
thus two or more students could better dis- it into equal parts (excepting No. 2 sample),
cuss the structure of the specimen projected and placed each sample in a clean bottle, all
upon the screen than when viewed upon the alike, sealed them and labelled them from 1 to
6 inclusive.
stage of the microscope. He had been re-
cently very successful with microscopic en-
We then handed one set to Mr. James F. Bab-
cock, chemist, and requested him to analyze
largements reproduced by photography of
these samples of nitrate of silver for the purpose
the lingual dentition of univalve mollusks.
of ascertaining if they contained any impuri-
Mr. Powell communicated to the Society ties, and if so, the amount of impurities con-
a simple method of removing silver stains tained in them.
from the hands, originated by Mr. O. S. The other set of bottles were handed to Mr.
Hubbell. Treat the stains with a weak Charles E. Munroe, Lawrence Scientific School,
solution of tincture of iodine, and after- Cambridge, with the same request.
wards clean with dilute aqua ammonia. Shortly after this Mr. Munroe handed in his
qualitive analysis which he had obtained with the
After an exhibition of magic lantern
spectroscope. From this it appears that bottle
slides, the Society adjourned.
No. 1 contained, besides nitrate of silver, soda,
John C. Browne, and a trace of copper ; Bottle No. 3. soda, potassa,
• Recording Secretary. and lime; Bottle No. 4, soda, potassa, and lime,
all slight; Bottle No. 5, soda, potassa, and cop-
per ; Bottle No. 6, soda and lime.
At time the committee were not aware
NEW ENGLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC how
this
delicate a test was this spectrosoope an-
SOCIETY. and expected that the quantitative analysis
alysis,
Thk regular monthly meeting of the As- of both parties would bear it out, and when we
sociation was held at Mr. Black's studio, received Mr. Babcock'e report we were very
April 5th, 1870. much surprised that he should report " no trace
The meeting was called to order by Presi- of nitrate of potussa in any of the samples."
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 161

Bottle Bought of On motion of Mr. Whiston it was voted

No. 1 coi tained P. & W.'s Nit. of Sil. G. S. B. & Co
that a committee of three be appointed to
No. 2 " P. k W.'s " B. F. & Co.
" Magee's, " E. L. A.
procure an official copy of the Shaw & Wil-
No. 3
No. 4 " Martin's " J. P. B. cox patent and report next month, and that
No. 5 " P. & W.'S D., C. & P. the Secretary be instructed to write to Mr.
No. 6 " Pfizer's " G. S. B. & Co Lovejoy, and obtain from him pictures and
MR. BABCOCK'S ANALYSIS. description of his arrangement for saving
Bottle
No. 1 100 grs. of sample gave 99 50 grs. pure Nit. of Sil.
silver waste at the time Shaw & Wilcox
No. 2 99.26 commenced suit against him.
No. 3 99.26 Mr. Burnham, on committee to procure
No. 4 99.72
pictures for the St. Louis Photographic As-
No 5 99.50
sociation, reported with a collection of pho-
No. 6 99.
tographs, to be forwarded by the Secretary.
"All perfectly neutral except No. 2 sample,
Beautiful specimens of our art were ex-
which was slightly acid."
"No trace of nitrate of potash in any of the hibited by Messrs. Marshall, Allen, and
samples." Burnham, of Boston, Vickery, of Haver-
MR. MUNROE'S ANALYSIS. hill, Buzzell, of North Bridgewater, and
Bottle No. 1, 100 grains sample gave 99.94 grains Hobbs, of Exeter, N. H.
Nitrate of Silver, slightly aeid. Impurities, soda and
trace of copper. On motion adjourned.
Bottle No. 3, 100 grains sample, gave 97 40 grains E. F. Smith,
nitrate of silver, neutral. Impurities, soda, potassa, Secretary.
and lime.
Bottle No. 4, 100 grains sample, gave 100 grains ni-
trate of silver, neutral. Impurities, soda, potassa and
lime, all slight. FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION
Buttle No. 5, 100 grains sample, gave 99.90 grains OF PHILADELPHIA.
nitrate of silver, neutral. Impurities, potassa, soda,
and copper. The regular monthly meeting of the Per-
Bottle No. 6, 100 grains sample, gave 99.72 grains ni- rotypers' Association of Philadelphia, was
trate of silver, slightly acid. Impurities, soda and lime. held at Mr. Thomas Brooks's gallery, Tues-
He says : "I have subjected the samples to day evening, April 5th, 1870, the Presi-
the most delicate tests, using the spectroscope in dent, Mr. A. K. P. Trask, in the chair.
the qualitative analysis, which will explain the After roll-call the minutes of the last
riddle in the fourth bottle, where we obtain by meeting were read and adopted.
quantitative analysis 100 per cent. The committee on skylights and manner
"This instrument will show us the presence
of conducting business at the different gal-
of the
T1 ^^ 77Tj w part of a grain of common
-

leries in the city reported progress.

salt."
On motion was resolved to suspend the
it
We are quite happily disappointed, judging
regular order of business and now proceed
from the silver we have used in the past, at this
to exhibit pictures.
result, as we fully expected to find a large per-
There was a large collection of very fine
centage of adulterations or impurities in some
of the samples.
ferrotypeshanded in to the meeting, made
Fred. C. Low, by the following members: Messrs. A. K.
A. Marshall, P. Trask, E. F. Warrington, Thomas
H. Wm. Tupper, Brooks, Charles E. Bolles, and D. Lothrop.
Committee. On motion it was resolved that no mem-
The thanks of the Association were ex- ber shall vote for his own pictures.
tended to Mr. Charles E. Munroe for his After the pictures were numbered and
analysis of silver. lettered by the President, the members ex-
A
communication was received from Mr. amined them and voted as follows three of :

Loomis regretting his absence on account Mr. Trask's pictures received one vote each,
of sickness. Also from Mr. J. W. Black, one of Mr. Lothrop's pictures received two
with communications in relation to the votes, and another, one, making the result
Shaw & Wilcox Company's suit against a tie vote.

Lovejoy. It was now agreed that the two parties

11
 —

162 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

who made the pictures should not vote whilst it is lifted from the bath, that the
again, and on the second ballot the result operator may upon the
see the greasy lines
was, two of Mr. Trask's pictures each re- surface. An immersion of from two to
ceived one vote, and two of Mr. Lothrop's three minutes will usually be sufficient to
received the same number, the result being remove them in warm weather, but, when
another tie vote. the temperature falls, the time must be pro-
Messrs. Trask and Lothrop were now re- longed. Something will depend upon the
quested to select from their two pictures number of times the plate is moved up and

the one they considered the best, and give down, and many adopt the plan of leaving
which they did,
their reasons for the same, it in five minutes and then taking it out
and the members now proceeded once more without any movement. When the liquid
to ballot for the best of these two, with the flows off in a uniform sheet the decomposi-
following vote Mr. Lothrop's picture two
: tion may be considered perfect. The princi-
votes, Mr. Trask's picture one vote, and one pal impediment in this part of the process
blank. lies in the difficulty with which ether and
This was the first exhibition of pictures alcohol mix together, which causes the col-
for the prize medal, and was decided in fa- lodion surface on its first immersion to ap-
vor of Mr. D. Lothrop. These exhibitions pear oily and covered with streaks by;

are to take place at every regular monthly gentle motion the ether is washed away
meeting for the remainder of the year. and a smooth layer obtained."
On motion it was resolved to put these We now see what Hardwich means, and
two pictures into the album purchased for at the same time conclude that the writer
the Society. in Le Moniteur de la, Photographie used a
On motion was resolved that the sub-
it very filthy bath, and did not dare to move
ject for discussion at the next meeting shall his plate for fear of raising a dust from the
be " The best method of cleaning ferrotype
: bottom of his bath. Consequently, Hard-
plates that have been used." wich gives him a remedy, viz., " by leaving
Adjourned to meet at Mr. E. K. Trask's the plate in the bath until the decomposition
gallery, 242 North Eighth Street, Tuesday is perfect.'''' No necessity for thus moving
evening, May 3d, 1870. the plate.
D. Lothrop, Again, in relation to acids.
Secretary.
If the gentleman who has been "one
hundred days in a fog " will note what
Hardwich writes on page 278, I think he
One Hundred Days in a Fog or, ;
will be able to give some information to
Acid vs. Acid. A. B. M.
I think the gentleman who has been Now let us see what is said on acids,
" one hundred days in a fog " should be when used with certain kinds of collodion:
more careful in his quotations from our " Acetate of silver or acetic acid, which in
most reliable authors. For instance, he the nitrate bath for iodized collodion often
extracts from Hardwich's Chemistry as fol- exercises a beneficial effect in increasing
lows :
" Many adopt the plan of leaving the both density and sensitiveness, here act dif-
plate in the bath for five minutes, and then ferently they increase the density but
;

taking it out without any movement." And lengthen the exposure. A small propor-
here he stops; of course we are astonished tion of nitric acid,on the other hand, ma-
have not gained any information. Why? terially increases the sensitiveness, and at
Because he bus not done justice to the man the same time lowers the vigor of the im-
he quotes from. He should have stated all age." He also states other effects caused
Hardwich said or wrote on that page, then by the acids under certain conditions.
BOine valuable information would have been It is not necessary, at this time, to go
gained by those who need it. The passage more fully into all the various quotations,
should read as follows: " The light ought but all who wish reliable information can
to fall upon the plate at a sharp angle obtain it by carefully studying Hardwich's
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 163

Chemistry and M. Carey Lea's Manual of black, yellow, green, vermilion, and blue.
Photography. We, of course, must under- These colors have various times of exposure.
stand what we and read, and, regardless
see With a very long exposure, black will be
of time and expense, keep posted. That the only color that has not impressed the
means, subscribe for the best journals and sensitive film ; all the other colors will be
keep a good library of the best standard over-exposed, and will appear in the print
works on photography. You will get the same as white. A print taken from this
" light " enough to repay you fully. negative will give all the black outlines and
black parts of the picture this picture,
G. S. Keynolds. ;

transferred to stone, is of course printed

with black ink. If we shorten the exposure
a little, black and yellow will fail to make
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. an impression i.e., the others will be over-
Photography in Colors — New Discoveries con- ;

exposed. This picture is now transferred to

cerning Gun- Cot tn — A simple Outdoor stone, and printed with yellow ink that ;

Tent. the yellow also prints over the black makes

Much has been said and written of late
about photographs in natural colors; but
the reproduction of the natural tints by the
aid of the camera obscura has not so much
been the aim as the making of a set of neg-
no difference. In a similar manner, we ob-
tain the negative for green. This color
would overlap the yellow and black parts,
and would, where it overlaps the yellow,
be rather annoying but we can help our-
;

atives of the same object, which are after- selves by printing the green first, and then

wards printed on blue, yellow, or green the yellow with an opaque yellow, which
carbon-paper, and transferred to the same would cover the green completely.
sheet. The idea is not a new one, but has A little intelligence and knowledge of
latelybeen brought prominently before the colors are necessary but that the thing can
;

public by the labors of Ducos du Hauron.
The negatives which furnish the yellow
prints are taken through blue glass ; those
which represent the blue tints are taken
through yellow glass. How much of a neg-
ative we will get through a yellow glass
every photographer will know without an
explanation. But, to cut the matter short,
be done has practically been proven by Mr.
Burchardt. The only real difficulty which
he met was in reproducing the blue, and
the blue parts he had to draw in by hand.
These are the first practical results of the
experiments that have lately been under-
taken in this direction, and, with skill and
intelligence, an important future may be in

the attempt has been made, and resulted in store for this new invention. I hope to be
something, but not in perfection. able to send you specimens for the Exhi-
In the last session of our Society, Mr. bition at Cleveland.

Humutz proposed to have the negatives Next in order, I have to refer to discov-
copied on stone; from these stones prints eries which throw a new light on our knowl-
can be made in the different colors in the edge of collodion.
ordinary manner of chromo-lithographs, Every photographer knows how widely
and these would be real photochromo-lith- different the gun-cotton from the same fac-
ographs. The Society was much surprised tory is at various times. To-day it dis-
when Mr. Burchardt, a well-known photo- solves easily, a year hence with difficulty ;

lithographer, stated that he had already to-day powdery, in a month fibrous some- ;

made such pictures, and that they had be- times yielding a spongy, at other times a
come articles of trade. He produced three horny film. Nobody has taken the trouble
large photochromo-lithographs. The pro- to study more closely the cause of these
cess is curious enough. The pictures were variations. We accepted it in good faith
copies of water-color drawings. The nega- that gun-cotton is a chemical compound,
tives are not taken through colored glasses, which, like many other chemical compounds
but simply by varying the time of exposure. in the organic world, changes somewhat in
Suppose the picture contains five colors, its qualities.
 164 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
Lately, however, M. Camuzet has com- injuriously on the bath and the sensitive-
municated to the French Society that gun- ness of the film.
cotton is not a chemical compound, but a What would a careful photographer not
mechanical mixture. If we take the very give if he could get rid of all these impuri-
best cotton, dissolve it in alcohol and ether, ties ? Another curious circumstance we
and pour the resulting plain collodion in must not overlook. How is it that the solu-
water, we will find that the cotton will sep- ble substances are not removed by the fre-
arate in three parts : a flaky one, which quent washing that the cotton is subjected
will rise to the top ; a powdery one, which to? We must suppose that in water the
will settle at the bottom ;
and a third part, insoluble parts of the fibre form a mem-
which will dissolve in water. brane around the soluble parts, and pre-
Gun-cotton soluble in water Who would ! vent their removal.
have thought it? And the most curious The circumstance that papyroxyl fur-
part is that the soluble part is quite con- nished the largest amount of flaky matter,
siderable. M. Camuzet dissolved four sam- and consequently the best collodion, we
ples with the following results : must explain by stating that the fibre is
mechanically much torn in making the pa-
Flaky Powdery Soluble
part. part. part.
per, and this facilitates a more complete
No. 1. Best Collodion, 0.31 0.15 0.54 penetration of the nitro-sulphuric acids.
" 2. Ordinary " 0.27 0.13 0.60 We hope that our manufacturers will
" 3. Powdery " 0.27 0.07 0.66 take advantage of this new discovery.
" 4. Papyroxyl " 0.60 0.05 0.35
In conclusion, a few remarks on new in-

when
ventions in landscape photography. From
The flaky parts, dried, will burn
the beautiful collection of landscapes taken
like the best gun-cotton, and redissolved in
in the Sierra Nevada, California, which
alcohol and ether will furnish a good col-
you were so kind to send me, I see with
lodion.
The powdery part can be heated until it
much pleasure that with you landscape pho-
tography is as much practised as with us.
is charred to blackness without explosion.
It dissolves poorly in alcohol and ether, and
An important article in this branch of the
art is the tent, which, on the one hand,
gives an indifferent film.
must be light and portable, and on the other
soluble part, and which in some sam-
The
strong and solid. Herr Kluizer, in Bran-
plesamounts to more than 50 per cent., has
nar, has constructed a tent for short excur-
not been examined by M. Camuzet. It is
sions, which stands on a tripod, the feet of
more than probable that the excellence of
which can be drawn out or pushed together.
gun-cotton is proportioned to the amount
and would not only
When fully drawn, they are about seven
of flaky matter ; this
feet long. Over the three feet of the tripod
give us a means of determining the quality
a cloth is drawn, made of some stuff im-
of a sample by dissolving a part of it in
pervious to light. From the top to 3^ feet
alcohol and ether, and by throwing it in
down the cloth is nailed to the legs of the
water determine the quantity of flaky mat-
tripod ; the balance falls loosely to the
ter, but we can also get rid of all obnoxious
ground. A window of about eight square
substances, and get a chemically pure prep-
inches, made of yellow oiled silk, is sewed
aration. Such a preparation is of the great-
^
in. The table is three-cornered, and is
est importance for photographers. Every
fastened in the feet of the tripod by hooks
One knows how variable the quality of col-
and eyes. The table can be folded, and
lodion is, and what curious results these
contains a groove for the bath and another
variations produce in our baths and on our
one for a dish with water. The whole affair
plates. It is very probable that the part
is set up in a moment, and as soon folded
which is soluble in water is a "mixtum
" of various substances, such as
up again.
compositum
Yours truly,
dextrin, sugar, perhaps oxalic acid, xylodin,
etc., etc., all of which bodies act more or less Dr. II. Vogkl.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 165

NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE enter upon experiments with a view to de-
STUDIO. termine. Gum dammar, it is probable, may
answer well, but in a future letter 1 shall
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
probably record the results of various ex-
Varnish for Facilitating Retouching —Accel- periments in this direction.
erators in Collodion— Filtering Collodion Accelerators in Collodion. — Some discus-
and Viscous Solutions — New Photographic sion has recently arisen at this side of the
Engraving Process — The Berlin Process. Atlantic, as to the possibility of securing
Va?'tdshfor Facilitating Retouching. — The greater rapidity by introducing accelera-
admirable example of the value of skilful tors into collodion.

retouching on the negative, in the March The agent which has recently had atten-
Photographer, is one of the most instruc- tion was tried many years ago by Hard-
tive of the many excellent illustrations you wich and abandoned. I refer to gallic acid.
have issued. In spite of reiterated and Mr. Bovey, an intelligent practical photog-
vivid descriptions of the process of retouch- rapher, states that he has gained a decided
ing,and of the result produced, which have advantage by its addition to the collodion,
been published, the photographer who has whilst several other experimentalists declare
never seen a print from a touched negative, that they find no change effected by the ad-
and one from the same negative side by dition of a small proportion, but, on adding
side, can form but a very imperfect idea of sufficient to produce any marked effect, fog
what can be accomplished. That issued in at once followed. I remember, in the early
the Photographer very happily hit the juste days of the collodion process, some sixteen
milieu, refining and removing rugosities of or seventeen years ago, trying a somewhat
texture without either impairing the like- extensive series of experiments with accel-
ness or removing the lifelike flesh texture erators, or suggested accelerators in collo-
of the face. Some artists make a great mis- dion. Gallic acid, camphor, various resins,
take when they over-touch and produce an essential oils, etc., were carefully tried,
image which suggests rather a piece of but, whilst some degree of increased rapid-
sculpture than the mobile, yielding flesh- ity was secured in some cases whilst the
like effect of a human head. But I com- mixture was new, it generally happened
menced with the intention of referring to a that the collodion became exceedingly in-
varnish which very materially aids the op- sensible after keeping a short time, and a
eration of retouching either by means of tendency to fog, spots, stains, etc., was often
lead-pencil or water color. This varnish induced by the addition. I finally came to
possesses most valuable properties for many the conclusion that the only valuable ac-
purposes, and its constitution has been a celerator was a bromide, at that day, not
earefully-guarded secret. It has the pe- commonly used.
culiar property of drying with a hard dead It is somewhat curious to note the tend-
surface without becoming opaque. It is ency, in the early days of any art, or any
quite without the glassy surface of ordinary branch of any art, to empirical experi-
negative varnishes, and has none of the ments for its improvement.
opacity of a chilled spirit varnish. It af- In the first few years of the daguerreo-
fords an excellent tooth to the pencil for type process secret empirical methods of se-
retouching, and also takes water colors ad- curing advantages abounded. Magic buffs,
mirably, having none of the greasy repel- quick-stuffs, etc., of various kinds were com-
lant character often possessed by the glassy mon, but general practice settled down to
surface of a bright varnish. The produc- the use of iodine and bromine in slightly-
tion of this dead surface is due, I under- varying proportions, based on the judgment
stand, to the character of the solvent, which of the operator. The same fact is true of
consists of a mixture of ether and benzole. the collodion process, the various additions
Any of the gum resins, soluble in benzole, to which I have already referred, for se-
may be used ; but which is best, I have not curing sensitiveness, together with glycyr-
learned, nor have I, as yet, had time to rhizine and similar bodies, have not been
 ;

166 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

found generally valuable. It is not at all with a plate having an image in intaglio
improbable, however, that renewed experi- that is, the design is cut in or sunken, not
ments, in the light of modern knowledge, in relief. They also know that Mr. Wood-
might be productive of better results. bury, in his photographic relief process,
Filtering Collodion and Viscous Solutions. prints from a similar plate. It might
— The excellent remarks of Mr. Carey Lea naturally be asked, therefore, why Mr.
in a recent number of the Photographer, re- Woodbury's intaglio plate might not be
minded me of a method introduced to my used in the ordinary process of copperplate
notice some time ago. A correspondent printing instead of requiring a special gela-
sent me a very simple and efficient aid to tinous ink and special presses. There are
such filtering operations which he had several reasons, but there one of an es- is

manufactured himself It consisted practi- pecial and primary character such a plate ;

cally of a syringe made as follows : a glass- from a subject with half-tone has no ink-
tube about an inch or a little more in di- holding capacity. In a subject with half-

ameter, and about eight inches long was tone there are broad spaces of flat or con-
covered at one end with one or two thick- tinuous tints, out of which the ink would
nesses of any suitable fabric of close tex- be wiped when used for copperplate print-
ture. The tube, then nearly filled with ing. It should be remembered that, after
the viscous fluid to be filtered, a piston, fit- inking a copperplate it is wiped to remove
ting the tube pretty firmly, was placed in all the ink which does not fill up the sunken
the other end, gently forced down, and, of design ;
and, if the plate have no grain or
necessity, driving the fluid before it, but ink-holding spaces, the ink is wiped out of
leaving on the inside of the filtering fabric the widest and shallowest spaces, destroying
all coarse particles. My correspondent had much of the image. If, however, these

chiefly used this for filtering India-rubber
solutions, and had found it answer admira-
bly.
New Photographic Engraving Process.
New or modified methods of photographic
engraving have been so frequently proposed
and so frequently patented, without coming
to anything, that photographers have ac-
quired a habit of waiting for results before
feeling a deep interest or profound belief in
any of the methods proposed. Mr. Wood-
bury has, however, just patented a method
in this country, which possesses very great
promise indeed, and, judging from the one
specimen I have seen, is capable of produc-
ing very fine results indeed.
The process is based upon Mr.
bury's photographic relief process, part of
spaces have a grained or cellular texture,
the ink is held by the grain or cells, and is
not wiped out.
— Yarious methods have been adopted to
secure the requisite quality in the photo-
graphic engraved plates, with greater or
less degree of success, which it is not neces-
sary to refer further to here. The method
adopted by Mr. Woodbury is analogous to
some of them, and, apparently, more effi-
cient than the majority of them.
Like many other valuable discoveries,
Mr. Woodbury's new process owes its ori-
gin partly to accident. About twelve
months ago Mr. Woodbury gave me one of
his gelatine reliefs which had a singular de-
Wood- fect. He was in the habit of adding a lit-
tle coloring matter to the gelatine from

the operations in which are employed to which' his reliefs were formed, as an aid to
produce the printing-plate in the new examining their progress in development.
method, which may, indeed, be regarded as On this occasion, from some unexplained
a modification of the old one, although giv- cause, the color, instead of diffusing itself as
ing different results, printed at a different a flat tint or stain, granulated, and commu-
press, and with a different ink. nicated to the gelatine relief a surface re-
In order to make the matter clear to the sembling that of a very fine aquatint plate.
reader not familiar with the technics of When this effect was first produced I dis-
intaglio printing, I must briefly explain cussed with Mr. Woodbury the chances of
one or two details. Most of ymir readers utilizing it as an aid to producing a photo-
know that copperplate printing is effected graphic engraved plate for copperplate
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 167

printing. The idea then canvassed, Mr. is in half-shadow. In these pictures the
Woodbury has since worked out to the amount of over-printing
slightest is apt to
present issue. From a granulated relief an produce a somewhat dirty effect in the face,
intaglio in lead or type-metal is obtained by the shadows are opaque, and the head loses
hydraulic pressure ; but, as such a plate at once delicacy and modelling. The thin
would be too soft for valuable service in the stippled veil here becomes of service. It
mode of printing employed with copper- is so slight that in the blacks it soon be-
plates, it is desirable to proceed further. comes ignored, and is lost, as in deep print-
This soft metal plate is therefore placed in ing very weak detail in shadow is lost, so

the battery, and a copperplate in relief ob- that in the darkened parts of the head, such
tained ;
from this, as a mould, another in- as the eyes, the deep shadows of the hair,
taglio plate is obtained in the battery. This etc., its effect is not perceptible at all. In
last is the printing plate, and to give it en- the lights, which only very slightly print
during qualities it is submitted to the aeie- through at all, it is from the same cause,
rage process, whereby it acquires a steel its delicate thinness, without noticeable ef-
face, so that a large number of impressions fect ; but in the half-shadows of the face,
may be obtained without sensible wear. which print through just sufficiently to
The Berlin Process. I have been much — show grain or texture, but do not get suf-
interested in Mr. Howell's examples of the ficiently deeply printed to become buried

"Berlin process," with which you kindly and ignored, the effect is very apparent.
furnished me. The effect was certainly The half-shadow becomes more transpa-
novel and pretty, and led me to attempt at rent, the minute stipple of lighter points

once to produce it. My experiments have admits light into it, and becomes tender
led to some curious conclusions. and delicate without losing force or model-
As it would have been somewhat difficult ing.

to rough the back of negatives in existence, But the results I produced were not
still

I adopted the obvious means of supplying quite thesame as those of Mr. Kowell, and
its place by placing a piece of ground-glass they were not quite so good as his, and after
with the rough side in contact with the some reflection I have come to the conclu-
back of the negative, and so printing sion that it is not improbable that another
through it. A slight degree of granula- cause is in operation here to which some of
tion was imparted to the print, less in de- the softness of the prints is due. The effect

gree and softer in kind than the American in a negative taken on glass, the back of
prints with which you were good enough which is ground, is decidedly more marked
to furnish me. than the produced by printing through
effect
After some further experiments, I tried ground-glass with the roughed side of the
another plan, based on some former experi- glass in contact with the negative, and, so
ments in which I had aim to produce a far as the mere effect on the printing is con-
grain for photo-lithographic purposes. I cerned, there can be no reason for this dif-
now took an extremely thin sheet of mica, ference ; some other cause must, therefore,
and, by means of a mixture of zinc-white be sought. The possibility which occurs to
and mastic varnish, I produced a delicate my mind account for this fact is the re-
to
stipple on the surface, closely resembling flection of the light passing through the
fine ground-glass. I interposed this be- film back from the thousands of fine facets
tween a piece of sensitive paper and the presented by the ground surface at the back
negative in printing. "With some nega- of the plate, and these reflections, being in-
tives, the effect was so slight as to be finitely varied in their direction by the
scarcely appreciable, and the picture seemed varied angles of these minute reflecting
neither better nor worse, in any noticeable surfaces, will tend to give the soft effect
degree, for the treatment ; with other pic- similar to diffusion of focus, in which
tures, however, a specific advantage was freckles, pock-marks, and rugosities are
gained. The subjects best suited are large softened and diffused as the painter softens
heads, in which the greater part of the face and blends his tints by a gentle touch of a
 168 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
badger hair tool. If this conjecture be cor- and exaggeration belonging to large photo-
rect, it is necessary to take the negative on graphs taken with inferior lenses are alto-
glass roughened at the back, and not merely gether absent. In the open air, groups of
to print through such a roughened surface. fifteen to twenty persons (each face the size
London, March, 1870. of a sovereign, and the whole picture 24
inches by 24 inches) can be taken with the
short exposure of ten seconds. The cost of
manufacturing the lens was upwards of
THE ROSS LENS. £200, but it may be said to be worth its

The introduction of the Koss lenses into weight in gold."

this country is an era in photography.
Although Mr. Thomas Eoss, father of the
present Mr. Eoss, began the manufacture
of optical instruments forty years ago, and PRIZE FOR PHOTO-CRAYONS.
since the birth of photography has made As we understand the Photo-crayon is

the best photographic lenses in the world, to be largely represented at the Cleveland
his instruments are comparatively little exhibition, we think that competition in
known in this country, for the reason that this new
ought to be encouraged, and
style
they have not been pushed and advertised rewarded by the awarding of prizes to
here as have others. Mr. Eoss's factory those exhibiting the best examples. We
could scarcely supply the demand at home therefore offer the following prizes : A
which has been so augmented by so extended beautiful solid gold medal to the exhibitor
a reputation, but after earnest solicitation of the best Photo-crayon, a silver medal
he has made an agency here, and American for the second best, and a bronze medal for
photographers are now enabled to try and the third best.
compare his lenses with others. They are The medals will bear appropriate inscrip-
pre-eminently first-class. We haven't the tions, with the name of the exhibitor to
space now, but we shall, presently, devote whom such medals will be awarded.
an article to their excellencies, their pecu- So as to have uniformity, all the photo-
liarities,and their construction. We also crayons sent for competition must be on
hope show our readers an example of
to Sarony's 11 x 14 crayonized sheets, en-
work made by them. A very handsome larged from either a card or imperial nega-
and extensive catalogue of them is before tive, and accompanied with a plain print

us from the agents, and for the present, we from said negative.
refer our readers to that, and to the adver- We shall, furthermore, pay fifty crayon-
tisement on the cover of this number. We ized sheets (cost $25) for any Photo-craj on r

clip the following from the London Times, on exhibition to which a prize will have
March 16th, 1870: been awarded, should the exhibitor desire
" A Eare Lens. — The largest photogra- to dispose of them.

phic portrait lens evermade in this country The manner of choosing the judges for
isone of 10J inches diameter, recently com- the awarding of these prizes, will be left
pleted by Eoss, and now in the possession of entirely to the executive committee of the
Mr. Mayall, of Eegent Street. It is an ach- Association.
romatic lens of great power, and will take The Messrs. Sarony & Lambert, being
portraits' of any size, from the smallest the originators of this new which they
style,

miniature up to very nearly life-size. It is

have introduced into this country, will not

made of glass of the whitest description, compete for the above prizes.
and its size admits so large a volume of Hoping that every photo artist will try
light that photographs covering a space 10 to make Exhibition a telling success,
this

inches by 10 inches may be done in eight and that none will be so foe-to-grajiliu- as
seconds. The lens renders in the photo- to refuse to join in this great work of prog-
graph all that is seen in the optical image, ress, we remain yours, fraternally,
and this so truthfully that the coarseness T. II. N. & N. A. P. Sakony Lambert.
 —
THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
THE "WHITE HILLS" WHEN
THEY ARE " WHITE."
We, perhaps hastily, in our last issue
promised to give our readers an account of
a week of delightful enjoyment we had in
the White Mountains early in March. We
do it, hecause we think there are others
who have as great a capacity for enjoyment
as we have, and whose close confinement
makes recreation as necessary to them as
ours does us. There was a general shiver-
ing among those we told of our intention
of going, but we have been now we have — Adams,
seen the White Mountains both in summer
and winter, and we say emphatically, no
one has seen them, until he sees them in
their snowy finery in winter. As we
.stated in our last, we proceeded to Little-
ton, where we were joined by Messrs. Kil-
burn and Hill, and made our first trip to-
gether to the famous Crawford Notch, sup-
plementing it by a good night's rest.
At early dawn a friendly voice awaken-
ed us with " Good morning, boys. Ther-
mometer is five degrees below zero, and a
glorious day is promised the mountains
; and Washington, were literally covered
are all clear!" Our informant got his in-
formation from a high hill back of his own
house, where a grand view of the White
Mountains may be had.
Our team was ready soon, and no time
was lost in making our preparations for the
start. With gay thoughts we went out into
the air, and inhaled a few of the " degrees
below." The horses were restless, so we
prepared to go. Buried in a sleigh full of
buffalo robes, submerged in coon-skin great
coats, lost in huge rubber boots and over-
whelming caps, we left Littleton, our fine
team of snow-colored horses, with their
jingling bells, being eager to start. W ith
T
snow under our runners from eighteen to
twenty inches deep, we glided along at no
6low pace.
We were soon among the hills and saw
old Sol rise faraway from behind Mount
Washington, amid a mass of golden clouds
which he threw from his stately person, and
began his day work of creating lights and
shades for our special benefit, for then all
things seemed made for us. No one spake.
The horses were stopped that the gorgeous
169
more quietly. Zero
sight might be enjoyed
and his " degrees
below" were forgotten for
the moment, and when the effort was made
to speak, "each individual hair" of our
moustaches was found to be cemented by
the frosty air to our icy beards, and no
mouth could articulate properly until a
thaw ensued.
Several hours' drive then followed, the
grand White Mountain and Franconia
ranges being both almost completely and
On the extreme left
continually in sight.
was Mount Madison, followed by Mounts
Jefferson, Clay, Washington (the
highest), Monroe, Pleasant, Clinton, Web-
ster, Willard, Tom, Haystack, Lafayette,
Bald, Cannon, Eagle Cliffs, and so on to
Mooseilauke or Moose Hillock. Not one
of all these was cloud-capped, though the
accommodating clouds, hanging high above,
soon covered the sun, and spared us the
dazzling glare from the snow, which threat-
ened to trouble us earlier. Our view, there-
fore, was most enjoyable, uninterrupted,
and complete. Each mile changed the
aspect. Madison, Adams, Jefferson, Clay,
up with the snow, and grandly did they
look in their winter clothing. But for the
deep gorges here and there, few dark spots
could be seen. The trees on the mountains
nearer to us were a constant wonder. Being-
covered with snow and hoar-frost, they
looked like groves of crystals, and dazzled
the eyes and the comprehension to look
upon them. Their splendor could neither
be painted, photographed, or described, and
the trio that then gazed upon them were
impotent indeed. Nature had covered up
her gaudy patchwork with her best white
spread, and its glory must be seen to be
understood. Oh how
! the tree-tops bristled
in their great defiles along the ever-chang-
ing outlines, reminding one of a million of
bayonets borne by sturdy arms, catching
and reflecting the sunshine, making it into
necklaces of diamonds and brilliants for
the bosom of Dame Nature.
In a few hours we reached the White
Mountain House, and from there saw the
Mount Washington Kailroad Depot. The
drive from there to the Crawford Notch
was slow necessarily, the snow being deep,
170 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
but the enjoyment was great. The Craw- busy camera has been poked in here and
ford House was closed, of course, but the there among them. He has secured some
cottage is always inhabited ; and thanks to grand stereoscopic views of those trees in
the courtesy of Mr. Thorn, one of the well- their winter garments.
known proprietors of the Crawford House, After one hour and twenty minutes of
and an appetizing mountain
his assistants, hot work the summit was gained. We re-
dinner was prepared for us in good time. ceived a very cool reception from Mr. B. O.
After dinner, a new experience awaited Reas, who reigns and keeps open house up
Mr. Hill and us. We
were to climb Mount there, but despite his howlings, we remained
Willard on snow-shoes Cheered by our
! eighteen minutes, snapped some of his ice
friend, Mr. Kilburn, we put them on and to quench our thirst, then drank in the
made the start. Did you ever try to walk great view before us, which seemed to be
on snow-shoes over a drift of snow twelve like the hold of a great vessel. Forty miles
feet deep? "No." Well, then, tie a whole away could be seen the sharp sides of Mount
size, long platform camera-box to each foot, Chochorua, white as driven snow, like a
with the platforms backwards. Now walk great pyramid against a background of most
out into the snow —or mud will do, if deep beautiful ultramarine blue. Down the valley
enough — then, you lift one foot, catch
as was the Saco fighting its way through the
the front of one box fast to the platform of snow, and the great valley lay snow-covered
the other, and fall down, hands first. Could and slumbering. The Silver Cascade and
you ever extricate yourself from such a pre- all its tiny companions were fettered by the

dicament? Not well; but you would feel strong grip of the Ice King, and their noisy
as one feels when he experiences his first gurglings were hushed. Nothing but the im-
fall with snow-shoes on. We soon became precations of our frigid host could induce us
accustomed to them, however, and it is to leave so soon, but we feared the result of
astonishing what a help they became. One disobedience, though we felt that his threats
sinks but two or three inches into the were all blow, and made the descent in half
softest snow with them. the time occupied in ascending, and with
Up, up we clambered. The ascent is much less labor and perspiring.
and therefore tiresome. With a slow,
steep, Down through the Crawford Notch we
swaggering swinging stride we stepped travelled then, shying an icicle at the "Ele-
along, stopping often to take breath, the phant's Head," kissing our hands to the
air growing more and more rare as we ad- "Old Maid," and shouting at the answer-
vanced. The perspiration rolled down like ing echoes towards the Willey House, over
rain, and coats and vests were thrown open, the fences we strode with our snow-shoes,
and gloves discarded. Through vast forests for they were all under -the snow, and over
of evergreens, heavily laden with frozen great rocks that last summer caused us
snow, we clambered up, up, up. When some effort to get up to the top of them.
stopping the pervading silence could be The road that leads from the Crawford to
heard almost, as darkness can be felt, for the Willey House is now as rugged and
not a sound fell upon our ears except the rock}-, and rough as the top of Mount
throbbings of our own hearts. Much of Washington, in consequence of the great
the way the snow hangs upon the bowed- freshet which occurred in September last,
down trees in thick masses, and these must and which drove before it all stones and
be the winter wardrobes of the fairies and rocks weighing less than a ton or so. Much
the nymphs. Nearer the summit the snow less sad and terrible in its consequences
is thinner upon the trees, and gives greater though than the great Willey slide, which
detail to their shapes, each tiny limb com- Mr. Hill has rendered immemorial now by
ing in for its share of the burden and the his wonderful painting.
splendor. Eere tho fairies get their laces Coming back wo met Mount Willard face
and their haberdasheries and their embroid- to face, the congealed cascades hanging down
eries and their One jewelry. The sight is his snowy front "like the oil upon Aaron's
one not to be described, but Mr. Kilhurn's beard," and his frowning, wrinkled, and
 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGKAPHER. 171

frost-bitten cliffs, which we mastered a few knee-deep in tribulation, and I will give
hours before, seemed ready to cast them- you consolation and recipes," or what was
selves upon us. its equivalent.
All night at the Crawford House Cottage, Unprecedented philanthropy to be sure,
where stories of adventures were told by but the assumption that only they to whom
all hands until time to rest, and in the it was addressed could be in need, seemed
morning away for a fish. Oh how the ! to my amused eyes a very partial, preju-
pickerel and the trout do swarm in these diced, one-sided, view of things, to take by
mountain streams Cut twenty holes in
! such a bright black pair of optics as preside
the ice ; over each suspend a little bough, over these offerings.
to which fasten a little red flag, and a hook Instantly the conviction seized me it was
and line. Now march back and forth, my mission in life to enlighten so benighted
warming yourself betimes by the great fire an editor that he might discern clearly the
built for you, and ivatch. Down bends the truth ; which is, that the fraternity, un-
little bough making the little flag to court- happy as it is in colliding with all manner
esy. Run! pull! quick! Ah! what a fine of difficulty and misfortune, does not mo-
fellow you have floundering in the air ! nopolize all the misery incident to picture
And that is fishing You do not suffer
! making.
from cold, for your twenty lines keep you Why bless you, our trials begin with the
both busy and warm. inception of the idea, a long time before the
But we must not tire you. This much man at the guns is aware of our existence.
with our drive back to Littleton occupied We look at it first in the light of duty, try-
two days, and long ones too. Of our ing to familiarize our minds with it by
further adventures in the snow we may strong will. After breaking faith with our-
find space to tell you in our next. To tell selves a dozen times by as many postpone-
all that we saw would occupy a whole ments, the day is finally set apart when cul-
number of the Journal at least. Only go minates the agony, and you don't sleep or
for yourselves, and you will enjoy it. wink all night.

At least I didn't. It makes me chilly to

The Sitter hath Trial as well
The Other Side.
Overtaken by an unusual hankering
after literature during "great
the late
storm," when all supplies were cut off by
land and by sea, and we languished, faint
and famishing, beneath high Alps of snow,
I ambulated up a ladder into a reserved
library, cornered out of a big chimney
which stood in the centre of our rooftree, in
search of mental refreshment.
Reward awaited the enterprise, as here,
stored by provident hands in orderly pha-
lanx, were the bulky embodiments of our
ever-increasing "monthlies," among which
and greatly prized were the "Philadelphia
Photographer."
In lieu of later novelties, I fell upon a
copy of one of last year's issue, thinking,
"joys we have tasted may sometimes re-
turn," and to my surprise came across this
most fatherly injunction "Write unto me
: in the morning, that I looked like a
all ye agonized photographers, who are
recall those long, dark,
nervous hours, in
; or, which danced imps, grinning and exultant,
making mine a Procrustes couch.
—
There was the toilette no trifling desid-
eratum with us weaker vessels and the —
posing, besides meeting the man who don't
believe at all in your style. Shiveringly I
was in and out of my entire wardrobe (it
consists of two suits) twenty times before
morning. First the black and then the
blue, and sometimes I had them both on.
Desperation decided the blue at last, and I
went to sleep and dreamed such a sweet de-
lusion of the artist. He was so melting and
suave, so touching, too. Didn't accuse me
of notions and nerves, nor ignore all my
plans and opinions. Then there I was trans-
ferred directly to the card, without any
humdrum intermediate process and such —
a beauty.
Alas! for those who put faith in dreams.
I told Spriggins as I stood at the mirror
fright,
to which he unqualifiedly assented.
172 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
But then our little world of order had tardy reply of my next neighbor, whose ex-
been broken through for this great event. pansive hoops could, in no way, be coaxed
Dinner had been trundled into the end of between the arms of her chair, and so tilted
day, upsetting all domestic data ; a very up exposing two skinny ankles and long
chaotic programme of baking and dusting, pantalettes. "'Pears like the hull town's
frugality and expedition, made out for my gone crazy to have their pictur took. I told
automatic Mary Ann Factotum ;
beside, Jonathan this morning when he was hitch-
my hair was frizzled, so go I must, let what —
ing up ses I, Jonathan, if them bandy
would come of it, legs a hizzen don't fly round and do the

My snowy frills were terribly bedraggled job up this hitch, he'll never git no more
on those abominable stairs, to the top of —
patronyge of mine, you can just salt that
which I pantingly clambered, to find only down."
fifteen engagements scored head. This little speech she delivered in a gene-
Absorbed exclusively by my own affairs, ral way for the ear of the public. But the
no thought had occurred to me a soul else ear of the public being dull and unsympa-
would want pictures upon this day. Or if thizing, and I in close proximity, she turned
I thought anything, it was that the business her back upon and favored me with her
it

stood still waiting my pleasure and arrival, confidence, unbosoming herself at great
that the whole energies of the establishment length:
were accumulating expressly to spend their "You see this is five times we've druv
force and power only too delightedly on me. over — near
on to ten mile; because you
Consequently great was the dash given my know I've got a inward Tricocephalus set
expectations by these numberless people. up that may end my life any minute."
It was as though they had premeditatedly "Ses Jonathan to me, Betsy, your the '

usurped my rights, and would laugh at my choice of me youth, the pride of me heart;
defeat and glory in my chagrin. if it costs our red heifer we'll have your
But bent on biding my time now I had pictur '
He was alius orful attached to
come, I settled into the only vacant seat me. Wal, the time the pictur man
fust
with grim determination. done putty well, was as perlite as a beggin
It was a long, low, many-windowed room, committee, sot me several different ways to
with passing views of gay women and jolly git the best pints. I haint got the stiddiest
driving, but no one looked out or seemed nerves in the world, and never could bear
interested in aught but waiting, and that a man fussin over me, so what with my
they did most forlornly, unlike those who squirmin and his fussin it took almost all
wait with a certainty of its fixed and final day. I ses to Jonathan driving home: 'I
ending might be one hour, or two, or
It guess I learned him one thing, and that air
a day, or longer. The harrowing uncer- was I'm virtuous.' "
tainty told in their elongated visages and At this point she seemed exhausted, and
dejected air. opened her lunch basket which gave forth
One group of females looked especially some huge doughnuts she had tucked in
funereal in their dismal attire and lockjaw beside her best cap, with which she pro-
expressions; immovable as statues,
sat as ceeded to regale herself, taking the story of
with back hair twisted up fast and tight, her trials along with the eating.
nut-cake fashion, and stabbed with pins "You see we had something of a tussel
sufficient to- warrant a horseback gallop. about the pay — he wanted it right down.
Beyond, in striking contrast, loomed two But I never pays no man till 1 git the value
immense chignons, to which were attached received. I got that lesson dealing with
two gauzy, giggling brides, to whom, in tin peddlers. He saw I was firm as a hitch-
turn, were attuched two Grecian-bender ing post and finally gin in.
husbands. It behooved them to secure " Wal, we waited and waited, and Jona-
these orange-blooms and honeymoon faces than hedruvoverandoverand piled up them
ere both should fade. air stairs and got a crick in his back, and at
"Dear me if here aint another," was the last they wus all struck on". At fust wo
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE. 173

thought um pretty good, but the neighbors of new yeast, or depress the spirits of a
J

they said how I wasn't fetched out enough, June cricket, release came, and I was ush-
and my daughter Tilda Jane, she thought I ered into the presence of the hero of my
orter been took standing. Will nobody dreams.
thought um quite natural, so I told Jona- He was a slightly-built, nervous individ-
than I'd set again." ual, who forestalled all his troubles, as you
The last doughnut was eaten and she sat could see by the contractions over his nose,
meditatively, economically picking up the and who drank one up at a glance. Un-
crumbs from her alpaca lap, when seeing like Sammy Weller's, his " vision " was
the interest I manifested, went on. not limited, his eyes being real "double-
-"Jonathan, he's been poorly all winter; magnifying microscopes" of hextra power.
fust he had the shingles, then he had a wasp Never a glamour beguiled him. Striking
nest, so what with them and the crick aint an attitude, with the coolest sang froid he
fit for nothin, he says, but tied up to me. roamed up and down the front gores of my
The next two times we come they said they dress, squinted round my chignon, peeped
—
was too bizzy to look at us got short and under my modestly-drooping eyelids, not-
cranky. Then 'twas too dark, but we am- ing generally every deflect.
bushed um early to-day. I made up my Of course, under such open scrutiny, in-
mind to come and set it out if it takes till firmities grew apace, making it only too
pitch dark." obvious in his decipherable frowns, that
The poor woman's fervor reached a crisis, " nothing much can be made of you."
and in fetching an extra breath, drew a Phantoms of my dream
haunted me. still

crumb into her windpipe which so choked Alas where were the sweetness and ten-
!

and strangled her as to cause her waterfall, derness it promised ? Instead thereof, here
that had dangled precariously some time by confronted me literalness and no trifling.
one pin, to plump on the floor. A squint- No pearling over rough places like the wise
eyed boy restored it with comical grimaces, little oyster, but rather bringing all things
assisting to adjust it cornerwise over the to light.
left ear. At this denuding catastrophe, he Some weakness or other, either of soul or
had slipped out from a half dozen of his body, is the inevitable condition of life. If
compeers, who, to beguile time, were hover- nature is lavish of beauty, she straightway
ing over specimens, whistling, and posing. compensates herself by a limitation of brain.
legs. Tall, overgrown, noisy chaps, just Sometimes the frisky old dame gives loveli-
entering the estate of jewelry and neckties. ness to form but repents at the features,
Conscious-looking juveniles who had it on afterward endowing the recipient of her
their minds to look in the mirror directly,, fickleness with sweetness of temper, that
and when they did, drew on such long her distributions may be equitable.
ghostly expressions one wondered they had When doling her gifts to me she was par-
courage to face them. But they stood it ticularly generous in nose. No subterfuge
out, each hitching at his already too visible had ever saved from immediate observa-
it

linen, betaking himself complacently there- tion. Being, therefore, conspicuous, it was
after to peanuts ; sowing recklessly the new early seized upon for experiment, and ex-
bright carpet with the debris, which, to- ercised at all altitudes and in all possible
gether with seed-cake and crackers scattered lights and bearings.
by hungry infants tearing about, gave the Nevertheless, it proved a stubborn fact,
place quite an easy-going air. destined to destroy all the poetry of a pro-
Between times ghostly guttural sounds, file, my coveted attitude. Suddenly the of-
Dutchman in a barrel,
like a distressed fender was brought round, and turned un-
came rumbling down tin tubes, accelerating compromisingly into the camera by a grab
our blood a and signalizing the vic-
little at the chin, and my carefully-arranged
tims to fresh martyrdom. tresses so pulled and tossed, I should have
At length, after a weary four hours' wait- screamed had they been in at the roots.
ing, enough to annihilate the animation Such twistings and turnings, such bend-
174 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
ings and doublings too, gutta percha would place whence issue shadows only of the sub-
have resented it. stance that enters.
And then the despair of this lynx after a The dark day was telling on custom, as
succession of failures. To see him merge nobody had ventured out but one doting
into that dark hole of mysteries and smells mother, who sat with tears in her eyes,
all a-tremble with hope, and then emerge, tying up her new baby into hard knots, de-
limp with disappointment. It was pitia- claring the precious lamb had wiggled on
ble and made me weak from sympathy. fourteen plates. This doting mother and.
So the day faded with these repeated ef- one teetering female, who toed and heeled,
forts, and night approached. I reflected rose and fell to the rhythm, seemingly, of
upon the yearling hen fricasseeing with un- an inward hand-organ. It was the eighth
faltering perseverance at home with much —
proof she was returning not suited yet.
composure, knowing full well it could not They all had been tested at the sewing so-
be over done. ciety and taken to prayer-meeting, not a
" Success hasn't crowned our efforts to- soul knew them froma Malay native. Al-
day, madam ; or, in other words, it's a fiz- ready had cost her, beside her time, six-
it

zle. Blue is antagonistic to your chances, teen fares on the horse-cars she had been —
beside, your hairdresser don't understand once robbed of her purse, split out her best
your bumps. If you will effect some change dress, not to mention the numberless dis-
in these matters, we shall be happy to re- asters which had befallen Tommy in her ab-
peat the sitting to-morrow," expansively sence.
spoke the lynx. These were fellow-sufferers in common
Shadows crept up the wall and the sun trouble with myself. My heart beat in
dropped behind a purple cloud. My high- sympathy. Tears choking my voice, I
built hopes dropped with him as I returned asked the poor mother, " Did he tell you to
to the bosom of my family. change the style of its hair, and come to-

Spriggins rose to the emergency, meting morrow?"

me sympathy and encouragement with the Very obediently mine had been cared for,
wing of the yearling, as we sat over our late studying the bumps and the lack of them,
dinner discussing the disappointments of though grinding my teeth at my mentor
especially the trials of photography.
life, the while, as I did also when he flashed
" Never say die, my Juno ; the fault is round a corner and stood scowling before
in the change. Go to-morrow and prove me.
the man a bungler." "Dark day, madam. Didn't think you
Watching two nights with an idea is not would come. Better put it off till to-mor-
nearly so interesting as sparking. One —two row," he muttered.
— three — mournfully tolled the tower-clock. My heart failed me. To-morrow! after
O, the darkness; O, the misery! How the all this watching and waiting, anxiety and
window-shutters banged and the top-but- climbing To-morrow will be Friday, too,
!

ton at my throat choked. How exasperat- when all things go amiss on principle, and
ingly somebody sno — slept. Yes, indeed; the cook goes out on principle, ditto. My
how impudent in that fellow to yank my distress was visible, almost audible.
chin, and snub my blue and my hair. I "Please, Mr. Lynx, do try me to-day."
would do as I should please about it. That A stone would have melted under such
was a happy conclusion to come at, as it pathos. The woman gave me a commiser-
could not be disputed, and thus ended the ating nod, and used her handkerchief as she
controversy. passed out with her animated bundle, that
was a bleak unpromising morning.
It still wiggled.
Not a ray of hope in sky or breast. It Flinty and obdurate though he was, yet
took a deal of bathing, and towelling, and the appeal touched him. He motioned to
pink-saucer to tone up after the wake, so make ready, at the same time saying '
' there
it was nearly midday ere the brown-silk wasn't a ghost of a chance."
umbrella and 1 pointed noses toward that Too happy to heed small discouragement,
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 175

I flew rather than walked at the heels of small sprig brought the proof. It was as
this autocrat of my destiny, submitting to though I carried the burden of an Atlas,
thumbscrews and criticism with a willing- so solemn and apprehensive its aspect. "With
ness and heroism worthy the martyrs of old. many misgivings, it was submitted to Sprig-
All cherished ideas of attitude or even grace gins, since for him had been all this warring
oozed away, leaving me only too glad to with the fates.
secure the awkwardest semblance. "Oh, Juno!" he exclaimed, with theat-
Smiles of derision swept through my soul rical gesture, " he caught thy nose, but not
as I recalled, for an instant, the ideal pic- thy soul."
tures wrought by fancy in the little red "My dear unsophisticated Spriggins," I
rocking-chair by the window at home. In- returned, "he caught what there was. I
nocently enough, I then asked, "Shall I had no soul more than a mummy. Think
represent modern or antique style ? Or you a soul could stand pinchings, and Wink-
shall I found myself on Malibran, whose ings, and oglings two mortal days? But
beautiful statue serenely beamed from Crom- don't despair; it's to be retouched, and a
well's prolific screen the other night? soul put in. Retouched, Spriggins, what-
Should it be tragic or comic ?" I had but ever that is."
to choose, so blissful ignorance whispered. This brief summary of the sitter's trials
Thus we proed and coned, settling it a long is but a feeble first cousin to what they
time before. would be if given in detail. The fluctua-
fast and
It still lowered, the rain falling tions of our hopes and fears, subject as we
ominously on the broad stretch of glass, are to the moods and tenses of these despotic
seeming to wash out the last lingering pos- photographers, would your Journal.
fill

sibility of success. However, we few hints

will trust these

Well, after struggling against difficulties may prove efficacious in giving sight to
for a prolonged time, interspersed with your other eye, so that our wrongs may be
woful ejaculations and a terrible crash of sometimes espoused, and your consolations
bottles, emitting suffocating odor, when and recipes impartially tendered.
hope was about to die and everything go Julie.
to the bottom, suddenly the clouds broke
away, and the strong welcome light most
unexpectedly enveloped us. In the hurry TRANSPLANTINGS.
that ensued to " make hay while the sun BY DAVID DUNCAN.
shines " all was bustle and bumping. Photographic processes, like roots and
Activity asserted Lynx and
itself in this bulbs, rarely lose anything by being judi-
his associate, both spinning round me like ciously transplanted. Yea \ in many in-
lunatic tops. The curtain and spread, and stances, they improve and thrive better than
the little round table, —
inevitable traps, in native soil. Even as men by emigration
were pitched speedily into array, my dumb find the groove for which they were fitted
head squeezed into the jaws of a griping and so move easily to and fro on the " tram-
vice, —
all in a twinkle. All minor matters way of life," photographic processes or im-
were at discount in the exigency of the oc- provements, little appreciated; or, perhaps,
casion so the too faithful sun stamped ir-
; discarded in the country they originated in,

reparably an anxious face, a twisted collar, by being transplanted like the flower, bloom
and a nose in exaggerated relief, whose en- with a brighter hue, exhale a sweeter fra-
ormity no charity could mitigate. grance, or, by being nurtured and culti-
It was the last chance, forsooth, the final vated by foreign devotees, like the trans-
trial ; the only return for all this hoping, planted root, grow and flourish until the
journeying, clambering, and exhaustion. fowls of the air lodge in the branches thereof.
It is not necessary for me to cite the many
Two weeks thereafter, in which time, instances wherein processes and novelties
with the help of iron tonic and three doc- have become indispensable to the photo-
tors, my prostrated system had rallied, a graphic business at large, only by being re-
 !

176 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.

moved from one country to another. The me to do.How dearly some skilled Eng-
collodio-chloride process, cabinet cards, pho- lish photographers prize a lens made by
to-lithography, and a host of improvements Ross
from France and England, are now prac- I feel I should like to make some further
tised in this country in a manner which can- remarks on the Woodbury process space, ;

not be excelled. however, forbids. The above novelties on

The Woodbury process, albeit a failure, this side of the Atlantic will do much to im-

as yet, in England, a success in France,

is prove and enhance American photographic
and will carry all before it in a photographic art, for here all things good and practical

point of view in this country. fly through the land with electric speed,

The Sarony photo-crayon process, in the and ripen like fruit in the tropics.
hands of Messrs. Lambert, is travelling fast
through the American and Canadian pho-
tographic world, and is already practised
KURTZ'S CONE BACKGROUND.
to perfection. It is gratifying to see the
The advantages of gradated backgrounds,
many specimens exhibited by the best pho-
and means of securing gradation in the same,
tographers in the principal cities in so short
has occupied a good deal of attention recently
a time. No wonder at that, however, for
and we have pleasure in describing an appa-
the modus operandi of the process can be
ratus that secures the coveted result per-
successfully performed by any intelligent
fectly. At Ameri-
the last exhibition of the
operator. The pictures, when produced,
can Institute, New
York, Messrs. Waters
are, indeed, pleasing and flattering, yield-
& Son, Troy, N. Y., exhibited some very
ing "soft pictures" from hard "chalky"
novel boats made out of papier-mache.
negatives, selling readily, and all without
They attracted the attention of the ingeni-
putting the purchaser of the process to ex-
ous photo-artist, Kurtz, and he queried,
tra expense. Not being " transparencies "
but prints, they are speedily made, so that
" Whynot something like that for a back-
ground?" He applied to Waters & Son,
they could be delivered while a customer is
and by his aid they succeeded in making all
waiting for the next train. The litho-
that one could desire. We have seen it in
graphic effect on the paper mounts is, by
operation, and describe it below.
no means, inartistic, and various effects can

be produced by different-colored crayons.

Nor is the process confined to paper alone.
The photo-crayon, applied to ground opal
glass, is enhanced both in artistic and com-
mercial value.
American photographers, I observe, are
about to be introduced to "Ross lenses."
May they welcome them with open arms!
They are, doubtless, the ne phis ultra of
lenses, made under the personal supervision
of a skilled optician, whose father, the late
A. Ross, was the most skilful optician in
his day, and had a name famous in the early
days of our' art. I would prefer the lenses
made by Mr. Thomas Ross before any that
I know, having used them (I speak with Fig. 1 The back-
represents it entire.
confidence), during my varied photographic ground is diameter by three
six feet in
experience. 1 have taken pictures with feet deep, mounted on a rod which iits any
"tubes" made by French, English, and ordinary head-rest stand; the latter is fast-

other milker-, yet I never could obtain such ened to a wooden platform on castors,
uniform results, combined with sharpness, and is furnished with a handle, A. As the
brilliancy, etc., as a "Ross lens" enabled whole affair weighs but a few pounds, it can
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 177

readily be moved and adjusted to any part the darker person should be placed against
of the room or light. The interior is painted the lighter portion of the background.
or sanded to any degree of shade desirable. So numerous and variable are the beau-
It will be readily understood that any light tiful effects produced, that the desire to use
coming from one side, must illumine that this affair increases with its application.*
part of the interior furthest from it, and per
contra leave the nearest side in comparative
shade. By turning it full to the light, there OUR PICTURE.
isno shade, and you get a very light back-
Our readers have doubtless been much
ground, and upon turning it from the light,
interested, recently, in the description and
you get it almost black, if you wish it so.
An example of its peculiar and extraordi-
drawings of Messrs. Loescher & Petsch's
skylight, etc., in <our March and April
nary effect will perhaps be better understood
numbers, and have probably wished that
by contemplating Fig. 2.
they might see a picture made by those
celebrated artists. This pleasure we are
glad to give them, our picture this month
being from negatives made in their studio.
It is a grand study in every respect, both
in composition, lighting, exposure, and de-
velopment. We hope it will be studied.
The prints were made in this country by
Mr. William H. Ehoads, No. 1800 Frank-
ford Avenue, Philadelphia, and do him
great credit. They were made on Sulz-
berger & Mater's Dresden Koyal albumen
paper, for which Messrs. W. H. Mardock>&
Co., No. 417 Broome Street, New York, are
the agents. The prints praise the paper
more deservedly than we can.
Mr. Ehoads speaks very highly of it, and
Let A B represent the side-light, D E, worked it by the same formula published
the background, F, the sitter's head, and H,
by him in a recent number of this Journal.
the camera. Now you plainly notice that •Our next issue will be graced by a beauti-
the rays of light from the window A B, il-
ful " Rembrandt " picture.
lumine only about that portion of the back-
ground at the left of the line D-, whilst the
portion at the right of D is left in its own
shadow. Now as the light falls on the sitter VOICES FROM THE CRAFT,
F, the side turned towards the light only is Sir: In your March issue your
Dear
illuminated. The sitter, as viewed from the
correspondent " Koland Vanweike " says:
camera H, has the high-
in the direction of " Every photographer is supposed to possess
light F admirably relieved by the darker ingenuity or constructive ability
sufficient
portion, whilst the shadow part of the sitter
to arrange those things (curtains, etc.) so
is as well relieved by the lighter portion
as to get his light where he wants it, and
of the background.
to be able to regulate it according to changes
It must be self-evident at a glance that no
that may occur during the day. If he has
matter from what direction your subject is somebody that can
not, he had better get
lighted, the background immediately as- do it for him, or else get out of the business."
sumes the opposite lights and shades, and an
I have been in the photographic business
extraordinary relief is at once obtained. know no
eighteen years, and I other (don't
By a little judgment and management it
can be made exactly suitable for all com- * The cuts for this article were hastily made,
plexions, and in the case of a group of two, but we hope they are understood. Ed. P. P.
12
178 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHER.
know this very well), but I dislike to leave the roughness of my picture in this way:
itvery much. Should I take his advice, I those very minute globules of blood exist-
should sell my "traps" at auction, and ing between the cuticle and true skin, did
leave for parts unknown. not absorb so much light, or cast the same
How many of the eminent photographers amount of shadow when the light was re-
in both this country and Europe, if they ceived from the side as from overhead.
were asked, " Can you arrange your light I shall be in Cleveland next June, nothing
at all times of the day, for all your subjects, in Providence preventing, and shall be
and please yourself?" would say "Yes?" pleased to see Roland Vanweike and his
Not but a very few, I think. Perhaps you Focus. Westley.
might find now and then one who thinks Bangor, March 12th, 1870.
he knows everything, and would say: " Oh !

yes, I never have any trouble I always ;

Dear Sir : I have to thank you for draw-
please them and myself the first time." ing my attention to the Holyoake Card-
When I meet one of that class of operators, mounts. They have been in use at my
I always set him down as not knowing any rooms for some months, and are a success.

more than he ought to. The. effectis very beautiful indeed.

merely want to commend them to your

I
Not long since, I had a lady subject of
readers, and suggest to the manufacturer
very good address, medium size, thirty-five
to forty years old, not a hard subject to look
that he make larger sizes say cabinet and —
whole size any way.
at through my optics, dark blue or hazel
If I dare presume so much, I would also
eyes, not much " vim " in them; to be sure
be glad, if you would give us an example
her complexion was not very fair, neither
as your illustration some time.
was very rough or disagreeable. I at
it
Truly, your well wisher,
once went to my task, not thinking it was
Livingstone.
a task in its strongest sense. I arranged
the light, angling, half-skylight and half-
Mr. Editor: We are now working the
side-light,and sat my subject about three-
new Photo-Crayon process, and we are
quarter view, having the dark side well de-
practically convinced that there is money
lineated, and eyes turned pretty well away
in it. The process and the results
is easy,
from the strong light. I couldn't find a
are beautiful and artistic. Although the
pleasing line of her face any way. I finally
Photo-Crayon Portrait is finished in a few
made a negative as above. It was well-de-
minutes, and at only a nominal cost, they
fined, and made a very vigorous print, and
sell easily at$15.00 apiece.
as disagreeable as it was vigorous, for it was
mottled
We feel our duty to recommend this
it is
all over the face. This mottling
beautiful process to the fraternity, as being
or dark spots appeared to exist under the
a good means to give a new impetus to the
cuticle, and was not apparent to the natural
trade. We
hope that the prices will be
eye. I spent some time trying to find some-
well kept up, as it is a vital element of suc-
thing that looked like a plausible picture,
cess in working this artistic process.
but all to no purpose. At last I tried a
E. L. Allen,
"Rembrandt," and that was no better.
Pres. of N. E. Photo. Ass'n.
Had Mr. Vanweike been here, and said,
" Get out of the business," perhaps I should J. W. Black,
have done so as far as my feelings were Vice-President.

concerned at that time. But I never say Frank Rowell,

die, therefore I couldn't give it up. A. Marshall.
I shut out all the sky-light and used the Boston, April 12th, 1870.
side-light only, turning the face slightly
away from the light, and having very soft
shadows, I got a very fair negative, and the After varnishing a plate, keep it hori-
lady was well pleased with her pictures. zontal a few seconds before pouring off, to
I account for the getting rid of a part of give the varnish time to soak in.
 '

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 179

CLEVELAND. "When a lad we were told by our em-

ployer, that if we ever expected to know
The Exhibition and the Annual
Meeting. anything we must ask questions. It was

If our readers would heed it, we could a good lesson that we have never forgotten,
say all we want to them on this subject and, although born early in life, we have
in one word, i. e., GO But as we would
!
not learned our profession yet, and quiz
probably be met on all sides with the query, everybody we rub against. Come you to
" Why should I? " we suppose we shall have Cleveland and do the same thing.
to urge upon you all a few reasons why '
'
'
The meeting this year will assume a more
we believe it will pay you to make a con- practical turn than did the Boston meeting.
siderable sacrifice of time and money to be The latter was preliminary, and much of
at the second great National Meeting and the time was spent in arranging for the
Exhibition of the photographers of your future.
country. This year practical discussions will be
You are engaged in a profession which is held, experiments made, processes worked
unlike anything else in mechanics, the arts, and explained, causes of failure made plain,
or the sciences. You cannot turn out your and the road to excellence opened wide,
productions by the mill-fx\M by automatic and so on and so on.
machinery, nor can you mix your solutions Dr. Voqel, whose name is well known to
and set them aside to crystallize into "pleas- our readers, is probably, at the time you
ing portraits." You have the most irregu- read this, on his way to this country, spe-

lar, uncertain, obstreperous, patience-trying cially to visit the Exhibition. This is a

ingredients to manage, delusive instruments
and all sorts of weather to test your amia-
bility.Moreover, you are so scattered about
the country, that in most cases, when in
trouble with your manipulations, you have
fine compliment to us, and we hope both
Germans and Americans will be there in
great numbers to greet him. We expect he
will give some very valuable information to
all, concerning the workings of our art in

no one to confer with, and you spend a great Germany. Mr. Carbutt is expected there
deal of time, and patience, and money beat- to work the Woodbury process. It is

ing about in the air, because you do not hoped to have the photo-lithographic pro-
know when and how to act. cess worked there also. There will also be
How, then, are you to better your condi- several other matters exhibited that will in-
tion in this respect ? We answer, by joining terest, entertain, and benefit all much a :

earnestly in these annual conferences of the superior lantern exhibition, with the new
members of your profession. If you would by Messrs. Black and Dun-
electric light,
gain information you must go where they more, and other things on a grand scale.
are. If you would know men you must go With these will be the greatest feature
where they are and mix with them. If you of all, the Exhibition.. It will embrace the
would know how others battle with difficul- best work that our country can afford from
ties and how they overcome them, you must from Canada, England, France,
all quarters:

go and talk over the thing with them. Prussia, Austria, Russia, Italy, Spain,and
You must learn their ways, to think their even Turkey and some of the islands of the
thoughts, and to be stirred with their feel- sea. Exhibitors are allowed to bring dupli-
ings. If you would live by your profession cates of their pictures for sale, and will find
you must go where you can study its best it well to do so.

productions and confer with its best work- The Local Secretary, Mr. Byder, has en-
men. You must search out the great high- gaged new "Central
for the Exhibition the
ways and emporiums of success. If you Skating Rink," which is immense in size,
would move the world you must stand upon is admirably lighted, and will make a grand

it. If you would grow, and improve, and appearance.

prosper as rapidly as does our beautiful art, Is not all this most tempting, and do you
you must take advantage of this great an- not see what a benefit it will be to you to

nual National opportunity I be there ? We have letters from parties

 180 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
from Texas to Canada who will be there. you further information after that you ;

They will be repaid. It is a privilege that must apply to the Local Secretary, but do
should not be refused. The question has not write him if you can help it, as he will
been asked us r "-"Will the ladies be ad- have his hands full.
mitted ? :
We answer yes, most certainly.
'

We know a number of ladieswho are prac- ARRANGEMENT WITH HOTELS,

tical photographers, and we are not certain The two hotels) Kennard House
(best
but we know of one or two who work at the will charge $3 and the Weddell House
camera while the husband cleans the glass $2.50 per day, and others lower. Where
and pastes on the sticking-paper. And there are several parties going from one
there are hundreds of good women who city or section, if they will address Mr.
spend their whole- time in assisting their Ryder ten days beforehand, he will secure
husbands on their road to photographic them the accommodation they need..
fame, and, in some cases, they are the best
man of the two. By all means let them ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE RAILROAD
come and vote too, if they are members of COMPANIES.
the Association, We have, in connection with Mr. Ryder,
And now this brings us to a point : Are spent a great deal of time in corresponding
you a member of the Association ? If not r with the passenger agents of all the rail-
identify yourself with it before you go to roads that we thought could aid us. With
Cleveland, and join now. Four dollars sent many we could do nothing. They cannot
to Mr. H. T. Anthony, 591 Broadway,* New yet see that it is to their advantage to favor
York, will pay your entrance fee and dues. us. Some day they we hope. The
will,
Two dollars will do the same for an em- following is we have been able to
the best
ployee. That you may have the advantage do so far, and if it does not help all who
of a reduction in your fare and in your want it, be assured it is not our fault, for we
hotel bill this is necessary, as some of the tried every railroad that we thought could
railways only favor members of the Associa- aid us, as we have before said. Those on
tion. Attend to this at once, now, male and the line of, or who connect with, the roads
female. Your extra privileges will more mentioned below may secure their tickets at
than pay the fees and dues, and you will reduced rates by obeying directions given.
then be enabled ta take part in the business 1. Philadelphia and Erie Railway, run-

meetings of the Association and vote.
The committees appointed last year have
not been idle. The Committee on the Be-
nevolent Fund are at work, and will have a
report which will most likely benefit and
interest all there. The committee to in-
tercede with Congress have also success to
report. The subject of a Photographer's
Life Insurance Band is also to be discussed,
ning from Philadelphia to Erie, Pa., and
intervening places. Write to J. F. Ryder,
Cleveland, Ohio, Local Secretary, who will
send you an order on the ticket agent at
your place for an excursion ticket at the
reduced rate of two cents per mile to
Erie, Pa. There you change to the Lake
Shore and Michigan Southern Railroad. See
No. 5.

and many other such practical matters. 2. Pennsylvania Central Railroad, Phila-
Be it remembered, that photographers,, delphia to Pittsburg and intervening places.
whether members of the Association or not,, Write to Local Secretary for order for an
are welcome to come en masse. excursion ticket.. Faro two cents per mile
Bring a good supply of your cartes along both ways. At Pittsburg change to Cleve-
to exchange with others. land and Pittsburg Railroad. See No. 4.

The Local Secretary, Mr. J. F. Ryder, 3. Cleveland, Columbus, Cincinnati, and

has secured a reduction in railroad fares, Indianapolis Railroad, from Indianapolis
hotel charges, expressage, etc., etc., and the and way stations to Cleveland, and from
following is tin- way matters stand up to Columbus to Cleveland via Crestline. Pas-
the time <>f our going to press. In about sengers via this road, will pay full fare
five days you will receive a circulur giving going on. On their return the Local Secre-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEB. 1S1

tary will furnish them with a return ticket sion tickets may be had of the Local Secre-
free. tary.

4. Cleveland and Pittsburg Railroad, from 10. Little Mitwii Railroad, from Cincin-
Pittsburg to Cleveland, connecting with nati or from Dayton — either—to Cleveland.
Pennsylvania Central (No. 2), will give Fare two cents per mile each way. Apply
excursion tickets at the rate of two cents toMr. Ryder for orders for tickets.
per mile. To be had at the Pittsburg De- 11. Great Western Railroad, Canada. Ar-
pot. Distance 150 miles. rangements pending. Apply to Mr. Ryder
5. Lake Shore and Michigan Southern for orders for tickets.
Railroad, from Buffalo to Cleveland and
This is as much as we have been able to
intervening places — connect at Erie, Pa.,
secure, but we hope to do more. Parties
with the Philadelphia and Erie Railroad who want to go should address a note to the
(No. 1) —will issue excurson tickets at the Local Secretary as follows :

following rates : will charge full regular

fare going on and one-third regular fare Dear Sir : I wish to attend the Cleveland
Meeting, and if you have any orders for tickets
returning. Tickets can be had at any of
that will favor me, please send one by return
the stations going on, and the Local Secre-
mail, and oblige
tary will furnish certificates to those return-
ing, which will secure their tickets at the
I am (or not) a member of the National Pho-
tographic Association. I start from ,

reduced rate.
on the Road.
6. Erie and Atlantic and Great Western,
Mr. J. H. Fitzgibbon, Treasurer of the
New York to Cleveland, via Binghamton,
St. Louis Photographers' Association, has
Elmira, Corning, Hornellsville, Salamanca,
desired us to say, that parties starting from
Meadville, etc. Full fare going on, and re-
turn at half fare.Through without change St. Louis, or who take it in their route, will
of cars. The line for New York and New please apply to him for tickets, as he has
England Photographers. At Cleveland, the arranged, through the kindness of J no. S.

Local Secretary will furnish you a certifi-

Garland, Esq., the General Ticket Agent,
cate, entitling you to return at half fare.
for half fare from St. Louis to Cleveland,
Pound trip from New York to Cleveland over the Indianapolis and St Louis Rail-

costs about $22.50. Time 24 hours. road. Round trip $25. St. L. to C.

Photographers from New England pur- When you get your orders from the Local
chase their tickets at foot of Chambers St., Secretary for tickets, you will observe that
New York. Return tickets will be issued they are only good for a certain number of
until June 27th, through the kindness of the days. We have got the time extended be-
G. P. Agt., W. R. Barr, Esq., New York, fore and after the Exhibition as long as we
and N. Van Horn, Esq., Philadelphia. could. Parties who live on roads connect-

7. New York Central Railroad, Albany ing with any of the above, may obtain
.

to Buffalo, via Utica, Rochester,and Buf- tickets at the connecting point, the same as

falo, and there connect with Lake Shore if they lived oa the line of the road.

and Michigan Southern Railroad (No. 5). Many thanks are due to the railway com-
Pare two cents per mile both ways. panieswho have so generously favored us,
8. Pittsburg, Fort Wayne and Chicago and we hope all who travel or send freight
—
Railway Chicago to Cleveland via Fort will remember them hereafter.
"Wayne, Crestline, and Alliance, two cents
Q^pr" Mr. Black requests that parties having
per mile. Orders for excursion tickets to
interesting or instructive subjects will bring
be had of the Local Secretary.
transparencies with them. He prefers | size.
9. Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Rail- They should not be made too dense, and free
vmy via Omaha, Council Bluffs, Iowa City, from dirty varnish spots. Bind to plain glass
Rock Island, etc., to Chicago thence to — with sticking-paper. Tone with hyposulphite of
Cleveland via No. 8 — sixty per cent, of gold, weak solution of permanganate of potash.
regular fare both ways. Orders for excur- or bichloride of mercury.
 —

182 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. makes a very handsome appearance in
its first issue. It contains three illustra-
Head the several articles on the Exhibi-
1. " Keturn of the
tions on sheets 9£ x 12
tion in our current number. :

Flock," Woodburytype copy of a painting

M. Ducos du Hatjron has published a
by Jague 2. "The Nativity," a photo-
;
pamphlet entitled Photographs in Colors.
graphic engraved copy by Edwards, of
Pyrogallic Acid is said to be as deadly
Derers' celebrated engraving and 3. ''View ;

a poison as Cyanide. Oil of turpentine is

from Nature near La Grande Chartreuse,"
an antidote. from a collodio-albumen negative; also
The Photographic Society of Vienna printed by the Woodbury process. The
contemplates holding a World's Photogra- letter-press is mainly by the editor, Mr.
phic Exhibition in that city. Thomas Sutton, and consists of a " Leader ;

Adam Salomon writes to Mr. Simpson, Our Illustrations; Review of the Progress
that he intends to abolish curtains in his of Photography during 1869; A Week at
studio altogether, his experiments have the Woodbury Establishment at Asinere's;

convinced him that he has found a system Amateur Photographic Exhi- Association ;

of illumination which will give excellent bition of the French Photographic Society
results without curtains or other similar for 1870; United States National Photo-
arrangements. graphic Association (which we are glad to

Scientific Opinion says, " Telegraphs, see); and Reviews." We wish the new
enterprise great success.
railways, and huge ocean steamers, are
every day removing the old barriers of When sun painting was first introduced,
nationalities. Nowadays, the connection some wag declared that it would be & foe-to-
of arts and sciences between this country graphic art; but, as yet, it has been a help
and the States,' is almost as close as it
' rather than a hindrance to graphic art.

was between England and Ireland, twenty Artists have sought its aid, and the conse-
years ago. The National Photographic quence is a greater fidelity and truthful-
Association of the United States is an il- ness in the representations of many sub-
lustration of this." It then follows with an jects. Photography has arrived at some-
invitation to foreigners to join us in our ex- thing like perfection, for it is announced
hibition. This is handsome on the part that a discovery has been made, viz., the
of our esteemed contemporary, and is the printing of photographic pictures in perma-
more courteous and kind, because it was nent pigments, or ordinary printer's ink,
unsolicited. at an ordinary printing-press. This has
The Photographic Art Journal, a copy of been accomplished, and very successfully
which has been sent us by private hands, too. Every Saturday.

To Correspondents in trouble with their friends in this country, and warm ones. The
manipulations. — We shall be much pressed following correspondence was had by Atlantic
during May and June with matters pertaining eable :

New York, April 8, 1870.

to the National Meeting and Exhibition, and
shall not have time to answer correspondents
Dr. Voqel: — You are respectfully invited by the
photographers of America to attend the Cleveland Ex-
privately on matters of manipulation, as we usu- position in June. W. Kurtz.
ally gladly do. Please remember this. Sec. of Com.
Answer :

Vogel's Visit to America. We are

Dr. — Berlin, April 12, 1870.
sure that every photographer who expects to be I shall come. Voqel.

in Cleveland, will be delighted to know that Dr. Let us be there and give him a warm welcome,
Vogel will be there. We know he has many so that he may take home with him a good re-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 183

port of American photography and American The case of the Shaw & Wilcox Co. v. G. W.
photographers. Lovejoy was argued in court on April 21ft,
and placed in the hands of the judge. We can
AVe again have to run eight pages over our only now await his decree, which we feel sure will
usual number — 40 in all — on account of press of be just and right. If it be against the patent,
matter. Few magazines give more for the money our readers will have great cause to rejoice, for
than is promised. We hope our readers will ap- they will have escaped an infliction that would
preciate the fact in our case. be hard to bear. If the patent is sustained, the
only mercy you will get from the monopoly will
Mr. William Notman, Montreal, has fa- be such as you are able to secure by your own
vored us with a print of his last composition efforts. We really thought there was more
picture, "The Skating Carnival.'' It contains interest in the matter among our readers than
the picture of H. H. Prince Arthur, and
R. there appears to be, judging from the little help
many of the most eminent citizens of Montreal. offered Mr. Lovejoy.
It is an admirable study in composition, and
that our readersmay have the benefit of it, we
Dr. Woodward's report on the Magnesium and
have arranged with Mr. Notman to print it for
Electric Lights in Micro-Photography, a copy of
a future issue of our Magazine.
which has been kindly sent us by the Surgeon-
General U.S.A., is an elaborate work, illustrated
Collodio-Bromide Pictures. — Our esteemed by several admirable specimens. Dr. AVoodward
correspondent, M. Carey Lea, Esq., has favored
has made some very extensive experiments in
us with some very beautiful 8 x 10 landscape
that enchanting and useful branch of photogra-
prints, from plates made by his collodio-bromide
phy, and we shall soon take occasion to make
dry process. The remarkable feature about them
some extracts from his report which will interest
is, the entire absence of that harshness and
our readers.
hardness which generally characterizes dry plate
work. On the other hand, they are soft, delicate,

fine in detail, and wonderfully transparent in the The Toronto Photographic Society. — We
shadows. One of the views is of a stone arched have received from worthy President, Eli J.
its

bridge over the Wissahickon. At the time it Palmer, Esq., a history of the rise and fall of the

was taken it would have been a severe test for Toronto Photographic Society. It was started
any process. The bridge being low, is very dark a few months ago under the brightest auspices.

underneath back of it is bright sunshine, stones Decent living prices were agreed upon, and all
;

in the distance, and water in full sunshine, and went on pleasantly until some of the number be-
yet there is detail in all and no harshness. It
came demoralized, broke ranks, put down prices,
and thus broke up what would have been a pleas-
seems almost paradoxical. A Steinheil 10-inch
ant, profitable affair to all concerned if kept in
focus lens was used to make the view. Mr.
Lea has worked most perseveringly at his pro- its integrity. We regret that such is the case,

cess, and these views certainly commend it most

and hope, with Mr. Palmer, that a reorganization
highly. will soon follow. Mr. W. M. Bruce read a very
interesting paper at the last meeting, from which

The Year Book op Photography, — This ex- we hope to nuke extracts hereafter.

cellent book has now arrived, and the name of

its editor, G. Wharton Simpson, is sufficient to
guarantee a vuluab/e and useful work. Mr.
The Prize Sets. — Photographers who un-
derstand the advantages to be derived from
Simpson has exceeded himself this yearin getting
studying the work, good and bad, of others, will
together, into an unprecedented
small space,
not forget that the prize sets are ofiered at a very
amount of good from the most eminent practical
low price to enable them to study them. They
photographers in England, France, Germany, etc.
are more useful than almost anything else, for
As by the summary of contents in
will be seen
they educate the eye and enable one to see what
the advertisement, it is composed of short, terse
to avoid and what to imitate. See advertisement.
articles on almost every photographic subject of
interest. It is in size same as our Mosaics, and
same price. It is for sale by all dealers, and as Photographers burned out: S. AV. Sawyer,
only one. thousand copies are imported, those Bangor, Me., March 19th ; R. Emery, Plymouth,
wanting it must be spry. A few of 1869 copies 0., March 31st; M. Moses, Trenton, N. J. .March

also for sale. Please read the advertisement. 23d.

184 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO G RAPHEE.
Photo-Crayons. — Mr. A. E. Alden has Mr. E. F. Warrington, a promising young
favored us with a number of new patterns of photographer of this city, died April 22d, of
sheets for the Sarony photo- crayons which are heart disease. He had been ill a couple of
very different from the ones sold.
first Our weeks, and was hoped he was going to re-
it

Philadelphia artists who are making photo- cover. He was genial and pleasant in his life,
crayons are getting exquisite results, exceeding and his death is regretted by many.
any we have seen anywhere else, even those
from England that we have seen. Mr. Fenne-
more, Mr. Germon, and others, are pushing
them, and make a fine display. In good hands
Answers to Correspondents.

they seem certain to succeed. As we have said " A. R.," Greensdurg, Indiana. —
The cause
before, they must be made well, to look well, of your collodion "giving way under the de-
but in this they are not peculiar. The price veloper" is this : Your bath is super-saturated
should be kept up in proportion to their beauty. with iodo-nitrate of silver, which settles on the
They cannot be compared to any other style of plate. Dilute your bath to one-third its strength
picture, for they are entirely different in appear- and then boil it until its wonted stiength is re-
ance and style. sumed. A good sunning would be efficacious
also, if you have another bath you can use.
Received from F. W. Hardy, B ingor, Maine,
some admirable " Rembrandt" pictures; from "E. J.," Mantino, III. You do not state —
E. H. Alley, Toledo, Ohio, an 8 x 10 group of what kind of "red spots" appeared on your
the Central German Conference — 80 portraits in paper. If in the shape of "tear drops," then

all. Mr. Alley states that he has sold about your silver solution is too strong. If so, adding
1000 copies making 80,000 from
portraits; water one-third, and boiling down to former
Austin & Oliver, Oswego, New York, a very fine strength is the correct remedy.
cabinet portrait ; from T. T. Sweeney, Cleve-
"George H." — If you "get plenty of detail
land, Ohio, a 12 x 16 view of Rocky Gorge,
but no force," as you say, you evidently over
The water
I

Elyria, Ohio, , which is admirable.

I expose your negatives. For transparencies your
seems as still as death, and consequently the re-
somewhat red.
collodion should be very ripe and
flections are grand. We have never seen it ex-
Developer, 32 ounces of water ; 64 grains pyro-
celled in a picture of its size from Mr. John
;
gallic acid ; 32 grains citric acid ; 2 ounces
L. Gihon, a capital 13 x 16 picture, full length,
acetic acid ;
alcohol 1 ounce. Try this.
of Miss Lizzie Price, the accomplished actress
from Mr. A. K. P. Trask, 40 N. Eighth Street,
;

" S. P. G." — 1. Your wash water contains

Philadelphia, some admirable ferrotypes; from either chloride or carbonate, which deposits

Mr. 0. G. Mason some fine stereos of small ob- silver on your prints. Use distilled water for
jects made after instructions given by him in Mo- the first washing, or add a little salt before im-

saics, 1870. Some of bromide of potassium in mersing the prints.

different stages of crystallization are beautiful. 2. The "blue'" color of your prints is owing
There is a wide field for the stereo in this line to too long fuming.
;

from Mr. A. Bogardus. cabinets of "Josh Bill- 3. The turning red of your prints when put in

ings," Prof. Morse, and William Cullen Bryant; the hypo, is caused by insufficient toning — the
from Mr. J. A. Schoeltn, St. Louis, some capital toning solution has not penetrated the prints.
cabinets of Masqueraders, splendidly managed. Use less gold and tone more slowly.

Mr. W. R. Gill, Lancaster, Pa., has sent us "J. T. H. Brown," Brockport. — Pictures
a number of very beautiful stereographs of views have been made of various colors by Niepce,
near Lancaster, from negatives intensified with but no one has yet succeeded in producing them
his "chromointensifier." There is a verypecu- according to nature. See German Correspond-
liar softness and aerial effect about them which ence.
is very charming and desirable.
" W. W." — Unless you have experience, you
Mr. J. Inglis, Montreal, has sent us a compo- had better send your residues to a practised re-

sition picture of the "Opening of the Montreal finer, or you may proceed as follows : Mix your
Caledonian Curling Rink,'' which is one of his gold residue with 12 to 14 ounces saltpetre to 16
most creditable works, and is very popular, lie ounces of residue. Put them in a crucible,
furnishes a list of the portraits in it, which com- being careful to fill it only half full. Expose to
prise the elite and talent of Montreal, Prince a bright red heat and nearly pure gold will re-
Arthur with the rest. sult.
 •

W.KURTZ ,
 ,

THE

MMdpta ^hnUpnyhtv.
Vol. VII. JUNE, 1870. No. 78.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern Districtof Pennsylvania.

THE EXHIBITION. Unite with the Association now, and come

We have hastened our current number a to Cleveland and see how nicely it works.
little, in order to have an opportunity to Cheer up a bright day approaches. Only
!

say once more to our readers, in reference work for it.

to the Cleveland Meeting and Exhibition, The regulations, etc., pertaining to the
Go ! you will never regret it. It will be a Exhibition have been given you in our last,
most brilliant affair, full of instruction and and, since then, in a circular sent to all.
profit. The recent triumph over wrong, There has been no change. We hope to
in the matter of the Shaw & Wilcox Co. meet hundreds of you there, and to see you
should convince those who are not asleep, hand to hand and face to face.
of the importance of the photographers of
the United States banding themselves to-
gether in order to maintain their rights,
DR. VOGEL.
and that there is something in the existence
of such an Association that will have the ef- As we announced in our last number, at

fect to head off and prevent any more at- the Cleveland Exhibition the most distin-

tempts to take advantage wrongly of the guished guest will be our esteemed friend,
profession. Dr. Herman Vogel, of Berlin, Prussia.
We are glad to see that a number have Those who have been in the habit of read-
connected themselves with the Association ing Dr. "Vogel 's contributions to our pages,
since our last issue. In union there is have not failed long since to see that he is
strength. Our Association virtually de- one of the most earnest and enthusiastic
feated Shaw, though no official action .was friends of, photography in the world in fact, ;

taken by it in the matter, but it defeated we are free to say'there are none more so.
him nevertheless, for the existence of such We have many times heard him spoken of
an Association prompted some of its mem- in the warmest terms, and always took pleas-
bers to fight vigorously for the rights of ure in frankly reciprocating the same.
all. We shall have no more fights if we That he truly feels likewise towards
unite, our unity will scare away the
for America and her photographers, Dr. Vogel
brazen, brow-beating, threatening, would- has often assured us. As a proof of their
be swindlers. They will not attempt their devotion to him, a number of our friends,
tricks on us, but turn their mighty genius headed by Mr. Kurtz, of New York, have
into a different channel. privately invited Dr. Vogel to visit this
13
 186 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
country and attend our coming Exhibition, A HOLIDAY NUMBEE.
offering at the same time to pay all ex- Our readers will notice that our present
penses of the trip and to make him their
issue has very much of a holiday appear-
guest while here, if he would only favor us ance. Especially is this apparent in the
by coming. advertising pages, our advertisers seeming
After consultation with the authorities of to have all their flags at high mast, in honor
the Prussian Government, in whose service of the coming Exhibition. We believe our
Dr. Vogel is professionally engaged, he tele- advertisements are always interesting and
graphed that he would come, and, by the valuable to our readers, for they must be
time this reaches you, he will be in America read regularlyif the photographer would
for the first time, among the profession he keep informed on the commercial matters
loves and who love him. of his profession.
And Dr. Vogel is not the only one com- A very pretty ferrotype graces our num-
plimented in this matter. We should all ber this month, for the double purpose of
feel highly favored at his coming among us. showing off ihe excellencies of the new
You are all aware that the work of Euro- chocolate-tinted plates patented and manu-
pean photographers receives much and de- factured by the Phenix Plate Company (pat-
served praise and notice in this country, for ented to secure to them their right to make
many thousands of our people go to Europe exclusively, but requiring no royalty from the
annually, and we doubt if one ever returns consumer for using them), and the beauties
without some specimens of foreign photog- of the new size and style of ferrotype mat
raphy ;
on the other hand, we and our
yet, manufactured by Messrs. A. M. Collins,
work are but little known on the other Son & Co. of this city. Mr. E. K. Trask,
side, for we have no representation there. in making the pictures, has shown good
This fact is not because our work is in- taste and skill, it being no small job to
ferior to that made abroad —
the contrary is make the several thousands required for
—
the fact but because most travellers get the purpose.
their pictures made abroad while there and Another display advertisement shows the
bring them home with them, while com- several new styles and shapes of envelopes
paratively few of our pictures reach the for cartes and ferrotypes manufactured by
Old "World. "We may hope then that Dr. Messrs. Nixon & Stokes of this city. The
Vogel's visit among us will work a change number of these envelopes sold is almost
in this direction, and when he goes home, incredible. Over four hundred thousand of
so let the Exhibition be, that he can speak them were sold during last month we are
well of us.
told by the manufacturers. They are very
Let who can, meet him in Cleveland
all
useful.
and give him a hearty, earnest welcome. The next display is made by the Ameri-
In the cities he visits he will be in charge can Optical Company, through Scovill
of committees who will care for him. Manufacturing Company, the proprietors
Mr. "William Notman, of Montreal, and of the works, pleading the undoubted mer-
'
Messrs. Notman & Frascr, of Toronto, have itsand excellencies of their unequalled ap-
pressed him to visit Canada and to be their paratus, accompanied by a full-priced cata-
guest there. logue of Mr. Ross's world-renowned lenses,
"We look forth to his coming as an era in through his American agents, Messrs. "Wil-
American .photography. He has done the son, Hood & Co. The importance of good
profession world wide much good service, instruments and good apparatus cannot be
ami let us give him the good, round, hearty, overrated or too often insisted upon, and
welcome he so richly deserves. should be the first things selected when
purchasing an outfit. All these wares you
may purchase of your regular stockdealer.
Study Art. It will enableyou to find ma- Our other advertisements will be found

terial for your camera oftentimes when with- changed, many of them, and some new ones
out it you would have passed the other by. also appear,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 187

We endeavor to purge them of any catch- REMARKS ON SILVER DIPPERS.

penny arrangements, and our readers surely
BY JOHN M. BLAKE.
cannot he at sea on anything pertaining
to the commercial branch of their business, A silver, platinum, or gold wire, prop-
and we may fairly judge, from the quantity erly bent, would obviously make the best
and extent of these advertisements, that the dipper. A plate could be taken out of the
photographic business generally is bright bath and transferred to the slide without
and prosperous. the aid of fingers or forceps, and there would

With the above, our beautiful picture, be no unnecessary dripping of silver solu-
our usual variety of matter, a glorious pros- tion than from the plate itself. The price

pect of a fine Exhibition at Cleveland, and excludes all but the silver. Such dippers
the defeat of the " Waste " patent, we feel were long ago proposed, but it is doubtful
particularly as if a gala day was with us, if they have been much used. Lately, the
and hope we may impart the feeling to our subject came up in one of the journals, and

many readers. a correspondent made the assertion that a

NOSS'S SIDE SCREEN.
I have been annoyed a great deal, and
have seen others annoyed, with the old-
portion of copper in the silver was of no
consequence.
two years
Trial of pieces of a silver spoon,
ago, showed a most undesirable action of
the bath solution upon them. There was a
solution of the copper in the alloy, with the

fashioned side-screens. deposition of an equivalent of silver by gal-

vanic action. This pure deposited silver
presented the peculiar surface familiar to
.those who have deposited copper in thick
masses by electrolysis.The matter was then
dropped for a time, until recently a friend
had succeeded in making a dipper of a
Mexican coin, which, it is stated, are made
of purer silver than the American. The
coiri was cut into a spiral and straightened,

and forged, and fragments melted on with

a blowpipe, until finally a neat square bar
of small thickness was produced. This was
bent into a dipper, and immersed in the
bath. A few minutes sufficed to cover its
surface with small granular crystals of sil-

ver. As an experiment, it was laid in a

dish with enough bath solution to cover it.

In a few days the solution became green

I send you a drawing of one I have sub- with copper, and crystals of silver of con-
stituted, and find it admirable and a great siderable thickness were formed upon the
power in my hands. The cut explains the alloy. This treatment made the dipper
whole thing and its use. Being in a light brittle, and therefore of no value, although
frame, it can be readily moved about from it may have removed the greater part of
place to place. the copper. Bad behavior of the bath after-
I hope everybody has not been using it wards, in which the dipper had been im-
since 1840, for it is new thing to me, and
a mersed for a few minutes only, was attrib-
I place it where all good things should be uted to the introduction of copper.
placed, i. e., in the hands of our Journal to In order to arrive at a definite conclusion
scatter it freely to the craft. as to the amount of copper that might be
H. Noss. alloyed with silver consistent with safety to
New Brighton, Pa. the bath, I made several alloys of these two
188 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
metals by means of a blowpipe and an assay ing, and proceed in this converging condi-
balance. The alloy containing five per cent, tion to the lens, whose property it is to pro-
of copper showed unmistakable signs, by duce the picture. On arriving at this lens,
the deposit of crystals of silver upon it, of the rays are rendered more convergent, and
being acted upon by a forty-grain bath after are brought to a focus in the optic centre of
fifteen minutes contact. Lest this rapid the last combination of this lens. By rea-
action should be due to an imperfect admix- son of this increased convergence of the
ture of the metals, the alloy was again rays, on leaving the focal point the rays
melted at a high temperature and ham- pass out of the lens more divergent than
mered, then cleaned bright and remelted, they entered, and thus produce a larger
and again cleaned. The deposition of silver illuminated circle of light ; that is, they in-
upon it could be seen after four minutes' crease the angle of view. Do not misun-
action of the bath. The three per cent, al- derstand me by this expression that any
loy showed a deposit of silver after half an given object is enlarged by means of the
hour in the bath. It was remelted twice condenser. Such is not the case. But more
and cleaned from oxide to a dead white sur- of the object can be seen by means of the
face in nitric acid, then washed and re- condenser than when it is not employed.
turned to the bath. The action was not For instance, at a given distance behind the
now noticed. A small portion of bath left lens we will suppose that on the screen a
in contact with alloys containing eight and picture is accurately focussed by means of a
five per cent, of copper dried away, leaving given lens, and that the diameter of the
crystals of nitrate of silver colored green by illuminated disc is ten inches and one-half;

copper. This did not occur with the three also, that the longitudinal diameter of the
per cent, alloy similarly treated. head of a portrait in the disc is five inches.
Since the five per cent, alloy was so ob- This picture is produced, of course, as it

viously acted upon, it will be advisable not always is, by means of the lens placed be-
to trust to a three per cent, alloy for the neath the negative and the screen at the
sake of economy, but rather to use silver proper focal distance. We will now intro-
made as pure as possible for the manufac- duce the condenser into its place, and see
ture of dippers. what its effects are. Now the illuminated
disc is twenty-four inches in diameter, and
a larger portion of the portrait, compre-
hending the hands and lower extremities,
Enlarging of Photographs with the is visible, but the longitudinal diameter of
Ordinary Camera. the head remains exactly the same, and in
It is almost a general belief that a so- exactly the same position.
called solar camera is an indispensable piece Furthermore, the amount of illumination
of apparatus for the production of photo- on a given square inch is not materially
graphic enlargements. This is far from different in the two cases that is, for prac- ;

being a fact that is, the solar camera in all

; tical purposes not materially different. The
its forms, whether of that of Woodward, of sharpness of the picture has been neither
Shive, of Eoettger, etc., in many instances, increased nor diminished by the employ-
may be entirely ignored, if by the denomi- ment of the condenser. In fine, the only
nation solar camera we comprehend a con- apparent change produced by its employ-
densing lens, or a condensing reflector as ment is simply to enlarge the field of view
constituting its essential character. It will or the illuminated disc. This, I admit, is a
be well to know, in the first place, what the great advantage where it is needed. It was
peculiar characteristics of the condensing supposed, and probably is even now sup-
lens and of the condensing reflectors are. posed, that the condenser carried, as it were,
They are different in each case. the picture of the negative in the convergent
The property of the condensing lens is to cone to the distributing lens ; and from the
produce a cone of light, so that the rays of fact that that part of the cone on its arrival
light impinge upon the negative, converg- at this lens is reduced to a very small com-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 189

pass, it has been argued that central stops and where the prints are subsequently to be
are unnecessary, because the picture being finished by development either upon bromo-
already alone on the axis of the lens, and iodized or chlorized paper, the difference of
nowhere else, it is not necessary to exclude rapidity between the two instruments is

the peripheral parts by means of a dia- imperceptible.

phragm. Now, if the picture were located In answer to the second question, we may
in the convergent cone, and nowhere else, observe that there are methods of increasing
and were produced by this cone, it is evi- the size of the illuminated disc without the
dent thatif the convergency were altered, intervention of condensing lenses. Thus,
or the distance of the condenser from the for instance, take three different lenses, the
lens were either increased or diminished, principal focal distance of each being three
we might expect some change in the pic- inches, as one of Harrison's portrait combi-
ture on the screen ; but the only apparent nation, one of Harrison & Schnitzer's Globe
change simply in the size of the illumi-
is lenses, and finally, one of Eoss's stereo-
nated disc. This fact shows that the pic- graphic doublets. Each one of these mag-
ture is independent of the condensing nifies to the same extent, —produces a pic-
lens. ture of a head on the screen of exactly the
The condensing reflector consists of an same size; but the equally illuminated disc
inverted frustrum of a pyramid of four in each case is very different. Thus, with
arranged as to condense by single
sides, so the portrait combination it is the smallest,
and double reflection a much larger amount and with the stereographic doublet it is the
of light upon the negative than that which largest. Thus, then, for all solar opera-
is obtained by the direct impact of a bundle tions, the stereographic doublet lens pre-
of parallel rays from the sun ; this extra sents itself as incomparably superior to the
amount of light increases the illumination other two forms, and probably the best of
of the negative to a great extent, and par- any existing form.
tially increases the angle of view on the Therefore take the best lens to begin with.
screen, but not so decidedly as the condens- Secondly, the magnifying power of the
ing lens. stationary lens may be considerably in-
It appears, therefore, that the production creased by placing in front of it, and nearly
of a solar picture is essentially independent in contact with it, the objective of another
of all so-called condensers. This being the lens. Thus, for instance, I placed in front
case, then, the questions arise : 1st. Can we of my copying lens the four-fourth objective
obtain an enlarged view by means of a com- of a Jamin's view-tube ; and I thus in-
mon copying camera without a condenser, as creased the illuminated disc from a diameter
correctly, efficiently, and rapidly as with of ten inches and one-half to fourteen inches,
the so-called solar camera ? And 2dly. and at the same time the picture of the ob-
Can we increase the size of the illuminated ject was magnified. The only means, there-
disc without the intervention of a con- fore, of increasing the illuminated disc,
denser ? without at the same time changing the
Let us test the first question. Fix up a magnifying power, depends upon the pecu-
copying camera in such a manner as to be liarity of construction of the lens and upon
furnished with a vertical and horizontal the employment of a condenser.
motion, thus allowing the camera to be Naturally, the illuminated disc can be
tilted so as to receive the direct rays of the obtained of any size whatever by simply
sun perpendicularly upon the negative, and removing the screen more remote from the
to be moved as the sun moves. Focus the lens, a plan which I excluded from contem-
picture upon the screen in the usual way, plation by fixing the screen at a given dis-
and then introduce the sensitized paper. tance.
You will find by experience that the print- Now photographers will do well to study
ing operation will be accomplished almost the whole use of their lenses, and they will
as rapidly as with the ordinary solar camera. then learn that exquisite enlargements can,
This method is, indeed, quite satisfactory; by the method just recommended, be made
 : :

190 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.

with a small bath on a quarter plate, so as to one-third less time than you can on plain
cover an eight by ten plate very correctly. glass. Our trials only required 10 seconds.
A
copying camera mounted as directed is With the ordinary glass it took 30 seconds
excellent, too, for copying daguerreotypes, to obtain the same results. We then placed
tintypes, ambrotypes, engravings, etc. in- ; blue glass behind the negative (" S. M. C."
deed, much superior to a camera that is glass), and obtained the same results as on
stationary (of course, I refer to the system ground glass (that is in time). Why was
of copying by the direct rays of the sun, it so?
which I regard by far the best). But why Perhaps Mr. M. Carey Lea will be kind
superior ? enough to give us some light on this im-
Take, for instance, a daguerreotype and portant matter of light in the plate-holder.
place it in the focus of the lens, and turn on
the light of the sun. This is done by wheel-
ing round the camera so that the sun's light
can shine upon the picture. Now observe MYSTERIES OF THE NEW YORK
the image on the screen, and meanwhile DARK-CHAMBERS.
tilt and move the camera in different direc-
(Continued.)
tions, still keeping the sun's rays upon the
Mr. V. W. Horton now manipulator in
picture. You will observe that in some
chief at Brady's galleries, New York, has
positions the image on the screen is hazy
favored us with a formula for negatives, as
and indistinct, in others it is less so, and
follows
finally in one particular position the image
COLLODION.
is most distinct. This one particular posi-
Alcohol and Ether, . . equ il parts.
tion is easily found by means of the camera Iodide of Ammonium, •
4i grains.
in question. Bromide of Cadmium, "
• li
" "
Potassium, . U
Gun-Cotton, . 5 "

THE BERLIN PROCESS. The solution must be allowed to settle or

We have tried the process in New York be filtered before adding the cotton.
(that is, five rusty old photographers have The negative bath Mr. Horton uses is 40
tried it). We find the following to be the grains strong. The best medicine for curing
facts the bath of any of the evils it is heir to,
Twelve years ago two of us used ground- Mr. Horton he finds is, that given in
says,
glass, and published it then, but in conse- our pages a short time ago by Mr. O'Neil,
quence of its great expense at that time, i.e., " brains" used and exercised. They
abandoned the use of it. We find it of no combine with any and all known chemi-
use at this late day, for the reason that most cals.
negatives are now retouched, and we can Mr. Horton has adhered to these formulaa
obtain all the softness we desire by using for several years at Gurney's gallery in
emery and lead pencils, as you direct in New York, and now at Mr. Brady's. He
your Journal. was the successful competitor for the medal
Five plates of ground-glass were tried with given by Mr. Moore for the best solar nega-
the following results: they were soft, but not tive, and states that in his experience he finds

equal to the negatives retouched with lead- a. solar negative should be longer exposed
pencil. They did not require redeveloping. than a regular contact negative, and should
The ground side is fine for retouching on bo developed with a weaker solution. This
with lead-pencil ;
does not improve or lessen fact is worthy of the attention of those who
the transparency of the freckled parts. As make solar negatives, and, shall we say it,

Mr. Kowell states, they need to be retouched intensify them. Mr. Horton is one of our
the same as on plain glass. The only, and most skilled photographors, as tho excellent
perhaps great advantage of ground-glass example of work, the solar prize picture,
over plain is, you can take a negative in proves him to be.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 191

CONSTRUCTING THE ROOF OF A upon by means of the slip of wood (or,

it

GLASS HOUSE. preferably, iron) shown above, marked A.

BY "LONDON STONE."
The glass having been bedded as usual in
putty, A. is screwed down and with the In-
" The construction of the roof of a glass
;

dia-rubber forms an impermeable joint,

house is a matter that will bear, and should
which, unlike the putty, will yield to the
get, very serious consideration. In all those
shaking of the roof in windy weather, but
that I have as yet seen, the ordinary hot-
it will not allow the passage of any water.
bed sash frame appears to be the model
Another advantage consists in the fact that
copied; the result being, that in windy
if the glass be also bedded on rubber, they
weather the shaking of the roof breaks the
can, by merely unscrewing A, be lifted out,
unyielding putty, and when rain comes the
without the very serious risk of breakage
water finds its way in at every break, and
that attends the removal of glass fastened
plays a fine game with the generally not too
in with putty; and photographers would
substantial furniture. Of course all availa-
then be able to arrange with glass merchants
ble dishes, etc., are brought to the rescue,
for the yearly renewal of the glass in their
into which the drops fall with a hearty splash,
studios at a low figure ; no unimportant
but immediately rebounding spread them-
point, when the rapid yellowing of common
selves over surrounding objects. When it
glass is considered. When large panes are
is wanted, not only to catch, but also to
used, leakage will also take place at the lap-
hold, these sportive drops, I find the best
by capillary attraction, but
joints, partly
thing to employ is a bottle with a funnel
mostly from the bending of glass in heavy
stuck in it. Thinking, however, that 'pre-
winds. To prevent this, a thin piece of
vention is better than cure,' I will endeavor
might be inserted between the panes,
elastic
to show how to effectually caulk the seams
and supplemented by the use of a strip of
of those leaky ships, — glass house roofs.
wood placed on the top of the iron rods that
" The form of sash-bar is rather different
run along under the laps inside the house.
from that in common use, and consists of
As these joints soon get filled with dirt, the
two pieces. Here are sections of them.
employment of the wood would not occasion
" The object of the grooves in B, is to
any loss of light, and would strengthen the
catch and convey outside any leakage at the
glass very materially, thus allowing the use
edges of the panes ; and is copied from the
of large panes. There are many modifica-
'
Photo. News Year Book for 1864. '

" Where the ordinary form of sash tions of the above plan that might be adopt-
is in
ed, but I will venture to assert that the prin-
use, a strip of wood shaped thus, and screwed
ciple is the right one.
to the underside of the bar, will be found a
" To those who print outside with glass-
very useful addition.
fronted frames the adoption of this plan will
save a good many prints in wet weather,
and possibly some negatives, as I have seen
such a thing as the paper sticking to nega-
tives, and fetching away the film with it
when pulled off."

The above we clip from an English con-

temporary as being useful at this season of
the year, and add below a few remarks on
the same subject from Mr. A. E. Turnbull,

<3E? to whom we
little wrinkles:
are indebted for several useful

The plan, however, I have to suggest, is " I have always been bothered with leaky
the employment of a strip of soft India-rub- sky-lights, until a short time ago when I
ber cord in place of putty on the outside of determined to put a stop to it. I tore out
the glass, which is brought closely down my old light and made a frame out of pine
192 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
pieces 1| x 3 inches for the centre strips, B B is the cover hinged on to the frame,
and the edges are considerably heavier. 6 inches long, but \ inch narrower, to let it
And, in place of making the sash as is usual, down into the frame, f inch thick, and just
I cut a groove on each side of the centre a piece of board with 2 strips on the edges
strip, ahout \ inch from the top like this, to prevent warping.
D is a cross bar, that slides in grooves in
the frame A, and is to hold the negative

with the help of the thumbscrew E.

and put pieces of tin in like this, to prevent FF are two littlepieces 1^ inches wide
and 3 inches long, hinged to the cover to
hold the paper, and are made thickest at the
the glass from slipping down
mixed ; then, I outer edge.
my putty, about one-half white lead, and The operation of the frame is very simple.
puttied the glass in carefully, then gave the Fasten your paper on to the cover with the
outside two heavy coats of white- lead paint, little clamps, which will keep it straight,
and I have been well rewarded for the trou- and your negative with the thumb-
fasten
ble, as it is as light as can be. screw, putting it back from the paper as far
"One great mistake in putting in lights as you choose, and thus you get your pic-
is, that the sash is not heavy enough, so that ture without " printing through any trans-
the wind shakes the putty loose. With this parent substance," and also secure much bet-
if the putty all comes out the glass cannot." ter effects. The idea is to create a small
space between the negative and the paper.
I do not claim to be the inventor of the
Printing Frame for Mezzotints or frame, and as I received a sample and an
Aquatints. offer to send me the frame and process for
BY FORESTER CLARK. $10, a few days since, I thought perhaps I

send you a drawing of a printing frame

I
might save some one enough to pay for the
I have for making aquatints, we call them, Photographer for the next two years, and
similar to the celebrated mezzotints, only a concluded I would send it to my Journal.
better thing, and it has no " patent " on it.
A great many out this way are making that
kind of picture, and it is of no use to buy a
patent to make them. YELLOW GLASS IN THE DARK-
ROOM.
A plate sensitized as usual, then exposed
to the lightfrom the yellow-glass window,
and then developed, will be found not to be
affected at all. But, if the sensitized plate be
exposed in the camera as usual, then taken
in the dark-room and held to the glass
window for a few seconds, and developed,
you will find the plate is solarized or fogged,
showing that enough actinic light passes
through the yellow glass to solarize or fog
a sensitized plate which has been exposed
in the camera.
A is the outside of the frame, made of One of our best operators in New York
walnut, 6 inches square and 1} inches thick, is now such a fog, but, as he takes
lost in just
but rabeted out \ inch on the sides, to let the Philadelphia Photographer, I hope the
the cover down flush with the top, as you next time I see him he will be out of his
will see, and then fastened with a little trouble.
catch, at C. Pehamhulator.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 193

COLLODION AS A VARNISH. quality that easily and completely dis-

Some time in the summer of 1857, 1 think solves. Its flowing qualities are impaired
about July, I communicated to the Ameri- by use, but are easily restored by the addi-
can Journal of Photography my discovery tion of a few drops of ether.

of the fact that collodion, modified by a I do not find it difficult to manage, and
large addition of alcohol, might be used as believe it can be made very useful, and I

a varnish for collodion pictures. offer the suggestion as some slight return for
That the discovery was considered of the benefit I have derived from your excel-

some value at the time, is proved by its lent and very useful Journal.
mention in the preface to " Waldack's Trea- E. K. Hough,
tise," for 1858, in conjunction with Mr. 487 Eighth Avenue, New York.
Seely's discover}'- of purifying the bath by
exposure to light, as the two most import-
ant discoveries of the year then past. And
Mr. Seely always claimed that my commu- Photography an Aid to Painting and
nication was prior to, and the primary
Chromo-Lithography.
cause of all the subsequent discussions re- PRAKG'S CHROMO OF MR. HILL'S YOSEMITE
garding the virtues and uses of alcoholic VALLEY.
collodion, both here and in Europe. We stated in our April issue the fact
Be that as it may, I believe the discovery that Thomas eminent land-
Hill, Esq., the
to be of more practical benefit and capable scape painter, was free to acknowledge the
of more extended application than it has good service done him in his profession by
yet been, and my object in calling atten- photography. We also alluded to Prang's
tion to it again is to suggest new experi- chromo of Mr. Hill's admirable and mas-
ments and uses, in a different direction terly painting of the Yosemite Valley, and
from what the idea has heretofore been car- since then Messrs. Prang & Co. have sent
ried. us a copy of the chromo. We take pleasure
One is to assert that collodion is the best in calling attention to it here, because, 1st,
varnish for negatives, or rather is better it is a work of art ; 2d, it is an exquisite
than varnish, because it does not reduce reproduction of the original ; and 3d, pho-
intensity, and therefore does away with tography did its share in the work of the

most of the redeveloping it cannot be- ;

great whole. Mr. Hill spent weeks sketch-
come sticky by heat of the sun it is much ;
ing in that famous valley, but he also took
easier to clean when that is desired, yet it the precaution to be attended by a skilful
has sufficient protective powers to preserve photographer. To the latter fact much of
an ordinary negative, with only one appli- the detail of form, the likeness of those
cation, and that power may be increased great heights is due.
by successive coatings. The distance in the picture is about seven
The mode of preparation is, to wet the miles, and the view includes the great gran-
cotton with as small a quantity of alcohol ite giant, "El Capitan," who catches the
as will do it thoroughly, then to accom- glaring sun on one broad side and hides the
plish the solution with the smallest possi- other in solemn shade. The " Bridal Veil
ble quantity of ether that will destroy the Palls " the " Bridal Veil Rocks " the
; ;

structure of the cotton, and reduce it to a " Cathedral Rocks," with the tearful clouds
pasty mass, then bring it to condition for swaying over their summits, battling with
use by adding four or five times its bulk of the sunshine as attempts to break through
it

alcohol, and when the negative is dry and them; the "Sentinel; " " Sentinel Dome,"
cool flow as usual. Care must be taken the famous "South Dome," and the Mer-
not to add too much alcohol, as it will flow ced, whose reflections set photogra-
the
clotted and there must be enough, or it
;
pher wild, running slowly through the
will partially dissolve the film. Of course, groves and meadows. In looking at it one
the alcohol must be nearly or quite free seems to have the actual landscape before
from water, and the cotton must be of a him, sauntering about here and there hunt-
194 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
ing for good places for the camera. The Another important point, after having
atmosphere is soft and dreamy ;
the color- ascertained the sufficient delicacy of the bal-
ing that of a master. ance, is to habitually be on guard against
The original is 6 x 10 feet, and a most sticking.Neglect of this point has led to
difficult one to reproduce, but Messrs. Prang thousands of errors in weights, and vexa-
& Co. have accomplished it perfectly. tious and inexplicable failures in the opera-
The chromo is for sale only through sub- tions connected with them. "Sticking"
scription agents and the publishers. It is arises from this : when
the pans are not far
for sale in this city by Messrs. J. S. Earle from equally loaded, a very slight cause
& Sons. The number of copies is limited. will deprive the beam of freedom of mo-
tion. It may not rest exactly square on its
supports, orsome grains of dust or other
foreign body may have got on the socket
WEIGHING AND MEASURING. under the knife-blade, or there may have
BY M. CAREY LEA. been a slight tendency to rust. Any of
Although weighing and measuring ap- these,and perhaps other causes, may pre-
pear to be, and are, operations of a very serve the beam from oscillating, meantime
simple order, they are, nevertheless, the the needle points exactly vertical, and the
sources of very many mistakes to those who weight seems to have been correctly taken,
have not paid a certain amount of attention when, perhaps, it is wrong by enough to
to the ordinary causes of error. I have, seriously affect the next steps to the opera-
therefore, thought that a brief exposition of tions.

the right and the wrong ways
weights and bulks of substances would not
be unacceptable, at least to those who are
not thoroughly versed in the manipula-
tions.
WEIGHING.
Every one who undertakes to
well, should possess a reasonably
ance. I do not speak here, of course, of
delicate analytical balances turning with the
hundredth of a grain, but of good, common
balances turning on knife-blades, and mov-
ing immediately with a quarter of a grain.
of taking The only sufficient safeguard against this
dangerous mistake, is never to take a weight
with the needle in this condition, never to
depend upon the needle pointing directly to
the centre of the index, but always to make
the needle oscillate, and see that at each os-
photograph cillation it moves to an equal distance on
good bal- each side of the centre, as far to the right
as it does to the left. With a needle mov-
ing freely, and passing to an equal distance
on each side, anything like sticking is im-
possible, and the operator feels safe that his
weight is correctly taken, provided that his

And I may remark here that an easy way weights are correct.
of testing this, by those who do not possess The weights that are offered for sale are
fractional weights, is by cutting up pieces often very carelessly made. The greater
of paper, or, better, of tin-foil. If a nearly part of the sheet brass weights that are to
square piece be weighed off, weighing four be found in the market, in sets of from
grains, and the smooth, hard letter-paper half a grain to six grains, do not give indi-
or the tin-foil be cut into sixteen equal cations, for the most part, of ever having
pieces, we have so many quarter-grain been adjusted. The brass is rolled to as
weights, well suited for testing a balance. uniform a thickness as possible, and then
And a balance that will not give an easy the weights are cut out by size, and simi-
and decisive indication by the addition of larly with larger weights.

such a quarter-grain fragment,
drachm in each pan, is unfit for use.
witli a
The French trebuchet or tilting balance is
much the more agreeable sort to use. The
beam is thrown upon its suspension by
pressing a lever; on letting it
pane return to the board.
when loaded To show how carelessly these weights aro
mad«, I by the same and
have several sets
also by different makers. In two sets made
by one and the same maker, the ten -grain
weights differ by over one grain, the ono
go again, the being about as much too heavy as the other
too light. Also a six-grain weight proved,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 195

on comparison with my exact platinum two sets at once, and be provided against
standard, to be nearer seven grains than loss.

six. Another source of error lies in mistaking

The worst, however, that I have seen, the weights themselves, or mistaking the
are some "bar weights " made inNew Eng- count. To guard against this, the weights
land, and largely advertised and sold all should always be counted twice. After the
over this country. The shape of the " bar weight has been taken, and before the ma-
weights " is much better than that in com- terial is used or even removed from the
mon. use; all the weights have the same pan, the weight should be taken out, and
breadth and thickness and differ in length recounted as this is done.
only ; thus, the one-grain is a small square Our system of weights and measures is
piece, the two-grain is twice as long, so that certainly a disgrace to any civilized people.
the ten-grain is a long narrow strip. Each It is highly conducive to mistakes and very
is stamped with as many small circles as it troublesome. To have two ounces, one of
is intended to weigh of grains, and to pre- 480 and the other 437J grains two pounds, ;

vent mistakes between those of nearly equal the one of 7000 grains, the other of 5760,
size, the even numbers are cut off square at is bad enough. Of late, to add to this con-
the ends and the odd numbers are cut off fusion, a second drachm has been intro-
diagonally. The whole plan and arrange- duced, viz., the eighth of an avoirdupois
ment is excellent, but a very insufficient ounce instead of a troy ounce, and, conse-
amount of care has been taken in the regu- quently, about four grains short of a true
lating. I have weighed a considerable num- drachm. It is to be hoped that, in time,
ber of them and found them vary much. the French decimal system will come into
Some few are correct, most of them a good universal use.
deal over-weight. (To be continued.)

Brass weights are liable to the additional

objection that they rust if exposed to acid
vapors, and are acted upon by alkaline California Working Formulae.
chlorides, iodides, and bromides. In all
From the columns of your valuable jour-
these cases they gain in weight, and, if
nal I have received much useful informa-
cleaned off, weigh less than they originally
tion during the past five years, and should
did.
be happy, if in my power, to assist any
The difficulties here enumerated, are so
member of the profession. I do not expect
serious that every one who feels interested
you or your readers anything new or
to tell
in working with exactness should own a set
unheard of, yet " such as I have give I unto
of platinum weights. These need not be
adjusted with the extreme accuracy neces-
—
thee," two or three formulae which have
proved most successful in my hands.
sary for weights intended for chemical analy-
Commencing with silver bath, I use
sis, but should be sufficiently correct for

ordinary careful use. Platinum has the Rosengarten's Philadelphia

inestimable advantage of never oxidizing, Nitrate of Silver, . . 4 ounces.

Distilled Water, . . 44 "
and, the weights are kept with any care,
if

they do not tarnish in the least. In my Saturated with iodide of silver, prepared as
own case I adjust a set of ordinary brass follows : Take 1 ounce of silver bath 40
weights by my analytical set, for ordinary grains strong ;
precipitate with tincture of
use. As the weights sold are almost in- iodine wash two or three times, last with
;

variably too heavy, they can be filed down distilled water. Add this to your bath,
until right. In case any are too light, shake well, filter, and it is ready for use. I
those, of course, cannot be adjusted, but am not often compelled to use acid. If,
this is quite uncommon. If it happens, however, the bath requires it, I take nitric
another set must be procured. In fact, it acid C. P., diluted with three times its bulk
is always convenient to have duplicate of water, and of this add ten drops. (I
weights, and therefore it is best to adjust have never known a bath containing, four
 :

196 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

ounces of Kosengarten's silver to require The Case of the
more.) This bath I have used for several Shaw & Wilcox Co. vs. G. W. Lovejoy.
years, and always with success.
ITS ALPHA AND ITS OMEGA.
I have tried many formulae for collodion,
but get the best results with the following It gives us a great deal of happiness to
be able to announce to our readers the com-
Alcohol, . . . .32 ounces.
Ether, . 22 " plete overthrow of the complainants in the
. . .

Anthony's Gun-cotton, . 325 grains. above case, and to congratulate them on

Iodide of Ammonium, . 180 " their escape from a tax that would have
Iodide of Potassium, .65 " been most grievous upon them if it had
Bromide of Potassium, 124 " . been sustained. A brief resume of the case,
Or 6 drachms of a saturated solution. from beginning to end, may not be without
interest to our readers.
This collodion will keep three months in
warm weather without any apparent change, In the year 1868, and in the beginning of

and may be used 24 hours after mixing. 1869, we heard from a number of corre-
spondents that the Shaw & "Wilcox Co.
DEVELOPER. were visiting photographers about the
Photosulphate of Iron, 4 ounces.
.
country, claiming all to be infringers upon
Water, . . . . 64 '•
a patent they had for a vessel for saving
Acetic Acid, . . . 5 "
waste solutionsof silver and gold, who saved
Alcohol enough to make it flow smooth.
their wastes by precipitation, no matter by
In very warm weather, I use 72 ounces what means. Such a broad claim seemed
of water instead of 64. very ridiculous and absurd, and our advice
SILVER SOLUTION FOR ALBUMEN PAPER. was constantly sought in the matter. We
began then to realize the importance of the

ver,
"Water,
....
Rosengarten's Nitrate of Sil-

. . . .
1

8
ounce.
"
case, read up on the subject, and finally
concluded to take sides against the broad
Liquid Ammonia, . . 1 drachm. claims made as we have stated.

Ammonia, We frequently warned the trade in these

Nitrate of
Alcohol. .... . . 60 grains.
1 ounce. pages as to their rights in the matter, and,
as the said claimshad never been substan-
I float from 30 seconds to 1$ minutes, ac-
cording to the weather and the kind of tiated in any them not to
court, advised

paper I am using. I find the " Pearl " entertain such absurdities unless they were

paper requ'res time than any I have

less so sustained. The resistance that then fol-
used. I do not fume. lowed compelled the Shaw & Wilcox Co.
My toning bath is simply chloride of gold to engage in a suit, in order to prove the

neutralized with chalk. (It will give any right or wrong of their claims. Their
tone required.) victim was a very poor, obscure photogra-
Take 60 grains of chloride of gold, and pher, with one eye and one arm, Mr. George
one ounce or more of powdered chalk put ;
W. Lovejoy, of Stepney Depot, Conn. Why
it in a cyanide bottle, fill it with water, he resisted their claims we have never asked
shake it it up, and let it stand for
well, cork him. We were not acquainted with him
12 hours. Take one ounce of this solution then. That he did resist them to the very
and one quart of water, filter, and your end we should all remember with gratitude
toning bath is ready. to him, for he has been a martyr to the

Do not throw it away when your prints interests of his coworkers. We were in-
are toned. It is good for the next day by formed that some one had been prosecuted
adding a little more of the stock solution of by the patentees, but for some time could
gold. In this way, I have used the same not find out who. Finally, we made a re-
bath for over two years. quest in these pages, that if the party saw
Photographically yours, it he would oblige us by sending his ad-

A. J. Perkins. dress. The poor man could not afford to

Va.ll.ejo, Cal. take our Journal, but some friend informed
 — ,

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GRAPHEE. 197

him of our request, and his address was day of our arrest, when, singular as it may
soon in our hands. This was about eight appear, the testimony was to have been
or nine months ago. We then stated to closed and the case pushed to an argument
Mr. Lovejoy that we felt that his prospect in court. Mr. Bell felt that he had done
of defence was good, if the fraternity all he justly could be asked to do under the
would only help him, hut, as we had not circumstances, and with but half a case con-
time then to take active part in fighting cluded to argue it.

with him the patent, all we could prom- Mr. Shaw and his confreres were, no
ise him was a little pecuniary aid and a doubt, chuckling over this state of affairs.

recommendation mercy of a number

to the It was just what they wanted. Now, if they
of leading photographers. He waited upon could only capture the editor of the Philadel-
several of the fraternity, feeling and —
phia Photographer, the Secretary of the Na-
— —
rightly, too that they were as much and* tional Photographic Association, frighten
—
some of them more interested as he was in his mouth shut, and prevent him from going
the case, but he failed to get much assist- to Cleveland by employing his time early
ance — that he was begging for what was
felt in June with a lawsuit in New York, then
his right, and grew despairing. their happiness would be supreme, and the
We continued to warn our readers on the gold and silver would precipitate right into
subject, the result of which was the render- their coffers ! They, therefore, made bold
ing to Mr. Lovejoy of the most liberal, over- to arrest that humble, harmless person,
whelming and magnanimous silence. who had done anything scarcely
not, as yet,
This rather dumbfounded us. We could in their case with Lovejoy, bound him over
see ahead, how, if this patent he sustained, to appear and answer to a claim for $30,000
a powerful organization could he formed, damages. This procedure awakened us
with the law on its side, which could bleed from our nap, and, after obtaining neces-
and sap the fraternity of all its waste solu- sary bail, we visited the office of Mr. Bell
tions, or as much of the same as it saw fit for the first time, where we learned the
to demand for " royalty." then condition of the case, which was as
How could photographers be so sleepy on stated above. We felt that the matter
this subject? We could not understand it, should not close thus, for he had not the sort
and consoled ourselves with taking a nap of evidence he needed. Although having
too (and during this spell we were "caught avowed that we would never again undergo
napping" by Mr. Shaw and the gentle- the mental labor of fighting another patent
manly deputy sheriff who accompanied case like i he Bromide patent, we decided to
him, as will be learned further on), leav- help, after mature deliberation. We saw
ing Mr. Lovejoy to go on as he would, or that Mr. Bell's heart was in the work, and
as far as his funds would allow. We ex- told him to go on taking evidence that
pected that he would finally be compelled wc uld be supplied him, and that he would
to settle and let the case go by default, for be fully remunerated. This we did, be-
want of funds to go on, then the photogra- lieving that it was of immense importance

phers would feel the weight of the pat- to the photographers of the country, and
entee's claims, and probably awaken and believing that they would at least supply
fight a new case. Fortunately, however, Mr. funds to pay the costs.
Lovejoy had fallen into the hands of hon- In our April issue we stated the facts,
est, noble counsel, Mr. E. Y. Bell, 43 Wall a call was made by President Bogardus
Street, New York, who, although having to supply funds, and we are glad to say
been paid but $50, felt the injustice of the that the responses were most overpoioering
claims, and concluded to push for Mr. Love- amounting in sum total to two, and in fig-
joy, as far as he could afford to take his time ures to six dollars! With this magnani-
to do. mous support and fond hopes of success, we
The case lingered on then ; every few days went on, paid the demands of the case, and
a meeting of the counsel of both sides was are happy to announce as the result, another
held for the taking of testimony, until the co?nplete overthrow of injustice and impudence.
 ;

198 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

The Testimony. esting and entertaining, and we wish we
It would be wearisome to give you all the had space to give the record in detail. Shaw,
testimony taken, but a synopsis may in- of course, was fully posted, for he had made
terestyou. It was taken before James the subject his study for years. We may
Gutman, Esq., U. S. Commissioner, New some time find space for some of his answers.
York, Thos. M. Wyatt, Esq., being counsel Some of them were admirable, but there
for theShaw & Wilcox Co. was his "horrible claims in the way," as
The witnesses for us were Mr. Lovejoy, Judge Blatchford remarked at the hearing.
who testified as to his apparatus in use He was on the stand on several separate
Mr. Hugh O'Neil, N. Y., who testified to days. The gist of his testimony was this :

having saved his wastes since 1858 Mr. ;

1. He conceived the idea of saving
first

Geo. G. Eockwood, N. Y., who had saved photographers' wastes, and experimented
his wastes since 1854 or 1855 Mr. George; 'in that direction as early as 1852. Finding
Sly, N. Y., who saved gold and silver a "common Shaker pail," a barrel, etc.,
wastes by precipitation in England about not to answer the purpose fully, he invented
1850, and in the employ of Mr. Bogardus his patent " vessel." Therefore, being the
had saved them since 1861 Mr. Charles
; first to save said wastes and the patentee of
Cooper, N. Y., the eminent chemist, who a " vessel " for saving them in, "all par-
testified to having precipitated waste solu- tiessaving their wastes by precipitation
tions since 1857. These were the only wit- were infringers, no matter what means they
nesses on Mr. Lovejoy 's side, though parts used."
of several days were occupied in their ex- 2. Although jewellers, chemists, etc., may

amination. have saved their wastes previously, that

There were two only on the other side, did net interfere with him. Photography
both ofwhom were examined after our ar- gave birth to " new combinations," he said,
rest (the others before), viz. : Myron E. such as iodide, bromide, and sulphide of
Judd, an obscure individual, who swore silver, and he patented the idea of saving sil-

that in 1852 he and Mr. Shaw experimented ver from such combiiiations, and all who did

with waste solutions that the only " chemi- it without paying him a royalty were in-
;

cal work " he had read up to that time was fringers.

" Hill on the Daguerreotype ;" and in reply This was his broad claim, and he insisted
to the question, "Could not the photogra- upon it to the end. He perhaps stated them
pher's waste solutions be converted into more broadly than he wanted to, but the
chloride of silver by the use of muriatic very object of his cross-examination was to
acid or a solution of common salt?" made make him reach as far as he would, for the
the luminous, lustrous answer, " It might broader the better and the surer his defeat.
be converted by the use of muriatic acid, We know that when we stretch a gum band
but not chloride !" around a file of papers too large for its

But the principal witness for the Shaw & strength, becomes very thin and trans-
it

"Wilcox Co., and the most valuable one for parent, and then it breaks. So was it with
Mr. Lovejoy, was Jehyleman Shaw him- "President" Shaw's claims. They were
self, " President of the S. & W. Co." He stretched and widened by him until they
did well. His counsel got out of him all could be seen through, and now they lie
he felt it was safe for him to abstract, and broken.
then Mr. Shaw was turned over Mr. Bell to The testimony was closed March 31st,
for cross-examination. The result was fine. and the counsel separated to prepare their
Shaw evidently expected no such a raking argument for court.*
over the coals as he got. By some mys- We were in New York the last two days,
terious means, Mr. Bell had became thor- * It will be understood that in such cases the
oughly conversant with the chemistry of witnesses are examined before a U. S. Commis-
photography, and was therefore able to put sioner, and then the cai^e is argued before the
Mr. Shaw through such an examination as Judge of the U. S. Circuit Court, and by him
surprised him. The affair was most inter- decided.— Ed. P. P.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
and during the time when Jehyleman Shaw
was giving breadth to his claim. It
policy for us to keep out of his sight ; but
the cross-questioning he got through Mr.
Bell made him suspect some Lucifer was
about, and with malice in his heart (we are
told) he made a second charge against us,
and after Mr. Bell was through with him
it was his intention to gobble us up again
but we made our exit while he was racking
his ingenious brains to answer the questions
put to him, and are yet free.
After the taking of testimony was closed,
it was apparent that Mr. Shaw and his "Co."
had no chance whatever. His own broad
claims would defeat him. But that his
claims were broad had to be brought to the
mind of the Judge by argument, which was
afterwards most handsomely done by Mr.
Bell.
Mr. Bell made a visit to Philadelphia,
and engaged himself in the quiet shades of
the office of the Philadelphia Photographer
in gathering material to strengthen his plea.
Here he was met by Mr. James F. Magee,
the eminent photographic chemist, whose
library of chemical works was brought into
service. In Gmelin's Chemistry (1851), it
was found that "all the new combinations "
that " photography gave birth to," were
mentioned, some occurring as ores in na-
ture, all treated of in detail, and methods
for recovering the precious metals.
In lire's Dictionary, a book Mr. Shaw
swore he had consulted in his early experi-
ments, was found a woodcut and descrip-
tion of a tank or vessel used for the purpose
of upward and downward filtration.
square (or other shape —see the drawing,
which is square) vessel with a partition in
199
the middle, running near to the bottom ;
was the fluid to enter at the side E, pass down
under the partition J, up through the
rise
other side through a and out at an
filter a,
opening/, near the top! Could anything
be more like Shaw's apparatus without be-
ing it ?* Draw your own inferences, then,
as to where he got his ideas from !
;
The production of this proof by Mr. Ma-
gee was most invaluable, and of vital im-
portance to the case. Mr. Bell was also
thoroughly posted, in .Messrs. Suddards &
Fennemore's rooms, in making negatives,
printing, washing, and toning, in order to
understand exactly what wastes were saved
and how it was commonly done.
The day of argument came, April 14th,
and the case was argued fully on both sides.
Mr. Bell had bottles of negative bath, wash
water from prints, &c, furnished by Mr.
G. H. Fennemore, which he precipitated
before the court with thrilling effect, upon
which the Judge at once exclaimed, " Why,
that is old," and was about to dismiss the
case in open court at once. The plea of the
other side, however, induced him to reserve
his decision, and the argument was closed.
We knew that our side had been faith-
fully argued. Not only was the law pressed
home, but the equity of the case was also
fully argued. The main opposition was to
Shaw's broad claims, and to his theory that
photography gave birth to "new com-
pounds" of silver in solution, from which it
was his good fortune to first find a way to
recover the precious metals.
Mr. Bell was also furnished with photo-
graphs of several vessels used for precipitat-
ing wastes in, in this city, by Messrs. Newell,
Reimer, and Fennemore, among which were
several of one of Shaw's tanks, in order to
show the fallacy of claiming that one was
an equivalent of the other. It would be just
as reasonable for you, because you have pat-
ented a new printing frame, to say that all
others were an infringement, and no one
could print without paying you a royalty.
And yet of such a nature were the claims
of Shaw : 1. That he was the first to dis-
cover that the precious metals could be re--
A * For drawing and description of Shaw's ap-
paratus, see page 34 of our last volume — Febru.
ary, 1869.
200 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
covered from solution by the means of suit- is virtually made, and in our favor, and
able precipitating ingredients, and there- having, after such a fight with the whole
fore all who performed
that operation were power of the National Photographers' As-
infringers ;
and
Being the discoverer as
2. sociation to back the nominal defendant,
above, he invents an improved vessel or gained such a glorious victory, we are now
tank for saving and precipitating such disposed to be magnanimous to our fallen
wastes in, and therefore all other vessels foe and show our liberality. During the
were infringements. past year we have been furnishing tanks of
So sure were the Shaw & "Wilcox Co. our own make to all who wished for them,
that these claims would be sustained by the on conditions that for each tank furnished
Court, that they were imprudent enough to the party receiving it was to subscribe for
issue a circular to the photographic fra- one share of the capital stock of our company,
ternity a week or more before the decision, paying one-half down, and sending us all of
which is a gem in its way. A number of their waste to be worked at 25 per cent.,
our readers have had copies of it ; for we the other 75 per cent, to be returned to the
spread it, as soon as a copy came to our party sending it, and the second payment
hands,among our subscribers near by, to be made out of thefirst waste worked

whom we thought could afford to help pay thereafter.

the expenses. We can hardly spare the space " We shall continue to work waste for all
for it, but it is too good for our readers to who prefer to send to us upon these same
lose, and we append it. favorable terms, and all who thus send us
all of the waste which they make, to be
"THE FINAL DECISION worked by us on the above terms, will be
OF THE UNITED STATES COURT UPON SHAW'S allowed the free use of our patent. Here-
PATENT PROCESS FOR RECOVERING GOLD after, however, there will be no more of the
AND SILVER FROM "WASTE SOLUTIONS. Company's stock sold on the above terms, as
"The United States Court has now de- it is now worth more than par, but we shall

cided that Mr. Shaw is the original in- still furnish tanks for all who wish (to be
ventor of the process of recovering silver paid for by them at a fair price), and allow
and gold from waste solutions, of every de- all who choose, to make their own apparatus
and that all parties who recover
scription, or to continue using such as they already
gold and silver from waste solutions by have, charging all galleries in the first in-
means of precipitating ingredients use his stance a bonus of from $10 upwards, ac-
invention. cording to their business and those who ;

"Judge Blatchford, at the summing up then send us all of their waste to be worked
of the issues, used the following language: on shares, will be required to make no further
" Mr. Wyatt, I understand the case fully.
' payment, but will be allowed to use our pat-
I see thatMr. Shaw has made a very valua- ent free on the above conditions.
ble invention. That it is a patentable one "All for whom we do not work waste,
there can be no question, and that Mr. Shaw will be required to pay us an annual royalty
is the original inventor there can be no of from $10 to $100 each, in proportion to
doubt, as the commencement of his experi- their business ;
they can then, of course, dis-
ments were coeval with photography itself, pose of their waste as they choose, as we shall
and I have no doubt whatever that every have no further claim upon it after receiv-
one who is now using it have stolen their ing the royalty. We do not desire to work
ideas from him or received them from those the waste for any man or party who does not
who did get them from him.' prefer to have us work it them all we for ;

"Judge Blatchford's remarks speak for ask is, that you pay us
a moderate and
themselves so forcibly, that we can add reasonable price for our invention and pro-
nothing to them. The written decree we cess for recovering it, which you are all now
have not yet received, and may not receive using and must continue to use, or else not
it in several weeks, and we may receive it save at all.

to-morrow. lie that as it may, the decision "All parties who will voluntarily fill out,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHE R. 201

sign, and send us the inclosed application shrink from enforcing our rights, no matter
for a license to use our patent, will have what the cost*, —in the end it must fall upon
one granted to them upon the above-men- those who forced it upon us, and will be no
tioned very liberal terms. All who neglect fault of ours.
to apply on these' conditions within thirty " Tours, respectfully,

days after receiving this notice, will be im- "The Shaw & Wilcox Co."
mediately prosecuted for infringing our pat-
ent, and compelled not only to pay a royalty It was accompanied by a blank for the
for the future, but damages for all past in- photographer to fill applying for a license,
fringements, and for all violation of con- and giving a detailed statement of the
made by them, with either
tracts heretofore amount of business done during the past
Mr. Shaw, The Shaw and Wilcox Co., or annually, your gross receipts, amount of
with any party who may have heretofore silver and gold used by you on an average
held an interest in the patent, as it now be- —
each year, and so on, a regular inquisi-
longs exclusively to us, including all former torial account of your business, followed —
licenses, contracts, &c. up by a lot of insinuations and threats, in
" Many you have violated solemn con-
of harmony with the spirit of the circular
tracts heretoforemade with us, and nearly above.
all of you have been using Mr. Shaw's in- Photographers of the United States, do
vention from three to five years past, and you see what you have escaped? How bold
many of you longer than that even, free of the hydra-headed monster became, hissing
all cost, but notwithstanding all that, we at your very doors before it had a right to

are willing to let the past bury the past, with make its voice heard ? But thanks to " Right
all who are now willing to treat us fairly and Justice'' for severing its hateful body
and honorably. All we ask is what is le- with one clean, clear, fell swoop, giving vic-
gally, justly, and equitably our rights. "Will tory to the right, and to wrong, death.
any reasonable or honorable man deny it to We are indebted to Mr. L. Thompson,
us? Norwich, Conn for promptly supplying
,

" Would a pickpocket even persist in rob- us with copies of the circular. If others
bing you to-day when he was certain that have received them, and have thereby been
you could bring him to justice to-morrow? frightened into paying anything, we believe
Gentlemen, take your choice. To-day we they can recover damages for the Shaw & ;

stand ready to meet every 'man upon the Wilcox Co. would be guilty of obtaining
square, and to deal with him in an extra money under false pretences in such cases.
liberal manner, provided only that he comes We now come to the real and genuine
forward and asks for an honorable settle-
ment. Eight and Justice is upon our side, FINAL DECISION OF JUDGE BLATCHFORD.
and Right and Justice ive will have, peacea- " The claim is as follows : '
An apparatus
bly, quietly, and without further litigation for recovering gold, silver, etc., from waste
if possible, but if any are so blind or stupid solutions, by means of suitable precipitating
as to persist in further litigation, they shall ingredients, substantially as herein speci-
have it to their heart's content. You can fied.'

if you choose put us to the expense and "It is impossible to sustain this patent
trouble of paying you a visit with the United as a valid patent on the claim it makes,
States marshal, and of closing up your busi- whether such claim be regarded as a claim
ness, seizing your gallery, and placing it in to a process or a claim to an apparatus.
the marshal's hands, but will you do it? If Whether it claims the recovering of gold,
you do, you certainly cannot hereafter blame silver, etc., from waste solutions by means
what you bring upon yourselves, or
us for of suitable precipitating ingredients used in
we ask you to pay the expense,
find fault if a proper apparatus substantially as speci-
which your obstinacy forces us to make. fied, or whether it claims a proper apparatus

We prefer the easier and cheaper course, for recovering gold, silver, etc., from waste
but if there is no alternative, we shall not solutions, by means of suitable precipitat-
14
 —

202 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEK.

ing ingredients, substantially as specified, its present shape cannot be sustained, and
it isequally open to objection'. The speci- the bill must, therefore, be dismissed with
fication states that the object of the inven- costs."
tion is to provide means for recovering T. M. Wyatt for the plaintiffs.
from waste metallic solutions the valuable E. Y. Bell for the defendant.
metal contained therein, after the solution
has been used and spent. The result, —that Could anything be more lucid or satis-
is, the recovering of such valuable metal, factory if a committee of our wisest pho-
cannot be claimed. The means alone can tographers had been appointed to write the
be claimed. In the means, or the provid- decision
? Judge Blatchford seems to have
ing of the means, or the use of the means, comprehended the case fully and entirely,
to effect such result, the invention consists. and, in these days of uncertainty of the law,
Those means are stated by the specification bis decision is most learned and worthy of
to be a vessel to hold the waste solution, in the highest compliment. It is just and
which vessel chemicals may be placed to right.
precipitate the valuable metal and separate Now, photographers, you are freed from
it from the waste. The specification states an annoyance that would have vexed you
that the vessel may be of any suitable ma- for eight or nine years to come. Not only
terial,and of any suitable form and size; your past but your future is protected.
that in it a bag may be contained contain- We are informed that there can be no ap-
ing any ingredient that will precipitate the peal from this decision, so the victory is
metal, or such ingredients may be placed final and complete. If your savings are
in the vessel in a loose state ; that, after the not very great, the amount of annoyance
precipitation takes place, the liquid may be you have been saved is great. Will you
drawn off through a suitable pipe arranged not, therefore, contribute what you can
on any suitable part of the vessel, or it may towards defraying the expenses of securing
be allowed to fill the vessel and run away you from this annoyance, and at once?
over the top ;
that a filtering device may be Considering the importance of the case,
used with the pipe, but can be dispensed the charges are very moderate. Had it to
with for the majority of solutions and that ; be done again, it would be even less, but,
the vessel may have a partition in it or may where a case must be closed within a short
not. The sum and substance of all this is time, often expenses are incurred to save
that the result is the thing claimed to be time, that could be saved if time were more
patented. • The apparatus is nothing but a plenty.
vessel to hold the liquid, and the process Mr. Bell is yet to pay partly, and Mr.
consists only in putting into the liquid in Lovejoy should be made whole, so that
the vessel the proper chemicals to effect the about $900 are still wanted. Are there not
precipitation of the valuable metal. That enough of our readers who will send us
a suitable vessel of a suitable form and size their share to close up this matter at once?
must be used to contain a liquid, if the Shaw, at one time during the case, re-
liquid is to be utilized, is no new idea. To marked to a party from whom we got the
discover that a suitable precipitating ingre- information " Why should Mr. Bell and
:

dient will precipitate what it is capable of Mr. Wilson pursue me so? What assur-
precipitating is no invention. The claim ance have they, after they have done their
is altogether vague and general. It is open work, and, perhaps, beaten me, that pho-
to the objections stated in the case of tographers will not turn around and give
O'Reilly v. Morse (15 Howard, 62, 119), them a kick?" Shall his insinuation be
against the eighth claim of Morse's tele- verified ?

graph patent. It is in effect a claim to the And now one word for our lortrned coun-
use of the proper chemicals to precipitate sel, Mr. Ezekiel Y. Bell. When he was
the metal from the liquid waste solution, by first visited by Mr. Lovejoy he saw very

putting such chemicals into any proper ves- little money in lie case for him, as it stood.
t

sel containing the solution. The claim in Bowevi •!, lie became interested, and with
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 203

no one to help him but Mr. Lovejoy, went
to work from time to time summoned the
; that answers the purpose admirably, and is
witnesses, with the most of whom he had
but a few moments' conversation before
their examination, examined them, cross-
examined Shaw partly, and prepared to
close the case as we have stated before.
The help from the profession that Mr.
Lovejoy seemed to assure him of, did not
come, but Mr. Bell did not quail. For-
tunately, our arrest was made at that time.
We have to thank it for our acquaintance
with Mr. Bell. We rendered him our hum-
ble assistance he willingly acceded to our
; The cut will make the whole matter plain.
request to go on in the case spent night;
and day, at the sacrifice of other cases, in
working for you came to Philadelphia, as
;
weeks ago, we were shown a little device
very simple. Take any ordinary porcelain
—
printing frame they use Chapman's and —
through the bottom part bore a hole, say
2£ inches in diameter. Fit this with a nice
smooth tapering cork, so that the further it
is pushed up through the hole the tighter
the fit. Now over the face and small end
of the cork lay the fabric, push it up through
the hole in the printing frame, and thus you
secure a surface as hard, even, and easily
printed upon as a piece of ground porcelain.
The hole does not prevent the frame from
being used for porcelains either.

we have stated studied photography stud-

;
;

ied chemistry and other authorities, and left

no stone unturned to secure success. His THE FOG DISPERSING.
argument was most brilliant, and victory, (SEQUEL TO ONE HUNDRED DATS IN A FOG.)
we are happy to say, is his. Now let him [No. 1.]
be paid pr< mptly. Milwaukee, May 1, 1870.
If any of our readers are favored with Publishers Philadelphia Photographer :

law business in New York, there is no one

Inclosed you will please find ($5) five dol-
there whom they can more confidently rely
lars for one year's subscription to the Phila-
upon and trust than E. Y. Bell, 43 Wall delphia Photographer, commencing January
Street.
1st, 1870. I notice that you published the
correspondence between Mr. Elbert Ander-
" Handkerchief Printing Frame." son and myself, as also the " One Hundred
Days in a Fog," which he sent me.
I assure you that I look forward, with
considerable interest and expectation, to the
coming letters of Mr. Anderson, though I
fear he will dwell but lightly (or else per-
chance skip altogether) on items which he
may consider as too trivial of notice; and
yet is oftentimes on these minor points
it

one needs the most information.

I feel thankful, however, that he gives
himself any trouble to write what he does,
for it cannot particularly interest him.
A. B. Marshall,
Photographic Artist.

[No. 2.]
Those who are accustomed to printing Milwaukee, May 1, 1870.
photographs on handkerchiefs and other Mr. Elbert Anderson,
know what a trouble it is to get the
fabrics, Operator, Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y.

same drawn tight and even, and to hold Dear Sir : Your very welcome, though
them so during printing. rather severe letter, with manuscript, en-
While visiting the rooms of Messrs. titled " One Hundred Days in a Fog," came

Moore Brothers, Springfield, Mass., a few duly to hand. That I was amazed, —in fact,
 ? "

204 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

overwhelmed with astonishment upon read- He com-
certainly misunderstands you most
ing these extracts, is beyond all question. pletely. One would com-
suppose, from his
All this may be very amusing to you and munication, that you considered Hardwich
those who throw these photographic stones as in error, whereas you make no comments
at us unfortunate artistic frogs ;
and had I whatever. I fear he is a little premature.
not referred to some of these books from Hoping soon to hear from you,
which j'ou quote (a number of which lie [!]
Yours, A. B. Marshall.
before me), I should certainly have supposed
the whole " Fog " was purely an invention [No. 3.]
of your most brilliant imagination. New York, May 4, 1870.
have subscribed to the Philadelphia
I Mr. A. B. Marshall.
Photographer, as you directed, thus taking Dear Sir: Yours of 1st inst. is just to
your advice at the outset. hand. That you were astonished upon perus-
It needed no ghost, Horatio, to tell me ing the "One Hundred Days in a Fog,"
the trouble with my negatives. It is the is admitted, I see ; that you were amused
cause, prevention, and the cure of the trouble thereat, however, is not so clear. Never
I wish you to give me. mind, hereafter, when you come to know
Which of these reliable authorities (!) in better, it will be your turn to be amused.
your extracts are wrong and which right? You are pretty u cute," though, when you
How could they (the wrong ones. I mean) say, almost in one breath, that you "should
have gained any reputation whatever in like to hang some of these gentlemen and —
photography, when they deliberately wrote — why don't / write a book on the sub-
what they knew to be false, or else, still worse, ject?" Oh, yes! and perchance disagree
when they wrote through the most deplor- with some of these learned authorities, and
able ignorance thus get hung being made the very first
;

How had the hanging of every

I wish I example under the new law. That would
mother's son of them! By the way, why be Marshall law, with a vengeance (!).
don't you write a book on Photography? Some years ago, before you and I were
Or, if you have not the time to do so, can born, an ingenious artist of Athens, named
you not at least write me a few plain in- Perillus, made a brazen bull for the tyrant
structions in plain language? It seems to Phalaris of Agrigentum. This machine
me a great oversight to tell us to do so and was constructed for the purpose of putting
so, without giving us the reasons why. For criminals to death, by burning them alive.
instance, we have on the fifth day in the It was so made as to cause the cries of the
'fog ;

Should your bath streak your plates, victims to resemble the roars of a bull.
add a little nitric acid thereto. '
' Why ? Now, when Perillus gave it to Phalaris, the
What effect has nitric acid in preventing tyrant made the first experiment upon the
streaks? On the sixth day: "Nitric acid donor, and cruelly put him to death by
is, of all things, the most objectionable in a lighting a fire under the belly of the bull.
new bath." Just so. Hardwich says u Io- :
[Moral: don't write a book on photogra-
dide of cadmium increases the intensity of
ph-]
the collodion." Whereupon Devine re- But " let us have no more meanderings.
marks " When the negative comes up with
:
I would not have you think for an instant
TOO MUCH intensity, add iodide of cadmium that I make any such pretensions as to put
to the collodion." Yet neither of these gen- myself into competition with these great
tlemen give's us any clue whereby he ar- men, whose works furnished my extracts.
rives at this conclusion. And so on to the No, indeed; they have doubtless devoted
end of the chapter. years of study upon a subject where I have
By the way, I notice that a party of the devoted as many weeks. I cannot for an in-
name of Reynolds takes exception to your stant harbor the thought that any of these
extracts. It appears to me, however, to use gentlemen wrote what "he knew to be false;"

an expressive, though very inelegant say- nor will I accept the other alternative, that

ing, " he is barking up the wrong tree." be wrote in " deplorable ignorance" on the
 — —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 205

subject. But I will say, however, that statedall Hardwich said or wrote on that
many them do write a vast deal of un-
of some valuable information would
page, then
necessary and unmeaning words compli- ; have been gained by those who need it."
cating what otherwise might be made quite Exactly. At the end of the first part of
plain going into erroneous and useless pro- " One Hundred Days in a Fog " is printed,
;

cesses first creating, and then magnifying

; in perfectly legible type, " To be continued."
difficulties, much to the discouragement of Now J think that " the party of the name
the reader, who would most certainly, like of Reynolds " should have waited until I
Queen Gertrude, prefer " more matter with had stated all J had to say in these pages,
less art." when would have gained some
he, even he,
Now, sir, I shall, in my next letter (ac- valuable information, and thus spared him-
cording to your desires), be very particular, self the mortification of his present deplor-
and tell you exactly how I prepare every- able position. If I assert that Prof. Mud-
thing I use, and how I use it after it is pre- dlehead says he always eats fried potatoes
pared. Not, mark you, that J am right, with his soft-shell crabs, and that Dr. Flip-
and Prof. Muddlehead and Dr. Flipma- magilder says he always eats boiled potatoes
gilder wrong. I make no such assertion. I with his crabs, do I do injustice to either
do everything by an invariable rule ac- party, inasmuch as I offer no comment
cording to circumstances and have, conse- — whatever, one way or the other ?
quently, an invariable result thus keeping ; Fourth. " The party of the name of Rey-
clear of "trouble," as you call it. In the nolds " says " If the gentleman " (I, again)
:

meantime, if you have any special questions " will note what Hardwich writes on page
to ask, ask them ?iow, or evermore hold your 278, I think he will be able to give some
peace. information to A. B. M." Just so. Now,
In regard to " the party of the name of considering I did not intend in these ex-
Reynolds" [who fails, by the by, to give tracts —to give you ("or any other man"
his address, — a circumstance of itself of the to whom the pages may come) the slightest
most susjncious character], it is much to be information [I believe I stated as much in a
regretted he so little understands what he former letter], I fail to see the application.
reads. In conclusion, then, " the party of the
First. " The party of the name of Rey- name of Reynolds " gives you this good ad-
nolds " says :
" He" (i. e., I) " does not do vice "Subscribe for the best journals, and
:

justice to the man he quotes from." Hard- keep a good library of the best standard
wich says :
" Many adopt the plan of leav- works on Photography."
ing," etc., etc. (page 417, 7th ed.). Mark This is precisely what I have done, and
you, Hardwich does not say that he adopts, by so doing have, with their monstrous in-
nor does he say anything pro or con; he consistenciesand ludicrous contradictions,
merely states as a fact that " many adopt plunged directly into this very " One Hun-
this plan." Alas ! all I said was to repeat dred Days in a Fog."
Hardwich 's very words. I made no reflec- Very sincerely yours,
tion whatever on Hardwich. Where's the Elbert Anderson.
injustice ? I have carefully read " all
Hardwich wrote on that page," and can see [No. 4.]
no reason for abandoning my first position. New May 12, 1870.
York,
Second. " The party of the name of Rey- Mr. Elbert Anderson.
nolds " says :
" We conclude that the writer My dear Sir: I have again to thank
in Le Moniteur de la Photographie used a you for yours of 4th inst. As you see above,
very filthy bath, and did not dare to move I arrived in New York only this morning,
his plate," etc. I am glad to see that he, at but was unwilling to intrude myself at the
least, has " done justice" to Le Moniteur gallery [where 1 am dying to come, how-
man. ever, to see all the "modern improvements"].
Third. " The party of the name of Rey- I sincerely trust to see you at your private
nolds " says " He " (i. e., I) "should have
: residence, where, I feel assured, I could
206 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
learn more in a quiet chat with you than in UNDER THE SKYLIGHT.
a wilderness of correspondence. May I BY ROLAND VANWEIKE.
come this evening ?
No. II.
By the way — I know
you will excuse me Good morning, Focus.
— is there a Mrs. A., whose sanction and " Good bordig, sir."
convenience I am hound to consult? For
(Focus has a little squeaky voice, and
I should be loath to incommode or interrupt
talks as if he had a cold in his head.)
any domestic routine.
Agreeably to promise, Focus, I will try
An early answer will greatly oblige yours, and give you some further instructions to-
Very respectfully, day, and as you are coming to understand
A. B. Marshall. pretty well what we are doing, you may
ask any questions you please. But. as it is
[No. 5.]
early yet, and we may not have any sitters
New York, May 7, 1870.
for some time, I want to improve the oppor-
Mr. A. B. Marshall.
tunity and talk with you a little about what
Dear Sir : Yours of this morning re-
ceived. Surely, you may call on me any we do, and what we do with.
I propose to dwell more particularly on
evening and welcome. I shall certainly ex-
what are termed plain pictures to-day, and
pect you this evening. You
wrong not did
show you my idea of making that style of
to come to Mr. Kurtz
the gallery, for
work. It is not original with me, however,
would, of all others, be pleased to show you
for many of the most eminent photographers
all the " modern improvements," as you style
practice it. I allude more particularly to
them, and fully explain their object and
the accessories, furniture, &c. Years ago
divers uses. I hope yet to see you there.
when nearly everything was made either
There is a Mrs. A., whom you will not
standing or sitting, full figure, there was
incommode, however. She will take good
little attempt made with accessories. The
care of that. For when I told her of your
articles mostly used being a pedestal and
contemplated visit this evening, she ex-
column, appearing to be of immense height
claimed: "What!
that horrible Marshall
and great solidity, with a curtain sometimes
man from Rocky Mountains ?" [She has
the
draped around it, with a flashy figure, giv-
a confused idea that Milwaukee and the
ing the most violent contrast of black and
Bocky Mountains are one and the same ;

il
white in the picture a chair with a high
;

or, as she says, jusl as bad, every bit." I

and elaborately carved back, no one was
know you will overlook the manner of men-
ever expected to sit in it, and a little round
tioning yourself, seeing she has never had
table, with a covering similar to the cur-
the honor of a personal acquaintance.] "And
tain the whole forming a small collection
are you two going to pow wow wow photog-
;

of absurdities such as could be found no-

raphy all night long?" Upon my inform-
where but in a photograph gallery.
ing her that such, indeed, I thought was the
Then the subject stood with head, body and
object of your visit, she said never a word,
eyes to the front, heels together, and toes
but putting on her bonnet and shawl, in
turned out in regular military precision,
awful solemnity, marched to the door, mere-
ly observing that she was " going over to
one hand grasping — not the musket — the
chair or pedestal as the case might be, and
motliers;" and with this Parthian arrow
every muscle as rigid as a post.
she left me. So, you see, you must come
" O, yes; I rebember, I had a bicture
now, else I shall die with ennui.
daken that way once, and buther said I
"Very sincerely yours,
looked a zif I hadn't got by lesson and had
Elrkrt Anderson, been gept id after school."
No. 1 Vacant Place, N. Y.
Don't doubt it, Focus; I've seen pic-
tures that looked as though they had done
The "Photographer" has the greatest worse things than that. Well, it is not to bo
circulation of any Photographic Journal in wondered at that such work went out of style ;

America, among bona fide subscribers. and we may rejoice that it did. Though
 "

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 207

even now we occasionally find a Rip Van his books and papers. Take a seat near this
Winkle from up country, that wants just table ;
nearly a side view of the body, and
such a picture. But public taste, as well turn the face so as to bring it about three-
as the taste and good judgment of pho- quarters. That will bring in part of the
tographers, has made great progress within table, showing that book-rack, with books
a few years and nothing, perhaps, has
; for his immediate use and some manuscript
done more to bring this about than the in- near where his hand rests. An inkstand
troduction of the beautiful and popular with pens, paper-weights, and this little
cabinet portrait. And what is applicable statuette of Faith, may be arranged on the
to them in this direction is applicable to table with good effect. It will be in keep-
larger or smaller pictures. ing to have a book in his left hand, or it
Now the idea is to have the operating may rest carelessly by his side. For pic-
room furnished something as we would fur- tures of this style I have this piece, painted
nish a nice parlor, or similar to this. Have to represent a library or bookcase, which I

tables, chairs, lounges, ottomans, hassocks, place against the background on one side,
the same as we see in our homes every day, showing more or less of it, as may be de-
with a good variety of table and mantel sired to give variety. One of the frames,
ornaments, such as vases, flower-pots, with representing a painting, may be hung
flowers, not too large, bronzes, a few small towards the other side. Now, this back-

pieces, and a small library of books. These ground being quite dark, will bear to be
small articles can all be kept in a case, like brought well forward so as to come as near
this, made for the purpose, and are handy the focus of the instrument as possible. A
whenever wanted. Then the background little drapery introduced behind the sitter

is an important consideration, though one will help to balance the picture. Now, we
perfectly plain may be used with good want the subject well lighted, and give a
efTect. The one we have here works well ;
good full exposure.
you a sort of fresco, made quite
see it is' The next is a lady for a similar style.
dark, and the figure rather subdued. The Well, we'llmake up a parlor scene first, ;

lines dividing it into spaces give it the ap- however, lay down this piece of parlor
pearance of a richly papered wall in the carpet, and let her stand as if admiring
picture. Then we have these light frames this vase of flowers. Let the folds of her
with rough sketches in them representing dress hang so as to give good flowing lines.
pictures, which may be hung on the back- A chair, or the end of the lounge may be in-
ground to suit the fancy or style of the pic- troduced opposite the table, with a book, or
ture.* we can make up a home
"With these fan, or any appropriate article lying on it.

make people exclaim: " Why,

scene that will 1 will take the library out of the background

this was taken in your own home; isn't it and put another one of the frames in its
nice ?" And when assured it was made under place.

a skylight, they can hardly believe it.

" Here, put this on the dable.
" Here cubs a sitter." No, no, Focus; this lady don't want any
Yes, Focus, we must go to work now. prancing steeds in her picture. We'll use
A cabinet, or imperial card, as some call that when we have some sporting char-
them. This gentleman, it seems, is a Rev., acter. These things must be used judici-
so we will try and make up something to ously, and there is more danger of putting
suit his profession. in too much than not enough.
" Well, you wadt a pulbit, do'dt you?" Now for the next.

O no, Focus, I don't think he has come " I want just a burst taken !"

to give us a sermon to-day. We will rep- Focus, this man says he wants a burst
resent him in his study surrounded with taken I suppose he means a bust. We'll
;

give him a burst' and let him go, hoping

'

* This paper was in type for our last issue, the schoolmaster may come round where he
but was crowded out. It ought to have appeared
with our last picture, which is an illustration of
lives, some time, and prevent further muti-
the remarks of Mr. Vanweike. lation of our American-Eno-lish.
208 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
The rest of these, Focus, seem to be all with his eyes open and his mind prepared
vignettes, and we will have another lesson to receive instruction, another year will find
on this at some future time. us far in advance of the many grand results
this year's Exhibition will produce.
Dear Photographer: Since writing the E. V.
above, I see your correspondent, " West-
ley," has given some attention to me in
your May number. May I be allowed to
C0LL0DI0-BR0MIDE PROCESS.
say a word therefore ?
BY M. CAREY LEA.
I am sorry that he should have taken Pyroxyline. —I hoped to have been able,
what I said so much to himself. It is evi- in this number, to indicate some commer-
dent the fraternity would have suffered, had cial pyroxyline that would give entire sat-
he been driven to such desperate measures as isfaction, but have been disappointed. I
to sell his " traps at auctionand leave for shall still seek for it, and hope in the fol-

parts unknown. "But I am glad to know Mr. lowing number to give the information.
Westley is not one to whom my remarks Meantime, I will briefly state the difficul-
applied, as it seems he has his light under tiespresented by pyroxylines. Some speci-
control, and displayed considerable inge- mens, when coated upon the plate, appear at
nuity in managing it. I have written first to be perfectly even, but, if examined

rather for the benefit of new beginners by holding up to the light, show an uneven-
than for " old stagers " of eighteen years' ness which, when slight, is a mere cloud-

experience. ing, pai'ts being a little thicker, others a

But few of us are too old to learn, if we little thinner, and so gradually blended that
will, and nothing outside of our own prac- no demarcation of either can be found.
tice is more instructive than the experience When this is very slight it does not spoil
of our neighbors. There are some photog- the plate. When the cloudy disposition is

raphers that know all they want to they ;

strongly marked, produces a mottled
it

never have any trouble their chemicals

;
film all over the plate, worse at the corner
always work well they do not bother with
;
where poured off. This mottling is apt to
any curtains about their skylight they ;
show in the negative, especially in flat tints
make pictures in almost no time ; their like the sky. Other specimens show a want
light works well all day, "rain or shine," of intensity, so that the development cannot
and they always make good work. To be complete with alkaline pyrogallic acid,
such I have nothing to say. We can all, but a redevelopment with pyrogallic acid
doubtless, preach better than we can prac- and silver must be used. Others, again, let
tise, for the best photographers feel every the developer through in irregular spots like
day that they seldom do more than to ap- tessellated work or coarse mosaic, showing
proximate their ideal of what they would in the finished negative in stains all over

like to do. the plate. A

good cotton is completely
To attain perfection or control a light so free from tendency to these faults.
all

as to get equally good results every hour in Sensitizing. —

I find the best results from
the day, is something that few intelligent adding 2 drops of aqua regia to each ounce
men will claim, but all such appreciate the of collodion, and sensitizing with 18 grains
necessity of studying their light and gov- of nitrate of silver. Where there is a want
erning it to the best possible advantage. of intensity this may be aided by adding 1

So much is being said on this subject of grain of chloride of copper, In this case
skylights at the present time, that there the nitrate of silver must be raised to 20
would seem to be no excuse for any one not grains, and a more alcohol vised in
little

having some plan of working that will give dissolving it, say 2i to 3 drachms to each
them experience, if not improve their work. 20 grains.
If every photographer in the country would Bromide of Cadmium. — It is desirable not
take a ml. read he Philadelphia Photographer,
1 only to have a pure specimen of bromide of
and go to the Cleveland Exhibition in June cadmium, but also to keep it well corked.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 209

This substance is only known commercially day and a large stop, the exposure might
in the crystallized state; that is, the sub- have been greatly reduced. I think a wet
stance that we use does not merely consist plate would have needed twice the expos-
of bromine and cadmium, but contains also ure. This plate was prepared with gum
four equivalents of water to each equiva- and sugar only.
lent of bromine and of cadmium. The Preservative.
—"When the preservative is

crystallized salt has a strong tendency to gum and sugar, either alone or with litmus
effloresce in dry air ; it turns white and or tannin, the proportion of gum should
loses one-half of its water of crystallization. never be less than 15 or 18 grains to the
Of course this change alters its relations to ounce.
nitrate of silver, so that, in the effloresced
state it requires more nitrate of silver to de-
compose it. But a change of this kind is
THE PHOTO-CRAYON PRIZE.
not often so complete as to enable us to cal-
No
doubt those who have been making
Photo-crayons are preparing their best pos-
culate the exact changes in quantity neces-
sible work for the Exhibition, in order to
sary to compensate for the loss of water.
compete for the prize medals offered in our
Effloresced or whitish bromide of cadmium
last issue by the Messrs. Lambert for the
should therefore be avoided, and the clear
best examples exhibited. Those who have
transparent salt only should be used. An
recently begun making them would do well
examination of a bromide of cadmium bot-
to look into this.
tle that has been left uncorked for a moder-
Most beautiful results continue to be
ate time in dry weather, will enable the
secured by those working the process in our
operator at once to recognize the difference
city, and we have some that we highly prize.
between the two such a bottle will
sorts ;

Remember, they must be made well to

be apt to show a white opaque layer of ef-
look well, and if you do not succeed at first,
floresced bromide on top of the same sub-
do not condemn the process or the style.
stance in its usual condition.
If you can make good negatives, you can
Penetration of Solutions. I have lately — make good Photo-crayons by means of the
noticed in one or two instances the follow-
instructions given by the Messrs. Lambert.
ing occurrence, after having made many
At Cleveland they will be present with the
hundred plates without knowing it to hap-
simple apparatus necessary to explain the
pen once the preservative bath penetrated
:

whole manipulation, and there will be a

the film and made a sort of blister, some of
good chance to see the value of the process.
the solution remaining between the film and
"We cannot see how any good, pushing,
the glass. I have only seen this happen
intelligent photographer can fail to make a
with an old collodion made out of an old py-
success of this beautiful style of picture.
roxylinekept over two years before dissolv-
ing. The remedy lies in not leaving too
long in the washing-bath or in using fresher
materials. OUR NEXT PRIZES.
Sensitiveness. — To exhibit the extraordi- Our next prize offers will be the fol-
nary sensitiveness of this process I give the lowing :

following: on the twelfth of this month I 1. A gold medal for the best portrait pho-
exposed a plate before eight a.m. for ten tograph, vignette or otherwise, from re-
seconds, which proved to be an ample ex- touched negatives.
posure. Size of plate, 6J x 8i stop, ^jth ; 2. A gold medal for the best portrait pho-
focal length. The development was easy tograph, vignette or otherwise, from nega-
and rapid, complete in four or five minutes, tives not retouched.
no redevelopment needed. The subject 3. A gold medal for the best composition
was not a wide or distant view, no object or genre picture.
appearing on the plate more than one hun- 4. A gold medal for the best landscape
dred yards distant. The foliage was full picture.
of detail. "With an extended view at mid- To be at least two negatives of each sub-
210 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
ject, as nearly as possible alike, and of size thay, to which, in many respects, Albert's
suitable for our illustration. The regula- process is manifestly closely analogous.
tions will be similar to those heretofore The operations described in the report
made in offering our premiums. Further are those of M. Mareschal, the co-pat-
particulars, with the time given, will be du Mothay, the printing es-
entee of Tessie
announced in our next. We make this tablishment being at Metz. The largest
much of an announcement that those who number of impressions ever obtained from
anticipate competing may lose no time in one plate, however, at this establishment,
preparation. has been about a hundred, whilst Herr
Albert has considerably exceeded a thou-
sand.
In speaking of these photo-collographic
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE processes, it just occurs to me to correct an
STUDIO. error of conception which I have noticed
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
prevails somewhat commonly. After ex-
Photo- Mechanical Printing Processes in Eu- posing the film of chromated gelatine under
rope —In a Fog— Mounting without Cock- a negative, the soluble gelatine is not washed
ling —Simple Remedy for Pin-holes. away. The plate is placed in cold water to
Photo- Mechanical Printing Processes in wash out the unchanged bichromate, but no
—
Europe. I have just been favored with a portion of the gelatine is removed by wash-
copy of the report made to the Indian De- ing ;
the film remains intact, a layer of
partment of our government by my friend, gelatine possessing as many varied degrees
Lieutenant Waterhouse, of the Eoyal Ar- of insolubility or impermeability as there
tillery, of the cartographic applications of are gradations in the picture. Where the
photography in Europe. Lieutenant Water- light has passed freely through the trans-
house is in charge of the photozincographic parent parts of the negative, the gelatine
department at the Surveyor-General's office has become quite hardened, and absorbs no
in Calcutta, and, having been on sick leave moisture when sponged with water. This
in this country, he obtained a commission part takes a fatty ink freely, and so prints
from his department to visit the principal blacks. The portion which has been fully
cities in Europe to investigate the various protected from light retains the ordinary
cartographic applications of photography, capacity of gelatine for absorbing water,
and the various photo-mechanical printing and, of course, when saturated with water
processes employed to multiply the maps it repels ink, and so prints pure whites.
and other topographical documents pro- The varied degrees by light
of hardening
duced. His report is voluminous and full between these two regulate the absorption
of interest, possessing the special value of of water, and the consequent affinity for
being the work of an investigator, himself fatty ink, and so the varied gradations are
practically familiar with the operations in printed. I have endeavored to restate this
many of the photo-mechanical printing principle carefully and clearly, because I
processes. have seen on more than one occasion in
It is a noteworthy fact, that after visiting print that it was not clearly apprehended,
every establishment connected with this and because I think it probable that photo-
branch of our art, of any reputation, in collographic processes will play an import-
Europe, Lieutenant Waterhouse does not ant part in the photography of the future.
appear to have met with any photo-me- As I believe the operations at Metz havo
chanical process giving really good half- not before been described by an eye-witness,
tone, except Woodbury's, which he pro- it may not be unintoresting to give a brief
nounces as undoubtedly the most perfect of extract from Lieutenant Waterhouse's de-
all processes of this kind in yielding half- scription of the operations as he saw them
tone. At
the time of investigation, 1808, performed. He says :

Herr Albert's process was unknown, but " A plate of copper is grained with sand,
he describes the process of Teesie du Mo- and then coated ver»y evenly with a mix-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. , 211

ture containing gelatine and the bichro- may be its capabilities. Indeed, photo-
mate of potash, and possibly some other lithography is practised very little indeed
substances, and is dried by exposing it in in France, which was, so far as the bi-
an oven to a heat of 122° F. for some hours. chromate processes are concerned, its birth-
These plates may be kept two or three days, place. So far as I can learn from this re-
sometimes more, before use. The plates port, there is a general tendency in many im-
thus prepared are exposed in diffused day- portant photo-lithographic establishments
light under a reversed negative for about bitumen processes for
to return to the use of

half an hour ; they are then taken out of line work, and I have seen many fine re-
the printing-frames and washed under a sults produced by these methods.

rose-jet of water until all the chrome salt —

In a Fog. I have been much amused
is dissolved out and then dried in the open and interested by Mr. Anderson's diary of
air. After they are dry it is better to put a sojourn in fog land, which may readily
them away to harden for a day or two be conceived to represent the bewilderment
than to proceed to print them at once. How- of a novice dipping at random into various
ever, to show me the process, copies were chapters in photographic literature instead
printed off the two plates I saw exposed. of steadily mastering principles. Mr.
The dried plate is taken to a lithographic Anderson is rather severe, however, in
press and placed on a stone which serves as representing his typical novice as selecting
a support. It is dampened with water in with perverse ingenuity fragmentary pas-
the usual way, which causes those parts of sages to make different authorities contra-
the gelatine film which have not been acted dict each other. I am reminded of the
•upon by light to swell freely, and the ex- story of an old Puritan divine who, having
posed parts to swell up according to the de- been requested to preach a sermon against
gree of protection they have received, and a practice then prevalent of wearing tower-
thus the plate presents the appearance of a ing head-dresses, gave out as his text, the
graduated mould next rolled in with
; it is words of which sounded to his hearers as
a roller and lithographic ink modified to " Top-knot come down !
" On referring to
suit the process. The rolling-in takes chapter and verse they found the passage
longer than with a stone and requires some standing thus :
" Then shall they who are
skill and care. The effect of the inking is, upon the housetop not corne down." By dis-
that the water contained in the pores of the locating passages from context and subject
higher parts of the gelatine film, which our typical novice has been made to find out
have undergone little or no change by the that authorities sadly contradict themselves
action of light, repels the ink, whilst the or each other as to the use of nitric acid and
insoluble parts which have been acted on acetic acid in the nitrate bath, and the ad-
by light and remain sunk, take up the ink vantages or disadvantages which may be
in proportion as the action of light has gained from either. Whilst, however, it
rendered them impenetrable by water. must be conceded that in matters of prac-
The more the gelatine has been altered the tice authorities may reasonably differ with-
thicker will be the coating of ink taken up. out either being absolutely wrong, the care-
The paper is laid on dry and the proofs are ful student will quickly discover the source
pulled in the ordinary way they are then
;
of the mental fog which his brother novice's
trimmed and mounted. The effect of diary presents. A
reference to the context
printing the plates too soon is, that the pa- in the authorities quoted will generally
per sticks to the film and is torn in pulling show that where the advice difl'ers it has
off, leaving little white spots over the print. reference to distinctly different things. For
I saw a great many perfect specimens of instance, the advice used at one time not
the process, the most delicate details being unfrequently to be given to use acetic acid
rendered with a perfection seldom seen in in the negative bathand avoid nitric acid.
any other process." But it must be remembered that at the
This process has not come into commer- same time simply iodized collodion with-
cial operation to any extent, whatever out any bromide was recommended. Now,
 :

212 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

as a point of practice, it is tolerably well and side thus | ~, then
furthest left angle —
ascertained that nitric acid is a decided re- centre the proof and mark its register, and
tarder when simply iodized collodion is adjust the press to a good firm pressure.
employed, whilst with a bromo-iodized Now lay down the dry proof to aforesaid
collodion nitric acid has no such effect, mark, then, with a well-wrung sponge pass
and that with a simply iodized collodion quickly over the mount in a longitudinal
acetic acid in moderate proportion, was not and and place it on the
lateral direction,
a retarder, and the acetate of silver fre- photograph. Pull once through the press,
quently formed was, under some circum- and the operation is complete. In this way
stances, absolutely an accelerator. I have mounted some thousands of proofs
It would not be difficult to harmonize the with great precision. By substituting a
greater portion of, if not all, the contra- stone for the steel plate bed an ordinary
dictory passages quoted. Mr. Anderson rolling pressmay be used, but a lithographic
doubtless intends the reader to make for press much superior, and the danger of
is

himself the very obvious reflections on the buckling is avoided. A German friend, in
importance of studying each process as an expatiating on the superiority of the scraper
entirety, remembering that disjointed for- over rollers for litho work, concisely ex-'
mulae, not duly related in all their parts, plained, It ish de nip.' "
'

will generally bring failure, and that suc- A

cess can only be found in the harmonious
relation of collodion, bath, light, and de-
veloper. The one thing imperatively nec-
essary in photography, which the operator
cannot purchase of his stockdealer,
The great aim of the Philadelphia Photog-
rapher is to supply, or, rather, to
and cultivate brains. The more brains an
American photographer possesses the more
certain he is to read the Photographer, and
the more he lacks brains the more import-
ant becomes that he should read it. If
it
this fact could only be duly impressed
amongst the photographic community,
there would not be a photographer in the
Union whose name was not on your sub-
scription list.
Mounting without Cockling. Referring
Simple Remedy for Pin-holes. As the —
summer approaches the photographer needs
to be prepared for the varying conditions
which hot weather often introduces into
photography. The portraitist is very fa-
is brains. miliar with the fact that towards the close
of a hot day a crop of pin-holes will sud-
develop denly appear on his plates. He knows that
this probably proceeds from an accumula-
tion of iodide of silver in the bath, and at
the close of the day he is quite prepared
with the remedies in such case made and
provided. But an immediate and temporary
cure without stopping work would often be
regarded as a great boon. Such a remedy
was recently mentioned me by Mr. to
Blanchard, who had repeatedly found it most
useful. It simply consists in adding to the
— collodion in use about one-fourth of its bulk

to some hints I recently gave for a new of plain collodion. The film fully charged
mounting material to prevent cockling of with iodide, and the bath fully charged
thin boards, a correspondent sends me the with iodide, coming into contact, at once
following hints for a method of mounting, produce the fine crystals which cause pin-
which he has found very efficient to prevent holes. The film being less fully charged
cockling with iodide changes the conditions, and an
"Stroke the proofs by drawing them instant relief from this trouble follows the
facedown on a sheet of glass, and under a application of the remedy.
piece of stout cardboard, held vertically
(the proof being drawn upwards). Coat
the backs with starch of good domestic NEW YORK CORRESPONDENCE.
make, laid on with a sponge its consist- ;
The May meeting of the Photographical
ency should be such us to leave a gloss when Section of the American Institute was held
dry. Now trim the proofs, and on a smooth- at the usual place. Mr. Chas. Wager Hull,
faced lithographic stone lay a mount of the Vice-President, in the chair.
required size, mark with space-lead the After the routine business was disposed
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 213

of, Mr. Mason spoke as to the merits of Mr. well-balanced in their contrasts, —indeed,
Newton's process for preparing silvered are quite perfection.
paper. He thought it was just what we Mr. Newton exhibited some very fine glass
wanted. Inasmuch as he had not yet con- positives made with collodio-chloride, and
cluded his tests of the process, it was agreed printed from the negative by contact. The
to pass it until the June meeting. tone was of a rich warm chocolate, to obtain
Mr. H. T. Anthony said that he had re- which he flowed the plate after development
sorted to many expedients to keep silvered with a solution of pyro, one grain ;
silver,
paper. He had found that, with two float- eight grains ; one ounce
water, washed ;

ings upon distilled water, it kept well for well, toned with gold, and fixed in hypo.
nine or ten days ; but at the end of thirty He said that in making transparencies by
days itbecame yellow. He also stated that this process, itwas important to dry the
if silvered paper was floated upon three substratum of albumen by heat, and as soon
changes of ordinary drinking-water, it as cool flow with collodio-chloride. If dried
would keep well for a month, which he spontaneously, pinholes would follow.
thought was probably due to the trace of He made many efforts to obtain negatives
chloride found in all such waters. Such by this process from the positives so ob-
paper must be printed in fumes of ammonia, tained, but could not succeed. The nega-
which was easily accomplished by having tive would be full of pinholes, and the posi-
the pad in the printing-frame well charged tive would fade away and be destroyed.
with it and also that, in addition to this,
; Mr. Mason presented for inspection four
the paper should be fumed in the usual samples of nitrate of silver. Three of them
way. he had prepared, and pronounced absolutely
Mr. Newton stated the results of his com- pure; one was dried in a glass dish in the
parative experiment with his tea process dark, and gave superb crystals two were ;

and Lea's collodio-bromide process. He dried in the sun, and gave product of mud-
exposed plates prepared by each, subject to dy dark crystals. Another sample of com-
same conditions; fully followed Lea's di- mercial nitrate was also dried in the sun,
rections, but could not obtain a negative of and gave crystals somewhat darkened, but
sufficient intensity ;
with his own he had no far brighter and better than pure silver.
trouble. He stated that the time and labor The difference was thought due to the trace
saved in the collodio-bromide process was of nitrate of potash in the commercial sam-
lost in the tedious development while with ;
ple. It was thought by some that the two
the tea and iron developer all worked quite samples of pure which crystallized so dark,
to his satisfaction. was due to the fact of their having been
Mr. Chapman, in answer, said that he treated in porcelain dishes, while the good
thought most favorably of the collodio- sample was treated in glass.
bromide process. He was not at all trou- Mr. Mason thought that the difference
bled for want of intensity, but quite the was not due to any such cause, but would
contrary he had too much. He considered
;
repeat his experiments in glass and report
the charm of was in the latitude allowed
it at the subsequent meeting.
for exposure. He had
exposed at the same Mr. Chapman exhibited twelve 3-inch
time upon a view, thirty seconds and four photographs of the sun, made between the
minutes, and exhibited prints to prove his 11th of March and the 14th of April, show-
statements one was as good as the other,
; ing the so-called spot ; which spot Mr.
and to distinguish the long from the short Chapman declares to be a hole of very re-
exposure was simply impossible. spectable dimensions, to wit, 70,000 miles
worked by either process, but
I have not across its top, but how deep he did not
have seen superb work by both. Three know. One thing is certain, if we poor
8x10 views of collodio-bromide received a mortals, including all our goods and chat-
few days since from M. Carey Lea, Esq., tels, together with all our real estate, should
most assuredly leave little to ask for. They happen to fall therein, we would not be
are full of detail in the shadows, soft and found in a hurry. In considering the pos-
214 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
sibility of filling it, but one plan suggests which seemed to cover all means of saving
itself to my mind as at all possible, and that silver by precipitation, and the judge
is tohave the men who issue the new stock stated that if it covered what Shaw claimed
for the Erie Eailway Company to take the it was a terrible one. He could not say
job. I fancy they could make enough to too much in favor of Mr. Bell thought ;

fill space paper and ink would be the only

;
he was the right man in the right place,
trouble. They would find a way to sign and had done his duty faithfully, and, if the
them. suit went against Lovejoy (as he did not
In view of the expected visit of Dr. Her- think it would) they might have the privi-
man Vogel, whom all know so well as one lege of trying Mr. Black, or Mr. Wing, or
of your correspondents, the following com- some other photographer. He understood
mittee was appointed by the Vice-President that the judge had said that it was unlaw-
to receive him, and to take such action in ful to combine to put down a patent, but
behalf of the Section as may appear best to that individuals could contribute what they
them Prof. Chas. A. Joy, Prof. S. D. Till-
: saw fit towards paying the cost of the suit.
man, Henry T. Anthony, Wm. Kurtz, and The President read a letter from Mr. E.
Peter F. Weil. L. Wilson, stating that he felt sure of suc-
It ishoped that our honored fellow-
to be cess against Shaw.
laborer and teacher in photography maybe Mr. Allen, in a few remarks, said that he
as much pleased with his visit to the New thought Mr. Wilson was working for the
World, as we shall all be to receive him. good of photographers, and we should give
Adjourned to Wednesday, June 1st. him all the assistance possible.
C. W. H. Mr. E. S. Dunshee was proposed, name
referred to Executive Committee, approved,
and declared elected.
NEW ENGLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC On motion voted that Sec. 6, Article II
ASSOCIATION. of our Constitution be abolished.
The regular monthly meeting of the As- The President read a letter from Mr.
sociation was held on Tuesday evening at Loomis, stating his desire but inability to
Mr. Black's studio, Boston, May 3d, 1870, be present to-night ; regretting, also, that
the President, E. L. Allen, in the chair. he could not go to Cleveland an account of
The minutes of last meeting were read his European trip for which he was now
and approved. preparing.
The Secretary read a letter from Mr. G. Voted that when we adjourn it be to the
W. Lovejoy, containing a description (and lastTuesday in May. Adjourned.
photographs) of his arrangements for saving E. P. Smith,
silver waste, both before and at the time Secretary.
the Shaw & Wilcox Co. commenced suit
against him.
In my last report I neglected to state
that there were some fine specimens on ex-
In the absence of the chairman of the
hibition, of photo-crayons made by Messrs.
committee appointed to procure an official
Allen and Marshall. Mr. Crompton has
copy of the Shaw & Wilcox patent, Mr.
been selling the process and crayon sheets
Southworth said that while in New York
for the a^ent, Mr. Alden. E. F. S.
he called upon Mr. E. Y. Bell, counsel for
defendant in the Shaw & Wilcox suit, and
learned thai the case had been argued be-
fore Judge Blatchford, pro and con, and FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION
that we must now wait the decision of the OF PHILADELPHIA.
judge. Stated tliut he had a copy in pam- A stated meeting of the Ferrotypers'
phlet form of I hi' evidence, which he would Association of Philadelphia was held al
leave with the Secretary, that all members Mr. E. K. Trask's gallery, Tuesday even-
could examine it who wished. ing, May 3d, 1870, the President, Mr. A. K.
Mr. Southworth read Shaw's claimSj P. Trask, in the chair.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 215

After roll-call it was resolved to postpone was, "The best manner of cleaning ferro-
all regular business for one week, excepting type plates that have been used."
that which pertains to the death of Mr. E. Mr. Lothrop 's way was to put every re-
P. Warrington, our late Vice-President. jected plate of pictures, soon as taken, into
On motion it was resolved to appoint a a dish of clean water, and, after the day's
committee to draw up appropriate resolu- work was done, to take a chamois and rub
tions to be entered on the minutes of the off the film,keeping the plate under run-
meeting, a copy of the same to be neatly ning water during the operation. After
engrossed and sent to the wife of deceased, washing the plate perfectly clean it is to be
and to be handed in with the minutes of placed between blotting-paper and imme-
the meeting for publication in the Phila- diately dried, when it is ready for use
delphia Photographer. again.
The committee appointed were Messrs. Messrs. Trask & Bolles's manner of pro-
Thomas Brooks, A. K. P. Trask, and D. ceeding was, to have a square block of
Lothrop. wood covered with woollen cloth, and to
The following preamble and resolutions rub the plates upon under running water,
it

were reported by the committee and unani- and, when clean, hang up to dry, and then
mously adopted by the meeting :
if water-marks appeared on the plate, to re-

move them by rubbing with the chamois.

Whereas, it has pleased Divine Providence
Mr. Eberly, a visitor to the meeting, be-
to take from our midst one of our late members,
ing invited to give in his views on the sub-
therefore be it
ject, said that he had seen the ferrotype
That by the death of our late Vice-
Resolved,
by placing them under
plates nicely cleaned
President, Edward F. Warrington, we have lost
running water and rubbing them with a
a true friend and faithful associate.
small block of wood covered with India-
Resolved, That in this hour of affliction we rubber, and, as soon as the coated film had
desire to show our sincere respect to the memory
been washed off, and the plate hung up, all
of our late brother, by offering to his bereaved
the water would immediately run off" and
family our heartfelt sympathies.
leave the plate perfectly clear and free from
The chairman of the committee, Mr. all spots of any kind.
Thomas Brooks, was authorized to attend On motion it was resolved that each
to the engrossing and presentation of a copy member report at the next meeting his suc-
of the above to the wife of our late Vice- cess in trying the different methods sug-
President. gested.
Voted to adjourn, to meet again in this On motion it was resolved that we how
same place one week from to-night. exhibit our pictures.
D. Lothrop, Two of Mr. A. K. P. Trask's pictures
Secretary. were decided to be the best. Thus, the
second exhibition of pictures for the prize
May 10th, 1870. medal was in his favor. The exhibitions
Adjourned meeting of the Perrotypers' are to continue each month for the balance
Association, the President, Mr. A. K. P. of the year.
Trask, in the chair. Voted to Mr. D. Lothrop's
to adjourn
The was called and minutes of last
roll gallery, 43North Eighth Street, Tuesday
meeting read and adopted. evening, June 7th, 1870.
Mr. Trask, in behalf of Committee on D. Lothrop,
Skylights (alluding to the recent severe Secretary.
hail-storm), reported a great many out and
in bad condition also progress.
;

Mr. Brooks, on the presentation of reso- Ventilate your dark-closet and save
lutions to Mrs. Warrington, reported prog- your health. Don't be afraid to have it
ress. light enough, so no white or actinic light is
The subject for discussion this evening admitted.
 '

216 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE,

ting until she can appear either in her old
Ayres's Chart of Photographic
wine-color, or until her snuff-brown is done.
Drapery.
Mr. George B. Ayres, whose capital
work, " How to Paint Photographs in Water
Colors,''
1
lias passed through two editions,
of a thousand each, and is probably in the
hands of very many of our readers, has
again supplied a want to the profession
which is likely to be as substantially appre-
ciated as his book.
Every one who has worked at the camera
knows what perplexities arise from the want
of something to show the customer how this
or that color will " take," or, rather, how
it will "look" in the finished photograph.
The photographer is continually annoyed
by parties who Avill sit in a certain dress,
and then, finding it does not "look" as
they desire, insist on a second, or even a
third sitting, averring as a reason that they
" do not like the expression," when the real
fact of the matter is, they do not like the
dress. All this is done at the expense of
the photographer, and he cannot very well She sees for herself, and thus avoids the

avoid it if he would be considered accom- dreary explanations, argument, and trou-

modating. ble to which the profession has always been
subjected.
Mr. Ayres, however, has opened a way
by which the trouble may be entirely over- We think photographers will readily per-
ceive the value of Mr. Ayres's chart, and
come. He has collected, with a great deal
place a copy in their galleries forthwith.
of care and after much trouble, forty-two
squares of woollen fabrics, of the varied
Our publishers have undertaken to issue it

colors and shades known in the dry goods for him, and copies may now be had. For
trade, and arranged them systematically in
list of colors included, please read the ad-

rows, each square having a number. They vertisement.

are then carefully photographed, size about

11 x 14, mounted on a card 17 x 25, with a
numbered table of the colors, and a full ex- OUR PICTURE.
planation Mr. Ayres's graphic style,
in
The picture presented to our readers this
printed thereon. The accompanying draw- month is from the gallery of Mr. W. Kurtz,
ing of the chart will make its arrangement New York, and is a veritable " Rembrandt
more plain and intelligible. (Please see Effect. " In most of the pictures we see
advertisement for further particulars.) called " Kembrandts," the " Rembrandt
A specimen copy is before us, and we Effect" is given in profile, where undoubt-
pronounce it a most perfect and useful af- edly some of the best results prevail but ;

fair, such as every photographer has long in the example we give herewith, it will be
wanted, and such as every photographer perceived that a three-quarter face has been
should have to exhibit to every lady cus- chosen, and the peculiarity of the "Rem-
tomer. Then if Maria comes to bo " taken
,
'
brandt Effect" isshown in its very hap-
in her new, pet blue dress, and, finds it piest style. There were four negatives
will "look" absolutely white in the pic- used in printing our edition, each a little

ture, she can save both her own and the different from its neighbor ; remarkable
all

photographer's time by postponing the sit- for their softness, exquisite light and shade,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 217

and perfect transparency in the shadows, cold, some of the party freezing their feet.
yet all full of delicate detail. As a general The next day was pleasant, and we again
thing, nine-tenths of the photographers put went up and reached the house, finding the
their pictures a little out of focus in order weather warm and pleasant, stopped three
to get softness, whereas Mr. Kurtz's pic- days and got up our wood, being assisted
tures are remarkable, and specially noted by some six young men of Warren village.
for their sharpness and excessive softness at Got our wood into the house, a substantial
the same time. The detail here, even in stone building 36 x 60 feet, similar to those
the darkest parts, is wonderful. on Mount Washington. In this we pre-
The negatives are entirely unretouched ;
pared a small inner room which we made
were made with a "3B " Dallmeyer lens, tight and comfortable. In December wo
2f inches diaphragm one turn diffusion of
;
made several ascents to get up provisions,
focus. Bath, 40 grains. Collodion, equal books, instruments, etc. The permanent stay
parts of ether and alcohol, 3 grains of bro- was delayed by an accident to myself in get-
mide, to 5 grains of iodide; Liesegang's ting lamed in my foot until December 31st,
Papyroxyline, 5 grains. Time, 20 seconds. when we left the valley with cheerful hearts
Printed in the shade. Mr. Anderson will and heavy loads of " traps " on hand-sleds, to
give further particulars on the pictures ascend the mountain. The day was warm,
soon, in his " Fog " papers. and, as we got higher up, were obliged to
The mounts were gotten up by Mr. Kurtz leave some of our loads to be returned for
to suit his own fancy. Altogether, it makes next day.
a very grand illustration for our holiday As we gained the open space above the
(Exhibition) issue. view was one of wild grandeur.
trees, the

In our next will be a full record of the Dense masses of clouds, broken up in wild
proceedings at Cleveland, accompanied by confusion, rolled away to the south, some
another elegant " Rembrandt Effect " from dark and heavy, others light and fleecy ;

the studio of Mr. W. J. Baker, Buffalo, N. some black, with golden borders others ;

Y. Other fine things are also in preparation. white, with rose-tinted edges some of ;

light gray, just grazing the tops of the

lower and tree-covered summits others of ;

a dull lead color, floating at the base of the

WINTER ON A MOUNTAIN. highest and snow-covered summits of the
BY A. F. CLOUGH. White Mountains. Some of the mountains
In November, Hunting-
1869, Professor were in the full blaze of sunlight, giving a
ton of the State Geological Survey, and dazzling whiteness others were in the shad-
;

myself, proposed spending the winter on ow of clouds and had a soft, rosy hue ;.

Moose Hillock (or Moosilauke is the Indian others were of deepest blackness, thus giv-
name), a mountain of about five thousand ing a panorama of the wildest beauty.
feet elevation, about thirty miles southwest The magnificence of the scene made us
of Mount Washington. It is an isolated forget the hardship of the ascent, and, as-

peak, no near mountains to cut off the pros- we drank in the scene, we were convinced
pect, and nowhere are the White Moun- that those who desire to behold the beauti-
tains seen in all their grandeur as from ful must toil for it.

here. The tourist who does not visit it As we gained summit we were en-
the
loses the beauty and sublimity of White veloped in a dense cloud. We had a fine
Mountain scenery. view of frost mist at short range and we
We made the first ascent about Novem- were glad to get inside of the house and
ber 20th, to get up wood and prepare for close to a fire.
our stay. The snow had fallen and drifted,
IN THE CLOUDS.
so that we were two days in getting up with
our horses, having to retreat the first night We were enveloped in clouds about three-
when we had got within a mile of the fourths of the time, of such density that we
house, the weather being blustering and could see but a short distance. There were
15
 ;

218 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.

but few days when on the
it was clear ages of the past, and are lost in the vain
mountain and in the Sometimes
valley. attempt to comprehend the beginning of
by going down a short distance we would the world's history.
get below the clouds, when just overhead (To be continued.)
they would drive along in wild confusion,
occasionally shutting out the view, then
bursting suddenly away they would leave WRINKLES AND DODGES.
us in dazzling sunlight. "Water! water! — In May or the be-
ginning of June last, I caught a bottle of
FROST FORMATIONS IN THE CLOUDS. water after a storm of some fifteen hours
It seldom ever snows as we see it in the hard rain. Found it very clean by use.
valley. The frost mist is always moist The part not used, I set. on a shelf in my
enough to attach itself to any solid sub- dark-room, within four feet of the tin-roof,
stance that it comes in contact with, always in a glass stoppered bottle.
forming on the side to the wind and build- It must have been as late as September or
ing up parallel to the course. The forma- October I had use for clean water, but re-
tions resemble feathers of purest white jected that without an examination, sup-
sometimes they are formed into plumes of posing it to be rotten. In a few days there
the most beautiful forms they are hard and
; came a hard storm, and I took down this
not easily broken, and adhere firmly to the bottle to throw out the water and catch
object, frequently making a small twig, no more. To my surprise it was sweet, both
higher than your finger, a foot in diameter. to the smell and taste. I then threw into
it a crystal of silver, and set it in the sun,
ABOVE THE CLOUDS. and the only precipitation produced was a
This is a scene that is grand beyond de- very, very slight color. I used it, and it
scription, up in an atmosphere of unclouded made a valuable and lasting negative bath.
purity of azure blue, the clouds far beneath I mentioned this matter to a German
us like a vast ocean studded with islands druggist the other day, and learned from
where the dark tops of the mountains rise him this fact: that in one of his old medi-
through it, whilst the tops of the White cal books brought from Germany was this
Mountains resemble huge icebergs glisten- statement: "That water caught in a clean
ing in the sun with dazzling brilliancy. vessel, in a storm between the 15th of April
Here and there would be a ragged rift and the 15th of May, was almost absolutely
where you could see through and get a free from organic matter."
glimpse of the world below, resembling, Is this fact of sufficient importance to the
where it opened into the dark mountain fraternity to be tested? If so, let us bottle
gorges, a huge cavern, and at other places up water from all the storms in May and
it was looking through into another world. early June, and label them with the date and
As you stand gazing out upon the vast number of hours it had rained when the
ocean of clouds, you are carried back over water was caught I, for one, intend to
!

vast ages of the geological eras of the world, save enough for the year's consumption.
and you see the land as it was when it first W. P. Bennet.
began to rise from the ocean, only here and
there an island, while huge icebergs were [The following method of getting in-
driving and drifting over the tops of the tensitywe believe to be entirely new, and
lower mountains and hills; when no ani- to cover all equivalents. We extract it

mal life animated the scene, but one vast from a communication from one of our Ger-
solitude, broken only by the wild howl of man subscribers, and give it verbatim et
the wind, dashing of the waves, and the literatim. —
Ed. P. P.]
rumbling and clash of the icebergs as they " A fellow vat coultn't git to plack tra-
were dashed to pieces on the rocky shores ; a perics come to me a few days ago to see vat
feeling of lonely solitude creeps over you, coult help him. lie sait he hat drite efery-
and, for the time, you live in the remote tings ; and set he, '
I put a little pluck ink
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEB, 219

in te lath, too, and it tidn't to ein pit of goot.' good results, is certainly desirable. It never

I vash so mat at him— vel I coult kickt fails with me. I use four ^ tubes, placed in
him." a block, the hole bushed or lined with soft
leather, so that with each tube, by a slight
I have a little simple thing here of my turn with the thumb and fingers, a focus
own. It is a piece of oiled tissue-paper
can be had. The plan works admirably,
pasted on a collar-box cover. I use it to
and saves the expense of rack and pinion.
look at my prints in my solar camera. By In making the block I glue and screw to-
holding it between the negative and small
gether two dry boards, laying them cross-
tube, answers the same as, or better than
it
wise with the grain, so that the tendency
letting in the light to see whether the print
warp is counteracted by the other.
of one to
is dark enough or not. A fine ground-glass The block should be about If inches thick
answers the same. Try it, and notice the
when finished, to hold the tubes steady,
effect. F. L. Mitchell. which a thin board will not do. The same
I have retouched my negatives to some principle works equally well with ith size

extent for about two years, and I find the tubes. —A Gemist.
best way to prepare the surface for the pen- The only mechanical way of retouching
cil is to use a very thin varnish, and let it I have found by smoking the negative on
is
dry slowly. This gives a dead surface easily the back. It is most excellent for copies,
worked upon, and marks can be erased if where you have not sufficient strength. It
desired. Most varnishes, when first opened, is done instantly.
are thin enough if not, dilute with alcohol.
;
"Warm the negative, then bring it down
H. Besancon. on the flame of gas where you want it more
dense then touch it out where you want it
I want an improvement for
to suggest
;

dark-tents. Cut a round hole in the bottom

to print denser, —for instance, the hair, eyes,
nostrils, drapery, etc.,— with a dry pencil
large enough to admit a half-gallon funnel
brush. Or, if you want to soften any sha-
of colored glass, yellow or green. Place a
dow, no matter how small, turn the gas
small rubber pipe over the end of the fun-
nel, and pass it through a staple in the back
down low, and just touch the flame where
you like it softened, and your work is com-
of the box, reaching nearly to the ground.
Then have plete. Always smoke the back side of the
a dry place to stand, without
negative. If you do not get it right, rub
being splashed with muddy or dirty water.
it off and try again. E. J. Foss.
This will also serve as a light to develop
over, and as a fine tank for washing over. Some little time ago I wrote to you in re-
C. W. Brown. lation to the " lack of intensity in my nega-
Being troubled with a very foggy bath
tives." You were very kind to answer and
all to no purpose.
suggest remedies, but It
not long since, I tried several remedies
without anything like a cure. I then took was a source of much perplexity to me for
a few grains of •permanganate of potassa, dis-
a long time. At last I discovered the dif-
ficulty, which was very simple (as are all our
solved in a little water, added little at a
time, shaking well
troubles) when known or discovered. The
; allowed it to stand
several hours and filtered. It came out per-
window in my dark-room opens to the south,
and over the window (which is of clear
fectly clear, and every trace of fog removed.
glass) I had several sheets of yellow tissue-
It will also clear a discolored printing solu-
paper pasted at the top and hanging down
tion in a few hours. Give it a trial.
loose. "When the sun was on the window
F. Theo. Miller.
I would work with them all down, but when
To our Gem Brethren : You have all the light became weaker I would "pin"
found it difficult,more than one
in using some of them up. "Well, by constant pin-
tube and lens, to get every image in focus ning, the paper became (very naturally)
by sliding the ground-glass. I am working perforated with "^jmiAo^s." That was the
a plan, cheap, easily made, and, if giving principal cause of the want of intensity.
 — :

220 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

But I found still another cause. My sky
and side-light face the south, and in clear
days (which hy-the-by have been very rare
in this latitude this fall and winter) the light
penetrates the camera more or less, and of
course lessens the intensity. H. Mead.
What our correspondent supposes is "lack
of intensity," is a bad case of fogging.
I a common wood faucet, which pro-
use
jects below the spiggot about an inch. To
this I had a tinner fit a cap, with four small
nozzles, each of which let out a stream of
water about as large as a knitting-needle.
The advantage is, the water does not come
in contact with the film with so much force,
and it takes less water to wash the negative.
Ed.
The advantage of the nozzles is, that it

A great deal has been written and said keeps the water in four small streams,
about pinholes. Maintaining that a bath whereas, if you only punch four holes in
exposed to light during use will give pin- the cap, the water will join below and form
holes, I have about come to the conclusion one stream. C. N. Stevens.
it is oftener the fault of tbe collodion than
Tinbad to use. "We think a better
is
the bath, and light has nothing to do with
way to break the force of the water is to tie
it. A few days ago I made some new col-
a thick rag loosely over the mouth of the
lodion. I coated a plate dipped in my bath,
faucet.—-Ed. P. P.
which is a glass covered one, and lo, the
plate was full of pinholes. I tried another
In looking over Mosaics for 1870, I
bath with the same result. I tried my old
notice formulas and hints for pyrogallic in-
collodion, and all was right. I was in a
tensifier. I have used the following for
dilemna. It was surely not the bath that
caused it. I dipped another plate with the
two years with good success. The principal
point of difference from other formulas I
new collodion ; I found the film very creamy.
with plain collodion have seen, is in placing the citric acid in
I reduced it ; result,
more, which solution with the pyrogallic, as follows
less pinholes. I reduced it

gave me a thin blue film, but no pinholes. No. 1.

It worked very quick and developed a soft 12 grains
Pyrogallic Acic
negative. In this case I am certain it was Citric Acid, . 20 grains
not the light acting on the bath nor the bath Water, 1 ounce.
itself, but the collodion. I think all have
philosophized on the production of pinholes, No. 2.

but no one has ever taught us how to pre- No. 1, 1 part.

Water, 2 parts.
vent them. I have had them often, but
always got rid of them without throwing No. 3.
away my bath. I used to bother with the Nitrate of Silver, 15 grains
bath, but I came to the 'conclusion pinholes Water, 1 ounce
may be got rid of by doctoring the collo-
dion and harmonize it with the bath, in place I use it before fixing, when there is want
of the bath with the collodion. of detail in the deep shadows, otherwise after
fixing if necessary, and I can then localize
E. A. Ktjsel.
its action to a considerable extent if de-
I have tried every way of mounting sirable. I pour a little of No. 2 into a small
prints, but like my own way the best,
which wide-mouthed bottle, and drop in a few
is this: Take them from the water and lay drops of No. 3, and pour it on and off the
them between'two clean white cloths, which negative, letting it fall near such portions
will absorb the water; then, while moist as I desire to strengthen most. A little

put them on a neat pile, care being taken practice will render the operation safe and
to have them even. Then paste, and there pleasing. Should violent discoloration of
will be no danger of paste getting on the tlienegative occur, flush with a weak solu-
edges, and you will not have to put in your tion of bichloride of mercury. The pyro-
tongue to lick it off, as I have seen many do. gallic solution will keep any length of time.
R. F. ClIANNELL. F. M. Spencer.
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE. 221

I write to give the craft my plan of modifies the heavy shades and makes a great
keeping the bath in order. I keep two improvement in the picture.
working baths, also a stock bath, 60 grains E. A. Bonine.
to the ounce, iodized 3 grains to the ounce
Noticing an article in a late number of
of silver. My bath is failing. On taking a
the Philadelphia Photographer on green glass
plate from it, the plate has a thick heavy
for the dark-room, I thought the following
dull appearance (too much iodide). I try it
might give some green light on the subject.
with litmus paper. If very acid, I add a
Mr. Jas. L. Forbes (at Gurney's) has yellow
solution of bicarbonate of soda, just enough
glass in his windows. The room is as light
to neutralize, I then add 2 or 3 ounces of
as day. Immediately over his developing
water, boil it down to its original quantity,
tray is a gaslight, and the flame is sur-
let it cool, then filter. Then add of the
rounded by a very dark-green glass globe,
stock bath to make it 30 grains for ferro-
causing the light in the room to look very
types or 50 grains for negatives, sun one or
green. He states it is a hard light to de-
two days, filter, and your bath is ready for
velop by; but the negatives (which average
work. I keep my ferrotype bath slightly —
110 per day), so Mr. Ben. Gurney said,
acid negative neutral.
; I sometimes throw
are acknowledged by all to be unsurpassed.
my two working baths in one, treat it as In fact, Forbes is the best negative-maker
just described, then make a new working
we have and anything he uses
in the city,
bath. By this means I always have two to produce such results should be known to
working baths on hand. I have set foggy
all who wish to produce the best work.
baths aside for a month or two, which,
J. H. Hallenbecr..
after being filtered, were clear and sharp.
A new bath works better if kept in the The following process is not given as
light for a month, then filtered. I never anything new to the old-time workers, but
let my bath remain in the box over night; I thought it might prove beneficial to a
I wash my bath-box at night, then it is dry large number who are not acquainted with
by morning. I filter my bath every morn- this mode of printing. It is very superior
ing. Improper management of the bath for printing on wood, and for solar work in
be assured is the cause of more failures than cloudy weather.
any other. J. Davidson. Float the plain paper on the following
solution for three minutes Water, 80 :

I find the following a good receipt for

ounces ;
4 ounces of a saturated solution of
negative varnish :

bichloride of mercury. Then hang it up to

Alcohol, . . . .28 ounces.
dry. When wanted for use, sensitize in a
Gum Sandarac, . .4 "
35-grain solution of nitrate of silver for two
Oil of Lavender, .3 "
Chloroform, ... .

6 drachms.
minutes (the paper is now very sensitive,
and should be kept in the dark).
Shake until dissolved, then filter and set The time required for printing will be
by until it clears up, then pour off all but found to vary from two to fifteen seconds.
sediment. Warm the negative slightly be-
DEVELOPER.
fore and after varnishing.
Water, . . . .80 ounces.
Most photographers use the lead pencil "
P. S. Iron, . . . 3
for retouching I prefer India-ink and pro-
;
Glacial A. Acid, . . 6 "
ceed as follows Touch out pinholes (if
:

Then wash well, and fix in hypo sulph.

any) on the varnished side of the negative
soda. J. H. Hallenbeck.
and then where the shades are too strong,
stipplewith India-ink the reverse side of To recover a plate from the bath, when
the negative, which stippling must be close by accident it gets off the dipper, take a
(but not so close as to touch each other) the ; clean straight stick of hickory, a few inches
negative must then be printed in diffused longer than the depth of the bath, cut a V-
light, or if in sunlight, double tissue-paper shaped notch in one end, split it up a few
or ground-glass must be used, which process inches from the centre of the notch, spring
 — ;

222 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.

a small rubber band round, the stick an inch I desire, add the gold, tone my pictures,
from the end. The notch being set over leaving them warmer in tone than I desire
the upper edge of the plate, a light push to have them, for they dry darker, and fix
downward will force it into the split, and in hyposulphate and bicarbonate of soda.
the elasticity of the rubber will hold it After toning I pour my bath back into the
there. The bath need not thus be disturbed bottle. In this way no gold is lost what-
any more than by passing the dipper up ever, and I believe a bath may be used an
and down. The film need not be destroyed indefinite length of time, occasionally add-
•more than half an inch from the edge, and ing to it soda and salt. I warmly recom-
much vexation and valuable time and pa- mend the above to those who are troubled
tience be saved. This dodge may possibly in toning. E. F. Ltjmmis.
be old to some of your readers. It is origi-
nal here within the last few days., and I I get over the disposition of the colors to
give it as a free offering to such of the craft crackle on magic-lantern slides by albu-
as are not already too smart to learn any- menizing the picture before drying, and
thing new. J. Lee Knight. this improves the film to color on it is a ;

Topbka, Kansas. point gained, as the colors take better and

the film is secured. In fact, I found this
[The same suggestion as the above has
easier to color on than any before. In
been sent us by Mr. Forester Clark, Belvi-
using some water colors, such as gamboge,
dere, 111., and is, we know, very good.
they will run off in varnishing; a little
We won't quarrel over its novelty.] Ed.
P. P.
gum used with the color will prevent it.

T. P. Varley.
I find., in my visits to photographers,
quite a number who are troubled to obtain I have been trying permanganate of
the tone they desire to their photographs potash for strengthening negatives, and
their bath does not work satisfactorily, and find it does better than anything I have
they are constantly making new toning used. It is better to use it in two different
baths. Now I have not two years
failed in solutions ; make one very strong and the
to tone just as I pleased, and I have not other weak. Use the strong solution for
made a single bath within that time. Two weak negatives and the weak solution for
years ago I made a very simple bath of soft negatives that require only very little
water, with the addition of bicarbonate of strengthening. Do not pour the solution
soda and a little salt ; kept when not in use back into the bottle, but wash it off over
bottled. In toning 1 pour out the quantity the sink. T. C. Lawrence.

Press of matter this month again compels us The German Correspondence is omitted this
to run eight pages over. The quantity of good month on account of Dr. Vogel's visit to America.
matter corning to our hands is so great that we He is, at this writing, on his way to us, having
cannot keep'it from our readers. left Hamburg May 11th.

Severe Hail-Storm in Philadelphia. —

A Call to the West. — We have before At about two p.m. Sunday, May 8th, this city
called upon the photographers of the West to was visited by a most terrible hail-storm of fif-
assist Mr. Ryder
in the labors attending the Ex- teen minutes' duration, which destroyed every
hibition. We hope that those who can, will go photographic glass-house completely. Scarcely
a few days before the 7th, as there will be need a glass was unbroken
any of them, and,
left in
of their good services in hanging the pictures after the hail a drenching shower occurred,
and arranging the hall. which caused a great deal of damage. The
 a

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 223

sight was perfectly terrific. Some of the stones respond, there would be an abundance. And
picked up a few moments after the shower meas- now comes the singular part : as if by some
ured seven inches in diameter, and were very agreement, nearly the whole of those appealed to,
clear and hard. Four of them were photographed, have concluded to belong to the half who would
which weighed in the aggregate 1S70 grains — not respond, hence, very little has been received.
curious amount, considering the year. This seems really unfair, after the- work has been
Mr. William Bell has sent us a stereoscopic done, and we really hope that our readers will
view of the interior of his skylight, made twenty be more thoughtful in the matter. The work is
minutes after the storm, which presents his room done; you are greatly benefited, and a trifle from
in most deplorable condition. All the available each one would be enough. If all our readers
vessels are scattered over the floor, into which would respond, fifty cents each would cover all
the assistants are shovelling the bushels of great expenses.
hail ;empty sash above and at the side, the
the It is stated that neither Mr. Shaw's applica-
drenched and torn curtains, etc., all look very tion for his original patent or for his several re-
much the worse for hail. issues, ever came up before the photographic
Very few pictures were made in. Philadelphia examiner at the Patent Office, but, by aid of in-
for several days after, but now the damage is genious counsel, were examined in the chemical
all repaired, and, better still, several of the old department.
lights have been remodelled, so photography will Shaw was beaten in another patent case re-
gain after all. We hope, however, no more such cently also. This time he was the defendant in
storms will pay special attention to Philadel- the matter, and was declared an infringer on
phia. some other patent he had been using without a
right. Mr. Bell was the counsel against him in
Holyoake Cards, Cabinet-size. Messrs. — this case also, and also triumphant against him.
A. M. Collins, Son& Co., who are always enter-
prising in such matters, and ever ready to supply Mr. A. Semmindinger, New York, has sent
the demands of the trade in their line, have met us a communication wherein he says he was the
the request of "Livingstone" in our last issue, first to patent a multiplying box, and that, up
and have ready the cabinet size Holyoake card- to January, I860, there was no such box in ex-
mount. A very pretty inner ring surrounds the istence, therefore all who manufacture them in-
portrait, between the latter and the outside tint, fringe his patent. Moreover, he states that he
which is a great improvement, and makes them challenged Mr. Ormsbee in March, 1869, to dis-
very effective and pretty. The dealers all have prove the above fact if he could, and that Mr.
them. Ormsbee never answered him. If all that was
known about the rnultiplying-box was published,
Struck by Lightning. — Mr.M. Van Ors-
C.
it would make a very curious volume. Suppose
dell's gallery, at Wilmington, N. C, was struck
you had a patent for a lock. Your neighbor
by lightning May 5th, and afterwards deluged
sees defects in it, and, by the introduction of a
with water, doing much damage to his stock and
new tumbler or spring or two, makes it less lia-
negatives.
ble to be picked. He obtains a patent for his

Mr. E. V. Seutter, Jackson, Miss., has sent new combination, but that does not entitle either
us a copy of an article contributed by him to he or you to claim that all locks are "equiva-
their local paper, complaining of the grievous lents" and, therefore, "infringements." Yet
taxes made upon photography. In addition to such an erroneous opinion or claim is held by

the Government tax it seems that the State and very many inventors. Mr. Semmindinger and

county also tax the photographers. This is hardly Messrs. Wing &, Co. may both patent a multi-

fair.
plying-box, and yet neither of them be entitled
to the claim that every such box infringes them
(P)Shaw ! —A very singular thing has oc- that was used before their patent. The Patent
curred recently.As soon as we received from Office will not allow a man any such claims,

Mr. Thompson the Shaw & Wilcox premature though it is a common error to suppose that it
and threatening circulars, we put them in does.
type, and, with the announcement of the vic- We know Mr. Semmindinger to be a hard-
tory, sent out about five hundred of them to working man, and he says he has made camera
those where we supposed Shaw would be most boxes for twenty-one years. He states a curious
likely to operate, asking for help to pay the ex- fact too, that, of the several who have been in

penses of the suit for Mr. Lovejoy. We thought the business in New York, all have failed to suc-

if one-half of those who were appealed to would ceed but him, up to within a few years.
224 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Q^* The "Committee on the Relief Fund," Rink. Hundreds of figures, in every imaginable
National Photographic Association, U. S. A., are dress and position, are grouped most wonderfully
requested to meet at the Kennard House, Cleve- and artistically. It is a fine success as a compo-
land, Ohio, on Monday, June 6th, at 12 m. sition picture.
W. Irving Adams.
The Sphynx —
This is the title we shall give
A subscriber in Iowa desires us again to cau- to a new column beginning with our next issue.
tion our readers against an individual calling In Professor Pepper's excellent work, page 30,
himself "Dr. Phillips,'' who is selling preten- are given directions for producing the delusion
tious processes for largesums which are nothing familiar to all our readers in the cities visited
new. If he victimizes any of our subscribers, by the magicians, called the " iSp/jjwar, " or the
all we have to say is, they deserve it, for they "Floating Head." A large mirror is placed on
have been taught better. the stage at an angle of twenty degrees. The
ceiling above is reflected in it. In the centre
Meeting of Philadelphia Photographers.
of the glass is a hole through which a human
An enthusiastic meeting of photographers of
head is passed, the glass hiding the body. The
this city was held at Messrs. Wilson, Hood &
appearance then seems to be that of a head
Co's store, on Thursday evening, May 19th, to
floating in the air. Questions are then- asked,
consider, first, the best route to go to Cleveland ;
and the head answers them. Now here is the
second, to arrange to send all parcels for the
point : our readers shall be the magician and ask
Exhibition together ; third, to arrange for the
the questions ; our drawer shall be the hole, our
reception of Dr. Vogel.
Journal the mirror, and our new column the head
It was thought that, going by the way of the
or Sphynx to answer the questions, which an-
Erie Road and returning by way of the Pennsyl-
swers must also come from, our readers. We will
vania Central, would be the most pleasant, and
start the questions with the following, put your
allow parties to see both routes. It was also
heads through, and let the answers be prompt
agreed to have all the parcels shipped together.
and full :

A committee was appointed to receive and enter-

I. In diluting the disordered bath, pour the
tain Dr. Vogel during his visit here. About
bath into the water, and not the reverse. Why ?
twenty-five or thirty will go from this city to
II. Ammonia, dropped drop by drop in a
Cleveland. The subject of a State photographic
solution of nitrate of silver, forms a precipitate
society was also discussed, and a committee ap-
which dissolves after the addition of more am-
pointed to arrange for such an organization. It
monia. Why ?
promises good success.
III. Why does boiling the bath cause it to

Received. — From Messrs. E. Long* Co., our throw down its impurities ?

agents in Quincy, 111., a very beautiful cabinet

Answers to Correspondents.
of a lady from the gallery of Mrs. W. A. Reed.
From Mr. A. F. Clough, Warren, N. H., some
D. Cozier. — The white spots on your ferro-
types are caused by an excess of acid in your
very fine stereo views, made during his sojourn
on the top of Moose Hillock, an account of which
bath, creating lack of harmony with your collo-

he begins in our current number. Some dion. The "appearance of sand" on the plates
of the
is iodide of silver. Coat your plates with the
frost views are truly exquisite, and very curious
as specimens of photography under cold circum- film down, inclined on the dipper. The following

stances. They are also excellent.

is good for ferrotypes :

collodion.
From Mr. C. R. Savage, Great Salt
Lake City,
we have a number of fine views in Southern Utah. Iodide of Ammonium, .
4J grains.

The rock scenery there is most charming, and

Bromide of Potassium, .2 "
Ether and Alcohol, . . equal parts.
photography is just beginning to reveal it.
Cotton, . . 4 to 5 grains.
From Bushby & Hart, Lynn, Mass., a
Messrs.
. .

of Rembrandt oartes, very fine in their

developer.
number
Water, . . . .32 ounces.
effect and extremely clean and rich in manipu-
Protosulphate of Iron, . 2 '•
lation. They say they are continually busy, and
Alcohol, . . . . 2 "
their work eminently deserves it.
From Mr. J. Lee Knight, Topeka, Kansas, a
J. A. W. Pitman. Dissolve lampblack in —
good cider vinegar, adding a little glue-water.
11x14 view of the new Topeka bridge.
Reduce to proper consistency with soft water.
Mr. J. Inglis, Montreal, has favored us with This will be found good, either for blacking the
several copies of his great picture of the Skating inside of the lens-tube or the apparatus.
 THE

MkMpWa Iffcfltflijrajrta*

Vol. VII. JULY, 1870. No. 79.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In theClerk'sofliceof the District Courtof the United States for the Eastern Districtof.Pennsylvania.

THE EXHIBITION being present at one time. The receipts

AND at the door were more than enough to pay

Meetings of the National Photographic all the expenses of the Exhibition, which
Association. was not the case last year. The debts in-
"We have devoted the major portion of curred in litigation with the Shaw & Wil-
our space this month to the proceedings of cox Co. by one of the members, and in op-
the National Photographic Association at posing the plea of the Bromide Patent as-
we look upon it as a sub-
Cleveland, because signees before Congress for a rehearing of
importance and value to every
ject of vast their case, werewiped away by the Associa-
photographer in the Union. Whether tion. Elegant medals, it will also not be
every one will see the advantages of a con- forgotten, were offered for improvements in

nection with such a body, or not, the ad- the art during the year.
vantages are still the same. A Eelief Fund was established and placed
The Cleveland affair was enough to con- in the hands of a board of trustees, who are
vince any one that the little handful of energetic and earnest in the matter and
men who met in Philadelphia in December, mean work, and to it the handsome dona-
1868, and organized the Association, started tions mentioned in the record of the pro-
there a train which is catching like wild- ceedings have been made, so, with all this
fire, gathering hundreds toits strong em- and its new strength, the Association is in
brace, forming a union which is going to be a flourishing and prosperouscondition. This
a great power and work wondrous good in is not the result of excitement either. The
the art. A brighter, better day for its-vota- meaiwho.Sire.aiive in the matter are actu-
ries, when they shall consider it an honor ated by broad principles, intended to bene-

to be a photographer, is near at hand. fit the profession at large, and they will
Instead of the handful of faithful ones carry them out. Every live photographer
alluded to, over Jive hundred photographers must sooner or later join them for his own
visited Cleveland during the week of "jubilee," protection and benefit, and then you may
and nearly two hundred new members were look for the time when you shall dictate your
admitted to the Association, which is to terms to your customers, and not they their
make them proud of their connection with terms to you. Kead carefully the proceed-
it. About two hundred and fifty persons were ings and think over them, and hereafter
exhibitors, and thousands of citizens visited we will talk further on this matter of mem-
the Exhibition, as many as two thousand bership together.
16
 226 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
Harmony prevailed throughout the meet- of the members present, in his lantern, a few
and they were pleasant in every way
ings, hours after the negative was made.
and doubtless profitable, judging from the All this grand Exhibition, with a fine
crowded rooms and the number who had to band of music playing and crowds of people
stand. examining the pictures, made up a scene
The Exhibition. which is indescribable, and which swelled
the hearts of the earnest photographers with
The Exhibition was, in every sense, a pride and gratitude. Cleveland shall never
triumphant success. Mr. J. F. Ryder, the
be forgotten. May coming annual jubi-
the
most efficient Local Secretary, will never
lee at Philadelphia be as enchanting and as
be forgotten by those who were there. He
successful. No pains shall be spared by her
drove the best of bargains for everything for
photographers to make it so, be assured.
the benefit of the Association he was care-
;
We almost forgot to say that the nega-
ful alike over the interests of all concerned,
and of members, made
tives of the interior
and to him the success of the affair was due.
by Messrs. Sweeney and Johnson, were
Too much cannot be said in his praise, as
given to the Board of Trustees of the Relief
many will testify.
Fund, and prints are now for sale, the profit
Through the kindness of Mr. T. T. to go to the Relief Fund. See advertised
Sweeney, we have three negatives of the list and purchase them liberally. A group
interior, which are being printed for our of the members each year will be very in-
next number by Mr. Ehoads, therefore we teresting to have and watch the growth in
will defer a detailed description of the Ex- numbers.
hibition until it appears, and with it will
also be published a full list of the exhibit-
ors. That great skating rink was overflow- PROCEEDINGS
ing with chemicals, apparatus, accessories,
OF THE
photographs, etc., by almost every known
process, and in endless variety. The num- National Photographic Association
ber of exhibitors was about two hundred of the United States.
and fifty. The Committee of Arrangements The Second Annual Meeting and Exhi-
was Messrs. Albert Moore, chairman; W. bition of the National Photographic Asso-
Irving Adams, V. M. Wilcox, John R. ciation of the United States was held in the
Clemons, and Edward L. "Wilson. Central Rink at Cleveland, Ohio, June 7th
The greater bulk of the pictures were to 11th inclusive, 1870.
"Rembrandt," "Shadow,"
portraits, the The President, Mr. Abram Bogardus, of
Cabinet, Salomon, and " retouched nega- New York, in calling the Convention to
tive " styles, all being in vogue. Wonderful order at 3 p.m. made the following remarks:
specimens were exhibited, showing great " One year ago the National Photographic
growth and improvement in American Association of the United States adjourned
photography during the past year. The from the city of Boston to meet in the city
limited amount of colored work we could of Cleveland on the 7th of June, and I may
hardly understand, and landscape photog- say that I can call this a jubilee. (Ap-
raphy was also but poorly represented. In plause.) I now congratulate those who are
these directions and with composition or here with us upon the success of our organi-
genre pictures we must work during the zation. If we have done well in the past,
coming year, so as to show all the variety it argues that we are going to do better in
that photography is capable of attaining. the future, and I will only say now that I
Two great features of the Exhibition take great pleasure in calling the Association
were, in the evening the exhibition of Mr. to order." (Applause.)
Black's dissolving views with the electric Mr. J. F. Ryder, of Cleveland, the Local
light, and of the Woodbury photo-relief Secretary, then spoke as follows:
printing process by Mr. Carbutt each day. " Mh. President and Gentlkmen: I
Mr. Black exhibited a slide of the group take my share of pride as a Clevelander,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 227

that our cityis honored by this meeting. of progress is passing along? Excuse me if
I amproud to see so many in attendance I make a remark personal to Mr. Ryder.
here, most of whom have come hundreds When we first met in Philadelphia, with
and some thousands of miles. I am proud, a view to forming this Association, there
too, magnificent show of photo-
of our were but few of us, and differences of opin-
graphs. So large and fine a collection has ion existed as to whether the photographers
never before been brought together in this would sustain the Association.
or any other country. " Mr. Ryder arose and said that he could '

"The Bromide Patent extension man, not say much but he meant a good deal.'
with visions of a yearly revenue of a mil- He advocated its formation and predicted
lion or more, did not start out with a view its success, and let this gathering and ex-

of calling into existence a powerful associa- hibition say whether his predictions have
tion with powerful prejudices against un- been fulfilled. We called the Boston gather-
just patents. But now we are the offspring ing a success. What shall we call this but
of his greed. He administered well for us, & jubilee ?

and we owe him much. For the good of " You

speak (turning to Mr. Ryder) of
our young but rapidly-growing art, noth- the Bromide Patent man
as being the cause
ing can be of more value to us than unity, of our Association. He at least deserves
that we may all pull together in the direc- credit for his bulldog pertinacity, for it

tion of improvement. will surprise many of you to hear that the

"That you come to Cleveland to compare
your strength with that of a year ago, that
you give us the second annual meeting and
exhibition, is a compliment to our city that
will undoubtedly be appreciated. As a citi-
zen, and in behalf of the photographers of
Cleveland, I bid you welcome."
President Bogardus then replied
" My Brother : I am happy
mouth of the Association in replying to
your cordial welcome. Among my earliest
recollections of Ohio was the log-cabin with
Bromide Patent is only just dead. Any
party being refused an extension of his
patent can go before the Senate and ask for
another hearing before the Commissioner
of Patents. The bromide man has done so,
and accused Mr. Wilson and myself of using
money and political influence to prevent his
: getting an extension. He has had a hear-
to be the ing before the commissioners of the Senate
and they have refused him another hearing.
As I once said in Philadelphia, when I was
a boy we used
to kill a snake, and his tail

its latch-string hanging out as a welcome, would and squirm until sundown. So
live

but now I find the busy streets and palatial did the Bromide Patent. I think the re-

residences have taken the place of the log- port of the Senate committee put an effec-

cabin, yet the welcome is just as hearty. tual stop to his wriggling. The cat is said

Personally, I can say I have not shaken to have nine lives, but I believe Mr. Wilson
hands with a man since I came here, who will think bromide patents have ninety-
has not given me a hearty shake as if it times nine.
came from his heart. You know what Mr. "Whereverthis Association shall hold

Gough says, to wit, that 'some men shake its next annual meeting, I can only ask
hands so softly and coldly that you look that the photographers of Cleveland and
down to see whether you are shaking a the West shall have a welcome as hearty
man's hand or a dead fish.' We come here and a greeting as cordial as the one we
from the North, South, East, and West, all have received in this city." (Applause.)
as a common brotherhood, and by our pres- The minutes of the last meeting were read
ence and our efforts hope to lift our art higher by the Secretary, Mr. E. L. Wilson, ac-
and higher till it attains the proud eminence cepted and approved.
it deserves. This gathering is going to give The roll was then called by the Secretary,
a stimulus to every man here. I defy any and, upon the suggestion of Mr. Bogardus,
one to look on the work exhibited and not each member arose in his seat as his name
wish to equal or excel it. Will a' man ride was called. One hundred and fourteen old
in the old stage-coach when the locomotive members responded to the call.

228 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Mr. Bogardus stated that many of the
members who had not answered to their
names upon the calling of the roll were on
their way here, telegrams having been re-
ceived from several that they were coming,
so that there would be a great many more
in attendance before the convention closed.
(Over five hundred attended during the ses-
sions of the Association.)
A telegram having been received from
the Treasurer, Mr. Anthony, of New York,
that he would be here this evening, upon
motion the reading of the Treasurer's re-
port was deferred until to-morrow.
Mr. "William H. Rhoads, of Philadelphia,
upon motion of Mr. E. L. Wilson, was
chosen as Assistant Secretary.
The reports of the Executive Committee,
the Committee on Congress, and the Com-
mittee on Relief Fund, were laid over until
Wednesday, a.m.
The Committee on the Progress of Pho-
tography presented a very brief report,
which was read by the Secretary and ac-
cepted.
Mr. Carbutt, of Chicago: "I ask to
excused as one of that committee, upon the
ground that the letter in which I was noti-
fied of my appointment as a member of the
committee was laid by in my absence, and
did not come into my hands until several
weeks afterwards, and too late for me to
take any action in the matter. I was a few
weeks abroad last fall in Europe, and, of
made note of the
course, during that time I
various things I saw. The most essential
thing that took my notice, was the progress
made in the historic character of the art, and
the progress in pictures of an indelible char-
acter. The one that took the lead in Paris
at that timewas the enamelled photograph,
and I think it is likely to become one of the
most popular styles. Mr. Scholten has some
highly creditable specimens here, and I
think finer 'than anything I saw abroad.
That and the retouching of negatives seems
to have arrived at a very fine point in Eu-
rope, especially in Paris.In London noth-
ing much had been done with it. Still,
vast strides have been made by the photog-
raphers on the Continent. They, too, are
adopting the retouching of negatives. That
is being rapidly adopted by most of the lead-
:
ing galleries throughout this country. (Ap-
plause.) I regret that no fuller report has
been made by the committee, but such are
the few observations I made during my ab-
sence."
Mr. W. Irving Adams, of New Tork,
offered the following resolution, which was
adopted
Resolved, That the Annual election of officers
of the National Photographic Association for
the ensuing year, be made the special order of
business for Thursday next, at 10 a.m.
Mr. E. L. Wilson moved that a commit-
tee of five, to prepare and receive nomina-
tions for officers, be selected and appointed
by the Chairman the committee to report
;
Thursday, at 10 a.m. The motion was car-
ried, and the Chair appointed as such com-
mittee, Messrs. Carbutt, Bowman, Baker,
Rhoads, and Wilson.
Mr. Tresize moved that a committee of
three be appointed to prepare business for
the Convention, through whom all resolu-
tions shall be brought and properly pre-
sented.
be
Mr. Bogardus said that the Executive
Committee would have that matter in
charge, and would this evening arrange for
the future sessions.
Mr. Tresize withdrew his motion.
The President announced that at 3 p.m.
to-morrow he would deliver his annual ad-
dress, and would be followed in an address
by Dr. Hermon Vogel, of Berlin, Prussia.
Mr. E. L. Wilson moved, that during
the absence of the Treasurer two assistant
treasurers be appointed, and the motion
being carried, Messrs. Michael F. Magee
and V. M. Wilcox were appointed.
Mr. Bogardus stated that the books of the
National Photographic Association would
now be thrown open, and a recess taken so
that the names of new members might be
received,and those who had not paid their
annual dues might now do so.
A gentleman asked if it was sufficient,
where there was a firm, for one partner to
sign the firm name and pay the fees of an
individual ?
Mr. E. L. Wilson said that the Execu-
tive Committee had always ruled that only
one member of a firm could be a member of
 : : :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEK. 229

the Association by paying single dues and a The Chair appointed as such committee,
single fee two persons could not come into
; Messrs. Webster and Fitzgibbon.
the Association as one member any more
Mr. Wilson offered the following resolu-
than they could stop at a hotelfor a single
tion :

fare.
Adjourned to 10 p.m. Wednesday. " Resolved, That members, upon rising to
address the Association, shall state their
Second Session. name and address before speaking."

Wednesday, June 8th, 10 a.m. Mr. Wilson said that he offered this reso-
The Association was called to order by lution for the purpose of enabling the sten-
the President, Mr. Bogardus. ographers to make an accurate report of the
On motion, the reading of tbe minutes of proceedings. Passed.
yesterday was dispensed witb.
The Keport of the Committee on the Be-
Mr. Henry Anthony, of New York, tben
Fund was then read.
lief
made bis report as Treasurer of tbe Associa-
tion. Balance in the treasury, $572.38. The chairman of the committee, Mr. W.
It was moved and seconded that the re- Irving Adams, of New York, previous to
port be accepted and referred to the Audit- reading it, said
ing Committee. Carried. I feel somewhat enthusiastic in this
Mr. Bogardus then read the following matter. have based this plan upoia the
I
telegram from Mr. P. B. Jones, of Daven- relief systems of some of the most promi-
port, Iowa: nent New York organizations. I feel that
" To the National Photographic Con- if this is adopted, as it should be, that by the
vention: time the committee or the Trustees are
" I send you greeting from the Mississippi called upon to pay any money, the fund
Valley, and regret that I cannot be with will be so large that the interest will be al-
you, on account of sickness in my family. most sufficient to cover all demands upon
"P. B. Jones." the fund. I would suggest that in the first
blank be inserted, say five per cent., of the
The following letter to the Secretary, from
entire receipts to go to the Board of Trus-
Mr. Thos. H. Johnson, was then read
tees; the next blank, I would suggest, be
" Cleveland, June 8th, 1870. filled by inserting that the widow, so long
" Will you oblige me by extending an in- as she remains a widow, shall receive, say
vitation to the Association to assemble at fifty dollarsper annum and for children ;

some suitable place for the purpose of hav- under ten years of age, about ten dollars a
ing a group picture taken. year. In regard to any superannuated
" 1 would suggest forming in front of the member, of course that cannot take effect
monument in our public square, between for several years, and by that time I am
the hours of 2 and 4 p.m to-day or to-mor-
, satisfied that a fund will be created suf-
row (weather permitting), if convenient to ficient to allow them from three to five
the Association." hundred dollars per year. I would suggest
that those blanks be filled in by the Asso-
Mr. Bogardus stated that Mr. Thos. T.
ciation, and the report adopted, as follows
Sweeny, of Cleveland, had also extended an
invitation to the Association to meet for the
New York, June 7th, 1870.
purpose of having a group taken.
To the Officers and Members of the Na-
Mr. Wilson moved that both of the invi- tional Photographic Association.
tations be accepted, and that the time be
Gentlemen: The undersigned, in behalf of
fixed upon before the adjournment this
the committee appointed at the last annual meet-
morning. ing, to consider the propriety of establishing a
Mr. Webster moved, as an amendment, ''Relief Fund," would respectfully report that
that a committee be appointed by the Chair after a considerable correspondence with mem-
to fix upon a convenient time. Carried. bers of the committee, they have adopted the
 :

230 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

accompanying plan, and respectfully submit the have power to commence making appropriations
same for your consideration. to beneficiaries in the following manner:
W. Irving Adams, Chairman, The nearest of kin having had the care of any
4 Beekman St., N. Y. deceased associate who shall not, at the time of
J. C. Potter, Elyria, Ohio. his death, be in arrears for more than one year,
G. S. Bryant, Boston. and who shall have been a member at least five
years, shall be entitled to the sum of $50, as
The President of the National Photographic
funeral expenses, and if the circumstances of the
Association, elected atthe Annual Meeting, June,
case require it, in the estimation of the Trustees,
1870, shall, within twenty-four (24) hours after
his widow (so long as she remains his widow)
his election, appoint or nominate, and report to
shall be entitled to receive $50 per annum, and
names of
this Association for their approval, the
for every child under ten years of age, the sum
six (6) gentlemen (who shall be members in good
of $10 per annum. Any superannuated member
standing) who shall be styled The Board of Trus-
of this Association whoshall have been a mem-
ters of the Photographic Benevolent Fund of the
ber twenty-five years, and who shall have served
U. S. A.
in any capacity, or connected in any way with
The said Board of Trustees shall be divided
photography for twenty-five years, shall (if in
into three classes, said classes to be determined
the judgment of the Trustees he require it) be
by lot under the supervision of the President,
entitled to the sum of $100 per annum.
Secretary, and Treasurer of this Association.
Should any member of this Association, in
The first class shall hold their office one year ;

good standing, become disabled by accident or

the second class, two years ; the third class, three
otherwise, so as to prevent his attending at his
years from the date of their appointment.
business, he shall be entitled to receive such an
The annual election of two Trustees shall be
amount as the Trustees may deem proper in the
held at the same time and place as the annual
case, and the funds will admit of.
election of the officers of this Association.
The Trustees are authorized to solicit from
The President, Secretary, and Treasurer of the
photographers and stockdealers, donations to
National Photographic Association shall be ex
this fund.
officio members of the Board of Trustees named
above.
Mr. "Wilson moved that the report be ac-
The said Trustees shall have power to make
cepted, and the consideration ofit laid over
By-Laws for their own government, and shall
until to-morrow. Carried.
annually appoint a President, Secretary, and
The following letter from Samuel Holmes,
Treasurer. They shall have the entire control of
Esq., was then read by Mr. Wilson
all moneys belonging to the Benevolent Fund,

and disburse in a manner hereinafter named. New York, June 3d, 1870.
The Treasurer of the National Photographic Mr. E. L. Wilson,
Association shall pay annually to the Treasurer Secrr tary Nat. Phot. Assoc. TJ. S. A.

of the Board of Trustees, five per cent, of the Dear Sir : I very much regret that circum-

entire receipts of the preceding year, and all stances beyond my control will prevent my being
moneys now in the hands of this Association, at the approaching meeting at Cleveland, as I
standing to the credit of the Benevolent Fund, had hoped until within a few days. This meet-
shall be paid over to the Treasurer of the Board ing, in my judgment, should have quite a prac-
of Trustees, and he to invest all such moneys tical character, both in its efforts for future as-

under the direction of the Board of Trustees, so sociation and continuance of the Society, and
as to be drawing interest. for the improvement of the art in nil its various

The Treasurer of the Board of Trustees shall branches. As I shall not be able to speak per-

give bonds for the faithful performance of his sonally to the Convention, I beg the privilege of
duties in such an amount and at such times as the saying to you by letter some things that have
officers of the Association shall determine. come before my mind, as measures desirable to
If a vacancy shall occur, by death, resignation, be attained by it.
or otherwise, in the Board of Trustees, it shall First of all, it seems to me that as the Asso-

be by that body. If more than one vacancy

filled ciation has now, as we trust, a reoognized and
shall occur at the same time, such vacancies shall firm basis, its privileges and associative advan-
be filled in the same manner as provided in the tages should be so extended as to bring in all
first section of these articles. those practising and associated with Photogra-
When the National Photographic Association phy in its various relations throughout our coun-
phall have existed five years, the Trustees shall try generally; and in using the word " coun-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 231

try," I would do it as meaning in the larger and Mr. Adams showed me, before leaving, the
broader sense of our "Continent," rather than draft of a plan for a Benevolent or Insurance

of the present " United States." Fund. I am not in favor of the pensioning sys-
To this end, every possible thing should be tem, or of any system of benefits generally which
done to elevate the art, to increase the power shall give to all a certain sum, whether rich or
and usefulness of the Association, and to make poor, needy or otherwise, under any and all cir-
it not only a thing worthy the attention and as- cumstances. I think the principle is opposed to
sistance of every one of the fraternity, but asso- the free institutions of our country, and tends to
ciation with it a felt necessity to them. This destroy independence of thought and action and
cannot be accomplished by mere resolutions, but the responsibility of those who may thereby be-
can be by continued and active co-operation. come recipients. But I think a well-organized
The encouragement we have already seen, re- and discriminating system of relief for special
sulting from the labors of a few earnest men, is and worthy cases would be very useful and op-
sufficient guarantee for even the most timid and portune, and there are occasional instances
credulous to unite their influence, their time, where very worthy people may be greatly as-
and their money with those who have so nobly sisted among the photographic community.
borne the burden and heat of the day, in still The matter, however, will doubtless be very
further and increasing fields of effort. Truly, fully discussed in Convention, and should any
those who have held back during the sowing of judicious plan be adopted, looking to the perma-
the seed cannot withhold their hands in the nent benefit of the Society in that direction, I
reaping season, with the promise of such an authorize you to pledge the Company which I
abundant harvest. represent for five hundred dollars towards its en-

Second, in matters which crowd upon my dowment, it being understood that, should the
mind as desirable to take up are, measures Society or the plan be abandoned, the donors

which shall more fully strengthen the art as at may give direction to any unexpended balance
present understood, and whatever may tend to in the interest of photography at their discretion.

develop it, whether in its modes of working, Having thus given you, perhaps, too fully of
formulas, apparatus, or materials used. In this my own views as they have come before me, I
direction there is great room, doubtless, for in- leave them with you to make use of as you may

creased effort and inventive genius ; and there is see fit.

also a continued call for the Association's so ex- More important plans may come before the
amining into all claims that the mere charla- Society, which should take precedence. If so,

tans with their pretended improvements, who lay this communication under the table.

make their living by imposing upon the more I trust your meeting will be of great pleasure,
credulous, shall be thoroughly discountenanced. and tend much towards creating good-fellowship,
Thousands and tens of thousands of dollars may and great advantages to the profession generally.
be annually saved for the profession, by vigorous With my apology for thus intruding upon
action on the part of the Society in this respect. your time, and best wishes for the success of the
With the view of stimulating improvement Society, I am,
Yours, very truly,
and invention in whatever relates to the art, I
propose to offer, in behalf of the Scovill Manu-
Samuel Holmes.
No. 4 Beekman Street.
facturing Company, a gold medal, of the value
of one hundred dollars, of appropriate design The reading of Mr. Holmes's letter was
and workmanship, to that person, resident of received with immense applause, and on
the American Continent, who shall have been motion of Mr. Bard well, of Detroit, the let-
adjudged by a committee of competent and sci- ter was accepted by the Association.
entific photographers, to be appointed by the
Mr. "Wilson said " It seems to me that a
:

Society, to have made the greatest improvement

of whatever nature applicable to the production
of sun pictures.Said improvement or invention
acknowledged practical utility, and to
to be of
be made during the year preceding the Conven-
tion of 1871, to follow in subsequent years.
that improvement which shall have been
judged second in importance, I personally offer
a silver medal of the value of twenty-five dollars,
upon the same conditions as the first premium.
letter of that kind should have something
more than a mere acceptance. I think the
matter in relation to the medals should he
referred to the Executive Committee, with
For power to appoint, with the assistance of the
ad- President, a Committee on Photographic
Improvement and Progress, and on the
Scovill and Holmes medals. Then I would
suggest, in relation to the benevolent fund,
 ;

232 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

that that also he referred to the Executive gentlemen see me. (Laughter and applause.)
Committee, and afterwards by them to a Before entering into the details of the case in

committee that may be appointed as Mr.
Holmes proposes."
Mr. Bardwell moved
referred to a special committee, to take ac-
tion on the different matters referred to in
the letter of Mr. Holmes.
Mr. Bendann, of Baltimore, offered as an
amendment, that the letter be referred to
the Executive Committee to take action
upon it, and report at as early a day as
possible.
Mr. Bardwell accepted Mr. Bendann 's
which I have had the privilege of taking part,
permit me, in your presence, to acknowledge
the valuable services of your distinguished Sec-
that the letter be
retary, Mr. E. L. Wilson, of Philadelphia. (Ap-
plause.) Let me here say, gentlemen, that dur-
ing the trial which has lately so successfully
ended, had it not been for the zeal and personal
exertions of your honored Secretary, I seriously
believe that the result would have been other-
wise, and that to-day your Association would
have been under an embargo which would have
been hard even to attempt to raise much less
to overcome. Therefore, in dividing the honors,

amendment, and the motion was carried. I do so cheerfully. Mr. Wilson has been really
the power behind the scenes at the latter end of
Mr. Rulofson, of San Francisco, offered a
this trial. In one of the back numbers of his
communication in reference to the place
Journal he told you that he had been arrested
where the next Annual Convention should
by the complainants in this case, the Shaw &
be held.
Wilcox Co. He was arrested, gentlemen, upon
Mr. Wilson moved that the communica- a charge that grew out of an unselfish and de-
tion be accepted, and the reading laid over voted zeal to you as a body. He was arrested
until such time as the discussion should for publishing in his Journal, the Philadelphia
come up upon the subject of where the next Photographer, an article that told the world
Annual Meeting and Exhibition should be clearly and plainly that Shaw, the complainant
held. Carried. in this suit, had no right to that to which he
Mr. Bogardus said :
" During the prose- laid claim. It was for this cause that Mr. Wil-

cution of the Shaw &

Wilcox patent, the son was incarcerated in New York, but I am
counsel employed by Mr. Wilson E. Y. — glad to be able to say that I came to his relief,

Bell, Esq., of New York worked for us — and that some two hours afterwards, through
the intervention of Messrs. Holmes, Scovill and
very hard, accomplished what he worked
Adams of the Scovill Manufacturing Company,
for, and what we all desired him to accom-
he was returned to his home in Philadelphia.
plish. I am very happy to inform you that
This much for Mr. Wilson in the case.
Mr. Bell is with us this morning, and will
now address you." Now The Journal has
as to the case itself.
given you some idea of the It was an ac-
suit.
Mr. Bell was then introduced to the As-
tion commenced by the Shaw & Wilcox Co.
sociation by Mr. Bogardus, received with
against a photographer by the name of George
great applause, and spoke as follows :
W. Lovejoy. Mr. Lovejoy has only one arm
Mr. President and Gentlemen op the Na- and one eye, and I believe that so far as his
tional Photographic Association: I am glad worldly possessions go, he is a poor man. He
to see you. Aside from the personal relations was the victim of this Company, and doubtless
that already exist between myself and so many they intended, either under a decree by default
of your body, Iam happy to meet with you this or by reason of the man's pecuniary weakness,
morning on the common platform of professional to overcome him, and thus succeed in their extor-
brotherhood and I can say, from the depths of
; tions. The defendant, Mr. Lovejoy, fortunately
my heart, Qod apt-eil you in your noble efforts to for him, for you, and for myself, gentlemen, as
enlarge the domain of your splendid art ; to make it turns out, were brought into contact. He in-

it the more rich, the more imposing to the tastes formed me what his situation and means were,
and appreciation of those who are in future and I told him that if I could only secure enough
years to see your work and to speak of the mar- to cover the actual labor in preparing a bill in

vellous beauty of that which you have so deli- answer to his case, that I would enter upon the
cately and so handsomely wrought. (Applause.) defence. Little did I think at that time how
In coming here to Cleveland I had but two large an interest would bo felt in the result
objects in view, the first, to see this body of little did I think that I should bo the mouth-
gentlemen ; the second, to have this body of piece of thousands instead of the mere ropresen-
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 233

tative of one man. But I entered upon the do at the peril of his life.
it One hundred and
labor. That was in the month of July, 1869. fiftythousand Romans gathered to see the great
The way in which these cases are contested is
statue raised to its place. The crowd stood
this : the venire in this suit was laid in the United machinery moved down
breathless, and, as the

States Court; after the issue is joined, the case below, and the statue slowly moved upward,
comes before an examiner, who takes the testi-
all at once there was a halt. The machinery
mony of the various witnesses; everything is
—
had given out there was something wrong
taken down in writing, and is then printed in the contractor was almost dumbfounded. He

book form at the next regular term of the Court

had attempted his work, and yet within fifteen
;

it is called,and from the printed book the case is degrees of perpendicular, he had met with an

argued. It was not until the month of March, obstacle, and who was to remove it? That vast
1870, that the testimony was fully closed in the audience remembered what had been said in the
case, and it was just at this time that I came into Vatican, and not one dared speak. But, way
contact with your Secretary. We had almost back of that crowd stood an old sailor who had
closed our case and needed more evidence. I stormed the seas amid the tempests of many
needed more witnesses and desired to understand years, and he, in looking at the progress of the

more fully the chemical details of the case. You work, saw in an instant what would remove the
could not expect a lawyer, in the space of two or difficulty. Said he to himself, "1 know it may
three months, to master the scientific details of a be death to speak, but if I die for it, I must say
life of study and ob-
profession that takes a long it," and he shouted, "Wet the ropes! Wet the

servation to become perfect in. Therefore I ropes!" and one hundred and fifty thousand
needed instruction from some good expert in voices took up theory, "Wet the ropes!" and
photography as well as in chemistry. That in- the engineer applied the water to the ropes that
struction came from Philadelphia, and I pub- had been stretched in consequence of the great
licly acknowledge the fact before you to-day. weight, and at once they began to shrink, and
To Mr. James F. Magee, the eminent manufac- the statue moved slowly but surely on its course,
turer of photographic chemicals, who patiently and soon, amid the plaudits of that vast assem-
instructed me in the practical details of chemical bly, it stood solid and secure upon its foundation.

science applicable to the subject-matter of the So it seems to me on a smaller, but just as true
Lovejoy suit, to Mr. George H. Fennemore, who a scale, the Shaw & Wilcox case hung.
gave us the freedom of his establishment in order Mr. Lovejoy had attempted to lift the shaft
to learn the practical workings of photography, of legal success and place it high above the
I with pleasure openly and here give thanks, threats of the Shaw & Wilcox Co., and just as
and acknowledge their services for you. Mr. he had got this shaft erected within fifteen de-
Wilson asked me what was the condition of the grees of perpendicular, there was something the

case. him I had already incurred a debt

I told matter with his machinery. He wanted help ;

of one hundred dollars, and I didn't feel like he wanted pecuniary aid, and although it had
going on any farther with the case unless I saw been said by them, that if any man dared to say

the way clear. He then told me to " go on,'' and a word they would shut him up, your young

if the result was a good one, all things would be

sailor, Mr. Wilson, stood by and shouted, "Wet
right. the ropes! Wet the ropes.'" (Applause.) The
1

Taking his word for it, I went on, and, gentle- ropes were wet, and what is the result ? Why,
men, you have the history of that result before that shaft to-day stands there a monument of
success that should be engraven upon the tablet
you to-day. As the case stood at this time, it
of every photographer's heart.
reminded me of a scene in another place, and
perhaps you will see the application. Standing Gentlemen, you know what this case has done
in front of the great Church of St. Peter's, at for you ;
you know what it has saved for you .

Rome, and looking up to its dome, you will see
an obelisk thirty -two feet in height, occupying its
position high over all. Three hundred years ago
that obelisk was placed there. A sum
$30,000 was offered to be paid to the
should erect the statue in position upon that
high place. A man stepped forward and said,
"I undertake the work," and from the
will
Vatican had gone forth an edict, that whoever
should speak until the work was achieved would
you kuow the trouble and pecuniary burden
which you have escaped, and upon this point I
leave it with you. But one word regarding your
equal to organization. It is said that the good of all
man who government lies in the purity of its organic life,
and just in proportion as you have this purity
of thought and action amongst you, and this
strength of the right hand of fellowship running
through your organization, so in proportion will
be the success that will attend your present and
 ! :

234 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.

future labors. you if this is the second
I tell Annual Meeting, and to make the following
year of your you are a terrible infant.
life, report
(Great applause and laughter.) And it might
While but few matters have come before them
well be asked, as I was the other day, " I wonder
during the past year, those that have been pre-
who the mother of this organization is?" The
sented have been of the utmost importance to the
boy shadows forth what the man is to be; hence
and have been acted upon by your
profession,
to-day you are a child of promise. Truly, you are
committee with the utmost harmony and unan-
an organization that has done much in two years
imity.
if you havedone so much in two years,
of life, and
The renowned Bromide Patent (whose hissings
what you become during the next five or ten
will
and threatenings frightened a few of our profes-
years? If your art has been brought up to such
sion into the conception of an organization,
a high standard now, what will be its develop-
which is grown to be "a very
now, as you see,
ment in 1875? You need to be united. I saw,
bulky baby"), and which was fought and given
in the address of one of your officers here yester-
its death-blow in 1868, has twice been resusci-
day, that he counselled unity of action and unity
tated since then, and two appeals made to our
of thought. All must heartily echo the senti-
National Congress for the reissue of the patent.
ment. Unity in your efforts to help one another ;
In 1869, a formal petition was made to a Con-
unity in order to raise up and make larger and
gressional Committee on Patents for the absolute
broader and more glorious your triumphs. The
extension of the patent for seven years. As con-
names of Wedgwood, Sir Humphry Davy, Tal-
stant watch was being kept over the enemy, this
bot, Hunt, William Herschel, all add to the
movement was discovered and opposed until the
bright triumphs of the greatness and worth of
parties withdrew their suit, and again disgraced
your art. But who are to fill their places in the
and defeated deserted the field, and your com-
future? There are men among you whose names
mittee again breathed free.
may yet stand as high as theirs
One thing more before I close, and that is the On May 19th, 1870, in the Senate of the Uni-,

press. You have the press on your side, and, I ted States, a bill was presented for the rehearing
submit, when a body of gentlemen such as you of the petition for an extension of the patent.

are, has the influence of the press, your power is So great was the activity of the counsel in press-

irresistible; and when that press is sound, when ing their suit, that your committee were forced
it is built upon a right principle, and has before to employ counsel, and Henry Howson, Esq., one
it the right kind of action, you can sweep every of our efficient counsel in the first war against

obstacle in your path to success. (Applause.) the Bromide Patent, was engaged to enter our

To this end you have occasion to be grateful plea and to prosecute our rights with the com-

and happy for the already united feeling that mittee aforesaid. With what success, you will
learn by his report, which will be read at one of
here exists, as well as for the influence of the
press, that engine of good, that engine of power, the sessions of this Association. On the result

which seems to be running your Association along we heartily congratulate you, and think that the

on the high road to fame. frightful creature is now really and truly scotched
and killed.
Mr. Bell concluded amid enthusiastic The rights of the profession have also been

applause, and on motion of Mr. Knecht prosecuted and established in another court At
the thanks of the Association were unani- our last Annual Meeting, the claims made by the

mously given Mr. Bell, the members rising Shaw & Wilcox Co. for their patent for saving
wastes were denounced "as fraudulent, unjust,
to a man as they voted.
and unworthy of credit by the Association."
Mr. South worth, of Boston, moved that
Since then, an opportunity has been presented
Mr. E. Y. Bell be made an honorary mem-
to prove the soundness of that resolution, in the
ber of the Association. Carried unani-
matter of the suit of the Shaw & AVilcox Co.
mously. against G. W. Lovejoy and by aid of our effi-
;

The Report of the Executive Committee cient counsel, E. Y. Boll, Esq., of New York,
was then reud by Mr. Wilson, as follows : the aforesaid resolution has been established by
the court, and we are freed from the presump-
To the Officers and Members of the National Pho- tive claims of another bogus patent, and the
tographic Association, in session held in Cleve- claims of the Shaw A Wilcox Co. have been com-
land, Ohio, June 1th, 1870.
pletely defeated aiuLoverthrown.
GeRTLBHEH: Your Executive Committee beg There is but one other patent now which prom-
to congratulate you on the occasion of another ises to impose upon the profession by its unjust
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 235

and illegal claims. It has been once defeated, entire amount of the debt, growing out of
and now rests in the United States Supreme the litigations named by the Executive
Court for a final decision. In our next report, Committee, at once, so that the Association
we hope to report its final defeat, if justice
might start off in the New Year free from
should so determine it.
debt.
Your committee now broach a subject which
Mr. Bogardus said that, while he was
lias caused them considerable annoyance. Our
very glad to hear the offer of Mr. Holmes,
Association being yet young and our funds low,
he knew that there were many members
the action of your committee has been somewhat
retarded by want of funds. Knowing that all who would be glad to subscribe something
depends upon prompt action in such cases as towards wiping out this debt, but who
those just named, they have been on the alert for could not afford to pay one twenty-fifth of
your interests but when funds are called for the
;
the amount.
responses have been but few, and several bills Mr. Holmes said that his offer would not,
for counsel's fees remain unpaid. We are striv- of course, precludeany one from giving
ing to rid you of every unjust annoyance, and such amount as they pleased, or as they
you shall soon be free, if you will but help us could afford.
now. Further statements in this matter are Mr. Fitzgibbon, in behalf of the St. Louis
given further on. We hope that the Association Photographic Society, subscribed $25.00.
will at once relieve us from this embarrassment.
Mr. Jex Bardwell, in behalf of the Detroit
Few, if any more such calls will ever be made,
photographers, $25.00. Mr. H. Eocher, of
and this fact should encourage a prompt re-
sponse towards cancelling our debt now.
Chicago, $25.00. Mr. L. Dubernet, of New
Our Association may now be deemed as an York, $25.00. Mr. Albert Moore, of Phila-
established success. The interests of the profes- delphia, $25.00. Mr. D. Bendann, of Bal-
sion at large have been advanced. Over 150 new timore, $25.00.
members have joined our ranks during the past Mr. Tresize then moved that a committee
year, and everything looks promising and well. of six be appointed, to pass papers through
A better feeling prevails ; the tendency is not the room for the signatures and contribu-
only decidedly towards better work, but the tions of the gentlemen present towards
average work of the country is, each year, better making up amount necessary
the to pay this
and better, as our annual exhibitions witness.
debt. (Carried.)
Statement. Papers were then circulated, and in a
We present herewith bill of H. Howson, Esq., half hour $533.50 was collected.
for services in the matter of the applications to Mr. Bardwell moved that the Keport of
Congress for a rehearing in the Bromide case, the Executive Committee be accepted and
which we hope the Association will consider.
adopted as read. (Carried.)
We also present a statement of the way mat- Mr. Bogardus said " A gentleman from
:

ters stand in the Shaw & Wilcox suit, and hope

Bangor, Maine, has just arrived; yesterday
that these debts, $1244.53 in all, will be re-
I had the pleasure of presenting to you
moved. A little enthusiasm on this subject now,
a gentleman from California. Extremes
while you are together, a few dollars from each
of you, will remove a heavy burden from your
meet." (Applause.)
Association, and we feel assured that you will Itwas moved and seconded that Dr.
not be called upon again soon to defend your Vogel be requested to sit at Mr. Eyder's
rights against the broad claims of any invalid gallery for an 8 by 10 picture, so that the
patent. members could procure copies. (Carried
Once rid of such drawbacks, we believe our unanimously.)
Association will grow rapidly in numbers, and be Dr. Vogel stated that he would comply
strong, prosperous, and do good work, towards with this request of the Association.
the elevation of our beloved profession.
The Association then adjourned to 3 p.m.
(Walter C. North,
J. W. Black, Third Session.
Ed. L. Wilson, Sec'y.
Wednesday afternoon, June 8th, 3 o'clock.
Mr. Wm. B. Holmes, of New York, The meeting was called to order by the
offered to be one of twenty-five to pay the President, Mr. Bogardus.
236 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
The President stated that he had appointed visionary scheme that is offered, but men who
as the Auditing Committee, Messrs. Cady, have by skill, judgment, and hard work brought
Riddle, and Sawyer. photography up to its present standard, and are

The Secretary made a statement in regard

willing to work still for its advancement.

to the money expended in patent suits.

"We mean to make this Association so useful
to every photographer in the land that he will,
The President then delivered his annual
own good, become a member of it. We
for hi?
address, as follows:
now have members from almost every State from
Maine to Texas, and there are gentlemen now
''Again the season has come for our annual
meeting. The sun has rolled his yearly round,
present from nearly all the States — yes, and some
from Canada, that fair land which the Fenians
cheering us and the whole earth with his life-giv-
covet.
ing beams, and we as photographers are doubly
" Let us banish still further from us all selfish-
indebted for the work he has done for us with his
light rays, making our negatives and printing ness. Let us feel that we are advancing the art

our pictures. Again we meet to extend the hand

when we assist each other. As I have said be-

of friendship and brotherhood, to note each other's

fore, there are none of us perfect — all need school-
attainments, and compare our work and see how ing,and where can we get it better or cheaper
much our art has advanced during the year. I than by such a general showing of our work as

think we may congratulate ourselves and the we have in the great room below. Let us try to
excel, not undersell. [Laughter.] Let us try to
world on the rapid strides we have made since
we met one year ago. keep clear of cliques, let there b« a change of
" The shadow picture,' then a new effort, is
'
officers yearly, so that this charge cannot be
brought against us. Let us pull together, and
now becoming almost universal, and well it may,
for the best judges have no hesitation in pro-
remember the In
old adage, so often quoted, '

union there is strength.'

nouncing it the finest effect yet produced with
" One man in New York said he did not see the
the camera. The Albert process is yet in em-
made and strong use of joining the Association and paying two
bryo, but great promises are
hopes are entertained that it will yet work a com- dollars per year for nothing. Now, if he had
been sued on the bromide or other patent, how
plete revolution in photography. The Woodbury
soon he would have rushed to the arms of this
process is before you, and you can in this build-
ing see the results* and its working. I tell you,
Association to defend him. We have defended

gentlemen, photography has a great future. It

him, and every other man following the profes-

is not necessary for me to speak of the fine re-

sion. But if he or any other man thinks it is his
two dollars we are we had rather he should
after,
sults of retouching the negatives ;
you know how
wonderfully the prints are improved, how much stay out. We want your influence more than
Science ready
your money. This sum of yearly dues is a mere
beautified. is to call in the aid of
nothing, but will in the future prove enough to
photography, as during the recent eclipse. By
no other process known to men could the event pay the working of our organization, and give
have been so accurately noted, for the sun us a fund to defend ourselves against wrong and
evil.
marked its own obscuration with accuracy most
wonderful. "There is one thing I wish to speak about. I
"And now, gentlemen, from what this Conven- hear that some gentlemen coming here have been
tion shows, is our Association worth keeping up? delicate about hanging their work in the exhi-
If it is, then letus do what we can to enlarge its bition. This is wrong, gentlemen ; let us see
sphere of usefulness, and let every member exert your work, perhaps some brother will give you a
himself to make its influence good. If of no use, piece of advice that may enable you to greatly
then let us disband, separate; what say you? improve your pictures. We are not going to
[Cries of " No !" "No !' :

J for I am in earnest in laugh at your work, but help you where you fail.

this matter. understand the motives of the

'If I
"Now, wishing you all success in the delicate
officers, they are not influenced by selfish motives, and mystic art of photography, I close by intro-
but willingly work for the good of the fraternity. ducing to you Dr. Vogel, of Berlin, who has come
"Gentlemen, you come not hero to hear my across the ocean to meet us, and who I now take
powers of oratory ; no, rather let our eloquence pleasure in presenting to you."
come from the dark-room, and be written in real
letters of light by the delicate and truthful lens Dr. Vogel, of Berlin, was then presented
of the camera. I see before me men of progress. and received with loud applause. He spoke
I do not mean by this, men ready to adopt every as follows :
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 237

Mr. President and Gentlemen Allow me, : people has been one of the most fervent and
in due appreciation of the many kindnesses and cherished dreams of my heart. My longing has
cordial welcome tendered to me since setting my been increased since my modest labors for the
foot on American soil, to offer you my most sin- advancement of photography have brought me
cere and heartfelt thanks. You have given me into intimate connection with my fellow-col-
occasion, through your kindly invitation, to be- leagues of America. At last I find myself in full

come acquainted with a land and a people that realization of this dream, through your kind in-
had offered millions of my countrymen a friendly vitation. I would not flatter myself into the
asylum, where they can exercise their diligence belief that the hearty welcome with which I
and industrial habits without the prejudices and have met is due to my own personal merits, but
restrictions of European peoples. rather that you would thereby acknowledge the

Our relations in Europe are of a peculiar and merits of German photography in general.

circumscribed nature. A certain adherence to Within the last few years there has sprung up
the old gives to our German people a somewhat between us a large photographic intercourse.
conservative character, which often stands in You learned to value and appreciate German
the way of progression. Thousands of intelli- photographs, and recommended the same as
gent men, who have persistently fought in vain worthy of your imitation and now American
;

against their prejudices, were compelled to turn photographs are sent to Germany, and exer-
their backs upon their fatherland to seek a home cise already an influence over our native art. In
under your American flag — a land which, through this manner photography is advanced by alter-
the unlimited extension of its boundaries, through nate action.
its great and colossal undertakings and the ac- Only thirty years have passed away since the
tivity of its inhabitants, and through the inde- began to dawn
light of this glorious art first
pendence of its institutions, calls forth the ad- upon us. Nevertheless, no other invention in
miration of the Old World. Free from our Euro- this or the last century has progressed in such a
pean prejudices, men and things develop them- rapid manner, and exercised such a powerful in-
selves with wonderful rapidity. fluence over modern art, science, and culture, as
Whilst we in Europe have for the last seventy photography.
years sought some means to construct a railway A new era commenced with the invention of
through the Alps a short distance of only one the printing press, through which the treasures
hundred miles, the American people have built of knowledge were multiplied and thrown open
a railroad linking the Atlantic with the Pacific to the whole world. Yet the press could only
Ocean. multiply ideas, while there was wanting that
Again, whilst it takes some hundreds of years which would fix and multiply the beautiful
for European cities to obtain growth and com- scenerys and phenomena of nature, the work of
mercial magnitude, large and powerful commer- art and industry. This was at last accomplished

cial centres like Cleveland, Chicago, San Fran- by the invention of photography. That which
cisco,and many other fine cities are growing up heretofore was only reproduced by the slow and
where only seventy years ago the red man hunted uncertain pencil of the artist, is now achieved
with his bow and arrow. But the activity and and multiplied by photography with lightning
energy of the American people is also visible in rapidity and truthfulness. As the printing press
scientific undertakings, as has been demonstrated has become a medium for the general diffusion
by the astronomical observations made by the of ideas, so has photography become a medium
old and new world during the late eclipses of for the multiplication of all that the eye can

1868 and 1869. grasp. Photography has introduced a new era

While combined Germany and England fur- in the world of art, as the printing press has in-
nished only two photographic telescopes for the troduced a new era in the world of science.
observation of the eclipse of 1868 in India and In general, photography is looked upon as
Arabia, America directed some thirty photo- something easy to be acquired ; but, indeed,
graphical instruments toward the sun, to note there is no modern art wanting more multifold
from time to time its different phases and changes, knowledge than photography.
while the services of hundreds of your best pho- First, as a result of the chemical action of
tographers were brought into requisition, result- light, there is required a thorough, practical
ing in the production of many hundreds of the knowledge of chemistry.
best photographs of the sun —
a triumph for Second, as a handicraft, photography requires
American photography and the American people. skilfulness and experience.
Yes, gentlemen, to learn this land and this Third, as the product of photography is but a
238 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
picture to please the eye as a work of art, there something I never did. I write a great deal,
is required artistic feeling and study. but never make speeches ; that is entirely out of
For these reasons the progress of photography my Sometimes I have thought I
business.
is due to the knowledge of chemical and optical would make a speech, and when I went to bed
principles, and a knowledge of the laws of art. it seemed as though an evil spirit said " You :

It gives me much pleasure to see that these must not make a speech, because you will fail.
principles, also here in America, find a recog- Everybody will laugh at you." That has been
nition. the case here. I was afraid everybody would
In Europe we sometimes labor under the hal- laugh at me. (Laughter.) I dreamed you would
lucination that American photography has not laugh at me.
yet arrived at a high point of perfection, because [President : Dreams run contrary.]
but few good American pictures find their way Gentlemen, I am happy to meet you. Pho-
to our country. The actual observations, how- tography is not my business it is my hobby. I
;

ever, which I have made during my brief sojourn have had in my life a good many hobbies. Quite
among you, have filled me with wonder and ad- early in had a hobby to make steam en-
life I
miration. gines. I made a steam engine in Manchester,
He who would judge of the merits of American N. H., at the time when the railroad was put
photography must in person tread upon Ameri- through. But that wasn't permanent it didn't ;

can soil. last long the engine blew up.

; Then I went to
The photographer in your country works under Germany. I still had steam engine on the brain,
greater and more manifold difficulties than the and I made a steam engine to make coffee. That
photographer in our country. Time and labor didn't last very long; for one morning, when I
being of but little value in Germany, the Ger- was about to go out fishing, I went to make
man artist can finish his work at leisure, while some coffee with steam, and the police came in.
you in America must make the best possible use Remember, the police in Germany are not like
of every moment, giving you less time to devote the police in America ; they are autocrats.
to your study and experimenting. Yet the art They took me before the court, and the court
in America has been much advanced by your told me I must not make coffee with steam it ;

readiness and willingness to grasp and bring into would disturb the neighbors it made too much ;

practice all that is new and good, while on the noise. Well, that hobby passed off. Then I
contrary, in Germany, as the celebrated German got a hobby for printing. I got a printing press,
Professor Liebig says, each new discovery must and it was necessary to get something to print
pass through three different periods before meet- consequently I took Schiller up, and translated
ing with a general acknowledgment. At first it some of his work and other things. Then I went
is proven that the new discovery is worthless to work and got two lithograph stones, something
and impracticable ; second, later it is asserted like that on which we print carbons according
that it is nothing new, that a similar discovery to the Woodbury process, — a plate above and a
was made perhaps a hundred or more years ago ;
plate below, with the type between, — and I went
and it is not until the third period that the dis- on printing with that. Well, that hobby passed
covery is acknowledged and put into practical off. Then I invented a full system of stenog-
employment. Quite different is it with you.
raphy, which my wife said I could not read, and
Whenever any new and useful discovery is made, I gave that up.
the American people are the first to recognize I have had a great many hobbies, as I said be-
the same according to its real merits or demerits, fore, but the final hobby, the one that now is, is
and for this reason I wish success and prosperity the photographic hobby. You all know about
to American art, American science, and, above that. You may- depend upon it, gentlemen,
all, to American photography.
when I get to the other country, you will find a
Dr. Vogel's remarks were followed by photographic impression that you will make an

prolonged applause, and on motion he was autopsis. You will find it on the print and in
the eye. It will be the last final hobby. I shall
given a vote of thanks for his excellent ad-
go on with it to the end. I hope I shall be able,
dress and for his letters in the Philadelphia
gentlemen, to meet you annually as long as this
Photographer.
Association exists, which, I trust, will be to the
Professor Towler, of the Geneva College,
end of my days. I thank you, gentlemen, for
New York, was then called for, and made your kindness in having listened so attentively
the following remarks :
to my desultory remarks. (Loud and prolonged
Gentlemen : You have called upon me to do applause.)
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 239

A vote of thanks was given Prof. Towler
for his speech, and for the good work he
has done in developing the photographic
art.
The Secretary read a proposition from
Mr. Youngman that the Association have
an insignia or trade-mark, by which the
work of members of the Association should
be known.
Mr. Webster proposed that a badge be
adopted, to be worn by each person.
Mr. Youngman stated that he had no
idea the proposition would go so far.
Mr. Eulofson, of San Francisco, thought
it proper that an insignia should be adopted
by which the work of the Association might
be known. The proposition met with gen-
eral approbation.
On motion of Mr. Decker, Mr. E.
up, and the words Chicago, Philadelphia,
and St. Louis, were heard from different
parts of the room. It was moved by Mr.
Rulofson that it be held in San Francisco.
Secretary Wilson read a letter from a num-
ber of photographers of that place inviting
the members to meet there, as follows:
To the Members of the National Photogra-
phic Convention, Cleveland, Ohio.
Whereas, our fellow-citizen and brother art-
ist, W. H. Rulofson, being about to proceed to
Cleveland, Ohio, as delegate from this State to
the National Photographic Convention to be
held in that city on 7th June, 1870, we, the un-
dersigned photographers of the city of San Fran-
cisco, embrace this opportunity to express our
confidence in the ability of our brother artist,
W. H. Rulofson, to faithfully and ably represent
L the interests of the photographers of California

Wilson was appointed a committee of one in said National Convention.

to prepare an insignia to submit to the Resolved, That W. H. Rulofson, the delegate
Executive Committee, and if it be approved from this State to the National Photographers'
to print it in the Photographer. Convention, be and is hereby authorized to cor-
Mr. Bogardus suggested as an insignia, dially invite the members of said Convention to
hold the next National Convention in the city of
a monogram of the letters " N. P. A.,"
San Francisco, and that we pledge ourselves to
National Photographic Association. Re-
use our best ability to render the visit of such
ceived with applause.
members as shall attend the Convention in this
On motion, Mr. Wilson was recommended city pleasant and instructive to them, and bene-
to employ the letters " N. P. A." for the
ficial to our great and progressive art.
insignia of the Association.
Silas Selleck, Howland &
B. F. Co.,
Mr. Bogardus stated that to-morrow
G. D. Morse, Wm. Shew,
morning's session would be devoted to the Jacob Shew, Bayley & Winter,
discussion of the profession, and then put C. L. Cramer, Edouart & Cobb,
the motion to adopt an emblem for the As- H. W. Vaughan.
sociation,which was carried. San Francisco, Cau, May 27, 1870.

Mr. Wilson stated that he had been re-

quested to present the members with a copy Mr. Rulofson made some remarks on the
of a pamphlet, entitled the " Photographic question, speaking of the desire of his

Menagerie," to be used in the discussion friends inSan Francisco to have the Asso-
to-day, and the copies could be had after ciation meet in his city, and spoke of the

adjournment. He also read a communica- facilities there offered. He referred to other

tion from Mr. A. E. Alden for the Messrs.
Lambert, requesting that a committee be
appointed to examine the photo-craj'ons in
the Exhibition and award the medals offered
by those gentlemen for the best ones. The
conventions which had been held in Cali-
fornia, where he thought there were attrac-
tions for all the lovers of art. Half-price
fare, he said, had been offered by all the
railroads, and some had agreed to bring

communication was laid on the table, as back exhibitors free.

the Association thought it did not come Mr. Elliot, of Indianapolis, proposed his
within their province to act in the matter. city, and invited members to meet him
there.
The Next Meeting. Mr. Wilson had thought " we were too
The question as to where the next meet- young a baby to stand such a long voyage,"
ing of the Association should be held came but the inducements of Mr. Rulofson were
 :

240 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

such that he felt an inclination towards read two letters — one from Wilson, Hood
San Francisco. & Co. of Philadelphia, and another from
Mr. Hesler, of Chicago, proposed his city, A. S. Bobbins, as below.
"as it was the huh of the country." He
Philadelphia, June 4th, 1870.
spoke at length in behalf of his home.
A. Bogardus, Esq.,
Mr. Fitzgibbon, one of the oldest photog- President National Photographic Association.
raphers of the country, proposed St. Louis, Dear Sir : As members of the Association we
not thinking it a hub, but still believing it propose the following: Should the proposed Be-
a solid city. lief Fund be established in connection with the
Mr. Adams moved that after a full ex- Association, we beg you to accept from us for the
pression of sentiment had been heard on the same the sum of $250, subject to the draft of the
subject, it be referred to a special committee treasurer of the Trustees you may appoint.
of three, to report to the Association to-day. Should the matter fail, this sum or any part

Mr. Bendann, of Baltimore, moved the thereof not used, to revert to us, or rather to our

committee consist of nine from different direction, for the benefit of the Association, as
sec-
tions of the country. (Carried.)
we may dispose.
With best wishes for your success and har-
The following gentlemen were appointed
mony, we are
the committee: Bendann, of Baltimore ;
El- Truly yours,
liot, of Indianopolis; Fitzgibbon, of St. For Wilson, Hood & Co.,
Louis ; Bogardus, of New York
Webster, ; John G. Hood,
of Louisville, Kulofson, of San Fran- Edward L. Wilson,
cisco; Hesler, of Chicago; Cady, of Cin- W. D. H. Wilson.
cinnati Wilson, of Philadelphia.
;
822 Arch Street, Philadelphia.
Mr. Bendann was declared chairman of
the committee. Cleveland, June 8th, 1870.

The Committee on Group reported it had To the President and Members

been decided to have the photograph of the National Photographic Association.
Association taken before the Perry Monu- Gentlemen : I am conscious of the honor you
ment in the public square, at 2£ p.m. to- have done us in our city, and I am sure it has
morrow. been a great pleasure to us to have you here.
Adjourned to 10 p.m., to-morrow. Your principles and objects are most commenda-
ble, and your Belief Fund is specially a fine idea,

I think, promising to do much good. I there-

Fourth Session.
fore ask your acceptance for that fund, of $100.
Thursday, June 9th, 10 a.m. subject to the order of the treasurer of that
The Association was called to order by Fund. Truly yours,
Mr. W. £ Bowman, Vice-President, and
A. S. Bobbins.
the Secretary called the roll.

Mr. John K. demons, offered the follow-

On motion the letters were accepted and
ing resolution
the thanks of the Association tendered to
Resolved, That the Secretary and Executive the writers.
Committee are hereby authorized to have printed
The Secretary then read the resignation
in cheap pamphlet form the Constitution and
By-Laws and the names of all the members of of Mr. H. T. Anthony of the office of
the Association, and send a copy of the same to Treasurer.
each meniber. On motion Mr. Anthony's resignation
After considerable discussion the resolu- was accepted.
tion was passed. Mr. Cady, of Cincinnati, reported, on
Mr. Bogardus stated that the contribu- behalf of the Auditing Committee, that the
tions made yesterday towards the payment accounts and papers of the Treasurer had
of the debt amounted to $533.50, and upon been examined and found correct.
motion the list was again circulated among On motion the report was received and
the members. adopted and the committee discharged.
While this was being done the Secretary Mr. Carbutt, of Chicago, as Chairman of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 241

the Committee on Nominations, read the Committee on Progress of Photography.

report of that Committee, in which the fol- G. H. Loomis, Boston, Mass.
lowing gentlemen were suggested as officers Dr. H. Vogel, Berlin, Prussia.
of the Association for the coming year : G.Wharton Simpson, London, England.
J. H. Fitzgibbon, St. Louis, Mo.
President. J. C. Browne, Philadelphia, Pa.
Abm. Bogardus, New York. John M. Blake, New Haven, Conn.
Prof. J. Towler, Geneva, N. Y.
Treasurer.
Albert Moore, Philadelphia.
On motion of Mr. Kulofson the report
of the committee was accepted.
Permanent Secretary -
.
The officers above-named were unani-
Edward L. Wilson, Philadelphia. mously elected by a rising vote.
Vice-Presidents. Mr. Bogardus, responding to his re-elec-

F. W. Hardy, Bangor, Me.

tion, said: "When this Association was
first formed in Philadelphia, I little thought
B. W. Kilburn, Littleton, N. H.
N. S. Howe, Brattleboro, Vt. that I was the proper person to act as your
J.W. Black, Boston, Mass. chairman but we had very little timber
;

W. W. Coleman, Providence, R. I. there, and we had to do the best we could.

J.K. Bundy, New Haven, Conn. It was said that I should act for six months,
Samuel Holmes, New York, N. Y. but when we came to Boston, the commit-
Edw. Anthony, '« "
tee and the Association insisted that I should
Jno. Reid, Paterson, N. J. serve longer. I have now served a year
A. K. P. Trask, Philadelphia, Pa.
and a half, and 1 certainly hoped that I
W. H. Whitehead, Pittsburg, "
might go on the retired list. It would
W. H. Curry, Wilmington, Del.
have suited me much better, for I feel that
Daniel Bendann, Baltimore, Md.
there are men with you to-day who have a
Alex. Gardner, Washington, D. C.
D. H. Anderson, Richmond, Va.
much better knowledge of the duties of a
H. B. Hull, Parkesburg, W.Va. chairman than I have, and who could do
C. M. Vanorsdell, Wilmington, N. C. better for you than I. But your vote is
Geo. S. Cook, Charleston, s. c. very flattering, and I accept the office. We
A. J. Riddle, Macon, Ga. officers get some praise and a good deal of
J. H. Lakin, Montgomery, Ala. scolding ; but I suppose a farmer never
S. T. Blessing, New Orleans, La. ploughed a field to give life to his land but
J. F. Ryder, Cleveland, Ohio. what he disturbed some worms and grubs
D. K. Cady, Cincinnati, "
that squirmed and wriggled. (Laughter.)
H. G. Fetter, Logansport, Ind.
I had hoped that there would have been
Henry Roeher, Chicago, 111.
an entire change of officers. I don't want
H. L. Bingham, Kalamazoo, Mich.
that there should be anything like the look
J. C. Elrod, Louisville, Ky.
of a clique about this Association.
E. R. Curtis, Madison, Wis.
C.W. Zimmerman, St. Paul, Minn. "If I have offended any member in my
W. H. Jackson, Omaha, Neb. rulings, I ask his pardon if I have been
;

P. B. Jones, Davenport, Iowa. compelled to call any member to order, it

J. A. Scholten, St. Louis, Mo. has been done for the benefit of the Associa-
W. H. Moyston, Memphis, Tenn. tion, and not through any personal failing."
W. H. Rulofson, San Francisco, Cal. (Applause.)
H. B. Hillyer, Austin, Texas. Mr. Baker, of Buffalo, moved that the
J. Lee Knight, Topeka, Kansas.
thanks of this Association be presented to
Executive Committee. the Treasurer and other retiring officers,

W. Irving Adams, New York. N. Y.

who have so faithfully performed their du-

V. M. Wilcox, " " ties. Carried unanimously by a rising vote.

W. J. Baker, Buffalo, " Mr. Bendann, of Baltimore, on behalf of
E. L. Allen, Boston, Mass. the committee appointed to select a place
J. Carbutt, Chicago, 111. for the next convention, reported that, upon
17

242 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
a free and frank exchange of opinion, it
had been decided that the interest of the
Association would he best subserved if the
next meeting were held in Philadelphia
and that the committee suggested, as Local
Secretary for 1871, William H. Rhoads.
On motion the report of the committe
was accepted unanimously, the committee
discharged, and Mr. Ehoads elected.
Mr. Wilson moved that, when the Asso-
ciation adjourn, it be to meet in Philadel-
phia on the first Tuesday in June, 1871.
Various other days were suggested, but
motion finally prevailed.
The Secretary re-read the report of the
Eelief Fund Committee. Mr. Adams re-
peated his suggestions as to the filling up of
the blanks.
The report of the committee was unani-
mously accepted and adopted.
Mr. Hall moved that the report be pub-
lished with the By-Laws and Constitution,
so that it may be in the hands of every
member of the Association. (Carried.)
The President appointed, as a Board of
Trustees for the Relief Fund, Messrs. H. T.
Anthony, Albert Moore, D. K. Cady, B.
French, W. Irving Adams, and J. C.
Potter.
Mr. Wilson said " I was requested to
: was $345, the Scovill Manufacturing Com-
make an explanation this morning. I de-
sire to bring no personal matters before
the Association, but this is rather of that
nature. Yesterday, in the report of the
Executive Committee, some remarks were
made in reference to the sliding-box patent
case as pending in the Supreme Court, and
Mr. Southworth seems to have taken a lit-
tle umbrage at what was intimated. I de-
sire to say personally, and as one of the
Executive Committee, that when Mr. South-
worth's patent is decided to be just and valid,
there will be no member more ready than
myself to take it up. I have stated in my
Journal^ time and again, that he made a
good box, which was worthy of being pur-
chased, but 1 merely said I did not think his
broad claims could be established."
Mr. Southworth "Yesterday I felt
said:
that I exercised much patience to have my
name mentioned among the bogus patent
men. I am satisfied with the explanation
that has been made, and will only say in
;
reply, that we first had a trial in the court
of the United States in Boston, which was
decided in our favor. The case was again
brought before Judge Nelson, who decided
against us. We carry it to Washington
next and we mean and are willing to
fall,
leave it to fair and candid men. I am satis-
fied with that, but I am not satisfied with
any imputation that I ever was willing to
take one dollar unjustly."
Mr. Adams moved that a committee of
five be appointed to report on the matter of
this Apprenticeship.
Mr. Albert Moore, the newly elected
Treasurer, here entered the room, and, upon
being informed of his election, made the
following remarks:
" Gentlemen, this is a little surprise to
me. I have seen pictures of Fidelity in the
shape of a large Newfoundland dog, and
if I am selected as the Newfoundland dog,
I might say I will hang on to the key. I
thank you for reposing such confidence in
me, and I hope that the funds of the Asso-
ciation will be sufficient to pay the funeral
expenses of the Bromide and Shaw & Wil-
cox Co.'s patents." (Applause.)
The President stated that the amount
raised on the paper circulated this morning
pany and the Messrs. Anthony, of New
York, having each subscribed $100. Mr.
Bogardus also subscribed $50.
At the request of several of the members,
Mr. Bogardus explained his method of me-
dallion printing, and a discussion followed
on printing and washing and trimming
prints.
Fifth Session.
Thursday afternoon, June 9th, 1870.
Session 3 o'clock.
The Association met pursuant to adjourn-
ment.
The President appointed Messrs. Trask,
Bendann, Fitzgibbon, Decker, and Web-
ster, as a Committee on Apprenticeship, to
report at the next annual meeting.
The chairman of the Committee on Con-
gress not being present, Mr. Wilson stated
that the committeo had secured permission
from Congress to receive articles for exhi-
bition from abroad free of cost, thut a
 ; :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 243

copyright law for photographic productions ciation send designs to the Executive Com-
was pending, and that Congress could not mittee, and that said committee report at
charter this Association. The committee the next meeting, which is to be held at
was continued for another year. Philadelphia next year."
Practical discussions were resumed as fol- Seconded.
lows : By Mr. Hesler :
" Is it necessary it should
By Mr. "Wilson " Before proceeding to
: be from a member? Couldn't it just as
the discussion, I would state that, in the well be from some party not an artist ?"
matter of Mr. Holmes's letter, which was By Mr. Wilson: "I withdraw the word
read yesterday offering two medals, the Ex- member, and accept the suggestion as an
ecutive Committee have referred the letter amendment."
back to the meeting, and asked the meeting Motion put and unanimously carried.
to appoint a committee to make the awards At this stage of the proceedings, Dr. Vo-
at the proper time." gel entered the room, and a beautiful album,
By the President: "Let me explain a from Mr. J. A. Scholten, of St. Louis, was
little. It is not the intention of this As- presented to him in the following language
sociation to decide whose work is the best by the President
we make no decision of that character at "Mr. Scholten, of St. Louis, has just
present, but this offer comes to us in a lit- placed upon me a pleasant duty, as surpris-
tle different shape ; it is for the greatest im- ing to myself as, I doubt not, it will be to
provements in the photographic art, in ap- you. He has asked me to present you this
paratus, or anything that we consider of beautiful album. The one prominent pic-
great use to the profession. Or if, at the ture is upon the outside, and is that of your
end of the year, the committee shall deter- self. know that you will value that
I don't
mine that nothing worthy of this medal as highly as we do, but the inside contains
shall be done, then no medal shall be given ; a vast amount of beauty and pictures, which
but if a real improvement has been brought we hope you will carry back to Germany
out within a year, then Mr. Holmes's offer and show the people there that America
stands." can do good work and, in order that Ger-
;

By a voice :
" I would like to know if man artists may know that America can do
you wish to have it patented?" handsome work, we ask that they look at
By the President: "No, sir; there is this and may you be spared to send us, in
;

nothing of that kind." your own good time, the expression of other
By Mr. Wilson :
" I move the letter be men in regard to the excellence of this work.
accepted." I take great pleasure in presenting it to
The motion, on being seconded, was put you."
and carried. Dr. Vogel responded as follows: "Gen-
The committee, suggested by Mr. Holmes tlemen, I beg your pardon, at first, that I
to be called the Committee on the Scovill cannot so well speak English as your kind
and Samuel Holmes Medals, was here ap- President. Allow me, in a few words, to
pointed by the President, consisting of the express my best thanks for all your friendly
following gentlemen : Messrs. M. Carey welcome extended to me, not only in shak-
Lea, L. M. Kutherford, C. W. Hull, H. J. ing hands and with kind words, but in
Newton, and J. C. Browne. presents as beautiful as this. I will take
By Mr. Wilson: " I
Ex- move that the this to Germany not only as a souvenir of
ecutive Committee receive during the com- my collections in America, but as a souve-
ing year designs for a certificate of member- nir of American photography. I have
ship something that a photographer would
; found, from observation, far better photog-
prize something he can feel it an honor to
; raphy here than I expected. I have found
hang up in his room something that he can; more excellence in all your work than I
show with more pride than the simple little have found anywhere in Europe." (Loud
white paper we have now. (Applause.) and prolonged applause.)
And further, that members of the Asso- By the President: "The next thing in
244 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
order is Mr. Wilson's explanations of some erally use a weak solution of gum placed
curious results of some operations of pho- upon a wet plate. I find the tendency is

tography and some, I think, need ex-

; to lessen the intensity."
plaining pretty hadly." (Laughter and A voice :
" How often does it peel off?"
applause.) Mr. Benecke :
" Not so often as when it

By Mr. Wilson: "Mr. President, I is not done."

haven't any explanation to make at all. A voice " : What proportion of mercury
Here are the negatives and the prints, and do you use ?"
I want the members to judge whether they Mr. Benecke: "I find the weaker the
are good or not. If they are not good, solution the better. Of course, you have to
what is the matter with them ?" (Laugh- have some in your water.
ter.) "I have merely brought these, Mr. " Take a saturated solution of bichloride
President, for discussion. As I stated this of mercury ; add to it a saturated solution
morning, they are specimens of what I see of iodide of potassium until all the iodide of
almost every day of my life. The first one mercury is taken up and the solution is
is hundred times the second
intensified one ; clear again. Use two or three drops of this
is a monument to dust and dirt the third ; in one ounce of water for intensifying.
streaks and stains from ether and alcohol ;
Should a negative become too intense, a
the fourth is marred with what is termed weak solution of cyanide will reduce it
tortoise-shell markings the fifth is spotted
; again. The advantage of this intensifier
with hypo splashings and the sixth is
; over all others is, that it will give no ab-
pretty good. I merely wished to raise a rupt chalky high lights, and will bring out
discussion on the subject. Negative No. 1 shadows hardly visible before.
detail in the
is called a monument to sulphuret of potas- Wash and don't make the negative
well ;

sium. This negative is a type of the in- any more intense than you want to have it,
tensifying of the day. A great many pho- as the varnish will reduce it but very little."

tographers are in the habit of intensifying Mr. Holt :

" I wish to find the best method
too much. My impression is that a good, of ventilating the dark-room."
round, soft negative is better than too much A
voice " If the gentleman will look in
:

intensifying." the Philadelphia Photographer of a few

By Mr. Benecke, of St. Louis :
" I have months back, I think he will find three
found the best intensifier to be bichloride pretty good plans. I am having mine ven-
of mercury, very much diluted. I prefer tilatedon the plans laid down there."
not to intensify at all ; but sometimes I By "My dark-room is
the President:
think it is necessary, and I have found that ventilated rather peculiarly. There is a
to be the best." chimney running through the top of the
By Mr. Wiles, of Fremont: "I would dark-room. There is a trap-door, which
like to have as many photographers as are we lay down over the chimney in the day-
here who can work right along without in- time and open at night."
tensifying to raise their hands." (Several Mr. Wiles, of Fremont " I do not con- :

hands were here raised.) " I have fre-
quently met photographers who don't con-
sider redeveloping, using a little silver, as
necessary ; but I wish to
can work right along without redevelop-
ing?"
By Mr. Eliot, of Indianapolis: "I wish
to ask the gentleman from St. Louis, when
he intensifies with a solution of bichloride of
mercury, whether he varnishes his pictures
with gum before varnishing, and whether
the intensity increases after varnishing?"
By Mr. Benecke, of St.
sider the intensifying matter disposed of.
I have had some little experience in times
gone by in the uso of bichloride of mercury
know how many as an intensifier. Although I will not say
that I altogether approve of it as an in-
tensifier, yet it is necessary that a negative
should be dried before intensified; then it
is necessary that the bichloride of mercury
should be very weak. A saturated solution
in plainwater will take up but a very small
portion of bichloride of mercury. Take
about half an ounce of that in four or five
Louis: " I gen- ounces of water, throw a little water over
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 245

the surface of the film, then throw the bi- he ever tried alcohol when it operated in
chloride over it until you see it turn a very- that way ?"
light color ;
the lighter the better. After Mr. Spencer: "I have."
that wash and flow it with a one-ounce
it, Same voice : "Did it give relief ?"

solution of iodide of mercury. This bichlo- Mr. Spencer :

" It did in that, but created
ride of mercury solution penetrates into the a great many worse defects."
film after it is colored. It is all on one Mr. Youngman remarked, "he thought
side of the plate if you turn the negative
;
the difficulty arose from the uneven drying
over, there are no signs of penetration; yet, of the collodion, and illustrated the manner
if you look at it by transmitted light, it is of in which the plate should be held to avoid
a greenish-yellow. By that means you will the difficulty."
be enabled to obtain a very soft, mellow Mr. Cole " I think : if the gentleman
picture. have a landscape stereoscopic
I would boil down his bath and get his alco-
negative, from which I struck off over a hol out, he would never be troubled in that
thousand copies, and I am now enabled to way."
furnish as soft a picture as when it was first A voice " That is so."
:

intensified. In intensifying, where the Mr. Spencer: "I have had the same
mercury goes through the film, you are apt trouble with a new bath."
to obtain a yellow negative, which will Mr. Bardwell, of Detroit: "Now, Mr.
change into a light. The object is to have President, I will not tell how to avoid it,

it penetrate as little through the film as but I will tell you how to cause it,and that
possible. Keep it of a greenish color. The is by having a dirty thumb in holding your
object of drying the plate before it is in- plate. You will find, in forty-nine cases
tensified is for that purpose." out of fifty, that those fern leaves come
By Mr. :
" I used bichloride of mer- from the corner atwhich you hold the plate
cury for a good many
and it made years, for cutting it. After it is dry you will find
my picture look as though was covered it fern leaves at the corner where you hold
with milk. I know it was the mercury it."
that did it, and I don't keep it in the house Mr. Spencer: "The difficulty occurs at
now." the opposite corner to which I hold the
Mr. Spencer, of Hudson, Mich.: "I want plate."
to ask a question about a difficulty that has Mr. North, of Cleveland: "The gentle-
troubled me perhaps more than any other man will find, I think, that it is not when
one and that is what, I believe, Professor
; he holds to cut it, but where he immerses
Towler calls the 'fern leaf.' 1 call it in- it in the bath and takes it out to put it in
fernal leaf; they show themselves with me the plate-holder. If there is any impurity
on the right hand end of the double nega- on the finger, these little ridges will be
tive. The first picture to the right will be found at the place where he takes hold at
a perfect one, and the next one will be that time."
spoiled. I have spoken of the difficulty to Mr. Bulofson, of San Francisco: "We
several older artists than myself, and the are getting right at the pith of the thing
conjectures seem to fall in with my experi- now, getting the bull right by the horns.
ence, at least, of what the difficulty is. This is the rock on which ninety-nine out
Some say, more I have used acid
acid. of every hundred photographers foundered.
until the developer was half acid (laugh- Scarcely a week passes but what I receive
ter), and that didn't remove the diffi- a long letter asking me to tell how to avoid
culty." this difficulty. My theory is not to finger
Mr. Bardwell, of Detroit: "I hardly any of my negatives. Some author on pho-
like to answer the question that Mr. Spen- tography gets off this remark that, 'Causes
cer has suggested. 1 would rather that so simple as to escape our notice, reverse
some one would answer it that has been our success in photography.' That has been
through the mill." * my experience. It seemed that whatever
A voice: "I would ask Mr. Spencer if mifirht be done these infernal ' fern leaves '
246 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
would be present. I know how to make ena will be produced the result will be
;

one hundred millions of photographs with- according to the circumstances which cause
out seeing it. I think one of the causes is the phenomena.
to be found in pyroxyline, which produces " But there is another point absolutely
a hardened film. No matter whether you necessary, which is perfect cleanliness. Some
put acid or alcohol in the bath, or in what men manipulate wash in the
the picture,
proportion you put it in, it will not flow same water and wipe on the same towel two
evenly over ; or should it flow evenly, it hundred times, leave fifty different finger-
will not penetrate. I say I think that is marks on the corners, go on and develop
one reason ; there may be others. The rea- it, and then, after a few days, finding the

son why I rise to speak to this question picture is not complete, send to me and ask
is because two or three have asked me pri- how to remedy it, and I send word back to
vately with regard to the treatment of the keep the hands clean."
bath. I verily believe, if ordinary care is Mr. Wilson thanked the gentleman from
taken in the selection of collodion, and if San Francisco for his remarks with refer-
any of the ordinary published formulae are ence to the Photographer, and indorsed his
used, and if persons will adhere to a few suggestions with regard to avoiding the
simple rules, I think they will experience aforementioned difficulties.

no trouble. I don't think the man lives Mr. Covert, of Lawrenceville :

" I read
that can repair a bath. I don't believe an article in the Philadelphia Photographer
it is susceptible of repair, after a length about fusing the bath. I was not able to
of time. What by adding a lit-
I mean is, keep six baths at that time, but I kept a
tle silver and method of that is
so on. My few bottles. When I have had a bath get
this, I don't think there has been a day for out of order, I would dilute it down and
eight years, but what I have had six baths fuse it, and boil it to proper strength and

constantly employed from morning until set it in the sun for a few days, and have

night, and for six years I don't think I since that had no difficulty. As for hard-
have seen one negative out of trim. I ness or softness, I never had any difficulty

will tell you how I manage it, and will with either I always get good, soft pic-
;

leave Brother Wilson, and the other able tures when I have proper collodion, and I

writers, through his Photographer, to give work my bath very slightly acid. As quick
it to you in form, as I think that is the as these get out of order I set them in the
proper organ from which you should get sun."
those things. (Applause.) When a pic- Mr. Kulofson : "I would evaporate them
ture does not please me I look to the bath. down 90 to 100 grains to the ounce. In
I do not give orders about it, but look to it order that all alcohol and ether be driven
myself. When a bath ceases to be in order out, I put in water, then filter, reduce it to

I place it aside, have it filtered and reduced its proper strength by adding water and bi-
to the proper strength, rendered absolutely carbonate of soda, making it absolutely a
neutral, and set away in the sun for six neutral bath. I use the alkaline bath."

weeks. I have, perhaps, a dozen bottles Mr. Bingham: "When my bath gets so
standing row on a shelf, and when we
i>n a it will not work just as I want it, I add a

want to use a bottle we take the one that little caustic potash to the solution and set

has stood longest on the shelf, and so have it in the sun from one to six weeks when ;

new bottles always ready. I undertake to I want to use it I filter it; sometimes it

say, if every photographer present will will require a little acid to bring it up to
abandon the idea of tinkering and his bath, the proper point, and I find I get very
will adopt the plan of placing them in the soft pictures when my bath is handled in
sun, he will not have that or any other phe- that way. 1 think there are times when a
nomena. We all know very well if you bath needs doctoring, but when it gets so
don't fix your plate well, if you don't allow sick that medicine will not do it any good,
your collodion to set well, immerse it in the it then needs evapoAting."
bath too quickly, twenty different phenom- Mr. Webster: " To remedy those fern
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 247

leaves, I use simply iron and acid for my is twelve years ago that a photographer
developer. I add a little acid to this iron, came to a little town I was trying to live
and then my developer will not crawl." in,and was going to use me up, but he did
Mr. Hall " I believe about three-fourths
: not stay long, and when he departed he left
of this trouble arises from want of experi- his office goods behind. The person in
ence, and I judge that from this fact I had : whose hands the goods were left, at the ex-
a young man to do the coating of plates, piration of three years begged me to take
another one to make the sittings, another them off his hands. I would take nothing
one to develop the plates, and the young but the silver. As an experiment I put the
man that developed was entirely under my silver in the bath-tub and immersed the
charge. I had taken a young man in to plate, and it was the first really excellent
coat plates. The young man doing the plate I ever made with collodion."
developing got into difficulty. I inquired Adjourned until Friday, June 10th, 10
what the was says he, That
difficulty ;
' o'clock A.M.
man don't coat plates worth a cent no man ;

can develop from his coating.' I would Sixth Session.

send a young man of experience in coating
Friday, 10 o'clock a.m., June 10th.
to coat the plates, and almost invariably the
difficulty was at an end. The Association wascalled to order by

" I believe further, a great many of these Mr. Rulofson, Vice-President, of San Fran-
difficulties arise from the operator doing cisco.

too many things, consequently he cannot Mr. Wilson moved that Mr. Rulofson
get thorough practice in any one particu- convey to the Photographic Society of
lar." San Francisco the thanks of the Association
Mr. Johnson, of Cleveland: "I think for the invitation to hold the next conven-

many cases from im-

the difficulty arises in tion in San Francisco, saying that although

perfect chemicals, obtained from inexperi- the Association was too young an infant yet

enced druggists. There is one particular to take so long a journey, he hoped the time

item, and that is acetic acid. I think, by would come when they should meet face to
having pure chemicals and careful manipu- face and heart to heart the photographers

lation, these difficulties will be obviated. of California. The motion was carried
unanimously.
Mr. Hesler, of Chicago: "If there is noth-
Mr. Rhoads offered the following resolu-
ing else on the floor, 1 should like to say a
tion :
word about the developer. The great point
for photographers who make photographs to Resolved, That after this session all dis-

obtain a livelihood,is not so much the abil- cussions upon the matter of defects in pho-
ity to make a caricature as to make a pleas- tographs shall be accompanied by speci-
ing picture. They must be made at the time mens of such defects.

the sitting is had. The object is to get ex- Mr. Kusel offered as an amendment that
pression, no matter how good your chemi- no member should speak more than once
cal effect may be on the plate. People like upon such discussions, so that all might
a good expression in their pictures rather have a chance to speak.
than chemical effect." A further amendment was offered, that
Mr. Waterman " I want to ask some of
: no member should speak more than once
these gentlemen who talk about sunning unless so permitted by the Association.
the bath six weeks, if they do not think if Mr. Rhoads accepted these amendments
the bath was neutralized and evaporated and the resolution was passed.
enough to drive off the alcohol and ether, Mr. Wilson said: "I am requested to
if six hours sunning is not just as good as ask this question: 'How about Shaw's
six weeks? " tanks ? Are those who have them, and who
Mr. Kulofson, of San Francisco " Expe- : have contracted with him to furnish him
rience has shown me that it is not as cer- their wastes to refine, obliged to do so un-
tain in its results as six weeks' sunning. It der the present status of the patent?' I
 248 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
call upon Mr. Bell to answer that ques- twenty-five minutes to Mr. Southworth of
tion." Boston, for the purpose of reading his ex-
Mr. Bell said " I would counsel every
: cellent paper."
one of you, if you have made a contract The floor was given to Mr. Southworth
with Shaw, to break it. Don't possess his and the paper read by him, at the conclusion
tanks any longer. Throw them out. I of which a motion was made that the thanks
think, under all the circumstances, he of the Association be tendered to Mr. South-
could not recover one penny of damages worth for his valuable paper, and that it be
against you, even if he should attempt it. published in the Philadelphia Photographer.
I give it as my opinion that he has no legal Carried unanimously.
right to enforce on you the use of this tank The committee appointed made the fol-

any longer. You can use it or not as you lowing report:

please." The Committee report that they have
Some discussion arose on this point, which conferred with Messrs. Sweeny & Johnson
was interrupted by the arrival of Hon. in regard to the views taken yesterday.
Stephen H. Buhrer, Mayor of Cleveland, These gentlemen have generously offered
who was introduced by the President, and to furnish Messrs. Wilson, Hood & Co., of
addressed the Association as follows: Philadelphia, prints from their 14 x 17
"Mr. President and Gentlemen: lam and stereoscopic negatives at about cost,
happy to meet you here and bid you a hearty and that the amount realized for the sale
welcome in behalf of the citizens of this above that amount will be placed to the
city, and I am glad to know there is such credit of the Belief Fund. The price for
a fine collection of specimens of your art the large group will be $1.50 each, and
here on exhibition. I did not come here stereographs 25 cents each. Orders to be
with the expectation of being called upon sent to Wilson, Hood & Co. Samples of
to say anything, and, not being a speaker, each to be here at the afternoon session.
I will merely extend to you a hearty wel- The following communication from Mr.
come on behalf of the citizens of Cleve- E. J. Foss, of Boston, was read:
land." " Mr. President I desire to do some-
:

Mr. Bulofson responded as follows : thing for the Belief Fund, and would ask
"I suppose it will be becoming in me, as the Association to accept of one of my com-
your President pro tern., to make a few re- bination-curtained screens. I think some
marks by way of expressing our acknowl- one here will readily buy it, as I have made
edgment of the very great kindness we have arrangements for several since I came here.
experienced at the hands of the photogra- I will forward it nicely packed in a few
phers and citizens of Cleveland, and more days after I return to Boston. Price, $25.
especially the honor conferred upon us by " Bespectfully, E. J. Foss."
the presence of their Mayor. I think I ex- It was moved and seconded that the offer
press the sentiments of our entire body of Mr. Foss be accepted with the thanks of
when I say that we are grateful to receive the Association.
the hospitalities of the honored Mayor of Mr. Thorp, of Bucyrus, Ohio, made a few
Cleveland, and I thank you, Mr. Mayor, remarks upon the use of the reflector by
for your presence here this morning." photographers, claiming that it was danger-
Mr. Bogardus, the President, having ar- ous to use them and required a great deal of
rived, to»k the chair. experience to use them with safety.
Mr. Webster said: "I had the great de- Mr. Kusel, of Chico, Cal., said ho thought
light last evening of listening to the read- if reflectors were dangerous, that was the

ing by Mr. Southworth of a portion of a very reason why photographers should use
paper prepared by him, and I am not satis- them every day in order to become accus-
fied, Mr. President, that this Convention tomed to them, as some of the finest effects
should adjourn without enjoying the same have been produced by reflectors.
pleasure that I did, and I hope a resolution The Convention then adjourned until 3
will be passed setting apart twenty or P.M.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 249

Seventh Session. ple of the whole country, to believe that

Friday afternoon, June 10th. they will cheerfully pay an advanced price
for our productions.
The meeting was called to order by the
President.
Resolved, Third. That while we do not
believe in the establishment by us of a
Mr. Bogardus- announced that Mr. Wal-
schedule of prices for the various classes of
ter C. North would receive orders in the
work to be practicable, yet we will each and
Exhibition Hall for photographs of the
every one of us strive to maintain the dig-
group taken yesterday.
nity of our profession by charging fair
Mr. Adams otFered the following resolu-
prices for the same, and that we urge upon
tion :

all photographers the importance of demand-

Resolved, That the Committee on the
ing good prices for good work.
Scovill and Holmes Medals be increased
The resolutions were adopted.
from five to seven, and that the names of
Dr. Yogel then gave some illustrations
Professor Henry Morton, Ph. D. and Ed-
of curious failures in taking photographs.
ward L. Wilson be added. The resolution
He exhibited a picture of four balls, the two
was passed.
centre ones being round, while the outside
Mr. Bogardus said " We were favored
:

this morning by a notice from Mr. Foss,

ones were of oval shape. He explained
that this was not a failure of the lens, but
that if any person wanted to buy one of his
of the perspective if the cone of the rays
;
screens, he would donate the $25 to the Re-
falling through the lens is cut by the plate
lief Fund. I would say that I have just
in a rectangular manner, the shape of the
bought one, and he refused to take the $25,
balls in the picture will be round, but if it
so that he has donated $50."
is cut in an oblique manner, the shape will
Mr. E. Y. Bell said " I heartily indorse
:

be oval. For this reason, the marginal fig-

that Relief Fund, and I donate $25 to it."
ures in group pictures suffer a similar dis-
Mr. Johnson said: "My invitation to
tortion, the heads being broader than those
the members to have a group taken was with
in the centre.
the intention of giving the entire profits
Dr. Vogel suggested, therefore, that in
for the benefit of the ReliefFund. I feel
the arrangement of a group, the broader
the honor of your presence here, and I am
figures should be placed in the centre, and
willing to give my time and services for the
the narrower ones at the ends.
benefit of the Association, and whatever
The Doctor showed a second picture, by
profit may be made upon the pictures sold
which he illustrated that it is an error to
to' members, shall be donated to the fund
believe that an object will be broad in the
mentioned."
picture if it is taken at a short distance, and
Mr. Wilson moved that the thanks of the
slender if it is taken at a large distance, but
Association be tendered to Mr. Johnson for
that the contrary was the case. He had
the kindness and liberality with which he
taken a plaster bust at different distances,
has conducted the whole matter, and that
from 47 to 131 inches, and proved that the
his offer be accepted.
picture of this object became broader and
Mr. Pugh, of Macon, Ga., offered the fol-
broader as the distance increased.
lowing resolutions
Dr. Vogel's letters to the Philadelphia
Resolved, First. That the large collection Photographer will contain full illustrations
of finely-executed photographs now on ex- on these points.
hibition in this hall are sufficient evidence The Doctor then made a short farewell
of an advanced standard of photographic address to the Association, expressing his
excellence. great surprise at the extent of this country,
Resolved, Second. That we as an Associa- at the extent of photography and its re-
tion, and as individual photographers, have sources here; of the extent of the friendli-
sufficient confidence in the good taste and ness and generosity of the photographers of
proper appreciation of fine work by our pa- America, and of thanks for favors shown
trons and the cultivated portion of the peo- him, promising that they should all be re-
 —

250 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

memberedby him forever in the fatherland; on the west ; from the far-off Gulf States in the
which was received with great applause. south to the cold and sterile regions of the most

Mr. Bogardus: " I must say just a word. northern boundaries of the United States. Surely,

I had some doubt in my mind when I heard

you have an enterprise here that not only in pho-
tography, but in the chemical sciences of the
that Dr. Vogel was coming, whether his
world, will gain for you tbe'respect of all pro-
presence would be agreeable or not. I ex-
fessions and of the public. The people will feel
pected to see a very important-looking, large
greater confidence in the work of photographers
man, with gold spectacles on his nose, and I
by reason of these Conventions and Exhibitions.
was afraid we could not reach up to him. The question is not what you shall do to make
Mr. Anthony had invited him to make his this Association a success, for it is already
home with him while in New York. I that but the question for the hour is, how
;

called upon him, and the minute I got the we increase our usefulness, and how shall
shall
Doctor by the hand, I felt that it was the we make our influence felt ? In the first place,
right man, but not the man I had expected. it seems to me that you should impart your
And a warmer-hearted man I never found. views, your knowledge, your experience, and
You have thanked us, Doctor we thank
" ;
the practical details of that experience, freely

many favors you have done us, to each other (Applause.) That is what you
you, for the
meet for. You meet not as formal acquaint-
for the many valuable hints you have given
ances and friends, but as a band of brothers
us, and for the many pleasant hours we
have spent with you. In the name of the
brothers in the art — and, I am glad to say, sis-

ters, too. (Applause.) And if you are brothers,

photographers of the United States, I thank then you should feel familiar inone sense to-
you for your presence here." (Great ap- wards each other. You should uphold each
plause ) other in the hour of trial, however dark the
Mr. Bell then addressed the Association clouds might be, and rejoice with each other,
as follows : when success mounts upon your banners as it

has done during the year just closed. I see be-

Mr. President and Gentlemen: lam hap-
and yet I regret to speak the parting word.
fore me glorious triumphs for this Association,
py,
and I am led to say it because I see in your
It was only a few days ago that I entered this
midst so many young men- Think of what ex-
beautiful city as a stranger to this honorable
amples you have before you. I need not go into
body, and I return to New York to-night bear-
the pages of history to bring them out. Even
ing with me the precious memories of my visit
now I am thinking of one of your living monu-
hither,and laden with the warm and personal
ments to rewarded industry and patience in
congratulations of those whom I have here met.
practical photography ; I allude to your distin-
Truly, our meeting has been a pleasure, and it
guished President, Mr. Bogardus. (Applause.)
is with regret that we separate ; but it must be
apparent to all present that this session of your Who has not heard of his name? It is my
privilege to go back twenty years in the recol-
Convention has been an unclouded success.
None can doubt it none can dispute it. Many
;
lection of this art, and as far back as when I was
who had in the beginning but little faith, how a boy, in my father's house, I heard the name
large is the measure of their belief now In all !
of Bogardus. Truly, his name has been a house-
hold world. I do not say it in a vain or foolish
enterprises of this kind, when they are originally
formed, there are doubting minds who deny de-
way to compliment the man, because he is above

and obstacles that become mountains

and beyond it; but I say it proudly before the
feat, rise at

once in the pathway of progress and the burden

young to acknowledge the worth of his labor;
;

and if he should speak for himself, he would say

early in the life of such an association falls upon
that his present success is by reason of patient
a few, anil, unless that few can take hold of it
industry, of observation, of gathering up his ex-
and bear it through the obstacles that appear in
the way no success can be obtained. Now, it is
periences and making them a part and parcel of
his daily existence. Therefore, young men, do
not for me to say who have been the originators
of this Association, but to-day is the second as he has done.

anniversary of your promising and you

life : But you have before you greater lessons than
should feel grateful to those who have been the he had before him. Value those lessons. Make
real founders of this organization, who have set all these great men the guiding stars of your
00 foot an enterprise whose influence reaches professional life, and your suocess will be equal
from the Atlantic shores on the east to the Pacifio to, if not greater than theirs.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 251

If time permitted, I could also speak of the ceived change for $5. The next day he re-
names of Holmes, and Anthony and other great turned and demanded $5 more, stating that
lights hailing from the State of New York, among he had given the ticket-seller a $10 bill and
whom there is none brighter than Baker, of Buf- received^change for only $5. As he could
falo ; and coming further to the West — to this
furnish no evidence to substantiate his
beautiful city of Cleveland —I could mention
claim, and as he was unknown to Mr. Ry-
with pride the names of Ryder, Johnson and the
der, the latter naturally declined to grant
enterprising Sweeny. (Applause.) And going
the claim, whereupon the suit referred to
still names of Car-
further, I cannot forget the
was commenced.
butt, of Illinois, and Bingham, of Michigan, and
Black and Southworth, of Massachusetts, and
Mr. Bell stated that one of his principles
many others, who have made photography their was promptness, and he at once proceeded
life study. to answer the summons for the Association,
I trust that at some day not far distant this retiring amid great applause.
Association will visit the golden gates of the Mr. A. K. P. Trask, of Philadelphia,
Pacific, and partake of that bountiful feast offered the following resolution :

offered by the distinguished member from Cali- Resolved, That the Executive Committee
fornia, Mr. Rulofson. (Applause.) And if this
watch the progress of the Albert Process,
organization ever crosses the Plains and as-
and if they think it is advisable, that they
sembles in San Francisco, that city of such un-
have the power to buy the process for the
bounded growth and intelligence, you can look
Association.
up and say, "God bless the founders of this
Association !" (Applause.) Dr. Vogel was called upon to give his
I must close ; but permit me, from the depths views in regard to the Albert process, and
of my heart, to thank you for the manner in made the following remarks :

which you have received me and I trust that ;

" The Albert process is very interesting,
if, by the blessing of God, I am spared to meet and may be very valuable in the future.
with you another year, I shall find you all re- You have seen some excellent specimens by
joicing in still greater triumphs in the realm of kt. The most interesting field of photogra-
your extensive and beautiful art. (Great ap-
phy, I think, is that of portraits. If the
plause.)
Albert process is of any avail, it is for por-
Mr. "Wilson :
" I like to see our members traits. have seen it used in Germany
I
look ahead, and I have a motion here which for portraits,and I believe it is possible to
me day before yesterday by Mr.
was given make with this process several thousand
Youngman Moved, that Mr. Bell be ap-
: ' pictures at a lower price, perhaps, than
pointed the Attorney of this Association, those made in silver. But if you ask me if
so that every member may avail himself of these pictures are as good as ordinary silver
his counsel in time of need.' " Carried pictures, I must answer, No. I don't know
unanimously and with applause. whether the public will prefer an Albert
Just as this proposition was made, by a picture at a low price, or a fine, excellent-
most singular coincidence, a summons was toned silver picture at a higher price."
served, commanding Mr. Bogardus, Mr. A vote was taken upon Mr. Trask 's reso-
Ryder, Mr. Anthony, and Mr. Wilson to lution and it was passed.
appear before Justice Brand, of Cleveland, Mr. Wilson then offered the following,
on Tuesday next. It was read to the Asso- which was unanimously adopted :

ciation, and was taken as a joke, the sum- Resolved, That the sincere and hearty
mons indicating that somebody claimed $5 thanks of this Association are due and
of the Association, and had brought suit to hereby tendered to the following:
recover it. A great deal of sport was had To J. F. Ryder, the able and efficient
over it, when it was referred to the attorney Local Secretary at Cleveland, who has been
just elected. An inquiry into the cause of indefatigable in his labors for our annual
this suit reveals the fact that Mr. Arnold meeting and exhibition, and to whose ef-

Green, a young lawyer of Cleveland, at- forts its success is largely due.
tended the Exhibition on Thursday evening. To Prof. H. Vogel, Ph. D, of Berlin, for
He tendered the ticket-seller a bill and re- his presence with us, and for the instruction
 ;

252 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

and practical hints he has given us in his Mr. Wilson then made the following re-
interesting addresses before the Associa- marks:
tion. " I forgot to include one part of my
To E. T. Bell, our efficient attorney, for thankfulness, and that is my personal
his unremitting exertions to secure the rights thankfulness, to the members for their at-
of photographers, and for his able counsel. tendance here. If you can find in this Con-
To Mr. John Carbutt, of Chicago, for his vention any man happier than myself, I
interesting explanations and illustrations of would like to see him. The growth of this
the " Woodbury process," during the exhi- Association was an object that I hoped for
bition. and worked for, but its success to-day is

To Mr. J. W. Black, of Boston, for his greater than I could have believed possible,
exhibitions of glass transparencies by the although I think I was more sanguine in
electric light. that respect than any one else. I desire,
To the reporters of the city papers for therefore, to tender my heartfelt thanks to
their very full and accurate reports of the all that are here for their cordial manner,

proceedings of this Convention. and for the promptness with which they
To the press generally for the generous have relieved me in the discharge of duties
space given us, and the favorable terms for that I have imposed upon myself for their
advertising. sakes, and I hope that I may meet you all
To the directors of the Central Kink for at our next annual convention in Philadel-
the liberality of their terms for the use of phia, where you will find a beautiful city,
this magnificent building for our exhibi- a hearty welcome, and a little bit of an of-
tion and meeting. fice from which emanates the Philadelphia

To the members of the Young Men's
and Women's Christian Associations, to
whom we are indebted for a large portion
of the handsome decorations.
To the railroad companies for their re-
duction of rates to members.
To the express companies for their favors
Photographer, and where, with the assist-
ance of our Local Secretary, Mr. Khoads,
we will endeavor to give you a pleasant
. time, although we can hardly expect a
greater success than this. With these few
remarks I bid you all farewell."
Mr. Bogardus then spoke as follows :

in offering to return articles on exhibition " We have had so pleasant a time together,
at reduced rates ;
and that it is certainly unpleasant to separate.
To the citizens of Cleveland for the hearty I have yet to find the first man who has not
cordiality with which they have welcomed been warm-hearted. I have yet to find the
and extended their hospitalities. first man who was sorry he came here. So
The President, Mr. Bogardus, desired to far from that being the case, in talking
pay an especial and deserved compliment with a man from Louisville to-day, he told
to the reporters of the papers for the ex- me that he would not have missed it for
ceedingly accurate and faithful manner in $500, and he spoke from his heart, I be-
which they had done their work. He lieve. With me, certainly dollars and cents
doubted if any of the New York papers don't count it. I have enjoyed it heartily.
would have done as well, with so few mis- There are those who will grumble at us
takes, and he wished again to tender the but I remember the advice given by a great
thanks of the Association. and good man, when another said to him,
Mr. Johnson, through the Association, 'Some one has slandered me.' He said,
presented one of the negatives of the group '
Live so that nobody will believe him.'
taken yesterday, to Dr. Vogel to take with And I hope that the officers of this Asso-
him to Europe. ciation, and every man of us, will so con-
Mr. Wilson moved that an entire set, or duct ourselves that when slanderers point
a copy of each mpression taken yesterday, be
i their fingers at us nobody will believe them.
presented to Dr. Vtjgel in the name and at I believe every man visiting this Exhibi-
the expense of the Association, to take tion will go back improved. The oldest
home with him to Europe. operators among us have seen new things;
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 253

the younger operators have seen a great " Gentlemen, I am very happy to see that
many new man,
things; and I defy any every one is so much satisfied with the suc-
with a particle of manhood in him, to go cess of our Exhibition. If it should be our
back and make pictures in the same old ruts good fortune to have it here again I hope —
as before coming here. If he has not got it may be at some time — I have already put
some stimulus to do better work than he in my claim for the local secretaryship.
ever did before, then his visit here is a For the patience that you have all mani-
failure. But I doubt if there is such a man. fested with me in the annoyance that I may
No, gentlemen, our work will be gaining have caused you, I am very grateful. As
and gaining until we shall meet again next I bade you welcome to the city, I now bid
June; and I only hope that during the you God speed home." (Applause.)
coming year our progress may be as great Mr. J. C. Potter said: "It seems to me
as during the past. that this is a fitting occasion for me to make
" I again tender to you my heartfelt one remark. At the time I requested that
thanks for the courtesies I have received this Convention should be held here this
from you, and although my house is not a year, I little thought of the amount of work
very big one, my heart is big enough, and that would be placed upon our worthy
I shall be glad to receive any of you when Brother Kyder and I ask Brother Eyder's
;

you visit our great city." (Applause.) pardon upon the

for laying the last feather
Mr. Wilson " I omitted to tell you one
: camel's back, but that he has done his duty
thing, and that is that we all go home rich. well and faithfully we all know."
The late Treasurer stated to me that it was Three more cheers were given for Mr.
possible that the receipts at the door would Eyder, and the Convention adjourned to
pay all the expenses of the Exhibition, and meet at Philadelphia on the first Tuesday
that the balance in the treasury, together in June, 1871.
with the amount received from new mem-
Although the business meetings closed on
bers, would send the new Treasurer home
Friday afternoon, the Exhibition was con-
with $1100 in his pocket. To this we have
tinued until 10 p.m. Saturday, when the
to add almost a thousand dollars in the Re-
band played and repeated " Home, Sweet
lief Fund." (Applause.)
An Home;" and thus closed the most brilliant
inquiry was made in regard to the
scene in the life of American Photography.
subscription list circulated for the purpose
of paying the debt of the Association, and Edward L. Wilson,
Mr. Wilson stated that about $900 had been Permanent Secretary.

raised. It was moved that the balance of

that indebtedness be paid from the general
fund of the Association. GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
Another gentleman moved that the
On the Effect of Inclining the Camera in
amount be made up on the spot by subscrip-
Copying Statues, taking Portraits or Land'
tion.
Mr. Bardwell offered as an amendment,
that the matter be referred to the Execu- In my your attention
last letter I called

tive Committee, with power to act. Car- to several peculiarities of our photographic
ried. pictures. In a number of examples I dem-
A vote of thanks was then given to the onstrated the effect of distance, of the field
officers of the Association for their untiring of view, and the angle of aperture of the
zeal, and for their endeavors to make this lens. In all these examples the apparatus
Convention a success. had been placed exactly level it is, how- ;

A hearty three times three was then given ever, well known that in the photographic
for the National Photogra])hic Association. practice the apparatus is very frequently
Three hearty cheers were also given for inclined, and particularly is this the case
Mr. Kyder, who was called for, and made in taking the picture of a sitting figure.
the following remarks With an inclined apparatus other errors
254 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK.
will make themselves apparent, which T |
The following three pictures of a statue of
will try to explain with an example. [
the Apollo de Belvidere, were taken from

the same point with the same apparatus. In I II it was directed upwards, and in No. Ill
No. I the camera was placed level, in No. | its inclination was downwards. The differ-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 255

ence is In No. I the eye looks

striking. the antique works, and many of our modern
straight forward in No II the head ap-
; sculptures, require an elevated position, and
pears thrown backwards and the eye ap- should be taken as seen from below. A
pears turned upwards No. Ill looks down-
; distance equivalent to three times the height
wards, the head is bent forward like that of the statue should be selected ; the appa-
of an old man. The forehead in No. ratus should be placed in such a manner
Ill appears large and broad, the head be- that the objective is about the same height
comes pointed towards the chin. In No. as the feet, and it should then be inclined
II the forehead is small, the chin is thick, upward.
and the whole head oval. No. I shows me- There are also statues which demand just
dium The large expansions of
proportions. the opposite course (from above down-
the shoulders in No. Ill, and the strong wards). Amongst these are many fountain
contraction of the same in No. II, I cannot groups, antique Nereids, and Tritons, etc.
leave unmentioned. In portraiture this is not the case; we
But of more importance than all the live with our fellow-creatures on the same
above differences, are the differences in the level. A position as in No. II is therefore
character of the three pictures. The Apollo out of the question, but we frequently place
No. Ill has a sad and downcast look, and the apparatus inclined downwards as in No.
No. I does not show much of that wonder- III. The error that the head would appear
ful majesty of the god which seizes us with slightly bent forward, is equalized by throw-
such peculiar force in contemplating the ing the head of the sitter a little backwards.
original. Whoever has seen the statue, or Another however, is not avoided by
error,
only a good copy of the same, will remem- this proceeding, which is also visible in No.
ber the god-like figure, how he appears Ill, i. e., the excessive width of the should-
filled with divine anger, with which even ers or the lap of a sitting figure. These
a trace of triumphant scorn is mixed, and errors can only be avoided by placing the
no one doubt for a moment that only
will camera exactly level (compare No. Ill with
the central picture, No. II, approaches the No. I). It is, therefore, better to work with
true character of the splendid figure. horizontal or nearly horizontal apparatus,
"We deduce from this that the elevated ap- and to secure the want of sharpness of the
paratus furnishes in this instance the best front parts of a sitting-figure by inclining
picture. This circumstance must appear the ground-glass (swing back).
strange ; the explanation, however, gives In landscape photography a horizontal
the fact that this statue was not placed on position of the camera is almost a necessity ;

level ground, but was placed on a pedestal particularly is this the case with architec-
and was calculated to be seen from below. tural objects ; if we neglect this and give,
It is easy to comprehend that, in this po- for instance, an upward direction to the ap-
sition, the more distant parts, as the head, paratus, we will find that the vertical lines
must appear comparatively smaller than converge toward the top.
the feet, and to equalize these dispropor- A great many pictures now in existence
tions the antique plastic artist gradually in- will explain this. A landscape which has
creased the head, and
the size towards no architectural objects in it will show these
worked the and surfaces according
cavities errors a great deal less striking, and it may
to the standpoint of the viewer. Such often be of advantage to raise the front of
statues are calculated to be seen only in the the camera a little. I have often done this
position forwhich they were originally in- in taking anavenue of trees, and it gave me
tended, and, when placed on level ground a much deeper view into the foliage.
or photographed with a camera placed on Much more liberty is taken in placing
a level with it, they give a strange effect. the apparatus above ground. We often go
Any one who will take (photographi- in the first, second, or third stories of houses,
cally) such plastic works of art, must cal- or even climb hills or mountains. This is done
culate well beforehand the standpoint for that we may overlook a larger area. Very
which they are intended. The majority of good, but large and imposing structures
 —

256 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

often appear so depressed that the good ef- Ayres's Chart of Photographic
fect of the pictures is spoiled by it.
Drapery.
I cannot close this letter without giving On page 216 of our last issue we described
expression to the pleasure I feel in carrying a new and very useful article just intro-
these lines myself across the ocean. For duced by Geo. B. Ayres, Esq., author of
five years my have travelled this
letters ''How to Paint Photographs," intended to
road, and many a token of kind sympathy save the photographer a great deal of trouble
have I received in this time from the far and expense by enabling him to show his
"West many a time have I cast a longing
;
patrons without first making
a trial, ex-
glance to those shores, but I never dared to actly how any color of dress will " take,"
hope that a kind Providence would vouch- or, in other words, how it " will show in
safe me the happiness of placing my foot
the picture."
upon your shores. Now the dream of my We allude to it again because we made a
youth becomes reality, a flattering invita- great mistake in announcing the price as $5
tion of my colaborers calls me to the United instead of $8.
States. I follow it with a heart full of joy It Mr. Ayres's desire that one or more
is
and gratitude. copies should hang in every photograph
Yours, Dr. Vogel. room, and he therefore fixes the price low.
On board Steamer Alsatia, The photographic portion is an exquisitely
May 22d, 1870.* finespecimen of copying, and was done by
Mr.William H. Bhoads, Philadelphia, with
a No. 6 Steinheil lens.
Mr. Ayres, to procure the proper colors
COPY OF THE DECREE. necessary to make his "Chart" a complete
At a stated term of the Circuit Court of directory, ransacked all the stores he could
the United States of America, for the South- and expended an immense
find in his city,
ern District of New
York, in the Second amount of time upon their arrangement.
Circuit, held at the United States Court His work does him great credit, and will
Eooms, in the city of New York, on the do much good. The plan of the Chart will
16th day of May, in the year of our Lord be found in the advertisement, and at the
one thousand eight hundred and seventy. reduced price should sell rapidly. Show
Present The Honorable Samuel Blatch-
:
this chart toany lady, and she will soon de-
ford, Judge. The Shaw $ Wilcox Co. against cide what dress to wear, and moreover she
George W. Lovejoy. need not experiment on you until she gets
This cause having been brought to a final a dress to " take" to suit her.
hearing upon the pleadings and proofs, and
counsel for the respective parties having
been heard, and the same having been duly
considered by the court, it is found and Executive Committee National Pho-
hereby ordered, adjudged, and decreed, that tographic Association.
the letters patent, granted unto one Jehy- The Executive Committee of the Na-
leman Sliaw, July 8th, 1862, and reissued tional Photographic Association met at the

April 5th, 1864, and by him assigned to the Kennard House, Cleveland, 0., June 10th,
plaintiff's, June 15th, 1869, are not valid. 1870, for organization. Messrs. W. J.

And it fs further ordered, adjudged, and M. Wilcox, W.

Baker, Jno. Carbutt, V.
decreed, that the bill of said complainants Irving Adams, and Edward L. Wilson
be, and the same is hereby dismissed as being present.
against the said defendant, with costs to be Mr. W. Irving Adams was elected Chair-
taxed. man, and Edward L. Wilson, Secretary.
(A Copy.) Kennitii G. White, The Secretary was ordered to procure
Clerk.
books and papers essential to his office, and
to record the proceedings of former com-
# Received too lute for our June No. Ed. P. P. mittees.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 257

It was agreed that three members should in a bath of distilled water until all the oily
constitute a quorum for transaction of busi- lines on its surface had disappeared. The
ness. The Chairman stated that a quorum plate was again dipped in the silver bath
would probably meet monthly and report to and placed in the holder. The plate thus
absent members. treated could be exposed a very long time,
The stated meetings of the committee some hours, without serious danger of dry-
were ordered to be quarterly, the first to ing.

take place in New York, July 6th. The Society then adjourned to attend a
It was resolved to refer the matter of meeting of the Microscopic Section of the
publishing Mr. Southworth's lecture before Franklin Institute.
the Association, to Mr. V. M. "Wilcox, as a The next regular meeting will be held on
committee of one, to confer with Mr. South- the first "Wednesday in October.
worth concerning it. John C. Browne,
Secretary was instructed to report, at the Recording Secretary.
next meeting, his collections for defraying
the expenses of recent litigations.
E. Y. Bell, Esq., counsel of the Associa- FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION
tion was present, and conference was held
OF PHILADELPHIA.
with him concerning the future business of
A stated meeting of the Ferrotypers' As-
the Association, after which the Committee
sociation of Philadelphia was held at Mr. D.
adjourned. Edward L. "Wilson, Lothrop's gallery, Tuesday evening, June
Secretary.
7th. The President, Mr. Trask, being at
Cleveland, Vice-President Charles Naylor
was in the chair. In the absence of the
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF Secretary, who was also at Cleveland, Mr.
PHILADELPHIA. Bolles was called to fill his place.
The regular monthly meeting was held After roll-call the minutes of the previ-
on "Wednesday evening, June 1st, 1870. ous meetings were read and adopted.
The President, Mr. Frederic Graff, in the The Committee on Resolutions, Mr.
chair. Brooks chairman, reported having pre-
The minutes of the last meeting were read sented them to Mrs. Warrington, with a
and approved, reply from her thanking the Association.
The business of the Society was rapidly Messrs. A. A. Robertson and T. S. Esta-
transacted, so that the members could have brook, of New York, and Mr. Foster, of
an opportunity of welcoming Dr. H. Vogel, Philadelphia, were proposed and elected
of Berlin, Prussia, who arrived quite re- members of the Association.
cently in this country for the purpose of at- Pictures were exhibited by Messrs. A. K.
tending the Annual Convention of the Na- P. Trask, D. Lothrop, C. M. Gilbert, and
tional Photographic Association, to be held Charles E. Bolles. One of Mr. Trask's pic-
at Cleveland. After a general introduction, tures was decided to be the best.
the members conversed upon various photo- Mr. Gilbert moved that hereafter each
graphic subjects, Dr. Vogel giving, at the exhibitor be limited to three pictures.
request of the Society, some hints as to the Adopted.
manner of copying pictures and frescoes in Voted to adjourn to meet at Mr. E. F.
dimly-lighted interiors. He stated that Warrington's gallery, Tuesday evening,
was obtained by the use of
sufficient light July 5th, 1870.
one or more mirrors, the reflected light from Charles E. Bolles,
which was thrown upon the picture to be Secretary pro tern.
copied. Wet plates were used. He had
been very successful in giving long expo-
sures with wet plates by the simple plan of Light your sitter and not your room. It
dipping the collodionized plate in the silver is the quality and not the quantity of light
bath, then removing the plate and dipping you use that makes the picture pleasing.
18
 —

258 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

ADDRESS we look with longing eyes for his return,
TO THE that he may show us how much we can
learn from your science and your practical
National Photographic Association
application.
of the United States.
And as the majestic sun, there as well as
Honored Sirs : When, six years ago, here, is the source of our labors, so may the
our Photographic Society was organ-
first progress and the natural beauty of our art
ized, we did not dare to hope that in the be the common goal of our future exertions.
course of time we would meet with friends But from us is due the expression of our
in foreign countries, much less that our esteem and gratitude for the hearty sym-
efforts would he appreciated across the pathy which you have bestowed on our
ocean. former activity.
"With sincerest satisfaction, we have Berlin, May 18th, 1870.
watched the which you, our co-
interest
laborers in the great American Eepublic,
By order of the Society for the Promo-
tion of Photography.
have bestowed on our endeavors, on the
activity of our President, Dr. H. Yogel, The Executive Committee.
and on the Journal which is the representa- Theodor Prdmm, Hans Hartmann,
tive of our organization. Acting President. 1st Secretary.
This is not all. By the numerous con- J. JtTNGHAUS, TH. MaROUSKY,
tributions from the rich treasury of your Johannes Grasshoff, 2d Secretary.
practical experience you have stimulated Dr. W. Zenker, H. L. Cog,
us, and the interesting specimens which you Max Petsch, A. Burchard.
have repeatedly forwarded to us, particu- [The above address, handsomely in-
larly the detailed report on the photographic
scribed, came to hand too late to read at
results of the expedition which observed the
the Annual Meeting of the Association, but
late eclipse, have instructed us.
is none the less appreciated or less gratefully
Tou have spared neither pains nor ex- received. Edward L. Wilson, Secretary
pense to furnish the proof how high a value
N. P. A.]
photography possesses for science, and thus
you have spurred us to labor with equal
devotion and energy for the promotion of OUR NEXT PRIZES.
this art.
As announced last month, our next prizes
Circumstances which have their origin in will be for four classes of work, viz. :

the great distance, and the comparatively

limited intercourse of the people of our 1. Best portrait from retouched negative.

country with those of yours, are the only 2. Best portrait from untouched nega-
tive.
reasons why your excellent productions are
3. Best composition or genre picture.
not more generally known in our father-
4. Best landscape picture.
land and among your German fellow-
workers. These four branches of photography all
It was therefore a happy thought, which need developing, and we hope that competi-
honors as well the one to whom it is espec- tors will earnestly try to make the best work
ially addressed as also our Society, that you they know how. If any are deemed unfit
requested Dr.Vogel, in so liberal a manner, for competition by the judges, the judges
to view personally the productions of our will reserve the privilege of throwing out
art in your great country, as represented in such entirely.
the Cleveland Exhibition. Our object in this matter is to encourage
Willingly, but with a mind that fully honest effort to improve, and to be enabled
comprehended the responsibility of his posi- to present our readers with pictures fit for
tion, he left his post and family to follow their study and imitation. Please meet us
your hospitable invitation, to enrich his in the same spirit, and let the response be

experience at the best possible place and ; large. A set of the pictures of the class
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 259

competed for will be sent each allowed com- Besides Salomon, Beutlinger has certainly
petitor free. The time will be limited to exercised a great influence, as well as the
October 15th, when the judges will meet works of my Berlin countrymen. Salomon
and make the awards. There must be two suppresses details, except in the face and
to four negatives alike, from each compet- hands with him the accessories are lost in
;

itor, and the express must in all cases be the half shade. Beutlinger and the Berlin
prepaid. artist pay more attention to them. Salo-
The medals shall be of U. S. coin gold, mon works darker than nature, the others
solid, handsomely wrought, and the name try to approach the natural tone.
of the successful competitors inscribed It is not my intention to give a review
thereon. •. of the Exhibition; I only can mention
certain specimens as types, and explain
their peculiarities.
SOME REMARKS ON THE CLEVE- In the pictures of Loescher & Petsch, the
LAND EXHIBITION. desire to harmonize the persons with the
BY DR. H. VOGEL. surroundings, such as furniture, back-
Allow me a few remarks on the late ground, and accessories, is manifest. These
Cleveland Exhibition, at which it was my things have their significance we live ;

good fortune to be present. The compari- amongst them, and to place them in the
son with the Berlin Exhibition of 1865 and picture is natural ;
only they must appear
the Paris Exposition of 1867, urges me par- in color and arrangement as secondary, and
ticularly to express my
views now. must be in harmony with the rest of the
The latter two exhibitions may have ex- picture.
celled yours in the quantities that were ex- Painted backgrounds have very often a
posed, but hardly in the quality of the work stagy effect. Loescher & Petsch employ
and the most famous of the French exhibit- them very little. They have real furni-
ors, Berlin and Parisian photographers, ture, partly in rococo or renaissance style,
were represented in Cleveland when we ; the color of which is varied until it pro-
add to these a long list of able American duces the desired effect in the picture.
artists (who in Paris were only partially As a special progress in photography,
represented), we cannot feel surprised at negative retouching must be considered.
the brilliant success. I regret that Ameri- In Paris, several photographers were
can artists have contributed so little to quite indignant when I expressed the opin-
European exhibitions, or the opinions in ion that their negatives had been retouched.
Europe of American photography would be They seemed to consider this a crime, and
quite different. Of how much importance shrugged their shoulders when I told them
exhibitions are for the progress of photog- that in Germany nearly all the negatives
raphy has been demonstrated in Cleveland are retouched. I am glad to be able to say,
in the most striking manner. that the Americans do not turn up their
In Paris, the pictures of Adam Salomon noses at negative retouching, but that they
attracted more attention than any others. know very well how to apply it.

American photographers have probably Besides the above-mentioned works, your

seen the least of the French Exhibition, and Exhibition showed pictures which indicated
still your Exhibition proved how the French a peculiarly American tendency, which has
artist is appreciated here, and how many already made itself felt in Europe. In this
have followed in his footsteps. In Ger- class belongs, first and foremost, the Kem-
many, his pictures have perhaps been ac- brandt style. This style is apparently gen-
knowledged, but hardly any one has imi- erally appreciated. Mr. Kurtz, of New
tated them. However, this Salomon style, York, is right when he says that an ordi-
with its eifects partially produced by copy- nary face, lighted in the ordinary manner,
ing tricks, will only be suitable for certain will always remain ordinary, while an ex-
peculiar cases. The process requires much traordinary light effect can give to the most
time and a very artistic printer. insipid features a certain intellectual aspect.
260 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Generally, the very black background of have perhaps no practical value. Their
the Kembrandts has been abandoned.
first importance lies in the production of quanti-
The toning of the background, light on the ties for the illustration of books or collec-
shadow side of the face, and dark on the tions of pictures for scientific or technical
light side, is the first condition for produc- representations and reproductions.
ing a "relief." Salomon toned his back- Albert's process is more like lithography,
grounds by exposing his prints to sunlight, and the pictures are printed in a similar
Petsch by shading them, and Kurtz by a manner they do not reach the delicacy and
;

curved background. The latter is certainly depth of a silver print. How many impres-
one of the most interesting American in- sions a plate is able to furnish has not been
ventions. How many variations this style ascertained yet. The printing itself requires

has experienced in the course of time is much skill. This process is best suited for
shown by the pictures of Howell, who has reproducing crayon drawings. The Wood-
only retained the light effects, and who bury pictures approach, in delineation,
keeps the background much lighter than depth, and half-tones nearest to the silver
has been done heretofore with Kembrandts. print; the printing is easy and the number
Another branch much cultivated in the of copies that can be made is very great.
United States are the enlargements. In Large pictures seem to offer some difficulty,

Germany, this work is only done in the but the success of the process for the pro-
southern parts. In the north, the sunlight duction of smaller pictures in large quanti-
is too often wanting. In Berlin, not a tiesseems to be established beyond a doubt.
single enlargement is made any more. I Vainly did I look in your Exhibition for
was not a little surprised when I saw in specimens of the so-called Berlin Process.
Philadelphia, in the establishment of Mr. I do not believe that the artistic negative
Moore, eighteen enlarging apparatuses in retouch can be replaced by any mechanical
operation. or chemical process it is, however, possi-
;

The demand, of course, produces a greater ble that by such a method softer half-tones
practical experience and I must confess that
, may be gained in the face, as is plainly visi-
I have nowhere Europe seen such excel-
in ble in the specimens shown ;
these pictures,
lent enlargements as in the United States. are, however, deficient in sharpness, which
The so-called photo-crayon style seems, is partly caused by the fact that the diffused
in skilful hands, well adapted to enlarge- daylight, as well as the direct sunlight, pro-
ments ;
for smaller pictures it is less suita- duces the print. In this respect, the princi-
ble ;
they appear too much like lithographs. ples of the printing apparatus by Hamilton,
At all events the cultivation of these va- of Sioux City, is worthy of notice. The ap-
ried branches of portraiture shows the great paratus consists of a dark-box, at the bottom
zeal and activity of American photogra- of which is the printing-frame ;
the box can
phers. be turned towards the sun in any direction,
Without any desire to flatter, I can make and diffused daylight is excluded by the
the assertion that you have as good artists sides of the box.
in America as we in Europe, only the di- For years our negative and positive pro-
rection inwhich they work is different. cesses have remained stationary, and it
The same holds good in landscapes. Ex- seems almost as if no improvement in the
cluding the pictures of the Yosemite Val- mechanical or chemical methods was to be
ley, whieh'were already known in Paris, this expected, and yet the Obernetter paper and
branch was, in quantity, not very strongly the collodio-chloride of silver pictures on
represented. opal glass show that greater fineness can
The dry-plate processes of Carey Lea and be produced than with ordinary albumen
Newton may become very important. paper, and I believe the time is not very
Quite different again, arc the printing pro- distant when an albumen paper will be
cesses, the Albert process and the relief pr in t- made which will yield as fine results as col-
ing process of Woodbury. Where a dozen lodio-chloride of silver on opal glass.
copies only are wanted, these new inventions The main thing, however, even with the
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 261

best process, is pose and illumination. With- Mr. M. Is not this kind of glass very dif-
out a due regard for artistic principles the ficult to clean and polish ? I should think
best chemicals and papers will fail to pro- it would take one man to do nothing else
duce a beautiful picture. all day long, and a smart man at that.
Mr. A. Nonsense my boy Charley pre-
!

pares from seventy to eighty plates every

evening between the hours of five and six
PHOTOGRAPHIC DIALOGUES. for the next day's work.
(sequel to one hundred days in a fog,
Mr. M. Why I should think it would re-
etc., continued.)
quire at least five minutes to polish one
by elbert anderson, piece properly.
Operator at W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y.
Mr. A. Polish! possibly; I said nothing
Evening the First. of polishing. Have you ever heard of al-
Mr. A. Ah, Mr. Marshall, good evening! bumenizing the glass?
I am glad to see you sit down. ;
Mr. M. Oh yes, but that won't do; it ruins
Mr. M. Thank you. I've a thousand your bath you know.
questions to ask. Mr. A. Pray, Mr. Marshall, who told
Mr. A. No doubt and as our pow- wow-
;
you that albumenizing the glass ruined the
wow (as my very much better-half prettily bath?
puts it) is likely to be a long one, I do not Mr. M. Why everybody, you know; they
intend, as you see, to talk on the dry pro- —
say that what You don't mean to say,
!

cess. There are the and tea pro-

coffee eh?
cesses ; these I fully discussed half an hour Mr. A. Certainly j every piece of glass I
ago. The beer process is not to my taste. have ever used was albumenized.
Here, you see, is a bottle of Veuve Cliquot, Mr. M. And it don't put your bath out
some fruit, and biscuit, here pipes, there of order ?

cigars ; so all you have to do is to sit down Mr. A. I have never yet discovered that
and make yourself perfectly comfortable. it has the slightest effect on my bath.
Mr. M. Well, here's my best regards. Mr. M. Indeed ! what do you consider
Now, since I have this glass in my hand, the advantages of albumenizing the glass ?

suppose we commence with the subject of Mr. A. The advantages are very great
glass itself. I presume you employ only indeed. First, it saves a very great deal of
the finest plate-glass; you must, of course, real hard work in cleaning and polishing
to produce such delicate results. plate-glass, which (second), is very expen-
Mr. A. There you are mistaken. We sive. Third, the troublesome and disagree-
use the ordinal photographic glass; that able business of grinding or scraping the
is, a better kind of common window-glass edges (to say nothing of the time involved)
supposed to be flat and not curved (which in order to get the collodion film to adhere,
it is), and to be free from bubbles and is also dispensed with.I have never lost a
scratches (which it isn't). The price of this single filmduring my entire practice.
glass, atany of our stock-houses, for "four- Fourth, you are always certain of a per-
fourth " (6| inches by 8£ inches), is five dol- fectly clean plate and fifth, it can be pre-
;

lars per box of one hundred and thirty pared in any quantity, and is always ready
pieces. I never file, grind, or scrape off for instant use. There so much for albu-!

the edges, not seeing the least necessity for menizing glass.
so doing. You know what Mrs. Jellyby Mr. M. Do I understand you then, that
says: "You may go into Holborn, without you consider this glass, so prepared, equal
precaution, and be run over. You may go in every respect to the best polished plate
into Holborn, with precaution, and never for negatives?
be run over. Just so with Africa," or glass Mr. A. Certainly not. One would sup-
rather. With precaution you will never pose you to be "the party of the name of
cut your fingers. You may as well be afraid Keynolds," you jump so to conclusions. I
of cutting your throat whilst shaving. consider nothing of the sort. Where we
262 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
have to make from sixty to seventy nega- proper understanding at the outset, of the
tives a day, the expenseand labor saved, " reasons why " is of the first importance,
before mentioned, are immense, and this and may save you the mortification of many
kind of glass answers every purpose for our a future failure. The detergent, or cleans-
ordinary portrait work. But, when you ing action of soap, for instance, depends en-
come to special negatives of prize pictures, tirely upon its alkaline constituents. Water
copies of works of art, penmanship, maps, alone, by reason of its total want of affinity
plans, etc., I assuredly recommend plate- for all fatty, grease, or oily substances, is
glass. Even this I should albumenize. unable to dissolve them; but when soap is

Mr. M. Isn't this, as it were, painting dissolved in water, a portion of its alkali is
the lily, gilding refined gold? set free (by the substitution of water as a
Mr. A. No, sir you cannot possibly do
;
base) and uniting with the impurities to
any harm you are absolutely sure of a clean
;
be removed partially saponifies them, thus
plate in the first place, and your film is fully rendering them soluble in water. Now,
insured in the second place. hydrate of potash in solution possesses
Mr. M. What is your method of prepar- the properties termed alkaline in the very
ing your plates? highest degree, and quickly destroys both
Mr. A. Provide two large stone pots, animal and vegetable matter ; in fact, so

each capable of containing the necessary strong is its solution, that it cannot be
number of plates required. Into one put a filtered except through pounded glass or
solution of hydrate of potash in water. sand. Glass is a compound, produced by
Mr. M. Is there any civilized name for fusing together the silicates of potash, lime,
hydrate of potash ? soda, magnesia, alumina, etc. r
etc.; and
Mr. A. Its foreign name, if you like, is new glass is frequently spotted on its surface
protoxyd of potassium. You will excuse with small, gritty particles, which consist
my going into the chemistry of potassium of carbonate of lime, soda, etc. These are
at present. Ask your grocer for a 1-pound not removed by the action of the potash, but
can of concentrated potash. Dissolve this are readily dissolved by the acid.
in one gallon of water. In the other pot Mr. M. I am obliged to you.
put undiluted commercial nitric acid. New Mr. A. The glass is taken from the acid
glass, as it is taken from the box, is not gen- and washed on a board, under the tap, with
erally soiled with grease nor dirty fingers; a piece of Canton flannel, and can be either
it lightly washed under the tap to
is first albumenized at once, or kept in a suitable
from the straw and dirt of the box,
free it vessel, under water, until you are ready to

and then placed side by side, one piece at a albumenize. Be careful in both cases, that
time (this is all-important, that the solution the acid and potash entirely cover the glass,
may gain free access to all parts of its sur- else it will be almost sure to leave a line
face), in the acid pot, where it may remain where the surface of the liquid touched the
for any convenient length of time. Old glass.
negatives, which are not required to be Mr. M. How is the albumen prepared ?
kept, are placed side by side, one at a time, Mr. A. The albumen is prepared as fol-
in the potash pot. After the negatives have lows : Into a 64-ounce bottle (never used for
remained in this solution all night, they are any other purpose), I may as well mention
washed under the tap with a piece of canton here [" once for all," as Fanny Dorritsays],
flannel, whfcn every trace of old film, grease, that I have pestles and mortars, graduates,
dirt, etc., is instantly removed as if by funnels, bottles, etc., etc., which I only use,
magic. These then, like new glass, are each for a special purpose, hence avoiding
now ready for the acid pot. And thus you all possibility of contamination. Well,
" keep the pots a biling." then, into a 64-ounce bottle, containing half
Mr. M. What is the rationale of this pot- a handful of broken bits of glass, put the
ash and acid business? white of one egg and 28 to30 ounces of
Mr. A. I am really pleased to find you water, which is sufficient to albumenize 150
in this inquiring frame of mind; for a plates, and shake well for eight or ten min-
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 263

utes. The broken bits of glass " cutting the albumen from running down the side
up " the albumen, thus causing it to dissolve by capillary attraction. Bring the lip down
more readily in the water. Now turn the so as to nearly touch the surface of the glass,
bottle upside down, until the froth has all to avoid the formation of bubbles, and pour
risen to the top of the liquid. The cork on about a teaspoon ful. As you do so, you
being gently removed, the mixture is suf- will plainly see the albumen driving the
fered to flow into a funnel furnished with a water before it. Tilt the plate until its sur-
white paper filter, the froth remaining be- face is carefully covered, and suffer the sur-
hind in the bottle. The whole operation plus to run off at one corner into the sink.
occupying about fifteen or twenty minutes. The plate is now placed on a rack (used for
When filtered it should look perfectly clear no other purpose) in a room free from dust.
like water. I do this in my dark-room. Cover them
Mr. M. It strikes me you are a little in- with a light paper cover, and in the morn-
definite here. You say the white of one ing they are put into a grooved box fur-
egg ; consider, sir, all eggs are not of a size. nished with a cover. It is well to put them
Mr. A. But very few eggs contain more with the albumen sides all in the same di-
than one ounce of albumen, —mark you, I rection, as it is impossible to tell by the eye
mean hen's eggs, not ostrich's eggs, — and which side is albumenized. Should any
the amount of water mentioned is the mini- doubt occur, however, you have only to
mum, for you may increase it to 35 ounces breathe on the surface of the glass, the
of water for very large eggs. breath remaining a moment on the bare
Mr. M. Do you not use ammonia, as I glass, and scarcely an instant on the albu-
seerecommended by the great Moguls? menized side.
Mr. A. The addition of ammonia to albu- Now, sir, if you will honor me with your
men is said to render it more fluid, and to attention to-morrow evening, the next sub-
preserve it " sweet." Where it is desirable ject in order will be
to prepare albumen in stock, say half and
half, this may be very proper but as I
;
The Mysteries of Collodion,
make it fresh every day, I have no occasion and so, good-night to you.
to contaminate with useless foreign sub-
it Mr. M. By-the-by, one word before I go.
stances. When
ready to albumenize, you I wish to ask you a very material question.
will notice, by holding the edge of the plate I now quote from a letter of yours " I can- :

to your eye, that it is generally slightly not, for an instant, harbor the thought that
curved, and it is always on the concave or any of these gentlemen wrote what he knew
hollow side that the albumen is to be ap- to be false, nor will I accept the other al-
plied. ternative, that he wrote in deplorable ignor-
Mr. M. Why so ? ance on the subject." If so, how do you
Mr. A. If you coated the convex side, reconcile such contradictions as the follow-
your plate would come a little out of focus ;
ing? For instance: Thirty-second day. Al-
the centre of the plate coming nearer the ways filter your bath after each day's work.
lens, and the spring at the back of the plate- — (E. L. Wilson, Mosaics, 1867, page 141.)
bolder would tend to still further increase the Thirty-third day. Neither should the bath
error, whereas the opposite result obtains in be filtered after it has once been put into
the other case. Allow the water from the tap use. Devine's Practice, page 36.) One must
to flow on both sides of the plate, rubbing be wrong, you know.
the glass gently with the fingers to insure Mr. A. You will excuse me, Mr. Mar-
the wetting of all the surface. Let the shall, but I don't know anything of the
water run one corner until it ceases
off" at sort. Now letus understand, in the first
to drop. The albumen is now poured on place, what was intended in the " fog pa-
(while the plate is still wet, of course), from pers." Mr. G. Wharton Simpson, the very
an 8-ounce graduate, half full. The under able correspondent of the Philadelphia Pho-
edge of the lip of the graduate must be tographer, " hits the nail exactly on the
lightly rubbed with tallow, which prevents head," when he says, in a very few com-
 I

264 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

mon sense words, the following: "Whilst, graphic process, the invention of Herr
however, it must he conceded that in mat- Obernetter, of Munich. The prints are ex-
ters of practice authorities may reasonably ceedingly perfect, in general character re-
differ without either being absolutely wrong, sembling the best of the productions of Herr
(the italics are mine), the careful student Albert, with the difference, however, that
will quickly discover the source of the men- in those ofHerr Obernetter the presence of
tal fog which his brother novice's diary an exquisitely fine stipple, resembling the
presents It would not be difficult to finest conceivable aquatint grain, is percep-
harmonize the greater portion of, if not all, tibleon close examination. The process,
the contradictory passages quoted. whereby the printing surface is obtained, is
Mr. Anderson doubtless intends the reader very ingenious, as in Albert's process the
to make for himself the very obvious reflec- prints are obtained from a plate of glass
tions on the importance of studying each pro- coated with bichromated gelatine, which by
cess as an entirety, remembering that dis- photographic treatment has become insolu-
jointed formulas, not duly related in all their ble in varied degrees proportioned to the
parts, will generally bring failure, etc. action of light, but the method of produc-
Here's the whole thing "in a nutshell." ing the printing surface is quite different
Now I will take your own examples just from any former process. Herr Obernetter
quoted. 1st. Filter your bath every even- thus describes his operations :

ing. 2d. Do your bath, etc., etc.

not filter " I coat a sheet of patent plate glass with
Suppose you have a bath containing from a solution of gelatine, albumen, sugar, and
four to five gallons, in perfect order, and bichromate; dry it, and expose to light
during the day you have dipped three or under a negative. I then dust the plate
four plates think, Mr. Marshall, what an
;
over with powdered zinc, in the same man-
absurdity it would be to filter the bath, ner as in the preparation of photo-enamels.
there being not the slightest occasion there- The plate is now heated to a temperature of
for. But, on the other hand, suppose your 150° Reaumur, or exposed to light until the
bath to contain only a half gallon of solu- whole surface of the film has been rendered
tion, and you have dipped fifty plates the ;
insoluble.
chances are you have reduced your bath " Before printing, I etch with dilute mu-
at least twenty-five per cent, in strength, riatic or sulphuric acid. By this operation
and charged it with alcohol and ether, and the parts of bichromated gelatine covered
many other foul matters. It may now re-
with zinc are rendered, by the formation of
quire not only filtering, but strengthening hydrogen, susceptible of attracting water to
and boiling, etc., etc. Thus you see how a greater or less degree, while the other por-
one may contradict the other, and yet both tions, upon which no zinc has settled, are
be perfectly right; it all depends upon the capable of receiving a fatty ink. The print-
circumstances immediately connected with ing is then proceeded with in the same way
the case. as with a lithographic stone."
The results which I have seen are suffi-

ciently fine to justify the hope that this

NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE process will take very high rank amongst
STUDIO. the methods of photo-mechanical printing;
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A. and the inventor is still engaged in experi-

Obernetter's Photo- Collographic Process — ments, and hopes to produce still better re-

Lichtdruck — Standard Sizes of Photo- sults.

graphic Plates — Carbon Eburneum Prints Lichtdruck. — I have a conviction that for
— Platinum Toning. absolute perfection of gradation and simi-
London, June 1st, 1870. larity to the best quality of silver prints,
A New Photo-Collographic Process. — no other photo-mechanical printing process
have recently had an opportunity of exam- can ever compete with Woodbury's method
ining some examples of a new photo-collo- of photo-relief printing but I apprehend ;
 A
:

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 265

that in an enterprising country like
all photo-mechanical processes,
processes which promise labor-saving and
rapidity of production, must possess pre-
eminent interest, and I make no apology,
therefore, for constantly referring to these
processeswhenever fresh information re-
America conducted in the ordinary manner, the paper
in fact all used being dense and smooth, and not pre-
viously damped, as is the case in lithographic
printing.
Standard Sizes of Photographic Plates. —
point of some interest to photographers has

garding them comes under my attention. recently been brought under my attention

M. Leontytsch, of Leipsic, has recently is- by Dr. Liesegang. He points out that the
standard sizes of plates is different in all
sued a little work on this subject, which, by
the way, although only a small pamphlet,
countries, and that no systematic series of
proportions prevails in any country.
is charged fifteen shillings, or in round
numbers nearly The original sizes of Daguerreotype plates
five dollars greenbacks.
for portraits, fixed in France, on I believe
Much of the detail of Lichtdruck operations
a purely arbitrary basis, were the whole-
which it gives has already appeared in your
plate, half-plate, quarter-plate, one-sixth-
pages ; but there are a few points it may be

interesting to refer to. After the plate has

plate.* The terminology of these sizes is

received its first coating, exposure, washing,

still retained, and for small sizes still indi-

and drying, cates a standard. In larger sizes, however,

it receives its second sensitive
a bewildering variety in proportion has
coating,and is exposed under the negative
gradually acquired position in different
in diffused light. The progress of printing
countries.
should be inspected through the back of the
frame, when only the more prominent out- Some months ago Dr. Liesegang proposed
lines will be visible, and the action of light
to remedy the discrepancy which existed,

has then gone sufficiently far when every causing much inconvenience alike to photo-
graphers and photographic manufacturers,
detail in the opaque parts becomes visible.
Taken from the frame, the plate now under- and at the same time aimed to introduce a
definite system of proportion in the various
goes an operation upon which it is said the
whole secret of success is based, and without sizes. Adopting the five by four plate as a

which it is impossible to produce a servicea- standard of symmetrical proportion, he pro-

ble printing plate it is placed upside down, posed to maintain that relation between
;

upon the cloth-faced board before men- height and breadth through all the plates.

tioned, and exposed again to light from the The result would be that in all cases the

reversed side until the highest lights only height of the plate would be just one-fourth
remain distinguishable. This has the effect more than its breadth : thus a plate eight
of hardening the film throughout, and ren- inches broad would be ten inches high ; one
dering it firmer and less absorbent of water. ten inches broad would be twelve and a half

Finally, the plate is washed, by a yellow high one twelve inches broad would be
;

light, in a water bath, to remove any solu- fifteen inches high,and so on in proportion.
ble chromate, and placed to dry upon filter In order to secure universality, and so pro-
paper. mote the facilities for international trade in

The dried plate, previously to rolling up

with lithographic ink, is placed for five * The sizes thus designated were as follows
minutes (face uppermost) in a shallow dish
22 by 16 centimeters, or about 8| by 6i inches.
containing a 25 per cent, solution of gly- 16 " 12 (5± ..
4a «<

cerine in water; then fixed up with a

it is 11 " 8 41 " 31
suitable backing in a lithographic press, 31 " 2J
wiped over lightly with a soft sponge mois-
These sizes were, with slight modifications and
tened with a few drops of linseed oil, and
additions, adopted in England and elsewhere.
next with another slightly damped in water, In America some of the modifications were cu-
after which it is rolled up carefully with an rious : the half-plate was, for instance, 5| by 4y
exceedingly soft roller, such as would be inches. A ninth size was subsequently generally
used for chalk drawings. The printing is adopted.
 —

266 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

cameras, mounts, frames, and other belong- 10x8 cent. 35 x 28 cent.
ings of photography and photographs, Dr. 12£ x 10 " 40 x 32 "

Liesegang proposes that the standard sizes 15 x 12 " 45x36 "

20 x 16 " 50 x 40 "
should be based on the metrical system of
25 x 20 " 60x48 "
measurement, which is now adopted on the
30 x 24 " 100 x 80 " etc.
Continent generally, and also largely in this
country and in America in scientific calcu- The firms which have adopted these sizes
lations. find that they work well. A plate of 60 x
Whether the proportion here suggested 48£ in. may
be cut into the sizes of 45 x
is the best which can be adopted is open I 40, 40 x 32, 30 x 24, 20 x 16, 15 x 12, 10 x
think to discussion. Personally I should 8, without any loss ; and into the other sizes
prefer a plate still less square in its propor- without the least possible loss. The plates
tions. Instead of the height exceeding the are called by their height only i. e., a
width by one-fourth, I should have pre- plate 30 x 24 is called a thirty-centimeter
ferred it to exceed the width b} at least one- 7 plate, etc.
third. The chief defect, in point of pro-
portion, which characterizes the present Carbon Eburneum Photographs. — I inclose
standards is, that in some cases the form is
you one or two examples of a pretty appli-
already too square. cation of Mr. Johnson's carbon process. It

Another important consideration in rela- involves no especial novelty beyond the use
tion to fitness in size is the difference be- of the carbon image in place of the collo-

tween the proportions suitable for portrai- dion transparency in producing eburneum
ture and those for landscape photographs. pictures. The pigmented paper is sensitized
As a rule, the best proportion between the and exposed in the usual way soaked for ;

length and breadth in the latter is not the a few seconds in water then attached to a
;

same as for portraiture. Nothing is more plate of collodionized glass after Johnson's

clumsy-looking, nothing less natural-look- method; developed; washed; and finally

ing, than a square landscape. The eye natu- coated with a layer of gelatine containing

rally, except under special circumstances, oxide of zinc in suspension. "When the lat-
embraces a much larger proportion of a ter is removed from the
dry, the whole is

glass, and you have the charming picture,

scene laterally than vertically, and since the
introduction of wide-angle lenses into pho- an example of which I inclose. I may ob-
serve that Mr. N. K. Cherrill describes the
tographic practice, the production of pic-
operation in detail in my Year Book of Pho-
tures very much longer in proportion to
tography.
their height than the usual portrait plates
has become a favorite custom, which would
not readily be abandoned by landscape pho-
—
Platinum Toning. On some future occa-
sion I hope to enter into some interesting
tographers and hence any proposed uni-
details of the use of platinum for toning as a
;

versal system must make provision for a

substitute for gold. Perhaps no finer tone
series of sizes of a character which has,
can be desired for most purposes than that
with good reason, acquired popularity. The
secured by a good gold toning process, but
question which affects the convenience of
for purposes where a pure neutral or warm
cutting up the photographic sheet will also
black is preferred to purple, platinum would
in any new scheme require consideration,
be found valuable. One grain of bichloride
and may easily be arranged so as to secure
of platinum in ten ounces of water will be
greater convenience and less waste than pre-
found sufficient. The solution should be
vail with the sizes at present in use.
neutralized with carbonate of soda, and then
The subject is I think an interesting one,
slightly acidilied with nitric acid. This
and photographers are indebted to Dr.
will tone admirably. I shall have more to
Liesegang for raising the question. I sub-
say on this subject on a future occasion.
join the BCaleof proportions he has proposed,
and which has already received the adhe- The Practical Value of Dry Plates. — It is

some German firms. The sizes are:

sion of curious that, notwithstanding the fact that
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 267

dry-plate photography actually older than

is
THE COLLODIO-BROMIDE
the wet process itself, it has not yet acquired PROCESS.
any certain status or recognition. The wet
BY M. CAREY LEA.
collodion process is the only form of pho-
tography which is now universally prac- Many persons, I am told, are prevented
tised and trusted. Individual operators from trying the collodio-bromide process
attain high proficiency and great success from the fear of having their work spoiled
in the practice of special processes, which by using an unsuitable cotton. It is cer-
they have often described with minuteness, tainly true that without a good cotton,
but others, following the instructions with nothing can be done, but I am inclined to
apparent precision, often fail. Perhaps the think that these cottons are not as scarce as
highest success has been secured by one of I supposed. The only two experimenters,
the oldest dry-plate methods — the collodio- in this country, who have written to me as
albumen process. Mudd and others in this to the result of their trials, used cotton
country, Ferrier and others in France, have which they chanced upon in their respect-
produced some of the finest examples of the ive cities,and both are extremely pleased
art by this process. The gum process, which, with the results. Success came easily in
as practised by Mr. K. Manners Gordon, both cases, and at once, and both say, with-
has produced absolutely the finest dry-plate out hesitation, that the process is at least
pictures I have seen, is, in its main features, as rapid as the ordinary wet process ; as to
a very old process. The newest dry process, which they are fully competent to judge.
and, in many respects, the most philosophi- The cotton that 1 have used has been made
cal also —1 mean the collodio-bromide, ex- for me by Mr. Peter Parys, 617 Hallowell
cept in very few hands, has not been suc- Street, Philadelphia, who will furnish it to
cessful. some very fine land-
I have seen such as may want. From specimens of
scapes by Mr. Carey Lea by it, and my work shown me by each of the other gen-
friend, M. de Constant, in a letter to me tlemen, I should judge that their cotton was
the other day, speaks in exceedingly high at least equal to mine in excellence.
terms of some other examples by Mr. Lea. I should, therefore, recommend all who
But, as a rule, experimentalists have failed may be disposed to work this process, to
in employing this process. With the ex- procure several specimens, three or four, of
ception of the Liverpool men, amongst cotton from different sources, asking always
whom it originated, I know of none who for the most intense, and to make up a few
have succeeded in any special degree in this ounces of collodion from each. The fol-

country. It is scarcely surprising, in the lowing formula found a good one

will be ;

face of such facts as I have mentioned, and it is exactly the same as that which I have
also of the fact that some who write most published before, except that it is a little
dogmatically on the subject never produce more dilute:
anything presentable at all, that every now
Alcohol (pure and strong), . 3 ounces.
and then we hear laments on the untrust-
Ether (concentrated), . 5 "
worthy character of dry processes. A re-
Bromide of Ammonium, . 12 grains.
cent article by Herr Moll, in a German Bromide of Cadmium, . 60 "
journal recently, takes up this position, and
institutes a comparison between wet and dry It is best to use the cadmium salt from

methods, very much to the disparagement ounce bottles, kept well corked. Many of
of the latter. the makers seal them up with beeswax ;

this is the best way, as then the bromide of

cadmium is kept from the air and remains
in transparent needles. If in any other
Never expect your printer to make up condition, it and
contains an indeterminate
the faults of your negative in printing. variable amount of water, and when used
Good negatives always, be assured, make in any other form than that here mentioned,
the best prints. it will lead to confusionand mistakes.
268 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
The specimens having been prepared, are not injure them even if it is so hot as actu-
two or three weeks in a
to be set aside for ally to boil.
bright, warm room, and if the sun rests on An essential point in drying any plates
the bottles for some hours daily, so much by heat, which have never seen in print,
I
the better. is that they should drain five minutes or so
"When wanted add 2 drops aqua
for use, before placing in the heat. To a neglect of
regia to the ounce, and sensitize with ni- this precaution Ihave traced surface-mark-
trate of silver in the proportion of 14 grains ings of a very annoying and previously in-
to each ounce, grinding it finely and dis- explicable character. With this precaution
solving with the aid of heat in £ ounce of
it they disappeared at once. The precaution
alcohol for each 14 grains. (The nitrate of increases in importance with the degree of
silver is reduced in proportion to the reduc- heat that is to be employed.
tion of salting, but still maintains a large
DEVELOPMENT.
excess over what is needed to equivalent
The developmentis always a critical mat-
the bromide.) The aqua regia is made by
ter indry plate work, but with these plates
mixing one part of ordinary nitric with two
very easy and simple. I have lately traced
parts of ordinary muriatic acid, and setting
out a most curious fact which has explained
in a moderately warm place until the mix-
anomalies previously very perplexing.
ture becomes deep orange color. It keeps
It is that the question whether or not
indefinitely, if the bottle be securely stop-
bromide will be necessary, in the develop-
pered. If this addition be neglected or
ment, depends to a large extent upon the cot-
overlooked, every plate will fog, with per-
ton used. That is, two specimens of cotton,
haps only traces of an image. This treat-
each giving excellent results, may, when
ment is that on which everything turns.
treated in exactly the same way, made at
Until, after many experiments over a pe-
the same time, kept equally long, sensitized
riod of months, I discovered this mode of
together and passed through the same baths,
operating, there was always an uncertainty
exposed and developed together, may the
as to the results : with it the negatives are
one absolutely need bromide in the develop-
brighter and cleaner than wet plates.
ment, and the other do better without it.
If intending to make the plates in the
I have tested this fact too carefully to be in
evening, sensitize very early in the morn-
any doubt about it.
ing; if intending to coat in the morning,
Consequently it will always be best to use
evening before, allowing about
sensitize the
bromide until it is found to be unnecessary.
twelve hours before using. After pouring
I estimate that the use of bromide entails
the hot solution of nitrate into the collo-
an increase of exposure of one-third. If
dion, shake up well at once for four or five
thirty seconds be right without bromide,
minutes. Another shaking in the middle
forty will be needed with it. But as there
of the morning, and another a couple of
is little danger of over-exposure with these
hours before using, will be sufficient. Filter
plates, it is never necessary to calculate
through a fine linen filter with a bit of clean
closely, but best to give enough to be sure,
sponge in the neck of the funnel. Kun an
especially if there be shaded foliage. This
edging of India-rubber, dissolved in benzole,
cannot be mastered so
last difficult feature
round the plate this is essential.
;
well by any other process that I have ever
Coat the plate rapidly as soon as set ;

which I here describe.

tried, as this
throw into a pan of water, take out as soon
For a Gf x 81 plate, pour into a pan just
as greasy marks are gone, and plunge into
large enough to carry it,
pan of preservative (see previous papers).
Five minutes in the preservative is enough,
Water, . . .4 ounces.
60-grain sol. Bromide of Po-
or three to six. The best drying is in a
tassium, . .
i drachm.
drying-box over sulphuric acid, but any
80-grain sol. Carbonate of
mode of drying will do that is suitable for Ammonia, . . •
i "
any Other process. The plates may be rested 60-grnin sol. Alcoholic Solu-
against a tin can of hot water, which will tion Pyrogallic Acid, .
J
"
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBE. 269

These are to be added in the above order, mottling, the cure lasts only for a plate or
mixed well by agitating, and the plate two, then the trouble returns.
slipped in. "Where a full exposure has been
given, it will be well not to add the whole
of the carbonate of ammonia at once, but a
few drops at a time. With a full exposure,
OUR PICTURE.
the development is quite as rapid as that of Our picture this month is another variety

a wet plate. No previous washing or moist- of the " Kembrandt " or "shadow" picture,
ening with alcohol is necessary. If the and together with the one in our last num-
plate has had a good, full exposure, it will ber will bear study and imitation. At the

come up to printing density in this bath in Cleveland Exhibition this class of pictures

two or three minutes. If it does not, it will predominated in a measure, and some very
only be necessary to add as much more so- fine effects indeed were there.
lution of carbonate of ammonia as already Wethink they must become very popu-

directed. Lift out the plate, add the solu- lar ifyou will but educate your patrons to
tion, mix well by agitating, and return the them, and to do this you must make the
plate. best you can. You now have two good ex-
The dirty work of re-developing with amples before you. The rest of the story is
acid pyro and silver is never necessary. told by Mr. Baker in his letter, which we

If it were desirable, plates with double or append

" In presenting this picture to the sub-
treble density could be easily got; density
never presents any difficulty if the cotton scribers of this magazine, I cannot, even at

is good. the risk of being egotistical, refrain from

But these plates, like almost every other congratulating them, my co-laborers, on
sort of dry plates, need backing to give the the happy success which has marked the
best results, especially to show clean, sharp introduction of the so-called Bembrandt
foliage against the sky. For this purpose, effects, which a year ago I was fortunate
aftermany trials, I have settled down to a enough to make to you.

mixture of equal parts of Spanish brown, of " My original idea has been followed by
the best quality, powdered gum arabic, clean a thousand photographers, and with many
and pure, from a reliable druggist, and pow- ingenious variations.
dered white sugar. Mix up and apply with "The thought and study necessary for
a bristle brush. Try first upon a bit of the mastery of the effect have furthered the
glass and let dry ;
if it scales off, there is too knowledge of our resources, and emanci-
little sugar, but up to this point, the less pated us from the method of lighting which
the better ; use no glycerine. Put on pretty had become painfully conventional.
thick, and wipe off just before developing " The taste of our customers is cultivated
with a wet sponge. It is worth while always with our own, and they are decidedly less

to use this backing. I back my plates as afraid of a shadow than they were.
soon as they are out of the preservative " One word to a certain class of critics
bath, and let both sides dry together. But who do not seem to apprehend that a profile
this cannot well be done if the plates are in Bembrandt is an effect, rather than a por-
dried by heat, as the backing will run and that the sharp lights and heavy
trait,

down in streaks. shadows are, in this view of the case, per-

One final and important hint remains. fectly legitimate art.
If the plates, just after coating, show a "Photography, it seems to me, is peculi-
tendency to mottling of the film, thin the arly fitted to present a passing thought, a
sensitive mixture, not with alcohol or ether, special characteristic, the momentary sus-
but with plain collodion, which must be made pension of a fugitive action, and much less
of the same or analogous cotton. This adapted to give the sum total, that complete
should be kept on hand, filtered bright, for embodiment of the whole person, which we
this purpose. The advantage is, that al- justly look for in an oil portrait or marble
though alcohol or ether will also cure statue.
 1

270 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

"Our means are rapid, the results cheap, DEVELOPER.
many aspects of the subject can be quickly Protosulphate of Iron, . . . 1 oz.

caught. What the art lacks in complete- Double Sulphate of Iron and Amm. J
"
Acetic Acid No. 8, 2 "
ness is thus made up by variety. It is . . . .

Water, 16 "
enough if each mood be happy, and we
should accustom our sitters not to expect "The negatives were cleared with cya-
the grandeur of an historic portrait in the nide, and strengthened with sulphuret of
few square inches of a photograph. potassium.
" The present picture is an endeavor in "The paper is that of Trapp & Munch,
accordance with the above line of thought.
floated half a minute on the following silver
A beautiful face is placed entirely in the
bath: A concentrated solution of silver in
water is divided into halves. One-half is
shadow ; the light, coming from behind,
floods the hair and falls over the shoulders.
precipitated and cleared with ammonia ; the
other half is then added, and the whole ren-
The delicate reflections down the profile are
dered almost neutral with nitric acid C. P.
from a white screen a few feet off. The ;

the solution is then diluted to 40°, and may

subject was posed as for a Eembrandt, a
variety of which it
turned away from, instead of towards the
light.
" Since writing the above, a letter from
our editor asks for the photographic data
of this print.
" The light was sky, without side-light.
is, only the face was
be, when in use, allowed to vary between 35°
and 50°. The strength is maintained by
adding from a concentrated solution pre-
pared as above. The T. & M. paper seems
to have absolutely no reaction on this bath,
only by abstracting silver; the solution
neither becomes more or less alkaline.

The lens, 3 B. Dallmeyer, diffusion of focus. " When dry, the paper is fumed. The
The time of the year, last September the ;
toning is best done with a warm bath, very
alkaline, with bicarbonate of soda (that used
day, cloudy. The negatives were timed
twenty seconds. for cooking). The hypo, was 1 oz. to 8 oz.
water time, 5 to 8 minutes.
;
" The collodion was two years old, made
" After mounting, the prints were treated
of
Alcohol, with Salomon's enamel. If the surface of
• $
Ether, . .
X tt any of these is at all disturbed at any time,
2

Iodide of Ammonium, . 2 grs. a very light polishing with a soft cloth will
Iodide of Cadmium, . . 4 " at once restore it bright and perfect.
Bromide of Ammonium, . 2 1
" W. J. Baker.
Cotton, . 6 " Buffalo, N. Y., June, 1871."

How to Become a Member. — Photographers isfied set of men together than were the pho-
who wish to be identified with the National tographers there.
Photographic Association, and to share its bene-
fits, may do so by applying to Edward L. Wilson, N. P. A. — The Executive Committee will hold
Permanent Secretary, Philadelphia, Pa. Re- a special meeting at .36 Park Row, Neiv York,
—
mitting $4, $2 for entrance fee and $2 for dues on Wednesday, July 6th, at 4 p.m. Members
—
up to June, 1871, and certificate of membership please be present to transact special business.
will be sent. Come, now, grow with its growth W. Irving Adams, Chairman.
and share the honors. Edward L. Wilson, Secretary.

Did wk promise too mucii? — We predicted Tiie Shaw Patent. — Since he was beaten in
and even promised a great deal to those who the suit against Mr. Lovejoy, Mr. Shaw has
would attend the Cleveland Exhibition. Did we modified his claims again (third time), and ob-
promise too much ? We never saw a better sat- tained a reissue of his patent, June 14th. Let
 ,

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 271

not our readers be frightened, however. The excels Fairmount, and, chosen with an artistic
fact of his applying for a reissue precludes him eye as they are, these views are very charming.
from collecting anything for supposed or real
past infringements,and also shears him of all Messrs. Suddards & Fennemore, 820 Arch
power to compel any one to use his patent Street, Philadelphia, have an admirable carte
under penalty of prosecution. All Jehyleman negative of E. Y. Bell, Esq., made during his
Shaw now has, is a reissued patent for an ap- researches for light on the " Waste " case, copies
paratus constructed as has been described in of which can be had.
our pages, which he wants to sell. It is op-
tional with you whether you buy it or not. He Good News. — Prof. Henry Morton, Ph. D.
cannot compel you. Use your old tub or tank as the eminent lecturer on light, chemistry, etc.,
long as you please, and he cannot harm you. has already been secured to deliver two lectures

Do not let agents and others frighten you into before the National Photographic Association,

any arrangement against your will, for they iu Philadelphia, next June. This is taking time

have not the power to harm you in the least. by the forelock, but that is necessary, in order to
We received a copy of the reissue just before succeed in any undertaking. We mean that the
photographers shall have a grand treat when
going to press, and will explain further next
they visit Philadelphia, and no one can contrib-
month. Meanwhile, be not afraid.
ute more to it than Prof. Morton. He leaves
The Local Secretary. — No one who has not Philadelphia in July to assume the Presidency
been through itsknows what a laborious
labors of the Stevens Institute, Hoboken, N. J., which
task is the Local Mr. Ryder
Secretaryship. he is yet to see built, superintending the work
seems to have been made for that post, and did himself.
admirably in every way. Of course there are
always some who grumble, but if they have cause Rather Large. — Our types made us say in
let them not lay it to any oversight of Mr. Ry- our last that some of the hailstones that fell in
der. He forgot nothing. Philadelphia last month were 7 inches- in di-
ameter. We meant circumference, and that was
The Photo-Crayon Prize Medals, awarded
plenty large enough for comfort.
for the best photo-crayons at the Cleveland Ex-
hibition, were given to Messrs. A. Marshall,
Our red cover last mohth did just what we
Boston (gold) ;
Suddards & Fennemore, Philadel-
intended it should do, *'. e., attracted attention.
phia and W. L. Germon, Philadelphia
(silver) ;
That was all it was put on for, because we wanted
(bronze). A very handsome show of nearly one to have rather a holiday appearance, on account
hundred pictures was made. Messrs. Lambert
of the coming jubilee at Cleveland. The new
& Alden show some nice testimonials in their
color, however, raised all sorts of conjectures.
new advertisement. Some condoled with us on our bad taste in mak-
ing the change, but the best one was, a Western
Portraits of Dr. Vogel. Mr. J. F Ryder — subscriber who "supposed it was a hint to pay up,
has favored us with an admirable 8 x 10 Salo- '

as his subscription had expired !

' One good thing
mon style portrait of Dr. Vogel, which is as ex-
about it, it contains a complete catalogue of the
cellent a likeness as it is a good photograph.
American Optical Company's apparatus and of
Dr. Vogel sat for the negative at the special re-
Ross's lenses, and the red cover will enable you
quest of the Association, and we are rejoiced that
to find them easily when you need to refer to
it is such a success. Mr. Jno. Carbutt, Chicago,
them.
has also secured a fine stereoscopic negative of
Dr. Vogel, which he promises to print by Wood- Hail-Storm in Massachusetts. — Mr. F. H.
bury's photo-relief process, and to sell copies for
Houston, Pittsfield, M;iss., informs us that a very
the benefit of the Relief Fund.
severe hailstorm visited that city and the coun-
try for 60 miles around, on June 20th, demolish-
Exchange of Pictures. — Our stock of cartes ing every glass-house in the vicinity, which,
ran short at Cleveland, but we have now re-
with the torrent of rain that followed, caused
plenished, and are willing to redeem our promise
great loss to the photographers.
to exchange with all who were there.

Messrs. Kilbtjrn Bros., Littleton, N. H., Signor Ant. Montagna, Mesagne, Italy, will
have favored us with a series of admirable views publish semi-annually a "Universal Photo-
of Fairmount Park, Wissahickon, etc., recently graphic Review,^ beginning June 1st, 1870,
taken. For natural beauty, no park in the world which is to be accompanied by photographs.
272 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
Mr. H. G. Fetter, Logansport, Ind., a few containing silver is thrown down. The bath
hours after the resolution had passed at the should be neutralized before it is heated, as the
Cleveland meeting to adopt a trade-mark for the presence of acid retards the precipitation.
work of the members of the Association, presented
Questions.
us with his card with N. P. A. thereon. We were
glad to see the idea adopted so soon. Mr. Fet- 1. What is the real effect of any bromide in

ter is one of the live men of the profession, and collodion ?

we hope the time will soon come when both he 2. What

is meant by solarization the cause, —
and his co-laborers will be proud to see N. P. A. cure,and prevention ?
stamped upon their work. 3. What chemical means are there of remov-

ing a slight fog (chemical fog, of course) from

the negative?
Over Again. — Our readers get half a number 4. In making developer, is the effect the same
(16 pages) over again this month. Several arti-
in the following : whether the developer be made
cles laid over. We hope they will be active in
with a strong iron solution with much acid, or a
trying to get us new
Back num- subscribers.
weak iron solution with less acid ?
bers can be had from January. Please remem-
5. With a bath, collodion and developer in
ber us when making your summer tour.
perfect harmony, you dip a plate in another
bath (new and iodized and of the same strength)
The Sphynx. and expose the same on some object, the high
lights come up very intense, with no detail in
Answers to Last Month's Queries.
the shadows, what is the cause and the cure?
1. A bath after it has been worked for some
6. What is the present theory of the latent
time, will contain an excess of bromide and io-
image ? Is it a chemical alteration of the molec-
dide of silver, which form double salts with the
ular arrangement, or is it a partial reduction of
nitrate of silver, crystallizes out on the immersed
the iodide and bromide of silver into metallic
plates, and, being detached by the subsequent
silver ?
manipulations, leave transparent spots called by
photographers "pin-holes." The best way to
7. Why does a prolonged development cause
fogging ?
remedy this disorder is, to pour the bath into an
8. What is a good toning formula for a rich
equal quantity of pure water, and evaporate to
brown-BLACK ?
its The water decomposes these
proper strength.
double salts, precipitating iodide and bromide
9. What will prevent a toning solution from
turning red?
of silver, and the weaker the solution the more
complete is the precipitation. If a portion of
water is added to th& bath a precipitate is thrown Answers to Correspondents.
down, but the solution ha;: been reduced so little

in strength, that, on being shaken it is redis-

Ferrotyper, Rock Island, III. — See proceed-
ings of the Ferrotype Society, Philadelphia, a
solved, and it is not until a considerable quantity
month or two ago.
has been added that a permanent precipitate is
A. St. Clair, St. Paul.—The "Porcelain
produced, less, however, in quantity than if the
Photograph " is a species of mezzotint, and the
process' had been reversed, for when the bath is
patentee is 6. E. Fowx, Baltimore, whose spe-
added to the water the water is in excess until the
cifications were published in our last January
last portion of bath has been added, and the
issue,page 10. It is simply printing through
solution is so weak that but little of the precipi-
two negatives instead of one, and is quite trou-
tate is dissolved again.
blesome.
2. When ammonia is added to a solution of
nitrate of silver, nitrate of ammonia is formed, H. L. , Jr. — As we understand it, all using
which renyiins in solution, and oxide of silver is solar cameras without Woodward's stamp there-
precipitated; on the addition of more ammonia on, are liable to be called upon for damages.
the oxide of silver enters into chemical combina- Don't worry, however, until you are called upon.
tion with it, is dissolved, and the result is a solu- When you are, make the best bargain you can,
tion of the double stilt argento-nitrate of am- and pay peaceably. The patent expires in less

monia, or, as photographers call it, ammonio- than a year, we believe. It may or may not be
nitrate of silver. extended.
3. When a bath is boiled the ether and alcohol Jas. II. Tatman, Connersville, Ind. See an- —
are driven off, the organic matter is decom- swer above. Your posing is good print under- ;

posed by the heat, and an insoluble precipitate done.

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 275

Messrs. Kilburn Bros., and so on. In this guished friend to-night, comes from the
city he is ours. bottom of my heart. Yes, sir I welcome !

He will sail for Europe

few days, and
in a you, Dr. Vogel, thrice welcome you, in the
doubtless carries with him the good wishes name of the photographers of this city and
and warmest regards of the whole photo- the far West, and thank you for honoring
graphic community of America. us with your presence to-night for it is an ;

He had several invitations to lecture while honor, a great honor to have one of the
here, and more than one offer if he would brightest lights of photography that is not
make this country his permanent residence. overdeveloped, to cross the deep and briny
In St. Louis Dr. Vogel was very enthu- ocean, and come away from the fatherland
siastically received and entertained by the to the land of progress and liberty, and
photographers. Among other places he shine among us even for a brief space of
visited the IronMountain below St. Louis, time. It is with pleasure that my brother
a mountain four hundred feet high, and al- photographers now meet face to face with
most wholly of iron ore. Dr. Vogel sug- you, whom they have so often heard of, and
gestively remarked that there was " no pos- more frequently read of. We have studied
sibility of the St. Louis photograpers run- your writings on the advancement and prog-
ning out of developer very soon 1" ress of our art, and I assure you they have
On Thursday evening, June 23d, a grand been beneficial to many
of us. Mr. Presi-
reception was given by the St. Louis Photo- dent, we come here welcome and honor
to
graphic Society to Dr. Vogel, at the rooms our guest as he has honored us, and to ulse a
of John A. Scholten, Esq. Western phrase, we intend to show him
'

The President, A. J. Fox, Esq., opened round' our great and growing city, which
the meeting with the following address. in time will be the metropolis of the land
" Gentlemen of the Photographic Asso- of Columbia. Yes, sir ! and when you re-
ciation of St. Louis, members of the frater- turn to your native land, and there in the
nity, and fellow-citizens, it affords me great quiet moments of reflection, or in the out-
pleasure, in behalf of the photographic fra- bursts of your own heart you think and talk
ternity of St. Louis, to introduce to you of the friends left behind you, we hope the
to-night, one whose name and fame is as memory of this night will never be for-
familiar to you as household words. One gotten."
whose writings and researches upon photog-
raphy you have all read with so much in- Dr. Vogel then arose and responded as
terest and delight. He is among us to-night follows :

by invitation, and I now take pleasure in " My Friends : From the bottom of my
introducing to you my esteemed friend Dr. heart I thank you for the hearty welcome and
Herman Vogel, of Berlin, Prussia. As Mr. kindness shown to me everywhere at your
Eitzgibbon is the oldest photographer' now hands. I am only sorry that I cannot reply
in the West, I will take the liberty to call to your kind words in your own language
upon that gentlemen to extend to Dr. Vogel so well as Iwish to do. I will therefore
the words of fellowship, friendship, and a ask your indulgence to allow me to give
cordial welcome to our beloved city." vent to my feelings in my native tongue,
and ask my German friends to translate it

"Mr. President: In rising to welcome to you.

Dr. Herman Vogel, of Berlin, I am afraid (Then he proceeded in German as fol-
you have called on one unfitted for the task, lows :)
and I feel my incompetency on this occa- " America is the country on which we in

sion to do justice in addressing our distin- Germany have been looking with admira-
guished guest, with words of welcome to tion these many long years. Yes, this admi-
our great city of the West. I was not ration grew into enthusiasm when we wit-
brought up in the school of oratory or dec- nessed a struggle that threatened to divide
lamation, but in the laboratory of our beau- this great republic ; and it affords me a
tiful art ; but what I say to our distin- great deal of satisfaction to say that all my
276 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
German countrymen, here as well as over left a host of warm friends behind, who
the ocean, took a lively interest in that com- would be only too glad to see him come
bat. Wesympathized heartily with you, back some day and spend his days in their
gentlemen, and not only in war, but in time midst."
of peace, in literature and arts have you al-
ways engaged our undivided attention and
sympathy. When I came over here, I ex- THE EXHIBITION
OP THE
pected to see a great deal, and I take great
pleasure in saying to you that my highest National Photographic Association at
expectations have been by far surpassed. Cleveland— Our Picture.
When I return to my native country, I Having in our last number given our
shall be able to say that four weeks' sojourn readers a pretty full account of what trans-
in this country afforded me more opportu- pired at the business meetings of the Na-
nities of observation and instruction than tional Photographic Association in Cleve-
any four years heretofore. Unfortunately land, let usnow give a few details concern-
we are but too form
frequently led to ing the grand Exhibition.
wrong opinions concerning America and It was held in the Central Skating Rink,
the Americans, by superficial, sensation the floor of which is 90 by 250 feet, and

newspaper articles, which are proven to be which was profusely decorated with flags and
fallacious upon closer personal acquaint- evergreens festooned fancifully all around.
ance. The practical turn of mind of the In the centre, hanging from the roof, was a
Americans developed the treasures of sci- painted wreath, to which was suspended
ence, and many inventions were put into the truthful motto Elevate your art and
:
'
'

practical use by them. A result of this it will elevate you.'" At the rear end of the
practical tendency is the present state of hall was a huge scenic background, on which
photography in America. Energy and a free the different emblems of photography were
and unimpeded pursuit of art has not failed painted and grouped, with the names of
to tell on the development of photography Niepce, Daguerre, Talbot, etc., the whole
here as well as in Europe, and in Germany encircled by the following words in huge
in particular. An intimate and cordial in- letters :
" Let your light so shine that others
tercourse has sprung up of late between may see your good works." All of this gave
America and Germany, much to the benefit the immense interior a very tasteful and
of our art and its followers; and I shall feel beautiful appearance.
amply rewarded if my professional brethren The floor being cleared of the debris of a
think that my endeavors to contribute, little fair which had but just closed, immense up-
though it may be, to a firmer union between rights were erected at certain distances
the two countries, and material advance- apart on each side of the hall, running
ment of our art, have not been quite devoid towards the centre and thus forming al-
of success. coves, each one being in a light almost
"I thank you, gentlemen, for the kind- equally favorable. On these uprights the
ness and indulgence with which you have pictures were hung, under the supervision
listened to my few remarks, and hope that of the Local Secretary, Mr. J. F. Ryder,
at no distant time I shall have the pleasure and the Committee of Arrangements,
to welcome some or all of you in my native Messrs. Albert Moore, Irving Adams, W.
country I" John R. demons, V. M. Wilcox, and Ed-
For this translation we are indebted to the ward L. Wilson. Thecommitteo occupied
kindness of Mr. Robert Benecke, who adds : nearly three days and three nights in their
"Thus week which Dr. Vogel had
the work, and were supported by the valuable
consented to stay with us drew to a close, many of the photographers of
assistance of
and sorry we were to see our congenial and Cleveland and by volunteers photogra- —
warmhearted little Doctor reeross the father phers coming in' daily to attend the meet-
of the waters to visit other parts of our ings, etc., from all parts, all of whom
great country. May he be assured to have promptly laid hold and helped all they
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 277

could, with a will. The scene was one of child, highest up, in the centre), the eigh-
great activity and earnestness, and the re- teen Steinheil lens pictures shown by Wil-
were in readiness at the
sult was, all things son, Hood & Co., which
the foreign pictures,
appointed time, and the Exhibition was were all close together, and on the extreme
thrown open to an appreciative public on upright the fine display by Mr. J. W.
Tuesday evening as advertised. Black. On the left of the stage is Mr. Ry-
Through the kindness of Mr. T. T. der's splendid exhibition plainly seen. The
Sweeney, of Cleveland, who made the neg- arrangement of the other side of the hall
atives, and of Mr. William H. Rhoads, of was precisely the same, differing only in
Philadelphia, who made the prints, and who the pictures, all of which are mentioned,
has had to work night and day ever since we believe, in the list. We tried to let
to get the requisite quantity done in time, none escape us.
we are enabled to give our readers this In the centre space, directly in front of the
month a view of a good portion of the inte- stage, Mr. John Carbutt, of Chicago, had
rior as it appeared at the close of the Exhi- tables erected, on which he continued to
bition, though not the whole, as we de- make prints by the Woodbury Photo-Relief
sired. Owing to the peculiar arrangement Process during the whole Exhibition, al-
of the uprights, a view from one end down ways attracting an interested and delighted
the centre would not have made as satis- crowd next to him Messrs. W. M. & C. C.
;

factory a view as the one we give, so, what Kohl & Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, had a large
was thought by several who were consulted Stereoscopic Museum erected, and displayed
to be the best general viev), was selected, and a fine assortment of their Stereoscopes ; next
the negatives made accordingly. Down the to them the Scovill Manufacturing Com-
centre of the rink were rows of glass cases pany occupied the space, and had several
and tables, which were devoted to the dis- tables and cases of American Optical Com-
play of apparatus, chemicals, lenses, etc., by pany's apparatus, etc. Their display was
the stockdealers, and which was very large very prominent; also the well-known furni-
and fine. ture, accessories, head-rest, etc., by Messrs.
We annex a list of the exhibitors, as near Wilson, Hood & Co. The Cleveland deal-
as we could make it during continued in- ers, Messrs. Robbins and Castle, made fine
terruption, and ifwe have omitted anybody displays. The large Yosemite views on the
we will be glad to add those omitted in our right of the picture, front, were also part of
next number. Our list begins at the left Mr. Robbins's display, and next to these
hand going in, down that side to the stage, came Mr. Sweeney's pagoda, which he un-
across the stage, up the other side, and then fortunately left out of the view.
the centre of the floor. In the front room, second floor, where
On each side at the front was an immense the business meetings were held, Mr. J. W.
pagoda (not shown in the picture), one be- Black each evening gave a fine lantern ex-
ing covered with splendid landscapes, por- hibition of views on the coast of Labrador
and stereoscopic views by Mr. T. T.
traits, and all parts of this country. The group of
Sweeney, and the other by a large assort- members was shown by Mr. Black a few
ment of Braun's carbon views, exhibited by hours after it was taken. He used the elec-
Messrs. Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia. tric light, which we shall presently describe
The latter were on the left of the entrance, in these pages. In front of the Rink, some
and following them were the cases contain- distance, a huge screen was erected, and
ing Messrs. E. & H. T. Anthony & Co.'s early each evening Mr. Black projected pic-
display, and articles and pictures by Messrs. tures on it to the delight of the outsiders,
Howell, and those whose names follow his and thus won many into the Exhibition.
in the list, up to the handsome display of Here we close our record of the Second
Mr. William B. Holmes, New York. In Annual Meeting and Exhibition of the Na-
the picture are plainly seen the solar en- tional Photographic Association, yet we
largements by Mr. Albert Moore, includ- must not do so, until we have related one
ing the gold medal prize print (the one of a very pleasing incident. Saturday evening
278 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
precisely at ten o'clock the musicians began G. G. Johnson, Cleveland, 0. Enamelled pho-
to play "Home, Sweet Home." tographs.

President Bogardus was standing on the J. Cremer, Philadelphia, Pa. Large colored
main floor near the centre at the time. The portraits on the new "hot-cast porcelain"
glass.
first notes of that glorious tune told the
photographers present, that their week of Jno. P. Soule, Boston, Mass. Stereoscopic
views and portraits colored.
jubilee was at an end, and drawn by one
E. Herbruger, Jr., Panama. Views of Panama.
common impulse they gathered around their
Thos. Firth, Hamilton, Bermuda. Views in
president in great number and joined him
Bermuda.
in singing, Home, Sweet Home. There
R. H.Furman, Brazil, S. A. Views and portraits.
were and at the cessation of
full hearts then,
Wm, B. Holmes, New York. Bierstadt's views
the music, the assemblage passed out, amid of Niagara.
hand shakings, words of good cheer, and A. H. Hemple, Philadelphia, Pa. Large pic-
"Good bye! meet me in Philadelphia in tures of locomotives, machinery, etc.
1871." A. Meydenbauer. Examples illustrative of
The day the negatives were made it was photographic surveying.
very dark and cloudy, and the Rink was not Shaffner & Mohr, Paris, France. Specimens
in favorable condition to photograph, but on carbonate of silver paper.
itwas the only day the work could be done, Benque & Sebastianutti, Trieste, Austria.
Finely retouched enlargements.
and the best possible results were secured.
Albert Moore, Philadelphia, Pa. Enlarge-
They were made with a No. 3 $40 Stein-
ments on plain and albumen paper, from the
heil lens, of which Mr. Sweeney writes us :

five prize negatives, and from negatives by

" For quick work and even illumination it
J. C. Browne, J. Moran, B. L H. Dabbs,
excels anything I have ever used, and,
Geo. H. Fennemore, 0. H. Willard, and
although having on hand an abundance of head 40 inches
others, including a in length.
lenses, I find I cannot do without it." Jno. R. Clemons, Philadelphia, Pa. Prints on
The prints were made, as we have stated, albumen and arrowroot paper.
his
by Mr. William H. Rhoads, the new Local A. K. P. Trask, Philadelphia, Pa. Fine ferro-
Secretary, on Messrs. Trapp & Munch's types and photographs.
albumen paper, which, during the late hot Carl Borntraeger, Wiesbaden. Fine cabinets.
and trying weather, Mr. Rhoads says H. Gunther, Berlin. Elegantly colored photo-
" worked splendidly, and without discol- graphs of flowers.

oration." Abdullah Freres, Constantinople, Turkey.

Photographs of Armenian and Turkish wo-
men.
A. Lesage, Dublin, Ireland. Cartes of Irish
LIST OF EXHIBITORS.
ladies.
Adolph Braun, Dornach, France. Carbon Kloch & Dutkiewicz, Warsaw, Austria. Cartes
prints of Swiss scenery, game, flowers, and by J. K. Wolowsky, now of Philadelphia, Pa.
reproductions. Exhibited by Wilson, Hood Geo. B. Ayres. Chart of drapery, and photo-
& Co., Philadelphia. graphs of the same.
Kobinson & Cherrill, London, England. Com- Edward Bierstadt, Jersey City, N. J. Pho-
position pictures, colored. Exhibited by E. tolithographs by Albert's process.
& II. T. Anthony & Co. Geo. Washington Wilson, Aberdeen, Scotland.
M. Garcier, Geneva, Switzerland. Panoramic Cabinet and stereosoopic views. Exhibited
views. ( by Wilson. Hood Co., Philadelphia.
<!k

W. R. Howell, New York. Enlargements col- Wilson, Hood &Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 18 pic-
ored, Albumen Photographs, Retouched and tures made with the Steinhoil lenses, being
Cabinet Pictures. a oopy of an ongraving, a landscape and a
T. T. Sweeney, Cleveland, 0. Groups of the portrait mado with each size lens, from No.
members of the National Photographic As- 1 to No. 6, inclusive.
sociation. Sold for Relief Fund. M. Goupil & Co., Paris. A variety of prints by
Tiios. II. Johnson, Cleveland, 0. Groups of the Woodbury Process.
the members of the National Photographic Walter Woodbury, London, England. A va-
Association. Sold for Relief Fund. riety of prints by the Woodbury Procoss.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 279

Jno. Carbutt, Chicago, 111. A variety of prints J. W. Black, Boston, Mass. Portraits of many
by the Woodbury Process. sizes, views on the coast of Labrador, inte-
Capt. Lyon, Geneva, Switzerland. A series of groups, and landscapes.
riors,

8 x 10 views in India. J. F.Ryder, Cleveland, 0. A magnificent dis-

S.Bouene, London, England. 8 x TO views in play of colored and India-ink pictures, of
the Himalayas and in Asia. life and smaller size.

W. S. Porter, Cincinnati, 0. Portraits in va- W. S. Porter, Cincinnati, 0. Daguerreotype

riety. in sections, of Fairmount Water Works,

Romain Talbot, Paris, France. Enlargements Philadelphia. Made in 1848.

by artificial light. F. Stuber, Bethlehem, Pa. Portraits in

L.
Dr. H. Vogel, Berlin, Prussia. Views of tombs, Salomon style, and stereoscopic "Gems of
temples, etc., in Egypt, and photographs il- American Life.''
lustrating the effect of the distance from the Fontayne & Porter, Newport, Ky. Daguerreo-
lens to the subject. types of Cincinnati. Made in 1848.

M. Carey Lea, Philadelphia, Pa. Prints from J. M. Green, Cleveland, O. Oil photographs.
collodio-bromide negatives. S. Root, Dubuque, Iowa. Large portraits from
S. P. Christman, Berlin, Prussia. Stereoscopic untouched and retouched negatives.
views, interiors, buildings, etc. R. L. Allen, Detroit, Mich. Landscape and
F. Grasshoff, Berlin, Prussia. Fine cartes, interior views.
etc., including a collection of 24 portraits of H. H. Cole, Peoria, 111. Solar portrait en-
one young lady in as many positions. largements.
J. Schaarwachter, Nijmegin, Holland. Views J. Loeffler, New York. Portraits in "Rem-
in Holland. brandt" and other styles, in variety.
Chas. Reutlinger, Paris, France. 11 x 14 H. Merz, New York. Cartes, 8x10, and other
carte and cabinet pictures from retouched portraits, and several genre pictures.
negatives. B. W. Weston, Leetonia, O. Portraits.
Ernst Milster, Berlin, Prussia. Portraits of J. H. Hallenbeck, New York. Prints from H.
various sizes, from retouched negatives, and J. Newton's coffee dry plates, printed and
reproductions from oil paintings. toned by the uranium and silver process,
H. Krohne, Dresden. Stereoscopic views by and also copies of Dole's drawings.
collodio-albumen dry process. A. Bogardus, 1153 Broadway, New York. En-
Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia, Pa. Large largements, cabinets, etc., in fine variety.
display of stereoscopic pictures, including Mr. Bogardus also very comraendably men-
"Gems of German Life," by Loescher & tions his employees, who, with his aid, pro-
Petsch, views by G. W. Wilson, A. Braun, duce his work, viz. : E. M. Howell, poser ;

W. England, F. Bedford ; statuary by W. Charles Hausrath, manipulator, and Jos.

England White Mountain views by Kilburn
; Fraunthal, printer.
Bros., and Yosemite Valley views by "He- Armstrong & Rudd, Saginaw City, Michigan.
lios." Cartes de visile in number.
A. Salomon, Paris, France. 8x10 portraits. H. Rocher, Chicago, 111. Cartes and cabinets
Robinson & Cherrill, London, England. 8 x in all styles.
10 portraits. H. L. Bingham, Kalamazoo, Mich. Large por-
F. Gtjtekunst, Philadelphia, Pa. Untouched traits.
solar enlargements ; large portraits from S. Crobaugh, Cleveland, 0. Variety of old
contact negatives; cartes, cabinets, etc., daguerreotypes.
from retouched and untouched negatives. F. A. Simonds, Chillicothe, 0. An assortment
Loescher & Petsch, Berlin, Prussia. A mag- of portraits.
nificent collection of genre pictures and por- G. H. Sherman, Elgin, III. An assortment of
traits from retouched negatives, from carte portraits.
to 11 x 14 size. S. M. Fassett, Chicago, 111. Interiors, porce-
T. Edge, Preston, England. Rustic cartes. lains colored by Mrs. Fassett, plain photo-
M. Burgess, Norwich, England. Eberneum graphs, etc.

pictures. Uhlman & Rippel, St. Joseph, Mo. Enlarge-

J. Carbutt, Chicago, 111. A variety of portraits, ments, cards and cabinet size.

plain and colored. C. H. Ravell, Lyons, N. Y. Portraits in

Burchard Bros., Berlin, Prussia. Photolitho- variety.
graphs. Sheldon & Davis, Kingston, Ont. Portraits.
280 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
J. A. Mather, Oil City, Pa. Portrait in oil. Young & Rogers, Washington, Pa. Large and
H. G. Smith, Publisher, H. Wm. Tupper, Pho- small portraits.
tographer, Boston, Mass. A variety of L. Van Loo, Cincinnati, 0. Large portrait,
copies of engravings and statuary, peculi- groups, and large photographs.
arly lighted and toned. B. E. Hawkins, Steubenville, 0. Oil and plain
J. Howard, Cuyahoga Falls, 0. Enlarged photographs.
views on plain paper. C. S. Judd, Shelbyville, Tenn. Portraits and
Lee & Edmondson, Norwalk, 0. A variety of views.
portraits. L. Angerer, Vienna, Austria. Photographs
D. R. Clark, Lafayette, Ind. A variety of made with Voigtlander lenses.
portraits. C. Meinerth, Newburyport, Mass. Mezzotints.
F. Thorp, Bucyrus, 0. Cartes, cabinets, &c, J. R. Gorgas, Madison, Ind. Enlargements.
and some of his work made four years ago, J. A. Todd, Sacramento, Cal. Cabinet portraits.
to show his progress. A. S. Robbins, Cleveland, 0. Yosemite Valley
B. P. Battles, Akron, 0. 11 x 14 and card views.
portraits. Wjt. H. Moore, Marion, 0. Group of clergy-
J. C. Mills, Penn Yan, N. Y. Colored and men.
plain work. J. H. Oakley, Ravenna, 0. Cabinets and cards.
William Kurtz, New York. 8 x 10 and cabi- F. M. Spencer, Mansfield. Pa. Portraits.
net sizes from plain and retouched negatives, R. Goebel, St. Charles, Mo. Cabinets and
"Rembrandt style," etc., in fine variety. cards.
W. J.Baker, Buffalo, N. Y. A fine variety of J. A. Scholten, St. Louis, Mo. Burnt-in
"Rembrandt" or "shadow" pictures, 8 x enamels, colored.
10, and others ; also exhibited several speci- Brooks & Potter, Warren, 0. Group of clergy-
mens from M. Adam Salomon, Paris. men, portraits in oil and water colors.
Cramer, Cross & Co., St. Louis, Mo. Enlarge- Andrew Price, Cleveland, 0. Solar enlarge-
ments, cabinets, and cards. ments, etc.
J. D. Cadwallader, Marietta, 0. Enlarge- T. A. Beach, Delaware, 0. Portraits, etc.
ments, cabinets, and cards. Sarony & Co., New York. Cabinet portraits
Gallo W. Cheston, Philadelphia, Pa. Por- and large size.
traits, various sizes. Wm. C. North, Cleveland, 0. Portraits and en-
Stark & Barton, Zanesville, O. Views and largements.
portraits. A. Bisbee, Daguerreotype view of Cincinnati,
Thos. Gaffield, Boston, Mass. Photographs in six sections.
of leaves, ferns, feathers, etc. , arranged in Thos. T. Sweeney, Cleveland, 0. Large variety
wreaths and mottoes. of stereoscopic and large views and portraits.
0. A. Dolph, Erie, Pa. Solar enlargements. A. E. Alden & Lambert Brothers. Sarony
A. Marshall, Boston, Mass. Portraits in photo-crayons, by Suddards Fennemore &,

variety. and W. L. Germon, Philadelphia A. Mar- ;

J. Landy, Cincinnati, 0. A large assortment of shall and Frank Rowell, Boston McElroy, ;

portraits, strikingly lighted in "shadow" Providence, R. I. ; Moffatt, N. Y ; W. C.

style, and cartes, showing the expression of North, Utica, N. Y. ; Evans, Weaversville,
children during picture-taking. Pa. : Richardson, Wakefield, Mass. ; Wm.
Walter C.North, Utica, N. Y. Cabinet por- C. North, Cleveland, 0. ; A. E. Alden,
traits, and also photographs by Salomon and Springfield, Mass. ; Lambert and Sarony,
Reutlinger. N. Y., and J. Carbutt, Chicago, 111.

A. D. Brooks, Erie, Pa. Large photographs.

Frank Bijshop, Jr., Watertown, N. Y. Por- APPARATUS, CHEMICALS, Etc.
traits. Improved screen.
E. J. Foss, Boston, Mass.
Z. P. McMillan, Galesburg, 111. 11 x 14 am- J. Q. A. Tresize, Zanesville, 0. Durk-tent.
brotypes, and an album of out-door views. II. W. Immke, Princeton, III. Dark-tent.
Draper & Hubtkd, Philadelphia, Pa. Photo- J. A. Anderson, Chicago, III. Background
graphs of machinery. frame.
Bendann Bros., Baltimore, Md. Large and L. Dubernet, New York. Fancy mats, frames,
small portraits. and passepartouts.
J. E. Larkin, Elmira, N. Y. Colored porce- E. & H. T. Anthony & Co., New York. Kurtz's
lains. background and reflector, gas drying stove,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 281

dark-tent, graphoseope, cameras, chemicals, Scovill Manufacturing Co., New York. Fine
albums, stereoscopes, and photographic show of American Optical Co. 's Apparatus,
goods generally. perfect camera stand a variety of 600 fancy ;

D. H. Cross, Bennington, Vt. Improved wood cases and frames photographic goods of ;

dipper. all kinds Globe, Batio, and Harrison len-

;

Gatchell & Hyatt, Cincinnati, 0. Photo- ses, etc., etc.

graphic goods, etc. W. M. & C. C. Kohl & Co., Cincinnati, 0. A

Cramer, Gross & Co., St. Louis, Mo. Head- Stereoscopic museum, and a splendid variety
rest. of Kohl's regulation stereoscopes, views, etc.
H. B. Castle, Cleveland, 0. Solar camera, A. P. C. Bonte, Cincinnati, 0. Frames.
Sutliff s collodions, chemicals, and general Wm. B. Holmes, New York. Voigtlander and
photographic stock. Darlot lenses ; velvet and gilt frames ; stereo-
A. E. Turnbull, Sandusky, 0. Patent tripod. scopes and camera boxes.
Nixon & Stokes, Philadelphia, Pa. Patent W. P. Slee, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. Photographic
carte enveloper, card mounter.
Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia, Pa. French J. H. Kent, Bochester, N. Y. Improved and
card mounts, etc., by Bohaut & Hutinet, elegant new posing chair and rest combined.
Paris. Jno. Carbutt, Chicago, 111. Practical illus-

W. W. Harding, Philadelphia, Pa. Fancy trations of the Woodbury photo-relief print-

hinge-back albums. ing process, two presses.

Willard Manufacturing Co., New York.
If any names have been omitted the Secretary
Bustic fence and lenses.
will be gladto add them.
C. Usner, New York. American cameras.
A. M. Collins, Son & Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Carte mounts, cards, and tints in great variety.
WEIGHING AND MEASURING.
Edward Wilson, Philadelphia, Pa. Glass
L.
BY M. CAREY LEA.
transparencies by Woodbury's process and
(Continued from page 195.)
by Soulier.
Edward L Wilson, Philadelphia, Pa. Series In the previous portion of these remarks
of photographic prints and negatives, illus- I spoke of the conditions necessary for ob-
trating common failures. taining regular and habitual accuracy in the
J. H. Hamilton, Sioux City, Iowa. Apparatus operations of weighing. Before proceed-
for printing mezzotints.
ing to those of measuring, it seems worth
A. S. Bobbins, Cleveland, 0. Lenses, frames,
while to describe a practice which I have
and general stock.
B. French & Co., Boston, Mass. Voigtlander
nowhere seen mentioned in print indeed, —
and Darlot lenses, condensers, etc.
have known to be used only by myself, and
Jno. S. Perley, Cleveland, 0. Focussing which, simple as it is, is a great conveni-
glasses. ence and adopted by me invariably since I
H. Noss. New Brighton, Pa. Stereographs and first tried it.

"Fairy Boquet." Selecting a letter-paper not too thick and

Preston C. Nason, Cleveland, 0. Eye-rest. with a hard, smooth, glazed surface, I fold
Powers & Weightman, Philadelphia, Pa. it over several times and give it to a binder
Chemicals. to cut into squares of such a size as will just
W. H. Mardock & Co., New York. Paper and conveniently lie upon the pan of the bal-
chemicals.
ance. The binder is directed to cut all the
C.Pfizer & Co., New York. Chemicals.
pieces to exactly the same size ; a pile an
Bosengarten & Sons, Philadelphia, Pa. Chemi-
inch in thickness is made by four cuts, one
cals.
for each side.
C. Cooper & Co., New York. Chemicals.
Chas. T.White & Co.. New York. Chemicals.
Now a pair of scales is rarely in such a
condition that the two pans exactly bal-
Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia, Pa. Boss
and Steinheil lenses, Wilson's head and ance, and if they are made to balance by
body rest, fancy tables, columns, retouch- filing the bottoms, they soon cease again to
ing outfits, etc., etc. do so. But if we put a piece of this letter-
Benerman & Wilson, Philadelphia, Pa. Pho- paper into each pan and then bring them
tographic publications. to balance by tearing off or adding a few
 :
;
:

282 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

scraps to the pan that is to carry the weights, with the ruled line of divisions and not the
it is evident that we may take many weights, upper.
each with a fresh piece of paper in the other If the operator, having made as accurate
pan, without needing to readjust. The ma- a measurement he can, changes his po-
as
chine-made paper now in universal use is sition so as to alter the manner in which

so regular in its texture that pieces cut the light falls upon the glass, he will find
three inches square, in the manner that I that his measurement no longer appears cor-
have described, will rarely differ in weight rect, but seems to be more or less than right.

amongst each other by as much as a quarter What was, or appeared right when the
of a grain of course, if an exception pre-
;
light came from above, is no longer so when

sents itself, it cannot fail to be noticed in the light comes in level lines, or is thrown
time. I do not think that any one who up from below. Of these, the best results
fairly tries this plan, and realizes the con- are given by a level or horizontal light. A
venience and saving of time which it effects, good burner on a level with the eye is very
will ever disuse it. convenient for taking measurements. On
the other hand, light from a gas-burner,
considerably above the observer's head,
* MEASURING.
tends to very incorrect results.
The operation of measuring is never as ac- Another matter of considerable moment
curate as that of weighing. The same dif- is the holding of the measuring-glass per-
ference in accuracy that exists between or- fectly perpendicular. A very little error
dinary careful measuring and ordinary care- in this respect will quite vitiate the results.
ful weighing, will be found also between the And the evil of this increases directly with
burette and the analytical balance. the diameter of the upper surface of the
The measuring-glasses or "graduates" liquid as it stands in the measuring-glass.
now in common use, are made by pouring For this and for other reasons, narrow, deep
mercury into them. The quantity of mer- graduates are to be preferred to broader,
cury is ascertained beforehand to be equal lower ones.
in bulk to the water weighing the amount Narrow, deep vessels of a cylindrical
which the graduate division is to measure. shape will give more accurate measure-
Mercury is preferred for several reasons ments than those that are conical, and are
principally for this, that as it does not "wet" much used for exacter work. With burettes
the glass, none is kept back by attraction, stillmore accurate work can be done, es-
but the whole can be transferred. pecially, as I have shown elsewhere, when
The danger of mistakes is far greater a particular arrangement is used for making
with measuring-glasses than in weighing, correct readings.
than most persons would find it easy to be-
lieve, but it may be proved in various ways. SPECIFIC GRAVITIES.
Any one desirous to verify his measure- The combined operation of weighing and
ments, can make the following experiment measuring gives the specific gravity of a
measure off at once 16 ounces of water in a substance which represents the relation of
lG-ounce graduate and pour it into a bottle weight to bulk. This determination may
next take a 1-ounce graduate and measure be made in two ways, viz., by ascertaining
off successive ounces from the portion thus the weight of a given volume of the sub-
placed in the bottle, until the whole is con- stance (specific gravity bottle), or by exam-
sumed, and compare the result. ining its buoyancy (hydrometer).
The surface of water or of other liquid in The last is the least troublesome, especi-
a measuring-glass is not plane or level, but ally when a number of specific gravities of
represents a parabolic curve. The liquid is liquids are to be taken, but the first is by
drawn up the sides of the glass by capillary far the more accurate. Not only is the
attraction, and the whole surface has a me- reading of the hydrometer less exact, but a
niscus curvature. It is the central or lower great many ofthem are very carelessly and
portion of this curve that should correspond indifferently made.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 283

It is hardly safe to use a hydrometer Practical Method of Renovating an

without first testing it with a specific-
Old Silver Bath.
gravity Dottle. The latter is a small vial
the tube has a
BY PROF. J. TOWLER, M.D.
closed with a tube-stopper ;

capillary bore like that of a thermometer, The method given below, by which an
the liquid being poured in nearly up to the may be converted into an entirely
old bath
top of the neck, the stopper is inserted, and new one, makes no claim to novelty, be-
the excess of liquid escapes through the cause I have already published it ; but it

tube-stopper and is wiped off. The bottle has seldom been applied by photographers,
is of such a size, that when filled with dis- either because it had escaped their observa-

tilled water it has a given weight at a fixed tion, orhad been looked upon as a novelty
temperature, generally of 62° F., though devoid of utility. I have tested it, how-
sometimes 60° or 70°. A 200-grain bottle ever, by long practice, and do not hesitate
or a 10-gramme may be considered the best to pronounce it the best and most expedi-
sizes. The only precautions necessary are tious of all its congeners.
to have the bottle thoroughly clean inside We will suppose your silver bath is utterly
before pouring in the liquid to be tested, useless by reason of the admixture of hetero-
and to wipe the outside perfectly dry before geneous substances, such as ether and alco-
taking the weight, handling it as little as hol, nitrate of ammonia, of potassa, of soda,
possible, so as to avoid raising the tempera- lithia, the oxide of cadmium, etc., and or-
ture. ganic matter, such as particles of dust, frag-
The specific gravity is indicated at once ments of collodion, etc., which it may con-
by the weight of the liquid. If when the tain, and that it is impossible to obtain a
100-grain bottle with nitric acid,
is filled good negative in this bath. This being the
the weight of the contents proves to be 145 case, we proceed as follows :

grains, this, of course, indicates a specific 1st. Filter the bath solution carefully.
gravity of 1.45. Having determined the This removes all the foreign substances in
specific gravity of any liquid, this may be the solution that exist in a solid condition.
used to test the accuracy of hydrometers by 2d. Place the clear solution in a large
allowing them to swim in it, and noting porcelain evaporating dish, and throw in a
the indications, and how far they are cor- lump of zinc (about a pound or so);
solid
rect. now pour into the solution, for every 32
In using the hydrometer, care must be ounces, 1 ounce of commercial sulphuric
taken in two different ways: it must be acid and stir the mixture. A violent effer-
lowered gently into the liquid; if allowed vescence ensues and hydrogen gas is abun-
to slip quickly in it will sink too far and dantly liberated. This operation had better
then rise again with the stem wetted above be performed outside of a window or door,
the line of the liquid. The hydrometer, so that the fumes may escape into the at-
having thus an extra weight to carry, will mosphere. You will soon observe a quantity
give an erroneous indication. Also, it must of flocculent matter floating about in the
not be let to touch the side of the vessel, or solution ; this is the metallic silver which
it will be held there slightly and not move has been liberated from the nitrate of silver
freely. by means of the hydrogen, etc. In about
The degree should be read off by looking five minutes, withdraw the lump of zinc,
from below and using a level light. Man- taking care to brush all adhering silver
aged in this way, results of tolerable cor- from its means of either a nail-
surface by
rectness can be got, but not equal to those brush or a tooth-brush. The evolution of
of the specific-gravity bottle. gas now ceases, and the solution becomes in
a very short time clear and quiescent.
We will, at this stage, see whether all
Connect yourself with the National Pho- the silver has been already separated from
tographic Association. It will prove a good, the nitric acid. For this purpose, there-
paying investment. fore, place about a drachm of the clear solu-
284 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
tion in a small test-tube, and drop into it in contact with the fire) ; red fumes will be
a couple of drops of hydrochloric acid. If evolved ; you
these are offensive, so that
a milkiness and a white precipitate are had better perform the operation outside
thus produced, it is a sign that all the silver the house. Let the heat be moderate the ;

has not yet been separated from the nitric silver will soon dissolve. If, however, after
acid. It is consequently necessary to place some time there is a quantity of silver un-
the zinc again in the solution, and continue dissolved, add more acid and continue the
the operation of evolving gas for five min- heat until it is entirely dissolved. It is not
utes more, and at the end of this time to necessary to dry the silver-powder for any
test the solution a second time for the pres- other purpose than to obtain from its weight
ence of silver. Most likely all the silver the approximate amount of nitric acid re-
has been removed from its combination quired. I never dry the powder in this
with nitric acid. If so, wash the zinc well operation myself, but add nitric acid by
by means of a brush and water, and brush degrees to the wet mass until the solution
all that is loose or flocculent from its sur- of the silver is complete.
face into the large dish. If there is still an 5th. The solution thus obtained is an
effervescence going on in the solution, it is acid solution of nitrate of silver ; in its

a sign that there are some particles of zinc present form it is not suited for a new bath.
still remaining undissolved. Eemove these The acidity must be removed. This I effect
particles with a glass-rod until no more bub- in the following manner Take a large glass
:

bles of gas escape from the solution. funnel and invert it over the solution in the
3d. Dilute the solution with much water, dish thus forming a sort of chimney through
,

and cause all the flocculent silver to settle which the acid and the steam can escape.
to the bottom. Now decant all the liquid The funnel must be large enough to cover-
portion, throw away, and add an abun-
it the solution entirely within its sides. The
dance of clean water to the silver stir the ; solution is now evaporated (as before, in the
mixture intimately together, then let the open air) until no more fumes and no more
silver again settle, and again decant as be- steam escape. The instant you have arrived
fore. Continue this operation of washing at this stage, the dish is withdrawn from
until the drainings, after decanting, become the fire and the solution is allowed to cool.
perfectly tasteless or cease to turn blue lit- When cold you have a dry hard mass,
mus-paper red. The gray mass at the bot- which is fused nitrate of silver, the best
tom of the dish is pare silver all the in-
; form of silver for making a sensitive bath.
gredients, which I mentioned as an admix- Weigh the fused nitrate of silver, and for
ture that rendered the bath unfit for photo- every ounce (of 8 drachms) take 12 ounces
graphic purposes, have been completely re- of water (distilled or pure rain water), and
moved. to each ounce of the solution add 1 drop of
4th. Having drained off all the wash- nitric acid. If you want to take instanta-
water, you may spread the pasty mass on neous views or very quick portraits with
the surface of the evaporating dish and put the bath, add no acid to the bath for long ;

the latter in the sun to dry. Weigh the exposures, on the contrary, add an extra
dry powder, and from the weight you can half drop of nitric acid to each ounce of
determine how much nitric acid you will the developer in this latter way you ob-
;

require to convert the silver powder into tain extreme definition and clear pictures.
nitrate of silver. Without troubling you Behold your new bath 1

with a discussion about chemical equiva-
lents, I will simply observe, that for every
ounce of dry silver powder you may take
1^ ounces of commercial nitric acid.
the powder intimately together with the acid
in the large porcelain evaporating dish by
means of a glass-rod, and place the dish
over the stove or a small charcoal
Now let us see the advantages of this
method. In the first place you insure to
yourself a bath somewhat better than an
Mix ordinary new bath made with the common
crystallized nitrate of silver, better because
your silver is fused. In the next place you
obtain from the old bath all the silver that
fire (not it contains, by a very simple and reliable
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 285

process which you can perform yourself at a The sizes, then, arranged to be easily
very moderate expense. And finally the taken in by the eye, would be as below,
operation is so rapid that you can begin it with the size vignette head they would
any evening and have a new bath next properly take, subject to circumstances of
morning. course
In addition I would remark, that the sil- 18 x 22 whole sheet, 8-inch head.
ver-powder thus obtained can easily be puri- ]7xl4 " 5
fied from any organic matter which it might ]4 x 11 half sheet, 4 "
possibly contain by fusion in a Hessian cru- 11 x 8£ quarter, 3 "
cible in a common blacksmith's forge, add- Si x 6J 2 to 2 4i head.

ing as flux a few fragments of nitrate of pot- 2 cabinet cards, 1^-inch head.

4 " to inch "

ash ; or the powder itself can be disposed of |

at the mint for the full value of silver.
Furthermore, this silver-powder, when
rubbed up either with a little skimmed
milk, or dilute mucilage, or a small quan-
tity of varnish, forms an excellent retouch-
ing material for negatives.
STANDARD SIZES.
Mr. Editor: My attention has just been
remarks of Mr. G. "Wharton
called to the
Simpson and Dr. Liesegang in the last
number of your Journal, in regard to the
want of uniformity in sizes of photographs,
not only in the countries of the respective
writers, but in our own, where we know the
Having leisure minutes on hand, I thought
I would ventilate my reflections on this
subject. If they are unworthy of considera-
tion it will be of little consequence. If it
will prove to be a beginning of the arrange-
ment and of uniformity I shall be glad.
I had hoped the subject would have been
considered in the late Convention.
Truly yours,
Charles G-. Crane,
532 Arch Street, Phila., Pa.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DIALOGUES.
(sequel to one hundred days in a fog,
etc., continued.)

subject needs attention. BY ELBfiRT ANDERSON,

I thought over the matter considerably Operator at W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y.

last winter, and the sizes that seemed the Evening the Second.
most worthy of adoption were the follow- A. Collodion, as you are no doubt aware,
ing, and in deciding the matter for myself is a solution of pyroxyline or papyroxyline
the points had in view were 1st, to avoid
: (a species of gun-cotton) in a mixture of
a variety of sizes so great as to be burden- alcohol and ether. The preparation of py-
some; 2d, proper proportions as to length roxyline presents no very great difficulties,
and breadth of plate and 3d, economy in
;
though I do not advise you to prepare your
cutting the paper. own, simply because you can get it already
The 4 x 4 or 8£ x 6J size I considered the prepared from the stockhouses much cheaper
standard (though why the fractions were and better than you can prepare it yourself,
added I never understood), the one-eighth lacking the necessary experience and prac-
of a sheet of paper sufficing for it then be-; tice.

low, the cabinet cards and the usual size of M. Where do you purchase your chemi-
cards, two of the one and four of the other cals?
being made on the one-eighth of a sheet, A. Humph a private question which I
!

and all three sizes being made on 8£ x 6£ shall be very happy to answer privately.
glass. Suffice it to say that I get my chemicals
Then upward from the 6£ x 8 h we have the from & and, I will add, I
,

10 x 8, which I discarded for general use, have very rarely any cause of complaint
and substituted 11 x 8J-, which takes just a with them. " He is a clumsy workman
quarter sheet without waste. Next comes who quarrels with his tools." It were well
14 x 11, then 17 x 14, and 22 x 18, all of for you to test your ether and alcohol for
which seem to me in very good proportion. acidity or alkalinity —
they should be neu-
286 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
tral, of course. Be careful in the selection solves more readily when previously soaked
of litmus-paper. Most of the stuff sold is with alcohol.
so poor in color, as to make it difficult to M. Excuse my interrupting you so often.
tell the red from the blue. Procure a deep I want to know exactly what I am doing,
blue,and cut it up into little strips about step by step.
two inches long by half an inch broad. A. Whatever you do, don't be afraid to
Keep it in well-stoppered bottles in a closet. II
ask questions," if I may use so ungram-
The red, you will prepare yourself, by matical an expression. This, then, is plain
simply holding a slip of the blue in the neck collodion. Let it stand until it has settled
of a bottle of glacial acetic acid. perfectly clear, when it may be filtered
M. "What proportion of alcohol and ether through a piece of cotton-wool pressed into
must I use ? the neck of a funnel. Now coat a plate and
A. Much will depend upon circumstances; pay particular attention to the qualities
the usual book formula is, equal parts of of the film. 1st. It should set rather
each. quickly. 2d. It should be quite firm, and
M. What is the effect of an excess in entirely free from glutinosity at the corner
either case ? from which it is poured off. 3d. It should

A. Though pyroxyline does not dissolve be perfectly smooth and even like the sur-

in either alcohol or ether alone, yet a mix- face of the glass itself. 4th. It should be

ture of almost any proportion effects its dis- perfectly transparent. If it should fail you
solution. "When the ether is in excess, it on the first and second points, the cotton
appears to toughen the film, closing the is in fault and must be rejected The ap-
pores, and prevents intensity ; whereas, pearance of ridges, supposing the plate to
when the alcohol is in excess, it appears to have been properly coated, denotes water
have the contrary effect, making the film in the alcohol or in the ether. If, in ad-

porous and soft, being a state favorable to dition to the ridges, the film be very glu-

intensity. A still greater excess, however, tinous and exhibit an opaline appearance,

renders the collodion glutinous and rotten. the alcohol or the ether contains too much
"We gather from this, then, in making a water, and they must be rejected. In this

collodion for negatives or for positives, case the excess of water precipitates cotton

whose films it is intended to remove and If, how-

in a very fine state of subdivision.

transfer to other substances, that it is de- ever,none of these faults appear, you may
sirable to add rather an excess of ether, the proceed and make up your plain collodion
film becoming so tenacious that, when the in the necessary quantity, according to the

negative is placed in a tray of water slightly amount of business done. I will allude to

acidulated with nitric acid, the film may be this again presently. I bought my
When
easily removed from the plate and handled scales, I threw away all the weights and
like thin India-rubber, without tearing. made myself a set of glass ones by cutting
[In this case, however, be very careful not out little squares of glass, grinding off the
to albumenize your plate.] In hot weather edges, and pasting little pieces of paper on
and in warm climates it is desirable, on the them upon which was marked the number
contrary, to have the alcohol in excess, as of grains it weighed. I made eight of these
it evaporates more slowly, thus preventing marked as follows, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 100,

the film from setting too rapidly. Having, 100, 200, by means of which I can readily
then, procured a sample of pyroxyline, weigh off any amount from 5 grains to 555
weigh out 12 grains, put this in a 3-ounce grains (not requiring anything smaller than
vial, and pour over it 1 ounce of alcohol. 5 grains). Thoy are always clean and save
When the cotton is thoroughly soaked with much time in picking out scruples, drachms,
the alcohol, pour in 1 \ ounces of ether, and etc. (our system of weights being about the
shake until all the cotton is dissolved. most idiotic conception that I can well im-
M. Why not have "mixed your liquors" agine).
in the first place? M. What iodides and bromides do you
A. Experience proves that the cotton dis- recommend ?
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 287

A. The iodides and bromides are chosen iodide of ammonium, 3 grains of bromide
according to the desired effects in the col- of ammonium, 2 grains of bromide of cad-
lodion. For instance, iodide of ammonium mium to 2\ ounces of collodion with excess

has the effect, in time, of rendering col- of ether.

lodion rather more fluid and soft, opening M. Is thereanyrulein regard to the order
the pores, and thus favoring intensity. of preparation ?

After long keeping it liberates the iodine, A. Rule? No. Eeason, yes. I generally
rendering the collodion red and less sensi- make up 64 ounces (half gallon) at a time.
tive, hastening decomposition. Iodide of Into a 64-ounce bottle put 380 grains of py-
cadmium, on the contrary, assumes the op- roxyline, upon which pour 30 ounces of
posite results, rendering the collodion glu- alcohol ;
when saturated, add 32 ounces of
tinous, and toughens the film, closing the ether, shake until the cotton is dissolved,
pores, reducing intensity, does not liberate set aside to clear and and then filter
settle,

iodine, and preserves the collodion color- through cotton as before mentioned. Into
less, and on this account is not so sensitive a glass-mortar put 100 grains of iodide of
as iodide of ammonium. cadmium, grind up with alcohol until en-
M. And the bromides ? tirely dissolved pour this off in a small
;

A. He is a bold man who undertakes to bottle. Do the same with 50 grains of bro-
tellyou the exact effect of the different bro- mide of cadmium pour this into the iodide
;

mides. Opinion is greatly divided on this of cadmium solution. Next take 75 grains
subject. I made a few experiments with a of bromide of ammonium, and dissolve in the
view of deciding to suit my own ideas. You same manner, using, however, ike alcohol in
may readily repeat them yourself. Collo- which the cadmium salts were dissolved. This
dion No. 1, iodized with 6 grains of iodide may require about 2 ounces of alcohol add ;

of ammonium, brought out the high lights this to the plain collodion, shaking it well
very quickly, which, if not checked in time, 130 grains of iodide of ammo-
finally take

would grow very intense, and if checked nium, and grind it in the mortar with the
before this point is reached, would leave collodion ; when settled perfectly clear and
the shadows devoid of detail. Collodion filtered, say in two or three weeks add to ;

No. 2, iodized with 6 grains of iodide of this one-fourth its bulk of the same kind of
cadmium, produced the picture slowly and collodion one month older.
with little contrast and no brilliancy. Collo- M. What are your reasons for dissolving
dion No. 3, iodized with (or rather bromized the iodides and bromides in the order you
with) 6 grains of bromide of cadmium, took have just stated ?
a very long time to settle and clear, worked A. Bromide of ammonium is not readily
very slow, giving a dull and lumpy image. dissolved in alcohol without the addition of
Collodion No. 4, iodized with 3 grains of io- water (which I object to on the grounds
dide of ammonium and 3 grains of iodide of already mentioned). But, strange as it
cadmium, made a good surface picture with may appear to you r bromide of ammonium
detail, though lacking depth and rotundity. is easily dissolved in alcohol holding iodide
Collodion No. 5, iodized with 2 grains of and bromide of cadmium in solution.
iodide of ammonium, 2 grains of iodide of M. Why is this so?
cadmium, and 2 grains of bromide of cad- A. Iodide of silver, for instance, is in-
mium, glutinized and destroyed the setting soluble in water, but, if cyanide of potas-
qualities and left a scum on the surface of sium be previously dissolved in the water,
the nitrate bath. Collodion No. 6, iodized the iodide of silver is taken up possibly ;

with 10 grains of iodide of ammonium, 3 some such reaction takes place wi th the iodide
grains of bromide of cadmium, 3 grains of and bromide in the other case.
bromide of ammonium to 2 ounces of col- M. Have you a special formula for
lodion, made a very satisfactory article, copies or for out-door work ?

rather too intense to suit me, however. I A. Oh no ; I use the same, omitting only
make mine (Collodion No. 7) iodized, 4 the bromide of cadmium and increasing the
grains of iodide of cadmium, 5 grains of iodide of ammonium to an amount equal to
288 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the loss of the cadmium (namely, iodide of top of the head, and in some aggravated
ammonium 180 grains). cases her wealth of waterfall and switch are
M. I have found some difficulty, in copy- besmeared with a pasty coating known to
ing engravings or printed matter, in getting fruit-cakes, and suggestive of splitting and
the negative sufficiently intense to keep the flaking. Immediately below this white
paper pure white, without clogging the lines "upper crust" is a black mystery, without
or the lettering. and without meaning.
detail
A. This is a very simple matter which, What possibly was a beautiful head of
however, belongs more properly to another hair, is a mass of white and black, bearing
branch of our " pow-wow-wow." Now, no special resemblance to hair, having no
if you like, in our next chat we will take beauty in itself, and only showing how it

up the subject of the " Negative Bath." is possible to misrepresent hair.

M. "With great pleasure, and, as that ap-
pears to he the great head-centre, upon
which so much has been written and said,
pro and con, I am really curious to hear
what you have got to say on the subject.
A. All right; the nitrate bath is
tionably the most important of your pre-
all
parations, the keystone upon which every-
thing else depends. Well, good night we
will tackle the bath to-morrow evening.
Many of our first photographers are point-
ing out to the less experienced, the path lead-
ing to " Rembrandt " practice as the road to
success, and those who pursue the old man-
ner of taking a face in the light are suspected
unques- old fogies. Some assure us that every face
can be " Rembrandted " to advantage, that
a face of no interest can be made " interest-
; ing " this way.
And we must educate our patrons up to
an understanding of this new style. Yes !

they are beginning to learn something about

ON "REMBKANDT EFFECTS." it. A

few are calling for them as a rule, ;

they generally ask for " Bon Tons " first.

I have seen so many of the so-called A bereaved lady —a widow, who had re-
"Kembrandt" photographs that, to my cently buried her dear third — heavily loaded
mind, were photographic abortions, have with crape, a few days since called for a
heard such extravagant praises of the beau- sitting. She wanted a " Remembrance
ties in them, which I couldn't see, that I photograph." I failed to understand until
am in a great measure disgusted with them. she told me they were "mourning pictures,"
I don't believe cheap weavers of doggerel taken very black.
write Shakspeare poetry, nor do I believe A young chap, of the country smart order,
the " photograph man " makes Rembrandt recently bestowed a bit of patronage on me.
portraits. have seen some very fine heads
I He wanted "Rumbants," at least he said
made much shadow; I don't know whe-
in he did. by these "straws " that the
I see
ther the makers would insist upon their public mind is being awakened.
being Eembrandts, or permit them to be As an old fogy, I object to a good deal
simply photographic portraits. It is not, of this. I have traversed the old bridge for
however, this work or this worker that I more than twenty years, it has borne me
refer to. My business is with the real, safely, must speak well of it. To my
and I
Simon-pure, "no humbug " Rembrandtist, mind, the most perfect representation of a
the man who "produces effects," and chal- head in a photograph is that given by clear
lenges the public to admire them the man ; white for its highest point of light, and full
whose new operating-room will be made black for its deepest shadow, and from these
without windows, just a good, tight room, extremes all the gradations of intermediate
sir, with a crack —
facing the south, sir he — shade to balance and harmonize with the
knows it will require longer sittings, but clear white and full black.
he'll show you some "Rattling Effects." A head so lighted, and taken by a good
In " Rembr and ting " a lady, she is so instrument, well focussed, and with good
placed in (or out of) the light that the pho- chemical action, gives all the modelling
tograph shows a heavy " fall of snow " on and details of shape, with the quality and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 289

texture of flesh and hair. I believe in our ates of the fixed alkalies, and, on the other,
art it is advisable to " make the most " of all more under control than caustic ammonia.
favorable points. The "startling effect" The influence of carbonate of ammonia
in " Kembrandt" practice is got at the ex- on an exposed plate is sometimes very won-
pense of many fine points lost. derful. If the exposure has been properly
A fine piece of music, well rendered by a timed for alkaline development, the plate,
full orchestra, gives an idea of harmony. when plunged into cold water containing
The same piece arranged a la Rembrandt pyrogallic acid in the proportion of half a
executed by Picolo and Tuba, gives the ex- drachm of 60-grain solution to 4 ounces of
tremes. water, gives no evidence of action, even
I believe in advancement, but I believe after several minutes ;
if it does give such
it is better that we "make haste slowly" evidence, the plate has been more or less
than branch out as Rembrandts, M. An- over-exposed. This is with cold water, while
gelos, Hogarths, Raphaels, or any other of hot water, especially if the dose of pyro has
those old-time fellows, who had their "pe- been twice as great, will bring out all the
culiar ways," and which " ways " we have high lights.
not yet quite attained. It is very commend- Supposing, then, that cold water has been
able that we study light and lighting, and used, and that the plate, having been mod-
that we practise it as a study, but I doubt erately exposed only, does not give any indi-
the wisdom' of thrusting upon the public, now add a solution
cation of an image, let us
and trying to make that public swallow of carbonate of ammonia in the proportion
such doses as are nine-tenths of the " Rem- of an eighth of a grain only to the ounce of
brandts " made in this country at the present bath ; immediately the image appears.
day. With this dose, or with one but little
I am conscious of saying these things in larger, the plate, if left for a sufficient
the face of acknowledged authority, but what time in the bath, will come out in all its
I say, I believe in. The introduction of details, and acquire such a strength that,
this style of lighting, or shading, has sent when held up to the light, it will be judged
more bad photographs into existence than to have reached printing density. It is now
many poor dark-doers will wish to answer plunged into the fixing-bath, and, when
for, if they are recorded as sins or crimes taken out and washed, it is found that,
against them. If few agree with my argu- although beautifully full of detail, it is so
ments, let them, the arguments, be set down thin that it would be absurd to attempt to
as the whims of an print it. A reduction of the strength of
Old Fogy. the fixing-bath is perhaps tried, but this
makes no very material change, although
it is certain that, for plates containing bro-

ALKALINE DEVELOPMENT. mide of silver to the exclusion of iodide, a

very weak fixing-bath (say 1 part of hypo-
BY M. CAREY LEA. So there is
sulphite to 50 of water) is best.
Whilst some operators find little diffi- nothing to be done but to redevelop with
culty in getting any desired amount of den- silver, and, as perhaps the same trouble con-
sity, by the alkaline process alone, others • tinually returns, the operator very likely
are obliged to depend upon a redevelop- comes to consider that the redevelopment
ment with and pyrogallic acid,
acid, silver, with silver is a necessary evil, and adopts
obtaining a thin image only by the first de- it as a regular part of his system.
velopment. It has seemed to me, there- The explanation of this difficulty is as
fore, that some suggestions and remarks on follows : carbonate of ammonia in conjunc-
the action of alkali upon the image might tion with pyrogallic acid acts upon the ex-
not be uninteresting. I should premise posed film very differently, according to the
that what I say relates to carbonate of am- strength with which it is used. A very little
monia, as I find that substance to be, on the of it is capable of bringing out every detail
one hand, more powerful than the carbon- and of producing a picture which seems to

20
290 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
have printing density, but which will not need of circumspection to avoid overdoing
stand the fixing, but comes out red and the work.
pale. A considerably stronger dose of it, The use of bromide in alkaline develop-
applied to the same film, will give an equally ment is of the very first importance. Its
good image in all respects, with the power value will be felt by every one even from
of resisting the fixing bath. With a little the first trials, but the best way of manag-
practice one can with certainty, before-
tell ing it, so as to get in all respects the best
hand, that one particular image will break results of which the plate is capable, is

down in the fixing, and another, apparently learned only by long experience.
no denser, will bear it perfectly and look The plan which I am inclined to prefer,
just as dense after fixing as before it. The is to first add the pyrogallic acid to the
color is the criterion which enables us to bath, using ^ a drachm of 60-grain solution
make this distinction. If the image, after to 4ounces of water if I suppose the plate
development, and before fixing, be reddish- to have had about a right exposure. If
brown, it will give way in the fixing and from other plates already developed, I judge
come out red and thin. If it be brownish- that the exposure has been rather too long,
black before fixing, it will come out of the I diminish the pyro a little if, on the other
;

fixing bath with a fine brown color and hand, the exposure has been brief, I double
good intensity. it, using 1 drachm, and if the exposure has

The proportion of carbonate of ammonia certainly been very short, I use hot water.
which I have given in my directions for The bromide I mix with the alkali and in-
developing collodio-bromide plates will, I troduce the two together. I mix them in
think, always give sufficient density, es- the most varied proportions, according to
pecially if the second portion of alkali be the amount
of exposure which the plate is
used. Latterly, however, I have been dis- likely tohave had, using carbonate in 80-
posed to think that I got more detail in the grain solution (in water) and the bromide
deep shadows by developing more slowly, of potassium in 60-grain, likewise in water.
by adding but a few drops of a carbonate of I use, in the case of a medium exposure,
ammonia solution at first, and letting the about 1 part of bromide solution to 3 or
picture come out thin and pale at first, then 4 of carbonate. But, with an under-ex-
afterwards bringing it up to the brownish- posed plate, I use as much as 8 of carbon-
black color by a good dose of ammonia. To ate to 1 of bromide. If the plate has cer-
be sure that the image will resist the fixing tainly been over-exposed, I increase the
bath, we ought to end the development with bromide, and, in cases of great over-expos-
carbonate of ammonia in the proportion of ure, have used even as much as 5 of bro-
not less, 1 think, than 30 minims of 80-grain mide to 1 of carbonate.
solution to 4 ounces of water; this is In- These cases are exceptional only, however,
grain of carbonate to the ounce of develop- and will serve to show how much ordinary
ing bath. Ido not think that the gain by conditions may sometimes be varied with
this more gradual development is very advantage. Much will depend also upon
great, still it gives perhaps a little more the nature of the process by which the dry
detail, and even a little is always an object. plate has been made. A large dose of bro-
Besides, the operation more gradual, and
is * mide gives very brilliant plates, but not as
therefore rather more under command. It harmonious as when less is used on the ;

is to be observed that the darkening under whole, it may be said that the best rule is

the influence of the strong dose of alkali at to use enough bromide to keep the plate
the end, is very rapid, and that during this clean, and no more.
stage of the operation the plate must be very It is impossible to over-estimate the value
carefully watched, otherwise it maj r
easily of the alkaline development. No one who
become too dense. In the alkaline devel- has once acquired familiarity with it (and

opment, when properly managed, density this is not in the least difficult), will ever
comes as easily as with an acid redevelop- use any other method for the development
ment with silver, and there is just the same of dry plates.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 291

ordered, and send a copy to each member

GRIT VARNISH.
whose dues are paid.
Those who practise retouching the nega-
know how difficult it is to work upon
tive, Additional Members.
the varnished film with the pencil and the
make any- Louis Alman, A. E. Alden, George B. Ayres,
brush, and still more difficult to
William H. Allen, J. M. Appleton, George R.
thing adhere to the reverse side of the neg-
Angell, R. L. Andrews, R. L. Allen, W. R. At-
ative. We have stated several substances,
kinson, George Barker, R. A. Beckwith, H. L.
such as powdered pumice-stone, etc., that
Bingham, A. A. Baldwin, E. W. Bogardus, Jex
would secure a "biting" surface on the Bardwell, J. M. Boyle, A. Billows, F. W. Blakes-
varnished side of the negative, but they took lee, H. Besancon, C. H. Buchwalter, S. R. Bar-
time and trouble to apply them. Mr. rett, J. M. Burkholder, George
E. Bilbrough, L.
Thomas Cummings, Lancaster, Pa., has, Butt, James Bonney, Alfred Bowman, J. P.
we think, obtained the great desideratum, Brown, H. P. Bunker, A. E. Beers, J. K. Bot-
specimens of which he has given us for torf, John R. Cleinons, E. R. Curtiss, James M.

trial, and also exhibited to us negatives Copper, H. H. Cole, Gallo W. Cheston, J. V.

treated by him. His preparation is a grit Cookingham, N. S. Curtis, Frederick S. Crowell,

varnish ordinary varnish with a finely pow-

,
S. W. Camp, N. S. Campbell, D. R. Cady, J. H.
Copeland, H. S. Clark, W. A. Carson, Mrs. M.
dered gritty substance added, which is ap-
The N. Crocker, M. N. Crocker, George P. Critcher-
plied to both sides of the negative.
son, E. Cope, A. D. Deming, H. R. Doane,
result is a surface admirably answering
Alonzo Durkee, L. Dubernet, G. W. Doty, T. M.
every purpose, taking either pencil or color
V. Doughty, D. Dowl, J. C. Downing, Welling-
readily, and giving absolute command in
ton Dickinson, C. A. Dirr, N. V. Dunlap, L. H.
the retouching, no running of color, no Freeborn, B. L. H. Dabbs, George U. Elton, T.
slipping over wrong places or anything of R. Evans, John Earle, J. C. Elrod, J. Perry El-
the kind. The grit varnish is well shaken liott, J. M. Elliott, James Fennemore, Miss H.
and applied with a little heat. If a coarse H. Flanagin, Frank Forshew, Mrs. H. G. Fetter,
surface is wanted, apply at once after shak- W. K. French, Miss Jennie Fleming, B. F.
ing, or wait a few moments for a fine sur- French, W. D. Gatchel, Manly Gaylord, S. P.

face. It could almost be made a substitute Gaugler, Wallace L. Goodridge, B. Gray, George

for the Berlin ground-glass negative process. C. Gillette, Harry Gurlitz, David Ginter, J. C.
Mr. Cummings has patented his invention,
Goetchins, M. M. Griswold, J. R. Gorgas, Wes-
ley Green, Theodore N. Gates, William Harry,
but through the dealers supplies it at a rea-
John Harper, J. S. Hartsock, John G. Hicks,
sonable advance on ordinary varnishes, and
T. H. Hughes, E. S. Hayden, W. B. Holmes,
charges nothing for " license." All can use
B. E. Hawkins, H. B. Hull, Charles Holt, C. F.
it. It is a great helper to the retoucher. Holcombe, A. S. Robbins, D. Hovey, W. Hart,
John Hodges, J. W. Husher, Alfred Hall, A.
Hesler, H. 0. Hall, J. E. Jewett, N. P. Jones,
C. S. Judd, D. M. Johnson, Thomas H. Johnson,
Members of the National Photo-
H. W. Immke, G. G. Johnson, W. S. Johnson,
graphic Association. N. G. Johnson, E. Klauber, William L. Kirk-
The following persons have joined the patrick, J. H. Kent, C. Kendig, J. D. Kellogg,

National Photographic Association since W. M. Kohl, Edward Kruse, I. N. Knowlton,

J. Kleinhans, Reuben Knecht, E. A. Kusel, W.
the publication of the listof members in
Kenyon, A. Kracaw, W. S. Laighton, J. H.
this Journal, July, 1869. At Cleveland the
Lakin, James Landy, J. Levinger, W. H,
Secretary was ordered to publish the -Con-
Lempert, G. W. Lonsbury, A. Milt. Lap-
stitution and By-Laws of the Association,
ham, W. H. Lockhart, W. M. Lockwood, M.
with the names and addresses of the mem- A. Loomis, D. Lothrop, L. J. Marcy, Henry
bers added. If there are any corrections, Merz, N. D. Morgan, E. J. Mote, J. McFadden,
therefore, to be made in these already pub- A. L. Moffatt, Eugene W. Meafoy, C. Mundy,
lished any omissions, the secretary
lists, or H. C. Moore, Albert McDonald, H. L. Mather,
would be glad to hear of them by 1st Sep- C. W. Motes, T. T. Moore, L. B. Melvin, M. H.
tember, when he will proceed to publish as Magee, C. M. Marsh, George R. McClellan,
292 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEK.
John Nicholson, G. K. Nellis, William C. North, He also advised the use of the old style of
S. A. Nicholas, Preston C. Nason, John H Oak- box for keeping silvered paper, much used
ley, Ira G. Owen, Isaac Ohlwiler, Eli J. Palmer, ten years since, i. e., a tin box of any depth

D. C. Pratt, James H. Phipps, A. P. Park, W. or size you please, with very tight-fitting
R. Phipps, A. K. Palmer, P. M. Pool, H. M. top or cover pan the full size
inside in a
;

Philps, George H. Plimpton, H. M. Piatt, S. B.

of box you place chloride of calcium or
Russell, L. M. Reck, S. Root, W. H. Rulofson,
quicklime broken into small pieces over ;

S. S. Richards, John P. Ryer, J. J. Randall, J.

this, upon a wire frame, stretch a piece of
Reifschneider, Norman M. Ross, A. 0. Reve-
W. gauze or network, upon which the silvered
naugh, James L. Randall, A. J. Riddle, B.
Rullen, A. Rossman, M. A. Rees, Daniel Rider, paper, when dry, is placed. If the box is

J. E. M. Rice, AY. Reiterman, C. C.

Rich, L. air-tight and the calcium fresh, the paper

Schoonmaker, John G. Stewart, Thomas M. will keep many days.

Seaton, H. Spencer, L. W. Schellhouse,
D. Yours, etc.,
Charles E. Smith, Louis Seebohm, Charles Slau- C. W. Hull.
son, M. Sevinski, J. H. Seottsford, F. A. Si-
monds, W. A. Smith, J. H. Swaine, G. H. Sher-
man, William Shaw, Thomas Shaw, L. M. Sack-
ett, D. J. Stewart, E. H. Train, A. P. Trott, PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC
John A. Todd, James Tripp, T.
J. Q. A. Tresize, ASSOCIATION.
J. Trapp, A. K. P. Trask, W. C. Tresize, David

Tucker, L. W. Thornton, W. H. Tilford, D. W.

Van Riper, W. M. Vincent, W. T. Van Loan,
J. G Vail, R. Uhlman, A. Van Sickle, I. B.
Webster, Charles E. Wallin, George Wolf, D. H.
Wright, Z. P. McMillan, V. M. Wilcox, Welling-
ton Watson, T. D. AVolbaeh, W. H. Whitehead,
A. W. Wood, John W. Winder, J. P. Whipple,
C. E. Wilber, L. B. Williams, W. F. Willett, A.
D. Wiles, J. H. Wyckoff, S. L. Wilcox, Ira Wil-
kins, L. M. Whitney, J. S. Young, Louis Young-
man, E. S. Young.
NEW YORK CORRESPONDENCE.
The July meeting of the Photographic
Section of the American Institute was held
under many disadvantages, the greatest of
which, ninety or more degrees of heat, was
sufficient to keep quietly at home all but
some ten members.
Considerable discussion took place upon
keeping silvered paper white and good these
hot days.
Mr. Gardner said that nitric acid in small
quantities added to silver solution would
make all go well.
Mr. Newton advised the use of carbolic
acid in the bath.
Mr. Hull was of theopinion thatif silvering
solutions are kept as cool as possible, by plac-
ing the silvering dish in another of cool
water, floating the least possible time, and
using paper as lightly sailed as can be bad,
that but little trouble would be experienced.
A third meeting of the photographers
of Philadelphia and vicinity was held on
Wednesday evening, June 29th, at 822 Arch
Street, Philadelphia; they organized per-
manently The Pennsylvania Photographic
Association, as an auxiliary to the National
Association. Mr. William H. Phoads oc-
cupied the chair. Minutes of the previous
meetings were read and approved.
The committee appointed to receive Dr.
Vogel, reported having done so, and were
continued, to extend him further attention
during his coming visit to the city.
Those who had attended the Cleveland
Exhibition were then called upon to state
what they saw, and their impressions of the
affair. Mr. Albert Moore said what im-
pressed him the most was the wonderful ex-
tent of the Exhibition, and the cordial feel-
ing existing between photographers present,
all showing a disposition to communicate
what they knew to their neighbors, instead
of selling out at $25 an idea. He also stated
that Philadelphia had been chosen for the
next Exhibition, and no doubt those present
would make every endeavor to secure the
brilliant success of the affair.
Mr. Trask declared that his expectations
were exceeded in every way. He had not
supposed that America could compete with
Europe in photography, but he had altered
his notions in that respect. He said it had
almost "bursted" him to go, but he was will-
ing to be "bursted" again for such a sight.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 293

Mr. Ehoads said one of the happiest occa- rubber was one of the best things to remove
sions in his life was the Thursday night moist films with from ferrotype plates,
during the Exhibition. He stood with without scratching or injuring them.
others on> the stage and watched the two Resolved, That discussion on the rubber-
thousand five hundred people there examin- block be laid over until next meeting.
ing the pictures with such interest; listened That we now exhibit pictures.
Resolved,
to the grand music, beheld the great dis- The ferrotype decided to be the best was
play himself, and thought, truly a happy made by Mr. Charles E. Bolles.
day is coming for our art and he would ; The President and Secretary, being called
have given $100 to have had every Phila- upon, addressed the meeting on what they
delphia photographer there an hour. saw and learned at the Cleveland Conven-
Mr. Moore now moved for permanent tion and Exhibition, noticing the fact that
organization. Carried, and organization some of the best works there were made by
formed under the name of the Pennsylvania men young in the profession therefore we ;

Photographic Association and to work ; should this present year put forth greater
under the constitution of the National Pho- and more determination to excel than
effort
tographic Association. we have ever done, and do our part towards
The following were elected the officers of making attractive and beautiful the next
the Association National Exhibition, which is to be held
President, William H. Rhoads ; Vice- in our city in June, 1871.
President, A. Moore; Secretary, R. J. Adjourned to meet at Mr. George D.
Chute; Treasurer, John R. demons. Wise's gallery, northwest corner of Second
Executive Committee: E. L. Wilson, G-. and Christian Streets, August 2d, 1870.
Schreiber, C. G. Crane, S. M. Robinson, H. D. LOTHROP,
Krips. Secretary.
Messrs. Evans, Seeler, Trask, Phillips,
and Shoemaker, were appointed a committee
to prepare by-laws for the Association.
Adjourned to meet first Tuesday in Sep-
THE SHAW & WILCOX PATENT.
tember. There has nothing specially new trans-
pired as yet concerning this patent since our
last issue.

We believe that the " Co." intend to pros-

PERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION OF ecute under their reissue, the first party who
PHILADELPHIA. refuses to recognize their claims.
The regular monthly meeting of the Fer- If this is done, of course we shall keep
rotypers' Association of Philadelphia was our readers posted, and were we the party
held at the late E. F. Warrington's gal- we should resist until the court decided that
lery, Tuesday evening, July 5th, 1870, the we were wrong, for we believe stronger
President, Mr. A. K. P. Trask, in the than we ever did before that the claims can-
chair. not be sustained.
The minutes of the last meeting were For maintaining this belief we are threat-
adopted as read. ened with a hasty proceeding in the libel
It was resolved to admit to membership suit, which we are also ready to meet.

an applicant from one of the Western States, Should any of our readers be prosecuted
whose letter of application has been mis- by the Shaw & Wilcox Co., we will be glad
laid, and leave a blank for his name until to know of it at once.
it shall be again ascertained. Meanwhile, having now said much more
(If the above should meet the notice of about this patent than it deserves, we shall
said applicant, he will confer a favor by be quiet on the subject for the present,
sending his address to the Secretary.) and save valuable space for better things,
The meeting was of the opinion that a never forgetting, however, to watch dili-
small block of wood covered with India- gently over the interests of our patrons.
294 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
THE SPHYNX. 5th. Ether and alcohol in an old bath tends
We now regularly open our new column, to reduce intensity. A collodion that is just
asannounced editorally in our June number, right for an old bath is generally too intense
and our readers will remember that this is for a new one, and a collodion that is just
their department. They are to ask and an- right for a new bath will generally be too
swer the questions. It will give them an w eak for an old one.
opportunity of discussing little troubles in There are of. course exceptions to this rule,
practice, which we think they will find of modifications being caused by other condi-
use to them. We have now set the head to tions of the bath. Cure, — Boil the old bath,
talking, you be sure to keep it going. Those neutralize it, and sun it for a week or two.
who ask questions need not publish their There are hundreds of "present the-
6th.
names. ories," none of which have been proven cor-
We now add the answers sent in to last rect. It would therefore be useless to dis-
month's questions, ask a few more that have cuss the subject in this column.
been put, and then leave the whole thing in
7th. The acetate of soda formulae which
your charge.
have been published several times in these
Answers.
pages.
1st. Bromide of silver is more sensitive
to dark, and less sensitive to white objects
8th. After toning is over, add C. P. mu-
riatic acid to the toning bath till it turns it
than iodide of silver, consequently, it pro-
red. Before toning next day, neutralize
duces harmony between light and shade.
again with bicarbonate of soda. It does
2d. Solarization is a metallic-looking
not harm a toning bath to turn red after con-
whiteness over various portions of the nega-
tive on a portrait ; for instance, the forehead
siderable use —in fact it improves it —as you
will find.
and cheek-bones, and the front of the nose
will be perfectly opaque, while the other Questions.

portions of the face will be dark ; or, in What

1. the best method of keeping
is

other words, a solarized negative is a harsh plain paper from turning yellow during hot
one, although it does not follow that all weather? C. H. W.
harsh negatives are solarized. Solarization 2. What is a true "Bembrandt Effect,"
may be produced in many ways : 1st. By or what was Rembrandt's method of light-
fusing a bath to alkalinity and then acidi- ing? O. P. Q.
fying with acetic acid instead of nitric. 3. Is chloride of gold, say one grain to
2d. By using a cadmium collodion in a very an ounce of water, a good thing to intensify
strong light. 3d. By a negative bath that a negative with after fixing with cyanide?
is very acid, and also by a very old and in- J. P. M.
sensitive collodion. Prevention and cure
4. What will prevent little particles of
is to avoid the cause.
matter from adhering to the plate in the
3d. In one ounce of water, dissolve two bath solution ? Harry.
grains iodide potass, and one grain iodine.
5. What causes irregular yellow streaks
Flow the foggy negative with this till it is
on albumen paper after silvering?
a brown color, which is iodide of silver.
Trouble.
Befix it in hypo. If this is not sufficient
to clear it, repeat the operation two or three
times till it is clear. It must be well-washed
after each application of the hypo.
UNDER THE SKYLIGHT.
BY ROLAND VANWE1KE.
4th. No! The strong solution of iron
gives a coarse deposit of silver, a weak solu- No. III.
tion a fine deposit ; excess of acid in the Hot, is it, Focus ?
strung solution only makes it act more " O, yes, it's very warb."

slowly, whereas, less acid in a weak solution Yes, this makes us sigh for the mountains
produces fog. or the seashore, but we poor photographers
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 295

that make faces and take off heads for a the front, and place a table near the back
living must be reckoned among the stay-at- of the chair, or the curtain may be intro-
homes, and swelter under a skylight with duced to fill the space. Let the background
the thermometer anywhere above a hun- be well shaded on the side next the light,
dred. It is a matter of wonder to me, some- and bring the other side forward so that
times, that we have any business during the the cheek will show a line darker than the
heated term. ground. Light him up well, and be care-
In our last lesson, Focus, I gave you some ful that the shadows are not heavy, as a

examples of plain photographs, and as there bronze face will make shadows where a fair
is such a diversity of styles that come under one would give none.
this head, we will continue them this morn- " O, what a bretty little girl !"

ing. Yes, Focus, she is handsome, and we

" Well, I wadt to kdow all the differedt ought to get something fine of her. I see
stydes." you have an eye for the beautiful.
O, yes, you shall have all I can give you, " That's just what buther always said
but when you say we shall not
all, I fear whed I used to grow a row of big sud-flowers
live long make them. If you
enough to all round the garden."

wish to know how many different positions Yes, no doubt, but this is a sun-flower
the human form is susceptible of, count the that will take the shine all off of yours.
number of changes that may be rung on Now they want her standing, and will
the musical scale, the ten numerals, or the leave the arrangement to us. The end of
letters of the alphabet. this lounge is about the right height; let
" Or the ted commadmedts?" her rest against it, so she may lean partly
Yes, according to some people's interpre- on her arms as they lie in a graceful, easy
tation of them. But the field before us is position. That gives almost a profile of
and we should never
infinite in its variety, her body, and shows her hair well as it falls
be satisfied with simply repeating what we over her shoulders. Bring the face to about
have done before, or copying somebody else, a three-quarter view, and let her stand on
but strive every time to make something one foot, the other resting behind on the
different. Scarcely any two subjects will toe. This piece of velvet drapery thrown
admit of the same arrangement each must ; over the back of the lounge will give relief
be studied separately in the few moments to her light dress. Set this basket of
they are before us, and the posing made that flowers in the end of the lounge, and give
is best adapted to the individual. Very her some stems or buds to occupy one of her
often a sitter comes in with a picture of a hands.
friend, and wants one made like it. The How does that look, Focus?
photographer does his best to get as near it "Well, it looks az if there ought to be
as possible, but such sittings are nearly al- subthing od the other side."
ways failures. Better drop the sample and Very good, Focus, you're right ; I am glad
pay no attention to it, but make what is best to see you have so good an idea of what is

adapted to the subject before you. proper. The picture don't balance well as
Now here is a gentleman that wants a it is, so we will introduce the front of this
three-quarter figure, sitting. He has the chair behind her, bringing it a little for-

appearance of a farmer, and to place him ward, so as to catch the focus of the instru-
among such surroundings as we would give ment ; on it we will lay her hat and sack,
a professional, would be entirely out of place, and let this hassock come in front of the
so we will seat him in this easy-chair and lounge, on the other side, with the picture-
let him make himself as much at home as book carelessly on the floor. We might
possible. If he will cross his legs, so much introduce a doll, or any other childish play-
the better; it is really the best for such a thing, with good effect, but there is suffici-

position, as it breaks up the parallel lines we ent. Now draw the curtain on the shadow
otherwise get. Turn the body about three- side, so as to give one side of her face well
quarter view, with the face a little more to in shadow, and let the background be quite
 :

296 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

dark. Ten to twelve seconds' exposure will coolly and deliberately with her. If she
be sufficient. complains that the rest makes her feel stiff,
If we fail once, we try again, as long as take it away, and let her adjust herself in
there are any hopes of success. an easier position comply with her whims
;

Here's a lady wants her " likeness taaken as far as possible, and she will cool down
shtannin." Says she "wants it taaken in a few moments, so that she will sit per-
sthrait!" Do you know what that means, fectly at ease with the rest. Considerable
Focus ? attention to the folds of her dress will give
" I zuppose she wadts to stand straight." you a good opportunity to decide upon the
Yes, she wants a square front view of best view of her face, besides making her
body and face. Now, we must reason the feel you are taking a great deal of pains

matter with her a little, and work her into
such a position as will give what ease and
grace such a body is capable of, which is
very little. Every muscle
and the eyes look
fingers stick out straight,
as if about to burst from their sockets.
She wants to know if this is Mr. " Takem-
strait's place;" says ''he takes likenesses
illigantly!" It's a pity she
him, but evidently she can't read the con-
with her. The style of features and arrange-
ment of her hair will give a fine view, nearly
profile. The table, with books and orna-
is stiffened, the ments judiciously arranged, will make up
a parlor-scene with the fresco background.
A fan or book may occupy her hands. Dur-
ing this arrangement she has got over her
excitement, and seems in condition now to
hadn't found get a good picture, which she says she has
never had. How is the light, Focus?

stitution yet, or write her own name. That " I guess the shadows are dop heavy od
position is all we can do with her. There her face."
is not much chance for a reputation with Yes, draw up the curtain so as to light
such subjects as that. up the front of her face more, and make
But here is a sitter that promises some- your exposure.
thing better. Appearances are deceitful " It takes lots of batience with zuch sitters
sometimes, however. O, dear, she says she as that."

has had to wait so long that she is almost Yes, Focus, talk about patience with
out of patience. "Mr. Quicklight," she says, babies ! It don't require half as much as
" don't keep folks waiting as we do here." it does with some grown persons. Babies,
" Pictures finished and delivered in three we don't expect anything of.
minutes!" That's the style; that's what This will do for to-day, and some time
people demand. They drive us into doing when we have some of the little pets, I'll
everything at railroad speed, and then find give you a lesson on babies.
fault with us if it is not done well. The
fact is, the progress of photography has
been greatly retarded in this country by
the mania that has existed during the past
few years to do fast work for the sake of WHITNEY'S OUTSIDE BLINDS
doing it cheap. The fastest men may blun- FOR GLASS-HOUSES.
der into something good sometimes, but to
do uniformly good work requires great care Hereis an apparatus described which

and a little time to study. Now, if we can willprove a capital thing for keeping the
make this lady understand this, she may operating-room cool in summer, warm in
exercise a little more patience with us, and winter, and always protect it from hail.

make herself more at home. She wants a We are indebted to Mr. L. M. Whitney,
full-length sitting, and had the good judg- Batavia, 111., for it, and describe it in his

ment to wear a full flowing skirt. But she own words. He is entitled to many thanks
is terribly nervous, squirms at the head-rest, and much credit. He writes as follows
and declares she'd rather go to the dentist. "In reading of the severe hail-storm your
"I dod't believe it!" city was visited with last May, and the
Well, no matter, Focus, we must proceed damage it did to those who 'live in glass-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 297

houses,' I felt that I had too good a thing cord), and passing down into the room. In
to keep from your notice. drawing them back they fold nearly as per-
" It consists of blinds or shutters so ar- fectly as shown in the cut, upper section,

ranged that I can stand in my operating- the partition between being removed to show
room and open or shut them in a very few
minutes. When not using the light they
can be drawn, keeping the room cool. I
can let on more or less light as I choose.
The slats are fastened together with web-
bing, one strip over and one under, making
a joint that will fold either way without
any trouble ; will pack themselves away as
perfectly as see them in the drawing.
you
The box they fold into is covered up, keep-
ing them dry when not in use. Any good
workman can apply them to almost any sky-
light. The cords pass over pulleys down
into the room on both sides the one under ;

the when drawn, passes over the roller

slats,

in the groove made for it to draw the blinds

off. the end of The
slats. figure also shows end
" It is entirely an original thing with me, of rails cut out back of roller to let blinds
yet it may have been patented for years. If down. The third section could not drop,
not covered with a patent, and you think it
but runs up an incline of 10 inches, form-
worth a notice in the Photographer, you are ing a box above the rail, working but a
at liberty to use it.
trifle harder. I have braces over the centre
" My light being 12 x 16, the blinds are
with a rod passing through the sash,
rails,
divided into three sections (would recom- making it very firm, also blocks fitted over
mend four, however, for so large a light),
the pulleys, to keep the cord from run-
//,
yet I draw mine without any assistance
ning off.
when the grooves are properly greased with " I intend to put the same blinds on my
tallow.
side-light. My glass-room is as cool, with
"It is made entirely of pine; the end-
the blinds drawn in a hot day, as any other
rails, a a, are l|x5 inches, the middle ones
room.
2x5, grooved \ x \ inch, \ inch from top of " Hoping it may be the means of protect-
rail (see Fig. 2), and fastened to the skylight
ing many a glass-house from stones, I most
with irons to fit the angles, and screwed on.
respectfully and freely submit it to the nu-
The blinds, b b, are f x 3 inches, hinged merous readers of the Photographer for their
snugly together with heavy boot-webbing, c,
use.
over and under alternately, making a per- " L. M. Whitney.
fect hinge, the webbing well fastened with
"Batavia, III., June 5th, 1870."
good-sized tacks driven obliquely near the
edge, webbing and all well painted ; they are
drawn by cords, as seen in Fig. 1, passing
through the pulleys,//, which are screwed USEFUL DARK-TENTS.
to the strips, g g, under the first slat, back I have seen several varieties of tents for
through the other side, over a pulley down field-work described in the Philadelphia
into tbe room below. The strip, h h, covers Photographer, some very good x but here is

the space over the pulleys when down. The a description of mine, which, for simplicity,
cord that draws the blinds off is fastened to cheapness, and convenience is all that can

the strip, g, passing back under the blinds, be desired. do not know whether it is
I
over rollers (which are 4 inches in diam- new to many, but it may be to some. If
eter at ends and centre, with groove for you think it worth inserting in your Jour-
298 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
nal it may be of use to some that don't feel plain. Here they are. A circular metal
able to set a more elaborate contrivance. or wood top-piece, by which the pointed

Drive a stake in the ground so that it

will be about three feet high ; now

take a
common umbrella, tie the handle firmly to
the stake, then place a double sheet of black
and yellow calico over it, a small hole in
the centre for the point of the umbrella to
pass through. The entrance may be at either
side. The bottom of the cloth reaches the legs are fastened together, and over all the
ground, and upon it stones can be laid, or usual black and orange cloth is thrown.
it can be pinned down. A square cut out E. A. Kusel.
of the black cloth leaves a yellow window Oroville, Cal., June, 1870.
for proper light to enter. The sketch of
the arrangement will make all plain.

"William H. Kibbe.
SOLAR ENLARGEMENTS.
Johnstown, N. Y., June 2d, 1870.
The Exhibition established one fact,
also have a dark-tent which I find
I namely, that in the branch of photography
very convenient, and I need only send you pertaining to solar enlargements, America
is far ahead of Europe. The examples sent
from abroad were very far inferior to those
exhibited by our own photographers. Dr.
Vogel specially noticed this, and pronounced
those by Mr. Albert Moore, of this city, to
be "by far the finest enlargements he ever
saw, and very superior to anything at the
Paris Exposition." A few years ago we
held that no solar camera print could be as
good as one from a contact negative. Those
who saw Mr. Moore's prints at Cleveland
will agree with us that it would not be safe
to make such an assertion now.
Our readers who have not yet offered
largo work to their patrons should do so.
For a very small sum the five selected prize
drawings of the framework to make it prints, all lifo-size, could be obtained from
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 299

Mr. Moore they would make fine speci-

;
rose color, and with this paper I line the in-
mens (embracing an assortment of men, side of the camera, avoiding, however, to
women, and children) for any reception- place it against parts corresponding with
room, and be almost certain to lead to a strong lights. It is always to be recol-
good many orders that would otherwise lected that the circle of light of a lens is

slip by and the profit be lost. larger than the back of the camera, conse-
We shall soon continue Professor Tow- quently part of the image falls on the sides.
ler's series of articles on enlargements. If now this rose-colored paper were placed
where the image of the sky, or of any other
high light falls, the reflection would be too

great, and there would be danger of fogging.

Acceleration of Exposures.
Generally speaking, the paper may be
BY M. CAREY LEA.
placed advantageously opposite those parts
An interesting communication lately where the lighting is insufficient.
made to the French Photographic Society As yet I have made but few trials. The
by M. Bazin, has led me to make some ex- results indicate decisively that the strength
periments which promise valuable results of the image is materially increased, and
to both those who use the wet and the dry that this device will be useful in all cases
processes. where very short exposures are wanted.
M. Bazin proposes to reduce exposures "Where a full exposure can be given, the ad-
by placing ceils in the camera front con- vantage is less decided, but for rapid work
taining a red liquid, and by thus admitting the advantage is incontestable.
red light to the film, affirms that he consid- To ascertain if the red color was really
erably reduces his time of exposure and gains an active agent, a careful comparison was
detail in the shadows. The cells, four in made by substituting white paper as in the
number, contain a solution of carmine in oldmethod lately revived by Mr. Blair's
ammonia, and are regulated by diaphragms. experiments, and it was found that the red
The principle on which this proceeding- unquestionably had a peculiar and advan-
is founded is not new, but will be found ex- tageous influence.
plained in Becquerel's La Lumiere (vol. ii, It seems not improbable that this method
pp. 77, 78). The less refrangible rays, red may be valuable for portraiture as well as
and yellow, whilst having no " exciting for landscape work, by shortening expos-
power," possess a "continuing power." ures and gaining detail.
It appeared to me when I first read these
experiments, that if red light were admitted
into the camera it would exalt the action of
the light of the image, whilst itself incapa-
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC COPYRIGHT
ble of acting alone. Thus
would simply it
LAW-
stimulate the impression of the image and The photographers of America are again
cause the desired impression to be produced indebted to the National Photographic As-
in a shorter time. sociation. The committee appointed in Bos-
I did not, however, carry out these ideas, ton to intercede with Congress for a National
and M. Bazin is entitled to the credit of copyright law, protecting photographers in
having just put them to practice. But the the exclusive sale of the product of their
method which he employs seems to me not negatives from piratical stealing, succeeded
very convenient or suitable certainly not ; in their mission, through their energetic
for landscape work. I have, therefore, chairman, Alex. Gardner, Esq., of Wash-
adopted a very different method. ington, and below we give a synopsis of that
I make a rather dilute solution of carmine part of the new Act, approved July 8th,
in water, to which a few drops of liquid am- 1870, which pertains to photography.
monia have been added, and paint this solu- Heretofore there really was no copyright
tion over a piece of white pasteboard or stiff law which covered photography, but the
paper till I bring it to a bright pink or light present one is all that could be desired. An-
 :

300 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

other important change has been made, as Section 94. In default of such deposit in
will be seen, namely, copyrights are fur- the post-office, said proprietor shall be liable
nished and sealed by the librarian of Con- to a penalty of $25, to be collected by the
gress, instead of the clerk of any District librarian of Congress.
Court. Section 95. Any such copyright photo-
graph may be sent to the librarian of Con-
The Law. gress by mail, free of postage, provided the
words " Copyright Matter" are written or
Section 86. Any citizen of the United printed on the outside of the package con-
States, or resident therein, who shall be the taining the same.
author, inventor, designer, or proprietor of
Section 96. The postmaster to whom any
any photograph, or negative thereof, and
such copyright photograph is delivered
his executors, administrators, or assigns,
shall, if requested, give a receipt therefor,
shall, upon complying with the provisions and when so delivered, he shall mail it to
of this act, have the sole liberty of printing,
its destination, without cost to the pro-
reprinting, publishing, completing, copy-
prietor.
ing, executing, finishing, and vending the
Section 97. No person shall maintain an
same.
action for infringement of his copyright,
Section 87. Copyrights shall be granted
-

unless he shall give notice thereof by inscrib-

for the term of twenty-eight years from the ing upon some portion of the face or front
time of recording the title thereof, and they thereof, or on the face of the substance on
may also be extended and assigned the same ivhich the same shall be mounted the follow-
as patents.
ing words, viz.
Section 90. No photographer shall be " Entered according to Act of Congress,
entitled to a copyright unless he shall, be-
in the year by A. B., in the office of
,

fore publication, deposit in the mail a printed

copy of the title of the photograph for which
he desires a copyright, addressed to the li-
brarian of Congress, and within ten days
from the publication thereof, deposit in the
mail two copies of such copyright photo-
graph, to be addressed to said librarian of
Congress, as hereinafter to be provided.
The titles aforesaid are recorded in due
the librarian of Congress, at Washington."
Section 98. Any person impressing such
notice upon any photograph for which he
has not obtained a copyright, for so ofi'end-
ing, shall forfeit and pay $1U0.
Section 99. Any person infringing a
photograph copyright shall forfeit all copies
to the propietor, and also suffer suit for dam-

form in a book, by the said librarian of Con- ages by said proprietor in any court of com-
gress, and he shall give a copy of the title petent jurisdiction.
under the seal of his office to said proprietor,
The above gives all the important points
whenever he shall require it.
of the law, except in cases of assignment
Section 92. For recording the title of or suit, and gives the photographer all the
any photograph, the librarian of Congress protection he could ask, as well as a very
shall receive from the person claiming the
easy and cheap way of securing it.
same, fifty cents, and for every copy under
Weknow, from the correspondence we
seal actually given to such person or his as- have had with Mr. Gardner on the subject,
signs, fifty cents. that the matter caused him to take a good
Section 93. The proprietor of every copy- deal of time from his business to secure the
right photograph or negative shall mail to promise from the Committee on Patents to
the librarian of Congress, at "Washington, do what has been done, and also to watch
within ten days after its publication, two that, we were not forgotten. Even after the
complete copies or prints thereof of the best act was printed, interpolations were mado
and a copy of any subsequent
edition issued, in your behalf. Many thanks, then, aro
editionwhere any substantial changes shall due to Mr. Gardner for his efforts, crowned
be made. with such great success.
 I

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 301

circumstances are somewhat different but

NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE ;

should our photographers think worth the it

STUDIO.
attempt, they begin with an example of suc-
BY S. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
cess to guide them.
The National Photographic Association —
Photo -Crayons, toning and coloring them — Photo-Crayons. — Amongst the novelties
taking the attention of American photogra-
Photo-Relief Printing Process Carbon — phers at the present moment, I understand
Printing — Exhibition in Partis.
that the new photo-crayons, introduced by
London, July 1st, 1870. Mr. Sarony, are not the least interesting,

The National Photographic Association — both as supplying fine artistic results, by a

have just read, with much interest, the va- small expenditure of means, and as prom-
rious reports and articles in the Cleveland ising to be commercially remunerative.
daily papers the Plaindealer, the Herald, and
; One or two hints in connection with the
the Leader, and also in the letters of friends, subject, the lessons of experience on this
of the very successful Convention of the side, may not be out of place here. The
National Association. The accounts of the simplest means of securing a black tone
fine exhibition of photographs, of the grand in the enlarged transparency, is by means
lantern displays, of the photo-relief work, of bichloride of mercury and hyposulphite
of the addresses and speeches, and above all of ammonia. But it should be remembered
of the perfect comity and harmony which that whilst it is one of the simplest and
prevailed, induce a strong longing to have easiest, it is one of the least trustworthy.
been present. I congratulate my friend. It is not always permanent ; the black salt
Dr. Vogel, on his good fortune I know his ; of mercury formed is not stable, and the
bright enthusiastic temperament, and how pictures not unfrequently bleach. It is well
keenly alive he would be to all the pleas- known that all the salts of mercury are un-
ant influences around, especially as they all stable, and for my own part I recommend
told of the progress, past, present, and to their avoidance generally. The most easy
come, of his beloved photography. The method of securing a stable purple black
great success of this meeting of the Associa- tone, is by means of a neutral solution of
tion I regard as very significant. The gla- chloride of gold. Nothing can exceed the
mour of novelty no longer gilded the Associa- rich intense neutral black which can be ob-
tion. The first meeting, little more than a tained by means of the bichloride of plati-
year and a half ago, was simply to organize ;
num, when rightly managed. A very dilute
and this purpose is always sufficient to de- solution should be used. One grain of the
velop the energy of a healthy mind with a platinum salt in from fifteen to twenty
faith in the purpose in hand. The second ounces of water, will be found sufficient.
meeting at Boston, twelve months ago, The solution should be first neutralized with
evoked something of curiosity as well as carbonate of soda, and then very slightly
duty, and the question doubtless occurred to acidified with nitric acid. The toning will
many minds, "Will this thing go on, or take place slowly; but a very fine neutral
fall through ?" But at Cleveland the con- black is obtained. In this case it is not
ditions are altered ; the thing is in fact ac- necessary to fix again for the purpose of re-
complished, the success of the Association is moving the chloride of silver formed. It
no longer a problem, but in all human prob- will be understood, of course, that as the
ability must steadily progress until it enrols platinum is deposited, the chlorine released
every photographer in the States, who is attacks metallic silver forming the
the
worth having, amongst its members. My image, and converts it into chloride of sil-
last occupation before commencing this let- ver, which being white, gives a gray tint to
ter, was writing an article calling the atten- the platinum superposed thereon. "When
tion of English photographers to the success the picture is exposed to light the chloride
of the Association, and asking them to con- of silver is gradually blackened. But as
sider how far a similar organization may be there is no silver at all in the whites these
desirable and possible in this country. Our remain pure, whilst in the shadows and half
302 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
shadows, the silver present heing blackened, j
has suffered very much in this country by
the richness and intensity of the photographs getting into bad commercial hands, and has
are increased. The scale of the picture is consequently had two or three false starts,
practically increased as the whites remain is now likely to have a chance of success.
the same, and the blacks in due gradation The late company being now in course of
become a little deeper. liquidation under the direction of the Court
When all the chemicals are in good con- of Chancery, the patent, plant, and every-
dition a line color can often be obtained thing connected therewith, has been sold.
without toning. A strong bath, somewhat The purchaser is Mr. "Vincent Brooks, the
new, in good working condition, full expo- principal of an old-established lithographic
sure, a developer containing two grains of firm, who has also given some attention to
pyro, one grain of citric acid, and twenty photo-lithography. An old-established and
minims of acetic acid, will give a good extensive photographic printing and pub-
tone. The chief difficulty consists in the lishing firm will, I understand, join him in
fact, that in untoned pictures the detail in the working of the process. The practical
the shadows is often apt to be lost. It is lesson of this bit of gossip is, that shrewd
seen very well by transmitted light but ; men of business, accustomed to extensive
does not " bear out " by reflected light; but operations in the printing and publication
looks smoky and opaque. A skilful and of pictures and illustrated works, see the
trustworthy photographer assures me that importance of this process, and that there
this defect may be considerably overcome, is little doubt that it will now rapidly take

by adding to the developer citrate of iron, its due position in this country, from which
two or three grains to the ounce. I need it has hitherto been debarred. by very bad
not here refer to the fine brown tones which commercial management, or rather misman-
may be obtained by means of Selle's inten- agement. Mr. Woodbury shortly proceeds
sifier of nitrate of uranium and ferrid-cya- to Russia, to teach and initiate the process,
nide of potassium. where it worked, I believe, under
will be
Some very fine effects may be obtained by the auspices of the government department.
tinting these portraits. This is easily ef- —
Carbon Printing. The mention of a gov-
fected by applying the color to the backing ernment department in connection with
paper containing the hatched vignette. To photography reminds me of an interesting
obtain exact register of the image on this fact in connection with carbon printing.
paper becomes of vital importance, and a The extensive photographic operations in
friend of mine has devised a simple and in- connection with the military department
genious method of securing this. He places in this country will henceforth be conducted
a piece of transparent tracing paper, or any in carbon instead of silver. Mr. H. Baden
suitable thin paper over the image, and with Pritchard, superintendent of the photo-
a soft black lead-pencil traces all the out- graphic department at the Royal Arsenal,
lines of the face, hair, drapery, etc. He Woolwich, informs me that they have fin-
then places this pencilled outline on the and adopted
ally discarded silver printing,
tinted back intended to be used with the Mr. Johnson's carbon process, which they
picture, and passes the two through a rolling find simple, expeditious, and economical,
press ; the result is a faint outline of the as well as permanent.
image, transferred to the backing paper Exhibition in Paris. — It will interest
from the lead-pencil marks. It is easy then American photographers to know that some
to place the tints in the right position, and of the portraiture from the States takes a
to secure the effect of a very highly finished high position in the French Exhibition, the
drawing, by a comparatively small expendi- examples of Mr. Kurtz, of New York, being
ture of labor. second to none exhibited. My French cor-
The Photo-Relief Printing Process. — respondent speaks in very high terms of
'Whilst I am referring to photo-mechanicul them. It is very gratifying to hear on all
printing processes, I may mention as a point hands of the rapid progress made of late in
of interest that the Woodbury process, which American photographic portraiture, never
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 303

bad, but apparently now bidding fair to light produced no effect, blue, a general fog,
take the lead in modern styles as it did at but red, pure red, this curious effect. M.
one time, undoubtedly, in the daguerreotype Davanne backed up M. Bazin, having seen
process. him perform the experiments, to prove what
he stated, and from all that passed at the
meeting this is a fait accompli. How is it
PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. managed? Well, the sliding front of the
camera brought by M. Bazin was for a
There is war between the " Mezzo- whole-plate lens, or about that size, and at
tin ters." each of the four corners of the square front
Cyanide of potassium is obtained from was a circular opening about two inches in
defunct horses. So is ammonia and gela- diameter. At the back of each opening was
tine. a square glass cell, a little larger than the

A great number of persons are sued in opening, and about one-eighth to one-fourth

England for copying engravings that are inch thick. This cell was filled with a solu-

copyrighted. tion of perfectly pure carmine in solution of

Our English and other foreign
raries think the Cleveland Exhibition
a grand success. They
M. Le Cog, the Treasurer of the Berlin
Society for the Promotion of Photography,
visits England and the United
Mr. Jabez Hughes has issued
tion of his excellent " Principles
tice ofPhotography." We
some extracts from it soon.
ammonia, and sealed up. The carmine must
contempo-
be quite pure, or a violet tint will be im-
was
parted to the solution and to the light pass-
are right.
ing through it. The full aperture (two
inches) of these cells is not always used, the
artist using his judgment, according to
States.
amount and quality of light, class of sub-
a new edi- ject, etc., whether he "diaphragms " them
and Prac- off or not. It is not so good to expose the
want to make plate itself under a large cell of red fluid
before exposure, as to use the action of the

Anthony's Bulletin, in speaking of the red light in the way just described. I won-
Exhibition, says " Evidently great ad-
:
der whether further experiments and re-
vances have been made during the past year, searches will confirm
all this or will it be
;

both in plain photographs and colored consigned to the limbo where sulphate of
work." So there have. quinine for windows of dark-rooms is or
ought to have gone to? A' picture was
Blue tissue-paper, pasted over the yellow
handed round in which was a dark velvet
glass of the dark-room, and covered with
curtain in folds. In one picture the curtain
mastic. varnish, will make the light that en-
through green, without the necessity of was a mass of black, and this was said to
ters
have been taken without red light, whereas
—
green glass. J. Martin in News.
one with detail and folds was taken at the
Licht gives the following formula for
same time and under the same circumstances
making amber varnish One ounce of finely
:

with red light. I here leave the matter

powdered amber is dissolved in twenty
with your readers, who will doubtless soon
ounces of benzine, and filtered. The plates
reap any advantage it may possess, and I
do not require to be heated.
hope will let their fellow-readers know all
M. Camuzet has made some practical
about it anyway." Cor. Br. Jour.
experiments on retouching, and also on the
coloring of positives on albumen paper. Pyrogallic acid acts as a poison on the
" animal system similar to phosphorus, by
M. Bazin affirms that the introduction of
withdrawing oxygen from the stomach.
red light on the sensitive collodion film dur-
Precaution in using this substance is neces-
ing its exposure, not only reduces the time of
sary.
exposure one-third, but produces more half-
tone^ the picture, and brings out more details Vessels which have been soiled by albu-
in the shade in the subject, than if the plate men are best cleaned by a mixture of sul-
were exposed in the usual manner. Yellow phuric acid and bichromate of potassium.
 "

304 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

How to Become a Member. — Photographers on account of the war in Europe. All the plain
who wish to be identified with the National paper comes from Germany.
Photographic Association, and to share its bene- Mr. John Carbutt, who has been so many years
fits, may
do so by applying to Edward L. Wilson, the popular photographer of Chicago, has sold
Permanent Secretary, Philadelphia, Pa. Re- out his beautiful establishment to Mr. S. W.
mitting $4,— $2 for entrance fee and $2 for dues Sawyer, of Bangor, Maine, and will move to
up to June, 1871, — and certificate of membership Philadelphia in September to devote his whole
will be sent. Come, how, grow with its growth time to the development of Woodbury's photo-
and share the honors. relief process. Mr. Sawyer goes to Chicago,
September 1st. Much success to them both.
Back Numbers of this Journal can generally
Several photographers already are printing
be supplied, as we are continually purchasing. <;
N. P. A." on their cards. We hope to see the
$100 are yet wanted to cancel the debt in- new design in a few weeks. Will not those hav-
curred in the patent suits. Who will help pay ing taste in such matters hand in their designs

it? Who will not help pay it? this month ?

A letter was directed to our care, while in
Errata. — On page 257, line 2d, of our July Cleveland, to R. S. Ewing. We know him not,
issue is an error. The plate is dipped in dis-
and he can have his letter by sending us his ad-
tilled water, is first exposed, afterwards dipped
dress.
again in the silver bath, and then developed. Mr. Sewell F. Graves, Howland Flat, Cal.,
So says Dr. Vogel. was burned out June 21st.
Mr. J. W. Bays, Canton, 111., writes: "With
—
Lea's Manual. Nearly 1500 copies of this
excellent handbook have been sold by the pub- your Journal, Mosaics, and a little bit of sense,
Information
any one can make good work."
lishers, and the sale is yet brisk.
on almost every useful subject may be found in
We have seen some very pretty photo-litho-
graphs by the "Rye"' process made in New
it,and the chapter on " Defects and their Reme-
dies " is invaluable.
York by Mr. D. H. Anderson.
The photographers of St. John, N. B., have
Robinson's Pictorial Effects in Photog- formed a photographic society, with Mr. J. D.
raphy. —A fresh lot of this inimitable work, Marsters as President. We commend them to
treating on lighting, posing, composition, double all sister societies. They invited Dr. Vogel to
printing, etc., has just been received from Eng- visit them.
land. There are several photographic illustra- A disinterested photographer in Montreal
tions and numerous wood-cuts. (See adv.) says: "Those who helped Mr. Lovejoy in his
brave defence against the Shaw & Wilcox Co.,
Mr. H. J. Newton has favored us with a
deserve a marble monument two hundred feet
number of exquisite transparencies, made as de-
high erected to their memory.
scribed recently by our New York correspondent,
and promises soon to give us further and full de-
tails of their production. A good color or tone Answers to Correspondents.

for transparencies is hard to secure, but these We cannot consider communications minus
are very rich. the name of the author.

The "California Enamelling Process"

The Exhibition Pictures. — Photographs of
was given in full in our issue for April, 1869,
the group ordered by parties at the Cleveland Ex-
page 111, and we believe it to be as good as any
hibition hswe been all sent, and also to all those
hawked around for sale.
who have ordered up to date. Very fine large
ones of the interior, and also other sizes are now
Focus, Jr. — 1. Your bath is all right. All

ready ami can be posted at once.

toning baths turn purple by use. 2. Your nega-
Read the ad-
tive bath is all wrong. Add a solution of bicarb,
vertisement in Specialties and purchase all you
soda until it turns rod litmus-paper blue; then
can, for the profit all goes to swell the Relief
filter and add a little acid. 3. In giving for-
Fund, in which you are all interested.
mula; for collodion, the number of grains given
GOSSIP. — German arid all kinds of albumen for the iodides, etc., is for one ounce of plain
papers have advanced, or are about to advance, collodion. Use your brains and think.
 THE

PuMrfjrta $hwU%v*fhtv.
Vol. VII. SEPTEMBER, 1870. No. 81.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

THE RELIEF FUND. PHOTOGRAPHIC DIALOGUES.

The members of the Board of Trustees (SEQUEL TO ONE HUNDRED DATS IN A FOG,
of the Belief Fund have drawn lots for ETC., CONTINUED.)
their several terms of service, and before
BT ELBERT ANDERSON,
this reaches our readers will have held their Operator at W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. T.
first session and organized. Full particu-
lars shall be given in our next. Already Evening the Third.
nearly two thousand dollars are in hand as A. The solution of nitrate of silver in
a nucleus for the fund. water, in which the plates are dipped, is

Meanwhile, permit us to appeal to our known, technically, as the negative bath,

readers to do what they can for this fund, in contradistinction to the positive or print-
for no one knows who will need to require ing bath, upon which the paper is floated
its assistance. for the print. The negative bath, then,
M. Niepce de St. Victor devoted forty consists of a solution of nitrate of silver in
years to the interests of photography and water, to which is added an iodide and an
died poor. acid. It is essential that all the ingredients
Mr. N. G. Burgess, once prosperous and be in a state of purity as near as may be.

famed in photographic circles, died with- Water. — In nature, water is never found
out any means. How will it be with you? perfectly pure. The simplest, cheapest, and
One good way of helping the fund in a best method of obtaining pure water is to
small way is by purchasing the pictures of distil it yourself. If you cannot procure a
the Boston and Cleveland Exhibitions. little still at your stockhouse, you may very
These are doubly interesting to those who easily get any tinman (who deserves the
were present, to every exhibitor and visitor, name) to make you one, at a cost not ex-
and asexamples of photography are valu- ceeding ten dollars, which will enable you
able to all. You can throw several dol- to distil enough water far purer and at half
lars into the fund in this way, and yet suf- the cost you would have to paj to procure 7

fer no loss. Both the groups of members it elsewhere and of which you can soon
;

and officers, and the views of the interior, and readily sell enough to your brother
are worthy of being hung on the walls of photographers to pay for your still and the
any studio. Shall they not be purchased cost of running. I will make you a draw-
liberally ? ing, and describe the method of using it.
21
 .

306 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK.

Let the parts A, B, C, represent the boiler, is instantly condensed, and drops out as dis-
boiler head,and stem, which are to be made tilled water into the receiver.
of copper, tinned on the inside. The boiler, M. Why do you put so little water in so
large a boiler ?

A. Because, if you were to fill it with

cold water in the first place, it would take
a very long time to boil, whereas this small
quantity will boil in one-tenth the time.
When fairly started, suffer the water (which
will escape at H nearly boiling hot) to run
into a bottle, and when this is full remove
the head of the boiler and pour this in.
You need not remove the boiler from the
fire. And thus you can gradually begin to
fill up with nearly boiling water. Throw
away the first pint or so of distilled water,
as it is generally impure.
With this little contrivance, you can

easily distil from three to four gallons of

A, may be 12 inches high and 10 inches in water per day. The next best, after dis-
diameter. The head, B, may be four inches tilled water, is to take clean blocks of pond
high and three inches in diameter, and fits ice, and melt it in an evaporating dish.
the boiler like any ordinary tin can cover. M. Why is this thus?
M. Must it not fit perfectly steam-tight ? A. Water, in the act of freezing, sepa-
A. Not necessarily. Let it be simply a rates completely from everything which it-
nice fit. The stem, C, may be 1J inches in previously held in solution even the air ;

diameter, tapering to f inch, and 18 inches contained in water is expelled in the act of
long. It is made to fit into the worm, E F, freezing, and becoming entangled in the
which consists of a tube of block tin, about thickening fluid, gives rise to the minute
^ inch interior diameter and six feet long, bubbles generally observable in blocks of
coiled up in the common D,
tin condenser, ice. It is found as a fact, that ice formed
as represented, soldered water-tight where by the freezing of sea water is, under all
it enters and where it leaves the condenser. ordinary circumstances, fresh and entirely
T is a tin pipe £ inch in diameter, soldered free of salt. Thus the great ice fields of the
to the inside of the condenser, reaching Arctic and Antarctic Oceans are always
down to within half an inch of the bottom. composed of fresh water ice. Make a solu-
H is a tin pipe £ inch diameter and 3 inches tion of indigo in water, and the ice formed
long, and is intended as an overflow pipe. by the congelation of this solution will be
Use as Clean thoroughly, and
follows : perfectly colorless.
pour into the boiler a quantity of water M. And in summer, when I can get no
equal to one-fourth its capacity ; set this ice?
over a gas stove or any other convenient A. Then take the best water you can get,
fire; fit (Hi the head and connect the stem and add forty to fifty grains of nitrate of
with the condensing worm. When the silver to every gallon of water; when dis-
water boils, drops of distilled water and solved, expose it' in a clean white glass bot-
steam will issue from the orifice, F, which tle (candy jars answer excellently) to strong
may be caught in the receiver, R. At this sunlight, covered with a piece of glass, tied
moment, a stream of running water must down to prevent the wind disturbing it.
be let on in the pipe, T, from any suitable The water will shortly begin — say in an
reservoir, and when the condenser becomes hour — to discolor, and will finally grow
full water will escape by the
the waste perfectly black, according to the amount of
overflow, and can be led away as desired. impurities. Pure water will not discolor if

The steam passing down the cooled worm exposed to sunlight, even when pure nitrato
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 307

of silver is dissolved in it. When the wa- copper becomes decomposed by strong fu-
ter has become perfectly clear, it is ready sion, an insoluble oxide of copper is left be-
for use. hind, which may be filtered out when the
Nitrate of Silver, or, strictly speak- mass is again dissolved in pure water. You
ing, nitrate of the oxide of silver, can be may now, if you like, crystallize it, or use
procured sufficient^ pure, of several brands it at once.
well known market, from the stock-
in M. What is the cause of crystallization ?
houses ;
therefore it is neither necessary A. There you have me. I don't know.
nor advisable for you to make it. Yet I It is supposed that the atoms and molecules
hold that every photographer ought to know which make up a body of a crystal are pos-
how to prepare it, in an isolated case of sessed of polarity.
emergency. Here is one of the simplest M. What's that, when it's fenced in ?

methods when pressed for time: Make a A. It is supposed that the opposite sides
mixture of one part of nitric acid, chemi- of the atoms are like two poles of a magnet,
cally pure, and two parts of distilled water; and that this action or force, as it is called,
put this in an evaporating dish over a gen- compels the atom, in assuming its place in a
tle heat, and add from time to time, as it crystal, to maintain a certain direction as
dissolves, silver coin cut into very small respects the contiguous particles. In the
pieces, until a small portion of metallic sil- case of pure silver and chemically pure ni-
ver remains undissolved. The action here tric acid, the solution, after evaporating to
may be stated, by saying the nitric acid is dryness and fused, can be used at once.
decomposed one part oxidizes the metallic
; M. How will I know when it is fused?
silver and suffers the escape of oxide of A. When the silver is fused, it will have
nitrogen, the other part combines with this the appearance of a heavy oil or syrup,
oxide and produces the nitrate of the oxide which will remain perfectly quiet on the
of silver, or, as we call it "for short," ni- bottom of the dish without bubbling or
trate of silver. When the necessary amount steaming. Whilst in this state, dip into it
of silver is dissolved, evaporate the solution a slight splinter of wood or a bit of clean
to dryness, and when cool dissolve it in straw. If it (the straw) immediately take
pure water. Separate one-fifth of this so- fire, the silver is fused enough ; if not, con-
lution, and add to it drop by drop a solu- tinue the heat until it does inflame. When
tion of caustic potash in water, until the cool, the fused mass may be dissolved in
dense brownish-black precipitate (oxide of pure water with the aid of gentle heat, and,
silver) ceases to be thrown down, and the as before mentioned, used as if it were
potash remains in excess. When this has crystals.
settled, pour off the water, and add fresh I would urgently recommend you to use
water to wash the oxide ; repeat this until a capacious bath-holder, certainly not less
all trace of the potash has disappeared. than two gallons, however little work you
Now add this moist oxide to the other four- do. I use two of four gallons each.

fifths of the solution, and boil it until a M. Yes but for me, who do so little
;

drop of aqua ammonia added to it ceases to negative-making as compared with you,

strike a blue color. why should I use so much ? These large
M. What is the cause of this blue color ? baths are rather expensive.
A. It is caused by the aqua ammonia A. There you make a great mistake.
coming in contact with nitrate of copper, The smaller your bath the more it costs
which was also formed, the silver coin al- you.
ways being alloyed with copper. Again M. Now you are speaking paregorickally.
evaporate the solution to dryness, and then A. You mean paradoxically, perhaps.
fuse it. The organic matter, if there be M. Well, paradoxically, then. What's
any, will be thrown down as a black powder the difference in the long run?
on the sides and bottom of the dish during A. I will explain myself. 1st. If you
the fusion, becomes carbonized, and is thus use a small bath, it will soon get out of
rendered insoluble ; whilst the nitrate of order, and cost you time to fix it again.
308 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
2d. It becomes out of order from organic
matter, introduced by dust from the air,
dirt from the plates, and chemical com-
pounds in and on the collodion film. 3d.
It becomes soon over-iodized. 4th. It re-
quires frequent filtering, and every time
you filter you encounter severe loss: (1,
by that portion of the bath remaining in
the bath-holder when it is poured out to
filter; 2, by that portion which remains
in the saturated filter;
that remains in the bottle into which
with hot water and soda, finally with cold
water, and turn them over to drain. Hav-
ing measured the capacity of your bath-
holder, dissolve nitrate of silver in water
until your hydrometer indicates forty grains
of silver to the ounce of water, in summer,
and forty-five grains in winter. Make up
rather more than twice the contents of
your bath-holder.
M. By the by, I want to ask you some-
3, by that portion thing that is a great puzzle to me.
it is A. Go it.

filtered.) 5th. By fusing after it is badly M. My hydrometer is a double one ;

that
contaminated. 6th. By its losing strength is, it indicates 30 when it really means 60.
rapidly, thus requiring strengthening, caus- Why is that?
ing an unequal action, to say nothing of the A. When I first had occasion to use this
grave error of adding new silver to an old instrument the same thing struck me, also,
bath. Now, all this is obviated by the use and I asked all my photographic friends
of a large bath, which will work uniformly and several druggists the reason. Strange
for a long time, and yield cleaner work. to say, none of them could tell me. Being
M. All right ; a large bath be it. of an. inquiring turn of mind, I continued
A. I would further urgently recommend my researches, and even the importers could
your using two or even three baths, so that not enlighten me. Finally, I asked a maker
when one shows signs of failing you may in Fulton Street, New York. "Well,"
go on with another, until the sick one is said he, " I don no. I've allers made 'em
cured at your leisure. so ; but when yer ax me why, then yer got
M. What are these signs of failing? me." I intend to ask Wilson under the
A. Never mind that now. We will work Sphynx column.
our bath first until it gets out of order, then Now reduce your solution with water to
will be time enough to attend to that de- 30 grains to the ounce. This solution has
partment. the property of dissolving and retaining in
M. Are rubber bath-holders all that's solution a certain amount of iodide of silver.
suitable ? This capacity of the solution to dissolve iodide
A. I am hardly a fair witness to examine of silver is in proportion to, and increases
in this case. I am prejudiced, having with, its strength.
formed an opinion. M. Here, easy now. Say that over again.
M. And no doubt an opinion as is an A. Take, for instance, four ounces of a
opinion. solution of nitrate of silver in water, of any
A. I would advise you, however, not to strength — say 40 grains to the ounce; next
use a rubber bath, except for occasional dissolve 10 or 20 grains (the quantity is

use out of the gallery, taking dead babies, immaterial) of iodide of ammonium in wa-
gravestones, and such. J only make this ter,add a little of this at a time to the four-
exception, because it is less likely to get ounce solution of silver; immediately a
broken, is much and convenient to
lighter dense precipitate, of a yellowish color (io-
carry the solution having a water-tight
in, dide of silver), is thrown down, and floats
top. I use Lewis's patent. I had them made on the surface of the solution but, upon ;

expressly for me, with this little device, shaking the solution, the iodide is dissolved
namely: 1 ordered them double width, con- and the solution becomes clear again. Ke-
sequently they are scarcely any larger than peat this until the solution refuses to clear
a two gallon bath, and yet hold four gal- and remains milky, when some of the iodide
lons. They generally leak at first; look will fall to the bottom. The solution is

out for that. Fill them with water until now said to bo over-iodized ; that is, it con-
the wood .soaks up tight, wash them out tains more iodide of silver than it is capable
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 309

of dissolving, and the surplus falls to the A. Therefore the proper thing to do is to
hottom. It will, however, filter out per- divide the bath in halves, and saturate one-
fectly clear, the surplus iodide remaining half, filter out the precipitate and mix it
in the filter. The solution is now said to with the other half.
be saturated. If you now pour this clear M. Sort of 'alf and 'alf like.
solution into an equal quantity of pure wa- A. Now test with litmus-paper. It will
ter, it immediately throws down one-half generally be found to have an acid reac-
the iodide of silver, the solution becoming tion, caused by the silver not being per-
again milky, and is, in fact, over-iodized as fectly freed from acid in its manufacture.
before, yet it has given up half its iodide; If acid, dissolve bicarbonate of soda in pure
because, as I told you, the solution is only water, and add this little by little to the
capable of dissolving iodide of silver in pro- solution, which will again turn milky from
portion toits strength, and as it is now re- precipitated carbonate of silver. "When it
duced one-half it cannot retain but half the shows an alkaline reaction, it may be put
iodide. out in strong sunlight without filtering,
M. Thanks that's as plain as the nose
; until it becomes perfectly clear.
on your face, or rather on my face. I've M. You believe in sunning a bath, then ?
got an awful bugle ;
ain't I ? A. Well, not in your sense. "We will
A. Your nose be blowed. Listen to me. come to that all in good time. Finally, it
If we now add nitrate of silver to make up is put into an evaporating dish and boiled

the strength to 40 grains, this milkiness down to 40 grains to the ounce and filtered.
will disappear and the solution will remain Now make a mixture of one part nitric
as at first. You will understand by this, acid, chemically pure, and three parts of
then, if we iodize the bath to saturation in distilled water, add this little by little until
the first place, every collodionized plate the solution shows a decided acid reaction.
dipped in it causes the iodide in the film to Fill up your bath-holder, and your bath is
come in contact with the silver solution, ready to be tested. To do this, however,
forming iodide of silver on and in the film ; requires further chemical preparations,
but as the bath is already saturated, you which must be deferred till our next
cannot add more without the surplus being meeting.
precipitated and held in suspension (not
solution, mark you) in the bath, and in a
short time this surplus increases to such an The Year Book of Photography.
extent that these little floating particles "We desire once more to call attention to
attach themselves to the surface of the plate. this excellent and really invaluable work of
After the plate is developed and washed, Mr. Simpson's, republished by us in this
these little crystals show but little, but country. Wehardly suppose there is a
when the plate is put in the fixing solution single reader of the Photogroj)hei', but who
they are dissolved, and leave clear and values much, the " Notes In and Out of the
transparent spots; sometimes a plate will Studio," which appear in each issue from
known under the
contain millions of them, Mr. Simpson.
name of pinholes. Each and every plate His Year Book is a compendium of just
making the matter worse and no better such information, on almost every useful
fast. subject, namely Eetouching, landscaping,
:

M. I know the little jokers like a book. optics, water, light, sitters, weak negatives,
I've raised them by the acre. development, painting the windows, stip-
A. On the other hand, if the bath con- pling the skylight, printing on canvas, col-
tains no iodide, when the plateis immersed lodion, the bath, things worth knowing,
and the iodide of silver isformed on the enlargements, lighting, oil photography,
film, a portion of it is immediately dissolved transparencies, pinholes, and so on, and so
by the solution, thus giving a spotty appear- on, in inexhaustible variety.
ance and yielding an imperfect negative. The book is of the size, shape, and style
M. Just so. of our own Mosaics, and makes an adniir-
310 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
able companion. We are giving a great laughter, there appeared to be sufficient
many away as premiums to those who are interest felt to raise a suspicion that it

active in getting us new subscribers, and was used by many there present. And
yet there are some left. Try to get a copy again the question was asked, that those
of your dealer before his stock is exhausted, present who obtained sufficient density and
and we cannot supply him with any more. printing-power from their negatives with
Mailed for 50 cents. one application of the developer should hold
up their hands, and quite a number held
theirs up, and the questions were discussed
SORE HANDS. pro and con. Now I take it that there is a
I have been, heretofore, long and griev- lesson in this thatwould be to our profit to
ously troubled with sore hands, caused by study. If we could only meet oftener, and
handling chemicals, such as toning, fixing have just such talks, it would be much to
solutions, etc. I tried many remedies to our advantage. We might disagree with the
effect a cure, but failing to do myself any man who used mercury, but if he had pic-,
good, I wrote to your Journal regarding it; tures to show us made by his method that
it was published in your August No., 1867, excelled, we would all go home and try mer-
I believe. In reply, Mr. M. Carey Lea, rec- cury. I once used mercury, and will, by
ommended zinc ointment. A brother pho- and by, tell you again how I used it, seeing
tographer out West wrote me, recommend- what I said at the Convention about it was
ing a weak solution of protosulphate of somewhat mixed by the reporter. Mercury,
iron. I tried that without avail. used as an intensifier, is much abused, and
About ten months ago, I began to use an is capable of producing very different re-

ordinary nail-brush, brushing my hands sults, viz., a soft, brilliant negative; one so
freely after having my hands in chemicals, thin that it loses all value as a negative,
such as tonirkg, fixing solutions, etc. ; the and one of perfect density, suitable for the
resultwas a rapid and complete cure, and photolithographic process. Photographers
from that time to the present, I have never who obtain sufficient density on one appli-
been troubled with sore hands. I offer this cation of the developer, will find out by ex-
to the craft, and trust, that if any are perience that, under certain circumstances,
troubled with sore hands, they may derive and to produce certain results, they will
benefit from this very cheap and simple have to depart from that practice, and
remedy. bring other forces into play. It is true that
hands are caused by the clos-
I believe sore for some and under certain condi-
subjects,
ing of the pores of the skin and the utility ; tions, one application of the developer would
of the brush (if this be the true cause) is at be sufficient, and again, the most skilful
once evident, by giving a healthy action to of photographers sometimes fail to obtain
the skin. The cure follows as certainly as a sufficient density even with the most in-
effect follows cause. T. W. Cowes. tense of intensifiers. Mercury may be used
on a stereo negative, producing the softest
effect. From one so intensified, I have made
BICHLORIDE OF MERCURY AS hundreds of prints, and it is over six years
AN INTENSIFIER. old, and will to-day make as soft a print as
BY' JEX BAUDWELL. when first made buthave seen a negative
;
I

I have no doubt you well remember, that after printing a few dozen prints from
while at the Convention in Cleveland, a it in sunlight, became so hard as to be useless.

member asking for information and others' As I said at the Convention, I do not recom-
experience in the use of mercury as an in- mend mercury as an intensifier, but many use
and the fun the members made of
tensifier, it, and aro quite partial to it, and to them I

it, when, iu answer to the question how give the formula that 1 use occasionally,
strong he used it, a gentleman answered, and with care they will find the method use-
" Very weak, and in fact, that it could ful. And 1 shall also give another formula
not be used too weak;'' but, for all the of a different kind, that 1 think cannot bo
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 311

excelled but in fact almost every photog-

; No. 3 just long enough to discolor the film,
rapher has just such an article, one of the and well wash and flow with No. 2, and as
kind that can't be beat. You will often soon as the dark film becomes evenly tinted
find a photographer looking for a lens that with the solution, wash and dry. It will be
will do every kind of work, and thinks he found that the mercury has not penetrated
has not got a good one because he finds some through the film, but only just acted on the
other lens will do some particular kind of surface to which it was applied. On look-
work better than his so with the developer
; ing at the back of the negative it will be
and intensifier. You must modify them seen as before the mercury was applied, but
to suit the work in hand see how many ; the surface will show the creamy effect of
different developers, redevelopers, and in- the iodide of silver. On looking through
tensifiers there axe, that come well recom- the negative, it will be found to be of a dirty
mended by the men who use them. We greenish-yellow and transparent, and, if
must not condemn because they fail in our properly done, will be found to give a soft
hands. The one we think most of may be brilliant print, and the negative will not
the very worst one of the lot. The one that change in the sun. I find many use a solu-
we cannot manage at all may, in some other tion of bichloride of mercury and iodide of
hands, produce results that would put us potassium mixed in one solution, but it is
fairly to shame. really a very bad intensifier for portrait
I do not think you will find that the man negatives, and the negative will change in
who scorns the use of a redeveloper or in- the light.
tensifier occupies a first-class position ; so I will now add one more to the already
many circumstances occur that make it large list, — a formula that I think hard to
necessary to employ the force that they beat. I find it everything to be desired,
place at our disposal. There was a time both as a redeveloper and as an intensifier.
when made a collodion bath and developer
I Take of
that worked well together, in giving suffi- Coxe's Gelatine, 2 drachms,
cient density, to produce those old black Water, 2 ounces,
and white pictures that were at one time
and soak for an hour or two, and then by a
thought so desirable, and 1 was very proud ;

gentle heat dissolve, and add

but I have had that conceit taken out of
me very effectually. I now manage my Caustic Potass., .• . 2 drachma ;

chemicals so as to give me softness and de- boil briskly for twenty minutes (best done
tail, using my redeveloper or intensifier, in a Florence flask), set aside to cool,and
as the occasion might require, to produce neutralize with acetic acid, then make up to
force and brilliancy. But enough of this. 12 ounces with water; this will keep for a
I will now give the two formulae. Mercury considerable time. To use it, take, say two
is not used as a redeveloper, but as an in-
drachms of the above, and add to it an equal
tensifier. The formulae below are for a por- quantity of the iron developer you have in
trait or landscape, and not for reproduc- and set it by your side convenient to
use,
tion requiring considerable intensity. reach as soon as wanted. You develop your
No. 1. negative, and if wishing to use it as a rede-
Bichloride of Mercury, . £ ounce. veloper, you drop a few drops of a 30-grain
Water, . . . .20 ounces. silver solution into the measurer containing
No. 2. the above 4 drachms of solution, and apply
Water, . . . .20 ounces. to the plate without washing but if you ;

Iodide of Potassium, . 20 grains. should wish to use it as an intensifier, then

after applying the developer you wash the

Water,
Of No. 1,
....
.
No.

.
3.

. •
4 ounces.
ounce.
plate before flooding it with the above solu-
tion, and you will find in either case that it
i

The negative is taken, washed and fixed, charm. I never found a better.
will act to a
and washed well and dried. Then flow "Without washing the plate it is a redevel-
the negative with water, and flow it with oper, and by washing, an intensifier. It is
;i2 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
in fact a new power, and I am confident if it fogs or has been overworked. If acid
that any photographer that will use it with neutralize either with carbonate of soda or
judgment will be more than well pleased liquor ammonia, a slight excess of alkali
with it. and don't like
If any of you try it does not matter, and set in the sun for an
it, try it again some other time. But re- hour or so if there is no sun keep it in the
;

member, if you wish a nice soft negative, light as long as you can. The object of
be sparing of the silver the consequence of
; this is to precipitate all organic and other
using it freely is a coarse deposit and hard- impurities, while retaining the alcohol in
ness. the solution. "When sufficiently sunned,
add 1 drachm of a solution of citric acid (16
grains to the ounce of water) to every 8
On the Utilization of Old Negative ounces of bath solution. The object of this,
Baths for Printing. according to Hard wick, is to precipitate the
BY DAVID DUNCAN. iodide of silver in the bath. Filter and add
The London Photographic News, of Feb- fresh silver until the solution contains 35
ruary 11th, 1870, contains an article by its grains to the ounce. Now,* to every half
able editor on the utilization of old nega- gallon add half an ounce of muriatic acid,
tive baths for printing. I think the sub- shake well, then add enough liquor ammo-
ject has been before ventilated by the same nia to make it slightly alkaline', again shake
gentleman. It is an interesting matter and well, filter, and save the filtering-paper for
doubtless of some importance to many of subsequent filtering as long as you can.
our fraternity. The process of bath boiling Every time you strengthen add a little acid
is at all times an unpleasant one, rarely un- and ammonia as described- Float the pa-
attended with loss and but little advantage per from 30 to 40 seconds. No more. Fume
gained, more especially if acetic acid has as usual, and the prints will be all that can
been used to acidify the solution when in be desired. The operation detailed appears
working order. For my part, -I detest the troublesome, but in practice is really not so.
operation, and in practice avoid it as much
as possible. There are plenty of good oper-
ators of the same mind also, albeit there are
excellent workmen who place much depend- ON VARIOUS PHOTOGRAPHIC
ence upon a bath which has been worked SUBJECTS.
and boiled ; others boil their baths from ne- by h. carey lea.
cessity, believing it to be the most economi- Collodio-Bromide Plates.
cal method of saving the silver ; and some I have lately made a number of experi-
boil,and boil to very little purpose. All will ments on the influence upon the sensitive
agree, however, that if requisite conditions
collodio-bromide, of the time that intervenes
be fulfilled, that there is nothing better than between the addition of the solution of ni-
a new bath it lasts longer, works cleaner
;
trate of silver and the coating of the plates,
than a boiled one, yielding negatives also induced partly thereto by the complaint of
of proper density and tone. It must be a
a friend that he objected to tj'ing himself
great consideration therefore to be enabled
down to the necessity of making the plates,
to obtain excellent prints with very little
because he had mixed the materials. This
trouble from a "played out" negative bath.
does not, however, seem to be a grave mat-
This can be done. The editor of the Pho-
ter, still it may be sometimes inconvenient
tographic News recommends the method
to decide twelve hours beforehand that one
proposed by Hard wick in his Photographic
will prepare a set of plates, and may be more
Chemistry. On reading the article referred
satisfactory to proceed after a shorter in-
was induced to make a few experiments
to, I
terval.
in same direction, and succeeded with
tin'
The result of my trials showed that the
a modification, beyond my expectations,
which I now publish freely. * This is Mr. O'NeiTs mothod publishoil in the
Take any old negative bath, no matter March number of this year's Phutogruphnr.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 313

sensitiveness of the plate certainly increases corked lightly between times to keep out
with the time of keeping the mixture, at need washing. A brass holder,
dust, will not
least up to twelve hours, as I have already such as is made for test-tubes, is convenient
stated. But that very satisfactory results for holding it, and keeps the fingers clear
may be got when the mixture kept but
is of silver-stains. Having introduced the
six or eight hours. That the time may be nitrate of silver in tine powder and the al-
farther reduced by increasing the quantity cohol, heat over a gas flame till the alcohol
of nitrate of silver used, by one grain to the boils, agitating gently remove for a minute,
;

ounce. In this way, good plates can be continuing the agitation, then heat again,
made, keeping the mixture only two to four and so on. If, in two or three minutes, the.
hours. whole is not dissolved, pour off the liquid
A was also made in which the sen-
trial into the bottle of collodion, and add the re-
sitive mixture was used immediately after serve portion of alcohol and repeat. Even
mixing. It received a very thorough shak- if it be necessary to add a little more alcohol
ing up for four or five minutes, and was then than directed, this will not be important,,
at once filtered and coated. The result was provided the excess is small.
a very transparent and insensitive film, Of course, the first portion of alcoholic
which required an extremely long exposure solution contains nearly all the nitrate of
to receive a good image. A rough estimate silver, therefore the collodion, after receiv-

based on actual trials led to the conclusion ing it, will need to be thoroughly shaken ;

that such a plate required from twelve to it must not wait for this shaking for the
twenty times the length of exposure which second portion of the solution. It is also
was sufficient for a plate made with sensi- desirable in pouring the solution into the
tive mixture kept for twelve hours. collodion, to pour it straight into the liquid,
There is no advantage in exaggerating and not down the sides of the bottle, or the
the shaking which the sensitive mixture re- cold glass may cause the nitrate to crystal-
ceives. As the nitrate is added in solution, lize. The power of strong alcohol to hold
there is not the same need for violent agi- nitrate of silver in solution depends almost
tation as when the powdered material is entirely upon the heat, and as the tempera-
introduced. ture falls the nitrate rapidly separates. It
I find that a good shaking of about three is, therefore, an object to get it quickly
minutes after the solution is introduced, mixed with the collodion before allowing
and another (which need not be so long) a it to touch a cold surface.
couple of hours before the mixture is used, Coaling Plates. — The proportion of ma-
is what does best. More shaking is more terials which I have given
in the formulas
likely to do harm than good. The addition published are suited to cold weather; in hot,
of the nitrate in solution is extremely favor- a considerable addition of ether will be ne-
able for the chemical combination, not only cessary, besides which, some plain collodion
because the mixing immediate, but be-
is may be advantageously added, avoiding,
cause of the higher temperature at which however, to make the mixture too thin.
the ingredients meet. The addition of the Of course, a smooth plate must be got, and,
hot alcoholic solution raises the temperature provided this be accomplished, the thicker
of the whole mixture so that the bottle feels the mixture can be applied, the better; still,
warm to the hand. This effect is advanta- the thinning with ether must be sufficient
geous. to enable the operator to avoid making
Dissolving the Nitrate. — Some experi- cloudy plates.
menters speak of a difficulty in getting the In very hot weather it is of course more
nitrate completely dissolved. If any such difficult to apply the collodion smoothly,
difficulty is experienced, it is best not to add and this has led me to make many trials to
at once the whole of the alcohol, but to re- find the easiest and most
method. effectual
serve a small portion. The best utensil is a It has proved to be as follows: Pour on
small thin glass flask, of three or four ounces plenty of the collodion mixture, and get
capacity, which, if kept for this use only, and it over the plate as rapidly as possible.
314 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Next, instead of bringing the plate gradu- always And if the tendency exists
blister.

ally up to a vertical position whilst rocking, few blisters are worse than a great
at all, a
keep it very nearly horizontal, rocking, of many, because they are far more unmanage-
course, steadily, and inclining it only enough able. The cotton which I use is extremely
to slowly carry off the excess of collodion. porous, so that by the time the plate is de-
This gives easily an excellent plate. It will veloped and fixed the whole film has been
not be necessary to "send back " the collo- penetrated and has been detached from the
dion ;
if the temperature of the air is high, glass, except where held by the edging.
it will be found difficult to do so without This is what I desire to see, having found
making ridges. the means to regulate the edging precisely
As soon as the collodion is set sufficiently to suit. And this is done as follows :

to avoid danger to the film, it is plunged The small camel's-hair pencil tied to a
into the pan of water. glass rod is dipped into the four or five

Clean Hands. —
With a little care, the grain solution of rubber in benzole, is car-
collodio-bromide process may be worked ried along the long side of the glass from end
from beginning to end without staining the to end, but on the short side it breaks off
fingers, or need of applying strong chemical about half an inch from each corner. This
detergents. The only precaution needed is leaves four little open spaces, as will be seen
this :After coating a set of plates, examine in the diagram, through which the liquid
the hands to find if there are any white underneath the film can escape, and which-
marks of sensitized collodion that has run ever end of the plate chances to be set up-
oft* the plate, and if so, remove it with a bit permost in drying, there is always provision
of paper or rag moistened with ether. If for draining off the water under the film.
this be neglected, these marks will blacken
in the light, and then are very difficult to
get rid of; but if attended as directed, they
come off with a touch. Then wash the
hands, first with strong solution of hyposul-
phite, and then with soap; pumice soap is

the best. The development, being con-

ducted entirely without silver, is not liable
brownish pyrogallic
to stain the hands, or if
marks are found on the ends of the fingers,
they may be got rid of with a weak solution
of caustic soda.

Prevention of Blistering and Slip-

ping in Dry-Plate Work.
In most sorts of dry plates there is a ten- Since I have adopted this plan I never
dency of the developing solution to work give a thought to the matter of blisters, as
through the film, not as water works through the plate always takes care of itself ; except
paper, but by an osmotic action, as is shown indeed in this, that after the plate has lain
by the fact that when once underneath, the some time in a horizontal position in the
solutionshows no tendency to return when fixing bath, or under the tap, it is best not
the plate is removed from the developing to raise it too suddenly to the vertical, be-
bath, and the same takes place in the fixing cause it though not often,
will sometimes,
bath and in the washing. happen that there may be water under the
Now, my
opinion, the greater extent
in film, and if the plate be suddenly raised,
to which tendency exists, the better.
this this may flow down to the end with suffi-
If it could be wholly avoided, it would, of cient force to break the film. By raising
course, be cannot
satisfactory, but this slowly danger is avoided, and the water
all

well be, because for dry plates we need a flows out through the open spaces.
porous collodion, and such porous films will My first plan was to carry all the edgings
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER, 315

a little short, so as to leave the corners open. is to make the exposure and develop the pic-
But the corner where the plate most
is just ture. The exposure is slightly longer than
needs support, and although the method an- for the common negative ; whilst the devel-
swered as far as the escape of the liquid was opment is slightly shorter The collodion,
concerned, there was the disadvantage that too, may be with advantage somewhat thin-
the film occasionally got loose at the cor- ner than that which used for every-day is

ners, and then the plate needed extremely work ; must be perfectly ho-
at all events it
careful handling to avoid injury. The plan mogeneous, that is, free from all coagula
here described avoids this difficulty com- and insoluble particles, and it must flow
pletely, and is also better for the escape of evenly and concrete without leaving any
the water. streaks or reticulations. By exposing the
I need hardly point out how much more full time or over, the developer brings out
complete the washing must be when the the picture easily and without an}' forcing,
liquid and the wash- water that get through that is, the middle tones and the shadows
the film can escape freely. Indeed with a appear almost simultaneousl}-. As soon as
film that shows any tendency at all to blis- the picture is complete as regards light and
ter, we cannot hope for a thorough washing shade, although still very thin, stop all fur-
in any other way, and it will easily be seen ther development by washing and fixing.
that a few detached blisters may give more Now examine the negative by holding it up
trouble than where the whole film becomes between the eye and the window. How
separated, the edges excepted. shall we know whether the negative will be
suitable or not?
Gkeen Glass in the Dark-Room.
In the first place, the picture must be ac-
Continued use confirms me in the good curately in focus, that is, uniformly sharp,
opinion which I have expressed of the sub- as far as possible; this is, of course, a sine
stitution of green for yellow glass, and those qud an indispensable condition.
?ion,
who have tried it have been, I believe, all Secondly, the picture must be complete,
pleased with it. The relief to those who that is, not only the shades must be brought
have weak eyes, is very great, and the con-
out, but likewise all the middle and even
trast of the soft green light with the irri-
the finest tones must make their appear-
tating yellowish red, is \ery agreeable.
ance ; in fine, let me repeat, the picture
must' be completely developed; this is al-
most an indispensable condition.
SOLAR CAMERA PRINTING. Finally, the bars of the window must be
BY PEOF. J. TOWLER, M.D. visible through the darkest shades, or, if

The solar camera in the hands of an the negative be held a short distance above a
adept, is an instrument of great importance, page of print, the shades ought to be so thin
and can be rendered very profitable. The as to allow you to read the print through
operations with this camera are in some re- them this is an indispensable condition.
;

spects distinct from those that have pre- The negative that stands this scrutiny, is
ceded, and requires special study. In the carefully dried, but not varnished.
first place, the negative for the work in There are two different sorts of solar cam-
question is different from the ordinary neg- eras in the market, namely, one sort in imi-
ative ; the latter in general is much too tation of the well-known solar microscope,
dense. More skill is required in posing the first brought out by Woodward, in which
6itter, so as to obviate all harsh shadows, the camera is stationary, being fixed in a
which may be tolerated to a certain extent window, with the necessary appendages of
in very small pictures, but which look hor- movable reflector in front, and stage behind
rid when magnified. The skill of the real for holding the paper to be printed on. This
artist might be here called in requisition is an excellent solar camera for summer

and used with great advantage. As soon operations, but is about useless in winter in
as the sitter is illuminated with a soft light, high latitudes. The other sort of solar
avoiding extreme contrasts, the next thing camera in the market is represented by that
316 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
manufactured by Eoettger, of Philadelphia. The sheet is then taken up from the fluid
This form of camera can be used through- and allowed to drain for a few minutes by
out the whole year. It would be useless to holding it in the hand over the bath. It is

describe these cameras for, if you possess ; then laid on a piece of plate glass, the
flat

one, you will know how to use it, and if albumen film being upwards. This plate of
you buy one, you will be shown how to glass must be strong enough for the purpose,
use it. quite flat, and covered on one side (the back),
The negative is placed wrong side up in with a clean piece of white paper for focus-
its appropriate bolder, whilst a sheet of sing upon, unless you have two plates of
paper on the movable screen behind
is fixed glass, one for focussing and one for the sen-
to receive the picture. Bring the sun into sitized sheet. The plate intended to receive
the axis of the lens and focus. I generally the sensitive paper, previously receives on
use a small telescope or opera glass for this the back, all round, and half an inch wide

work, especially with the Eoettger cameras. from the edges, a coating of thick gum solu-
N. B. You must be very careful to get tion its dimensions too are each one inch
;

the movable screen, that holds the paper, less than those of the paper. This plate is
not only perpendicular to the axis of the supported on a small box, less in size than it-
lens, but in such a position, that, if a circle self, which is placed on a table. The gummed

were drawn around its centre, every point edges are beneath. In this position the sheet
of that circle shall be equally distant from of paper, still, moist, is laid upon the plate in
the middle of the lens. If you neglect to such a way as to allow half an inch of paper
verify this point, your work will be a fail- to project all round. Now cut a small
ure. square from each corner of the paper with
. We will now proceed to the preparation a pair of scissors, and fold the projecting
of the paper. The brightest and most vigor- edges down, and then back upon the gum-
ous prints are obtained on the ordinary al- med surface There is no need of once touch-
bumenized paper ; and consequently, when ing the sensitive surface with the fingers
the season is favorable and the sky uncloud- whilst performing this operation still the ;

ed, preference will be given to this paper latter requires dexterity and nicety. You
for solar printing, when the prints are not must be sure to make each edge of the paper
to be retouched or colored. But, during the adhere all along the gummed edge of the
winter season, and the early spring and late glass, and to press all the extraneous gum
autumn months, when the sun's power has away from the edge, otherwise it will creep
diminished in vigor, and is frequently ob- round the edge of the glass to the front, and
scured by clouds, it is not advisable to at- cause you trouble afterwards. When once
tempt printing on albumen paper, because accustomed to it, the operation is more
the exposure will be too long to be conve- quickly performed than described.
nient, and may frequently have to be inter- As soon as the paper lies quite flat on the
rupted, during which time the paper may glass, and has been made to adhere firmly
have changed its dimensions, and no longer on the back by means of the projecting
lies flat. In such a case as this another edges, the paper is allowed to dry sponta-
mode of printing has to be pursued. neously. When once dry, the surface will
Printing on albumen paper. — The paper is be perfectly flat and without the slightest
sensitized the usual way, but on a strong wrinkle or corrugation. It is now ready
silver solution for two or three minutes, to be placed on the focussing screen, in the
that is, until it perfectly even on the
lies selfsame position previously occupied by
solution, and the corners have settled down. the focussing plate of glass. Let it here be
The object in this, is to get the paper suffici- firmly fixed with thumb-screws or other-
ently saturated with moisture ; and the rea- wise, as may be most convenient.
son for using a strong silver solution, is to The sun is now turned
on, and the print-
coagulate the albumen and not dissolve it ing operation commenced. The time is
is

from the paper, which a weak solution

oft' proportioned to the work, and may vary
would do. from half an hour to two or three hours.
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 317

Print until the picture is intense enough rated from it. It is then immersed with
for the subsequent operations of toning and clean fingers and carefully in a bath of di-
fixing, which I need not describe. lute aceto-gallate of lead, as follows :

Printing on Plain Paper by Development. Writer, 32 ounces.

—This mode of printing is decidedly pref- Solution of Gallic Acid (2 grains
erable to the preceding, taking the whole per ounce), . . . . 3 " .
'

year through, and especially so when the Solution of Acetate of Lead (30
prints have to be retouched with India-ink grains per ounce), . . ^ drachm.
or to be colored. Select for this sort of Acetic Acid sufficient to clear the solution.
work the heaviest Marion's paper, and salt it
As soon as the paper is thoroughly moist-
with chloride of ammonium, citrate of soda,
ened in this solution, transfer it to a large
and gelatine, as described by me in this
glass plate, picture side uppermost, and de-
Journal. few quires at
It is better to salt a
velop the print completely with the fol-
a time, and have a stock on hand.
lowing :

The sheets when salted and dry are sen-

Solution of Gallic Acid (2 grains
sitized on a bath of tartaro-nitrate of silver,
per ounce) 2 ounces.
the component parts of which are also given
Solution of Acetate of Lead (30
in the article just referred to. Each sheet,
grains per ounce), . . 20 drops.
as soon as it has sufficiently drained, is
Acetic Acid sufficient to clear the solution.
placed (as before described) on a plate of
glass, and fixed along the edges on the back
1 The plate is held over a warm stove dur-
with gum. ing the development, care being taken that
This system of fixing each sheet of sensi- the paper is thoroughly covered with the

tized paper, whilst moist, on glass will re- solution. In about ten minutes, or a quar-
pay you amply for the trouble. ter of an hour, the picture will be intense

The use too of a chloride paper is much enough — you can make it as intense as you
to be preferred to that of an iodide or wish. The moment the picture is advanced
bromo-iodide paper ; for, in the first place, as far as you desire, wash it thoroughly
the prints are more vigorous ; secondly, the under the tap and on both sides after ;

paper not being so extremely sensitive, the which it is immersed in a dish of clean
manipulations are more easily performed water, until you are ready to proceed to
and, finally, there is no idea of stains, or fear the operation of toning. This operation,
of the picture penetrating to the back of however, is altogether unnecessary,
if the

the paper in this process ; but there is con- picture is intended for the artist to finish
siderable risk with the iodized or bromo- with India-ink or color. In this case, the
iodized paper in these respects, as those print is placed at once — that is, immediately
know who have made experiments in this after the thorough washing — in the fixing
direction. solution of hyposulphite of soda. It is al-

Exposure. —In the depth of winter, the ways well to keep the prints in motion, at

sun being bright and unobscured, the lati- least every few minutes, otherwise a deposit
tude being between 42 and 43 degrees, an might easily form on the whites, which is

exposure of ten minutes I find to be amply not easily removed afterwards by washing.
— might be adequate for the
sufficient less There are other modes of printing by de-
purpose — more no injury on the con-
is ;
velopment to be found in several of the text-
trary, it is an advantage. But if the sun is books some of which are quite worthless
;
;

shining brightly, it is well to get all the others, on the contrary, are used. To these

work out of and expose as many sheets

it, I may recur on some other occasion.

as possible, each for ten minutes, and then

finish the rest of the work, by development,
in the evening. In this way you may easily "Whether work of others
is good or
the
print four or five prints per hour. bad, it is whenever we have
well to study it

Development. — Each print is first cut along opportunity. Take up the good and avoid
the edges of the glass-plate, and thus sepa- the bad, should be your custom.
318 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
SAVE THE NEGATIVES. NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
A great many good negatives are ruined STUDIO.
after considerable use by scratches from the BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.

finger nails when removing prints from the Washed and Fumed Sensitive Paper — Plati-
pressure-frames, and from the ragged, horny num —
Toning for Prints The Woodbury-
edges of the albumen-paper as it passes type Printing Process —
Another Encaustic
over them. Paste — War and Photography.
Messrs. Kilburn Brothers, the eminent London, August 1st, 1870.

stereographic publishers at Littleton, N. H., Washed and Fumed Sensitive Paper. —

have' adopted a plan which entirely pre- Considerable interest has recently been ex-
ents injury to the negative from the lat- cited by the successful use of sensitive albu-
ter cause. The drawing below will illus- menized paper, which by the washing away
trate. of the free nitrate of silver has been made
to keep for some time, even in hot weather,
without becoming discolored. The possi-
bility of sensitizing a quantity of albumen-
ized paper at one time, and keeping it in the
height of summer for days or' weeks with-
out spoiling, is so important that it must
necessarily interest every photographic pro-
fessional or amateur. It is to Col. Stuart
Wortley, a distinguished amateur, that I
am indebted for a special intimation of the
value of this method. Some months ago I
mentioned in my Notes, that M. Baden, of
Altona, had proposed a method of produc-
ing permanent sensitive albumenized paper,
and that his plan consisted in washing the
freshly sensitized paper, and when required
A is a strip of steel, the upper edge for use, submitting it to the fumes of am-
very smoothly ground, fastened firmly in monia, which restored the sensitiveness
the block B, and to the table D, by means which the removal of the free nitrate of
of the hand-clamp, C. This strip may be, silver had destroyed. I verified the value
say, a foot long. The sensitized paper is
of his suggestion by experiment at the time,
cut to size for use, and then drawn, plain and I found also that Carrier's permanent
side down, from end to end over the steel sensitive paper, which yields ordinarily a
edge, holding itsame manner [i. e.,
in the weak gray image, gave a vigorous print
by each end; as you would when ironing a when fumed. This fact will scarcely be
ribbon over a stove-pipe. In this manner novel or surprising to American photog-
all the rough, ragged edges are removed, raphers, amongst whom fuming is com-
and rendered perfectly harmless. Mr. Kil- mon ;
but the fact that the sensitive paper
burn declares this idea to be worth hun- may be washed, and when washed kept, and
dreds of dollars to him in saving valuable then by fuming made to yield rich fine
negatives. prints, is, probably, not yet practically
The little hand-screw clamp, C, is a valu- familiar to many. Besides the advantage
able little thing, too. It made,
is easily of keeping the paper without discoloration,
and will answer any machine, such as
for it isalleged that it is more sensitive, tones
the card-cutter, press, steel strip, and so on ;
more rapidly, requires less gold, and gives
for any of these may be screwed to the better and more uniform results than the

clamp, the clamp to any table or bench, unwashed paper with its excess of free ni-
and any or all quickly removed if the space trate of silver.
they occupy be needed. Col. Stuart Wortley, a very able amateur,
 : — —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 319

having recently been induced to publish his I never fume the paper, the pads of the
wonderful 16 x 12 instantaneous photo- printing-frames only being fumed. They
graphs, found in the ordinary operations of are all placed in a large box over night with
printing that the rapid discoloration of the a little strong ammonia in a saucer at the
paper in hot weather was a serious draw- bottom cf the box, and by the morning they
back to success and comfort of an amateur are quite sufficiently fumed.
when called upon to print extensively, and The gold bath is made with a double
was therefore induced to try this plan. He chloride of gold and potassium, which I
was so charmed with the success, that he at prepare myself. It is very easy to prepare,
once communicated with me in very en- and is perfect in its action in ordinary silver
thusiastic terms: He said, "I do not hesi- fuming
printing, as well as in the process.
tate to state, that this is by far the most im- The same bath always remains in use, the
portant modification that has been proposed double chloride of gold solution being added
since I first photographed, and we are much daily in the proportion of one grain to three
indebted to the German gentleman who first sheets of paper.
published the process. It is absolutely cer- I have been asked what advantages I find.
tain; a waste, mealy, or bad print is un- I find these : The paper is far more sensitive
known to me since I have worked it. It to dense portions of the negative; it never
prints any kind of negative in perfection, bronzes or blocks up the detail in the dark
and is simply invaluable." shadows; and the print is finished sooner
At the same time he sent for my inspec- than on ordinary paper. Further, it tones
tion, a batch of thirty large prints, from easily and certainly, taking any color and, ;

one day's work, as an illustration of the re- a point of much importance, more silver is

sults obtained, and they fully bore out his saved as residue by washing off previous to
high encomiums. They were, he states, printing than by leaving the free nitrate on
from all kinds of negatives, some requiring while the picture is printing.
an exposure of three hours, whilst others There are one or two points to be re-
were done in fifteen minutes; but he found membered in order to secure success. It is

that in all cases the prints were absolutely not necessary to remove very thoroughly all
perfect. It is easy, he observed, with almost the free silver. If the washing be very
any method to get one good print but here,; thorough, it will tend to produce weak
in thirty consecutive prints, containing por- prints. Again, it is important not to allow
traiture and landscapes, instantaneous and the paper to get into that perfect state of
other pictures, was the evidence which prac- desiccation sometimes described as " bone-
tical men desire, before they accept a posi- dry." Ordinary sensitive paper, in this
tion as proven, in relation to any new ope- extremely dry state, will not yield vigorous
ration in photography. prints, and it is much more liable to become

His method of working is very simple thus dry, when washed, than when it re-
and involves but little trouble or additional tains a coating of a soluble salt like nitrate
appliance. I will briefly state his formula? of silver on its surface.
and manipulations as he details them in a Platinum Toning for Prints. In a recent —
recent letter. number 1 mentioned that some experiments
The silver bath is weak, being made as with platinum as a toning agent gave prom-
follows ise of good results, and I promised to re-

turn to the subject. Further experience

Silver, . 35 grains
has confirmed that promise. Some years
Nitrate of Lead, . 13
ago I gave the subject some attention, try-
Sugar, . 2
ing experiments with platinum, rhodium,
Water, 1 ounce.
iridium, and some other of the non-oxidiz-
In washing the paper after sensitizing, I able —or, rather, not readily oxidizable
do not float. I rinse i. e., pass the paper metals as toning agents. The results, al-
through water without soaking and then — though interesting, suggested no reason for
hang it up to dry. superseding gold. There were various diffi-
320 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
culties in their use, and the results were not so. The first difficulty the photographer
superior in any respect — in many cases not experiences in using a platinum salt for
equal — to those obtainable with the ordinary toning arises from his natural impulse to
gold toning solutions. Iridium — which, use it in the same manner as chloride of gold,
when used as an enamel pigment, gives the using one grain of the salt in five or six
finest black the ceramist can produce — is ounces of water. This is much too strong it ;

comparatively poor when employed as a requires diluting with one or two equal pro-
toning agent, yielding a weak, grayish-black portions of water. We have worked satis-
tone, and moreover, difficult to prepare
is, factorily with a solution containing one
and to use. With platinum, in my former grain of bichloride of platinum in fifteen
experiments, I at times obtained a very ounces of water. If the solution be too
rich, full-toned neutral black, but the ton- strong the deposition of the metal is very

ing was uncertain. If the solution were rapid, and the color is gray instead of black.
used acid, it bleached the print in a disas- Again, if a solution of the ordinary bichlo-
trous degree if it were made alkaline or
; ride of platinum be employed, it will con-
neutral, it was frequently difficult to secure vert the bulk of the silver image into chlo-
any toning effect whatever. ride of silver, whilst depositing but very
In my recent toning experiments with little platinum; and the print, after fixing,

platinum 1 was much more successful, and is a weak, gray, washed-out image. If the
arrived at much more satisfactory conclu- acid be neutralized, as in the preparation of
sions. With perfect certainty and control, a gold toning bath, the solution will bleach
I have been able to produce a series of very considerably, and give a mealy print dur-
pleasing tones, varying from a rich, rosy, ing the first few hours after mixture, and
deep chestnut or chocolate color, to a deep, will speedily lose toning qualities alto-
intense, neutral black. In the series of gether.
purples and browns, the tints are not strik- These difficulties are not, however, in-
ingly different from those produced by gold, superable; but by a slight modification of
except in possessing a pleasing, fleshy tint the conditions are removed. To tone satis-

and texture in the lighter half-tones, which factorily, the solution should have a very
was very effective in portraiture but when ;
faintly acid reaction, but the free acid
the toning is pushed to a black, the color is should not be hydrochloric acid, as that so
essentially different from that of gold. The readily attacks and bleaches the silver image.
black is more neutral and intense, without To meet the case it is necessary to neutral-
any tendency to blueness or coldness. ize the free acid with carbonate of soda.
There are perhaps few tints more pleasing This may be added freely until a decidedly
than that of a fine gold-toned print, and I alkaline reaction is manifest; after which
should not think of suggesting anything to nitric acid is added to neutralize any excess
supersede it for ordinary purposes. But, by of carbonate of soda, and in just sufficient
means of platinum, certain varieties in ton- proportion to produce a very feeble acid
ing may be secured which may possess their reaction. If the solution is just sufficiently
own specific value ;
and, as the cost of pla- acid to redden blue litmus paper slowly, it

tinum is something like one-third of that of will serve. The toning bath in this condi-
gold, and as its resistance to atmospheric tion may be used a few hours after mixing,
influences is not inferior to that of gold, ac- and it will keep perfectly good — and, in-
quaintance with its toning powers is a ques- deed, improving — for many weeks.
tion which should possess interest for all I have worked with the platinum bath as

photographers. a toning agent for developed prints on col-

It might naturally be supposed that no lodion, for direct prints on collodio-chloride
more difficulty should be experienced in of silver, and for albumenized prints. For
using platinum than in using gold for ton- all purposes answers well, but for col-
it

ing purposes, and that the mode of working lodio-chloride prints and for wet collodion
which answered with the one ought to be plates it is especially efficient. Nothing can
BUCCessful with the other. But this is not exceed the excellence of the tints and the
 : —

THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGEAPHEE. 321

facility of toning this bath presents with presses at work at present, but anticipates
Obernetter's paper prepared with collodio- very shortly, as soon as the weather has be-
chloride of silver. Developed images on come somewhat more moderate, to increase

wet collodion toned in this solution acquire the number very greatly. Like MM. Gou-
a very fine black, rivalling that of a fine pil & Co., he employs the Desgoffe press,
engraving. instead of the ordinary hydraulic machine,
The developed collodion images are, of for producing his engraved plates from the
course, toned after fixing; but in all other gelatine, and speaks highly of its capabil-
cases the prints are toned before fixing, as ities. The metal plates are purchased ready
with chloride of gold. As the solution is for use, and possessed of the requisite uni-
used slightly acid, however, it becomes of formity and evenness. The largest pictures
importance to wash the print after toning, yet printed measured 12 inches by 10, but
in order to avoid decomposition of the hy- no difficulty is anticipated in obtaining
posulphite fixing solution, and consequent much larger impressions if required."
sulphur toning. As a rule, the prints were
Another Encaustic Paste. — The use of
very little altered during the process of
encaustic paste has become so universal
fixation.
amongst photographers, especially for large
Woodbury Printing Process. As I
The — pictures, that any proposed improvement is
mentioned in my last, the Woodbury photo- worth putting on record. Those at present
relief printing process has recently passed
in use consist of wax, or of a mixture of wax
into new hands in this country, and there and some resin, dissolved in turpentine, ben-
ispromise of more successful and perfect Herr (3-rune, a
zole, or some essential oil.
working of the process than it has yet re- gentleman to whose chemical and practical
ceived in this country. In France it is knowledge, photographers owe many valu-
rapidly progressing. Besides the energetic
able suggestions, recently gave me a formula
and successful operations of MM. Goupil, which he considered a decided improvement
with which you are familiar, it has now
on those already in use. This formula gives
been taken up with great energy by M. a paste which he describes as easier to use
Braun, of Dornach, who has already made and more efficient than any of those gener-
such a great success of the carbon process. ally employed. It consists of :

One of my personal friends and correspond-

Pure White Wax, 1 part.
ents, who has recently visited Dornach,
Marseilles Soap, . 1 "
gives a glowing account of the extensive
arrangements for working the process, and These are both shred fine, and placed in a
of M. Braun's enthusiasm in regard to the pipkin with a small quantity of water, the
process. He thinks, that more "delicacy precise portion being unimportant. The
and sharpness are obtained by means of the whole is then boiled and stirred until it is
photo-relief process than in carbon print- thoroughly incorporated and forms a soft
ing, and he believes, indeed, the Woodbury paste. When cold it is ready for use, and
prints to be scarcely second to silver print- is applied to the surface of the albumenized

ing." My correspondent adds print in the usual manner, and rubbed

" A sheaf of impressions were brought for
my inspection, of cabinet size, all of
being portraits with artificial backgrounds,
and, although merely preliminary trial
prints, theywere fully equal, if not superior,
to any Woodbury types I have yet seen.
If M. Braun will only bring to bear but
half the amount cf energy he has bestowed
upon carbon printing, Woodburytype will
be without a rival in the region of photog-
raphy.
gently and briskly until a fine polish is pro-
them duced.
This use of Marseilles soap reminds us of
a recipe for a varnish for prints, which I
have heard strongly recommended; but for
the excellence of which I cannot personally
vouch. It is made by mixing eight parts
of gelatine or glue with one part of alum
and half a part of Marseilles soap in boiling
water. The glue being first well dissolved,
the alum and soap are added all is then;

" M. Braun has but three or four printing- boiled, and afterwards strained and filtered.
22
322 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
This varnish, it is said, will protect from Dr. Vogel's Farewell to America.
damp, and is perfectly water-proof. "With Onthe eve of leaving the United States,
the addition of a suitable proportion of a it becomes my pleasant duty to express to
haloid salt, this might probably make a the photographers and to the men of science
good sizing material for producing photo- and art, who have tendered me such a
graphs on canvas. hearty welcome, my warmest thanks.
—
War and Photography. As you by this I have roamed through parts of Canada
time know, the old world is expecting daily and the United States, from New York to
to become again acquainted with the hor- St. Louis, and from Chicago to the St. Law-
rors of war, and before I write to you again rence, and wherever I went I not only met
thousands of lives will have been sacrificed, with intelligent men, who are an honor to
and tens of thousands of agonies suffered. our art, but also amiable companions, who
Men will be maimed, mangled, and mur- held out the hand of fellowship, who re-
dered women made widows children made
;
;
ceived me an old friend, and extended
like
orphans; treasure will be wasted; the fair
to me a generous hospitality, and made my
face of nature devastated ; the tide of civil- stay so pleasant, that, from the moment
ization and progress rolled backward; and when I put my foot upon American soil un-
all for the mad wickedness and folly of a til the hour of my leaving, I felt myself as
few ambitious tricksters in high places. much at home as in my own fatherland.
This, however, is not photographic; I Under these circumstances, my farewell
merely referred to the subject to mention is a painful one. I take with me proud and
the rumor that photography or photog- beautiful recollections, which more than
raphers, may possibly be amongst the many
recompense me for the humble services
who will suffer inconvenience from the war. which I have rendered to science, and
A manufacturer of albumenized paper men- which will stimulate me to continue in the
tioned the fact to me a day or two ago that work of promoting our art.
good Saaje paper already scarce, was likely in Once more farewell, and that we may
consequence of the war to become more so. meet again, and live long to labor for each
One of our best landscape photographers, other, I earnestly hope. Never will I for-
whose charming views of Alpine scenery get the time I spent under the folds of the
are familiar throughout the world, has re- star-spangled banner.
cently had his summer's work on the Rhine H. VOGEL.
cut short, and that with scant courtesy from Philadelphia, August 20, 1870.
the Prussian military authorities, by whom,
whilst engaged with his camera, he was ar-
rested as a French spy. He was placed
between two soldiers and marched off into Ayres's Chart of Photographic
the presence of an officer, by whom he was Drapery.
interrogated. His nationality and the inno- We have received a specimen of photog-
cent nature of his occupation were easily raphy which we wish all our readers could
made apparent, and he was dismissed with examine. It was produced (we are sorry
an imperative caution not to attempt to to say) within a hundred miles of the Phil-
take views of any kind in that district dur- adelphia Photographer office.
ing the war. I presume that, however in- At a first we behold a nearly white
glance
convenient to the photographer, this is but surface, upon which we discern three faces,
a necessity of war, and can only be reckoned six hands, and six feet. What connection
amongst the most trivial evils. the heads have with the hands, or with the
feet, nothing in the photograph can possibly
show. The picture might represent three
A deficiency of acid in a new bath and ghosts, except that the faces are remarkably
an accumulation of ether and alcohol in an human, and the feet are encased in modern
old one, will cause streaky lines in the di- shoes.
rection of the dip. But to explain : Three young girls, sisters,
 — —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 323

wearing white hats and blue clothes, desiring

to be grouped for a photograph, are taken
against a white background behold the —
result ! as above described. This affords us
an opportunity to ask, would any operator
who was provided with a copy of " Ayres's
Chart of Photographic Drapery" be likely
to commit such an indescribable blunder as
that? In this case, his chart would have
told him at once that a white background
must not be used for blue clothes. "Oh, any-
body might have known that I" some will Our readers seem a little backward about
perhaps say. True, but how many colors asking questions of our Sphynx, and very
of drapery are there besides, which the pho- ungenerous in their supply of answers.
tographer is not likely to know until after We this month present a likeness of the
he has spent time and material in finding gentleman, and propose to keep it before
it out and then only to compel him to
; you. He is perfectly harmless, tells no se-
give another sitting I crets, and receives all communications in
How much would it be
better, therefore, confidence. So you need not fear betrayal.
to work understandingly and with example The following are all the answers received
before your eyes, than to grope in darkness so far to last month's questions. We hope
until taught by experience, to say nothing they will be looked over again, and more
of useless trouble and expense. Let these answers sent in.

few thoughts suffice, and show your wisdom 1. Don't silver too strong; keep paper in
by obtaining a copy of this useful adjunct as —
dry a place atmospherically dry as —
to the operating-room. Although you may possible; don't fume until perfectly dry,
not know all the colors by their names, and fume moderately print as soon as you ;

your lady customers do, and can soon tell can, and tone as soon as you can after print-
"what to wear;" you can also by its help ing. Al.
tell them what not to wear.
2. A "true Eembrandt effect" is fully
described by the editor of this magazine in
his series of papers on " Art Principles
POSTAGE ON PHOTOGRAPHS. Applicable to Photography," in Vol. V,
A correspondent, who has had a disa- chapters ix, x, and xi, pages 226, 265, and
greement with his postmaster concerning 331. Those chapters alone, to say nothing
postage on his pictures, sends us the follow- of the series of articles as a whole, have been
ing decision, which we publish (though not invaluable to me, and I hope all those who
new) for the benefit of those who are not are " wild on Kembrandts," and those who
fully informed :
really want to know how to produce them
rightly, will refer back to their old num-
Post Office Department,
bers, and work understandingly. Kelso.
Appointment Office,
Washington, July 25th, 1870. 3. Yes, and no. answer for those
It will
Sir: In reply to your note of July 21st, who like it, but There are
it is expensive.
I have to say that photographic representa- plenty of cheaper methods, which J. P. M.
tions on flexible cards, unconnected with doubtless knows. I never liked cyanide or
any manuscript matter, are entitled to pass gold intensification either. Kesult is hard.
at the rates charged for transient printed — Georgio.
matter. The same in cases of metal, wood,
4. Keep them out of the bath ! Kead
or other material, must pay letter rates.
Mosaics, 1868, which contains E. L. Wil-
I am, respectfully, etc., son's advice to troubled photographers.
J. W. Marshall, Kead what Fennemore has written in
also
First Assist. P. M. General. Mosaics, 1870. Read all of Lea's and Fen-
 — —— ——

324 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO&EAPHEE.

nemore's contributions to the Philadelphia a little larger picture than the little carte,
Photographer ; and more, do as you are thus yet not so large as the cabinet.
told, and those "little particles" won't get May I not again call your attention to
in your bath. Ecnerolf. this new size as a desirable one, capable of
being taken hold of by both photographers
Annoyance caused by floating particles
and ferrotypers ? I should like to see you
of iodide of silver, etc., in the bath may be
take hold of it, and/ee^ the fraternity on it
avoided by swinging the box containing the
through the Photographer. I think it cer-
bath forward. Have the bath-box hung in
tainly would take if once introduced for ;

the centre on thumb-screws. Dip the plate,

any gallery that can produce the little carte,
then throw the bath-box forward. The
can make this new size without much extra
plate will then fall forward against the flat
outlay and there are few customers but
side of the bath, and if left to remain so
;

what would prefer a little larger picture

while being sensitized, the particles cannot
than the old carte, which is too small for
adhere to it. The thumb-screws serve to
anything except a vignette head. The dif-
keep the box in place. Thos. Cummings.
ference in the price per dozen will not be
5. and
I should say, too strong silvering so great as to deter the customer. I think
carelessness in removing the sheet from the it would take the place of the little carte
solution, one part becoming more strongly when once started.
silvered than the other. Emos. The receptacle mat for ferrotypes, which
I have also suggested to you, will come in
Questions.
right for this size, and will certainly be
1. What is the cause of "marble mark- preferable to the common mat for this, as
—
ings" in the negative best seen from the well as all sizes of ferro mats.
back of the plate, and more perceptible in
The size of the new card should be about
an under-timed and re-developed negative?
3£ inches wide by 5 inches long, outside
Explanation on page 82, Mosaics, 1870, un-
measure. The above proportion would be
satisfactory, as a different collodion in same
neat and sufficiently portable for transmis-
bath on same day fails to produce the trouble,
sion through the mail in an envelope. A
no matter how it is dipped, and the collodion
$ plate will be large enough for the nega-
producing the streaks still presented the
tive, and a good J lens will do the work.
same appearance even when the amount of For double negatives, a | plate will make
iodide was reduced to the minimum propor-
two figures, or an T85 four figures. Albumen
tion. —
Alco. paper will cut up right for them without
2. What is the best formula for stippling waste. Ferrotypers can use a \ plate for
glass blue? "Stuck." single figures, a £ plate for two, a | for four
figures, etc. Few extras are required in the
3. How am I to tell when a negative is
way of apparatus. So that all photogra-
under-exposed or over-exposed, and what
phers and ferrotypers can give the size a
are the remedies for both ? Plagued if I
push together, which was not the case with
can and I have been
tell, six months in the
the cabinet size to so great an extent. The
business. Honest.
cards and mats for this size should be neatly
4. What is meant by the " equivalent gotten up, both tinted and white. For a
focal length of a lens?" Optix. name would suggest Bon Ton Cartes, as
I
they approach that size ferrotype nearer
than any other.
A NEW SIZE. Please let me know what you think of
DearSik: You will doubtless recollect the matter.
my writing you last winter upon the sub- Eespectfully yours,

ject of introducing (along with the sizes of J. M. Houghton.

photographs and ferrotypes then made) a
new size, something like the sample in- We are certainly well pleased with Mr.
closed, to meet the wants of those wishing Houghton's new size, and failed to print
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 325

his first suggestions on the subject, because Mr. H. E. Lovejoy was elected a member
they came when the cabinet was getting a of the Association.
start, and we thought the trade was not A discussion took place between Mr. Har-
ready yet for another new size. mon and other members, as to the intent
Messrs. A. M. & Co., with
Collins, Son and meaning of the clause in the constitu-
have the new
their usual enterprise, already tion regulating the number of members nec-
size cards ready, which you can get of your essary to be present at a regular meeting, in
dealer, and try them. Ed. P. P. order to change the constitution.
Adjourned to meet at Mr. A. K. P.
Trask 's gallery, No. 40 North Eighth
Street, on Tuesday evening, September
FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION OF 6th, 1870.
PHILADELPHIA. D. Lothrop,
Secretary.
The regular monthly meeting of the Per-
rotypers' Association of Philadelphia was
held at Mr. George D. Wise's Gallery,
Tuesday evening, August 2d, 1870, the HOW CARDBOARD IS MADE.
President, Mr. A. K. P. Trask, in the chair. Our readers are probably not aware that
After calling the roll, the minutes of the the major portion of photographic card-
lastmeeting were read and adopted. board used in this Western World is manu-
It was resolved that we now exhibit pic- factured in Philadelphia, by Messrs. A. M.
tures. For four successive ballotings the Collins, Son &Such is the
Co. fact, how-

result each time was a tie vote on two pic- ever ;

machinery is so perfect and
for their
tures,made respectively by Mr. A. K. P. their facilities so great, that no one has
Trask and Mr. D. Lothrop. been able to compete with them success-
A mongst the pictures exhibited were some fully either in quality or price. All the
very fine ferrotypes made by Messrs., Ester- large and small dealers draw their supply
brook & Robinson of Brooklyn, New York, from this great factory, which is four stories
and handed in to the meeting by the Presi- high, and 75 feet deep by 100 feet front.
dent. We busy walls un-
were never within its

A letter received by the President from til a few days ago, when we
visited it with
Mr. James M. Houghton, of Lewisburg, our good friend, Dr. Vogel. Until that
Pa., was handed in and read to the meeting, hour, we had hardly ever given a thought
and new style ferrotype mounts inclosed, as to how all mount-
the cardboard used for
were exhibited. ing pictures upon made. How seldom
is

This new style of mount consisted appa- do any of us, by the way, think how much
rently of two cards pasted together ; the skill and tact, and brains and machinery
upper one containing the oval finish for the are used in manufacturing what we daily
picture, while the under one had a square consume.
cut out or receptacle for the picture. The manufacture of cardboard is attended
The advantage Mr. Houghton claimed with a great deal of labor, and the thou-
for this card was, that it held the ferrotype sands of reams and rolls of paper that are
much and presented a more even sur-
firmer, thrown from the paper-mill into this great
face on the back of the mount than the cards hopper run through a great many manipu-
now used, and its introduction into or re- lations, between many nimble fingers, and
moval from the album more easily accom- through sundry muscular machines, before
plished. they come out in the shape of pure, white,
The members thought mount was both
the stiff, hard, calendered sheets, ready for our

neat and pretty, but did not deem it prac- use.

tical to use, on account of the increased Nearly all of the paper is received at the
labor and time necessary to fit the picture factory in huge " endless " rolls. When it
into the receptacle and the double card
; is needed to be glazed or colored, the rolls
was considered too heavy for the album. are placed in the machine and passed over
326 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
rollers and brushes, which lay on the color wind drives in an almost unvarying force,
evenly and uniformly. The paper is then no changing from one part to another, no
caught by automatic fingers, carried up to lull or cessation, one wild dismal roar like

the ceiling, and hung up to dry, one length bellowing thunder the house shakes and
;

after another, as rapidly as the machine trembles, though made of stone with walls
supplies it. After it is dry, it is again more than three feet thick, and almost the
rolled up, and is ready for cutting into darkness of night surrounds us.
sheets for pasting. Wehad an anonemometer to measure the
The pasting-room one entire floor, is velocity of the wind, but we could not leave
filled with benches, and busy girls, who it out long, as the frost would clog it so as
paste the sheets together with astounding not to register correctly, so I used to go out
rapidity. When the sheets are pasted to- and hold it for ten minutes, the Professor
gether, two, three, or four "ply," as the giving me the signal, as a man could not
case may be, they are hung up by one shout loud enough to be heard any distance
edge in "clips" to dry thoroughly. When away.
dry, the sheets are run between immense At 9 a.m., January 2d, I went out with
rollers, which calenders them to any ex- the instrument; stopped ten minutes; when
tent desired. After this they are ready to I got in, the register gave the velocity a lit-

be cut into shape, and printed with what- tle over seventy-five miles per hour. At 2
ever the trade may require. p.m., thesame day, I tried it again I went ;

Then there are dozens of other machines some ten rods from the house to get a clear
used to cut the cards into shape, to round sweep you can believe it was hard work to
;

the corners, to print the lines, to cut out stand, but, by turning side to the wind and
the mats, to count the cards as they are bracing my foot against a stone, thus giv-
and so on,
cut, to polish the colored sheets, ing the smallest surface to the wind and
all of which could only be described by having best chance to brace myself, I suc-
means of diagrams, and matter enough to ceeded in standing my ground,
but it was a
fill our entire issue. Over three million mighty long ten minutes, and, when the
sheets were turned out here during the signal was given, I attempted to turn ; when
year past. Where does it go? I gave my breast to the wind it threw
We would like to give more details, but me down, then there was a grand rough-
our purpose is served in calling attention and-tumble struggle to gain the house; I
to this most important industry. The ut- got in, however, with the instrument, but
most care is taken to prevent all impurities was about as near " played out " as I ever
in their cardboard by Messrs. A. M. Col- was this time the register gave ninety-
;

lins, Son & Co., and the variety they manu- three and three-tenth miles per hour, more
facture is endless. You all use their boards than one and a half miles per minute it ;

and know how they please you. seems almost incredible, but it would drive
the rain, which had begun to fall, through
two heavy coats, vest, and two thick woollen
shirts to the skin instantly. It began to
WINTER ON A MOUNTAIN. rain with the thermometer at 17°, owing to
(Continued from page 217.) the warm current of air rising to pass over
In my last I gave a description of a pleas- the top, when the temperature rose rapidly
ant day above the clouds, whilst the valleys to about 83°, the force of the wind being
were shrouded in gloom, with a keen frosty such as to cut the ice away like pouring hot
air of some 20° colder than it was up with water on it, melting five inches of solid ice
us. On such a day the wind is southeast, in two hours' time.
with a gentle breeze in the morning, gradu- The storm continued to increase in vio-

ally increasing to a fresh gale by 9 o'clock lence until after dark, when
it crushed in

P.M., when come sweeping in

the clouds our window and blew out our " hurricane
from the coast, and by morning we have a lantern." We had a nice time in stopping
storm in earnest, no make believe; the up the window. It looked dubious our ;
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 327

jokes were of a gloomy, serio-comic nature, own expense, and proved to be very satis-

which served to keep up our courage a little. factory, though the average, temperature
At about 9 p.m. there began to be lulls in was about 12° lower than at the foot of the
the storm, which grew more frequent and mountain in sharp, frosty weather it was
;

longer until about midnight, when we re- colder below the coldest, we had was 17°
;

tired to get up next morning and find the
storm fully abated the deafening roar had
;
given away low moaning, whilst the
to a
fury of the storm was made visible by the
wild, rugged appearance of the mountains;
the snow and ice had been melted away,
leaving the mountains "patchy," snow till-
ing the deep ravines and sheltered spots,
(below), whilst at the same time it was 18°
(below) at Warren Village, we having more
wind, which made it worse to be out. Our
altitude would give us a climate of the
south of Greenland.
Though attended with some danger and
uncertainty, we met with no accidents. I
may never receive any benefit from it, still

whilst tbegray rocks and ridges were naked. never regret having stopped for two
I shall
On the 20th of February we had a much months on a mountain in the heart of
harder storm without rain, but we were winter.
buried in snow to the ridge-pole on the side A. F. Clough.
to the wind it was of but six hours' length.
;
Some of the stereoscopes sent us, and
We made no attempt to ascertain the ve- made by Mr. Clough on the mountain dur-
locity, as it would have been madness to
ing his sojourn, are not only excellent as
have ventured out, for it would have been
photographs but very beautiful. Some of
impossible to have stood, sat, or lain out-
the frost formations are perfectly exquisite.
side. It is almost impossible to form any
—Ed. P. P.
idea of the force of the wind as we had it,
at least I never got mine up to the height
of the reality, and one must experience it
to fully appreciate it. I have no doubt of
PATENT OFFICE DRAWINGS.
United States Patent Office,
the velocity being one hundred and twenty-
Washington, D. C, June 10th, 1870.
five miles per hour.
Photographing was a very difficult task, As the drawings of all patents issued after

chemicals freezing up every night. For a July 1st, 1870, will be copied by photo-
lithography, the following rules will be
dark-closet I used to darken our room and
then carry mj' plates out, then things would substituted for the present rules, 18 to 24,
inclusive, and no deviation from these will
not always work just up to the mark; re-
be allowed.
flected light would play a bad " goak " on
Samuel S. Fisher,
me; was obliged to use the smallest stops
Commissioner.
and expose negatives but a very short time ;

some of the best I made had but one second DRAWINGS.

with three-sixteenth stops Jamin view tubes. 18. The applicant for a patent is required
Then it was almost impossible to intensify by law to furnish a drawing of his inven-
a negative; a great deal of the time the tion, where the nature of the case admits
wind blew so hard that it was almost im- of it.
possible to hold the camera anywhere get — Such drawing must be on thick,
19.
a focus, then go after a plate, to come back smooth drawing-paper, sufficiently stiff to
and find the camera heels up and head down support itself in the portfolio of the office,
in the snow, and then, by the time I got it for which it is intended. It must be neatly
fixed up, a cloud would whisk along and and artistically executed, with such de-
put a stop to further proceedings ; however, tached sectional views as to clearly show
I got some good things and some poor things what the invention is in construction and
of good subjects; they will give one some operation.Each part must be distinguished
ideas of the " frolic nature of frost and by the same number or letter whenever it
snow." appears in the several drawings. The name
The expedition was undertaken at our of the invention should be written at the
328 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
top, the shortest side being considered as BROOKS' IMPROVED DEVELOPER
such. This drawing must be signed by the HOLDER.
applicant or his attorney and attested by I desire to describe a very simple little
two witnesses, and must be sent with the piece of apparatus, which I have lately de-
specification. Tracings upon cloth pasted vised, for holding the developing solution,
on thick paper will not be admitted. Thick and which is in working use. In the com-
drawings should never be folded for trans- mon method of pouring from the stock-bot-
mission, but should be rolled. tle into the flowing-glass by the inverting
20. The duplicate drawing to be attached of the bottle, the contents thereof are very
to the patent will be furnished by the office
much agitated, and any sediment or par-
without charge, and will be a photo-litho- ticles transiently in suspension, will flow
graphic copy of the thick drawing. over into the flowing-bottle, thence upon
21. The following rules must be observed the film, producing "pinholes" (as I have
in the preparation of the drawings, in order frequently verified), "comets," and other
that they may be photo-lithographed: annoying defects. In this little apparatus
The paper must be thin Bristol board or
all this trouble is avoided, and in addition
thick drawing-paper, with a smooth or cal- I find an ease and convenience of use quite
endered surface. charming, besides other really practical ad-
The outlines must be executed in deep
vantages.
black lines, to give distinctness to the print.
Pale, ashy tints must be dispensed with.
In shading, lines of black ink should be
used, and such lines should be distinct and
sharp, and not crowded. Brush shadings
or shadows will not bo permitted.
All colors, except black, must be avoided
in the drawing, lettering, and signatures;
violet and purple inks must not be used.
No agents, attorney's, or other stamp
must be placed, in whole or in part, within
the margin.
The sheet must not be larger than ten
inches by fifteen, that being the size of the
patent. more illustrations are needed,
If
several sheets must be used.
22. Copies of drawings of patents issued
after January 1st, 1869, will be furnished It consists of atwo-pound acetic acid bot-
to any one at the uniform rate of twenty- tle A, with bottom removed, by the
its

five cents per sheet of standard size. " alcohol string," or some other of the well-
23. Copies of drawings of patents issued known methods, sustained in an inverted
prior to January 1st, 1869, which can be position, as clearly shown in the sketch,
photo-lithographed, will be furnished at against the wall of the dark- room over the
twenty-five cents per sheet, when ten or developing sink or tub, within easy reach.
more copies are ordered. Single tracings In the usual place is a good tightly-fitted
of such drawings, or less than ten, will be cork — sufficiently so to withstand the pres-
furnished at the cost of making them. One sure of the bottle full of developer, into a
hundred copies or more will be furnished at hole in which cork is placed from the out-
ten dollars per hundred. side a small faucet B, and to continue the
24. Applicants are advised to employ connection to the interior of the bottle, a
competent artists to make the drawings, short glass tube C, which should be of such
which will be returned if not executed in a length as to reach to about where the
strict conformity with these rules, or if in- straight sides of the bottle begin. D is a
jured by folding. scale constructed as follows. Paste upon
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 329

the outside of the bottle in a perpendicular RETOUCHING OF NEGATIVES.

position, a strip of white paper one inch
BY J. GRASSHOFF.
wide. Open the faucet B. Pour in water
(Translated for the Philadelphia Photographer.)
(through the top of the bottle) to fill up to
the top of the tube C, where of course all " The retouching of negatives is the pass-
excess will overflow. Make a mark upon ing whim of photographers!" These are
the strip of paper where the water now the words of one of our photographers,
stands ; this is zero. Close the faucet. Now whose name is most familiar to all of them,
measure in your graduate 16 ounces of water a friend of mine, being his day New Year's
and pour into the bottle mark the level of
; salutation ; and he furthermore added to
the water now upon the paper strip, and my response, regarding the necessity of re-
then divide down to zero, with dividers, into touching :
;i
I have hitherto done a good
sixteen spaces. These will represent ounces, business without any applying of your art-
and number them accordingly. This con- istic dodges, which you call negative re-
and makes the instrument
structs the scale touching, to such an extraordinary degree
self-measuring. Now empty out all the as exhibited in your large bomb-heads, card
water by removing the holder from the size. This is called beauty, but this beauty
bracket. Replace. Now fill up to zero with is the work of art ; the camera shows more
your common admixture of developer. Be- nature, and I shall continue to prosecute
low this now it will never fall, and is con- my business without calling into requisition
sidered to be empty. any of your superfine, negative p dishing
Its manner of use is already anticipated up." How far my friend is justified in his
by the reader. Faucet closed. From your expressions, I leave to the individual opin-
stock-bottle of concentrated iron solution, ion of my readers ; each one has his views,
pour two, three, or four ounces, as your and it is well that tastes differ ; but I need
formula or judgment dictates, which amount, scarcely insist further, than that the re-
remember, is being indicated upon your touching of negatives, as regards portrait-
paper scale as you pour; then the water, ure, has become a special necessity, for the
acetic acid, alcohol, etc., all which is being results of its skilful application are suffi-

measured and indicated in the same man- ciently well known, and all that I here de-
ner. sire, is simply to be permitted to describe a
All sediment and floating particles will few improvements in this art.
settle down to the neck of the holder, around It is well known that not every negative
and below the top of the tube C, and the varnish is suitable for the easy performance
clear and pure developer is drawn off of negative retouching. My aim was to pre-
through the faucet into the flowing-glass pare the varnished film, and, by rubbing it

as required for use, quietly and easily. The with ossa sepia, to render it more suscepti-
use of the graduate with its attendant wash- ble to the action of a black lead-pencil.
ing and risk of contamination is avoided. This method gave very excellent results,
For the use of other solutions where a cer- which I made known at the time. But dur-
tain amount is desired to be measured off, ing the past year I made experiments with
this device will be found very useful, the other substances, in order to communicate
amount being indicated as drawn. The top to the varnish a deadened surface, for in-
of the holder should be kept covered with stance, of powdered pumice-stone, but this
a cap of wood or pasteboard. . This is not scratched the surfacewhen the latter was
patented. rubbed with it also of fine emery, but this
;

William Robert Brooks. produced yellow specks T and of other ma- ~

Bristol, Ind., Feb., 1870. terials. But I still kept to ossa sepia, until
Mr. Petsch informed me a short time ago
that he deadened the varnished surface with
Some white children in Paris have turned powdered pumice-stone, and that the results
black —the result of washing their faces in were very fine. My pumice-stone, which
a photographer's nitrate bath. had been purchased at different stores had, r
330 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
therefore, probably not been sufficiently should be revarnished. Photographisches
fine, and I, consequently, in order to be cer- Mittheilungen.
tain about the matter, undertook to electri-
cate a quantity afresh, and then pass it

through the sieve prepared in this way,

;
SALAD
the material is indeed excellent. But a cer-
tain amount of caution is necessary in the For the Photographer.
application. The film of varnish must not The Introduction of Photography
be too thin furthermore, if the finger is
;
—
into America. The brother of Professor
held in a horizontal position and the pow- Morse, addressing a Sunday-school of which
der is rubbed on with the soft surface, the the Professor had been, in former years, a
operation will be tedious, and the surface superintendent, says: "Prior to the relin-
becomes rather polished than rendered quishment of his profession as a painter,
rough. But by holding the finger almost however, your first superintendent was the
perpendicular, and by applying a pretty instrument, in the hand of Providence, of
hard pressure, the hard varnished film will introducing into this country (America),
in a few seconds assume a surface as dead- that great (I may say the greatest) wonder
ened as that of paper it is well, too, not to
;
of our age, the new art of photography.

be too sparing with the powdered pumice, Photography, under the name of the Da-
for it can be used over again when brushed guerreotype, it is well known, was invented

off with a camel's-hair pencil. by the celebrated Daguerre, a French art-

The character of the varnished surface ist, who exhibited his first collection of

after the operation is quite different from specimens to the members of the French
what it was before. Formerly I used rather Academy of Sciences, in Paris, early in the

soft pencils in order to get very fine nega- year 1839. My brother was in Paris at the
tive retouches ;
but now I scarcely use any same time, exhibiting his telegraph to the
other than the numbers 5 and 6 of Faber's
same persons. Brother artists and brother
inventors, thus brought together, each was
manufacture (of course those of other manu-
invited to examine the other's invention;
facturers are equally applicable for the pur-
pose). These sometimes
numbers, too,
and my brother became earnest in his de-
much
on recently sire to introduce the Daguerreotj-pe into
parted with too .color
varnished surfaces, and whilst they were America. On his return to New York, in
still soft I, therefore, procured some me-
;
April, 1839, he inspired me and my younger
pencils (consisting entirely of brother with a portion of his own enthusi-
tallic lead

lead), and have been highly gratified with

asm. He was then entirely destitute of pe-

the results. I have observed that the touches

cuniary means ;
and after ascertaining what
with these lead-points are not so easily was wanted him to
to enable gratify his and
rubbed out as those made with plumbago our wishes, we removed the
central part of

points ; each touch is easily made and fixed. the roof of our six-story building, covered it

The entire operation of retouching nega- with a skylight, furnished the new chamber
tives is in this way materially facilitated ;
with cameras and the other apparatus of
but I must remark here, that it is altogether photography, and, having thus completed
impossible to make a satisfactory picture from, the first tabernacle for the sun erected on
' '

a bad negative, with whatever delicacy the re- the western hemisphere, placed your first
touching may be pe? formed, and I must dis-
, superintendent there to fix, for inspection
pel all those illusions in the most distinct through all time, the perfect image of men
manner, if it is supposed that a splendid and tilings, as the great Painter, from his
negative can be produced from each bad tabernacle in the heavens, flashed them
plate that may he presented, by simply pol- upon the silvered plates. It was in that

ishing up by negative retouches. chamber that he who first practised the art
Mr. Grasshon' furthermore recommends, of training in your Sabbath-school in 1816,
that in those cases where many prints have trained the young men who went forth re-
to be taken from a negative, the latter joicing from New York into every part of
 ' " ,

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 331

our land, to work the wonders and display soda; shake well and dissolve ; then add to
the beauties of the new art, eliciting admi- this (a small quantity at a time) citric acid,
ration from all beholders, and from the de- until you have added f of an ounce ; filter,

vout the exclamation, which four years and it is ready to use. To tone, to about
afterward passed in an instant through the 8 ounces of water add 1 ounce each of Nos.

wire from Washington to Baltimore, to be 1 and and a pinch of salt. If it tone too
2,

recorded there, while it was echoed every- slow, add a little less water, or vice versa.
where What hath God wrought "
:
'
!
This amount will tone about 4 dozen carte
prints. I make my bath 40 grains strong,
For nearly 18 years I have seen the
and keep shows signs of
at that
shades and lights, — from the old silver
fogging, I pour
it

and set in
it
;

into a bottle
if it

plates of other days till the benign present.

a water-bath on the stove, and bring it to
The other day, my mind was called from
the boil; then let it cool, and filter; then
the present and set back to old times by an
bring it to 40 grains strong by reducing
inquiry, propounded in a harsh, stentorian
may be. Use
or strengthening, as the case
voice, as I sat at my table " touching up."
any good collodion and albumen paper. I
A big hulk stalked heavily in, exclaiming,
use the formula given below for developer.
" Take picters hereV "Yes, sir," I re-
Silver solution for paper 35 grains strong,
plied. " What would you like to have?"
and fume ten minutes with strong ammonia.
"Do ye taik 'em Daggery or AmeryV
Smiling, I replied, " We have the photo- developer.
graph process; one calculated to 'setoff' the
Wnter (distilled or ice water), 34 ounces.
Iron, 7£ drrns.
human phiz to the best possible advantage.
"
Nitrate of Potash, . . . 5i
'•No, sir I don't want any stilish picter.
;

Acetic Acid, 1% ounces.

I jist want my nateral Jeter s pietered off!"
. . . .

Alcohol, . . . . 2| "
My subject took the chair, and put his fore-
head against the head-rest. I could not re-
By the use of the above I get good, clean
bright pictures the year round.
sist it, and took him an ironclad view of
his dishevelled locks, brought it out and
C. A. Smyth.
showed him a rear view. He looked in- I send you a recipe I have used for over
tently for a moment, drew a breath, and three years for coating tin dishes, which I
said "I s'pose that is a good picter of my
:
use for silvering paper, salting, toning, and
back. Now please turn the picter over, and washing. I have x 24
five tin dishes 30
let me see the face /" Can any of our fri nds
inches, and 3 inches deep, which cost under
beat that for verdancy ? If so, take o ten dollars, while a porcelain of the same
your pen. C. size would have cost me twelve dollars, so
I got my set for less than the cost of one.
I have but one fault to find with and that
WRINKLES AND LODGES. it,

is, if the dishes are in constant use it is all

A
Splendid Paste for Mounting unused for
right, but if permitted to stand
Photographs. —
Take one quart of hot a length of time they crack, and I cannot
water and add of finely-ground/resA rice un- prevent it.
til thick enough to suit ; then boil for one
Shellac (Orange), . . 3 ounces.
minute add camphor to keep it from de-
;
Gum Sandarac, 3 "
composing. This makes a white paste and
is just the thing for vignettes. Vox.
Balsam of
Alcohol,
Fir,
. .
....16 .

.
.

1 ounce.
ounces.

A toning solution that will work as soon Dissolve by heat and add, as it is used,
as mixed, and any desired tone can be got enough ground slate (such as is used for
with it with a very small quantity of gold, plastic slate roofing) to make a tolerably
1 make as follows: To 15 ounces of water add thick paint. Apply with a flat brush coat ;

15 grains of gold. This is solution No. 1. three times, and rub smooth with coarse
For solution No. 2, take 15 ounces of water, sand-paper. Pure nitric acid has no effect
to which add 2 ounces of bicarbonate of on this surface. I have used such washing-
 —

332 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

trays for months without any apparent If his experiments should be verified they
change. If any crack appears thoroughly would have a great influence on our theo-
dry the dish and give it another coat, or formation of saline compounds,
ries of the

the whole can be chipped off and a new and some day we might be able to answer
dish made as good as at first. I strengthen the question, " What is a salt?"
my dishes by fixing them on a wooden Mr. Adrian, a Dutch chemist, has sub-
frame. A. St. Clair.
jected the commercial bromide of potas-
sium to analysis. He found in ten samples
the impurities to vary from 37.2 to 8.4 per
PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. cent. The impurities consisted of sulphate
The Franco-Prussian war has confused of potassa, chloride of potassium, and traces
our files <>f foreign exchanges. of bromide of potash. The quantity of
Our foreign contemporaries reprint much chloride varies from three and a half to
of the proceedings at Cleveland. thirty per cent.

A Scotch correspondent of the British An English Judge recently gave it as his

Journal favors a system of apprenticeship. "opinion,"' that "photographs were odious

Mr. Anderson's " Dialogues " are highly in matters of art they were mere distor-
;

praised and reprinted in the News. They tions, and were eminently unsatisfactory to
are worthy of it. discuss questions " at law. If that was in
this country, some of our bright, patent-
Mk. England, the famed English pho-
process men would prosecute every pho-
tographer, was arrested by the Prussians
tographer who disagreed with " his honor"
while photographing on the Ehine, as a
as an " infringer."
French spy. England is peaceful.
Messrs.Moore Bros., Springfield, Mass.,
The Niepce fund in Europe is growing.
use a Polly Parrot tomake their pictures
In this country very few responses have
of children. The pose is made, Polly is
been made to the call in our last number.
perched on the finger of the operator, held
"Where are the liberal and the grateful?
up to the view of the child, and the removal
Send a little.
of the lens cap or cloth being the signal,
M. Camuzet read a lengthy report be-
flaps her wings just long enough for the
fore the Societe Francais on February 4th,
exposure. She hardly ever fails to attract
1870, in which he proved that gun-cotton is
and get a good picture. She has thus offi-
not a chemical compound, and when made ciated for about seven years. We saw her.
in collodion is partially soluble in water.
A few weeks ago, we saw a good deal of
The Bengal Photographic Society has
trouble, caused in the following way : The
held its twelfth exhibition. It excelled in
waste solutions of a large establishment
the number and the excellence of the pic-
were thrown into a barrel, and precipitated
tures all former exhibitions of the society.
with sulphuret of potassium, in the room
The Duke Lord Mayo, Vice-
of Edinburgh,
where the paper was silvered and dried.
roy of India, Lord Napier, and the Maha- The fumes became very strong, and so
vajah of Jeypour were amongst the visitors. affected the silvered paper at times as to
It is stated that a carefully prepared entirely spoil it, by large stains and mark-
Albertype plate will stand 180 impressions. ings. Take warning.
It Mims that the " Lichtdruck" is still an The Bavarian Colonel, Adolph Buhler,
unsolved problem, and that many improve- has invented an instrument for landscape
ments are necessary before it can be practi- photographers which enables the photogra-
callyemployed. Alois Nigg, " Photogra- pher to determine beforehand the position
phic Arr.hiv." of the sun for any day and hour in the year.
A curious fact has been stated by Mr. The instrument is called the helioscope.
"Wanklyer he has found that dry chlorine
;
Such an instrument would also bo a valu-

and dry sodium do not act upon one another. able aid in the construction of the glass-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGK APHEE. 333

houses. The details of construction have of the great physicist Charles. Amongst
not been published yet. these papers are the MSS. of his on
lectures

M. Ferrier communicated that he no physical sciences. Perhaps he will describe

longer transfers his carbon pictures on albu- in them the means which he employed in

men paper coagulated by alcohol, but that he producing those portraits which at the time
uses in itsalbumen paper which has
stead were the great attraction of his lectures.
been silvered and fixed. He adds carbo- The historians of photography have always
nate of ammonia to the chromate bath to hoped to find in these writings the first step
make the bichromate of ammonia more towards the discovery which has afterwards
soluble the film becomes less sensitive but
;
made the names of Daguerre, Niepce de St-
develops much easier. Victor, and Talbot famous.

Chloral hydrate, which recently has Nothing New under the Sun. — Ac-
taken such an important place in medical cording to Sir David Brewster the funda-
practice, has found its way into the photog- mental principle of the stereoscope was
rapher's laboratory. The Photographinche known already to Euclid, who wrote his
Archiv mentions, that to freshly prepared " Elements " about the year 280. Later it
and slightly colored collodion (iodo-bro- was clearly described by Galle about fifteen
mized), one per cent, of chloral hydrate hundred years ago. Finally has Baptiste
was added. With a neutral silver bath it Porta, the inventor of the camera obscura,
gave a good white film. The developer in the year 1599, explained how the two
consisted of sulphate of iron and acetic
different pictures should be made, and he
acid. The plates were considerably more not only explained the principle, but even
sensitive than those prepared without the
indicated theconstruction of the stereoscope.
chloral hydrate. The plates worked very Wheatstone, the English physicist, has gen-
clean.
erally been considered the inventor of the
An inquiry was made in the Berlin So- stereoscope his apparatus, however, is es-
;

ciety for the Advancement of Photography sentially different from the one which is
ifany of the mechanical printing processes now in common use. His instrument con-
were practised in the Berlin ateliers, and if sisted of two mirrors inclined at certain
the new invention is learned by foreign pho- angles, each of which reflected the image
tographers. After some discussion, the fol- towards an opening intended for the eyes.
lowing answer was given " According to
:
The convenient and handy form which is
the best of our knowledge, the process is now mostly met with is the invention of
only practised in those establishments which Brewster.
teach the same." The second point of the
question the Society did not feel competent
to answer. OUR PICTURE.
Janssen has found that the ultra-violet
Two years ago, or more, our readers were
rays are visible to the naked eye in the
edified frequently and their curiosity aroused
Himalaya Mountains, at an altitude of 1000
by the praises of the wonderful photographs
feet, with a very dry atmosphere. He con- of M. Adam Salomon, of Paris. "We de-
cludes that the ultra-violet rays are absorbed
scribed them as nearly as we could, and
by vapor, and found this confirmed by pass-
very soon many were endeavoring to imi-
ing the solar rays through a tube of 37 metres
tate the great master. We of course ap-
in length. He explains from this the ex- plied to M. Salomon for negatives to print
perience of photographers, that the solar
from for our Journal, but met with no re-
light has less actinity in the afternoon, as
sponse. Friends then applied for us and
the amount of vapor in the atmosphere in-
obtained a promise, on the strength of which
creases as the day advances, and the air be-
we promised our readers that they should
comes chemically less transparent.
be treated to prints from negatives by M.
M. Bontemps presented to the library of Salomon. They have no doubt ere this
the French Academy of Sciences the MSS. abandoned all hope of ever realizing that
534 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGrEAPHEE.
promise, however, yet in this issue appears anything so very astonishing now, because
the coveted picture. while we have been preparing these prints
About a year ago our friend Mr. David they have worked up towards M. Salomon,
Bendann, of Baltimore, returned from Eu- and the surprise we hoped to give them,
rope, the most successful of all who had and the lesson we hoped to impart by this
interceded for us with M. Salomon, and picture, is in a measure lost. However,
handed us two cabinet size negatives from there is much to study here, and we hope
him, cut down from 8 x 10 size. They were the picture will do good.
full of pinholes, weak, worn, thin, and cer- Much
of the excellence of M. Salomon's
tainly not very encouraging in their appear- work due to the printing, and of course
is

ance, especially when we required nearly that much we lose in these, for no one could
three thousand prints from them for our give the same attention to thousands of
purpose. "We almost feared to begin, but prints that M. Salomon does to producing
we remembered our promise, and for about each one of his exquisite results.
ten months the good work has gone bravely Those who have seen his work at the
on, meeting with but one drawback, Boston and Cleveland Exhibitions will ap-
namely, the breaking of the best negative preciate this fact.
of the two, a few weeks after the work be- Our printers have done well, and the best
gan. We almost despaired then, and made they could. The remaining negative, though
bold to write M. Salomon for another. He it looked poorly enough when we got it, is
has not responded yet, and meanwhile the just as good as ever yet.
prints are finished. Our printer is glad and The prints were made by Messrs. Sud-
so are we. The greater number are from dards & Fennemore, No. 820 Arch Street,
the negative of the old man with the glass. Philadelphia.
It is full of merit, yet one of M. Salomon's Wehave some gems in preparation for
worst. It will not strike our readers as our coming issues of this year.

How to Become a Member. — Photographers " A Class of Troubled Photographers," is much

who wish to be identified with the National sought after, and our supply is long since expired.
Photographic Association, and to share its bene-
fits, may do so by applying to Edward L. Wilson, The National Photographic Association
Permanent Secretary, Philadelphia, Pa. Re- —
Monogram. We still await designs for the mon-
ogram, and hope the members of the National
—
mitting $4, $2 for entrance fee and $2 for dues
up to June, 1871 —
and certificate of membership
,
Photographic Association will this month send
will be sent. Employees half rates. Come, now,
in their designs, if they have any, or get others
grow with its growth and share the honors. to draw them, as we want to decide upon and
publish it in time for the holiday trade.
Pay Your Dues. — Members of the National Mr. W. H. Kibbe, Johnstown, N. Y., and
Photographic Association, pay your dues. The others, have already sent in designs.
treasurer asks us to call attention to his Card
on first page of our last number. Mr. G. H. Loom is, who has been in Europe
some weeks, has written us a pleasant letter from
Our Next Phizes. — Remember that October
Luzerne, where he is recuperating his health.
]5th, is the time when the prize negatives must
all be in. Some are already received. We hope
We hope he will entirely recover by the time he
returns, as he is valuable to the trade.
you will carefully read over our offer and make
the number large of excellent negatives.
Addresses wanted. — The Secretary of the
Wanted. — Copies of our first volume, for National Photographic Association would be
which we will pay $5. Mosaics for 1 868 also obliged for the addresses of the following mem-
(ranted; Dealers or others, having copies, will bers : Alfred Hall, William Shaw, W. A. Carson,
be paid fifty cents for them. The article in it to P. M. Pool, and II. P. Buncker.
 '

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 335

Giant's Causeway. — Mr. Geo. Washington —

The Niepce Fund. Very few responses have
Wilson, Aberdeen, Scotland, has presented us been made to this very worthy matter. Shall
with some excellent negatives of this great won- we be behind in our charities ? If only ten cents
der of nature, with the sea in the distance, prints were sent from each one, it would be a grand tes-
from which will appear in our Journal early in timonial to the worth of the noble Niepce, who
the new year. actually died in his laboratory while working
for photography.
Mr. W. H. Jackson, the enterprising young
photographer at Omaha, has gone to the Rocky
Mountains with Prof. F. V. Hayden, the govern- "Robinson"s Pictorial Effect in Photog-
ment geologist, on a photo-geological expedition raphy, has opened my eyes and made me a new
of about three months. The negatives, which man," writes a correspondent. It is an invalu-
will be good, are to be printed by the Woodbury able book and entirely fresh. See advertise-
process we are told. ment.

What they say about Cleveland. We — —

Kurtz. A Paris correspondent, commenting
have a great many letters from those who were
upon the pictures at the late photographic exhi-
at Cleveland, speaking of the good it did them.
bition there, says, " I must confess the prize is
Send us some more, and in our next issue we
most undoubtedly due toKurtz of New York."
shall make extracts from them, want of space
preventing this month.
New England Photographic Association. —
A new material for pictures has just been in- Just two days too late for publication the min-
troduced by the Phenix Plate Co. It is paper, utes were received, and must lay over for our
treated with varnish the same as the ferrotype next. A very enthusiastic meeting was held to
plate, and intended as a substitute for the latter. receive and welcome Dr. Vogel, at which he
It can be used as a ferrotype plate, or it can be made an address. Full particulars in our next.
split apart, and the pictures mounted the same
as an albumen print.
New Brunswick Photographic Association.
Dr. Vogel. — Before this reaches you, our — A society has been formed in St. John, N. B.,

pleasant, genial, earnest, common friend and which has been named The Neiv Brunswick Pho-
co-worker, Dr. Vogel, will be sailing to the tographic Association, which,, although merely
Fatherland (as at this writing he expects to sail local at present, is intended to comprise all the
on the 25th of August), via England. He re- professional, assistant, and amateur photogra-
grets to leave America, and American photog- phers in the Province who may wish to join it.

raphers regret to have him go. The hearty wel- The officers for the present year are :

come which he has received from the photo- President, C. Flood. Vice-President, J. D.
graphic fraternity, and men of science as well, Masters. Directors, J. Hinch and J. McClure.
wherever he has visited, has seemed to over- Secretary, A. A. Watson. Treasurer and Cor-
whelm and bewilder him, and as he says, his responding Secretary, J. R. Woodburn.
visit seems like a wild dream, which he can only The Association will hold regular meetings the
realize during months to come. Photography firstTuesday in each month.
has no more active and worthy advocate than We welcome this new society, and hope it will
he. His writings in our pages have proven receive all necessary courtesies from others. The
that, besides binding him closely and warmly to
corresponding secretary begins his good work by
those whose good he seeks to further. May his sending the following, which may be useful infor-
journey be pleasant and safe, and these pages mation to American photographers also :

soon brightened again by his welcome letters.

Would that he could be " a dweller among
"A process-monger in the shape of a Mr.
us."
Sprague, a man who has lost one of his thumbs,
Prof. C. Piazzi Smyth, Edinburgh, Astron- has recently visited our city. Result : A brother
omer Royal of Scotland, and the great Pyramid photographer victimized to the extent of $25, in

Photographer, has favored us with copies of his order that he might know that India-ink mixed
argument against French weights and measures, with gum was good for the purpose of retouching
and also of his excellent Report to the Board of
'
' negatives ; the sum total of information not a
Visitors of the Royal Observatory, June, 1870." tithe of what is to be found on page 260 of your
The latter is teeming with interest and valuable last volume. Moral: Subscribe for, and read
information. the Philadelphia Photographer, '
336 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Another Negative Retouching Idea.
Messrs. Irish & Lawrence, Bridgeport, Conn.,
have favored us with some prints from negatives
treated by them in a secret way, which are ac-
companied by prints from the negatives before
they have been manipulated by them. A nega-
tive lacking contrast, or one in which the subject
is too evenly illuminated, is quickly made
it will print with great brilliancy
An enlarged negative from a carte or other pho-
tograph, rough and coarse as such copies always
are, may soon be deprived of the most of
roughness and the face rendered as smooth as
could be by a great deal of laborious retouching.
Our only regret is that the process is a
— —
Deaths. Mr. J. T. Upson, of the well-known
firm of Upson & Simpson, Buffalo, N. Y., died
last month of consumption, aged 41 years. He
was an excellent photographer and a good, genial
man.
Mr. N. G. Burgess died at Brooklyn, N. Y.,
of consumption, July 13, aged 56 years. He was
so that the author of Burgess's "Manual of Photogra-
and effect. phy," which was published a few years ago, and
reached several editions. He was an old time
photographer, and will be well remembered.
its When we last saw him he was leading an anti-
it bromide meeting in New York. He was ill a
long time.
secret,

and as a usual thing we give no sanction to such Answers to Correspondents.

things, but these gentlemen, understanding the
prejudices of the profession, make such a fair
B. F. Hall, Lansing, Mich. — Thanks for pic-
ture, and good wishes.
offer of terms, that we venture to call attention
to their advertisement, for we believe what they
C. H. FrsHER, Calvert, Texas. —You will find
have to be useful to our readers, as a purchaser
instructions for printing on silk in our back num-
bers. See next issue also.
on whom we can rely states that Mr. Irish
it is.

writes us that he has applied for a patent, and if G. W. Sittler, Shelbyville.— The "lack of
any of our readers think that he is " guilty of any brilliancy," you complain of in your ferrotypes,

injustice or gouging," let them write to us and is probably caused by your collodion containing
we may expose him. Let our readers, therefore, too much bromide. Make a collodion of 5 grains
keep us well posted. iodide of potassium to 1 grain bromide of cad-
mium. Mix it with an equal portion of your
The Rye photo-lithographic process, similar old collodion. If that does not give you intensity
pushed in New York, Mr.
to Albertype, is being
enough, try for collodion as follows :

D. H. Anderson, of Richmond, Va., being inter-

Alcohol and Ether, . Equal parts.
ested. Samples received from him are very
Iodide of Ammonium, . 5 grains.
promising.
Bromide of Cadmium, . 1| or 2 grains.
Mr. R. Benecke, St. Louis, Mo., sends us Papyroxyline, 4 grains.
some very pretty stereos, made with the Steinheil DEVELOPER.
lens, of the steamer R. E. Lee, which recently Rain Water, . 16 ounces.
won in the race on the Mississippi River. They Iron and Acetic Acid, . 1 ounce each.
were taken with the steamer running at the rate Alcohol, 1 ounce.
of fourteen miles an hour. He writes, "In
You will like it.
good light and with good chemicals, I am quite
sure that these lenses can be used for instanta- Constant Reader, New Orleans. Don't un- —
neous work.'' derstand what you mean by " mixed collodion."
See article on page 47 of Volume III, by L. W.
Received. —
From Mr. S. F. Adams, New Bed- Baquie of your city. Also answer above.
ford, Mass., some stereos of Dr. Vogel and friend,
Chas. Homan, New Haven, Conn., wants to
in front of the Tip Top House, Mt. Washington.
know " how he can float a film off in water and
From Mr. II. L. Bingham, Kalamazoo, Mich.,
pick it up, on something else?" Answer : Coat
some excellent medallion cartes, showing great
your film, if dry, with a solution of India-rubber
progress since he visited the Exhibition.
1 part, in benzole 100 parts. Let it dry, and pour
From Messrs. Kohl & Tyler, Cincinnati, Ohio,
on collodion made as follows
....
:

some very fine stereos, showing excellent work-

manship. The Regulation Stereoscope made by Castor Oil, 2 parts.

this firm was one of the greatest attractions at Cotton 2 "

Cleveland. Ether 50 "

From Messrs. C. D. Fredericks it Co., New Alcohol 50 "

York, through Mr. Hugh O'Neil, the "Co.," Put the plate in water, and your film will be
iome splendid cabinet pictures, that ure not ex- easily removed, if you cut the margins with a
celled. knife.
 MNALS BY COPIED BY
UE3CHER ti, PETSCH, WM. H. RHOADS,
BERLIN, OEMS OF QEHMAN LIFE." *•
PHILA.
 THE

MMetpftia HHwttfgrftpbtr.

Vol. VII. OCTOBER, 1870. No. 82.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1878,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk' 8 office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

SUBSCRIPTION EXPIRED. OUR NEXT PRIZES.

In order to accommodate those who do October 15th is the time when all the
not find convenient to remit for a whole
it competing negatives and prints for our next
year's subscription at once, we make our prizes must be in our hands, and on that
terms so that they can remit quarterly or day the gentlemen selected for that work
semi-annually at the year rate, with only will make the examination.
the additional cost of postage and trouble We earnestly hope that some fine things
of writing oftener. are in preparation, and that we shall be thus
Notwithstanding such liberal terms, we enabled to present with our new volume,
frequently get letters saying, " Don't stop better pictures than ever before.
our Journal when our time expires ; we Remember, at least two negatives and
want to take it right along, and when you same
prints therefrom, of the subject, must
want money write." Now, this is more come from each competitor. Please read
than we ought to be asked to do. Our sub- our offer in subsequent numbers.
scription-book is so arranged, that when
your time expires the Journal ceases to go
to you, and if you do not get it at the regu-
lar time, be assured that it is your fault and OUR PICTURE.
not ours.
A comparison of the work of American
Much of our time is taken to write to photographers exhibited at Cleveland, with
subscribers needing information and assist- that of foreign artists, convinced us that we
we have a right to ex-
ance, and, in return, are behind in two very important branches
pect them keep their subscription paid.
to of our art, namely, in composition and in
Our subscription clerk knows when your landscape work.
time expires, but we do not, and as our In general portraiture, and in variety of
terms are in advance it is for you to see that style,we are perhaps as far advanced as our
your Journal is not stopped. foreign co-workers, but the two points we
"We shall endeavor to be useful to you have named need looking after in this coun-
so long as we are spared to conduct the try before we can claim equality in all re-
Philadelphia Photographer, and hope to de- spects. As a journalist, therefore, it be-
serve your good will and continued patron- hooves, us.tq.be awake in the matter and to
age. 'call attention to it. We shall go further,
23
 —

338 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

too, and present to our readers examples of No. 21 * " The Young Rembrandt," sketch-
work which we hope them to prac-
will lead ing his schoolmaster's portrait on the wall,
tice in the directions we have named, and sister May and the baby looking intently

hope they will show us how far they have
advanced, at the next annual exhibition.
This is our purpose in presenting the pic-
ture we do in our current issue.
Messrs. Loescher & Petsch, Berlin, Prus-
on? Where is the grandpa who would not
pay a good price for little Fred and he, in
a group like either 11, 13, 22, 29, or 43? or
what grandmamma would not like No. 2,
or 24 ? JSfos. 4, 5, 14, 25, 33, 37, 38, and so

sia, who without doubt, at the head of

are, on, are all capital child groups, and there
are many others equally good for the grown
the profession in this style of composition or
genre work, have for about a year been pro- people, singly and in groups, that would be

ducing pictures of this class for the stereo- equally acceptable if our photographers were

scope, of exquisite beauty,and photograph- only disposed to make them. The accessories
ically and We have
artistically excellent. are not extravagant, nor need they be. Good
obtained forty-eight of these, had them taste and judgment to begin with, practice
mounted on a card and reduced negatives to continue with, and as a conclusion, the

made of them, in order that our readers may result will be a good business. We would
see as many of them as possible, and have
also recommend making such groups for the

an opportunity of studying them. Small stereoscope. Although the sale of stereo-

scopic pictures is perfectly immense, yet
as they are, they will be readily understood,
and we hope, appreciated. The variety of the portrait photographer does not share

pose and design must at once strike the ob- the reward of such sales so much as he
might.
server, as well as their excellence as photo-
graphs and works of art.There are no two At Cleveland, Mr. F. L. Stuber, of Beth-

alike in conception, and every one tells a lehem, Pa., exhibited some specimens of

story, familiar to all who look upon them. "Gems of American Life," after the Ger-
For this reason the series has been named man, which were very creditable, and he is
" Gems of German Life." working out more. Mr. Griswold's "Blow-
ing Bubbles," in our last February No., was
All photographers know how they dislike
also a very creditable production, as well
to group a number of figures in one picture,
as Mr. .Notrnan's "Discussing a Sketch,"
first, because they know they are incompe-
tent to make anything very pleasing, and
in our fourth volume. We recommend the

second, because one or more of the figures

stereoscopic size for various reasons, — 1.

Card pictures if wanted may be made from

is pretty sure to move and spoil the picture.
the same negatives. 2. If your pictures
"With the quick lenses we now have, this
are good you can find a ready market 'for
last trouble is easily overcome, if the pho-
their sale. 3. Stereoscopic pictures are of
tographer is watchful, and this picture will
more interest than others when collections
give many suggestions for obviating the
are to be made. Parties who buy such
first difficulty mentioned.
things will make a collection of stereo-
The trouble is, not only with American
graphs, where a size fit only for framing
photographers, but with photographers gen-
or the portfolio would meet with very little
erally, that we strive more to make portraits
patronage comparatively. A lot of nega-
than we do to make pictures, and therefore
tives like these is a little fortune.
our work assumes a stereotype appearance,
We happen to know that the first order
which musl'bc changed. We should strive
Loescher & Petsch took from their Ameri-
tomake pictures as well as portraits, and
now we have the examples before us, there
* In numbering those we begin at the top row,
is no excuse for not making the effort.
left hand, and each row again at the left, viz.,
" Will it pay ? " Certainly, thou merce-
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
nary artist, fear not. Where are the pa- 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
rents who would not be overjoyed to have 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
a picture of their daughter and son like and so on. Ed.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 339

can agents for these pictures from their persons were in conversation. One point
negatives was for one thousand dozen, and which should command the attention of the
that the order has several times been dupli- student is, that- there should be variety in
cated. Here then is a field open for you the heads, not only as regards profile, three-
which promises well. quarter, or full face, but in their position
Permit us in this connection now to call on the paper. Thus, it is difficult (although
your attention to our series of articles in possible) to obtain much pictorial effect out
our fourth volume, entitled " Art Principles of two figures of exactly the same height
Applicable to Photography." You will find standing together ; in such a case variety
in them some instructions which we trust must be got in the lines of the different
will aid you in working in this new field. figures by varying the direction of the
"We also commend the study of Mr. Eobin- bodies, by the arrangement of the arms and
son's excellent work on "Pictorial Effect in hands, and by the disposition of the acces-
Photography," which will also be found an sories and background.
exceedingly useful helper. We make a " It is by the amount of perfection with
few extracts from it in closing, which will which he succeeds with groups that the
give an idea of its nature and value. photographer will discover the power that
" The composition of a portrait group de- is within him."

pends very much upon the character of its These forty-eight pictures, as we have
constituents. Two or three children, if said, were made from one end of the stereo-
they are not excessively stupid samples, are scopic size, pasted on a card neatly, and
very easy to group together, and, when well black lines drawn between and around them
done, make the most agreeable and natural with India ink. Mr. William H. Rhoads, of
pictures ;
while two adults, especially of the Philadelphia, made the negatives (which
male kind, although easier to photograph, are exceedingly fine as reproductions), and
seldom make an effective composition. the prints. He used the Steinheil Aplanatic
" The great art in the composition of a Lens in making the negatives, and printed
group is in so arranging the figures that on the Trapp & Munch
albumen paper.
they shall have some relation to each other, The American agents for Messrs. Lces-
as well as the ordinary elements of pictorial cher & Petsch, are Messrs. Wilson, Hood
construction. There should be some bond & Co., No. 822 Arch Street, Philadelphia,
of union between those who compose the who continually have a fresh, large stock of
group some incident should be represented
;
these grand stereoscopic pictures on hand.
in which they are mutually interested or ; Moreover, they have fixed a reduced price
something must be imagined out of the to photographers who desire to purchase
picture to attract the attention of both, if them for study, and such parties can order
only two are represented, or of many of by giving the numbers in the way we have
them, if there is a number. The figures indicated. They will be found very advan-
should be massed together, and not scattered tageous. The figures are generally quite
over the picture so as to make it necessary large. They can be sent by mail, and we
to examine each portrait in detail, until it are requested to ask of those who order
has been seen, and the effect agreeably felt, them, that they state that their order is
as a whole." given by the picture in the Philadelphia
" It is not necessary, in representing two Photographer.
persons in conversation, that they should We consider this one of the handsomest
be looking at each other ;
the effect of listen- illustrations we have ever
presented, and
ing can be rendered without putting them hope upon our enterprising
to see its effect
to that trying ordeal. It constantly hap- readers. Our December issue will contain
pens that in conversations even on the most another example of Composition Photog-
important subjects, the talker and the lis- raphy, by Mr. Notman, of Montreal.
tener do not look at each other, although,
even if the sounds were not heard, it would The plate should remain in the bath at
be obvious from their appearance that the least twice as long in winter as in summer.
 ;

340 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

ENLARGEMENTS ON COLLODION the plan is feasible and practicable, and that
FILMS. the results are all that the most fastidious
artist can desire. The retouching, natu-
BY PROF. J. TOWLEK, M.D.
rally, must be the work of an artist. As re-
Transferring of Collodion Films to Paper. gards the photographic manipulations aris-
—This is a branch of photography that de- ing out of this plan, I have especially much
serves to he better known and, consequent- to say ; for, although copying is in the gene-
ly, a more extended practice. It is my ral sense an easy operation, it is seldom a
opinion, founded on experiment and prac- successful one; because the necessary pre-
tice, that most of our retouching ought to cautions are seldom taken to insure success.
be made on collodion positives, because it This assertion is particularly true when en-
can be executed so much more easily on larged copies have to be taken, either from
them, by those who are not familiar with negatives or positives. I have two or three
negative operations. For instance, how letters on hand from correspondents asking
comparatively easy is the task to produce assistance in their difficulties in this depart-
the proper lights and shades when not re- ment. One says he has a stock of half
versed, but existing as they do in nature plates, containing negatives of landscapes
whilst, on the contrary, how difficult it is got up with reference to be copied either in
for the uninitiated to reverse the lights and the solar camera, or into larger negatives
shades. The engraver and the wood-cutter for contact printing, but that they all fail
require to be apprenticed for years to the more or less to produce good results, for
art, beforethey can claim to be masters in when magnified from eight to ten times,
it. Thus then, I argue, that it is a more the lines, which in the negative appear
natural and easy practice to take a positive sharp and crisp, are in many instances
of each negative that requires retouching, double, and the whole picture has a hazy
and then to retouch this positive. A more look. He furthermore states, that the solar
extended practice would be first to retouch camera is all right, plateholder and focus-
the negative, and afterwards the positive. sing glass in rigid coincidence, and the neg-
The reason of this suggestion is self-evi- atives sharp, soft, and transparent. "What
dent for, all that can be done in the way
; am I to do ? " is the terminal sentence.
of retouching consists in rendering certain What do you think can be the trouble?
parts more dense, and thus heightening the There is more than one trouble.
high lights; it is impossible at present to In the whether in the photo-
first place,
render any of the parts separately less dense graphic studio, or in the fields, the utmost
than their neighbors. The action, therefore, precaution is necessary in taking off the cap
of retouching is altogether one-sided. But from the lens for the slightest motion of
;

that which we cannot effect by the retouch-
ing of the negative, such as more sharpness
and brilliancy to the lines about the eyes,
more shadows along the side of the nose,
above the chin, or in the cavities of the
cheeks, all this can be easily worked in on
the camera during exposure is sufficient to
produce a negative that will give rise to
doubled lines in the enlargement, although
such lines are imperceptible in the nega-
tive. But such a motion is almost unavoid-
able in landscape photography there is ;

a positive copied from a retouched nega- rarely an opportunity once in twenty times
tive; in fine, an artistic and almost perfect on days when every leaf is still and Eolus
picture can J,hus be obtained from a nega- has shut all his winds. The slightest breeze,
tive copied from a retouched positive, which the slightest breath of air, will spoil a nega-
in its turn had been copied from a retouched tive for the purposes in question. Add to
negative. this also the flimsy nature of the tripods
All this sounds like circumlocution, and and cameras, and when we upon reflect well
may appear to some as superfluous labor, or the subject, we
wonder that so
shall not
labor that could possibly terminate in noth- many lines become doubled when magnified.
ing good. Again, it is the common practice to work
I can assure my readers, however, that with short-focussed lenses in getting nega-
 ;:

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 341

tives for the solar camera, or for enlarge- atives, and the result of this refinement is

ment otherwise. The consequence is that success.

the principal object, or at least the part Following out the suggested plan, then,
focussed, is sharp enough, but all the rest is we must first take a good negative, a por-

more or less out of focus. Such a negative trait, for instance. If it is troubled with a
is not fit for enlargement. In such an in- single pinhole on the face, take another
stance as this, the best plan is to retire from and another, until you are perfectly satis-
the object as far as possible, to use a long- fied. It is seldom the case that such a neg-
focussed lens, and thus take a small nega- ative is sharp everywhere, and probably
tive at a distance, where every object ap- there are freckles or pock-marks to be re-
pears to be in focus. It is worse than use- moved. You proceed, therefore, to the re-
less to include in the picture any part that touching frame, or hand the negative to the
is in the slightest degree out of focus. For retouching artist, whose duty it becomes to

instance, with a lens of twenty inches focus, fill up the unsightly cavities. This done,
and at a distance of a quarter of a mile and the next operation is to copy the negative
beyond from the principal object, it is pos- into a transparent positive. I need scarcely
sible to obtain a quarter-plate negative just remark, that you will not succeed in getting
about sharp enough to admit of being en- a good copy unless everything about the
larged. A larger plate you can scarcely camera is accurately in order, and distances
accomplish. coincident, and you focus with extreme
Thus, you see, the requisites for success sharpness. Having succeeded in obtaining
are a perfectly motionless camera during a correct and sharp copy, you are in a con-
the exposure, and a long-focussed lens used dition to discern where certain lines may
at a long distance. be rendered more distinct, certain shadows
Another correspondent puts this question more determined, and certain parts, as the
"Is it possible to prepare an eight by ten back hair, or drapery, may be brought, as it
negative, enlarged from a quarter-plate neg- were, into focus. Your artist can do all
ative, as sharp as a negative taken directly both on the negative and the positive,
this,

of this size by means of an appropriate with a good black lead-pencil, the films
lens?" having been previously varnished and rub-
My answer is this : It is barely possible bed with very fine pumice-powder, as indi-
but from the mentioned you
difficulties just cated in a previous article. At this stage
see the precautions to be taken, and if these your transparent positive ought to be as
are not taken, the task is not possible. Sup- nearly perfect as possible for it can be made ;

posing there is just a mere breath of air so with proper care and perseverance, and
when both the negatives were taken, that is with proper artistic taste and skill in the
the quarter-plate for the solar camera, and manipulations.
the eight by ten for direct contact printing, Even the negative of a landscape may
this breath of air instituting a slight quiver frequently admit of similar treatment and
in both cameras, which makes itself mani- improvement ; but I must urgently advise
fest in the two negatives to an equal extent, every one who intends to experiment in this
although quite trifling in both cases. Now direction, or to make a practice of solar en-
when the quarter-plate is magnified some largements, to exclude almost all extraneous
ten or twelve times, this self-same error is objects, and to make one object his principal
magnified ten or twelve times, and hence object, and, as before recommended, to take
the two negatives are vastly different. the view with a long-focussed lens at a long
In the photographic studio we do not distance. In this case very little retouching
have to contend with the wind notwith- ; will be needed ; and this mode of proceeding
standing this, every precaution already al- is the secret of success.
luded to must be taken, in order to meet Having in this way secured satisfactory
with success. There is a refinement in this transparent positives, they become, as it
department far ahead of anything in the were, your stereotype plates, from which you
common everyday occupation of taking neg- are enabled to prepare as many negatives,
342 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEA PHEE.
and of whatever size you may desire, and of the required size, and let it float, gelatine
allof them of equal intensity. Every ope- side uppermost, on a dish of clean water,
ration is under your control. Some may until it lies quite flat on the water; now
object that it is impossible to obtain copies draw once through the water quickly, and
equal to the original. The objection has no let it drain. The paper is now bent, gela-
weight ; it is simply asserting that you can tine surface downwards, and lowered upon
not get a print equal in sharpness and de- the collodion film, so that the middle part
tail to the negative, which is absurd. Of comes in contact with the film first, after
course, extreme care is absolutely required, which each side is lowered gradually. The
in all the operations. intentionis to get contact between the films,

You are now supposed to be provided with without any bubbles, which are to be re-
corrected negatives, of the same size as the moved in every case before pressure is ap-
original, as also of larger dimensions for plied. Finally, place over the paper a few
contact printing. The smaller negatives thicknesses of blotting-paper, then a flat
are of two kinds, the one intense and thick board, and over this a quantity of weights.
for contact printing, and the other thin and As soon as the paper becomes thoroughly
more transparent for copying or printing dry, you proceed round the edge of the pa-
in the camera. The latter now claims our per with a sharp penknife, and cut through
attention. the collodion film, and afterwards raise one
Transferring of Collodion Films to Paper. end of the paper. It is now easy to raise
— The glass intended to receive the trans- the whole piece gradually; and, as you will
parent positive, which is afterwards to be observe, the picture is on the paper, and a
transferred to paper, is previously well brilliant picture it is.

cleaned and then rubbed over with a little

N. B. In order to preserve the picture in
white wax dissolved in ether, after which
its natural position, that is, without lateral
the surface is again polished with a clean
inversion, the negative is placed, whilst
silk cloth. I use an ammonio-cadmium
copying, with its film towards the light.
collodion, one that is perfectly colorless,
for this purpose, consisting either of iodide
ofcadmium and bromide of ammonium, or
cadmium and iodide of am-
of bromide of
On Various Photographic Subjects.
monium. The pyroxyline has been previ-
BY M. CAREY LEA.
ously washed in ammoniacal water, washed
and dried, and the ether and alcohol redis- REDUCING INTENSITY LOCALLY.
tilled from lime. In this way you cannot It will occasionally happen that, in de-
fail io get a colorless collodion, if it is al- veloping a plate and striving to get detail
lowed to stand a day or two in a dark-room. into shadows, there will be some brightly-
"With this collodion a positive is obtained lighted object that will come out with very
of any required size, in the copying camera. undesirable rapidity. And it may prove
Give abundance of exposure, and when by that, instead of having stopped the devel-
development, all detail is quite apparent, opment at the right point, we have carried
wash and fix the picture whilst the latter ; it far enough to make this light object too

is still wet, tone a moment or

it, first for dense, so that, on inspecting the fixed nega-
so, with a dilute solution of chloride of gold, tive, we foresee without difficulty that the
afterwards with a solution of bichloride of object in question will print white and with-
mercury for a very short time. This pro- out detail.
ceeding will render the film sufficiently As this spoils the negative, in the opinion
black. Wash the print, and then dry it. of all good judges, it is probable that most
Paper to receive the collodion film is natu- photographers have tried their hands at re-
rally plain paper previously washed over pairing the mischief. It is very easy with
with a solution of gelatine, ten grains to the a weak solution of cyanide, applied with a
ounce, or it is floated on such a solution and brush, to quickly thin the deposit. Unfor-
then dried. Cut out a piece of this paper tunately, however, the action is not con-
 ,

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 343

fined to the object in question, nor to the brought up to a satisfactory thickness. This
portion touched by the brush, but it rapidly experiment I have not yet made.
spreads to the neighboring parts, and in a
few moments the negative is definitively BACKING FOR DRY PLATES.
ruined ;
there is a thinner transparent space The necessity for backing dry plates is

made, which spoils the printing. now pretty generally acknowledged, and
me, about the middle of
It occurred to probably nearly all the best dry-plate work-
lastsummer, that the difficulties in this ope- ers adopt the method. It is nevertheless a
ration might be removed in a very simple fact, that the desired end is not always at-
way, and the method rendered useful. This tained, and that "blurring " will sometimes
was by simply sizing the film before apply- appear upon plates that seem to have been
ing the reducing agent. A trial resulted in well protected.
im mediate and complete success. The mode For example, a mixture of Spanish brown
of operation was as follows : gum, and sugar has been highly recom-
A sixty-grain solution of good gum Ara- mended, and I have joined in the recom-
bic was made, and a few drops of carbolic mendation. Yet I have seen very sensitive
acid added to make it keep. The negative dry plates, thickly coated upon the back
(if dry) was first well wetted with water, with the above mixture, give distinct evi-
and the gum solution poured upon it, worked dence of halation when over-exposed.
in, poured off", a second portion poured on, I attribute this effect to the presence of a
worked over the plate, and then the plate great of minute pinholes which
number
set up to dry. form backing each lets in a minute
in this ;

The reducing agent selected was perchlo- pencil of light and allows a minute internal
ride of iron, for which also muriated tinc- reflection, and the aggregate of these small
ture of iron may be substituted. In either influences is sufficient to materially injure
case, the solution is to be very much diluted the protective qualities of the application.
until shows a pale straw color. It is next
it The true way to test the quality of a back-
to be applied on the plate, using a fine, thin ing one which Major Kussel first pointed
is

elastic sable pencil, going over it gently, and out, and which I used independently long
with repeated applications, until a sufficient before I was aware of his recommendation.
reduction has been obtained the solution ; It is to observe the reflection of a distant
is then to be carefully washed off, and in candle, in a dark-room, from the uncoated
this washing the gum is also removed. If side of a piece of glass. The glass should
it be afterwards found that the reduction either be a common piece of blown glass,
of density is insufficient, the photographer with the two faces not exactly parallel, or
must on no account attempt to continue it else a very thick plate. The object is to
without applying a second sizing, precisely separate as much as possible the two images,
in the same manner as the first. the one from the front, the other from the
This method has a real utility. The film, back, surface of the glass. Having ascer-
which previously allowed the liquid to tained by trial with any particular piece of
spread, like blotting-paper, loses this ten- glass that it separates easily and distinctly
dency by the sizing, and it becomes easy to the two images, some of the intended back-
keep the application to the exact spot de- ing is to be applied, and, before trying it, it

sired. The detail, which had been covered must be left tobecome perfectly dry.
up by excessive deposit of silver, reappears When tested in this way, the coating, al-
under the reducing agent, and, if the ope- ready described, gives faint, but quite dis-
ration be nicely managed, a negative, pre- tinct, indications of the second image, show-
viously worthless, may be got into excellent ing that its protection from blurring cannot
printing order. be perfect.
Annatto has a certain peculiar and almost
It seems not improbable that an intensi- greasy character that causes it to give a con-
might be applied very much in the same
fier tinuous film on glass, quite free from the
manner, and parts too thin to print will be minute holes just mentioned. The coat
344 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
which it affords has, however, a certain want MANIPULATION OF NEGATIVES, WET OR
of density when held up to the light. An- DRY.
natto does not dissolve in water, though it The following idea seems worth trying,
softens when left for twenty-four hours un- though I have not at this time been able to
der water before attempting to mix it up, experiment with it.
and this should always be done. If a negative is found to have too great

It seemed to me tolerably clear, even be- contrasts, so that if printed sufficiently to

fore making the above-mentioned experi- get detail into the high lights, the shadows

ments, that no wholly opaque pigment put are overprinted, it might be subjected to
on the back of glass could be expected to the following treatment Coat the back of
:

stop entirely the internal reflections. I the plate with a sensitive mixture —collodio-
therefore tried some experiments with trans- chloride, gum and bichromate, gelatine and
parent colors. I found my expectations bichromate, or any other — and expose briefly
verified,and that with a transparent color I to direct sunlight, the face to the light. The
could wholly destroy the internal reflections. negative will print itself on its own back,
And that, even when this was not complete- and thus we will have a positive (which
ly done, the second image was tinged so should be faint) superposed on a negative.
strongly with the non-actinic color of the A little consideration will show that, if

backing that its presence was wholly un- this negative be now printed in the usual
important. was difficult to find the right
It way, the impression on the back will be
sort of colors,however. The best proved to thickest on the shadows, and thinnest on

be the soluble aniline brown. This gives the high lights.It will thus hold back light

an almost blood-red coating, which destroys from the thin parts, whilst scarcely doing
every trace of blurring. When submitted so from the high lights. Indeed, if the ope-

to critical tests, it is the only substance

ration of making the image on the back of

amongst those that I have tried that has the negative be cut pretty short, the high
lights need not receive any impression at
done so.
all.
It is very easily used. One part of ani-
I think there is little doubt that a good
line brown is added to about twenty of hot
deal might be effected in this way, both in
water, and well stirred up. It does not
landscapes and portraits. Suppose the face
wholly dissolve but when ground in a
;

in a portrait is specked, and gives the effect

mortar with some powdered gum Arabic
of a bad complexion, a treatment like the
and white sugar (about 3 parts of gum to
foregoing would or might take the place of
2 of sugar), using enough to make a very
a retouching.
thick paste, it gives a homogeneous coating.
Annatto may be mixed with this if desired,
A negative so treated might be printed
either in sunshine or shadow ; the effect of
but I have not found it necessary.
the latter would probably be to give great
Before developing, this backing is easily
softness.
sponged off. I have carefully examined
It seems to me likely that the most advan-
whether traces of aniline brown in the de-
tageous method would be to make the back
veloping bath injure its action, as this would
coating of gum and bichromate, because
be a sufficient objection against any applica-
any portions not wanted of the back image
tion. I find that they do not. But if the
can be instantly wiped out with a rag and
coating is put on too thin, so that it runs hot water, or better, with a fine sable pencil
down to the lower edge, and works round dipped in hot water.
the edge upon the film, this will cause a Of course, the sensitive mixture would
local insensibility, which does
however, not,
need to bo applied to the back in the dark-
extend more than a very short distance from room. During the printing of the negative
the place of contact. upon the coat on the back, this coat would
In keeping any mixture for backing plates, need to bo carefully protected from light.
it isa good plan to add to it a few drops of With the mixture of gum and bichromate,
carbolic acid to prevent moulding. it is only necessary after tho printing to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 345

throw the plate into cold water, which de- merely as pictures on a plane surface. It
velops and fixes. Mixtures of gum and bi- was not until Wheatstone made his experi-
chromate, or gelatine and bichromate, need ments on binocular vision in 1838 that this
to be printed as soon as possible after dry- matter came to be thoroughly understood
ing, and to be protected more carefully from even by scientific men. He showed that
light than ordinary positive paper, as they the pictures in the two eyes are not exactly
are more sensitive. They also print more alike, and that it is the blending of these
rapidly. two pictures which causes objects to appear
solid.
A moment's reflection ought to satisfy
THE STEREOSCOPE. the reader that the pictures in the two eyes
The stereoscope is comparatively a new cannot be exactly alike, since the eyes are
invention, dating back only some twenty not in precisely the same position with ref-
years. A form of the instrument in which erence to the object. But if he "don't see
mirrors were used to produce the effect was it," a simple experiment will enable him to

devised by "Wheatstone in 1838 ; but the see it.Let him hold a book, or any other
stereoscope, as we are familiar with it, was solid object, about a foot from the eyes, and

invented by Sir David Brewster in 1849. look at it first with one eye and then with
The former is known as the reflecting stereo- the other. He will find that with the right
scope and the latter, in which lenses take
;
eye he sees a little more of the right side of
the place of Wheatstone's mirrors, is called the object, and with the left eye a little more
the refracting or lenticular stereoscope. of the left side. The same will be true, of
We had taken it for granted that the course, whatever may be the distance of
philosophy of the stereoscope was generally the object from the eye, though when the
understood, but a little inquiry among our distance exceeds 250 or 300 feet the differ-
—
friends including some of the better in- ence is too small to be appreciable, and ob-
—
formed among them has satisfied us that jects beyond that distance are not really
this is not the case. Even some of our lead- seen to be solid.
ing teachers know nothing about it. A few Now the stereoscope is simply a contriv-
months ago, at a little gathering of gentle- ance for blending two pictures which differ
men interested in physical science, the fact from each other as the images in the two
that the pictures formed in the two eyes are eyes differ. When thus blended the pictures
different was referred to by one of the com- produce the same impression of solidity as
pany, together with the related fact that the the object itself does when viewed with both
two pictures of the stereograph differ in the eyes. Hence the name of the instrument,
very same way, when, much to the surprise which is from two Greek words, meaning
of most persons present, both facts were to see solid.
squarely denied by a gentleman who had How is this blending of the pictures ef-
for many years been at the head of one of fected? If we look at an object through
our best high schools, and for the greater the centre of a convex lens, it will be seen
part of the time a teacher of mathematics exactly in front of the eye ;
if we move the
and physics. It was only after a long and lens a little to the left, the object will ap-
rather lively discussion that he became con- pear to move to the right; if we move the
vinced of his error. He had never before lens to the right, the object appears to move
understood either the stereoscope, or the to the left. If now we cut the lens into two
eye, so far as its action is like that of the semicircular pieces, and place them side by
stereoscope. side in a reversed position — that is, so that
Why do we have two eyes, when we see their thin or curved edges are adjacent, and
but one image with them, and apparently their thick or straight edges are turned out-
one eye would serve to form that image? ward and parallel —the right eye will then
There may be other reasons for the arrange- look through the left half of the lens, and
ment, but the most obvious one is that we the left eye through the right half. If two
may see objects solid, or in relief, and not pictures, like those of a stereograph, be
 ; ;

346 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

placed at the proper distance behind the It has been suggested that similar photo-
lens as thus divided and arranged, they 'will graphs might be taken of the planet Saturn,
be seen, not in their actual places, but in with his system of rings. In this case, an
a position midway between the two. The interval oftwo or three years would be al-
figure illustrates this m and
: n are the lowed between the times of taking the pic-
halves of the lens ; and A and B are the tures, in order that the position of the rings
two pictures, which appear as one at C. might change enough to answer the pur-
pose.
A curious effect may be produced by tint-
ing the pictures of a stereograph with dif-
ferent transparent colors. If, for example,
one be colored blue and the other red, their
blended image will appear purple; if blue
and yellow be used, it will appear green
and so on. The colors are mixed in the eye,
and the resultant color is precisely the same
as if they had been mixed by a painter and
applied to the picture outside the eye. We
have seen French stereographs of statuary
which illustrate this principle. One of the
pictures is colored green and the other yel-
low, and the mixture of the two in the eye
produces the exact tint of bronze.
Quite an amusing story is told of the first

How are the two pictures obtained ? They introduction of the stereoscope to the savants
are photographs of the object taken from of France. The Abbe Moigno took the in-
slightly different points of view. Theoreti- strument to Arago, and tried to interest him
cally, they should betaken from points sep- in it; but Arago unluckily had a defect of
arated by a distance equal to that between vision which made him see double, so that,
the two eyes, or about two and a half inches on looking into the stereoscope, he saw only
and for all objects within short distances, a medley of four pictures. The Abbe then
this is just what is done. For objects far- went to Savart, but he was quite as incapa-
ther off — as large buildings, or landscapes ble of appreciating the thing, for he had
of considerable extent — photographers usu- but one eye. Becquerel was next visited,
ally take the pictures from points farther but he was nearly blind, and consequently
apart : the distance ranging from a few feet cared little for the new optical toy. The
up to a quarter of a mile. In this way, ob- Abbe, not discouraged, called next upon
jects which are so distant that they are not Pouillet, of the Conservatoire des Arts et
really seen as solid with the unaided eye, Metiers. He was a good deal interested in
are brought out into clear relief by the the description of the apparatus, but unfor-
stereoscope. Even the moon may be made tunately he squinted, and therefore could
to show her rotundity of figure by means of see nothing in it but a blurred mixture of
this instrument. Although she always turns images. Lastly Biot was tried, but Biot
the same side towards the earth, she swings was an earnest advocate of the corpuscular
a little at times, so that we get a view of theory of light, and until he could be assured
a little more of her eastern or western side that the new contrivance did not contradict
and by taking advantage of this swinging that theory, he would not see anything in
(or libration, as the astronomers call it), it. Under the circumstances, the wonder
photographs can be taken corresponding to is that the stereoscope ever got fairly into
the images in the two eyes or rather, as — France ;
but ifyou have any doubts on that
Sir John Herschel has remarked, "it is as point, a short walk under the arcades of the
though the moon were seen with the eyes Hue de Iiivoli, in Paris, will soon settle
of a giant, placed thousands of miles apart." them. We question whether you will see
 — —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER. 347

anywhere else on earth more stereoscopes kindliest manner, and our personal regret
and stereographs than are displayed in the is is obliged to return to you at all,
that he
windows of the picture-shops of that noted and that he cannot remain with us perma-
thoroughfare. Journal of Chemistry. nently. He carries to you our very highest
esteem, and we trust that what he will be
able to tell you of American photography
will not lower us in your estimation.
ADDRESS We solicit from you an interchange of
OF THE
ideas, and offer you such as we have in re-
National Photographic Association
TO turn. At least once a year, at our Annual

The Society for the Advancement of Exhibitions, we hope you will remember to
permit us to see examples of your progress
Photography in Berlin.*
and of your most perfect work.
Dbab Sirs As the Executive Committee
:
As we hope that the dark war-cloud which
of the National Photographic Association of
now hovers over your great and good nation
the United States, we take pleasure in ac- may soon give way to the penetrating rays
knowledging the receipt of your very kind of the sun of peace, so do we hope that
Address of May 18th, and assure you that prosperity, progress and perfection may be
your good words and wishes are heartily attained by you, as a reward for your efforts
reciprocated. in the art and science which we all so
We are all engaged in erecting and per- much love, and which you so ably repre-
fecting one grand and great monument to sent.
our beloved and it behooves us to work
art, Assuring you of our warmest greetings,
together in harmony and good will. we are very truly and fraternally yours,
Although your Address arrived too late
W. Irving Adams, Chairman.
to be read to the assemblage of photog-
V. M. Wilcox, E. L. Allen,
raphers at Cleveland, it has been published
them
W. J. Baker, Jno. Carbutt,
to all, and it is very gratifying to us
Ex. Com. Nat. Phot. Ass.
as a token from your Society of your ap-
preciation of American photography.
Edward L. Wilson, Secretary.

The work of several of the eminent mem- A. Bogardtjs, President.

bers of your Society has been the admira- To Theo. Prumm, Esq.,
tion of many here for several years, and Vice-President of the S. F. T. A. of P.,
" Berlin photographs" is almost a by-word and others.
among us. They have been purchased, and 51 Unter den Linden, Berlin, Prussia.

studied and imitated, a fact which may be

easily guessed on examining the work of
some of our best artists. We are free t.o A Curious and Interesting Fact.
confess this, because we believe that no A few weeks ago, Mr. Eobert Benecke,
photographer compromises his pride or his at our request, made trial of a pair of Stein-
skill in accepting or following all that will heil Aplanatic Lenses for stereoscopic work.
tend to improve his work. In due season a letter came from him mak-
We are glad to be assured by you, that ing the surprising statement that the chem-
our influence upon you has been similar, ical and visual focus of the lenses did not
and we hope that the visit to us of your be- coincide. We were somewhat mystified,
loved and worthy President, Dr. Vogel, because we had tried a great number of
will tend to render our intimacy in future, Steinheil lenses of all sizes, and found them
greater and warmer. without fault in the direction named. We
Dr. Vogel was greeted as your represent- wrote Mr. Benecke, that there must be some
ative, wherever he visited among us, in the mistake about it, or that he had got hold of
an unfinished pair of lenses which we could
;

* For Address of German Society, see our hardly credit either. We asked that he try
August No. Ed. another pair before he concluded that the
 :

348 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.

Steinheils all were liable to the objection rays, I mean, that fall square upon the
he named. He accordingly ordered others glass. And there we made the mistake, for
to try, but before they could reach him, the in fact there is only one central ray, and this
following letter was received by us. It es- one overpowered by innumerable lateral
is

tablishes a very curious and interesting
namely, that when we wish to make a re-
versed negative, as required by some of the
carbon processes, allowance must be made
in setting the focus, for the thickness of the
glass,an item which, in such cases, it will
be well to remember. Mr. Benecke sends
us an instantaneous stereograph of the
steamer K. E. Lee, the victor in the late
race on the Mississippi Eiver, made with
the No. 1 Steinheil lenses, and the view is
excellent. He writes
fact, rays. A lesson we can learn from this is,
that allowance must be made if we want to
take negatives reversed, that is, the glass
side turned toward the lens and the film on
the back. For in this instance, a person
would be likely to move the ground glass
just so far back as the thickness of the neg-
ative plate amounts to, and then he would
miss it. The better plan would be to re-
verse the ground glass in the frame and use
the negative glass as thick as the ground
glass is.

"To save you unnecessary trouble, and "Well, I am glad that the Steinheils are
Mr. Steinheil, whom I have
to do justice to all right. They work very quick for outdoor
wronged unintentionally, I write to inform work. Dr. Vogel will tell you that we had
you that I was so fortunate as to find out full time by uncovering the tubes and put-
what was the matter with those two Stein- ting the cloth back as quick as possible."
heils. In order to be sure about the focus,
I took a good, straight plate, and where
the collodion would have come I stuck
a piece of ground glass. This plate I put Photography from a Business Point
into the plateholder and took focus on. of View.
The rays of light had to pass through one I have often asked myself, Why does not
thickness of glass (the ground-glass) before so and so succeed in his business ? He has
they were intercepted by the ground side good
capacity, industry, fair business talent,
of the glass. This, I thought, would not location, etc. My
answer has not always
make any difference, but that was the whole been satisfactory to myself, but may I not
matter. I used then an ordinary piece of present a few reasons which have, especially
ground glass, put it in the plateholder and of late, forced themselves upon me, as prob-
took the focus thereon. I found now that ably the true, whilst at the same time they
I had to shift the back part of the box would be thought the last ones, that swamp,
further in toward the lenses, in fact right so to speak, many a one's profits and pros-
to the mark I had made where I had to pects.
have it in order to get a sharp picture. I First. I hold that we endeavor to do en-
tried another picture, and everything was tirely too much, and too varied styles of
ail right. To convince me further, I took work. A year ago we found ourselves mak-
my half size box, set the focus on a sign ing (or trying to make), ordinary cartes,
opposite my window, then took the ground Berlin cartes, Imperial cartes, 4-4, 8-4, 17
glass outand put another (transparent) piece x 20, India-inks, water colors, crayons, life-

of glass in front of it. The result was the size pastels, life-size oils, to crown all, por-
same; I had to push in now in order to see celains. Now, would in all seriousness
»I

things sharp, and the more so the thicker ask, is it possible for any single establish-
the glass that I used. ment to make all of the above in a manner
" So, I learned that a piece of plato glass approaching perfection? And yet do not
interposed between the ground glass and nearly all attempt it?
lens, even when in close contact, will make The result may bo summed up thus you :

a difference in the focus. Dr. Vogel spoke have to keep a large force of employes to
of this, but thought, like I did, that the do a moderate amount of business. You
central rays could not bo deflected, those are always occupied doing very littlo you ;
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 349

may well say, " We

are compelled to do or agreeable to you), more fully enlarge upon
attempt everything." Eighteen years of them. D. Bendann.
experience has satisfactorily and thoroughly
Baltimore, August 20th, 1870.
demonstrated to me the fallacy of the above.
No establishment of any standing or repu-
tation but what can guide the taste and in-
clination of its customers, to any style of BACK NUMBERS WANTED.
their productions that has true merit in it- There are some of our subscribers who
self to recommend it ; and the surprise of do not bind their numbers, and if there are
many would be great, how much more any such who can spare those for January,
work they would produce, at less risk, ex- February, and June, 1869, we should be
pense, labor, and worry, and more profit, if very glad to pay a premium for them, name-
they would cut half the variety of styles, and ly, 75 cents per copy. We are also in need
confine themselves to fewer and how much ; of Mosaics for 1868 ; for which we will pay
better work. Of course, every one must be 50 cents per copy, or exchange for the Fear
the judge of what their peculiar surround- Book.
ings call for, what to cut, and what to en- We constantly have applications for full
courage. volumes and sets, and these are needed to

May without being thought too egotis-

I, accommodate the parties who send them.
tical, illustrate it in our case, for are we all If any responses are made to this, please
not apt to judge from our own experiences ? write us when the copies are sent.
A year ago having come to the above conclu-
sions, we concluded to stop imperial cartes ;

reason, they were not remunerative enough,

and interfered too much with the 4-4, which PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC
were —
result, after first few weeks, we rare-
;
ASSOCIATION.
ly had any applications for them (having re- The stated meeting of the season
first

moved specimens), and sale of 4-4 and small
cartes greatly augmented. Porcelains we
found were not sufficiently in demand to
justify a separate workman, hence we cut
them. There has not been a single instance
where parties desiring them did not take
some other style of picture instead. The
amount of annoyance, trouble, and expense,
thus gotten rid of was great moreover, all
other styles of work have felt the benefiting
was held at No. 822 Arch Street, on Thurs-
day evening, September 8th, the President,
William H. Khoads, Esq., in the chair.
Minutes of the last meeting were read and
approved.
The Committee on Dr. Vogel, reported
that their duties were fulfilled, and the
com-
mittee was discharged. The Committee on
; By-Laws, Messrs. Shoemaker, Trask, Phil-
and Evans, handed in their re-
lips, Seeler,

influence of getting more attention than be- port,which included a series of by-laws for
fore, and, show it. We seriously contem- the government of the Association. Their
plate further prunings. You may as well report was accepted, and afterwards the by-
expect one artist to work in ink, water co- laws were again read, amended, and adopted
lor, pastel, and oil, with equal facility, as in sections.
to expect a photographer to jump from one A negative was shown with a very pecu-
style to another with good results. Another liar effect. The filmseemed to be eaten
good effect which would follow, forces itself away under the varnish, and a yellowish
upon me: if there was less of everybody's granulated substance seemed to have de-
trying to do everything, and different es- posited over parts of the plate. It was ex-
tablishments had their specialties, the ruin- amined with a great deal of interest, and
ous competition in prices would not exist, considerable discussion followed. Some
there not being that motive to do the same averred that the effect was caused by using
thing cheaper than our neighbor. pyrogallic acid and iron developer. Mr.
I give the above crude ideas to your Tresize stated that once upon a time, sud-
readers, and may at some future time (if denly all his negatives assumed that ap-
350 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
pearance, the moment the varnish was ap- these were at once suspected, so the water
plied. No lack of washing could have caused was carried from the hydrant below, to the
it, he was careful. After exam-
for in that tank, in buckets. Still the prints turned
ining everything he concluded it was the yellow. The buckets were then inquired
cotton, and as soon as he used a different for, and examined. Upon cross-questioning
sample the trouble vanished. it was found that one of them had been used
Mr. Shoemaker said it was caused by for carrying waste fixing solution down
imperfect washing after fixing with hypo, and although it was afterwards well
stairs,

and he could prove it by several solar nega-
tives he had, which were not varnished.
.For this reason he always recommends
cyanide for fixing solar negatives. More
careful washing would stop the annoyance.
The general opinion of those present was,
that Mr. Shoemaker was correct. He
offered to take the negative, make a posi-
tive, and enlarge it, in the lantern, at the
next meeting. At Mr. Cremer's sugges-
tion it was resolved that the members fur-
washed, still enough of the hypo remained
to damage any amount of prints.
Some specimens of the new " Hot Cast
Porcelain " glass were shown, which for reg-
and color,
ularity of thinness, straightness,
were unequalled.
Some specimens were also shown of both
a cream tint and a greenish tint, which
must be very effective in contrast with the
rich, warm tones attainable on porcelain
glass.

nish their cartes to be hung in the room of There were present at this meeting gen-
meeting. tlemen from New Jersey, Delaware, and
Mr. Wilson stated that the life of the Illinois, and the Society gladly admits to

Society would now depend upon the indi- membership all who desire to join it, al-
vidual effort and earnestness of each mem- though its principal object is to fraternize
ber,and he would therefore suggest that the Pennsylvania photographers, and those
when defects, failures, and excellencies were in adjacent states. The meetings hereafter
found, that they be brought to the meetings will be the second Monday in each month.
and freely shown ;
also that the chair ap-
point at each meeting, some one member to
read a paper on some practical subject at
the next meeting. Mr. William Bell was NEW ENGLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC
accordingly appointed to read the first
SOCIETY.
paper, at the next meeting, Mr. Wilson's On account of sickness and other things
suggestion having been made a motion and over which I had no control, I have not
carried. been able before to send you any report of
Mr. Trask suggested that the members the Boston Photographic Association. If
bring samples of their work at each meet- it is not too late, I will send you a report of
ing. our July meeting, also special meeting to
Dr. Vogel's letters from America to his welcome Dr. Vogel.
own journal in Berlin were read by Mr. July 5th, we met as usual at Black's stu-
Wilson. dio, No. 172 Washington Street. The Pres-
Mr. Shoemaker said that if the members ident being absent, the meeting was called
would bring such negatives as presented to order by Mr. South worth.
any peculiar defects, he would make trans- Kecords read and approved.
parencies from them for the lantern, and Mr. Southworth spoke of the National
exhibit them at the next meeting. Exhibition at Cleveland as being a success,
Mr. Tresize recounted some experience and gave the names of many present. For
he had seen with prints turning yellow. He one, he was glad he went said that at pres-
;

visited a gallery in Illinois, and the com- ent he was not making pictures of faces,
plaint was made to him that for days, noth- but felt as much interested in photography
ing but yellow prints had rewarded the as over wanted photographers to improve
;

cfrorts of the poor photographer. The water- as much in one year as he had in ten, and
supply was obtained through iron pipes, and saw no reason why they should not, because
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 351

of the better advantages, and he thought the remembrance of this journey will ever be
common had improved very much in
class the most beautiful of my life; it will now
the last year, judging from pictures he saw encourage me to work further and further
on exhibition at Cleveland but he was of; with all my power, for the progress of pho-
the opinion that the best pictures in the tography.
country now, would always be the best, or, "Soon I go back to Germany in a grave
at least for a long time. time; clouds of war, of a heavy war, arise
He saw the Albert and the Woodbury on the horizon, and in the tumult of arms,
processes,and thought that each had their under the thunder of guns, it will not be
beauties and advantages, but they would possible to work for a peaceful art, but I —
not take the place of silver printing. In am hopeful. I believe we Germans have
regard to prices, he thought that should be the sympathies of America, the sympathies
a secondary consideration. Every photog- of a free land, and the freest people in the
rapher should ask himself, What shall I do world.
for art? rather than, What shall I do to get "I believe we Germans merit sym-
their
business? pathies. Professor Towler says: 'Germany
The National Association last year num- is the land of science and art.'

bered 200 members; this year it had in- "I was proud Far West of
to see in the
creased to over 600. He hoped next year to America works of our German painters,
see a larger increase, as evei'y photographer Kaulbach, Meyerheim, and Lessing and ;

must be affected by it. He, for one, had our German sculptors, Eand, Schadow, and
come home with enlarged ideas, besides Kist, acknowledged by your countrymen.
meeting pleasant company ; spoke of the I was proud to observe how you appreciate
Eembrandt effect as being the prevailing German photography, and to hear in every
style of picture, and proposed at our next town of the United States German songs,
meeting to read a paper upon Light and and the works of Mozart and Beethoven,
Shade; stated that Dr. Vogel might come and many others you have acknowledged
;

to Boston, and if so, hoped there might be
a meeting called to give. him a greeting.
It was moved that when we adjourn it be
to the first Tuesday in October. On motion
carried.
Also voted, that should Dr. Vogel come
to Boston, the President call a special meet-
ing of the Association to welcome him.
A meeting was called July 21st,
special
President Allen in the chair, who intro-
duced Dr. Yogei to the members as one
whom they all knew, although many had
never seen him.
Dr. Vogel made the following remarks
"About eight weeks ago I arrived in
your hospitable country I have crossed
; manship, and I believe that to be the cause
America from the Delaware to Lake Erie
and Lake Michigan, and from the Missis-
sippi to the St. Lawrence Eiver. At every
stopping-place I have been most kindly re-
ceived by my American fellows, and my
heart is filled with thankfulness to the pho-
tographers of the United States filled
with some grand impressions of your land
and your people. Yes, gentlemen for the
our great investigator Humboldt, and our
countryman Bunsen, the discoverer of the
spectral analysis.
" We have many imperfect things in Ger-
many, but I hope Germany will ever be
the centre for the progress of art and science,
and that it will be appreciated throughout
the world.
"But what we want practised in Ger-
many is the free development. Very often
our best ideas are lost and fruitless in Ger-
many. You have what we want. I admire in
America, your readiness displayed always in
introducing new ideas to practice, and mak-
ing them useful to humanity. I admire your
activity and energy in all points of work-
of the rapid development of your land. I
hope for a stronger alliance between Ger-
man profundity and American sharpness
and activity, and American liberty. Such
an alliance would be an irresistible power,
and a guarantee for the future of civiliza-
— tion."
Dr. Vogel's remarks were responded to
1 by Professor Taccella, Mr. Southworth, and
 : :

352 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

others,and we had a very good time gener- Robert Benecke, Secretary, S.E. cor. Fourth

ally. A
vote of thanks was passed to Dr. and Market H. Fitzgibbon,
Streets. J.

Vogel in consideration of his coming to this Treasurer, 116 N. Fourth Street. John A.
country. Adjourned. E, F. Smith, Scholten, 301 and 303 Olive, cor. 5th, en-
Secretary. trance 509 Olive St. Cramer, Gross & Co.,
1200 and 1204 South Fifth Street. Boehl
& Koenig, No. 104 North Fourth Street.
ST. LOUIS PHOTOGRAPHIC
M. Saettele, No. 1406 Carondelet Avenue.
SOCIETY.
Charles Hammersly, of Brecht & Co.,
"We are glad to see that one of the broad
906 North Sixth Street. A. W. Wood,
principles of the National Photographic
S.W. cor. Fourth and Market Streets. R.
Association — namely, to give or offer to
F. Adams, 215 N. Fourth Street. G. H.
give, no prizes for work exhibited at its an-
McConnell, S.E. cor. of Fifth and Locust
nual exhibitions, but to encourage all to Streets.
exhibit without fear of favoritism being
We
are sure that harmony and peace will
—
shown, has had its effects upon a local so- be advanced by such commendable action.
ciety, to wit

" The Board of Directors having granted

the request of the members
Photographic Society, offer no premiums
for photographs this year."
Rooms St. Louis Photographic Society
of the St. Louis THE PHOTO-CRAYON PROCESS.
We have received a copy of the specifica-
tions ofMr. Oliver Sarony's patent for
making photo-crayons, from which we make
-

S.E. cob. 4th and Market Sts., the following extracts :

.
" As it is important to the result
.
May 2d, 1870.
.

G. 0. Kalb, that the shadows should be clear, I by pref-

Sec'y St. Louis Agricultural and Mechanical erence use old collodion, containing bro-
Association. mine and iodine, sensitizing the plate in a
Dear Sir: At the last monthly meeting bath thirty-five to forty grains strong, ren-
of our Society, we, the undersigned mem- dered slightly acid, the time being short, as
bers, resolved as follows will be well understood by an experienced
Whereas, It is our wish and desire that practical photographic operator. To de-
no premiums be offered at the Tenth An- velop, I prefer to use pyrogallic acid, one
nual Fair of the St. Louis Agricultural and grain, citric acid one and a half grains, with
Mechanical Association for any style of sufficient spirits ofwine (alcohol) to cause
photographs or pictures, taken by the aid it run freely over the plate, fixing the
to
of the camera obscura, as last year; and be plate with hyposulphite of soda. I will here
it further observe, that should the negative appear
^Resolved, If no premiums are offered as hard, extra exposure and a plentiful use of
aforesaid, the interest of the members of this developer, will tone and soften the picture."
Society in the Annual Exhibition at the St. Our readers are aware that the American
Louis Fair will not be lessened. We will agents, Messrs. Alden and Lambert Bro-
exhibit our work and contribute all we can thers, teach this process to all who buy the
to the interest of your Exhibition. Sarony crayonized sheets.
Believing this move to be for the interest It is worth buying the sheets, we are told,
of our Society, and photographers gener- to get the process for porcelain pictures
ally, we respectfully ask that our request be only, for it is equally well adapted to that
granted by the Board of Directors of the class of work. Largo and small pictures
St. Louis Agricultural and Mechanical As- may be made from one negative, with
sociation,and the Secretary is hereby in- equal facility and of uniform quality. The
structed to forward a copy of these resolu- process will not make the pictures, however.
tions to the officers of the St. Louis Fair This should not be expected, but with judg-
Grounds. ment and care, very beautiful results are
A. J. Fox, President, 400 Olive Street. obtained by it.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 353

THE NIEPCE FUND. mixture of lampblack, yellow ochre, and

The following contributions have been Spanish whiting, in proportions to suit the

received for the fund for the widow of M. taste. Any blacksmith can do the necessary
iron work, and the whole cost, including
Niepce de St. Victor : J. Paul Martin, .25 ;

iron work, is less than $5, provided all the

W. "W. Backus, $6; H. B. Hyllier, $1 ;

David Duncan, $1 F. M. Spencer, .60; labor, except the iron work, is done by
;

Scovill Manufacturing Company, $50 " A

yourself.
;

Friend," $25; G. B. McLaughlin, $1 J. ;

by the cut, that the back-
It will be seen

We ought ground and dark in parts, and the

is light
F. Eyder, $5— $89.85 in all. to
light or dark side may be used by revolving
raise $500 for this charitable object from
it, or, if a uniform tint is desired, keep it
the grateful photographers of America.
revolving during exposure. Our drawing
shows the background, reflectors, chair, and
head-rest, all ready to make a Kembrandt
Motes's Circular Background. picture. The background
figure of the is
"We are glad to see that photographers simply crosspieces with a rim around.
are awakening to the fact, that the back-
ground is a very important part of the pic-
ture, and that it has a great deal to do with
the pictorial effect achieved. Whatever, CENTRAL OHIO PHOTOGRAPHIC
therefore, tends to improvement in this re-
SOCIETY.
spect we are glad to bring to the notice of
our readers, and we have now to describe
We take pleasure in announcing the or-
ganization of another Local Society, with
a very excellent idea obtained from Mr. C.
Mr. F. Thorp, Bucyrus, O., as the Presi-
W. Motes, Athens, Georgia, and a member
dent. We extract the following from their
of the National Photographic Association ;
circular:
one of the broad principles of which he car-
by making known to others
ries out freely
" Dear Sir: Believing that our interests

such good things as he finds useful in his

will be subserved by co-operative effort in

practice.
advancing the standard of our art, and
that individual improvement will be greatly
enhanced by associated effort, I present for
your consideration a plan for the forma-
tion of the Central Ohio Photographic So-
ciety.

" 1st. No fees or dues will be required.

" 2d. The only obligation required of each
member is a pledge to furnish twice a year
asmany prints from one of his best nega-
tives as there are members of the Associa-
tion, together with his formula written in
brief. These formulas will then be ar-
ranged in form, and printed, each member
receiving a copy with a package containing
a picture from each of the other members,
so thatby reference to the printed formula
you can see what each artist uses, and have
the result before you."

As will be seen by the figure, it consists All who wish can join by applying to
of a muslin disk, mounted on framework, Mr. Thorp before October 10th. After that
which revolves on an axis affixed to an ordi- a vote of the Society must be taken on all
nary head-rest. The diameter is 4J feet. applications. We wish the new Society
Unbleached muslin is used, painted with a much success.
24
 — "

554 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

•

PHOTOGRAPHIC DIALOGUES. hint to you. To flow a plate properly can

(sequel to one hundred days in a fog, only be done by very great practice.
etc., continued.) M. Ah bah I coated plates after one or
I

two trials as easily as sliding down a cellar-

BY ELBERT ANDERSON,
door.
Operator at W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y.
A. I will not dispute you ;
you no doubt
Fourth Evening.
coat your plates as hundreds of others do,
A. "Whilst speaking of iodizing the nega- that I have seen do it. If it suit you, and
tive bath, at our last meeting, you will re- them, all your business, not
right ; it is
member I said, that, if a solution of any mine, but this style of coating will never
iodide (such as iodide of ammonium, cad- suit me. I repeat, to coat a plate properly,
mium, potassium, etc. in water), be poured i. e., without comet lines, cloud waves, and
into a solution of nitrate of silver, a dense evenly, without the slightest imperfection,
yellowish precipitate is thrown down, which requires care and dexterity. The directions
is The iodide of silver thus
iodide of silver. by the "great ones," "pouring a pool in
formed, is done by what is called in chem- the centre of the plate and tilting it until
istry double decomposition. The iodide, for- it covers all the plate, then rocking it, to
merly combined with the ammonium, leaves make the lines coalesce, etc.," are followed
it and combines with the silver whilst the by many, and no doubt they are perfectly
oxygen and nitric acid leave the silver and correct. I do not do it, however. I like my
combine with the ammonium forming nitrate own way best. Like most tricks of sleight-
of ammonia. of-hand, this is exceedingly difficult to ex-
M. When a plate is coated, then, the io- plain in writing. As the play-bills have it,

dides and bromides, uniting with the silver " it must be seen, to be fully appreciated."
in the bath, form iodide and bromide of Hardwich says on page 415, 7th edition,
silver ; but what becomes of nitrate formed ? "Apply the whole quantity of collodion first,
A. When the iodide and bromide of silver and incline the plate afterwards but never ;

isformed, it is restrained from getting into tiltand pour at the same time. Do not be
the bath by the nature of the collodion economical as regards quantity, and if a
which holds it fast to the glass ; a portion of little should flow away at the edges, it
the nitrates thus formed remains in the bath, will be of no consequence." Very unfor-
and may be in it in considerable quantity tunately for me, I cannot agree with this
without materially affecting the working gentleman, as I differ from him in every
properties of the bath. particular. Consider the plate coated. In
M. There are methods, however, I pre- a few moments the ether in the film will
sume whereby this nitrate can be entirely have sufficiently evaporated, and the plate
removed, are there not, fusing the bath, for may be touched slightly with the ball of
instance? the third finger, at that corner whence the
A. Assuredly all the nitrate can be easily collodion was poured off. The finger should
removed, not by fusing, however. We will leave its impression, without otherwise af-
come to all that in good time. I remem- fecting the film, which latter is now said to
ber after I had been coating some thousands be set. Now I quote :
" When the collo-
of plates, as assistant in the dark-room, the dion has become a little tacky, the plate is

operator happened to mention one day in a
casual manner, " Anderson, you don't know
anything more about coating a plate, than
a double-headed jackass." Though forcible,
this was perhaps inelegant, and upon the
whole not encouraging, though the precise
nature of the bicephalous animal was not ap-
parent, the Siamese twins being the nearest
ready for immersion in the silver bath.
Place it on the dip-rod and let it down with
a quick motion, but not so rapid as to cause
a splash." Devine's Practice, page 27.
" When the plate is ready, rest it upon
the glass dipper, collodion side uppermost
[I am
very glad indeed he mentions this,
as it so exceedingly likely and perfectly
is

that — Well, that's neither here nor there. natural for any one to coat a plate and turn
I mention this little incidont as a gentle it buttered side down, to lower it in the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 355

bath] "and lower it in the solution by a iron, C. P. (crystals of green vitriol)

and
slow and steady movement." {Hardwich, p. crush it up in mortar to powder,
a porcelain
417, 7th edition.) adding water at the same time, which dis-
M. No, but which is right? solves the iron gradually pour off this water ;

A. Tou pays your money and takes your in a bottle, and add more, until the whole
choice, my little man. of the iron is dissolved. Finally add water
M. You can me your opinion.
at least give until the bulk is equal to 16 to 20 ounces of

A. Follow Hardwich's advice. Lower water to the 1 ounce of iron. When thor-
your plate very slowly and steadily, and oughly mixed, filter it through filtering-
the moment it is entirely submerged, swing paper.
the dip-rod very gently from right to left, M. This is the developer, I suppose ?

and up and down two or three times. A. That photographic name, but
is its

M. Is your dip-rod too short, that you put used as it is in photographic operations, it
this peg in the handle? is called in chemistry a reducer.

A. I cut the rod off expressly that the M. Why?

plate shall not reach the bottom of the bath A. You
will see presently. Take about
by two or three inches, consequently all adrachm of your silver solution in a saucer,
fragments of collodion film and other par- and pour into this a drachm of the iron so-
ticles of matter floating in the bath, instead lution ; observe the effect.
of lodging on the plate, sink below it, and M. It has turned to a leaden color, some-
greater cleanliness is secured. You will what like indelible ink, and has a silvered
now understand that the iodides and bro- surface.
mides in the collodion, coming in contact A. The solution of iron being mixed with
with the nitrate of silver in the bath, form the silver solution causes the silver to pre-
(as previously stated) iodide and bromide cipitate, in other words, reduces the silver
of silver in and on the collodion film. to the metallic state.
M. The must remain in the bath
plate M. What is the cause of this precipitation ?
until it is perfectly smooth and shows no A. Ah now listen to me. The term
!

greasy lines, I know but what makes those

;
molecular force, is used to express certain
lines? manifestations of actions, or attraction.
A. Although water and alcohol mix per- The principal ones being, attraction of cohe-
fectly together, such is not the case with sion, of adhesion, capillary attraction, and
ether. The water in the bath repels the affinity. Now, although they essentially
ether in the film, and until the ether is differ from each other, these forces all agree
washed away, it will run down the plate in one remarkable particular, to wit. : their
precisely as if the plate were dipped in oil influence upon matter is exerted only at in-
or grease. sensible distances.
M. What is the object of moving the M. What are these essential differences ?

plate about in the bath ? A. Cohesion, or cohesive attraction, is

A. It greatly facilitates this very washing that force which holds together atoms of the
and consequently expedites
off of the ether, same kind of matter. The effort required
the "sensitizing " of the plate. You will to break a substance is a measure of the
find it an excellent plan after the plate has strength of the cohesive force exerted by its

been in the bath a few moments, not only particles, and when between
this attraction
to move it about up and down and sideways, its particles, is once destroyed (remember
but to raise it entirely out of the solution this word), it is generally impossible to re-
eight or ten times; it will sensitize in just store it. Thus, that force which binds to-
one-half the time. There isno harm in gether all the parts to form a lump of sugar,
leaving it quiet in the bath if you are other- is cohesion, and the atoms are said to co-
wise engaged (in posing, focussing, etc.), here.
only it takes rather longer, for the reason Adhesion, or adhesive attraction, is that
already given. Now let us make an experi- force which causes unlike particles of mat-
ment. Take one ounce of protosulphate of ter to cling together, and when united, the
 !

356 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

atoms are said to adhere. Thus when two A. When metallic silver is dissolved in
pieces of wood are glued together, they are nitric acid, the nitric acid, as previously
held hy the adhesive force between the par- stated, is decomposed, one portion oxidizing
ticles of wood and the particles of glue. the silver, whilst the second portion com-
Capillary attraction is that force which bines with this oxide, and thus produces the
manifests itself between the surj'aces of solids nitrate of the oxide of silver.
and liquids. Tou must have frequently no- Here then is a case of chemical combina-
ticed in pouring water gradually from a cup tion, as in the nitrate thus formed neither
or pitcher, how the liquid is disposed to the properties of metallic silver, nor of
cling to, and rundown the sides of the vessel. nitric acid, can be discerned. Do you un-
M. Oh yes and like your coffee when it
I derstand me ?
is sucked up (like with a sponge) by a lump M. Of course.
of sugar. A. Again, when gum camphor is dis-
A. You are right. solved in alcohol, is this a case of chemical
M. Yes, but why is it called caterpillar combination ?
attraction ? M. No, certainly not
A. Capillary attraction from the Latin ; A. Why?
capillus (hair), because was first observed
it M. Because both the smell of the cam-
in small glass tubes, the bore of which was phor and the taste and other properties of
not thicker than a hair. the alcohol remain.
Affinity is that attraction which unites A. Good boy, go up head. Now another
atoms of different substances into com- experiment. Into this wineglass I pour a
pounds possessing new and distinct prop- little water (say three-fourths full), upon
erties. top of which I pour some spirits of camphor.
M. I don't quite understand you. Observe the result.

A. Oxygen, a gas, supporting combustion, M. The camphor is all restored again ;

and hydrogen, an inflammable gas, unite this is then a case of precipitation.

and form water (oxide of hydrogen), a li- A. Exactly. Now, Mr. Marshall, what
quid with the very opposite properties of made the camphor precipitate?
the gases. Now, Mr. Marshall, I hope you M. Ah here she goes. Because the ad-
1

will excuse this diversion from the main hesion between the water and the alcohol,
subject; but by first understanding this, I is greater than the adhesion between the
can far better explain what is to follow. camphor and the alcohol, so that the alcohol

M. Thy words drop upon mine ears like deserted its first love and espoused the cause
unto music. of the water ; in fact became a member of
A. "What kind I Japanese? the temperance society.
M. No, don't let me interrupt you. A. Now when the solution of protosul-
A. When a solid (a lump of sugar for phate of iron is poured into the silver solu-
instance), dissolves in a liquid (say water), tion, the attraction between the iron and
the cohesion between its particles is not the water is stronger than that between the

destroyed, mind you, merely overcome

it is silver and the water, consequently the sil-
by the superior force of adhesion between ver is set free and precipitated, but as the
the particles of water and those of the sugar. precipitate is metallic silver, and not nitrate,
For sugar, whether in a lump in the hand, it is said to be reduced.
or dissolved in water, is still sugar. This Let us now repeat the first experiment
is an example of plain solution, and in all with a modification. Into the developer,
cases of simple solution, the properties of as you call it, I will pour two ounces of
both, the solid and the liquid, are retained. acetic acid, to one ounce of iron, and eigh-
Now, there exists a clear distinction between teen ounces water into a drachm of silver
;

a simple solution and a chemical combina- solution in the saucer, I pour the same quan-
tion, though the latter is often called a solu- tity of developer ; observe the effect.

tion. M. It don't precipitate any more; now

M. Can you give me an example ? what's up ?
 : : .

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 357

A. Acids have a retarding effect in this

APPRENTICESHIP.
reduction, and if added in too large a quan-
tity, the reduction is almost entirely check-
The subject of apprenticeship is one, we
think, that American photographers must
ed. See now the solution is turning black
again, as in the first experiment.
sooner or later consider. A committee was
appointed at the Cleveland meeting of the
Lime is somewhat soluble in water, but
N". P. A., to report upon the subject next
if carbonic acid gas brought in contactis
year, and we append a note from one of
with it whilst in solution, the two will unite
them, hoping our readers, and especially
together by the action of the chemical force
the members, will think over it, and give
of affinity, and overcome the adhesion which
The us their ideas on the subject
the water previously had for the lime.
above case fully illustrates a general law in " I feel that a proper system of appren-
chemistry, which may be stated as follows ticeship to our profession will work a great
Two substances which when united form an change in the practice of photography, and
insoluble compound, generally combine and fairly revolutionize the whole business. A
produce the same compound when they meet proper education to fit a student and prac-
in solution.
titioner for any profession is an absolute ne-
This law is practically taken advantage cessity, and I am one of (I hope) a great
of in chemical operations, for separating many who are not willing to allow that
the different constituents of a compound photography can be taken up and success-
from each other. Thus, if you desire to fully practised without the proper instruc-
know if a certain perfectly clear spring wa- tion. The basis for that instruction is what
ter contains lime, you must introduce car- I conceive to be the object and duty of our
bonic acid gas ; this uniting immediately committee.
with the lime, forms an insoluble compound " I will do all I can with the others; in
which is precipitated and on the other hand,
;
themeantime you could assist the committee
by reversing the operation and introducing materially by calling for opinions from the
a solution of lime, you may be able to de- profession generally, through the columns
tect the presence of carbonic acid gas. of the Photographer. "Where so many are
M. Why does hot water dissolve sub- interested, much can be gained by such an
stances more readily than cold water ? interchange of thought.
A. Anything which tends to weaken the " And now allow me to find just a word
force of cohesion in a solid, of course favors or two of objection to the report of proceed-
solution. And if a substance be reduced to ings as published in the Photographer. On
powder, it dissolves more quickly, both, page 239, July number, my proposition was
from the larger extent of surface which it for a proper badge to be worn during the

exposes to the action of the liquid, and from sessions of the Convention. I found it quite

the partial destruction of cohesion between inconvenient not to know the members
the particles. Thus heat, by diminishing when I met them out of session.
the force of cohesion, generally promotes " Pages 246 and 247 : I am reported as
solution. having talked very foolishly I called the ;

M. Generally ! don't it always? attention of the Convention to the fact that

it would be much more instructive to have
A. No, some substances dissolve more
freely in cold water than in warm, —lime, a sample of difficulties under discussion pres-
ent, that we might talk under standingly
for instance. Iodide of silver dissolves
more readily in a cold solution of silver, than
" Page 253 : It was my voice that called
in a warm one. Alum on the other hand for the condition of the department for
dissolves so freely in hot water, that it will which subscriptions had been taken up, and
resume in part its solid form as the water itwas my motion (not Mr. Bardwell's) that
cools ; thus many substances are dissolved prevailed to refer the subject to the Execu-
in boiling water first, to bring on crystalli- tive Committee, with power to act.

zation. " I would be glad if these corrections can

358 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
be made in the general report of proceedings, ILLUMINATED STOPS.
which I suppose you will issue after a
Our readers have doubtless read with in-
while. I. B. Webster, terest theremarks of M. Bazin and Mr.
"Louisville, Ky."
Lea, which have appeared in these pages,
on the subject of the acceleration of expos-
ure. All that tends to this great end is
ALBUMENIZING THE PLATE. valuable, and we take pleasure in bringing
forth another idea which comes from Mr.
BY JEX BARBWELL.
M. M. Griswold, of Lancaster, Ohio.
In looking over my Photographic News,
Early in July he began a series of experi-
I find, that De Constant says, " It may be
ments, with a view to accelerating the ex-
argued that the method of pouring the al- posure of the negative, with what he calls
bumen solution upon wet plates in the same an illuminated diaphragm, namely, a dia-
manner as collodion is applied, is an easier phragm made of photographic paper, ren-
and a more simple manner of working, but dered translucent by castor oil, which he
it has ever failed me to albumenize a plate
substituted for the ordinary diaphragm.
in this way, for as soon as the plate was By experiment he found that red was the
taken from the water, and placed in a hori- best color for the paper stop, and by using
zontal position, the water fled on all sides, such a stop, he finds that he can diminish
leaving dry spaces all over the plate." I the exposure very materially, without in-
have often had the same trouble, but I found creasing the size of the stop, or, without
it was caused by a greasy surface, if it may
any detriment to the sharpness of the image.
be so called. I found the remedy in wash-
He sends us two photographs of a group
ing the plates, after they had been cleaned,
of accessories, curtains, etc. one made with ;

in a solution of carbonate or bicarbonate

an extra 4-4 lens with the ordinary stop,
of soda in water, and then to well flow the
and the other, with the illuminated stop.
plates with clean water, and by immediately The same size stop was used in each case,
flowing the plate with the albumen solution,
and the same exposure given; but in the
causing it to push the water before it, and one made with the illuminated stop, there
flowing the second time, allowing the first
is decidedly less harsh contrast than in the
to run down the sink, and then setting the other, with an equal amount of detail, and
plate up to dry in a warm room. They dry
a tendency to greater softness, proving, that
so quick, that by the time I have a dozen
more time was needed with the ordinary
prepared, the first plate is in a condition to stop to make the picture equal to the other.
flow with collodion. I prefer to make my
Mr. Griswold is pursuing his experiments
coffee plates in a room quite warm, and the
further, and will make known his results
plates are dried quite near the stove, so they
in due time. We should be glad to have
dry very quick, and by so doing, I have others join him, for we look for very im-
no dust on them. I hear a great deal portant results in this direction.
about plates blurring, but I use a heavy
collodion, giving a creamy film, and am
never troubled with that fault, that is with
a coffee plate. I find they develop better,
Retouching Solar Negatives.
give softer negatives, and I think, require I looked for some time for a way
have
less exposure, provided you soak the plate or means of retouching solar negatives, and
for a little time before you commence to have tried everything I could think of, but
develop. Just wetting the plate and de- with no success.
veloping will tend to hardness. Soaking I asked many of the solar men at Cleve-
and washing will very naturally modify the land, but none knew or, at least, could
result. give mo any satisfaction. Now, if I state

what I have found out, I want to see how

Imperfect washing after fixing and bad many men will say, " It is old." Let them
varnishes cause checkered negatives. say it — it is now to me and good. I remove
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 359

the biconvex lens from the rear combina- B, and h is a washer, the width of the board,
tion of an old £ lens, and place it in a A, but not absolutely necessary. "With
movable rack, over my retouching frame, this the lens can be quickly adjusted to any
so the lens will be about 2£ inches above the part of the frame, and by tightening the
negative; with a fine-pointed pencil I pro- set screw, it will stay where it is put. The
ceed to stop up the holes seen through the whole thing is easily gotten up, and need
assistance of the magnifying glass. Use pen- only to be seen to be ever after used for re-
cils of different hardness for different parts touching all kinds of negatives. I coat
of the face. I stand up to do this, as I can my solar negatives with weak gum-water,
arrange my frame in the window just high if they should prove too tender to the touch of
enough, so that I can relax every muscle the pencil, not often necessary.
and make very light touches. If retouching It is necessary that the lens be large
is of any advantage to cartes, it certainly enough so the operator may see the work
is of twofold advantage to a solar negative; with both eyes at once, and then it will be
and the results of careful retouching must a relief to the eyes rather than an injury.
be seen to be appreciated. With all this I must say one word for the
I inclose my first experiment, not having —
Cleveland Exhibition, I believe I learned
any better print now on hand, but have im- more than any one that was there, if it were
proved some on this. The face had some possible. C. A. "Winsor,
pimples, some freckles, or rather stains of Hennepin, Ills.
complexion, and it being rather thin, I was
at a loss to know what to do with it at first,
and you see how I got out; and this could NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
be bettered by one experienced in retouch- STUDIO.
ing. In a word, I cannot retouch much any
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
way. I use the lens for retouching cartes
Photo-relief Prints and Photo-collographs —
as well, and it is a great help both to the Practical Details of Photo-collography —
eyes and to the finished picture. The draw- Pye's Photo-mechanical Printing Process
ings will show how the lens is arranged. — —
Washed Sensitive Paper Double Chlo-
ride of Gold and Potassium Rembrandt —
Portraits.

Photo-relief Prints and Photo-collographs.

—The production of true photographic gra-
A dation or half tone, by means of mechanical

f^ 1=.
printing, has been a problem, upon the solu-
tion of which much skilful experiment has
been bestowed from the earliest days of
photography. It had been given up by
many thoughtful men as impossible, be-
cause, as they argued, all half-tone in me-
chanical printing must depend on the con-
ventional gradation of hatching or stip-
pling, which, as represented by the grain
obtainable in photo-engraving, or photo-
lithography, can be at best, but a compro-
A is a piece of board | inch thick, with a mise or makeshift for the true gradation of
hole at/ to receive the lens. B is a block a continuous tint found in a photograph.
of wood as wide as the board, A, 1 inch During the last few years, just when many
thick, the length to be governed by the men of experience were, as I have said, dis-
focal length of the lenses used. It may be posed to give the matter up as an impossi-
screwed to any retouching frame through bility, two methods of photo-mechanical
the holes at e. C is a set screw, which passes printing were discovered, which fulfilled
through the slot g in A into the hole d in the desired conditions, each of them in-
360 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
volving new and previously unrecognized depends seem to have been carefully kept
utterly unlike those involved
principles, secret by all who have worked out this mode
in previous effort in the same direction. of printing. As I have recently had an
The two processes in question are the photo- opportunity of witnessing the process in
relief process ofMr. Woodbury, and the operation, some account of the details can-
photo-collographic processes which Tessie not fail to be interesting to your readers
du Motay, Albert, and others, have worked generally. The process as I saw it worked
out with more or less of success during the has been patented here by Mr. Ernest Ed-
last few years. wards. The chief novelty in his process
By Mr. Woodbury's process absolute fac consists in the addition of a trace of chrome
similes of silver prints are produced, so per- alum to the solution of gelatine and bichro-
fectly that experts may be easily deceived mate of potash of which the film is formed,
by them. They are in fact carbon prints, and by this means he secures a degree of
in which the different thicknesses of pig- hardness which gives great durability to the
ment and insoluble gelatine which form the film, and permits the production of many
image are produced by pressure, instead of impressions. By the use of the chrome
by the action of light. The finished result alum he is enabled also to dispense with
is absolutely the same in each case. The any preliminary coating to secure adhesion
Woodbury print is not a substitute for a to the glass.
carbon print ; it is a carbon print. The A plate of glass about half an inch in
photo-collograph most closely resembles a thickness is coated with a measured quantity
lithograph. In printing it is produced on of the sensitive gelatine solution sufficient
the same principle, namely the repulsion of when dry to form a film of the thickness of
a fatty inkby every part of a surface which a thin card. Care is taken that it does not
has absorbed water, and the facility of ren- flow quite to the edge of the plate, as by
dering that surface absorbent of water in leaving an uncoated margin all around of
every part but that containing the image. about half an inch, the risk of leaving the
But there noteworthy difference be-
is this glass in subsequent operations is much di-
tween lithography and photo-collography, minished. It is when quite dry exposed
the lithographic stone absorbs water in under a negative for about half an hour in
every part where its surface has not pre- a good light, after which it is soaked in cold
viously received an image in fatty ink but ;
water to wash out all the bichromate, but
it has no graduated capacity of absorption. not to dissolve any portion of the gelatine.
Where the fatty image is it repels water The plate may be left some hours soaking
completely, where it is not it absorbs water in the water at this stage, and if it is not
completely, and the image must be pro- to be used at once it is better kept there, as
duced in black and white. The photo-collo- it is not desirable to allow it to dry before
graphic surface possesses a discriminative printing. At this stage the film presents
power of absorption, and having taken an image in relief; but only very slightly
water in the exact proportion that it has so,which is desirable, as deep relief would
been protected from the action of light, it materially interfere with the printing ope-
also takes ink in the exact proportion that rations.
it has been submitted to light and so gives In most of the processes of this kind of
an image in true photographic gradation. which I have been able to gain any par-
The character of the photo-collograph, is ticulars, the rolling pressure of the copper-
that of a lithograph with photographic plate press, or the scraping pressure of the
qualities, whilst a photo-relief print possesses lithographic press, has been employed. Mr.
all the characteristics of the photograph Edwards employs vertical pressure, the or-
itself. dinary platen press, known to letter-press
Practical Details of Photo-collugraphy. — printers as the Albion press, having been
The principle upon which photo-collography selected. The platen of glass rests upon a
18 based is now tolerably well understood; sheet of vulcanized India-rubber, about a
but the practical details upon which success quarter of an inch thick, which is laid upon
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE. 361

the carriage of the press. The printing be then rolled again with a thin ink, the
operations very closely resemble those era- shadows will not be injured, but the half
ployed in lithography. The printing sur- tones will be perfectly rendered. In many
face is first moistened with a wet sponge ;
subjects a black ink is used, first for the
an India-rubber squeegee is then passed over shadows, and a warmer tint for the half
it toremove excess of water, and this is tones, by which a very effective result is
further effectedby pressing a sheet of blot- produced. By taking advantage of the
ting-paper upon it. It is now rolled with principle involved, it will be seen also that
a fatty ink, which consists of lithographic the character of the print can be modified
ink thinned with oil. The roller is a at will. If a plate have been somewhat
novelty it is not covered with leather like
: over-exposed, so as to yield a flat weak

a lithographic roller, nor with the glue image, by the use of a stiff ink the contrast
composition used in letter-press printing can be increated, and a vigorous print pro-
but with India-rubber, which answers better duced. If the plate have been somewhat
than either. Some time and care are neces- under-exposed, and possess too much con-
sary in inking the image up in the first in- trast, the use of a weak ink will give effect
stance, and the operation requires a work- to the half tones, without giving undue
man skilled in lithographic printing ;
but depth to the shadows. This principle strikes
when once in proper condition, the work- me as one of the most important yet dis-
ing goes steadily on as I have described. covered in connection with processes of this
The plate is sponged, the superfluous water kind.
removed, it is inked with the roller ; a sheet The operation of printing is not very
of paper, dry, is placed upon the surface rapid, as it requires care. An ordinary
the tympan isbrought down, the carriage workman will work off about 250 impres-
run in, the platen pulled down, and the sions a day ; but as several small pictures
operation of printing is completed. may be produced on one plate, it is not

The paper employed may be plain plate- difficult for one man to produce say 1000
paper, or enamelled paper. The latter cabinets a day.
gives the finest prints, but their surface is Some of the work I saw done was very
very easily injured, hence a fine well-rolled fine, but on the whole not quite as delicate
plate-paper is most desirable. To preserve as that of Herr Albert. I inclose you some
the margins clean, a mask of paper is cut average examples.
the proper size and shape, and this is laid Rye's Photo-mechanical Printing Process.
on the plate each time after it is rolled, and — You recently favored me with some
removed after the impression is pulled. specimens of a new photo-mechanical print-
One very important feature of this pro- ing process which had been introduced into
cess consists in the possibility of printing America, but of which the details were not
in two tints at one operation, and the prin- published. As the same process has just
ciple upon which this possibility depends is been patented here, I am enabled to send
very valuable in other respects. Mr. Ed- you the specification, which will probably
wards finds that if a somewhat stiff ink be prove interesting. How far the complica-
employed, it will only adhere to the most tion of formulas may be necessary or valu-
thoroughly exposed parts of the image, neg- able, I cannot say ;
it is worth remark
but
lecting the half tones, and yielding, on that neither Herr Albert nor Mr. Edwards
printing a hard black and white image. find it necessary to use other sensitive
If, on the other hand, a very thin ink be agents than the bichromates. Mr. Eye's
employed, it adheres readily to the less ex- specification proceeds as follows :

posed portions of the image, giving full Over a very thick piece of plate glass,
effect to the half tones, but from its thin- highly polished or plain, I pour a mixture
ness, giving poor blacks. If then a properly composed of
exposed plate be rolled with a thick ink, it 5 to 8 parts of gelatine,
will adhere readily to the part forming the 20 to 40 " albumen,
shadows, giving rich blacks. If the plate and S to 10 " distilled water.
362 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
When this mixture has been poured over is no free nitrate present, it is important
the glass, the latter placed in a suitable
is that the layer of chloride of silver on the
oven to dry, after which the glass is ex- paper, shall be in itself sufficient to yield a
posed on the reverse side to the light the ; rich image.
glass is then washed, dried, and another Double Chloride of Gold and Potassium. —
mixture poured over it. This mixture is In his communication on the uses of washed
composed of and fumed paper, Col. Stuart Wortley stated

10 to 15 parts of gelatine dissolved in 100 to 110 that he preferred the double salt of gold and
parts of water, potassium for toning prints so produced.
8 to 10 parts of albumen, His method of preparing this salt is very
3 to 5 " bichromate of potash, dissolved simple. He states it as follows :

in 10 parts of water, Dissolve 50 grains of gold in aqua regia,

3 to 5 " bichromate of ammonia, dis- composed of 7^ drachms muriatic acid and
solved in 10 parts of water,
1 J drachms nitric acid when dissolved, add
;

1 to 2 " gum myrrh, previously dissolved

18 grains carbonate of potash; filter, and
in 15 parts of alcohol,
crystallize over a spirit-lamp slowly. Watch
1 to 2 " gum benzoin, previously dis-
carefully towards the end, and stir constantly
solved in 15 parts of alcohol,
till quite dry, and the acid is driven off.
1-I0th " nitrate of silver, dissolved in 4
parts of water,
Dissolve the crystal in water, 1 grain to 1

l-10th " iodide of cadmium, previously drachm.

dissolved in 8 parts of distilled To make the bath, take a small lump of
water, chalk (say 20 grains) and put in 20 ounces
l-10th " bromide of potassium, previously of water add a little of the gold solution,
;

dissolved in 8 parts of distilled shaking up well use three hours after mix-
;

water. ing. In cold weather allow four hours, in

"When this mixture has been poured over very hot weather, two and a half. Filter
the glass, the latter is again dried in the off into the toning dish, retaining the chalk
oven, after which it is ready for copying. in the bottle; after toning, return the bath
This is effected by placing a photographic to the bottle, and put in the light to favor
negative on the glass thus prepared. The the precipitation of any silver that may have
copying will require from half an hour to gone in with the prints; add (daily) gold to
two hours. "When the negative has been the bath, according to the number of prints
copied on the glass, the latter is washed un- for toning, at the rate of 1 grain to four
der strong pressure of water, so as to extract sheets. After a week or ten days' use the
all the chromate ; the glass is again dried, chalk will get black then change it and
;

and is then ready for printing. The print- throw into the residue from the old chalk.
ing can be effected with common lithogra- "Rembrandt" Portraits. — From what I
phic ink, by means of a lithographic or have seen of the '
' Eembrandt '
' style so pre-
other suitable press, and rollers of leather valent now in the States, I have been im-
or glue. pressed with the conviction that although
Washed Sensitive Paper. The use of — the prints were not all perfect in themselves,
washed sensitive paper, fumed before print- yet the study and effort necessary in pro-
ing, has continued to attract attention here, ducing them would materially educate the
and the plan is found generally successful. photographer in the art of lighting the sit-
The chie,f source of failure appears to be ter effectively.
the use of a weakly salted paper, whereby I notice that in your last a correspondent
a coating of chloride of silver, insufficient enters a protest against the " Kembrandts
"
to give rich prints is formed. When free asunnatural and extravagant. It is some-
nitrate of silver is present, it combines with what curious that just about the same time
the chlorine liberated in the course of print- a correspondent of the Photograp]dc News
ing, to form fresh chloride of silver, so that entered a similar protest.
even with a very weakly salted paper vig- In a previous number I had spoken in
orous prints can be secured but when there ; high terms of some of the examples by Mr.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 363

Kurtz, and of the educational value of the

produce varied effects in lighting.
efforts to
The gentleman who, under the nom de plume
of "An Old Photographer" contributes
" Echoes of the Month " to the News, ex-
presses his dissent in the following para-
graph, which your readers may take quan-
tum valeat. He says
" From what I have seen of the Ameri-
can 'Kembrandt' portraits, I do not think
that the style will ever become popular in
this country, and I must confess that I hope
Sphynx looks a great deal better this
it will not. The argument of Mr. Kurtz month, and we hope it is going to result
in their favor, quoted in your last, will not,
in good. Correspondents will please write
I think, hold water. He says that common- only on one side of their paper.
place or ordinary faces, when lighted in an
Additional Answers to August Queries.
ordinary manner, will always remain ordi-
nary. And why should they not? Molly 1. Float not longer than forty-five sec-
the cook has a fat, chubby, good-natured
onds, on a plain silver solution not over

face, which, lighted in an ordinary manner,

thirty grains strong. (We work it for solar
printing only twenty grains, but it is rather
will present the picture of a respectable
cook; but lighted in an extraordinary man- weak for direct printing.) Fume ten min-
ner, it may, by startling and
effects of light
utes, ammonia not diluted. — W.
using fresh

shade, be made to suggest a Lady Macbeth. L. Shoemaker, with Albert Moore.

Is this desirable? Your milkman may be I do not believe that any known prac-
1.

a very estimable and sensible man, but if method is absolutely certain, but would
tical
his photograph present him with a glance recommend silvering the shortest time on a
which should 'overawe the world,' the bath made of silver 480 grains, fused nitrate
portrait will assuredly be an absurd prac- ofammonia 480 grains, water 16 ounces. Dry
tical solecism. I have been reminded by by artificial heat, and keep in a close, dry
some of the Rembrandts of the effects
'
' box until ready for use. I cut forty-eight
in sculpture which at one time prevailed card prints from one sheet of paper just the
in the States, that of Elijah Pogram, for size when mounted, so that no trimming is
instance, described by Dickens as a 'statue necessary. I have a cigar-box with a perfo-
of the Elevated or Goblin School, in rated false bottom, one inch from the bot-
which the Honorable Elijah Pogram was tom of the box, which can be removed at
represented as in a very high wind, with pleasure. I place a little air-slacked lime
his hair all standingon end, and his nostrils in the bottom of the box, and when I am
blown wide open.' This overstepping the ready to fume my paper, which I do a few
modesty of nature in photography is most slips at a time as I use it, I add to the lime
intolerable. So far as the study of varieties a little grated sal ammoniac or pulverized
of lighting is an instructive process, and ammonia alum ;
place the perforated bot-
may lead to a higher mastery of this impor- tom, put in the paper, and let it fume just
tant branch of the portraitist's art, it is all long enough to print with a purplish hue,
very well ; but the elevated or goblin school and remove it, and add more paper, and so on
of actual portraiture is more offensive in all day. This method is not only cheap, but
photography than even in sculpture." it will also be noticed that it avoids using
an aqueous solution of ammonia, from which
the paper absorbs moisture. By this dry
Never use anything damp to give the fuming process, chloride of lime is formed,
final polish to the plate. Pass a broad which absorbs water from the atmosphere,
camel's-hair brush over the plate just be- and the paper remains dry the process is ;

fore pouring on the collodion. also very convenient, as the fuming-box

 — —

364 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.

stands on the table when the changing of ally, but can be modified more or less by
the prints from the frames is done; it is the solvents. Remedy : add some iodized
neat, and I would not exchange it for any- alcohol to the collodion, or perhaps, what
thing else I ever heard of. is better, a few drops of water, and when
To cut my paper I have several strips of making collodion, make it with an excess
glass the width of the length of a card print, of alcohol. — G. H. Fennemore.
and one strip the width of the print. I place 2. Sugar of lead 4 ounces Paris whiting ;

five or six sheets of paper together on a large 4 ounces Prussian blue and raw linseed oil
;

sheet of glass, place the wide strip of glass of tur-

a sufficient quantity; a little spirits
upon them, and cut with a knife into sections pentine to make the surface look dead.
the width of the strip of glass. I then take
Apply with a small printer's roller used for
one of the sections with the strip of glass on a
inking forms of type, by rolling first
remaining upon it, slip it down from one
piece of board smeared with color, then on
end, place the narrow strip of glass against
the outside of the sash to enable you to coat
the end of the wide one, and cut the section
the glass close to the rails. — '
' Stuck '
' onst,
into strips just the size required when done.
but GOT OUT.
By thismeans I economize paper, chemi-
have tried a good many ways
2. I to
cals, —
and time. P. M. Spencer.
get blue frosting on my glass properly.
2. A "true Rembrandt effect " is some-
I generally buy what I use of my
thing no one has yet seen in photography ;
stockdealer. I apply it with a paint-
nor will we see some brother dis-
it until
brush in the usual way. Then I take
covers a way of shading the linen and other
a large paint-brush, wrap strong
white drapery to be found in nearly all pic-
twine around the bristles to within
tures of this style. If Rembrandt had painted
nearly an inch of the end (see draw-
the white of his draperies in such a dead,
ing) and stipple with it. It works
flat, inexorable manner as we see them now
capitally. Livingstone.
photographed, he would have been hooted
and laughed at by all his art-contemporaries. 3. An under-exposed negative, is one in
which the developer fails to bring out the
To see a collar, bosom, laces, etc., just as
white in the deepest shadows as in the details in the shadows, the latter being rep-
highest lights, is anything else than a " true" resented by too much clear glass, the plate

effect, either in a "Rembrandt" or any other exhibiting the appearance of an ambrotype,

picture; and, to our mind, is the great i.e., the high lights are full of detail and

drawback in this beautiful style. When the shadows devoid of detail by reflected light,

shall we see it remedied ? Geo. B. Aykes. and shows too much contrast by transmitted
light. On the contrary, an over-exposed
Mr. Cummings' answer to question four
4.
plate develops rapidly, and shows very little
in September No. is unsatisfactory: "these
picture by reflected light, and too little con-
little particles" must be put out and kept
trast by transmitted light. Remedy in both
out of the bath at all hazards, and at what-
ever cost of time and labor. Those pho-
cases, —throw them in the potash-pot. A
properly exposed negative should develop
tographers working small baths will have
slowly, but steadily increasing in detail in
no trouble in accomplishing this. To those
the shadows. By reflected light the darker
using large baths I propose a question below.
parts of the draperies and hair should be
— ECNEJtOLF. brilliantly seen the highest lights should
;

Answers to September Queries. exhibit no details whatever. By transmitted

1. " A.LCO'8 " trouble, probably, lies in light just the reverse should obtain, no de-

the collodion being too tough and horny. the dark portions of the drapery, and
tail in

If one collodion works well, and the other the highest lights full of the most delicate

does not, under precisely the same condi- gradation of light and shade. — Elbert
tions, the chances are that the bad collodion Anderson.
is not sufficiently permeable to the various 3. If "Honest" will read with caro
solutions ; this comes from the cotton gener- Lea's Manual of Photography, it will give
 — — — —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 365

him very valuable information on the sub- equivalent focus, in fact, the principal focus,
ject he inquires about and many others. of a combination of lenses. — E. Anderson.
Momus.
Questions.
3. When a negative is under-exposed it
1. It is well known that pinholes are the
will look much like an ambrotype ;
it is black
result of several causes, to wit, excess of
and white, and generally too intense for a iodide, dust floating in the bath, particles
good picture. An over-exposed negative is of detached film, or from dust lodging on
just the reverse; you cannot see the image
the sensitized plate during the manipula-
hardly when looking at it by reflected light.
tions.
Prints from it are flat and gray, drapery
Now when pinholes make their appear-
and face being nearly of one color. George
ance, how shall we determine which condi-
H. Fennemore.
tion named above caused them? This is a
See E. L. Wilson's explanation, page
3. "point" to those working large baths, for
139, Mosaics, 1868, the whole thing in a if surplus iodide is not the cause, there is

nutshell. — J. Edwards Smith. no need of diluting and boiling down large

quantities of solution.
4. The term equivalent focus, is some-
times applied, though improperly, in differ-
I indorse heartily Mr. Anderson's recom-
me make mendation to use large bath-holders (see p.
ent ways. Let a diagram to ex-
plain my meaning let AB represent the
307, Sept. No.), as Mr. Anderson says, they
:

lens. If an object, C, be placed before this

lens, it will find its focus
contra, the object placed at
focus at C. These points are termed the
E-eSl
are cheaper and incomparably cleaner ; my
bath is about 18 x 26 inches, and holds from
say at D, and per
2 to 2J gallons of solution. I use a dipper
D would find its
about half the length of the bath, resting
on a pin through the stem. This allows
these " little particles " to settle out of the
way, at the bottom, where they are not dis-
turbed, and I seldom have occasion to filter.

Excess of iodide is, however, guarded against

and prevented sometimes, however, the
;

question named above comes up in practice.

Let's have it answered. Ecnerole.
2. Why are hydrometers marked to indi-
cate 30 grains, when they really represent
60 grains ? Marshall.
3. A hot solution of nitrate of silver in-
dicating 40 grains, will, when cold, indicate
60 grains more or less. Why ? — M.
4. Are there any means of making a col-
lodion which works hard (or black and
white), work softer? If so, what? — M.
conjugate foci. It is now evident that if 5. Are means of making a col-
there any
the object be removed to E, it will find its lodion which works flat, work rounder, or
focus at F,and vice versa, thus these points give more the appearance of depth to the
are changeable now, suppose the rays of
;
negative? M. —
light which strike the lens are parallel, as in
figure 2, they will find their focus at F, and 6. Why are acetate, phosphate, tungstate,
as this point is of course unchangeable, it is
&c, of soda put in toning baths, and what

called its principal focus. If then, the lens

effect do they produce? — M.
A B, fig. 4, has its principal focus at C, and 7. In attempting to fuse an old negative
the combination of lenses E F G, fig. 3, has bath, I have it in a porous metallic state.
its principal focus at P, it is called the Where is my error, and what treatment
 — — — : ;

366 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

shall I give it in order to use it again? ing plain collodion to the iodized sample
W. A. Cox. that produces the effect."

8. A
very strong solution of iron gives a Our good friends Messrs. Lcescher &
coarse deposit a very weak solution a ten-
; Petsch, the eminent Berlin photographers,
dency to fog. Then what are the propor- we are informed, are both fighting in the
tions to give the best results ? Corks. Prussian army. May they both be spared
9. My trouble is a thin veil of metallic to our art, for it cannot spare them.
silver all over the plate. The image comes Mr. H. Baden Pritchard in the News,
out strong enough, but is covered with the devotes a paper to the comparative merits
fog. I can rub it off or brush it off when of the "Woodbury and Albert processes, and
the plate have been bothered for
is dry. I declares the former to be as superior to the
more than six weeks with it. Can you tell latter, as engraving is to lithography.
me how to get out ? "Sam " in a Fog. One of the excuses for the late dreadful
10. I have been building a new gallery, massacre in China was, that the "sisters of
and was compelled to make my top and charity kidnapped the Chinese children,
side-light face the west. "What is the very and gouged out their eyes to make collodion
best way of screening or curtaining it, and of, for use in the diabolical art of photog-
what colored material is best? white or raphy."
blue?— E. F. L. The French Photographic Society, will
11. Can I make a green glass for dark- erect a monument to the memory of M.
room? if so, how?— E. F. L. Niepce de St. Victor, and M. Adam Solo-
mon is to be the sculptor. "Where are our
grateful photographers whom we expected
PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. would contribute to the fund for the widow
Dr. Vogel arrived in Liverpool, Sep- of our deceased benefactor?
tember 6th, safe and well. A simple way to determine the amount
So about 4000 francs have been sub-
far, of water in alcohol, is as follows : A little

scribed to the Niepce de St. Victor fund. chloroform poured in a graduated tube
is

One-half the space of the foreign jour- and a certain volume of the alcohol is added
after shaking it well it is left to settle the
nals is devoted to descriptions of the carbon ;

process. water has separated from the alcohol and

combined with the chloroform, and the
The army of the Crown Prince is accom-
graduated scale will show the amount of it.
panied by a very efficient corps of photog-
raphers. Herr
Esse, in the Mittheilungen, recom-

A band stop for lenses, is suggested by

mends iodizing the albumen for the prelim-
inary coating of the plate, and recommends
the British Journal, as being handier than
the following
those now in use.
Distilled Water, . . 25 ounces.
Dr. Stinde states that a mixture com-
Albumen 1£ "
posed of equal parts of a saturated solution Ammonium, 1$ drachms.
Iodide of .

of bichromate of potash and sulphuric acid, Shake well, filter, avoid air-bubbles.
will cleanse vessels from dry and coagulated Plates thus treated are good for a week.
albumen.
Under the heading " Foreign Invasion,"
The British Journal in commenting upon the Paris Moniteur de la Pliotographie, of
the organization of the new Pennsylvania July 15th, describes how the laboratory of
Photographic Society, says it "shows that Dr. Phipson, in London, was invaded by
thereis much life in connection with pho-
an army of ants, which were imported
tography among our brethren across the from Guiana in some cases of sugar-cane,
water." left at the laboratory for analysis. Every-,
A contributor to the British Journal, thing was covered by them in an instant.
says, " When surface stains occur upon tho The heading in the Paris Journal was rather
plate, tho trouble may be obviated by add- ominous.
 "

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 367

How to Become a Member.— Photographers sires it. We hope that it will be returned
who wish to be identified with the National Pho- promptly to Mr. Scholten, for surely no one else
tographic Association, and to share its benefits, has any right to keep it.
may do so by applying to Edward L. Wilson,
Permanent Secretary, Philadelphia, Pa. Remit- Willard Manufacturing Company. This —
entrance fee and $2 for dues up
once popular and prosperous New York stock
ting $4,— $2 for

to June, 1871, —and certificate of membership

house no longer exists. The stockholders, after

will be sent. Employes half rates. Corns, now, struggling for life for some time, finally made an
assignment, and on September 8th, the remains
grow with its growth and share its honors.
of their stock was sold at public sale. The stock
Ma. Howard A. Kimball received the silver business in New York has much changed within
medal from the New Hampshire Agricultural a few years.
Society for his exhibition of stereoscopic views.

The Relief Fund.— The Board of Trustees

The American Institute Fair. — The 1870
Exhibition of the American Institute opened at
did not meet last month as was expected, on ac-
noon September 7th. Mr. H. J. Newton, Chair-
count of the inability of some of the members to
man of the Committee on Photography, has made
be present.
unusual exertions to secure a fine exhibition of

A Desirable Location. — Mr. John L. Gihon photographs with good success, we understand.
Arch Street,
advertises his establishment at 812 We shall report fully upon that department in
for sale. was formerly occupied by Messrs.
It our next number.
Henzey & Co., and described by this Journal.
It has one of the best lights in Philadelphia.
"A Cozy Little Place." During Dr. Vo- —
gel's stay we visited with him some of the large
In the Bowery in New York is a photographic manufactories of Manayunk, accompanied by
gallery; on one side of the hall a placard is Mr. W. G. Entrekin, the photographer of that
posted, "Parties learned the business ;" on the place. Mr. Entrekin has one of the neatest and
other, "4 for 25 cents." Where is the first quar- most cleanly galleries it has ever been our pleas-
tette to go and learn the business "cheap?" . ure to see, and good work is the result. He de-
clares that this: Journal converted him to clean-
On Saturday, September 3d, Mr. Samuel God-
liness, for he was once careless. Bat now he
shaw, Sr. , a photographer, was shot mortally,
indorses our views on that subject, considering
during a fight with his landlord, who attacked
it as important to have all things clean, as he
him. The landlord was killed, and Mr. Godshaw
does to vise good apparatus and chemicals. He
cannot recover.
has a " cozy little place.

Messrs. E. Clinton & Co., manufacturers of

The Universal Photographic Review, is
artists' brushes, have removed, to Nos. 931 and
the caption of a new photographic magazine, the
933 Market Street, Philadelphia. No quality of
first number of which is before us, published
brushes in America is better than theirs, and all
and edited by Montagna, Messagne,
Sig. A.
colorists should use them. See advertisement.
Italy. It looks very neat and promising, and we

Mr. I. B. Webster, Louisville, Kentucky, wish it abundant success. It is to be issued

informs us that agreeably to promise, he has sent monthly, instead of semi-annually, as at first

his carte to several of the parties he met at Cleve- announced, and is to be illustrated by photo-
land, for exchange,and they have not responded. graphs. The illustration in the present number
Such an interchange is pleasant, and we hope it is a Holyoake card. We notice with pleasure,
will be kept up. that our friend Sig. Ottavio Barratti Cav., is to
be one of the staff, and we shall print a transla-
Photo-Enamel Lost.— At the Cleveland Ex- tion of his first article in our next number.
Mr. John A. Scholten, of St. Louis,
hibition,
exhibited a few small burnt-in enamels in colors, Hovey's Albumen Paper. — On the outside of
and one of them was not returned to him after our cover Mr. D. Hovey advances his claims for
being passed around for examination. He very his excellent albumen papers. Several of our
much desires it returned, as it belongs to the pictures have been printed on his paper, and
lady whose picture it is, and she very much de- since then it has been one of the favorite brands
368 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
— never more so than now — stillMr. Hovey con- greater source of advance and improvement than
tinues to advertise it largely; knowing that such contact with your co-workers.
a course insures success. He desires us to es-
pecially ask photographers to work his paper hy
Novel Toning Formula. —When Dr. Vogel
left New York, Mr. William Kurtz, who man-
his published formula. He says, "I have seen
aged the financial matters connected with the
it worked as low and always with
as 16 grains,
visit of our distinguished guest, handed him a
success. It is the best formula I ever saw used."
small vial with the following inscription
—
Knowing a good formula one that suits the
:

paper, —
we need hardly say that it should be "A New Toning Bath.
you can — Gold — all

given the preference. get. Dissolve in —

an equivalent in Champagne.
Let settle. Next morning early, add one alka-
A New Stock-house in Baltimore. — Our line Dutch herring, to neutralize the acid in the

Southern and Southwestern friends will be glad gold. The result will be a beautiful tone to —
to know that Messrs. Dinmore and Wilson -(old the stomach —
though too much chloride of Aix
Baltimoreans) have opened a new and extensive will tend to fogginess. Red tones may be pro-
stock-house at 125 W. Baltimore Street. See duced by Old Bourbon.'
'
Blue tones by a mix-
advertisement. ture of acids "
The vial contained fifteen $10 gold pieces,
Received from W. A. Beers, New Haven, which we know from Dr. Vogel's temperate
Connecticut, some excellent cabinets and cards, habits, will hardly be used in the practice of the
' produced," as he says, "by no secret dodge formula which accompanied the parting gift of
or patented process." From Messrs. Halsey <fc his American friends, though no doubt the gift
Coffin, Dutch Flat, California, eighteen very in- "elevated his spirits ''
considerably.
teresting whole-size views illustrating hydraulic
The negatives were
ruining in that gold region. Answers to Correspondents.
mostly made with the thermometer at 110°.
T. L. Mitchell, St. Joseph, Missouri. — The
From Mr. Jno. R. Moore, Trenton Falls, N. Y.,
Jacobsen's aniline and the " L' Encausse" colors
some new 14 x 17 and cabinet views of that en-
advertised in this journal, are both excellent.
chanting place — a wondrous creation of nature
They may be mixed in such quantities as you
which all should see once in a lifetime at least.
desire to use at a time, and full directions ac-
From Mr. Well. G. Singhi, Bainbiidge, N. Y.,
company them.
some whole-size prints — one of two little girls,
"Excelsior." — "The use of central stops"
being a sweet rustic picture and well taken.
is to increase the definition or sharpness of the
From E. A. Staunton, Davenport, Iowa, a view
picture by their action on the marginal rays, re-
of a farm-house, without explanation. From
ducing the spherical aberration. They also add
Mr. M. H. Monroe, Rochester, N. Y., some
to the focal To teach you
depth of the subject.
Trenton Falls, N. Y.
stereos of
" where and when they should be used," would

Constitution, By-Laws, etc., of the Na- require practical lessons. The smaller the "stop"

tional Photographic Association. — Agree- the sharper the picture, and the slower the lens

ably to resolutions carried at Cleveland, before works; so you see the light, the subject, etc.,

members of the
this reaches our readers, all the all regulate the use of the stops. Practice will
National Photographic Association will have benefit you.

received a copy of the Constitution, By-Laws, T. D. Saunders. —

The pose and lighting do
and List of Members of the Association, together you credit but a few more seconds' tiuie would
;

with the Report of the Committee on the Retuf have greatly benefited the picture.
Fund. makes a handsome little pamphlet of
It
Jno. A. Frith, St. George's, Bermuda. —
48 pages, and contains 624 names and addresses We accept with thanks.
of members. We hope the number will soon
reach one thousand.
—
Park Bros. The lighting is not very good,
being too much from the top and too much in
Euch member is entitled to one copy, and if
one direction. Most of the hair, you see, hangs
any have been overlooked, they will please no-
in entire shadow. The white dress is overtimed
tify the Secretary, when they will have attention.
and the face undertimod. Try again.
Local Photographic Societies. — We hope C. II. S. Warren, 0. — We never saw a lens
the local societies will ronew their meetings now, that would "cut sharp all around the outer edges
and that new societies will spring up wherever and not in the centre." Send us a print, and
there is material to support them. There is no we may bo able to aocount for it
 THE

'MtaMjrkifl ^botogtajilu^

Vol. VII. NOVEMBER, 1870. No. 8 3.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,

By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

THIRD ANNUAL EXHIBITION GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.

OF THE —
Photography and War The Limits of Nega-

National Photographic Association

tive Retouching —
The Qualities of Different
—
Negative Varnishes American Enlarge-
of the United States.
ments and Chromos in Berlin.
The Third Annual Exhibition of the For the first time in four months I send
National Photographic Association of the you my correspondence from Germany.
United States will be held in Philadelphia, My heart is still full to overflowing with
Pa., beginning the first Tuesday in June, all the grand impressions of America. My
A.D. 1871.
own home almost appears to me as a foreign
This early notice is given, to invite ex-
world, and strange, indeed, does it look
hibitors from foreign countries to bear the
here. What between then and
a difference
matter in mind, and consign their parcels
now. I left my Fatherland when every-
in good time. Ample preparation will be where was peace; I return, and the evi-
made to accommodate such contributions,
dences of war meet me on every side. The
and them while here, as well as
to care for
principal business of our photographic gal-
to return them when they are not to be sold
leries is no longer with the living but with
owner. Foreign pictures will be
for the
admitted free of duties, and it is hoped to
the dead, — the portraits of those that fell

in battle. Everywhere I see reproductions

secure such arrangements as will bring very
of cartes de visite, negative or positive, and
little expense for freight if any upon the ex-
the plates which two months ago were
hibitor. Full particulars will be commu- ready for the cleaning bath are now valu-
nicated by circular to all intending exhibi-
able, as their originals are no more.
tors, who will kindly address the Perma-
In glaring contrast with this serious as-
nent Secretary for the same. Please also
pect of affairs, we are flooded with number-
see future notices.
less caricatures of Napoleon, Eugenie, and
Regulations for American exhibitors will
the conquered " grande nation," the red
be given hereafter.
pantalooned children of which traverse the
Edward L. Wilson,
neighboring fortress of Span-
streets of the
Permanent Secretary, Philada., Pa.
dau in such numbers, that one feels almost
"W. H. FiHOADS, inclined to fancy one's self in France in-
Local Secretary. stead of Germany.
25
 ;

370 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

The war in its main phases apparently daily bread, and as it is very*seldom known
approaches its end. Our most sanguine ex- beforehand what special maps will be used,
pectations have not only been realized, but it is of great importance to have a method

the reality is much more glorious than at hand, by which a hundred or a thousand
what we dared to expect. I arrived too reproductions can be made in a very short
late to offer the Fatherland my services, time. This by photo-lithog-
is possible
but hundreds of my colleagues and my raphy. So maps have been
far, all these
scholars have gone, and many a one rests made in Berlin, and have been forwarded
now under the cool green turf of France. to the army. In future wars (which we,
Petsch, of the firm of Loescher & Petsch, however, do not desire), a travelling photo-
well known in America as the author of lithographic atelier in the rear of the army
" Gems of German Life," is in camp before may be established, to save time. Not a
Metz. Many proprietors of less known es- small portion of our successes are due to
tablishments are marching on Paris, but to these maps. The French army were very
up the vacancies, many expelled photog-
fill scantily supplied with maps. On the offi-

raphers from Paris arrive here. Amongst cers who were taken prisoners, only a few
these, is Eomain Talbot, a Prussian by maps of the Rhenish provinces and plans
birth, but living for the last twenty years of Berlin were found ; not a single map of
in France. He had to leave with wife and France. That they would need the map of
child. So also Erwin Hanfstangel, and the their own country the most, never entered
well-known photographer, Reutlinger. The the heads of these gentlemen.
Royal Polytechnic Academy, the field of my It is evident that under these circum-
activity, stands empty. My apparatus is all stances, little can bedone for the promo-
in the field before Strasbourg to " take" the tion of photography; still I am glad to be
fortifications. My assistant, Mr. Schvvier, able to report, that immediately previous
and my " silver boy" were, eight days be- to the breaking out of the war, very inter-
fore my arrival, engaged for this purpose esting photographic investigations have
by the Secretary of War. I was not a been published amongst these I count par-
;

littlesurprised to meet these peaceable citi- ticularly an article by Hans Hartmann, en-
zens on my return in warlike uniform as titled "The Ultimate Purpose and the
"field photographers." If I had arrived Limits of Retouching the Negative."
home a week sooner, it would have been Negative retouching has within a short
my fate to go, and seriously speaking, I space of time extended over the whole civ-
would not have been sorry. ilized world. Its necessity for the produc-
The work of the photographer in front tion of an artistically beautiful picture has
of the fortress is a dangerous one, but very been acknowledged by all thinking photog-
interesting. With a camera placed exactly raphers, and still it cannot be denied that
horizontal, they take a landscape view, and after we go too far with our negative re-
from this view topographical maps are con- touching, all wrinkles are covered up, and
structed. A number of engineers and finally not only the wrinkles, but the whole
draughtsmen are connected with them, and character of the face is lost in the re-
all the French fortresses will be photo- touching.
graphed by them. The way in which these The artists call such smooth retouched
pictures are taken I have already explained heads, which look like the model heads in
to your readers, in your valuable journal a hairdresser's shop window, " bladder-
also in my Handbook, on page 204. heads." It is often the fault of the person
The employment of photography in war who orders the picture that "too much of
is yet rather in its infancy, but much more a good thing" is done. " How old do you
extensive use is made of photo-lithography, wish to look ?" asks a photographer of a vain
for the multiplication of the French maps of old lady ;
" under or over fourteen years of
the general staff. For an army advancing age?" With such whims, art must cease ;

into theenemy's country, the possession of but thank God, such fools are in the minor-
exact maps is of more importance than the ity, and their number lessens from day to
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 371

day, as the artistic education increases arabic film is easy, and can subsequently be
amongst the general public. A forehead protected by a coating of varnish. It has
is not a flat hoard, but has curves. Many turned out, however, that gum arabic yields
photographers forget this, and transform a very poor film, that it does not in any way
the most genial part of the human face into protect the film from splitting, but that on
a monotonous plane. The same may be said the other hand yellow dextrine in solution
of the cheeks and lower jaws. Particularly (1 part dextrine to 8 parts of water) not
is this the case with many Kembrandts only prevents cracking, but forms a splendid
taken in profile, where it is impossible to surface for retouching.
say where the lower jaw ceases, and the The plates are afterwards varnished as
throat commences. Very often faults in the usual. White dextrine should not be used,
illumination are the primary causes of this, as it is injurious., — another example similar
but even these are easily corrected by a skil- to shellac, that purification, or rather
ful retoucher. I only give you examples, bleaching, when it is carried too far, does
and recommend to you a translation of Hart- not improve the article, but rather makes
mann's article for your journal, as he ex- it worse. A coat of dextrine has a striking
plains in a clear and concise manner, what on plate-glass.
beneficial effect
should be retouched, and what not.* But a than our domestic
livelier interest
No less interesting is the report of our investigation has been excited here by my
committee for the examination of negative American novelties. My two heavy boxes
varnishes. It appears to me that the Ameri- with pictures, have safely come to hand,
can varnishes are better than ours, for I after being opened three times in Eng- —
have not heard nearly as many complaints land, Belgium, and Germany. Only the
about the splitting of the film as I have heard transit from England to Belgium caused
here. In many instances the climate may particular difficulties, as the boxes were sus-
be to blame with you the air is drier than
; pected of containing contraband of war. So
with us. I was astonished to see negatives far, Ihave only shown Moore's (Philadel-
two hours after varnishing, sufficiently dry phia) enlargements, and Prang's (Boston)
for retouching or copying with us, from ;
chromos. They have been generally ad-
six to twelve hours are necessary. mired. " Such things have not been made
The investigations of the committee have in Germany, as yet," is the general opinion,
demonstrated what influence the gums and I feel happy that I have been the means
themselves have on the quality of the var- of convincing my countrymen of the great
nish. Sandarac has generally proved the excellence of American work. More anon
worst. The committee cautions the photog- on this subject.
rapher against its employment, and also Yours, very truly,
calls attention to the very changeable prop- Dr. H. Vogel.
erties of bleached shellac, while unbleached
shellac, in spite of its yellow color, proves
On a New Mode of Employing Silk in
very reliable. Bleached shellac, by its treat-
Photography.
ment with chlorine, has lost its most valu-
BY JOHN SPILLER, F.C.S.,
able qualities. Mastic varnishes have proved,
(Hon. Secretary of the Photographic Society of London.)
according to the investigating committee,
In a paper read before the Chemical Sec-
the most reliable. The committee took
tion of the British Association for the Ad-
also into consideration in how far the coating
vancement of Science (Liverpool meeting),
of the plates with gum arabic, glue, etc.,
the author pointed attention to the fact that
previous to varnishing, was of advantage.
silk differs from all other known fibres in
Such applications are frequently employed
respect to being easily soluble in hydrochlo-
with us, because, on the one hand, a crack-
ric acid,forming a mucilaginous solution
ing of the film is avoided, and, on the other,
which when mixed with ammonia in excess
the retouching with lead-pencil on the gum
and carefully evaporated to dryness over a
* Herr Hartmann"s paper will be printed in water-bath gives rise to the production of a
our next. Ed. P. P. new organic salt, which promises to play
372 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
an important part in photography by vir- source of information, The Philadelphia
tue of its producing with nitrate of silver Photographer, together with ideas derived
an extremely sensitive form of argentic from the study of the Berlin cartes, by
chloride. The precipitate obtained by mix- Loescher & Petsch, and others.
ing the two solutions, is no longer curdy I am convinced that the Berlin negatives
like the ordinary condition of chloride of are weak after developing with iron, but
silver, but appears in the form of a floccu- well out in all their details, forming only
lent white substance, which remains for a a good basis for strengthening and coloring
considerable time in suspension, and, owing or toning, up to the required printing
to the presence of the organic matter, is strength. On such information and ideas,
much more quickly affected by light. the following mode of imitating the Berlin
The author has investigated the chemical cartes I venture to bring before you : Use
properties of certain salts formed in this O'Neil's process (March number Philadel-
manner from silk, and exhibited at the phia Photographer), i.e. cotton giving but
meeting a photograph printed on paper pre- little intensity, and not more than three to
pared with a ten-grain solution of the new four grains, to the ounce of mixed ether and
organic chloride, and afterwards sensitized alcohol. The plate must be well exposed,
with a sixty-grain solution of nitrate of sil- and when developing, flow the developer
ver. Comparative tests showed a consid- over the plate so as to wash off most of the
erable advantage in point of rapidity over sil.ver. Develop as long as any detail will
a plain salted paper similarly treated, and come in the shadows. Wash well and re-
the author urged the superiority of this salt develop with weak pyro and silver.
when employed for mat-paper prints and
Pyrognllic Acid, . . 1 grain.
solar camera enlargements, and further
Citric Acid, 5 grains.
hinted at the possibility of using it in the Acetic Acid, . 10 drops.
collodio-chloride process. Water, 1 ounce.
The remaining part of the author's com- Nitrate of Silver, . 5 grains.
munication treats of the use of concentrated Citric Acid, • 5 grains.
hydrochloric acid for determining the pur- Water, . 1 ounce.
and dissolving it out from certain
ity of silk
Develop until the right intensity is secured,
mixed fabrics, and describes a mode of iden-
wash and fix. Wash after fixing again, and
tifying the silk in solution, in the loose
tone in the gold and soda bath, recommend-
fibres (or partially disorganized fabric) left
then proposed ed in the Bulletin.
unaffected by the acid. It is

to distinguish wool from cotton, linen, jute, Cbloride of Gold (neutral-

etc., by taking advantage of the test recom- ized) 15 grains.

mended by Professor Pohl, of Vienna, who Water, . . . .16 ounces.

found that wool alone of these fibres becomes Hyposulphate of Soda, 60 grains.
dyed of a yellow color by immersion in a Water, 16 ounces.

warm aqueous solution of picric acid. This Salt 40 grains.

part of the subject, however, has no refer- Always add the gold to the hypo solution
ence to photography, but specially relates drop by drop, shaking after each addition ;

to "the discrimination of fibres in mixed let the negative remain in this until it is of
—
fabrics" the title of Mr. Spiller's paper. the required color. Wash well, dry, and
varnish.
To retouch, moisten a little cotton with
On the Production of Proper Nega-
tives for Retouching. Turpentine, . 1 ounco.
Balsam of Fir, 20 drops.
BY WILLIAM BELL.
(Rend before the Pennsylvania Photograpbio Hub over the negative, and then rub it dry

Association.) with clean cotton : this gives a ground that

I have nothing original to offer to your the pencil-mark will adhere to. Work up
notice, but simply adaptations from the the negative more by dots than strokes, rub-
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 873

bing it well every now and then with clean impresses itself upon the tender, sensitive
cotton. Finish with Prussian blue what the nature of the child, and you oftentimes gain
pencil fails to remove (J. F. Eyder, Cleve- its confidence at once.
land, Ohio, March number, 1870). Use a We
may be perplexed with business, or
magnifying lens, as described by C. A. Win- have moreserious matters occupy our minds,
sor, October number, page 359, Philadel- but when it comes to this, we must, for the
phia Photographer. It is of the greatest as- time being, come down to the child ; we
sistance. The negatives and prints before must forget all other things, and enter, as
the Association will give some idea of how far as possible, into sympathy with this lit-
near they approach the Berlin cartes. tle sprig of humanity before us.
If you do not succeed with one trial, try
again, and continue to try so long as there
UNDER THE SKYLIGHT. is any possibility of success. If the child is
BY ROLAND VANWEIKE.
neither frightened, keep
cross, or tired,
No. IV. your temper and persevere. If you cannot
What's that noise, Focus? get it one way, try another your success ;

" baby do zit."

It's a will depend much upon your resources, as
Goodness they must have started with-
! well as your patience and when, after fail-
;

out its breakfast, to get here so early and ing again and again, the fifth, sixth, eighth,
have it cry so. Perhaps no better oppor- or dozenth trial, you succeed, you feel
tunity will offer, Focus, than to fulfil my amply repaid for all your efforts.
promise, and give you a lesson on babies to- " The baby is ready."
day. The baby is a peculiar subject, and Very well, we will proceed. This being
its little individualities and freaks of tem- a little one, we will sit it in this chair. The
perament need to be studied and humored arms prevent its falling over, and as it rests
as much as in older persons. against the back, we do away with the ne-
"Seebs to be it must be bard work to cessity of using the bead-rest. The rest,
dake babies." however, is almost useless with small chil-
There are some photographers, Focus, dren, as it is very difficult to get them to keep
that won't make pictures of babies at all the head against it. A smaller chair than
at least, I have heard of those who did not, this even, might be better, as some of the
and I know they were not successful in the subjects are so small that there seems to be
business. The baby is often the key that more chair than child. But it won't do to
unlocks the purse for the whole family, to be too fastidious in this respect, for what-
the benefit of the photographer. Besides, ever means we employ to catch a perfect im-
operating with them is a good school for pression of the little one, with the greatest
self-government; it gives a man an oppor- certainty, will insure us the greatest success.
tunity to practice keeping his temper —for This little fellow seems to have been some-
of course no man would get into a passion what out of morning, but appears
sorts this
with a child — and as patience is, or should to be feeling better now, and if we proceed
be, part of a photographer's profession, gently with him, there will be no trouble.
nothing, perhaps, will make him exercise Be very careful about making any sudden
this virtue more than making pictures of noise, or having any loud talk or calling.
children. I have become satisfied, however, Let the mother stand near him, so as to be
,that one of the best means to help one to out of the picture, and he will not be so
understand their dispositions and work into likely to be frightened. We must work
their good graces, is to have some of the lit- lively, Focus, with these subjects see that ;

tle pets — I don't mean pests — of his own in he rests against the chair, get your focus,
his own home. But you need not be dis- adjust your plate, fix his attention with
couraged, Focus, there's time enough for some toy that has motion without being
you yet, and a love for children is, after all, noisy, and make your exposure.
the great thing necessary to operating with " The dext is a little buppy."
them successfully. A kind word or look Well we'll see about that. It's a child
374 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
just can tottle, with a doll almost as large in my arms, and carry her about the room,
as she is, and a poodle dog. They want the show her thepictures, and playthings, with
child standing, with the doll and poodle in kind words, and a few kisses, and now I
some " pretty position." The doll may do, think we may try a sitting. No, she won't
but the poodle never, especially such an sit. No amount of coaxing or persuasion
animal as that, that is never still the tenth will avail. She
good enough anywhere
is

part of a second unless asleep. The only else but Her mother gets
near that chair.
way in cases of this kind, is to say firmly out of patience and threatens to whip her.
and decidedly, if they want a good picture Now this will never do, and the mother
of the child, the dog must be left out; un- must be given to understand, that threats
less you have nothing else to do but experi- or abuse will render it impossible for us ever
ment. to get a picture of her child. I can readily
Now here is the mother, father, grand- understand the style of treatment that child
mother, and I presume, old maiden aunt, and has at home, and what is the principle
there's a perfect Babel ; we shall be bewil- of government for the household. If we
dered, if the child is not. The first thing allow it to be practised here, this place will
to be done, is to send out all but the mother, have asmuch terror for the little one as, no
and then see what we can do. doubt, many others have.
" She's afraid uv be." Love and kindness must rule the baby
She seems to be afraid of everything. here ; compulsion is entirely out of the ques-
"We can't get her standing. tion, for even if the child should be com-
Now this is a case that requires peculiar sit, we can readily
pelled through fear, to
treatment. We
must gain her confidence imagine what kind of an expression such a
and get her interested. Examine and praise state of mind would produce. No, if the
her boots, the locket on her neck, the ring child will not sit willingly, we must decline

on her her doll, its dress, feet, and

finger, any further attempts at this time. We want
everything about it, and finally, propose to her to go away with pleasant recollections
make dolly's picture. She seems suspicious of this place, and next week if she comes
no longer, but readily assents to the sugges- again to see our birdies, and all the pretty
tion. Now, the matter of making her pic- things we have, saying nothing about the
ture must not be hinted, but everything picture, I have no doubt we shall succeed
that's done is for dolly. She is perfectly without difficulty.
willing to sit with dolly to keep her still, The next is a wide-awake youngster that
and even consents to having her own head don't care for anything. Now this type is

against the rest, when told it is necessary to generally as difficult to manage as any we
get a good picture of dolly. We will show have. He can only be kept in place in the
dolly this little singing bird, and our shy chair by holding him, and he seems ready
miss has a good picture without her
little to explode at every noise or motion you
knowledge or suspicion. It is not often make. Now there are two ways of fixing
necessary to resort to as much strategy as in the attention of this kind — by keeping per-
this case, but I have found it well always fectly quiet, he watches for a few seconds,
to keep the child's attention as much as pos- apparently waiting for something to turn
sible away from what you are doing ; say up, and you can catch an impression again, ;

nothing about taking its picture. you may astonish him by the most violent
" What do you do when they won't have demonstrations, bringing out your whote
their bicture daken ? Here's one says she collection of birds and animals, and turning
won't." clown yourself.
Well she's probably been told about it " But I didn't know there was zuch a va-
over and over, and in the moan time, per- riety of babies. I tho't they were all alike."
haps, has been to the dentist, or been fright- O no, Focus, there is just as much differ-
ened somewhere. She seems a sweet little ence in babies as thore anybody; and is in
girl, and not much afraid. I think 1 can finding such a variety we will not have time
soon get acquainted with her. I take her to go into details with them all, but will
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 375

note some of the more prominent peculiar- as these, we must try and persuade them out
ities. Those that we have no trouble with of them.
we need not dwell upon but it is the diffi-
; Three children standing in a row !

cult ones, or impossibles, that I want you to I don't want to make any such picture^
practice on. Now here is the baby only much less to have it go to Europe as a speci-
four weeks old, that don't take notice of any- men of American photography. By show-
thing, and you are expected to make a bril- ing the mother the absurdity of such an
liant, wide-awake picture of it. Another, arrangement, she is willing to leave it en-
its mother says, is afraid of strangers, and tirely with us.
won't let you come near it. She has no They may be grouped around a table, two
faculty for arranging its position or doing standing and one sitting, or but one stand-
anything with it, so you must catch it as ing ; or they may be all sitting ; let the old-
you can, arms and legs flying, making a per- est be in the middle, and the others seated
fect caricature on your idea of grace and lower on each side, so as to give a good form
propriety. to the group. It is well to group children
This one wants three different sizes and with books or toys, as though they were do-
styles of pictures, and when it comes to the ing something. Nothing is prettier than
trial we can't get anything. to put them on the floor among their play-
The next they want taken with the great things, with as little formality or order as
red, freckled-faced nurse, because they think possible.
it would take better that way. Our next lesson, Focus, I think I will de-
Here's one just can walk; they want it vote to groups.
standing. It won't stand still ; it don't stay
a moment where you put it. They don't
want it sitting; its grandmother wants it
Photographs of the Protuberances on
standing, and if they cannot get it that way the Sun without an Eclipse.
they don't want it. They've had it taken On Thursday, September 29th, Prof. C.
a great many times before, and never had A. Young, of Dartmouth College, assisted
any trouble. The only way is to prove to by Mr. H. 0. Bly, photographer at Han-
them by trying that the thing cannot be over, N. H., succeeded in making photo-
done, and then they may have it sitting, as graphs of the "flames" or protuberances
it has always been done before. on the sun. And we are indebted to those
A youngster in a black velvet suit, the gentlemen for prints from the negatives,
blackest of all black things to photograph. and the details which follow of this most
"Why! I always thought black took interesting*and invaluable accomplishment.
best." But a year ago, the idea of the possibility
It does in some cases, but not for a child of such a performance was barely enter-
four years old, when it is often difficult to tained or credited, and now, by one of our
keep it still long enough for light drapery. own men of science, it has been done. With
Some measures ought to be taken to edu- many thanks to the gentlemen named, we
cate people in this direction, so they may quote what they say.
not presume so much, but proceed from a " The arrangement of apparatus by which
knowledge of the facts in the case. We the photographs of the solar ' flames ' or
should lose no opportunity to impress upon protuberances were obtained, were as fol-

customers the fact that light drapery is lows :

always best for children. " A spectroscope of peculiar construction

A group of three children, from three to and great dispersive power, was attached
seven years old. Their mother wants them to the eye-end of the equatorial telescope
all standing side by side; thinks they would of 6 r4jj inches aperture, and about 9 feet
take better that way, as she "intends to focal length, belonging to Dartmouth Col-
send the picture to Europe ; she wants it lege.
taken good." " The eye-piece being taken out of the
Now, when people come with such notions telescope, its object-glass forms an image of
376 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the sun, about one inch in diameter, upon covered until the oily appearance of the
the slit of the spectroscope. Directing the film has nearly disappeared, and there is no
telescope in such a manner that the edge of longer any difficulty in keeping the film
this image falls very near and tangent to covered with a small quantity of water.
the an observer looking into the eye-
slit, In photographing landscapes, it is often
piece of the spectroscope, will probably see, of the importance to carry as little
first

if the instrument be properly adjusted, weight of material as possible, and the nec-
what looks like a bright sunset cloud seen essary supply of water adds greatly to the
through a nearly closed door; this is the load. The appearance of the plate spoken
'
flame '
or protuberance. of is caused by the difficulty with which

"To obtain a photograph, the eye-piece pure water mixes with a solution containing
of the spectroscope was slightly drawn out, alcohol. The remedy simple. If an equal
is

and fitted with an extemporized camera, amount of alcohol added to the wash-
is

merely a wooden tube 6 inches long and 1£ water to that contained in the developer,
inches in diameter, carrying at its upper one-quarter drachm per ounce or more,
end a light frame in which was placed the then with practice and care, one ounce can
shield, containing for a sensitive plate a be made to go as fat as a pint of ordinary
little slip of glass, such as is used for mi- water, for the purpose indicated. The
croscopic slides. The eye-piece of the "crawling" of the developer, or of the
spectroscope acted as the lens to the camera, wash water, will be increased by adding too
throwing an image upon the plate. much alcohol. Where the use of gelatine in
" The telescope was driven by clock-work, acetic acid is indicated, as in copying draw-
in such a manner as to keep the object, ings, the developer flows over the plate with-
once adjusted, exactly upon the slit (at least out a break, though no alcohol is added. In
it ought to have done so), during the whole this case alcohol is not required in the wash-
exposure, which lasted from three and a half water.
to five minutes, according to circumstances. I had devised this expedient for landscape
" Ordinary portrait collodion was used. photography before the publication of Kob-
There was no time something
to prepare inson's method with golden syrup. There
more was just
sensitive, as the equatorial are some difficulties with the latter that
on the point of being dismounted, in order make it well to combine the two methods.
to be sent off with the Eclipse Expedition First, if the plate hashad a full exposure,
to Spain. it is its whole surface at
impossible to cover
" The negatives are of little value as pic- once with the preservative, and thus stop
tures, since a perceptible maladjustment of development on all parts alike, and stains
the axis of the instrument and the unsteadi- result unless we dash it over the plate, and
ness of the air caused, during the long expo- thus use more bulk of it than we would have
sure, so much shifting of the image on the to of the water and alcohol mixture, on ac-
plate as to destroy the definition of details, count of the viscid nature of the syrup;
but the success obtained was sufficient to even if it contains its proper proportion of
prove that, with proper and attainable alcohol. There is a second difficulty many ;

means, and the necessary precautions, pho- samples of commercial molasses, perhaps
tographs can be made as satisfactory as those all, contain chlorides. In two samples this
obtained during an eclipse of the sun." was so much the case, that a curdy precipi-
tate of chloride of silver was formed when
it was poured on the and this remained
film,
STOPPING DEVELOPMENT. in part, firmly adherent, and became dis-
BY JOHN M. BLAKE. colored by diffused light, and left numerous
If we attempt to stop development on a dark spots after fixing. The best plan, un-
fully exposed plate, before it has reached der the circumstances, seemed to be to first
its full intensity, streaks and stains will be wash off the developer with the alcohol and
sure to form if we do not pour on an abun- water, then to flow on the syrup mixture,
dance of water, and keep the plate wholly when no curds formed, since the silver had
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 377

been washed off. Then "golden syrup" The space between the arms is such as
was useful to keep the plate moist until an to correspond with the size of the plate
abundance of water could be obtained for most frequently used. holder can, how- A
fixing, and but a small quantity of the syrup ever, be used for two sizes of plates, taking
was required. the larger size by its breadth, and the
smaller by its length, as the construction
admits of a certain degree of play. Thus,
A HOLDER FOR DEVELOPMENT the writer's takes a 6J by 8£ plate the long
AND REDEVELOPMENT. way, and an 8 by 10 the short way, there
BY M. CAREY LEA.
being but half an inch difference.
Various forms of holder have been pro-
From the form given to this instrument,
posed, for supporting the plate during its
the plate is secured absolutely. It cannot get
development and redevelopment, where this out until the screw loosened, and may
is be
last is required, in order to save the hands
raised to the light in a perpendicular posi-
from the silver stains, which are apt to be tion with absolute safety. Nor have I ever
caused. None of those that have come in had a film injured, or a plate broken by the
my way, have proved satisfactory. Pneu- pressure.
matic holders are not altogether safe. I have Another advantage of this holder, and in
used them both in the form with handle and my opinion, no small one, is, that if one
without, and though they generally held prefers, as I do, to use a bath if one wishes
the plate pretty well, especially if the pre- to redevelop with pyrogallic acid and silver,
caution *be taken to keep them well wet, the plate can be plunged into the redevelop-
stillaccidents will once in a while happen, ing bath without getting the fingers into
and these are very disagreeable. Another the mixture. It can be lifted out any num-
form, which I imported from England some ber of times for examination and returned
years ago, in which the plate was held be- to the bath again, thus completely saving
tween two guides, acted upon by a coiled the fingers from the most disagreeable source
spring, proved altogether useless. of staining.
About a year ago, an idea occurred to me, In working the collodio-bromide dry pro-
which Mr. Zentmayer carried into execu- cess, thisinstrument eliminates the princi-
tion for me, and which has proved after pal source of silver stains. In that process
very thorough trial, to be free from all ob- the alkaline development gives in nine cases
jection. The cut will give a clear out of ten, all the density that is needed.
idea of it. A brass rod, just stout But if a material mistake has been made in
enough to have the necessary exposure, or if the development has been
stiffness without being heavy, is
stopped by mistake too soon, so that the
inserted into a wooden handle, density is insufficient ; in these rare cases a
also another similar piece, much silver redevelopment may become neces-
shorter. Each of these carries sary, and then this holder comes into play,
an arm about three inches long, and enables one completely to save the fin-
the upper part of brass, but the gers.
lower half of solid silver. At A firmer grip of the holder is obtained
the bottom this silver piece is by partly squaring the round handle, which
bent short at right angles. The could not be very clearly shown in the fig-
two arms are connected by a rod ure.
passing through both. In one,
it simply turns round, in the
other hole there is a screw-thread ON KEEPING SENSITIZED PAPER
cut, with a corresponding thread on the rod. FROM DISCOLORING.
This last has at its right-hand end, a mill- BY JEX BARB-WELL.
head. It is evident that by turning this There is a great deal being said in the
mill-head the arms are made to approach or transatlantic journals about washed paper,
separate. paper that will keep in its sensitized condi-
378 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
tion for longer or less time. I give you a will certainly occur, causing an unlimited
formula that I find will keep the paper I amount of failures and loss of valuable time.
use, for three or four days in perfect condi- The purity of photographic chemicals is
tion, without washing or the trouble of of such vital importance to the advance-
fuming pads or paper. ment of our art, that it becomes the duty of
SILVER BATH. every one who can throw any light upon
Nitrate of Silver, . . 480 grains. the subject of impurities to add their mite
Water, . . . .16 ounces. for general information.

add a few drops of concentrated

Dissolve, and Acetic acid as a retarding agent in the
aqua ammonia, and then add developer is one of the most generally used
Nitrate of Ammonia, . . 1 ounce. chemicals in photography, and ought to be
of uniform strength and purity; such, how-
For giving pure whites and many other
excellent qualities, 1 recommend the E. A.
ever, has not been my experience in its use
upon all occasions.
paper.
This paper is floated on the silver solution
A few weeks ago, during a visit to the
sea-shore, for the purpose of making instan-
for one minute ; it is then drawn over the
sharp edge of the dish, for the purpose of
taneous negatives, my attention was called

removing all the surface solution, and laid

and my temper ruffled by the curious ac-
tions (or rather want of action) of the iron
face downward on a quire of common pa-
developer. Before starting I had prepared
per, such asis used for printing newspapers,

then lay a couple of sheets of the same pa- this solution according to my usual formula
per on the top of the sensitized sheet, and for instantaneous work, viz. :

press backward and forwards with your Protosulphate of Iron, 20 grains.

hand, until all the solution is taken up by Water, 1 ounce.
the paper on which remove the
it is laid, Acetid Acid No. 8, . 2 drachms.

upper sheets and hang the paper up to dry ;

The iron was dissolved in the water, and

serving the next sheet of sensitized paper
the acetic acid added, which produced a
the same way, and on the same paper as the
slight precipitate that I was unable to filter
first was which need not be renewed
laid,
off. This action was unusual, and not to be
for at least a dozen or more sheets of sil-
accounted for. However, my time for the
vered paper. The drawing the paper over
preparation of chemicals being limited, I
the edge of the dish, leaves the paper com-
was obliged to leave home without any
paratively free from solution. Paper of the
further examination of this solution until I
kind mentioned above, will keep three days
The
arrived at my destination. A dark-room
in the hottest weather. silver solution
was soon extemporized and operations
is weak, and there
no waste of dripping. is
commenced. The first plate was exposed
The next time you you remove a sheet silver
with a drop, using the full opening of the
or two of them, and put among tho cut-
lens, on a schooner, with a foreground of
tings. After returning the silver solution
heavy surf beating on the shore. On de-
to the bottle, I take one of those sheets of
velopment, much to my surprise, not the
blotting-paper to wipe out the dish. The
slightestimage could be detected on the
paper thus prepared will give an}' tone up
plate. Several time exposures were then
to a pure black, and with all the required
given with the same result exactly. Many
brilliancy.
times in my early photographic experience
I have developed very weak negatives, but
never before failed to obtain some image on
IMPURE ACETIC ACID. the collodion film. To test the condition of
BY J. C. BROWNE. my bath and collodion, a negative was ex-
It is absolutely necessary that the chemi- posed some seconds and developed witli a

photography should be pure and

cals used in solution of ammonio-sulphato of iron, which
uncontaminated with foreign substances, gave a good, clear, forcible picture. The
for if such is not the case, serious difficulties ordinary iron developing solution was there-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 379

fore clearly to blame for my failure to ob- hydrated acid. Acetic acid No. 8 is 30 per
tain some impression of the image. Upon cent. I have never found any photographic
the application of the developing solution impurity existing in this article, and have
to the plate I noticed a precipitate thrown reason to believe that it is more reliable
down, but it was impossible to say what it than the other. Being one-fifth stronger.,
was at that time, so the consideration of the allowance must be made when preparing
subject was deferred. Through the kind- the developing solution.
ness of a photographer residing near by I
was enabled to get a supply of pure de-
veloping solution, which gave no further
Rembrandt and "Rembrandts."
trouble. On my return home, and having BY GEORGE B. AYRES.
the conveniences of a laboratory and suit- With something of the disinclination
able reagents, I was enabled to pronounce with which we acknowledge the " immor-
the impurity in the acetic acid to be phos- tality " of Erostratus, do we regard the
phoric acid. But how that chemical should present resuscitation of the name of the
have appeared in my bottle of acid was not famous Kembrandt. Not that we would
easily answered. place the incendiary of the Ephesian temple
Wishing to satisfy my curiosity further upon a level with the prince of shadows ;

upon the subject, I inquired at the store but that, since the photographic art seems
from which I had purchased the solution, determined to christen its latest born with
if they had received any complaints of their the name of a great painter, we almost re-
acetic acid No. 8? Yes, was the answer. gret that the choice should happen, from
" Our attention was first called to it by a necessity, to fall upon the ignoble rather
photographer who could not develop his than the divine.
plates with our acid, and upon examination Had we sought a godfather in Kaphael,
the impurity proved to be phosphate of we would have found him among the incom-
lime." It seems that the manufacturers of parable cartoons of the Vatican ; or Titian,
this particular sample of acetic acid had engaged in delineating portraits of empe-
carelessly filtered it through animal char- rors and the nobility; or Vandyke, among
coal (burned bones), to remove traces of the beauty and learning of the Court of
organic coloring matter in the solution. England; but Rembrandt was "at home"
By doing phosphate of lime was dis-
so only in the alehouse or the brewery! The
solved and carried through the filter along angelic designs, the nobleness and refine-
with the acid and in combination with it. ment of those first mentioned find no coun-
The secret of all my annoyance was then as terpart in the grovelling Rembrandt, whose
clear as possible. The precipitate in the "madonnas" were the barmaids, and whose
iron solution, on the addition of acetic acid, "saints" were his coarse associates, the
was phosphate of iron, and the decomposi- boors.
tionon the excited plate was phosphate of We repeat, therefore, that however apt
silver. the photographic process can be arranged
It is proper to state that the druggist from to imitate the characteristics of this great
whom I purchased the acid, at once gave painter, it is almost a matter of regret that
orders for a new supply, and warned their we are made the innocent worshippers at
clerks not to sell acetic acid No. 8 to pho- an ignoble shrine and to honor one whose
;

tographers until it had been tested. instincts were base and vulgar, whilst we
One of the best tests for the presence of leave " unhonored and unsung" upon the
phosphoric acid in acetic acid, is the addi- historic tablet the names of those whose
tion of a few drops of nitrate of silver. If genius was god-like and whose lives were
phosphoric acid is present a copious white sublime.
precipitate will take place. Rembrandt Van Ryn (Rhine) — other-
For some time I have used a somewhat wisePaul Gerritz, — was a Dutch painter
different grade of acetic acid, known as U. of 1606-69, whose first impression of ex-

S. P. acid, containining 36 per cent, rnono- treme light and shade were doubtless re-
 — —a —

380 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.

ceived from his early instructors, but which called them shadow effects.' " So also Mr.
'

he continued to practice and perfect until Baker, with commendable regard for the
this one feature became the distinguishing propriety of things, designates his illustra-
characteristic of his works. For want of a tion in the July number, " Shadow Pic-
better place he fitted up as a studio the loft ture," of course, and no one possessing a
of his father's mill, where the light was ad- correct knowledge of the use of art-terms
mitted by only a very small window — would do anything else !

mere hole for ventilation. In this dismal But the most insuperable objection to the
place he had opportunity to study those use of the name is meaningless
that it falls

powerful contrasts of light and shadow, and dead on the ear of the hearer even —
which subsequently rendered him the great among so-called " intelligent " persons, con-
master of chiaro-oscuro. He became a paint- veying no idea whatever of a person, place,
er of great renown, and his works are emi- or thing. Not one in a thousand who come
nent among those of all time but he was ; to a photograph gallery ever heard of Rem-
sadly devoid of any noble aspirations, never brandt, and consequently the word is mean-
mingled in polite society, had no ambition ingless to them, even though it be accepted
beyond the gratification of his vulgar habits, and used and we are not in the least sur-
;

and died in comparative poverty. prised to read the instances mentioned by

As a painter, his manner depends almost "An Old Fogy " in our August number.
wholly upon the achievement of the single Now suppose, instead of the Dutch Rem-
element already mentioned, though his col- brandt, had been the Italian painter Car-
it

oring was also good. True to his instincts, racci; and you say to a customer, "Will you
he considered the imitation of vulgar nature sit for a Ka-rock-chee ?" is it likely he would

preferable to the cultivation of ideal beauty, understand whether you were addressing
paid little regard to propriety in costumes him in Choctaw or Hottentot ? And yet it
and accessories — rather gloried in forms of is equally as proper as the more easily pro-

female ugliness and masculine deformity nounced "Rembrandt," and would be just
and restrained his natural tendency for in- about as comprehensible to people in general.
congruities only in his portraits. His Hence, whilst we glory in this beautiful
works, as a whole, comprise subjects of base- addition to our catalogue of styles, We do
ness or severity of design; and the intelli- earnestly protest against filching from the
gent seeker after what is pure and beautiful sphere of legitimate art, one of its most con-
will most likely be offended with Rem- spicuous names, in order to designate a new-
brandt; though he will not fail to discover, born picture with a pretentious title A !

at the same time, evidences of most consum- thing that is Rembrandt-isA is not by any
mate genius. means a Rembrandt ; the latter belongs spe-
The appropriation of the name of this works of the immortal master
cifically to the
painter, unqualified, to designate a style of himself, and it is only affectation to try to
photograph, we consider to be not only a " rob him of that which not enriches us, but
positive mistake, but a senseless innova- makes him poor indeed."
tion —a ridiculous blunder ! The term So much for the man and his name. In
"Rembrandt," which for two centuries regard to the present imitation of his style,

has been used in the art-world to designate we think, on the whole, much good will ac-
only the productions of his brush and burin crue from its adoption. To be sure, the
(for he also practiced Etching), cannot be miserable attempts and the misconcep-
at,

applied with the least degree of correctness tions of the true character of Rembrandt's
to a —
photograph a kind of picture too of style which have been thrust upon the pub-
which Rembrandt himself had not the most lic (and which "Old Fogy" shows up at

remote conception 1 length) are to be regretted ;

but should not
Mr. Kurtz referred to his first efforts as be used as condemnatory of a method which,
follows: "These pictures were called rather in competent hands, is susceptible of won-
'
Rembrandt-isA not Rembrandts'
'
'
and — derfully beautiful results. The difficulty
were never so baptized by me. I modestly lies entirely with tho photographers them-
 —;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 381

selves ; they perhaps fail to comprehend the ceed with any method which was to me sat-
true resources of light and shadow— forget- isfactory, for the following reasons :

ting that it is as necessary to sitidy as it is 1st. Collodio-chloride was troublesome

to manipulate. It is impossible to suppose and entailed the necessity of first coating

that a background based on black
ever have occurred to Rembrandt, as he
always carried transparency into his deepest
shadows. The worst deficiency, however,
exists in the impossibility of
dead-whiteness of linen draperies on the
shadowed side.* Such an inconsistency in
chiaro-oscuro compliment to Kem-
is a poor
brandt, or any other painter and though
Mr. Kurtz has almost perfected this pecu-
! would the negative with thick albumen, otherwise
the collodion film would slip off. The op-
erations succeeding the printing, viz., wash-
ing, toning, fixing, etc., were not advanta-
subduing the geous to the negative itself, no matter how
thickly varnished.
2d. Bichromate of potash and gelatine
took too long to dry to render that "modus
;
operandi" commercially available.
3d. Gum arabic and the bichromate salt

liar style of lighting, he nevertheless admits is a complete failure, as the whole will wash

and laments this patent imperfection. off after printing, unless, of course, the plate

Doubtless the most 'important gain real- is coated with a thick substratum of gelatine
ized by this new-style photograph, will be or albumen.

to crush out the old prejudices against shad- The methods therefore suggested by the
ows. Every provincial operator has wept above gentleman are impracticable, i. e., for
over the unappreciative rustics who insist ordinary operations, where speed is the
on having their faces taken like the full order of the day. I have a method to offer,
moon —
square to front and in complete
! simple, expeditious, and under control, as
light — whilst others refuse a three-quarter follows : After the negative is fixed and
head because it is " too black on one side I" washed, flow with a thick solution of albu-
But now the dose is an old allopathic one men, sav:
they rather like the novelty of the style, but
Albumen. 1 ounce,
must swallow down seven-eighths shadow "
Water, 4
or get no picture!
'
The Cleveland Exhibition proved the ac- and dry. When dry, coat with iodized col-
ceptability and popularity of the Shadow lodion, sensitize in the bath, and to expose,

Picture and now, dear reader, it remains

;
put the plate in the dark slide, or plate-hol-

for you to determine whether you will enlist der reversed, the film uppermost. Place
on the side of propriety, and use a term four small pieces of glass at each corner, and
which your customers will understand ; or gently lay on the pieces of glass a plate the
whether you will continue the improper, same size as the negative, which will pre-

meaningless, ill-timed, unauthoritative, in- serve the sensitive film from injury; close
comprehensible, un-American, inappropri- the door and expose a few seconds, by draw-
ate term, " Rembrandt." ing out the slide, in the light. It will be
understood, of course, that the sensitive film
ison the collodion side of the negative, not
CHEMICAL RETOUCHING. on the glass, so that a transparency is
BY DAVID DUNCAN, printed in close contact. After exposure,
The
idea offered by M. Carey Lea, Esq., develop with the ordinary developer, wash,
in the October number of the Philadelphia fix, dry, varnish, and the whole is complete.

Photographer for this year, concerning the The transparency on the negative will not

manipulation of negatives, is one deserving need intensifying, and will rarely be too
attention by all engaged in our profession. dense by the application of the developer
alone; the intensity however can be reduced
I experimented in the same direction at
least six months back, but did not then by cyanide of potassium.
suc-
Now the advantages of the idea, no mat-
* That is, legitimately, under the skylight ter how carried out, are manifold. Freckles
not by any " dodge " of printing or retouching. are softened, if not obliterated ; scratches
382 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
and pinholes are mollified, if not "stopped the evil of bad illumination and imperfect
out;" "heavy blacks" are toned down, and reflections.
shadows softened the faintest detail in the
;
Kurtz had a very respectable collection
shadows which otherwise would be lost in of colored porcelain pictures, a branch of
printing is increased, preserved, and har- art-photography in which he has always ex-
mony pervades the whole picture instead of celled. Some photographs, retouched with
a chalky, freckly, spotty, undertimed thing. India-ink, as large as 25x32, were exceed-
All undertimed negatives, or those with ingly beautiful. He exhibited also a num-
heavy shadows and dense high lights, can ber of Rembrandts, crayon drawings, and
be made, by the above method, to yield pass- negative vignettes (why so called ?)
able prints but remember, O, courteous
; Gurney's pictures of Edwin Booth and
reader, that experience must be acquired ere wife were very successful in pose and work-
you meet with unequivocal success. manship. His Rembrandt pictures were

Most of those who visited Cleveland last

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITIONS.
June, will recollect a quantity of pictures
"While we write, in connection with other that came in late, and were placed on a
very fine displays of photographs
articles, side wall just behind the Messrs. Anthony's
are on exhibition at New York, Cincin-
stand ; though late, it will be recol-
these,
nati, St. Louis, and some, we believe, at lected, were amongst the best pictures of
Baltimore. We are indebted for the re-
the Exhibition they were the work of Wil-
;

ports of these exhibitions given below, to a

liam R. Howell. His pictures at the Fair
friend in St. Louis; to D. K. Cady, Esq.,
were also beautifully soft and elegant in
of the firm of P. Smith & Co., Cincinnati,
pose; the photographic manipulation was
the best known stockdealers in the West,
very good. Howell, too, goes into the so-
and to Professor Towler. We paid a special called Rembrandt, which seems to consist in
visit to New York, to see the exhibition
posterior illumination, and thus throwing
there, but Professor Towler had been there the front, or the side next to the camera
before us, with his note-book, so we give into shade. This is a freak that must soon
way to him, inasmuch as he has age on his succumb to better taste; still it is a change,
side. He writes as follows:
and has its advantages financially. I tried
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS AT THE to study out the rationale of the success of
AMERICAN INSTITUTE FAIR, N. Y. the productions of such masters in the art
" Considering the population of the city as Kurtz, Howell, and others, and after a
of New York, the number of photographs careful investigation I have come to the

exhibited was much less than I had reason conclusion, that the cause depends upon
to expect; and I must here confess my dis- their possessing a true and complete knowl-
satisfaction with the mode of hanging up edge of light and an inherent taste for the
photographs and works of art at such ex- beautiful and artistic. They know how to
hibitions; for it is almost impossible to ob- apply their light, to soften it, intensify it, in
tain a good view of a single picture, from fact to control it inany way, so as to gain
the fact that the philosophy of light is ig- their ends and they furthermore know how
;

nored in giving each print its position. It to make nature natural, whilst at the same
is by gaslight the exhibition
posssible, that time they can discriminate the conditions
may be mifch improved; by daylight it is that will give to a given nature the largest
quite defective, and it is by daylight that I amount of beauty and comeliness.
do all my work; hence the disadvantage I Mr. Williamson, of Brooklyn, exhibited
labor under. The same trouble existed at a number of miniatures neatly colored.
the Boston and the Cleveland Exhibitions; Our friend Bogardus was as well repre-
but it is to be hoped in future some genius sented at the Fair, as any one, any way to an
may arise from among the fraternity capa- equal amount; for, although not present
ble of posing side screens and walls at our propria persona, there was a portrait of him
next exhibitions in such a way as to remedy so life-like, so endowed with smiles and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 383

good nature, that it was a short time before J. O'Neil, 949 Broadway, has on exhibi-
I became convinced of the limner's freak. tion a number of photographs at the Fair,
Examine the hand of this portrait anatom- — the prints are of the Eembrandt style, re-

ically considered, it looks like flesh and toucheok and good.

blood, and it simulates nature so perfectly
that I felt half inclined to shake it.
scarcely necessary to say that the rest of
the pictures were equally good.
Mr. P. F. Weil, 643 Broadway, had on
exhibition a quantity of stereographs, and
S. A. Thomas, Sixth Avenue, a number of
porcelain pictures and card pictures it is
to be hoped these gentlemen will meet us
in Philadelphia next June; we are glad to
see their productions and hope to become
better acquainted with them.
The and copies,
pictures, portraits, views
The large views by B. Horton, 287 Third
It is Avenue, are clear and good; and particu-
larly successful are the copies of original
paintings by Oscar Alexander, 654 Second
Avenue.
The two firms, the Scovill Manufactur-
ing Co. and E. & H. T. Anthony & Co.,
; were well represented at the Fair by the ex-
cellent photographic stock which these two
stock houses always keep.
After the Fair, I visited several photogra-
phic establishments in New York, Albany,
Syracuse, Bochester, and smaller cities, and

exhibited by Wilson, Hood & Co., and taken
with the Steinheil lens, show the powers of
this lens; they were exceedingly good, and
can scarcely be surpassed, if even equalled.
Mr. W. H. Ehoads was the photographer.
Since we last had the pleasure of seeing
our friend Charles Bierstadt, of Niagara
find that everywhere retouching is the order
of the day. I am sorry, however, to dis-
cover a degeneracy in pure photography by
reason of this aping after art. There seems
to have crept into numerous studios a degree
of carelessness which deserves to be severely
condemned the proprietors rely too much
;

Palls, he has been to see Brigham Young, on retouching, and less on the efficacy of
San Francisco, and the To Semite Valley, light and correct manipulation. In several
all which he has stereographed to perfec- galleries the retouching was performed in
tion. His collection of stereographs at the the following manner:
Fair is decidedly the largest and the best: The negative is varnished as usual, but in
and near by we find a number of excellent addition the back of the negative is also
prints by the Albert-type process, from the varnished, or at least that part of which it

atelier of Albert himself, Munich; these is to undergo any retouching. When dry
prints are exhibited by E. Bierstadt. As I and hard, this part is rubbed over with very
have just remarked, these impressions are fine pumice-powder, or the powder of cuttle-
excellent; and yet after all, the prints ob- fish, which gives the surface a tooth, as it is
tained by the Woodbury process seem to technically called.
have more vigor, or capable of more vigor- The next operation is to work in the high
ous contrast than these. We are anxious to lights by means of a stump and crayon pow-
see the Woodbury process carried out in this der (black square crayon). We have fre-
country to the extent which it is capable. quently availed ourselves of a similar pro-
The stereographs and views by J. Loefller, cess to this, and have on hand old negatives
Tomkinsville, Staten Island, give promise that testify to this fact; but the retouching
of success ; they are very respectably done. we worked in with India-ink or gamboge,
Bock wood & Broadway, exhibit
Co., 845 and not with crayon. The crayon process
a number of large retouched and colored with. the stump is much superior, and the
photographs; photographs of engines, Bem- artist who first discovered this advantage
brandt pictures, and particularly cloud- deserves much credit. The process is easy
scenes, by double printing, I presume, all of and reliable as far as it goes, and one beauty
which are good. is the following : it does not destroy the like-
Near to the end of the list we come upon ness with careful manipulation. It is easy,
a goodly collection of good plain photo- however, if careless, to give rotundity to
graphs by Henry Merz the work does Mr.
; parts that are naturally flat or even hollow,
Merz credit. because of the facility of communicating
384 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
crayon powder to any part you like, and to ness. First was A. Wolfrom's collection, con-
any amount. We were informed by the sisting of a fine display of cards, imperials,
proprietors of some of the rooms we visited, and4-4sof the Rembrandt style, and the good
that this process had been patented;' if this old style that Rembrandt can't lay in the
be so, you will have to get permission to use shade. Next was J. A. Scholten's
in order
it from the patentee, whoever he may be. collection, which was the largest and showi-
I doubt, however, whether such a process est in the Pair. It seemed as if he had trans-

can be patented." ported his gallery to the Fair-ground, for

he not only had pictures and frames of all
At St. Louis, the photographers are full sizes and but cases in variety, and
styles,
of the spirit of the National Photographic show cases also his large crayon heads
;

Association, and believe in exhibiting their worked up by Ruburka were very fine. All
work to the public. We have the follow- his plain work was very finely retouched ;

ing report from them : too much so, I think, for general photograph
work; in fact, they lose their identity al-
THE ST. LOUIS FAIR.
most as photographs, and become the work
St. Louis, Mo., October 10th, 1870. of an artist and not the work of a photog-
Dear Editor Permit me to photograph
: rapher they looked (most of his work) like
;

to your mind's eye, a few notes about the fine engravings; they were fine, very fine,
display of photographs and things apper- only too much so, for photography. His
taining to the same, at the recent great Fair collection of Rembrandts was superior, in
in St. Louis, Mo., that has just terminated. the lighting, especially but had the same ;

I am sorry you could not make it convenient fault of almost all of his work — too much
to pay our growing city (of over 300,000 by worked up by an artist. He also had on ex-
late census) a visit during our yearly Fair, hibition a fine collection of burnt-in porce-
if it was but to see our great amphitheatre lains. Next to Scholten was R. Benecke,
with its 100,003 visitors in it at one time. I the worthy Secretary of the Photographic
can assure you the photographers of St. Society of St. Louis. He had a superior col-
Louis would have tendered you the hand of lection of views, and a panoramic view of
fellowship and a hearty welcome to the St. Louis, besides some fine stereoscopic
West you Eastern people have no real idea
;
views, and a few 4-4 or 8 x 10 heads. Adjoin-
of the West or its people until you visit it ing this display, was Boehl & Koenig, con-
and them, and then you generally come to sisting principally of large views and ste-
the conclusion we are somebody. reoscope pictures, beautifully colored and
But to the photographic display, it was tinted ;
also, some cards and imperials. Op-
creditable to those who exhibited, but it posite to these were R. Goebel's, principal^
was not what I had expected only nine ex-
;
and
8 x 10, very fine, clear distinct pictures,
hibitors, out of about fifty galleries in this showed they were the work of a good photog-
city. rapher. The tones were, what I consider, just
It seems to me that most part of the pres- right; no fancy toning, that the photogra-
ent generation of photographers have not phers of the day are running wild after.
the ambition they ought to have for the wel- These pictures did not hang in as favorable
fare of the profession ; they gain their living a position as others, and were not noticed as
by self, and the almighty dollar is the much by the public. On the other side again,
greatest trait in most of their characters ;
we see the large and fine display of Cramer
nothing for art, elevation, and advance- & Gross, life-size in oil, cabinet, India-ink,
ment, for futurity. " Can't spare the time," large groups, imperials, cards, and Rem-
says one; "It costs something to make a brandts, the predominant styles of these ar-
show," says another ;
" What good does it tists' pictures, but not worked to death, as
do?" says a short-sighted, narrow-minded, some others are. This firm may well be
would-be artist; and so it is with endless ex- proud of their display, as it was much ad-
cuses, even from those that were expected to mired. Alongsido of those was the collec-
set an example to younger heads at the busi- tion of Max Saetcle, consisting of photo-
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 385

graphs in oil, cabinets, retcmched, cards, from the many fairs and exhibitions, what
Kembrandts, and a variety of 4-4 pictures. a falling off there would be in prizes,
The collection was very creditable. medals, puffs, notices, etc., and how many

Next and last was the old veteran of the great artists in photography would be com-
art in St. Louis, J. H. Fitzgibbon he had ;
ing down to their own level of poor brother
a very fine display of all styles, among photographers. These are some of the views
which were some beautiful mezzotints, not taken with a camera obscura.
phunnygraphs, and night pictures, special- From your friend,
ties by this artist alone; also a novelty in Justice.
the way of a dress photograph of a lady,
From Cincinnati the report is brief, but
some three feet in length; the head, arms,
speaks much, and thousands and tens of
and hands of a cabinet picture being used,
thousands of the public, whom we are try-
and the balance in dry goods very neatly
ing to educate (you and we are), were given
and handsomely dressed, and was much ad-
a sight at the wonderful strides and reaches
mired by the ladies, and gentlemen also.
One other I must not omit to mention, and
of photography. We will let Mr. Cady
speak for himself:
that is Easterly, the Daguerreian, as he is

called ; although not properly a photogra- PHOTOGRAPHY AT THE CINCINNATI INDUS-

pher, he has forgotmore about pictures than TRIAL EXPOSITION.
many of them will ever know. One of the The great Industrial Exposition now
old-style picture-men; never would change, being held in this city is a grand success,
but expecting Daguerreotypy to come back and exceeds the most sanguine expectations
again, he will die with his harness on, rather, of its originators. An idea of its magni-
he never will quit his first love the Da- — tude may be formed from the fact that there
guerreotype. He had a fine collection of and
are over seventeen hundred exhibitors,
pictures, some of them over twenty years that the immense building, with wings at-
old, as good as the day they were taken, and tached, covers an area of more than three
would put to shame manj of the so-called
7 acres. The Fine Art Hall is a prominent
fine pictures of the present day. feature, and is constantly thronged with ad-
In conclusion, Mr. Editor, I would re- miring visitors. Our city photographers
mark that the St. Louis Photographic Soci- deserve a great deal of credit for the really
ety made a request of the Fair Association, handsome display which they make. "With
that no premium be given for any pictures no intention of competing for premiums,
taken by the aid of the camera this year; but simply with a desire to render the Ex-
which request was granted. I think the hibition attractive, and perhaps to advertise
move was a bad one, although it was done their business by their work, they have
to allay jealousy on account of influence that formed a gallery of good photographs,
which
was said to be brought to bear, in previous reflects credit upon the art.
years, on the judges, in awarding premiums. Charles "Waldack exhibits about twenty
I think there is nothing like competition, large views of country residences, different
and to make that competition stimulating, sections of the bridge over the Ohio Eiver
some reward should be offered for work that at Louisville, machinery, monuments, etc.
excels, or new styles. I think if the pho- Mr. Waldack makes a specialty of land-
tographers would put their heads together, scape photography and out-door work in
they might put guards around this thing of general, and perhaps for this reason, as sug-
favoritism in the judgment of work ; forget gested by Brother Bendann, we can account
self for once, and go in for the general good, for the established reputation which Mr.
invite competition from abroad, see that Waldach enjoys in this much-neglected de-
premiums are not offered for useless displays, partment of photography. Mr. W. is a
showy frames, big signs, large numbers, gentleman of culture and keeps well posted
but work made by their own hands and as- in the current literature of the profession,
sistants, and not by regular paid artists and it is a pity that he cannot be induced to
take away the artistical paid work and labor contribute oftener to the photographic jour-
26
586 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
rials the results of his experience and obser- seen. Mr. Dinmore, although a young man
vation. yet, is a veteran in the business, having
Leon Van Loo, Vincent Bros.,
Messrs. been one of the first to take it up. Mr. Wil-
Wi S. Porter, and James Landy, contribute son has lived in Baltimore for fifteen years,
photographs of all sizes, from card to full- and will be found attentive to all the South-
length life size, porcelains, Eembrandts, ern friends who may favor them with or-
water and oil colored work, &c. The Rem- ders. They work upon the correct princi-
brandts are the favorite style with us, and ple of keeping only the best of everything,
we have not seen such fine effects of light and enough to fill orders promptly. They
and shade produced by our Cincin-
as are are bound to prosper, as there seems to be a
nati artists. What a wonderful advance very fine field for them there.
has been made in photography within a few Messrs. Balch Brothers, from Memphis,
years. We do not notice this so much in Tenn., are erecting a very elegant estab-
the chemical manipulations as we do in the lishment on Charles Street, which they say
artistic management of the light, the re- shall not be surpassed in the country. We
touching of the negatives, the graceful and wish one and all great success.
easy flowing lines of the drapery, and the
taste and skill displayed in the posing of
subjects. If you will only reserve space PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC
enough for us at the Philadelphia Exhibi- ASSOCIATION.
tion, we will make a display of Western The regular stated meeting of this So-
work that will both delight and astonish ciety was held at the store of Wilson, Hood
you. & Co., on Monday evening, October 10th,
May we be there to see. 1870, the President, William H. Bhoads,
Yours, Esq., in the chair, and about forty others
D. K. Cady. present.
The minutes of the last meeting were
read and approved, and then Messrs. A.
PHOTOGRAPHY IN BALTIMORE. W. Snyder, F. J. Quimby, A. L. Phillipi,
We recently made a flying visit to Balti- John Carbutt, L. J. Marcy, P. E. Chilman,
more, where we have a whole nest of sub- Edward Cope, C. Faser, and H. F. Smith,
scribers. We
had not the time to call upon were elected as members.
them all, though we saw the work of a great A proper constitution was reported by the
many at the doors, and saw some of the committee, and adopted by the meeting.
photographers in person. Agreeably to appointment, Mr. William
Messrs. Bendann Brothers, Stanton & But- Bell read a very interesting article on "The
ler, Busey, Holyland and Pollock, all seem production of proper negatives for Betouch-
to be prospering, and making some excel- ing, " which he illustrated by negatives and
lent work. There are besides them, Messrs. prints. He asserted that negatives made
S. Field, Bacharach, Baymgarten, Cooke, ordinarily, are not fit for retouching, and
Cover, Cox & Ward, Crowther, Fowx, yet what he presented, and considered just
Hampe, Hohlweg, Knowlton, Leach & Ed- right for that purpose, would be cajled bad
kins, Leach, Moltz, Perkins, Phillips, Pope, negatives. Mr. Bell was listened to with
Schaffer, Shorey, Skinner, Speddan, Stohm, great attention.
Toesch, Varley, Wellip, Walzl, Wheedan After examination of the prints and nega-
& Son, Moscher, and Messrs. Dinmore & tives, Mr. De Morat asked if negatives re-
Wilson, 125 West Baltimore Street. These developed with pyro would not change.
latter gentlemen are the newest comers, and Mr. Carbutt said his experience was, that
therefore, the last sensation in Baltimore. a negative re-developed with pyro after fix-
They have not only opened a very beautiful ing, if not washed very thorough ly, will
gallery, but also the finest assortment of change after considerable printing, and be-
photographic stock that Baltimore, in all its come more and more intense. A sure remedy
ups and downs in the stock business, has ever is to re-fix for a moment or two after re-
 i

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEK. 387

developing. The varnish might be removed graphs from the Oldham Photographic So-
by steaming the plate over heated alcohol, ciety, in exchange for prints forwarded to
and then doctored by re-fixing, drying, and them by this Society.
re-varnishing, but it was risky. Mr. Edward L. Wilson offered for exam-
Mr. Carbutt spoke of the necessity of re- ination the celebrated picture "First Hour
developing with pyro before fixing, and he of the Night," by Eobinson and Cherrill.
thought it was right. He had used gallic It was much admired.
acid, nitrate of lead, and acetic acid, with Mr. Moran stated that he had made a
a little silver, and found it excellent. large number of experiments in landscape
Mr. Bell said he had used the same, only photography, for the purpose of proving
substituting acetate of lead for the nitrate. which of the many lenses offered for such
Mr. Carbutt said there was just where use would give the sharpest picture, the
the mistake laid. sharpness to be judged not by the eye alone
Mr. Wilson, after further discussion, com- but by the assistance of a lens magnifying
mented on the practical nature of Mr. Bell's 40 diameters; after many trials he was en-
paper, the beauty of his results, etc and on
, abled to determine to his satisfaction, that
his motion, a vote of thanks was tendered a photographic objective he had made by
Mr. Bell. Dallmeyer was superior to any other he had
Mr. Cremer moved that a life insurance tried.
league be formed in the Society, and on mo- Mr. Moran illustrated his remarks with
tion, Messrs. Cremer, Hagaman, and Moore, negatives which were very interesting in-
were appointed a committee to consider the deed.
subject and report. The Secretary mentioned a serious diffi-

Mr. John Moran was appointed to read culty that he had experienced during a re-
the essay at the next meeting. cent photographic trip, which was occa-
Mr. Marcy's sciopticon was then put in sioned by impure acetic acid in the devel-
operation, and a transparency of the check- oping solution.
ered negative shown at the last meeting Mr. Moran then exhibited to the mem-
was enlarged on the screen, showing the de- bers a fine collection of glass positives, which
fects very plainly. were enlarged in the Societj^'s magic lan-
Messrs. Marcy and Moran then enter- tern. Amongthe number were a variety
tained the Society for an hour, with an ex- ofWhite Mountain and Wissahickon views.
hibition of transparencies of views in New Mr. Moran is devoting a good deal of atten-
Hampshire, and the Delaware Water Gap, tion to this branch of photography with
colored subject pictures, and a number of marked success.
various things printed by the Woodbury On motion adjourned.
Photo Belief Process. The whole conclu- John C. Browne,
ding with a very beautiful slide, made from Kecording Secretary.
fern-leaves, by Mr. Gaffield, forming the
words, " God is Love."
The meeting adjourned at 10.30 p.m., FERROTYPERS' ASSOCIATION OF
after thanks were tendered for the fine ex- PHILADELPHIA.
hibition. , An adjourned meeting of the Ferrotypers'
Association of Philadelphia was held at Mr.
A. K. P. Trask's gallery, on Tuesday even-
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF ing, September 23d, 1870, the President,
PHILADELPHIA. Mr. A. K P. Trask, in the chair.
The regular monthly meeting was held In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. C.
on Wednesday evening, October 5th, 1870. L. Lovejoy was appointed to fill his place
The President, Mr. Frederic Graff, in the for the evening.
chair. The minutes of the last meeting were read
The Corresponding Secretary reported and adopted.
that he had received a package of photo- James W. Birth, of Chester, Pa., William
 —

388 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEK.

W. Kelly, and William W. Seeler, of Phila- difficulty to flow on the varnish after dry-
delphia, were electedmembers. ing the pictures on the heater, owing to the
Letters were read from Mr. Bolles and plates warping so badly. The preparation
Mr. J. M. Houghton. on the edges of the plates to prevent ab-
A lot of the new style paper plates were sorption of the bath, does not stand, but
received from the Phoenix Plate Co., per breaks open, and allows the bath to pene-
Wilson, Hood & Co., to be distributed to trate into the paper. The only advantage
themembers of the Society for trial. he saw in favor of these plates was lightness,
The Committee on Skylights reported and pictures made on them were less likely
progress. to get bent or broken. But he could not
Pictures for exhibition were presented recommend their general use, owing to the
by Messrs. Trask, Lothrop, Lovejoy, and difficulty of working them.
Hayes, per Bolles, of Danville, 111., consist- Mr. Trask said he did not think it prac-
ing of large heads, and some very fine ticable to use these plates as they are now
groups. Mr. Trask's picture was voted for made, but thought they might be made so
by the majority. as to be used to better advantage.
Mr. Gilbert gave some interesting ideas Resolved, That further discussion on the
of Western photographers, their galleries, paper ferrotype plates be postponed until
skylights, etc. the next meeting.
Adjourned to Mr. C. M. Gilbert's gallery, Adjourned Mr. William W". Seeler's
to
202 South Second Street, Tuesday evening, gallery, southeast corner ofEighth and
October 4th, 1870, at lh o'clock, sharp. Spring Garden Streets, Tuesday evening,
C. L. Lovejoy, November 1st, 1870, at 1\ o'clock, sharp.
Secretary pro tern. D. Lothrop,
Secretary.

The regular monthly meeting of the Fer-

rotypers' Association of Philadelphia was
held at Mr. C M. Gilbert's gallery, Tues- DR. VOGEL'S ESTIMATE OF THE
day evening, October 4th, 1870, the Presi- CLEVELAND EXHIBITION.
dent, Mr. A. K. P. Trask, in the chair. Our German readers all know that Dr.
The minutes of the last meeting were read Vogel edits the Photographische Mittheil-
and adopted. ungen, — a monthly photographic Journal
Mr. Charles McAllister was elected a in Berlin. While in America he corres-
member of the Association. ponded with his Journal, and we gather a
Pictures for exhibition were presented few fragments from his letters which may
and voted on. One of Mr. Lothrop's fer- interest our readers.
rotypes received a majority of the votes. He was much struck with the earnest
A discussion on the merits of the new manner in which some forty photographers
style of paper ferrotype plate now took attacked the work of arranging the pictures
place. The were composed of two
plates at Cleveland, accomplishing the work in
paper layers which adhered together, and three days, while at the Paris Exposition,
japanned outside like the ordinary iron with no more to do and only eight persons
plates. They can easily be split apart, pre- to help, it required nearly two weeks to com-
sent ing^a good surface to receive paste, and plete the arrangements. He says, " Each
pictures made on those plates can therefore photographer here considered it a matter
be readily mounted on cards like photo- of honor to help, and the admirable work
graphs. was done in three days."
Mr. Lothrop said he had tried some of " I observe that the public here take much
these plates, both quarter and whole size, more interest in the Exhibition than they
and experienced much trouble in coating do in our country in such cases. At the
them without spilling an unusual amount Berlin Exhibition, we met with great in-
of collodion, owing to their peculiar surface difference on the part of the public. In
and want of stability, and had still more Germany, where prejudice so often hinders
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE A PHEE. 389

free development, the photographer is gen- him wonder. One of his first visits was
to
erally but little esteemed,and rarely con- to the works of the American Optical Com-
sidered an artist. Here in America, where pany, and in reference to their camera
such a difference of rank is unknown, he boxes, he writes " They are very solid, and
:

enjoys a much higher position, if he be able of excellent kind. They are not so heavy
to fill it. Here the photographer is the chief as the English and German cameras, and
representative of creative art, and is not the stock here is perhaps the largest in the
forced to submit to the arrogance of artists. world.
The public, also, when being grouped, or at "The small aperture in the holders,
any time having their pictures taken, gen- through which the dark slide is drawn, is
erally place themselves under the orders of closed by a spring, and there are no hinges
their photographer, instead of insinuating to the slide. I prefer this contrivance to the
and insisting upon managing the job them- divided front board or slide, with hinges
selves." fixed on the dark-slide, soon getting out of
After commenting upon the work on ex- order by the silver drops penetrating the
hibition, he adds, " The general impression joints. The American tripod stands are in
received is a favorable one, there being no general more solid and simple in their con-
medium class of work, on exhibition, as in struction than the European stands."
Berlin and Paris." Still, medium quality The working Woodbury process he
of the
of work -is made here, alas, to too great an saw here for the first time, and describes it
extent. fully. His letters are long, and it is inter-
He praises our Rembrandt pictures, our esting to know what American photogra-
Photo-Crayons, and especially our enlarge- phy seems to German eyes. Dr. Yogel's
ments, commending Mr. Albert Moore, the impression of it was certainly very favor-
solar printer, in the highest terms. The able.
prices charged by Mr. Moore for full sheet
prints, he thinks are exceedingly cheap.
He is surprised that there was so little
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
landscape work on exhibition, while our
STUDIO.
country is so abundant in beautiful subjects,
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
not surpassed even by the Harz, Thuringen,
or the Rhine.
Photography and the War — Adam Salomon's
He seems astonished at the extent to
Background — Dr. Vogel — Magnesium
Light — Removing Silver Stains — Bi-me-
which photography is used by railroad com-
dallion Portraits — Stains on Opal Glass.
panies as an advertising medium, and he
praises our railway cars highly as being Photography and the War. — Besides the
luxurious, and is astonished at our number all-absorbing interest to mankind at large
of railroads. Ambrotypes and ferrotypes of the terrible war which is raging within
are a wonder to him, and unknown in Ger- a few miles of our shores, it seems to press
many. He took a box of plateshome with itself upon the special interest of photog-
him as a curiosity. raphers from many causes. Paris is the
He was much surprised to see a large re- market from which a very large portion of
ception-room connected with each gallery, the photographic requisites consumed in
and as much surprised to see how very small this country was obtained, and already scarc-
and unhealthy the dark-rooms generally are ity in this direction is beginning to be felt.
here. A large number of photographers from
With reference to our glass-houses, he Paris have recently reached London some ;

adds, they are generally high. In Europe, must be ruined, and all most seriously im-
the whole north front and the roof are cov- poverished. M. Goupil recently arrived
ered with glass, but in America, commonly here ; his large establishment for photo-
only the middle part of the north top light relievo printing, erected a year or two ago
is glass. at Asnieres, in the suburbs of Paris, and
The extent of our stock houses also caused only very recently completed, is, I under-
390 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
The im-
stand, levelled with the ground. and having also a somewhat more
struction,
mense carbon printing and photo-relievo comprehensive aim. His background forms
printing establishment of M. Braun, of a curve, or the arc of a large circle, the
Dornach, is very midst of the seat of
in the chord of which arc would be about nine feet.
war in Alsace. I have not heard of its fate; Attached to this is a ridge-shape canopy of
but I fear that it can scarcely have escaped semi-transparent material. This canopy
the devastation. M. Adam Salomon and opens at the ridge, and hinged to the back-
is

his family have arrived here. He informed ground at each side, so that it can be opened
me that he had given up his residence and to admit a portion of direct light. As, how-
studio at Passy, for the use of the wounded. ever, it is chiefly by a high side light that
M. Reutlinger is also here ;
he called upon M. Salomon illuminates his figures, the
me the other day, but I had not the good curved background plays the most import-
fortune to see him. M. Nadar, a distin- ant part in his lighting. The sitter is placed
guished Parisian photographer, has taken within thecurve, and the background, which
charge of the balloon department of the war is made to run easily, is moved round him
in Paris. Some photographers suffer more until the right effect is produced, the curved
fatally. The blind rage of the infuriated screen being used to regulate the amount
French peasants sees in every artist, either of light admitted on the lighted side, and to
sketching or photographing, a Prussian act as a reflector on the shadowed side, as
spy, and little time for explanation is af- well as to form a background, which by its
forded. A young collegian, who was re- light and shade gives space and relief to the
cently sketching for amusement, near Vin- figure. He has intended for some time,
cennes, not immediately noticing the chal- when his experiments with it were quite
lenge of a Garde Mobile, was at once shot complete, to favor me
with a detailed de-
dead. M. Hart, the first person shot in scription and diagrams, but although he is
Paris as a Prussian spy, was a photog- perfectly satisfied with the results, and finds
rapher, and had a few months before been that he can quite dispense with blinds, the
engaged an operator.
in Jersey as matter has hitherto been procrastinated.
Of course the shop windows in London Now, however, I hope shortly to be able to
teem with portraits of those distinguished place the matter more fully before your
in connection with the war, and despite readers,and give diagrams illustrating the
Lavater, the public are irresistibly led to system. It may interest your readers to
the conclusion, that " there is no art to read know that M. Salomon was much charmed
the mind's construction in the face ;
" for with many American photographs I showed
amongst the most manly and genial-looking him ;
pre-eminently so with three or four
of the photographed faces, is that of the of those by Mr. Kurtz, I was able to place
braggart and blundering Le Boeuf; and before him, and also with the enlargements
amongst the least imposing or impressive by Mr. Moore.
faces, is that of the profound strategist —
Dr. Vogel. Our common friend, Dr. Vo-
Count Von Moltke. Photography has, I gel, spent a day with me on his journey
understand, played an important part home. He gave me a most glowing and in-
amongst the Germans in the rapid multi- teresting account of America, Americans,
plication of maps, plans, and other topo- and American photography. Although it
graphical aids in carrying on war in an is eighteen years since I was in the States,

enemy's country. we were able to compare notes with much

M. Adam Salomon's Background. I was — interest; and I was able to appreciate the
showing M. Salomon some examples of the rapid change which had been going forward.
work of Mr. Kurtz, and describing to him I have now a camera and some other da-
the cone background and its value in secur- guerreotype apparatus I purchased at An-
ing light and Bhade to relieve the figure. thony's store in New York, in July, 1852,
He informed me that he had for the last two and I have a ninth-size daguerreotype por-
years been using an arrangement with a trait of myself, for which I paid at that
similar end, but somewhat different in con- time the incredibly small sum of half a dol-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 391

lar, in Broadway. A glance at these things, or cost, and may secure additional patron-
however, enables me to judge of the im- age, is generally acceptable to the portrait-
mense stride in photograph}'- as Dr. Vogel ist. A correspondent has recently sent me
proceeds with his enthusiastic narrative. some examples of a which has pleased
style
Above all, he was delighted with the com- his customers, especially newly married or
prehensive intelligence and enterprise of engaged couples. It consists of two por-
American photographers, and with the traits in oval medallions, side by side, just
status of the art amongst the people. His touching each other, on the long way of an
anxiety to get home made his stay in Lon- ordinary card. I have styled them " Bi-
don very brief. Although going home to medallion Portraits;" I inclose you an ex-
a victorious country, his gladness was sadly ample. I also append some extracts from
tempered with apprehensions for the fate of my correspondent's letter, describing his
brothers and friends in the army. He mode of producing the pictures. He says :

anticipated his own immediate dispatch to " First, then, the camera. I use a camera
the seat of war on medical duty. I have with sliding back for double cartes. In the
not yet heard from him since his arrival in opening at the back I place a piece of black-
Berlin. ened cardboard, with an oval cut out in the
Magnesium Light. — I do not know whether centre, which I fasten by means of four
in your country of prevalent sunlight mag- black pins. This is all that is required to
nesium is much used in photography. If be done to the camera. I now place a chair
it be, it will be good news to learn that the in front of the lens, and request my sitter to
price of magnesium will, in all probability, sit there. If it is a lady and gentleman, I
be very shortly reduced, in consequence of always ask the lady to sit first, and pose her
a new and cheap method having been dis- head so that it will be looking towards the
covered of preparing sodium, by means of right (which, I believe, according to the
which the metallic magnesium is recovered rules of art, will be correct), as, in the fin-
from its chloride. The price of sodium ished portrait, the lady will be to the left
amounts, at present, to twelve shillings a of the gentleman, and looking towards him.
pound, and a company recently formed to I then adjust the head-rest and light. This
work the new sodium patent hope to reduce isanother important thing, and, in this style
its cost to one-twentieth of that sum. Should of portraiture, a great advantage; for in-
this marked reduction in the price of sodium stance, in taking a group, we put our sitters

really come to pass, we may hope to pur- looking towards each other. And what is

chase magnesium at a very moderate rate the result? Why, that one has the shadow
indeed, and thus secure a source of artificial on the wrong side of the face. Now sir, I
light at once effective and economical. am enabled to correct this, and by this
—
Removing Silver Stains. There are various means: I use a side-light on each side, and
methods of removing stains of nitrate of sil- have dark and light blinds; thus, in taking
ver from the fingers and clothes. Any sim- the lady, I draw the dark blind on the right
ple and efficient method is, however, always side, and vice versa for the gentleman, and
useful to the photographer as an addition my shadow is right in each case. And now
to his resources. The chloride of copper expose. Then put the gentleman to sit,

has been strongly recommended lately for placing his head against the rest and look-
removing stains of nitrate of silver, especi- ing towards the left ; there is no occasion to
ally upon linen. For treatment of a fabric, focus again, but merely to shift the dark-
a very dilute solution is used, and the stuff slide. The proper distance must be ascer-
afterwards thoroughly washed with plenty tained previously; it must be so that the
of water. The chloride of copper does not rays will overlap without injuring the im-
destroy the colors printed upon the linen, age. I then proceed to take them over
provided the same is rinsed in a solution of again, but reversing' the views of the face ;

hyposulphite of soda. care must be taken here, or the result will

Bi-Medaltion Portraits. — Novelty, which be that the sitters are looking away from
does not involve much additional trouble each other ; always take the lady first, and
392 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
then you cannot err. By the use of a half- A. Yes, a most unfortunate name, by the
plate Iam enabled to get four portraits on by, inasmuch as it neither fixes the picture,
one plate, and choose the most pleasing to nor in fact affects it in the slightest degree.
print from. This concludes the operating M. Why, what do you mean ? Would
part. not the picture on the negative, as well as
Now for the printing, which consists of the printed proof, fade entirely away, if
cutting out a bi-medallion mark. I use old they were not first fixed in this bath ?

prints which have stains, etc., blacken them A. No, certainly not.
in the sun, and proceed to cut out the mask M. Ah, bah Come now, that won't go
!

as follows : I draw a line straight across down, you know !

the paper vertically, not in the centre, but A. The best way to convince you then, is
a little distance from the top, so as to get by experiment. I coat this plate and sensi-
my ovals in the centre ; I then take a ninth tize it. There it is all ready.
size mat, place the straight top level with M. Isn't there too much light in this
the line (but not in the centre of the paper), room?
and cut out the oval ; I then shift it to the A. Oh no. Light up your dark-room(I)
other side, letting the inner side overlap as brilliantly as you like. Look! my entire
the other oval, and cut out again, by which sash is orange glass. I can read in here as
means I get my ovals in contact I place ; well as in the skylight. Why so many
this mask on my negative, and print." photographers work in a dark-room fum-
Stains on Opal Glass. — In my recent visit bling and shuffling about, in preference to a
to a photographic manufactory, I
glass room as light as day, is rather a mystery to
learned several useful hints, one of which, me ; that is their business, however. Now,
referring to opal glass, is worth mentioning. I put the plate in the hypo, observe the
Smoothed opal glass possesses a surface effect. See, the hypo has dissolved all the
so absorbent, that when an image has once iodide and bromide of silver from off the
been developed upon it, the traces generally plate, leaving it in pretty the same much
remain The method I have
after cleaning. condition as it went into the
was before it

generally recommended for removing such silver bath. All the collodion is here, how-
stains, has consisted in applying tincture of ever, though deprived of its iodides.
iodine followed by strong hypo or cyanide, M. What does this prove ?
then washing with dilute nitric acid, and A. Patience, patience, wait and see. I
rinsing. Mr. Forrest informed me that the now prepare another plate and before put-
use of a little line emery powder, rubbed for ting in the hypo I will expose it to the day-
about a minute with the finger-end on the light. So ; now I put it in the hypo.
stained part, is the most efficient method of M. The iodide is dissolved exactly as in
cleaning. I have tried it with complete the first instance.
success. Of course, the plate will require A. Yet, Mr. Marshal, the condition of the
rinsing afterwards. film has been most materially affected by
this exposure to the light.
M. How can you prove this ?
PHOTOGRAPHIC DIALOGUES. A. I now prepare another plate and pour
(.SEQUEL TO ONE HUNDRED DAYS IN A FOG, over its surface some of the developer. Ob-
ETC., CONTINUED.) serve the effect.
'
BY ELBERT ANDERSON, M. I don't see any effect to observe.
Operator at W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 JJroadway, N. Y.
A. The developer containing acetic acid,
A. Here is a shallow rubber tray, rather as you know, is restrained from immedi-
larger than the largest plates wo have occa- ately producing a precipitate in the silver
sion to use. Into it I pour a saturated solu- solution on the plate. It has now been on
tion of hyposulphite of soda, which has about a minute or so; we will now dip it
been filtered. in the hypo.
M. This is the fixing solution, I presume ! M. Still the iodide is dissolved as before.
We call it the " hypo," for short. A. Finally, I prepare another plate, and
 —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 393

before applying the developer I expose it plate ;

there ! the plate begins to blacken at
to the light, for only a second of time. So, once.
that's enough. Now, I pour on the devel- M. Yes, that's true, but
oper, observe the effect. A. But what?
M. The whole of the plate has turned to M. But still you had to use nitrate, you
a dirty brownish black, exactly as the silver know.
solution did in the saucer. A. Yes, but the nitrate has not been ex-
A. Thus we see then, that something hap- posed, having been added after exposure.
pened to the film during that second of ex- Your remark, however, is very apropos, and
posure to the light, and whatever that some- we shall see presently that pure iodide of
thing was, it had this effect, namely: to silver is unaffected by the developer, and
hasten the decomposition of the silver solu- that the compound which blackens on its ap-
tion in the first place, and to cause it to plication is iodide, with an excess of nitrate.
precipitate only on that part affected by the M. Now I begin to smell an immense
light, in the second place, which in this mice.
case was the entire plate. Now I put it in A. How so ?
the hypo ; see, the film no longer dis-
is M. After the plate has been exposed in
solved as before. The hypo now, has no the camera, the light impresses the image,
effect upon it whatever. Now repeat the and so affects the plate that when the de-
experiment, covering one half the plate veloper is applied it only precipitates on
with any opaque screen before exposing it the image so formed, whilst the other por-
to light. I now pour on the developer, tions of the plate remain intact. You now
which, as you see, precipitates the silver in- wash off your developer, and there's your
stantly, but it is only deposited on that half picture. The picture being already formed
which was exposed. I now wash off the is already fixed, as it cannot be further
developer under the tap, and put the plate affected by the light. But, when we ex-
in the hypo. See ! only that part not ex- pose the negative thus formed to light, that
posed is dissolved, whilst the other half is portion of the plate not previously affected
unaffected. by the light, now and
in turn is acted upon,
M. Now hold your horses a minute. You would shortly so whole plate as
affect the
say the iodide of silver is affected by the to totally obliterate the picture, and it is to
light ; how do you know it wasn't the nitrate prevent this, that we dissolve it away in the
that was affected, and not the iodide? hypo, leaving the image ; and not for the
A. That the way to look at it, Mr.
is purpose (as improperly termed) of fixing it.
Marshall. Let us prove what we are about A. That is it, exactly. The word pho-
step by step as we go. Here is another tography itself, is the most unfortunate of
prepared plate, and before exposing it, I all.

wash off all the nitrate thoroughly. There, M. "Why you ! surprise me. Is that also.
now I expose it. Shut the window. Now I a misnomer?
pour on the developer. A. Undoubtedly —inasmuch as light not
M. Ah! I told you so; see, it don't preci- only does not exercise any influence in pro-
pitate. The iodide, then, couldn't have been ducing the picture, but on the contrary,
affected. tends to destroy
it and that the luminous
;

A. Not quite so fast, Mr. Marshall, you principle (which we call light) is not neces-
are wrong you forget the developer has
; sary to make a photograph, I can prove by
nothing to act upon, there being no nitrate experiment, and take a picture in total
to precipitate. darkness.
M. By Jove you ! are right ; now what's M. You will, perhaps, excuse me if I am
the next move? skeptical, but I should mightily like to see
A. I will pour off the developer in this this done.
glass,and mix with it a few drops of silver A. It is accomplished in the following
solution. See, the acid prevents immediate manner: A large prismatic spectrum is
precipitation. Now I pour it again over the thrown upon a lens fitted into a side of a
 ; '

394 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

dark room (I do not mean a photographic reason of this is, that the blue glass permits
dark-room, but one of absolute darkness), the chemical principle of light to pass freely,
and the only rays allowed to pass through but excludes in a great measure, the heat
this lens are those situated at a point beyond and light; whilst on the contrary, it is next
the violet ray, where there no light at is to impossible to make seeds germinate under
all these are directed upon any object, and
; a yellow glass, because it excludes nearly
from that object radiated upon a sensitive all the chemical influence in the solar ray.
plate in this way an image may be formed
: You are no doubt acquainted with the ex-
by radiations which produce no effect upon traordinary effects of light on chlorine ?

the eye. M. I dare say I am, but you had better

M. Well, well, that beats cock-fighting. tell it me over again.
A. As the above experiment cannot well A. The intense affinity which chlorine
be performed without all the necessary con- manifests for hydrogen is very remarkable,
ditions, I propose to show you an easier ap- yet this affinity is by a most
called forth
plication, to prove what I have stated. Here singular action of light. For if equal vol-
I have an engraving ; I cover one-half with umes of chlorine and hydrogen gases be
this piece of blue glass, and the other half mixed together in a white glass vial (they
with orange glass
this piece of ; now I focus must be mixed in the dark), they will re-
this on the ground-glass of my camera. main for an indefinite period without action
There, look in and see for yourself. upon each other. Now if the vial be ex-
M. I see that portion of the engraving posed to diffused light, combination will take
covered by the yellow glass brilliantly il- place gradually but if the mixture be
;

luminated, whilst through the blue glass I brought into direct sunlight, the union takes
see absolutely nothing. place immediately, accompanied with a pow-
A. Now we will expose a plate. So erful explosion. Or the vial may be put
come and see it developed. into* a dark place (a cellar, for instance),
M. Well, upon my word ! It has copied and a ray of sunlight directed upon it by
most faithfully that part which was totally means of a mirror the instant the ray
;

invisible, whilst the brilliantly lighted half strikes it an explosion will occur. Again,
has been wholly neglected. I never should if the chlorine gas alone be first exposed to
have believed this, had I not seen it done. the light, it acquires and retains for a con-
That is really a most curious and remark- and if afterwards
siderable time this power,
able experiment. Speaking of light, in the mixed with the hydrogen, even in the dark,
term as it is understood, what is the nature an explosion instantly takes place.
of this action of light on a sensitive plate ? M. Well, well, live and learn !

A. We are not at present prepared to A. Here then is a case in point, of light

answer this. There are several theories, having commenced an action on the chlorine,
which we will discuss presently; in the which is continued in the dark, analogous
meantime it may not be out of place to to the action on a sensitive plate, which is

mention a few remarkable facts, and to per- continued by the developer in the dark-
form some interesting experiments. There room. As this experiment, like the other,
are several reasons for supposing that each requires certain conditions which may be
of the three principles, light, heat, and inconvenient, let us get at "something
actinism, included in the solar ray, exercise nearer home," as the saying is.

a distinct and peculiar influence upon vege- (To be continued.)

tation. Thus the luminous principle (what
we growth and color-
call light) controls the

ation of plants. The caloric principle, their

mr. simpson's yearbook of
ripening and fructification and the chemi-;
photography;
cal principle, the germination of seeds. Now, This excellent work, giving an immense
seeds which ordinarily require ten or twelve amount of information and instruction for
days for germination, will germinate under fifty cents, has been much sought niter dur-

a blue or violet glass 'in two or three. The ing the past month, and some very Hatter-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 395

ing praises are being bestowed upon it. At B is the condenser, made at the bottom
this we are not at all surprised, for it is so with a shoulder and flange to fit easily into
full of good, coming from the minds of the the top of A; the flange runs up a little
best workmen in Europe, that no one can above the shoulder, as shown in the sketch.
read it without a great deal of profit. The The condenser, B, is also fitted with a cone
edition will soon be exhausted, though there " c " (like the top of a funnel inverted), and
are a few more left. tightly soldered at its base, near- to the bot-
tom of B leaving height enough, however,
;

to insert anywhere on the circumference of

Simple Way of making a Still. B, the little short tube "e."
BY J. EDWARDS SMITH. The condenser has no top.

I have enjoyed with genuine photo- Now to use : Fill A two-thirds with water,
graphic relish the dialogues contributed to put it over your gas (or any other) stove;
your columns by Mr. Anderson. In gen- when the water boils, put on the condenser,

eral, they announce plain facts, sound sense, B, and fill the upper part with cold water;
and withal, a spice of genuine wit. the steam as generated strikes the cold sur-

His method of making a still, however,
is both expensive and complicated, so I pro-
pose right here, to give you a sketch of an
apparatus for distilling pure water, which
will perform all that Mr. Anderson claims,
at one-tenth the cost,and is far simpler. It
is not original with me. Some sixteen
months ago, a man told me about it, and I
went right over to the tinman's, chalked
out a drawing on his wall, and an hour
face of condenser "c," becomes condensed,
and trickles down to the trough at the base,
and soon flows out of the short tube "e"
pure and sweet; "f" is a detached tube,
which slips on and off of " e," and serves to
conduct the water where desired.
This simple affair will distil for hours
even after the water above the condenser
has become quite warm (of course it works
faster to change this occasionally, pouring

afterwards, I had the whole affair "biling," part back into A to make up for the loss by
and at a cost of only one dollar; here it is: evaporation). It will prove a blessing to

It can be made of tin plate, or better, tinned many a photographer, and I may add, it is
copper. It is so perfectly simple that really not "patented."
it requires no explanation, yet for fear that A great advantage that this machine has
Marshall, or Roland Vanweike's "Focus" over all others is that every part can be kept
may be tempted to put in their oar, the fol- perfectly clean, and with little labor.

lowing description may keep them quiet.

AWARD OF THE PRIZES.

The competition for the four gold medals
offeredby us for the best examples of work,
closed on Saturday, October 15th. On
Monday, the 17th, the judges, Messrs. Wm.
H. Rhoads. Jno. G. Hood, and Geo. H. Fen-
nemore, examined the negatives and prints
offered, and made the following awards: 1.
For the best plain portrait-work, to Walter
C. North, Utica, N. Y. 2. For the best
composition picture, to Messrs. Robinson &
Cherrill, Tunbridge Wells, England. 3.

For the best landscape, to J. C. Browne,

A is a round vessel,
about the same height Philadelphia, Pa.
as.its diameter, with a stout wire around the The fourth prize was for retouched nega-
top edge; this vessel to contain the water tives. There were only two competitors,
to be distilled. Mrs. W. M. Lockwood and Mr. J. H. Fol-
396 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
som, for this, and inasmuch as the work and we shall be enabled to announce our plan
of neither was up to the standard, and there and the price more fully in our next.
were so few compare with, the judges
to
decided not toaward the medal, trust-
ing that, when the next offer is made, the One Background for all Gradations

same parties will try again. They deserve of Tints.

much credit for their present attempt, and Invented by Cav. Ottavio Baeatti.
the judges have no hesitation in saying that All photographic artists in a greater or
both are on the right road to excellence, lessdegree have experienced the great an-
and hope they will persevere. noyance of a change of background as cir-
For plain portrait- work there were fifteen cumstances, such as the light, the dress of
competitors, and the average work was the sitter, the age, sex, the color of the face,
better than on any former occasion, show- of the hair, etc., may require.
ing improvement continues. There are some It will not, therefore, be considered in-
excellent things among them. Some of the opportune to give the means by which may
examples s*ent, however, show that the par- be obtained all the shades of color from
ties who made them are still working in the black to white on a single screen, without
dark. substitution, and at the instant of the pose.
The landscape-work very cheering in-
is Few words and the accompanying figure
deed, and our intimation that our country explain this background in a sufficiently
was behind Europe in this respect seems to clear manner.
have stimulated the competitors to greater Take a strip of muslin of suitable width
effort, and made it very hard for the judges six metres long
to decide. There were nine competitors and colored pro-
for this prize, some of whom sent as many gressively and
as three sets of negatives. The work of Mr. with continu-
E. Newell, Philadelphia, and of Mr. C. A. ous degradation
Zimmerman, St. Paul, Minn., was specially in such a man-
commended by the judges The latter gen- ner that at the
tleman sent three sets of negatives, and was opposite ends
Mr. Browne's fiercest competitor, the pic- there shall be
torial beauty of the subject selected by Mr. one metre of
Browne being the only deciding point. white and one
Mr. J. Pv. Moore, Trenton Falls, N. Y., also metre of black. These two ends are joined
had two fine negatives, and Mr. M. F. King, together and thus form an endless band.
Portland, Maine, two beauties of a view on This is placed on a wooden roller supported

Casco Bay. by framework and put in motion by two

a
There were six competitors for the com- wheels at the bottom another free roller
;

position prize, and our English friends car-
ried off thepalm. The work of their com-
petitors was all creditable and promising.
Now, as some objection was made formerly
to the wholesale criticism of the judges, pub-
licly, we have decided to adopt a different
keeps the cloth stretched.
The motion may be communicated by
hand by means of a crank, or by clockwork.
If the operator wants a dark ground, he
brings the black part to the front, and keeps
it there should he wish it rather lighter,
;

course, as follows: In order that all who de- he begins at the white and passes gradually
sire may study these pictures — their faults to the darker tints.
and excellencies — we shall print sets for sale Another advantage of this apparatus is
at a low price, and, with them, furnish a lit- to keep the backgrounds of the pictures
tle pamphlet, giving the criticisms of the free from spots or stains, as the cloth being
judges on each, and such information as we in motion during the pose, it can leave no
can get from the parties concerning their traces of them.
skylights, their method of working, etc., etc. Those who have tried this screen, have
This will make a matter of" great interest, declared it to bo much more convenient
 — —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 397

than all others, even those used in first class 2. The graduation of a hydrometer is en-
establishments, and the foregoing descrip- tirely arbitrary. To make it as compact
tion must be convincing as to the advan- and convenient for use as possible, the read-
tages which it presents. The construction ings are doubled, for if the divisions were
is simple, presents no difficulty, and also made to indicate single grains, the stem
costs little. Italian Photographic Review. would necessarily be twice the length, ren-
dering it more liable to breakage, and re-
quiring a longer tube and more solution in
which to float it. It could be made also
with the same length of stem, but in this
case the divisions would be so close together
as to make the readings troublesome and
uncertain. — J. F. Magee.
3.Hydrometers indicate specific gravity
or density, and as liquids expand by heat,
they become less dense for this reason a ;

hydrometer sinks deeper in a solution when

it is hot than when cold, and it is necessary

if a correct reading is required, to have the

Contributors to Sphynx will please write
solution of a certain definite temperature;
on one side of the paper only.
this, as hydrometers are usually graduated,
Additional Answers to September Queries. is 60° Fahrenheit. The difference in the
2. " Stuck " will find on page 67 of Mr. readings of the same solution of nitrate of
Simpson's excellent Yearbook, 1870, full silver when hot and when
cold, is not near
directions for white and for blue frost- as great,however, as would be supposed
ing of glass, and recipes for making the from reading the question. J. F. Magee. —
mixtures, given by Mr. J. Edwards. The 4. Make a collodion that will work flat,
instructions there given will un-" stuck "
and mix the two, i. e., make a collodion with
him. —A. as great an excess of alcohol as it will bear,
4. On page 34 of the Yearbook, 1870, very without precipitating the cotton, and mix
simple directions are given for finding the it with the "hard " collodion. A decrease
equivalent focus of a lens. In fact, the said of iodide and increase of bromide will also
book is just full of such valuable informa- reduce intensity, and if it is necessary to
tion. —A. use a " hard " collodion and you have no
Answers to October Queries. other, use alcohol in the developer. G-. H. —
Oh, "Ecnerolf," how could you ask
1.
Fennemore.
such a question, if you have had the expe-
5. The cotton is generally the cause of
rience I thought you had, judging from
flatness, and the way is to make a fresh
best
your contributions to Sphynx ? But here
batch of collodion with a new sample of cot-
is an answer for you. Pinholes born of
dust, though small, are of various shapes
ton. — G. H. Fennemore.

and sizes ditto from excess of iodo-nitrate

;
6. Simply because they affect the color of

of silver in the bath, are very regular and the deposit of silver when toning. Acetate
uniform in size, and also small. Hold your is best for warm sepia tones, and is used the
plate up, and look across it before develop- most. Phosphate yields purple, and tungs-
ing, and in the latter cas'e you will see the tate warm —
brownish tones. Gr. H. Fenne-
particles on the plate. Now develop it. more.
See? The developer washes oft" the parti- 7. If nitrate of silver is kept melted too

cles, and their tracks only are left in the long, or if melted at too high a tempe-
it. is

shape of pinholes. Pinholes from particles rature, it is decomposed, the nitric acid being
of the film floating in the bath are irregular driven off, leaving metallic silver behind.
in shape, and larger than the others. Liv- Dissolve with pure nitric acid, and evapor-
ingstone. ate down until it is dry, and then melt care-
 — — —

398 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

fully. As soon
becomes an oily-look-
as it opposite end of the cord, passing through a
ing liquid, remove from the fire, and allow
it screw-eye in the casing, is used to regulate
it to cool. Do not have the heat so great the light. The screens, when not drawn
that reddish fumes are given off", for they up, will always relax, giving the full pro-
are the signs of decomposition. James F. portion of light by medium of the weight.
Magee. I cover the screen with blue tissue-paper,

8. " Corks " might as well ask " What is and use the same device both for sky and
the velocity of the wind?" as to put the side-light. I divide the side in two, and the
silly question he does. He could be as skylight in four parts, thus securing all

readily answered. The developer must, of the necessary control of the light. —T. M.
course, be used to suit the subject, light, etc., Schleier.
and would be a long story to tell him all
it Stretch a set of wires from side to side of
the variations. He explains the whole theory the skylight in either direction you may
in his own question. Livingstone. choose, one yard apart. Another set of
There is no end to the causes of fog-
9. wires, except at the sides, a few inches
ging. Probably in " Sam's " case his water apart (say 4), placed so that when curtains
is impure. Any organic matter in the water are strung upon them, they will overlap
is sure to contaminate the bath. May I enough to shut out any light between them ;

ask him if his yellow glass is not guilty of get white muslin one yard wide sew to the ;

admitting light of the wrong sort into his edges metal rings about six inches apart,
dark-room ? Livingstone. and string upon the wires, and operate by
a rod, or cords and pulleys. Immediately
10. For a number of years I have used
beneath this set of curtains or screens, hang
the following method of screening off the
a similar set of black muslin, and with the
sun, and regulating the light in my gallery combination, any light can be governed at
to my entire satisfaction. A glance at the
will! —
F. M. Spencer.
diagram below will show its use and con-
struction, and as I believe a good photog- 11. A good way to get a colored light for

rapher is somewhat of a mechanic, he will a dark-room, is to cut panes of glass so as

find no difficulty in constructing it himself. to fit the inside of the sash, and insert be-

I use the following materials: £x lj-inch tween them and the outer panes as many
strips, joined at the corners with a tin plate, thicknesses of tissue-paper, of yellow or
cut in angular shape, on each side fastened green color, as may be necessary to produce
with tacks. For hinges, I use screw-eyes the degree of color desired; fasten the in-

No. 112, of which I screw two into the sash, side panes of glass with tacks, that they may
and open two, forming a hook, which I be easily removed and cleaned, or the tissue-
screw in the edge of the frame at the oppo- ;
paper changed.
site edge and centre of the frame I put one To prevent any white light coming in at
the sides of the panes, paint black lines half
an inch wide around the inside of the fixed
or outer panes. This method is cheaper
than paint or colored fluids, easier of ap-
plication, and more durable. My own has
been in use three years, has never been
cleaned, or the paper changed, and is in
good condition yet, yellow paper being used,
and it will not fog a plate, even when sun-
light falls upon the window.— F. M. Spen-

screw-eye, to which the cord is attached cer.

when hung at the corresponding distance to Questions.
the sash ; in the casing nearest the sitter, I Will nitrate of soda gain access to the
1.

attach a screw-pulley, through which the bath by alternately acidifying with nitric
cord passes, having a weight attached. The acid and neutralizing with bicarbonate of
 THE

'luktMpta fpfltfljjffljrftM,

Vol. VII. DECEMBER, 1870. No. 84.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In theClerk'sofficeof the District Court of the United States for the Eastern Districtof Pennsylvania.

premiums you will find on the third page of

IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT.
1870-71.
the cover. We need not say more on this
score.
This being the last time we can greet our There is another subject, however, which
many readers this year, we beg to wish them, we wish to broach, and it is this: We have
one and all, a Happy New Year, and a pros- often been told that our magazine would be
peron&.one. The year 1870 has witnessed more useful and more acceptable if issued
moretim»provements in American photog- more frequently. We can see,
and you can
raphy than any previous one, and we believe see, the advantages of such a change but ;

that the year that is coming so rapidly upon we only see the additional labor and expense
us, will far exceed that in its accomplish- attendant upon it. It would require us to
ments. If so, it will indeed, then, be a devote our whole time to your interests,
Happy New Tear to you. If the coming Ex- and bind us more closely to you than "ever.
hibition in Philadelphia is supported with We have deliberated considerably and long
the same growing, enterprising spirit that over the matter, and have concluded to an-
characterized the one in Cleveland, then it nounce to you that beginning with the new
will be a Happy New Year for us. Now year, on the 15th of each month, we shall
there is one way to insure all this. You issue a supplement to our issue of the 1st of
can be happy in anticipation of coming here the month, which we shall call the Photo-
next June with your best work for exhibi- graphic World. It will be exactly the same
tion, and after you have been here, we will in type, style, size, etc., as the Philadelphia
guarantee that you will feel happy all the Photographer, and will contain a photograph
rest of the year that you came. every month the same. The only essential
Now we do not wish to neutralize your difference will be in the matter. The price
and we don't
prospects for future happiness, will be the same. Several new features
think we when we ask you to examine
will, will be introduced, the main one being the
your wrapper this month and see if it is reproduction of the most useful contribu-
stamped " Subscription Expired." If it is, tions which appear in the European jour-
we believe you will need no further hint nals, and a summary of all of them of every —
from us as to what should be done. We paper written on the subject of photography,
hope to retain you all as our subscribers, no matter what the source. There are hun-
and that each one of you will try to send a dreds of such valuable papers appear an-
new one and secure a premium. Our list of nually, which our readers never enjoy see-

27
402 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
ing, because we have not the space to re- fraternity of their rights in all things, our
print them. This will no longer be the main object being to work for them in every
case. You shall hereafter know of them right direction, and to elevate them to a
all, —English, German,
French, Dutch, higher standard as professionals, thus ele-
Kussian, and Indian. the World will
Still vating the beautiful art we advocate. We
be American in its ideas and notions, and shallapplaud the good and point out the
original papers, by practical American pho- bad always, so far as our ability extends.
tographers, will appear in each number, As we mean to deserve support, we are
the same spirit that pervades the Philadel- the more free to acknowledge that we expect
phia Photographer always characterizing it, both for the Philadelphia Photographer,
the World throughout. during the eighth year of its life, and for
We very well know that some of our the Photographic World, during the first
readers will feel that they cannot afford to year of its existence.
take a semi-monthly. To accommodate
them, we shall issue it as a separate journal
altogether, and page it by itself. At the end THE STEREOSCOPE.
of the year can be bound with the Phila-
it BY J. B. LYMAN, A.M., M.D.,
delphia Photographer, if you take both, yet Rockford, Illinois.

those who only wish one or the other will The following is offered as a concise ex-
have a complete volume in either. To those planation of the principle of this instrument
who take both, a concession in price will be and its wonderful illusion.
made, for particulars of which we ask you The primary object of the lenses is to su-
to read the prospectus. perpose one picture upon the other, and not,
We undertake this work believing that as some suppose, to magnify, although they
the working photographers of America will have that effect. The superposition may also
support it. We have, as you will see, ar- be effected by mirrors, as was done in the
ranged our subscription rates and terms so first stereoscope. And, with some practice
that the more humble class of enlightened in controlling the muscular movements of
—
photographers and those seeking after more the eye, one picture may be superposed upon
light —
can be accommodated. We are fully the other and the full stereoscopic effect
aware that the love of intelligence and im- observed without any instrument whatever,
provement is growing among the photog- as the writer can testify from his own ex-
raphers of America. There is probably no perience. But how is the "blending" of
other class of people, who, as a class, are the two pictures produced so as to give the
more determined to have the very best infor- effect of solidity, or, in other words, so as
mation they can procure on the subject of to give the true perception of distances as
their business. Our object is to render the ifwe were looking at the natural objects?
Photographer and the World the vehicles to To make this clear we must first inquire
convey that sort of information, and to what it is that gives us the notion of the
adapt them to the wants and interests of the relative distances when we look at an assem-
photographers generally. They shall have blage of natural objects, as in a landscape.
the earliest, the best, and the most news that We find that this knowledge is derived
money or enterprise can possibly secure. principally from three sources ; from
first,

We therefore hope to receive a liberal sup- perspective, according to which an object at

port from them. a distance subtends a less angle at the eye,
After seven years' labor in the editorship and consequently forms a smaller image
of the Philadelphia Photographer, we hope upon the retina, than the same object when
our readers are convinced of our devotion nearer to the eye. This combined with our
to their cause. We
expect to continue it, previous knowledge of the real size of the
and hope to deserve reciprocation. We shall objects derived from experience gives us the
worship no man, his process, or his cause. idea of distance. We also derive some
On all tilings involving the common inter- knowledge of distance from atmospheric
ests we shall speak freely, apprising the effects. In a good photograph we have both
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 403

but we have
of these principles illustrated ;
But the points B and B 7 are not identical
them photograph the same as
in the single it must be remembered that it is
points (for
in the double stereograph. "We do not not the inner half of the retina of one eye
then find in these principles the explanation that is identical with the inner half of the

of the wonderful illusion of reality which other, and the outer half of one with the
the stereoscope gives us. But there is a outer half of the other; but the inner half
third source of our knowledge of distance, of one is identical with the outer half of the
which will fully explain the stereoscopic other, or the two right halves correspond
effect. This is a principle derived from the with each other and the two left halves also
physiology of vision. It is well established with each other). Therefore since B and
that in viewing a landscape with objects at B' are each in the inner half of the eye they
different distances only one of them is seen cannot be identical points; the object b will
distinctly at a time. therefore appear double, one image being
Let the objects a, b and c, be directly in to the right of a and the other to the left.
front of the two eyes and at different dis- In the same way we may show that while
tances, and let the two eyes be fixed upon the eyes are directed to a the object c will
the object a, or in other words, let the visual appear double.
axis of each eye be directed to that object. What now is necessary in order that the
The image of the object a, will be formed at object b may be seen single? evidently the
A and A /
in each eye and will be seen dis- front of each eye must be turned outward,
tinct and single, for the points A and A'' so that the axes of visionmay be directed to
b,then the object b will appear single, since
A* the two images at B and B' will then be at
< %
A and A', the extremities of the axes, which
are identical points, as shown above. In
the same way, in order that the object C
/.\ may appear single, the eyes must be turned
inward until the axes shall correspond with
the lines c C and c C'. But these movements
of the eye are made by muscular contraction
i a>. \
under the direction of the will, and with
/
1 A »
these movements we have learned to asso-
I
/ \ '

/ \ * ciate the idea of greater or less distance, un-

/

/
/ J? \ « til we have come to discriminate distances
;
; /
i

/ X \ * with great accuracy. The two eyes with

/ /
;/ inconceivable rapidity run over the various
'A objects of a landscape, constantly changing
the angle of the visual axes by muscular

\\\ 1 contraction, according as the objects are

nearer or more remote, and we form a very
accurate idea of their relative distances.
We propose now to show that we make
precisely the same movements of the eye in
being at the extremities of the visual axes going over the different objects in the fore
are corresponding or so-called identical and background of a stereoscopic picture
and although there are two images,
points, when we look at it with a stereoscope. Let
one in each eye, yet if the images are us recur again to .the figure (for it will an-
formed on identical points in each retina swer our purpose just as well as a new one),
they will be seen as one. While the eyes and suppose the two eyes to represent the
are still directed to a, the image of the ob- double camera for taking stereoscopic pic-
ject b will evidently be formed in the right tures, the two retinae to represent the two
eye to the left of A
and in the left eye, to ends of the sensitive plate, and the two crys-
the right of A 7
, or at the points B and B / . talline lenses to represent the two lenses of
404 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the double camera; we will now take the therefore, that in order to see the different
double picture of our three objects a, b, and objects single in the picture, we have to make
c. The image of a will be formed at A and the same movements of the eyeballs that we
A /
on each half of the sensitive plate, the do to see the same objects single in nature ;

image of b at B and B', and of c at C and hence we unavoidably pass the same judg-
C / We have now got our double picture ment as to their relative distance, and the
C
.

thus A' B' B A C But it is evi-

|
illusion is complete.
dent that in one picture b will be seen at the It is well known that when the stereo-
right hand of A', as at B / and in the other ,
scopic picture taken on a single plate with
is

at the left hand of A, as at B, and so with a double camera, the picture must be cut
the object c. The two pictures are therefore open and reversed before it is mounted,
very far from being alike; and in fact, we otherwise, the objects in the background
often see stereographs in which the relative will appear in the foreground, and those in
positions of two objects are completely re- the foreground will appear in the back-
versed in the two pictures. If now by any ground. Any one who has examined a large
means, these two pictures can be seen super- number of stereographs must have seen such
posed upon each other, the right picture by confused pictures wrongly mounted. It is
the right eye, and the left picture by the left only necessary to remount them with the
eye, there will be but one point that will two pictures reversed, and the confusion
coincide, and that we will suppose to be the will disappear.
point A A'. The rest of the picture will In our reversed picture of the three ob-
evidently be confused. How is this confu- and c, we see that the points C
jects, a, b,
sion to be obviated ? precisely as when we and C / which represent the object c in the
,

viewed the same objects in nature; viz., by
muscular movements of the eyes, and by
the same movements. The stereoscope is
an instrument which superposes one pic-
ture upon the other. Let the lenses of the
instrument be so arranged that the rays
from A and A / shall fall upon the eye in
the direction respectively of the axis of
vision in each eye ; the object a will be seen
single, but all the other points will each
form two images and be seen double while
looking at the object a (or A A / ). What must
we do now to see the object b (B B / ), single,
or in other words, to direct the visual axes
to B and B / ? Evidently the eyes must be
turned inward. But we had to turn the
eyes outward to see the same object b in na-
foreground, are nearer together than the
points B and B / which , represent ,the object
b in the background, as they should be, ac-
cording to the explanation I have given.
And in fact if any one will take the trouble
to measure the distance apart of any corres-
ponding object in the foreground of any
well-mounted double picture, he will find
the two pictures of the object nearer together
than the two pictures of an object in the
distant background.
I think I have thus briefly explained the
marvellous power of the stereoscope. While
we have in the stereograph, as in the single
.picture, the advantage of perspective and
atmospheric effect, yet that vivid illusion
of reality which transports us to the spot is

ture. What is to be done then ? Simply cut

. the effect of a mental judgment by which,
our picture open in the middle and reverse with the same movements of the eyeball,
the two ends. We shall then have the pic- we unavoidably associate the same idea of
ture thus b A C C |
A' B' We now relative distance.
have the images B and B/ outside of A in
each picture; and hence to see the object b
single, or to direct the eyes so that the rays
from B and B' shall coincide with the visual
BAD WORK.
axes, we must turn the eyes outward, pre- It is bad work to under-expose your neg-
cisely as we did in viewing the object b in atives, and then intensify them. Get a full

nature. And so to see the object c (C C / ), exposure when possible. It is bad to de-
llx: eyes must be turned inward, precisely stroy good prints by over-toning. Work
as in viewing the natural objects. We see slowly and surely.
 ;

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBR. 405

PHOTOGRAPHIC DIALOGUES. cury. Watch it; see, the metallic vapor

(SEQUEL TO ONE HUNDRED DATS IN A FOG, only settles upon the exposed parts, whilst
ETC., CONTINUED.) the rest of the plate is unaffected.. Now
BY ELBERT ANDERSON, I put it in the hypo, which dissolves all

Operator at W. Kurtz's Gallery, 872 Broadway, N. Y. but the picture. There; this is simply the

A. I draw with this piece of French Daguerreotype process. Now there was
chalk, an image on this piece of polished
no nitrate of silver used in this case, Mr.
Marshall.
plate-glass, and with this cloth efface all

trace of it. There! it's gone. Now fancy M. That's In the experiment with
so.

to yourself (for the sake of illustration) that

the French chalk, we had an opportunity
of seeing the image before it was developed
this piece of glass represents a sensitive plate
that has just heen exposed in the camera,
thus we know for certain it existed; but
with a sensitive plate that has been exposed
and contains a latent image; as in case of
the former, it is with this, we can discover have we any means of knowing d, priori of
the existence of a latent image?
nothing, even hy means of the microscope.
M. No, sir I see nothing.
;
A. Undoubtedly.
A. Yet the image is as strong there now M. Can you prove this?
as when first I drew it. A. Very easily. I will prepare a plate.
M. Can you prove this? There; now I will expose it in the camera
A. Certainly; let us develop it. There I to an object that is intensely illuminated

breathe on See here.

it.
(that whitewashed fence yonder, that the

M. That's very curious. I see it now, if sun shines on so brightly). I will expose
anything, plainer than I did before. But this plate ten or twenty minutes. Now let
as the breath disappears, the image vanishes us go in the dark-room. See here! there's
with have we no means of fixing (!) it?
it; your image already formed without the aid
A. A second application of your breath of any developer.
reproduces the image, and this may be re- M. Well, I declare! Have you got any
peated an indefinite number of times, even more such curious experiments to show me?
after the lapse of months. A piece of glass They take the rag right clean off the bush.
may appear perfectly clean, yet by breath- A. O, yes; come see my patent process.
ing upon it, all trace of impurity on its sur- I prepare another plate, and, before expos-

face will at once become apparent, will, in ingit, I will pour over it the developer, and

fact, be developed, for in developing a nega- immediately transfer it to the camera, so.
tive on a plate which is dirty, you develop It is now evident that, as the action of light

the dirt at the same time as the picture. affects the plate, the developer acts at the
M. Unfortunately we do. I generally same time, and develops the picture as fast
develop more dirt than picture. Thanks to as it is produced; thus I make and develop
you, however, I see the great importance of my picture all in one operation. Come into
clean plates in future. the dark-room. There; there's your picture
A. I have here a plate of polished silver, all done ;
you have only to fix it. My pat-
which I subject to the fumes of iodine and ent, then, consists of having a plate-holder
bromine in my dark-room. See, the vapors so constructed as to get under the cloth and
have combined with the silver and formed see your picture printing on the prepared
a thin layer of iodide and bromide of silver. plate.
I will now expose it in the camera. Now M. Well, that's an idea anyway.
come in the dark-room; here is the plate, A. Yes. I'm going to take out a patent.
this mysterious action of light has taken What do you think ?
place, yet we see nothing it is like our ; M. Think ? I think you won't get it.
plate-glass with the chalk image. I will A. Why not? There was an individual
not breathe on but I have a friend here
it, who applied for a patent fur saving all silver
who will. Here is a little iron box con- from the waste solutions, by precipitation ;

taining some warm mercury. I hold the yet this was done ages before the existence
plate over it to catch the breath of the mer- of the individual in question.
 ;

406 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.

M. Why, of course. But he didn't get ing these images, I will state, First. During
his patent. exposure of the plate one theory is, that the
A. Yes, he did. Oh, you needn't laugh light reduces a small portion of the iodide
he really got a patent. I forget the fellow's to metallic silver, and that the action having
name. once commenced, accelerates the decompo-
M. Oh, pshaw! sition when
the developer is applied, and
A. Thank you it was Shaw. I had for-
;
reduced silver to those parts
attracts the
gotten his name. where the reduction has already com-
M. From the effect observed of exposing menced. Second. The reduced silver form-
a plate to a bright object unusually long, ing the image is produced instantaneously
and getting indications of an image, and in the camera, but before we have time to
from the effect of light on chlorine, are we apply the developer to continue the reduc-
led to suppose that the action of light on the tion, the free acid of the bath solution dis-
sensitive plate commences an action which solves, and thus destroys the delicate image
is afterwards continued by the application thus commenced; and the longer the devel-
of a developer ? opment is delayed, the weaker the image
A. This conclusion is not unnatural, but will appear. Thus it is necessary to expose
if assumed as a fact, how
you account will the plate sufficiently long to reduce more
for the following curious experiment? I than the weak acid can destroy, so that
expose this plate in the camera at an object enough remains to determine the after-re-
brilliantly illuminated that church steeple — duction by the developer. Third. The for-
yonder —for three seconds. I now develop mation of the invisible image by light is
it. See, it comes up slowly. There is noth- supposed to be a molecular change (unat-
ing in the shadows. Now, all the develop- tended with any separation of element/3,
ing in the world will fail to bring out the such as occur in the case of a visible image
detail. Thus, you see, one cannot make up impressed by light) so modifying the ele-
for too little exposure by pushing the devel- ments as to cause them to hasten the decom-
opment. Now expose a second plate eight position of the mixtures. We have seen
seconds. There, you see, is a decided im- that the action of light upon chlorine ex-
provement. Now expose twenty-five or ercised a most remarkable effect. Why
thirty seconds. See, the time was much too should not the iodide be similarly affected?
long, and the reduction of silver has taken Again, it is known that paper, floated
place over the whole image, and fogged all upon a bath of bichromate of potash, and
the shadows. exposed to the sun, darkens, and also that
M. It is evident, here, that the longer the action of light on gelatin, combined
the time, the more rapid the development, with bichromate of potash, renders the
and the more intense the image. former totally insoluble in water ; analo-
A. You think so, do you? Now see gous to light rendering the iodide of silver
here. I expose this plate to the same bright insoluble in hypo.
object for ten minutes. M. You have shown that, even if the
M. Ten minutes ? developer contain acid, it will, in a short
A. Yes, minutes. Now watch the devel- time, decompose the silver solution. Sup-
opment. pose, then, the plate has not been exposed
M. Why, dear me, how singular there is ; yet to light, and is flowed with the devel-
hardlyany image. What there is is thin and oper, the developer kept on until the de-
pale; devoid of all strength. How is this? composition commences, and there being
A. Tlfis, then, teaches us that a certain no impressed image to attract the metallic
time is requisite to form the imago, which silver,what becomes of it?
can neither be shortened nor prolonged be- A. Ah! unhappy man! that's well asked.
yond the proper time and so far as the ac-
; I you what takes place in that
will tell
tion of the developer being quickened and case: namely, a universal deposit of silver
violent, it actually retards it. As regards over the whole plate, known, alas! too well
the theories of the action of light in form- known to many, as FoaaiNQ.
 !

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE. 407

M. But why, then, does this fogging take alone be indebted to Mr. Houghton for
place when there is an impressed image? bringing them so prominently before us,
A. The image may not have been vigor- but also to the aforesaid reader for his
ous enough and that being the case, it
; taking name.
does not attract enough silver, consequently, In the matter of albums to suit this size
pushing the development in the vain hope our need is pressing. Surely our manufac-
of bringing out the full image, the silver turers willmeet this want immediately.
deposits on the shadows. A few photographers of this city hold a
M. So, so ! that's the cause of fogging, is meeting to-morrow evening. hope to We
it? organize a local society. I shall urge it
A. Miserable wretch! the causes of fog- with all the powers of my mind, for I verily
ging are legion, and having got you well in believe the advantage of such glorious
the fog, I will leave you there for a little — comings together as the Cleveland Conven-
—wile tion cannot be overestimated. Local insti-
(To be continued.) tutions should be correspondingly beneficial,
and not only disseminate useful informa-
tion among its members, but foster a better
THE NEW SIZE IN CALIFORNIA. feeling with photographers at large, and
I herewith inclose samples of the new serve in some measure as a training school
size card-photograph, not that I expect to in which to prepare members for a more
startle you with their excellence as photo- extended field of usefulness in the parent
graphs, but in order that you may give Society.
your numerous readers the benefit of our W. H. Eulofson.
experience. In the first place, about four San Francisco, Cal.
years ago, I issued a few pictures of this
identical size, but was deterred from press-
ing them by members of our craft, who
MR. AYRES'S DRAPERY CHART.
believed they would retard the introduction
of the cabinet, then about being offered We have recently received the following:
here, so you will perceive, that when shown "Washington, Ga., Oct. 4th, 1870.
to me by gentlemen York, my
of New "Philadelphia Photographer: lam
mind was prepared to receive them at once. coming
eternally in a stew about ladies to
I immediately ordered suitable mounts, and
my gallery, with white dresses on, to sit for
on arriving home from Cleveland (July
their pictures. them that
I generally tell
18th), offered the new size to the public,
in such a dress they must only expect a bad
and their success so far has been unequalled
picture, but they will come again and again.
by any other style of picture presented. " How am I to do to have some shades in
They meet the general want of a picture
the drapery, and the face white. I am a
large enough to frame and small enough to
great 'shade' man, and despise a white
be transmitted under cover of envelope by
patch where a dress ought to be in detail.
mail without injury. That they are surpass- " Would you be kind enough to give us a
ingly convenient and useful there can be no plain article on this point in the next issue
doubt. Their beauty, as is the case with of the Photographer? I think this point is
other sizes, somewhat depends upon the only very sparely understood by a great
skill of their producer. I find they elicit many photographers.
general admiration, and our customers are " I have over and over studied Mr. Fox's
willing to pay a fair price (one dollar per May Queen of last year's volume. I modi-
dozen less than cabinets) for them. fied collodion and developer, but I am as
I have not yet heard a name suggested far from it as ever. Tours truly,
that seems just the thing. I trust some of "Henry Cordes."
your readers will furnish us with one, at
once easily spoken, pleasant to the ear, and Our correspondent will always find diffi-
convincing to the mind, so that we will not culty in securing good pictures of parties in
 ;

408 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

white dresses. Either the face or the dress being capital lessons in optics, illustrated
must be over-done or under-done. To get with cuts, by Elbert Anderson; "The
proper exposure on the dress, the other Morale of the Gallery," by Roland Van-
parts must be under-exposed and vice versa. weike; "Advice to Beginners," by J. H.
The best way is to procure one of Mr. Fitzgibbons, capital advice, too, from this
Ayres's excellent charts, hang it up where veteran in the art; " Things New and Old,"
all the ladies can see it, and by it learn by David Duncan, full of value, and fresh;
what color of dress will "take" well, and "On Copying," by I. B. Webster; "Old
thus be easily persuaded to adopt such when but Good Formula?," by Hugh O'Neil,
dressed for picture-taking. In this chart New York, being capital receipts for nega-
all colors, bad and good, are represented, tive and print-making " Our Shortcomings
;

and it is an invaluable accessory to the gal- in Silver Printing," by Daniel Bendann;

lery. The publishers are enabled to reduce " Proper Lighting of the Subject the Basis
the price of this chart to $2, and it should of a Good Negative," by J. K. Wolowski
now be in every reception-room. "Retouching the Negative, etc.," by Prof.
Towler; "How to make Ferrotypes," com-
plete and detailed instructions by Mr. A.
MOSAICS, 1871. K. P. Trask, Philadelphia, one of the best
We come before our readers with our lit- ferrotypers in the country; "The Photog-
tle annual handbook, as usual, hoping it rapher on the Fence," a story of indecision,
will receive the same favor it has met for by the Editor; "Photographic Etching,"
the last five years. by G. Wharton Simpson, A.M.; "Doctor-
It would be unbecoming in us to praise ing Collodion," by B. W. Kilburn "How ;

ourown work, and we can only say to those to make a Solar Negative," by W. L. Shoe-

who think of purchasing it, that we believe maker; "Easy Method of making Glass
it is better than any of its predecessors. Transparencies," by H. J. Newton; "Zw-
The greater portion of the usual 144 pages side, or the Way Out of Trouble," a series

is taken up with original articles, written of instructions on making good work, and
specially for it, by a number of our best how to know defects when they occur, the
American photographers, a brief synopsis cause, and how and cure them,
to prevent
of which may be given here for general in- by the Editor; "Photography in Cold
formation. Weather," by George H. Fennemore, prac-
First, we have a complete summary of tical and seasonable; "How to Print the

the photographic doings of the year 1870, New Medallion Pictures," by Wm. Kurtz,
up to the date of publication. Then follow New York, a capital paper on that new and
articles by practical gentlemen on the fol- popular style of pictures and an excellent
;

lowing practical subjects: illustrated article on Skylights, by Dr. H.

"The Study of Light and Lighting," by Vogel, which alone is invaluable.
J. F. Kyder; " Ammonio-sulphate of Iron In addition to these, a great number of
as a Developer," by J. C. Browne; "What other practical articles on various subjects,
I Know of Sitters," by J. H. Kent; " Back- which are extracted from foreign sources
ing Plates," by John M. Blake; "Which — English, French, German, Dutch, and
Way?" by George- B. Ayres, author of Russian — which have never appeared in
" How to Paint Photographs," a very sensi- print before, a full list of which will be
ble article, intended to encourage the hard found in the advertisement, which please
worker; "Condensed Photography," by see.
Prof. Towler, telling the whole story of Such as it is, we present it to the frater-
picture-making in capital style; "A Cause nity, hoping it may prove acceptable. Our
of Photographic Distortion," by W. J. chief endeavor has been to make it useful.
Baker; "Sugar-coated Optics; or, What How far we have succeeded, those for whoso
makes things Look Small through the Hot- profit it was compiled must be the judge.
torn of a Tumbler, and What makes things Quite fifteen hundred copies have already
Look Large through a Burning-glass," been sold to the dealers.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 409

The Monogram Trade-mark of the Na- who need them, at a low price. All stock-
tional Photographic Association. them to print on cards or-
dealers will have
dered of them, and those who get their
At the meeting of the Association in
June, the Secretary was in-
printing done at home will, of course, sup-
Cleveland last
monogram for the use
ply themselves with electrotypes.
structed to provide a
members upon their card mounts,
The Association will protect its members
of the
business cards, letter sheets, bill-heads, en-
in the use of this monogram, or any varia-
tion of it, and all infringements should be
velopes, etc., as a trade-mark, to distinguish
their work from that of others. Accord- promptly reported to the Executive Com-
ingly requests were made in these pages for
mittee. It is entered according to Act of
Congress in the Library of Congress, and,
designs not only from the members, but the
best designers of monograms in New York therefore, protected property by law. As
and Philadelphia were employed to furnish
Secretary, we thank the following gentle-
several designs for selection.Over a hun- men for designs, some of which are very
tasty and elaborate Messrs. J H. Scotford,
dred, we think, were furnished and pre-
: .

O. Lewin, E. Decker, H. H. Guild, S. J.

sented to the Executive Committee, and the
engraving below represents the one finally
Miller, G. W. Edmondson, W. H. Kibbe,
adopted. It is mainly after a design by J. H. Wyckoff, T. H. Taylor, C. Burns, F.
A. McDowell, Crosscup & "West, Miss Jes-
sie Curtiss, and one other without name.

The choice made was thought to possess

the most merits of all. It is original and
fresh in design ; is neat and bold ;
easily
recognizable anjT where, even at a distance,
and can be reduced or reproduced with ease
and without deterioration, by means of
lithography, wood engraving, or photog-
raphy itself. It looks best printed on black
when The monogram in black
well printed.
with the name and address in gilt, or a
warm brown, would also be a pretty com-
Mr. E. F. N. Stent, of New York, amended bination for the back of cards. Any deli-
somewhat by others. It has been copy- cate shade will harmonize with it.

righted and assigned to the Association, and We earnestly hope it may give both pleas-
is now the property of the members, each ure and pride to those for whom it is de-
one of whom will receive, before Christmas, signed.
a handsome certificate of membership, and
mon-
license to use the trade-mark, with the
ogram on one corner, elegantly engraved by LETTER FROM THE COUNTRY.
the American Bank Note Company, Phila-
—
" Itembrandts." Ross Lenses. Hovey's —
delphia. It will be of a size suitable to Paper —
" Moonlight Pictures."
frame (about 6 x 10), and every member Dear Journal What is it about:
" Rem-
will be proud to display it in his gallery, no brandts ? " Sphynx wanted to know, and
doubt, as it will ornament any of them. was told by one that they could not be
Each new member will be supplied with made by photography; by another, that
a copy on being entered as a member. they had been described in a certain JN o. of
The engraving above is on wood, copied yourself. "Old Fogy" don't like them.
from the steel plate, and is the handiwork Good authority objects to the name. Mean-
of Messrs. Crosscup & West, Philadelphia, time the public is paying for them, and
who make most of the drawings in our congratulating itself on " being took beau-
Magazine. As will be seen by their adver- tiful, that never did take a good picture
tisement, these gentlemen are now ready to before."
supply electrotypes of various sizes to all All this is a little confusing, so I asked
 410 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
my friend the painter about it. He said, me recently. They are as good, perhaps a
Eembrandt painted with a single point of little better than the best. Very rapid, they
high light, to which all the rest of the face shorten the exposures some seconds this dull
was subordinate, the greater part being in weather, while they have one notable fea-
deep shadow; and he brought me a copy he ture, —parts that are unavoidably out of fo-
made from an original Eembrandt: there it cus, as masses of hair, are still agreeably ren-
was, a point of high light, all the rest shaded. dered, and preserved in intelligible variety
Now wehave a definition, let us see if of light and shade. This is most difficult
the photographs meet it. Not many of todo with quick-workers, but the Eoss does
them truly. The point of high light is very it perfectly. Equal with the portrait are
broad the shadows have become half tints.
;
the view lenses. The short focus ones are
The photographic Eembrandtis now, wonderful for their field and delicate de-
nothing but a face taken on the shaded lineation. Still the puzzle remains, how to
side ; it used to be called the wrong side. use them. A lens of two and a half inches
This has always been done to some extent; focus takes a large building very small, a
now it is the rage. Applied to these pic- great way off, and sets it on the top of a
tures, the name is clearly a misnomer. Is hill. Interiors it lengthens and widens in
it too late to change? 1 fear so. the foreground. Nor does the stereoscope
It is quite possible to produce a true Eem- correct these faults, which inhere in the
brandt effect in a photograph, as true as if shortness of focus, as compared with that
one of his paintings were engraved. A por- of our eyes ; not in the width of angle or
trait done in oil from such a photograph, construction of the lens otherwise. They
would be recognized by any painter as a have a legitimate use though, which is only
Eembrandt, as indeed, artists (painters and where the desired objects cannot possibly
sculptors), recognize the photographs to be be included by a longer focus lens, removed
such. to a greater distance. In the city one often
In this connection I must take issue with finds himself so cornered. Lenses from five
my friend and neighbor Mr. Ayres. I re- to ten inches focus give us pictures as the
gard the shadow picture as particularly eye conceives of them. is the Six inches
suited to the delineation of white drapery, standard for stereographing in the country.
and recommend it, sometimes to the disap-
pointment of my sitters, who say that they When the negative is perfect the enthusi-
like to have white, white in the photograph, astic operator is anxious to see a proof. He
and that their dresses are too dark. To such wants it on paper of a fine grain, good gloss,
people explanations are useless ; they see that will print strong yet keep all that is
only streaks and spots, where the cultivated in the negative, and tone, warm, soft, and
eye discerns lovely shades. It is impos- brilliant. Such we have made by Hovey,
sible to convince them, that in a picture who has beaten the Dutch (on paper). He
the shirt bosom ought not to be whiter than would have been invaluable to the maker
the face; they want everything "natural." of French war dispatches, but is so modest
To suit them one must run a race with his that I don't suppose Napoleon ever heard
Maker, in which we are sure to be beaten. of him. Still, it is superfluous for me to
They expect us to put on a few inches of praise him. All photographers know him
flat paper, what the Almighty uses the by his works. The dealers say his paper
whole arcana of the universe to accomplish. has but one fault, it don't keep. Hot or
In the early stages of my art endeavors cold, wet or dry weather, it is all the same,
this was my aim, but it is some years since but this is before silvering, in the stock
I retired from so unequal a contest. depot, that I mean. After it is silvered it

can be packed away for two or three days,

"Writing from the country you must let or by and by, in the winter for a week.
me ramble, and 1 desire to say a few words Seriously, Mr. llovey got on his metal
about the unqualified excellence of some about the time that German manufacturers
Ross lenses Wilson, llood & Co. have sent had a run, and has greatly improved his
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 411

before satisfactory paper. It is now par Most likely Robinson's picture, being
excellence, and he tells just how to work it, large, has a genuine photograph of the
right. on the cover of our Journal. moon printed in. It does not seem too

Tour correspondent has been reading

about Robinson's moonlight picture, which
some critics assert is a view exposed and
taken by moonlight. This idea is not for a
moment tolerable. The picture is an in-
stantaneous one. Now the light that the full
moon sheds on a landscape is many thou-
sand times less than that of the sun, and the
only picture that can be taken by moonlight
is her own face, and that is really done by
sunlight, i. e., the sun's rays reflected from
the moon.
much to assert that the photograph called
I have not seen the picture in question,
" First Hour of Night" was produced sub-
but from the description fail to see how it
stantially in the above way, and, indeed,
differsfrom the quasi " moonlight " stereo-
graphs of Niagara, which are made in could have been made in no other.
In
quantity by Bierstadt, Curtiss, and others, which opinion, no doubt, Mr. Robinson will
at the Falls. in time confirm us.

A day with floating clouds is selected. But my rustic Pegasus says neigh to fur-
When the sun is low, hanging over the wa- ther rambling at present.

ter, the camera is pointed to the light. At W. J. Baker,

the moment a cloud passes over the sun the
Buffalo, N. Y.

exposure is made, the result is a moonlight

effect. The clouds near the sun are brightly
illuminated, and a wake of light is in the
On the Acceleration of Exposures in

water. A moon, if required, is

the Camera.
painted on
the negative. BY M. CAREY LEA.
Some of these are very good. The heavy The subject of the modification of the
shadows and sharp with a general
lights, camera image, by the admission of extra-
faint illumination, make
Rembrandts,
fine neous light, is attracting more and more
and simulate moonlight extremely well. attention. Having made many trials of
But when closely examined in the stereo- the system which I lately suggested, since
scope, sometimes a curious defect is appa- my publication on the subject, I return to
rent. The moon seems very near, quite it here, the rather, as I think, that some of
over the foreground. This is caused by the views taken upon the question, by those
the two images of the moon being in the who have written on it, are not quite accu-
mounted stereograph too far apart, which is rate.
easiest shown by a little drawing. A tree The idea of admitting white diffuse light
near by must throw its images further apart upon the image is known to be quite old.-
on the negative than the distant moon, and Cameras lined with white were occasionally
as the picture taken by the right-hand tube used some fifteen or twenty years or more
is placed for the right eye on the mount, ago. Mr. Gage proposed a plan, and I be-
and similarly the picture by the left tube lieve patentedit. of exposing the lens for a

goes to the left eye, the relative positions of few moments, either before or after making
the pictured moon and tree remain as in the the picture, to a surface of black velvet.
diagram, to wit: P P, the plate. L L, the Mr. Blair revived the white lining plan.
lenses. M, the moon ; m m, image of the But a more important contribution to our
moon. T, the tree and 1 1, the image of the knowledge was made by M. de Constant
tree. de Lessert, who experimented with separate
 :

412 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.

slips of card-board, and thus ascertained the image, are blacked with ink. As there
the advantage of limiting the extraneous isvery generally more sky at one side of a
illumination to particular portions of the landscape than the other, I carry the black-
image. His experiments have been more ening an unequal distance upward on the
particularly directed to portraiture. Next two side pieces, making one black for about
M. Bazin inserted red cells into his camera two-thirds of the space, and the other for
front, availing himself of the peculiar ad- about one-third. These may be made to
vantage of red light. correspond to either side of the camera, as
My own share in the work has consisted may be wanted, by removing the piece and
in applying this principle, and using red turning it one-half round, and replacing it,

light to a local use instead of a general, by the other side foremost, in the camera.
inserting pieces of red card-board cut to a Used in this way I have found the appli-
particular shape, into the camera. In M. cation most useful in certain cases. "Where
Bazin's plan the red light fell on all parts the foregrounds are badly lighted, the red
of the image equally or nearly so. This is card-board is extremely useful, as also where
undoubtedly an incorrect principle. It is there are masses of foliage to one side of a
of the highest importance that the assistant picture more or less imperfectly lighted.
light should be made to act where it is On the other hand, where a picture is

wanted, and not where it is not. I have brightly lighted throughout, especially
also sought to determine the general prin- where the foreground gets a good clear
ciple by which we should be guided in would be a mistake
light, it to use the ac-
applying this aid to landscapes. The fol- celerating cards.
lowing are the conclusions which I have Such, at least, has been my experience.
reached I now always take these cards with me in
A red lining, covering the whole inside going out to photograph, and use them very
of the camera, is not at all to be recom- frequently and with satisfaction. What I
mended ;
a white one is still worse. Any say in favor of the system is based upon a
plan that extends the red or white illumi- very considerable amount of experience, and
nation over the whole image is radically I would be sorry to give up what I find to be
bad. Any device that tends to throw the a really valuable aid. The latest suggestion
strong light from the sky over the rest of in connection with this subject, is Mr.
the image injures it; if allowed to act to a Griswold's idea of a translucent diaphragm.
small extent it causes flatness, to a longer This is a convenient way of operating, I
one fog. Therefore the red pasteboard should judge, but I have not tried it, be-
should be applied only against the top of cause it is liable to the same objection of
the camera, and should extend downwards throwing the light over the whole surface,
as much only as may
correspond with the whereas, as I work, I can compensate by
object, and should in no case extend so far the card for unequal illumination, at least
as to come opposite the sky, or any portions to some extent. And this is, in my opin-
of it. To accomplish this, I take a piece of ion, the principal attraction of the whole
white pasteboard of sufficient length, and method, except, indeed, where instantane-
bend it twice across, so that the middle por- ous or very rapid exposures are wanted.
tion fits against the top of the inside of the It is a good plan to have an extra piece
camera, and the sides extend down the sides of card, painted entirely black, so that
of the camera and rest against the bottom. when either side of the picture does
not
These side pieces are out tapering, so that need any helping, but is better without,
where they touch the bottom they are about then this black shield may be laid against
an inch wide. The inside of this pasteboard that side and completely cover that part of
is colored pale rose color, with a very weak the red card.
solution of carmine in water, to which a From my own experiments, I am inclined
trace of ammonia has been added. The to believe that this idea of using extraneous
lower ends of the Bides, which may be sup- light is really useful. When well managed,
posed to come opposite the sky portions of it does not, as might be imagined, tend to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 413

fog, or veiling. And 1 think that it will in from their richness and brilliancy. "Whilst
future be adopted by many photographers. the white light tended to soft, flat pictures,

But I must repeat what I have said be- the red tends to soft, brilliant pictures, and
fore, that all methods which distribute a no one can hesitate where to award the
strong light in all directions, do so at the preference.
expense of the brilliancy of the picture, and And further, when we localize the effect
therefore do not deserve adoption, except, by placing the red card board against
as already said, for instantaneous exposures. such portions of the interior as correspond
with parts of the image imperfectly lighted,
It should be well understood, that the we get a double gain, more softness and
influences of red and of white light admitted more harmony, we tend to avoid harshness
to the camera image, differ radically. and crudeness, and to escape those vexatious
First, as to white light. Let us suppose images of which one part refuses to come
that the very faintly lighted parts of the out until some other part is over-developed.
subject receive a light, which, when com- For portraiture as well as landscapes, this
pared with the most strongly lighted, is as mode of operating will have evident ad-
one to fifty, whilst there are some portions vantages in gaining softness without sacri-
of absolute shadow on which the light may ficing brilliancy. "Where the lower part of
be represented by 0. Let us also suppose the figure, or the side farthest from the
that the light, of which the intensity is light, needs increased light, a lining corre-
measured by 1, is so weak, that its image sponding with those portions, of red card-
cannot be developed at all. It is then evi- board, will be advisable. Or if the object
dent that these very faintly lighted parts be simply to gain in rapidity, the whole
will appear as absolute shadows, and thus interior may be lined, or any other device
there will be a certain deficiency of detail may be used to admit red light over the
in the shadows. whole image.
If now we admit a faint light all over
the picture, the intensity of which faint
light is equal to the whole relations will
1,
PROCEEDINGS
be changed. The intensity of the very
OF THE
faint parts will be raised to 2, at which
point they may be supposed to be develop- Executive Committee of the National
able. The absolute shadows receiving pre- Photographic Association,
viously of light, will now receive 1, but, The regular quarterly meeting of the
by supposition, this amount is not capable Committee was held at No. 36 Park Eow,
of development; they will, therefore, re- New York, October 31st, the chairman, Mr.
main absolute shadows. The highest lights "W. Irving Adams, presiding, and present
will receive a strength of light measured Messrs. Bogardus, Wilcox, and Wilson.
by 51, scarcely an appreciable change. Mr. J. F. Eyder reported $27 more, as
"With intermediate degrees the effect will the proceeds of the sale of lumber used at
be intermediate. the Exhibition.
Evidently the effect here is altogether The Treasurer was ordered to notify all
beneficial. we cannot com-
Unfortunatety those in arrears for dues, Jan. 1st, to pay
mand this exact portion of light; we cannot same, the requirements of the Association
be sure of not admitting more or less. And making it necessary to have the funds in
if more, then the shadows become grayish hand. hoped that all who are in ar-
It is

instead of rich black ; if less, we miss our rears willpay promptly, and thus aid the
object. Executive Committee in furthering the in-
With a pure red light, the case is alto- members of the Association.
terests of tlje
gether different. With it, we enhance the The Secretary exhibited the designs for
action of the lights, without acting upon the monograms, and model of certificate of
absolute shadows. "We, therefore, increase membership and license combined, for ac-
the detail in the shadows without taking ceptance and selection.
414 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
A design was selected and the Secretary some ingenious sleight-of-hand manipula-
authorized have it engraved by the
to tion, by means of which something useful
American Bank Note Company together can be accomplished in a quicker and better
with the certificate, and to furnish a copy way than we can do it. It is your duty, for
to all the members of the Association not in value already received, to reciprocate, and
arrears. send grist to the mill from which you have
The Secretary was authorized to arrange drawn your aliment.
so often
for a more extensive display of foreign work have often met with difficulties,
I, too,
at the next Exhibition. and some of these still baffle all attempts to
President Bogardus was appointed a com- obviate them, consequently it is no use to
mittee to prepare a plan for the systematiz- record these ; but I will enumerate one,
ing of the business at the next annual meet- and form out of it the subject of the present
ing and report. Other matters of import- article.
ance were transacted, which will be here- For instance, a young lady — of course, a
after stated. handsome lady, one versed in novels, mov-
Edward L. Wilson, ing in the midst of diplomatists and foreign
Permanent Secretary. ministers of state, an admirer of Madonnas
and fancy positions entered the studio, —
and described a picture she wished to repre-
sent. She was to appear languid and poetic,
DIFFICULTIES OVERCOME. sweet, lovely, thoughtful, easy, careless,
BY PROF. J. TOWLER, M.D. ideal, artistic, —in fact, all the epithets of
The general delights to recount the par- were exhausted in the description.
aesthetics

by means of which
ticulars of his evolutions, "You think me vain and a goose," she
his victorieswere obtained the civil en- ; finally added and this made her more
;

gineer hangs over his maps, examines and lovely and characteristic than ever. Now,
re-examines the plans containing the in- to make a photograph that would come up
cipient conceptions, the subsequent modifi- to her expectations in all these respects,
cations, and the final perfections, that would be almost as difficult as to accord
spanned Niagara with a gossamer bridge, with the desire of a romping "little girl,"
or printed the words as transmitted by the that once (before photography were known)
electric fluid across the Atlantic and so it ;
desired to be drawn " making a noise."
is with the photographer in his small way, But this was not all. The young and beau-
but no less noble art. He frequently en- tiful lady had a splendid white lace veil
counters difficulties that vex and annoy. thrown carelessly over her head, drawn
And does he not rejoice ? Does he not tri- into graceful folds by means of a small
umph, as trouble after trouble is understood bouquet of living flowers on the crown of
and obviated ? As victory after victory is the head ; a similar collection of rosebuds
gained ? The experience of each advanc- closed the folds of the veil on her chest.
ing, progressive photographer would be an The flowers, the leaves, the pattern of the
excellent guide-book, if recorded, for sub- lace, the flowing masses of hair ;
of course,
sequent followers in the same sphere of ac- the eyes, the mouth, the cross on the pant-
tion ; and we lose a great deal of valuable ing — what shall I call —breast, chest, it ?

information, because most of our most prac- zest, — these had to be in focus, sharp,
all
tical men in the art are shy when they crisp, well defined, such as the artist would
come to'commit their practice and victories make them with the limner's magic touch.
to paper, or too modest to aspire to that Now, the difficulty which I encountered
eminence where their full names stand out was this The contrast between the promi-
:

in print. I wish it were otherwise, for I nent white lace veil and the complexion
want to learn from you. I respect your ensconced within its folds was so great, that
experience, and admire your success. In if the exposure was right for the latter it
fine, we all need each other's assistance and was altogether too long for the former.
co-operation. Each of you has, doubtless, Kepeated trials were all in vain to attain to
 : a

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE. 415

a happy medium, the " media via qua tutis- long exposure, were altogether too dense.
sima est." The veil on the negative was a The print in question was on plain paper ;

black mass, without detail, textureless, and
without pattern, if the face turned out suc-
cessful but the features were imperfectly
;
modelled by light and shade, altogether too
thin for printing purposes, if the veil were
in the right condition for printing.
Now, it was utterly useless to
further attempts to gain the end desired,
either by change of position or modification
of light; and I finally concluded to take a
negative exhibiting the veil of a proper
negative density for the printing operation,
and then to work up the shades of the face
by retouching. This seemed feasible. Con-
sequent^7 our artist was set to work to stip-
ple in an extra amount of shade on the fea-
tures, neck, and chest, so as to make a
working negative. There was, in fact, no
difficulty in attaining to the requisite dens-
ity ;
but when a print of the negative was
taken, there was something about which
it was toned, fixed, and washed in the usual
manner, then thoroughly dried. Then,
with a fine-pointed and very sharp knife,
the face, neck, hair, and flat part of the
bust, which was visible, were cut carefully
out in one piece, taking great precautions
make any to follow the extreme outline without en-
croachment either way. This piece of pa-
per was next placed on a smooth piece of
cardboard, and passed between the rollers.
It is finally placed in contact with the neg-
ative itself, and kept in place by means of a
mere point or two of wax on the edge here
and there. Care must be taken to place it
in accurate superimposition, so that the
nose of the print, as well as the eyes and
every other part, are in exact correspond-
ence with the similar parts on the negative.
If you now examine the combination, you
will easily descry that the transparent parts
it of the face (negative) are much less trans-

did not appear quite right. and The lights parent than they were, by reason of their
shades were evenly blended. What was being backed up with the shades of the
the trouble? The likeness itself had suf- print. In this way the negative can be en-
fered, how and where it was hard to tell; tirely or partially neutralized, accoi-ding as
but the print did not represent the living the print is made more or less dense in its

object. This retouching, therefore, was a shadows. We will suppose, in the present
'

failure. Another negative was taken, and instance, that the negative is not thoroughly
the retouching was again commenced with neutralized, but that a slight outstanding
more care but the result was the same
; — negative effect still remains; it is evident,
failure. I must mention here, too, that the then, that if we place the negative, so pre-
stippling of the shades produced in the pared or modified, on a piece of sensitized
print a similar stippled granulation, which paper and expose it to the light, the result
deprived the print of photographic char-
its will be a print of the veil and all other
acter by destroying the mezzotint. parts external to the piece cut out, whilst
'
I was almost in despair. What was to the parts beneath the paper shield will be
be done? To give up and be vanquished, only partially impressed or not at all.
to acknowledge one's self beaten in the When the print is so far advanced, it is

midst of health and strength, and on the raised from the negative so far as to permit
very threshold of success To see, too, ! the paper shield to be removed from the
one's reputation at stake ! This could not face of the negative; the little remaining
be. Kise, and gird up thy loins ; start patches of wax that may perchance be visi-
again manfully. A
negative was
third ble are also carefully rubbed off, and then
taken, precisely similar to the two preced- the print is again brought into apposition
ing and the mode of proceeding was as
; with the negative and exposed afresh to
follows the light. There need be no fear of dis-
After varnishing and retouching all mi- turbing the proper superimposition of the
nor defects, a print was taken, in which the print, as long as the shielded part of the
exposure was rather long, in order to get negative lies wholly above the middle line
perfect delineation of the pattern of the that divides the back of the printing-frame.
lace veil. The shades of the face, by this Since the face part of the negative was
416 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
much too transparent, or more transparent with every point of detail, gradation, and
than was necessary, it is evident that the definition satisfactorily rendered. It ought
features will soon be printed sufficiently, not to be difficult, by precisely the same
whilst the remaining parts already printed method, to produce from that transparency
will scarcely have changed. In this way another negative equally good. But some-
the difficulty in question was totally over- how the operation generally fails with ;

come, and a print obtained which, for soft-
ness and vigor, could not be surpassed.
I may remark, too, that a certain amount
of retouching may be effected by means of
a black lead-pencil on the paper shield.
rare exceptions, all reproduced negatives
I have seen have been unquestionably in-
ferior to the originals. As a rule, the re-
produced negative has been flat and hard;
it has lacked at once modelling, delicacy,

For instance, the hair in the negative was and brilliancy. From some cause, diffi-
but indifferently defined, by reason of a too cult to trace, there is generally a loss of
short exposure and imperfect development; gradation ; there are fewer tones in the pic-
but the masses of hair were easily divided ture the delicate half-tones, which sur-
;

up into minor locks, and even straggling round points of high light in the original,
fibres here and there introduced in pencil, are lost high light, and the tender tones
;

which kept back the light sufficiently to surrounding it, are merged into one gray
produce quite the desired effect. tint; and, in like manner, the reflected

Although this method may not supersede lights and half shadows are merged into
retouching, it will produce artistic effects each other, and lost in masses of black if
that cannot be approached by the latter the picture be brilliant, or of gray if the
method. It is a method, too, fraught with aim have been to keep the picture soft.
no, or at least with but very little, diffi- In many cases, I believe that the chief
culty, requiring much less time to fix the source of failure is the use of an unsuitable
negative each time for a new print than it transparency. There is a temptation to use
does to read the description of doing it. a transparency which is as fine as a trans-
The results, too, if you compare them with parency for stereoscopic or lantern purposes,
those produced by the unaided negative, whilst nothing can really be more unsuit-
are superb and satisfactory. able. In my own experience, a very fully
exposed transparency is necessary in repro-
ducing negatives, a transparency which
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE looks hopelessly opaque for lantern purposes.
STUDIO. Some of the finest reproduced negatives I
BY 6. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A. ever saw were produced from transparencies
—
Reproduction of Negatives Revolving Back- by the Woodbury photo-relief process.
grounds — Preliminary Coating for Glass But I am now going to describe some re-
Plates — Retouching Varnishes. sults inreproducing negatives which, whilst
Reproduction of Negatives. — Is it not a by far the finest I have ever seen, were pro-
little surprising that so little success has, duced from the most unpromising source
as a rule, attended efforts for the reproduc- which can be conceived. The originals
tion or multiplication of negatives? And were a series of ten by eight prints in the
is it necessarily so in fact ? There are few last stage of fading and jaundice. They
things within the ordinary range of pho- were views in the Crimea during the war,
tographic operations which would be more the whereabouts of the negatives of which
and certain
desirable than a simple, easy, was unknown, and, as copies were required,
method of effecting this. At first sight, it was necessary that they should be, if the

it might naturally be imagined that such feat were possible, reproduced. I must con-
an operation ought not to be very difficult, fess that I should have regarded the task as

for reasons which seem obvious. It is quite too hopeless for an attempt. The photo-
possible to produce, either by contact print- graphic stall' of the Itoyal Arsenal, consist-
ing or by camera printing, a perfect trans- ing of non-commissioned officers of the
parency from a negative ; a transparency Royal Artillery, under the direction of Mr.
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 417

Pritchard, were, however, courageous drops of a twenty-grain nitrate of silver so-

enough to make the attempt, and with a lution added just before use. The solution
degree of success quite beyond hope, and is applied to the plate in the dark-room,
almost surpassing belief. I will briefly just as in the wet collodion process. The
describe the method employed. image will be seen gradually to acquire in-
The faded yellow prints were unmounted, tensity; but it must be borne in mind that

and washed, to remove the adhesive ma-
terial. They were then dried and waxed,
to render them transparent, as calotype
negatives would be treated. These faded
prints thus treated were used as the trans-
parencies from which the negatives were
to be printed. The negatives were pro-
duced from the transparent prints, not in
the camera, but by contact printing on col-
lodio-chloride of silver, the simplicity of
the operations only being exceeded by the
perfectness of the result.
The collodio-chloride of silver employed
was a sample which had been mixed six
months, and had become much discolored,
but was found to be none the worse for ac-
tual use. To secure perfect adhesion, the
plates were coated with very dilute albumen,
the white of one egg in about eight ounces
of water being employed. The prepared
plate havingbeen coated with the collodio-
chloride, the sensitive surface, after drying,
is fumed with ammonia. A very simple
and efficient method of fuming is adopted.
The plate is held over the mouth of a bottle
of strong liquid ammonia, and moved about
until the whole surface is brought in con-
tact with the fumes. The completeness
and evenness of the result is easily seen, as
the surface of the sensitive film, which
bright before fuming, becomes dull after
that operation. The waxed print
placed in contact, and the plate is
and very deeply printed, the time given
being about three times as long as would be
given for an ordinary print. The image so
produced possesses all the detail of the ori-
ginal, but lacks printing force as a negative.
This is obtained by means of an intensify-
ing solution similar to that occasionally
used for developing collodio-chloride pic-
tures. The solution is prepared as follows
the image, when dry, is much more vigor-
ous than when wet, and also that it possesses
a very non-actinic color; hence, care must
be used not to over-intensify. The plate is
finally washed, and fixed in hyposulphite
as usual.
The printing quality of the negative thus
produced is unusually fine, the proofs pro-
duced being at once delicate and brilliant,
full of detail admirably defined. They are,
it is scarcely necessary to say, infinitely
finer than the faded prints from which the
negatives are produced ; but it may seem
paradoxical to say that they are probably
finer than the original prints ever were, as,
with the same detail, they seem to possess
more vigor than the original prints have
ever had. One circumstance is very curi-
ous and interesting. In some of the origi-
nal prints the extreme distance consists of
a sea, represented in the prints by a faint,
uniform flat tint of faded gray, with a few
specks and irregularities in the tint. Oddly
enough, these specks and irregularities,
without form or suggestion in the original,
are found in the prints from the reproduced
negatives to be shipping, with masts and
cordage well made out..
Altogether this is the most promising ex-
is periment in the reproduction of negatives
I have met with, and suggests that collodio-
is then good trans-
chloride, printed in contact with
exposed parencies, and then intensified, gives the
greatest promise of success in this direction.
To attain perfect satisfaction, the same ex-
periment should be tried with portraiture,
which is the crucial test in such matters,
inasmuch as nothing demands such perfec-
tion and delicacy of gradation, and at the
same time the contrast involved in a large
scale of tones, as the human face, and the
multiplication of negatives is often of vital

Gallic Acid, . . .75 grains. importance in portraiture, where a large

Acetate of Lead, . . 50 " number of prints become necessary for pub-
Acetic Acid, . . .2 drachms. lication purposes.
Distilled Water, . . 20 ounces. Revolving Backgrounds. — One of my cor-

This solution should be filtered, and a few respondents, Mr. W. K. Holyoake, whose
28
 :

418 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.

card-mounts you know, having read in the Distilled Water, . . .2 ounces.
Photographic News your recent notice of the Spirits of Wine, . . .1 ounce.
revolving background, introduced by Mr. Glacial Acetic Acid (pre-
viously mixed), 3 drops.
C. W. Motes, of Athens, writes to me to
. .

the following effect: "It is not my inten- Bring the whole good froth set it
to a ;

tion to rob this gentleman of any laurels aside for the night next day filter it into a
;

that may be due to him, but simply to men- clean six-ounce bottle, and fill up with fil-
tion that I made a similar background in tered distilled water three ounces. This is

1858, and have modified it and used it ever said to answer very admirably as a prelimi-

since. The modification is as follows : In- nary coating.

stead of itsbeing a circular background,'
'
Retouching Varnishes. — Amongst the many
it now only works half-way round, or less, methods which have been proposed for se-
as the case may be, by a pendulum. It is curing a mat surface on the negative to
made with four arms, about four inches facilitate retouching with a lead-pencil, one

apart, graduated with a light color (or a of the simplest has received very little atten-

darker one than the background) from the tion. It consists in the use of a thin spirit

bottom to the color of the background at varnish, applied with very little heat. An
the top. Thus, by setting it in motion, you ordinary good spirit varnish is diluted with

get a graduated shadow on one side of the spiritsof wine, the proportion added de-

head, and thereby save time and trouble in pending upon the original strength of the
'
woeling the negative during printing."
' varnish. About one ounce of spirits of wine
Preliminary Coatings for Glass Plates. — to two ounces of varnish will generally

The advantage of preliminary coatings in serve. The plate is warmed, and the var-
securing clean plates appears to be exten- nish applied ; but after application the plate
sively recognized, and the use of dilute al- is not again held before the fire, but allowed

bumen for this purpose is largely and suc- to dry spontanously, or rather with the aid
cessfully used. We have recently introduced of the amount of warmth the plate received

into this country a secret preparation under before varnishing. This is just sufficient to

the name of " tunicare," intended to an- prevent chilling; but instead of drying,
swer a similar purpose. The use of this glossy, and bright, the varnish dries with a

solution has been adopted by many pho- dead surface, which permits pencil-working
tographers, and it has received general com- with facility. As a rule the surface is suf-
mendation. A short time ago Dr. Schnauss ficiently protected by this coating, without

published an analysis of a bottle of " tuni- anv second varnishing.

care " which he had obtained for examina-
tion. He found it slightly acid, but the
analysis presented him with nothing but GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
albumen, water, and alcohol. In referring
Photographers and War — Effect of War
to this, I ventured to suggest that alcohol in
on Photographic Industry Obernetter 's—
any large proportion will generally coagu-
—
Printing Process Cracking of the Film
late and precipitate albumen
from an aqueous
and the Remedies to Prevent it Dissolv- —
solution, and that some special treatment
ing of the Film during Varnishing — Neiv
must be used or some other material added
Experiments on Cotton.
in the preparation of " tunicare." A cor-
respondent recently sends me a recipe for At the moment when I seize the pen to
a go6d substitute for "tunicare," which render you my report on photographic nov-
tends to confirm Dr. Schnauss's description elties,the thunder of cannon strikes my
of the solution, as the only addition made ear, and the cries of victory are sounded
by my correspondent is a little acetic acid. through the streets. Flags are thrown to
He makes his preparation as follows : the breeze. Another great ovent has taken
Thoroughly beat up with a wooden or place in the world's history. Metz, the bul-
silver fork the white of one hen's egg with wark of France, has fallen. It is with diffi-
the following solution culty that, in the face of these events, I can
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKA PHEE. 419

preserve the "necessary composure which my war continues, more firmly will these
the
peaceable reports require. But even those new branches become estab-
of industry
who only passively look on this struggle lished, and France strikes to its own com-
have reason to rejoice. 300,000 people, be- merce the most severe wounds by a longer
siegers and besieged, are now relieved of continuance of the war.
their toils, fatigues, and hardships and ; A very important chapter in photo-
amongst them one of our best photogra-
is graphic discussions for the last year has
phers, well known by his works in America. been the Lichtdruch or Albert's printing
I refer to our friend Petsch, of the firm of process. At present a great deal is said and
Loescher & Petsch. For nine weeks he has written about it, since the well-known
camped without on the wet clay,
shelter Obernetter, in Munich, has opened a print-
until his own form had impressed itself in ing establishment for this process, which,
the soil. Instead of a photographic tube, he in fact, yields I have
surprising results.
was obliged to level a needle-gun on his fel- prints in my which are in no way
possession
low-men, and often enough was he himself inferior to a silver print; and that it is no
the target for a Chassepot. We will hope longer an experiment, is shown by Ober-
that for him the worst is over. He enters netter's price current. He agrees to furnish
Metz as one of the victors ;
perhaps he will 1000 cabinets for $30 ; on glazed paper for
meet there another representative of our $40 in greenbacks. The process has not
art, Tessie du Mothay, who was born and been published, and Mr. Obernetter de-
lives in Metz. Although the discussion of clares in his price list that he has no incli-
current events is not the object of my letter, nation to take scholars.
still cannot ignore them entirely, for in
I In your last letter in the Photographic
the realm of photography their influence is News you wrote to our friend Simpson about
felt everywhere. Paris, the central point of the cracking of the film, an evil which here,,
industry, and particularly of photographic as well as inAmerica, has destroyed many
industry, has been cut off from the outside fine negatives. I have made many experi-
world for more than a month. French ments to ascertain its cause, and made re-
frames, French dishes, French envelopes, centty a curious discovery, which, perhaps,,
French passepartouts, and the thousand ar- will lead to the prevention of this fatal
ticles that may be mentioned, cannot be had cracking.
any longer, for*the source is closed. No I observed cracks on some of my Aden
wonder that, under these circumstances, in negatives, and was surprised to find that
other localities, the most strenuous exer- they only showed themselves on the spots-
tions are made to fill the void, and here in that had not been retouched, while all the-
Berlin an impulse has been given to the other parts which had been treated with
manufacture of these articles which is as- India ink on the varnish, even in the slight-
tonishing. est manner, did not show any injury. In
The French themselves have helped us some places the cracks extended to the re-
a great deal to transfer these branches of touched spots, and stopped as if cut off.
industry from France to Germany. They It became necessary to establish what in-
expelled all the Germans from Paris. These gredient of India ink exerted this beneficial
men were generally intelligent and skilled action. My first thought was gum, and
artisans. Thousands of them have found a applied at once a solution of one part gum.
refuge here. They transplant the Parisian to forty parts water, on a plate which showed
industry to Berlin. France has done itself a tendency to cracking. This wet application
great injury by this expulsion. had, however, the contrary effect; the film
The well-known Komain Talbot, for- split beneath it. I now tried to lay the so-
merly of Paris, has established here a house lution as nearly dry as possible on the plate,,
for the export and import of photographic by taking the solution in a brush, pressing
articles and when we consider the extra-
; the brush on blotting-paper to remove all
ordinary activity here, one is almost led to excess of moisture, and then I painted with
forget that there is war and the longer the
; it two negatives, which likewise showed this
 420 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
fatal tendency. These two negatives have diluting the collodion. "When fifty times
remained undisturbed during my stay in the quantity of water is employed, nearly
America, and on my return I examined all the originally employed cotton will be
them carefully. The places not covered precipitated. Herr Joerster does not con-
showed many cracks, while the balance of sider the statement of Mr. Camuzet very
the plate was perfectly clear of them. The reliable.
coating with gum had prevented the exten- I have repeated these experiments, and
sion of the cracks. It is not my intention came to the conclusion that the cotton pre-
to recommend, on the strength of this ex- cipitated by diluting plain collodion with
periment, the gumming of all plates; on water, much purer than the original ar-
is

the contrary, I would advise only to resort ticle. "We know from experience that very
to it when the plate shows already a ten- often homoaopathic quantities of foreign
dency to cracking and if some have al-
; bodies in the silver bath, or in the col-
ready appeared, a slight rubbing over with lodion, are sufficient to make them use-
lampblack will remedy it. less. Such substances, even in the smallest
On another annoyance, which is very quantities, as nitroglucose, are invariably
widespread, I read in your October issue, side-products in the manufacture of gun-
page 349, in the report of the Pennsylvania cotton. By precipitating plain collodion
Photographic Association, that the film with water, these foreign bodies are dis-
seemed to be eaten away under the varnish solved, and can be removed by washing;
the moment it was applied. It was said and the washed precipitate gives, when
that imperfect washing had caused this dried and redissolved in alcohol and ether,
failure. The failure is, according to my a collodion which shows, on being mixed
experience, caused by something else ;
it is with the salts of iodine, peculiarities, it
the actual dissolving of the film under the turning yellow at once, while other collo-
varnish. There are kinds of cotton in the dion remains white, and only turns yellow,
market that will dissolve in alcohol, and and finally red, after some lapse of time.
also in varnish which is made with strong The former retains its original yellow color
alcohol. unchanged.
I observed this for the time in 1864,
first I am still experimenting on this interest-
in a gallery in this city, where all negatives ing subject, and shall send you further in-
were destroyed on applying the varnish. formation in the future.
The photographer was almost in despair. Yours, truly,
"When I had discovered the cause, the Dr. H. Vogel.
remedy was easy. I diluted the varnish
with one per cent, of water, and warmed PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC
it, to redissolve the precipitate. Varnish ASSOCIATION.
treated in this manner works excellently, The regular stated meeting of the Asso-
and without any danger to the negative. ciation was held on Monday evening, No-
In a letter which I wrote for your May vember 14th, President W H. Khoads, Esq.,
number, page 163, I referred to a curious presiding, and over forty others present.
discovery of Camuzet, in Paris, who stated The was called minutes approved
roll ; ; and
that gun-cotton contains a substance soluble Messrs. George liau, William Weightman,
in water, which some specimens amounts
in Thomas Brooks, Harry Brooks, Henry
to .fifty per cent, and more. Camuzet dem- Humbert, I. G. Chandlee, William M.
onstrated this by diluting plain collodion Ginter (Lewisburg, Pa.), B. Prank Saylor
with five to ten times its quantity of water, (Lancaster, Pa), were elected members.
when part of the cotton would be precipi- Mr. James Cromer, Chairman of the
tated, while another part remained dis- Committee on the formation of an insurance
solved. band in the Association, reported some sug-
Joerster, in Vienna, proves that the part gestions from the Committee, and, after
which remains dissolved is smaller in pro- considerable discussion on the subject, the
portion to the quantity of water used in matter was referred to the Committee again,

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGBAPHEE.
to devise a plan for perfecting such an or-
ganization.
Officers were nominated for the coming
year (to he elected at the next meeting),
which took much time.
A letter was read by the Secretary, from
Mr. 0. E. Bolles, Danville, Ills., asking for
a discussion on ho w to make " Rernbrandts
the best, but there was not time for such a
discussion. The Secretary also read a letter
from Mr. F. Thorp, President of the Central
Ohio Photographic Society, expressing good
will and offering to exchange examples of
work. A letter from Mr. John Moran was
read, apologizing for his failure to read a
paper this evening, on account of his con-
templated early absence for some time.
J. C. Browne, Esq., President of the
Photographic Society of Philadelphia, was
introduced, and made a short address. He
congratulated the members present on the
fact that their Society was a success, and
cautioned them against the very common
mistake in societies of allowing a few to do
all the work. Each member should take
an interest in the Society, and work to make
it live and useful.
Discussions were had on changing the
place and time of meeting, but resulted in
no change. A defective negative was shown
by Mr. Wilson; Mr. Marcy enlarged it with
his sciopticon on the screen. The negative
was full of crapy lines in all directions.
Considerable discussion was had as to the
cause, some declaring it was dirty or too
thick a preliminary coating of albumen
others the cotton ; others dirty developer
others too much water in the collodion, bad
varnish, etc.
After the discussion was over, Messrs.
Marcy and Browne exhibited some remark-
ably fine glass transparencies in the sciopti-
con.
Mr. W. L. Shoemaker was appointed to
read a paper at the next session.
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
PHILADELPHIA.
The regular monthly meeting was held
on Wednesday evening, November 2d, 1870.
The President, Mr. Erederic Graff, in the
chair.
'
421
The minutes of the last meeting and the
reports of the Treasurer and Boom Com-
mittee were read and accepted.
The following gentlemen were unani-
mously elected officers for the ensuing year :
President, Mr. John C. Browne.
Vice-Presidents, Mr. Hugh Davids and
'
Mr. John Moran.
Recording Secretary, Mr. E. Wallace, Jr.
Corresponding Secretary, Mr. P. T. Fas-
sitt.
Treasurer, Mr. S. F. Corlies.
The President appointed Messrs. Fassitt,
Tilghman, and Pepper, Boom Committee ;
and Messrs Davids, Wallace, and Sergeant,
Committee for revising the minutes.
Mr. Moran exhibited a new form of sep-
tum for stereoscopic cameras, which com-
pletely prevents any false flare or glare of
light from the lenses. This is effected by
roughening or, rather, corrugating the sur-
face of the septum.
Mr Moran also showed a picture made
without a lens, a piece of cardboard pierced
with a small hole being used instead. He
found that the focus of this arrangement
was about twelve inches but the picture
;
was not sharp, and by no alteration of the
focus could he obtain good definition. The
exposure was long, and should have been
doubled to obtain a fully exposed plate.
Mr. Graff suggested that the want of
sharpness might arise from reflection from
the rough edges of the cardboard around
the hole, and advised that a carefully coun-
;
tersunk hole in a plate of blackened metal
;
be used.
Mr. Moran also showed some negatives
made with Dallmeyer and Zentmayer len-
ses, being a continuation of some experi-
ments made with landscape lenses in gen-
eral, the results of said experiments having
been shown at the last meeting, and he had
no reason to alter his opinion then formed
on their relative merits.
The President showed a novel apparatus
forwashing plates in the field. It consists
simply of an ordinary bulb syringe of about
half a pint capacity.
A
unanimous vote of thanks was passed
to Mr. Bates for a handsome donation of
twenty-eight stereos from tannin plates.
After adjournment, a half-hour was pleas-
422 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
antly spent in exhibiting transparencies in troubled, that those lines always appear in
the Marcy sciopticon. the thinnest part of the collodion, no matter
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr., which way you immerse your plate, and
Recording Secretary. they very rarely are seen in a thick collo-
dion. Mr. Fritz concluded therefrom, that
the cause of it had to be sought in uneven,
GERMAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SO- irregular, too quick drying of parts of the
CIETY, NEW YORK. film. The chairman contended that the
General monthly meeting, November collodion was over iodized for the strength
3d, 1870. Vice-President, Otto Lewin, in of the bath, and recommended addition of
the chair. plain collodion. The undersigned con-
After reading and approving of minutes curred in this view of the trouble. The
of the last meeting, the chairman rose and whole subject was finally laid over for
welcomed the members back after the future observations and reports.
rather prolonged summer vacation, and Mr. Schone exhibited two unvarnished
hoped that we would have well-attended and negatives, whose film, after drying by heat,
interesting meetings through the winter. had cracked all over, and asked for the
Mr. Schone called the attention of the reason of it. The undersigned explained,
meeting to the assertion of Mr. A. De Con- that most likely in its manufacture the
stant, Lausanne, Switzerland (Photog. Ar- cotton had been left too long in the acid
chiv, July, 1870), that by covering the in- and got rotten. He advised to let the nega-
side of the camera-box with white paper, tives dry by themselves without heat, and
he shortened the exposure and got softer to mix the collodion with a lot made from
shadows. Mr. Schone said, he had experi- different cotton.
mented in this direction, and reports, that Edward Boettcher,
by covering the inside, either partly or the Secretary, p. t.

whole, or not at all, he found not the

slightest difference either in time of ex-
posure or softness of shadows in the nega-
tive. This settles at the same time the
THE FAIR PREMIUMS.
notion, that the camera-box must of neces- As we gave an account in our last number
sity be black inside. In experimenting, as of the photographic displays made at the
stated above, Mr. S. made a valuable hit, Fairs at .New York, St. Louis, and Cincin-
however, by which he attained precisely nati, we must not fail to state the awards

the results Mr. De Constant claimed to that were made, as follows.

have got. It consists in covering not the AT NEW YORK.

inside of the box, but the floor of the
William Kurtz, for the best crayon drawings,
studio, between the camera and sitter, with first premium. For the best plain photograph,
white paper or muslin. This expedient had for the best photograph finished in India ink, for
such a decided effect, that Mr. Kurtz ordered the best photograph on porcelain, first premium.
at once a white linen cover for his floor, and J. Gurney & Son, for the best photographs
is now using this new style of reflector with finished in oil, first premium. For plain photo-
great success, where short exposure is desir- graphs, photographs finished in India ink, photo-

able. graphs finished in pastel, second premium. For

The chairman said he had been greatly photographs finished in crayon, honorable men-
tion.
troubled through the summer with irregular
Henry Merz, for plain photographs, honorable
transparent lines on the negatives, not un-
mention.
like double lightning forks. They appeared
Samuel A. Thomas, for photographs on porce-
with all kinds of collodion, with old or new lain, second premium. For plain photographs,
silver bath, disappeared suddenly but only
honorable mention.
to just as suddenly greet his despairing W. R. Howell, for the best photographs fin-

vision again. The debate on this subject ished in crayon, first premium. For photographs
elicited the facts from members similarly finished iu India ink, honorable montion.
 a

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 423

John O'Neil, for photographs, honorable men- and $15 for display of photographs of build-
tion. ings; ditto and $15 for the best display of
Eockwood & Co., for the best photograph fin- photographs. They seem to have swept
ished in pastel, for the best large photographic things generally, and the Cleveland Exhi-
views, first premium. For photographs finished
bition, no doubt, paid Mr. Moyston for
in crayon, for photographs finished in oil, for a
visiting it.
medallion portrait, second premium.
Mr. J. S. Armstrong, of Memphis, re-
Charles Bierstadt, for stereoscopic views, first
ceived a diploma and $5 for the best pho-
premium.
tograph of a machine.
Richard Horton, for outdoor photographs, sec-
ond premium. At Reading, Pa., Messrs. C. A. Saylor,
John Loffler, for photographs, honorable men- and Leaman & Lee, received very flatter-
tion. ing premiums for their work.
E. & H. T. Anthony & Co., for photographic At Pittsburg, Pa., Mr. W. H. "Whitehead
requisites, first premium. For stereoscopic views, was the recipient of the highest award —
second premium. —
medal for his excellent work.
• P. F. Weil, for stereoscopic views, second pre- Mr. W. H. Brown, Red Wing, Minne-
mium. sota, received the first premium for plain
Scovill Manufacturing Co., for the best pho-
work. No doubt there are many others, of
tographic apparatus (Am. Opt. Co.'s), first pre-
our subscribers who have been distinguished.
mium. For the best photographic materials, first
If so, we will be s;lad to note their successes.
premium.
Otto Lohr, for stereoscopic camera-box (''Suc-
cess cameras"), honorable mention. For photo-
graphic dark-tent, honorable mention.
Moulton's Solar Printing-Frame.
Ernst Kruger, for photographic headrest, hon- We have received from Mr. L. V. Moul-
orable mention. ton, Muskegon, Michigan, one of his " Solar
AT CINCINNATI. Printing- frames," which is a combined
silvering apparatus, stretcher, and toning
The judges at Cincinnati reported that
dish. It is merely a double framework,
the general excellence in the display made
the connecting edges of which are corru-
it difficult to render awards, and desired to
gated or notched to fit each other tightly.
express their belief that the collection there
The frame is opened, the paper laid on,
could not be excelled by any artists else-
frame closed, and thus a dish is formed.
where in this country, if in Europe.
The sides being shellaced, the sheet may be
Three large silver medals were awarded,
silvered, developed, or toned, as it is
viz. : 1. Leon Van Loo ; 2. J. Landy ; 3.
stretched on the frame, and is equally
"W. S. Porter. Honorable mention was
handy for canvas or paper. Where parties
made of the work of Messrs. Vincent Bros.,
do not do much large work, this contriv-
and the landscapes of Mr. Charles Waldack.
ance saves the expense of large dishes.
St. Louis not heard from at time of going Solar prints may be made on the paper
to press. while stretched in the frame and developed
At Richmond, Va., Mr. D. H. Anderson without handling. Its further advantages
was awarded a medal for the best photo- are set forth, with a cut of the apparatus, in
graphs of "exquisite finish and truth," and our advertising department, to which please
Messrs. Powell & Campbell received " spe- refer.
cial notice " of their plain photographs.
At Memphis, Tennessee, Messrs. Moys-
ton &
Brother received the following: Di- MISPLACED CONFIDENCE.
ploma for plain photographs ditto for oil ; Editor Philada. Photographer:
colored work ditto and $3 for a photo-
; Permit me to call attention to a serious evil,
graph of a dog ditto and $3 for a photo-
; which has lately crept into prominence, not
graph of a goat ditto and $15 for best
; only to the detriment and loss of many vic-
display of photographs of animals ditto ; tims, but also to real meritorious inventio ns,
and $5 for photograph of a building ditto ; etc.
424 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
I allude to the fact that of our prominent ment, detachable in front, arranged to move
and recom-
so-called leading photographers the picture while the head is under the cloth.
mending over their signatures any and There is a door at E for diaphragms, tubes,
everything, certainly many things which
to my knowledge have no practical value,
or are entirely worthless.
made it a principle never
I have always
to recommend anything that I had not fully
tested and found worthy of it; for, how do I
know but some poor fellow — confidingly
misplacing confidence, either in what he
conceives my ability or integrity — gives
what he can scarcely afford for a fraud,
perpetrated, perhaps, by the use of my name
only?
I will frankly admit that the (to my rec-
ollection) only process purchased by our
firm for the past fourteen years was made
upon the written indorsements of our most
valued and esteemed contemporaries, and
—
was found well, I'll be mild worse than —
useless. We would not have purchased
had we not been shown the letters of par-
ties in whom we placed the highest confi-
dence, and in the hurry of business, not
being able to test it we relied upon them,
were " taken in, and done for." etc. They will be as much cheaper, as they
I am aware that most of these so-called will be better and more satisfactory than any
recommendations are given out of pure other stand."
good nature and an inability to refuse, but The inventor is Mr. A. K. Crihfield, Lin-

if they would only give the indorsement of coln, Illinois, and further particulars con-
a nostrum the reflection they would a friend's cerning it may be found in his advertise-
IOU, there would be less of them dishon- ment.
ored.
Yours, truly,
Daniel Bendann. THIRD ANNUAL EXHIBITION
OF THE
Baltimore, November 15th, 1870.
National Photographic Association
of the United States.
THE SENSIBLE CAMERA-STAND. The Third Annual Exhibition of the
Above we give a cut of a new camera- National Photographic Association of the
stand, lately patented by an artist of many United States will be held in Horticultural
years' experience. We describe it in his Hall, Philadelphia, Pa., beginning the first

own words :
" It is the stand. It explains Tuesday in June, A. D. 1871.
itself. Thepieces F and C are screwed This early notice is given, to invite ex-
fast to the bottom of any size camera-box. hibitorsfrom foreign countries to bear the
The piece F works in the notches in the matter in mind, and consign their parcels
uprights, B B'. The piece C is on hinges, in good time. Amplo preparation will be
the lower end playing in the notches, D. It made to accommodate such contributions,
entirely docs away with the vexatious old and them while here, as well as
to care for
screw. The motions of the camera are to return them when they are not to be sold
perfect in every particular. It holds the for the owner. Foreign pictures will be
camera solid. There is a copying attach- admitted free of duties, and it is hopod to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 425

secure such arrangements as will bring very intercourse proven, by the numberless so-
little expense for freight, if any, upon the advancement of
cieties in existence for the *

exhibitor. Full particulars will be commu- and all

agriculture, medicine, the sciences,
nicated by circular to all intending exhibi- the industries of the country. Men have
tors, who will kindly address the Perma- learned that intercourse with each other is

nent Secretary for the same. Please also the surest way to They can
advancement.
see future notices. learn from the experience of others, and
Eegulations for American exhibitors will they can have the pleasure of communica-
be given early in the new year. ting to others what they know. Not only
Edward L. Wilson. this, but the Annual Exhibitions that are

Permanent Secretary, Philada., Pa. held by these societies are also doing an im-

W. H. Rhoads, mense deal of good. Where would agri-

Local Secretary. culture, and horticulture, and mechanics be,
were it not for the exhibitions that have
been held in their behalf? And now comes
THE PRIZE PRINTS. Photography, young, energetic, with hercu-
We are now prepared to furnish those lean power and ability, to join the list, and
who desire them, with examples from the it will soon attract as many visitors, and as
negatives offered in competition for our much attention to its exhibitions, as any of
gold medals. The
embraces some ad-
set its kindred.
mirable things, and to make their study The Exhibitionat Cleveland was favored
more instructive, we have carefully pre- by attention from the public such as the
pared a criticism on each picture, which is
most sanguine hardly dared to expect for it.
printed in pamphlet form, and a copy of it, The number of photographers who flocked
with the names of those who made the there from twenty-four states of the Union
negatives, will be furnished to all who pur- was also wonderful, and promises much for
chase prints. We believe the study of the the future of our beautiful art. Whether
two will do any one good. Our object in all the effort put forth to maintain that ex-
this is to get those who need instruction to hibition will be compensated for or not, we
study the work of others, and in this way do not question. It has already been com-
we furnish them the work from all over the pensated for. The public were pleased, and
country, good and bad. Oftentimes as much their minds enlightened respecting photog-
may be learned from a bad picture as from raphy and its capabilities, and nearly five
a good one. Among these prize prints you hundred photographers left Cleveland with
will find both. awakened minds, enlarged ideas, full of new
Following our editorials we append a purposes, and cheered and strengthened in
copy of this pamphlet (merely taking out their purposes to do better work. The coun-
the names), which will give the reader an try will feel it too, and a better, brighter
idea of the pictures. You can be supplied day is coming for us all. Only let us strive
in sets or have selections, just as you please. to keep the thing up, and make our next
If you want pictures for displaying your exhibition prove our earnestness. Think
gallery, some of these make admirable speci- over it continually and begin now, if you
mens. Eead the "descriptive catalogue" have not already begun, to prepare for the
following the editorial. Exhibition of 1871, and to be there in per-
son.
In proof of what we say, we make a few
THE CLEVELAND EXHIBITION extracts, atrandom, from the many similar
AND THE GOOD IT DID. letters we have received from those who
No one will attempt to deny, that the were fortunate enough to have been at the
contact of kindred minds and co-workers Cleveland Exhibition.
in the same line or profession, is sure to pro-
duce good results. That fact has long since " I feel well paid for the time and money
been established, and the advantages of such spent, and shall try to be with you in 1871.
426 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
I think the wonderful '
babe '
will live and before I visited the Exhibition, and it is the
do honor to its progenitors. cause. " C. J. Billinghurst,
" G. H. Sherman, "Mc Arthur, Ohio."
"Elgin, Illinois."
" I think the Relief Fund is very much
" We
were doubly repaid for going to needed. It will have my support and also
Cleveland. We were both there and en- a donation from me in due time.
joyed it hugely. " Benjamin French,
" Boston, Mass."
"Tripp & Schellhouse,
" Coldwater, Michigan.''
" Next year I shall arrange to have all

" I had the pleasure and the good fortune of my emploj'es to visit the Exhibition.
They must see it. " A. Bogardus,
to be there, and I have already been much
" New York."
benefited. T gave our papers a full account,
which they published, and I hope all who " I was prevented from being there, but
can will do the same. I have read the proceedings in the Photog-
" J. Perry Elliott, rapher, with the greatest interest, and en-
"Indianapolis, Indiana." vied those who were there. The good feel-

ing that prevailed was cheering, and the

'
' If the Exhibition has stimulated all who
whole affair enough to interest any photog-
were there to strive as hard to make better
rapher. " E. F. Lummis,
work as it has me, I am sure a great work
"Nichols, New York."
Las been commenced and is going on. Those
who were not there missed a treat, and les- " We send you to-day some few pictures.
sons that they cannot have a chance to en- We feel that the Cleveland Convention has
joy for a whole year again. been of the greatest possible benefit to us.
"E. K. Curtis, The pictures we send you are surely an evi-
"Madison, Wis." dence of this, and we are unwilling to ad-
mit that any have made greater advance-
" I feel several inches taller, and more-
ment, than we have since we were at that
over that I have a reputation to maintain, great Exhibition. We feel as if we ought
that should call forth every energy. Journal after
to offer an illustration for otw
" W. H. Jackson,
awhile.
"Omaha, Nebraska." " Young & Rogers,
"Washington, Pa."
" I send you some cards indicating prog-
ress. Robinson's Pictorial Effect and the " The Association will receive my best

Cleveland Convention had something to do advance the art and the interest of
efforts to

with it. I now hurrah for Philadelphia every member. We should now organize
next June. " E. M. Van Aken, a Photographers' Mutual Insurance Com-
" Lowville, New York." pany, in order that we may obtain insurance
at a cheaper rate. I hope this idea will be
" I became acquainted with many of the agitated. "J. C. Elrod,
first photographers of the country, and if "Louisville, Kentucky."

my work is not improved a hundred fold,

onmy return, it will be my fault, and not These give an idea of the earnestness of
that of the Convention. I would recom- those who were there.
mend that all photographers who wish to One of the most pleasing incidents of the

elevate their work to attend next year and whole affair occurred at very close. The
its

join the National Photographic Associa- Exhibition was to close Saturday at 10 p.m.

tion. "A. M. L." Just as the clock pointed to that hour, the
band struck up "Homo, Sweet Home."
" I can now take a negative in one-third President Bogardus was standing near the
less time than I have done for six years centre of the Rink, and as if by one com-
 :

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 427

mon impulse a large number of photogra- places, separated itself from the glass. The
phers flocked around him, and joined him coat may look perfectly firm, solid when
in singing that grand song accompanied by examined from behind, and show not the
the music. This performance was encored, least tendency to flake off, and yet if the
and then the lights grew dim, and the great film exhibit this clouded appearance, there
crowd departed. The Second Annual Ex- will be a tendency to blurring when the
hibition of the National Photographic As- plate is exposed and developed.
sociation thus closed, a glorious success. The best way of avoiding this trouble is

to increase the dose of sugar. A conveni-

ent method of operating is as follows
Take about half a drachm of aniline
BACKING FOR DRY PIATES. brown, and grind it in a porcelain cup with
BY M. CAREY LEA. a couple of ounces of hot water. Stir in
Some time since I mentioned in your col- four ounces of finely powdered"Vhite sugar,
umns the result of experiments in backing and when it is pretty well $j ssolved, add
dry plates. Since then I have made a great three ounces of finely powdered gum arabic
number of further experiments upon the of good quality. Use just enough water in
matter, on plates used for making negatives, addition to the first quantity to get as thick
and, in doing so, have noticed a condition a paste as can be well spread over the glass.
necessary to success which has not been If the color is not an extremely deep brown-

before pointed out. red, even when put on in a thin coat, add
It is, of course, necessary that the back- more aniline brown. Finally, mix in about
ing should be in actual contact with the twenty drops of carbolic acid. By this last
glass —optical contact. If the slightest sep- addition, and by using a porcelain cup with
aration takes place, admitting the thinnest well-fitting cover to prevent drying, the
film of air, or even supposing it possible that mixture will keep in good order for a long
a vacuum were left between the backing, time, thus avoiding the trouble of a fresh
would be ineffectual. Now it has become preparation for each set of plates.
evident to me that the efficacy of the back- Although aniline brown is excellent in
ing is very much influenced by the amount of respect of its protection, and although
drying that ajrtate receives. For example, if (which is very desirable) a little of it in-
a plate be backed at the same time that it is troduced by accident into the developing
made, and if the back and front be let to dry bath is not hurtful to the development, yet
together over sulphuric acid, both back and it is objectionable in consequence of stain-
front will be in excellent condition at the end ing the hands. I shall later try to find and
of thirty-six hours. But if the drying be con- substitute some other color that is right in
tinued for a week, that is, if having no oc- all respects. But the matter to which these
casion to use the plate, it is simply left in present remarks are directed, the partial
the box for a week, the backing may no separation of certain sorts of backing by
longer be capable of preventing blurring. continued drying, is independent of the
My object at present is to explain why color used, and holds for mixtures of gum
this and how this injurious effect of con-
is, and sugar with Spanish brown, or other
tinued drying may be avoided. coloring matter that may be employed.
First, as to appearance. If the backing
has proved defective in places, this condi-
tion can generally be detected by the eye.
THE BULB SYRINGE APPLIED
If we look at the film side by reflected light
TO PHOTOGRAPHY.
in the dark-room, should present a uni-
it

form dark look, except, of course, at the BY JOHN C. BROWNE.

edges, to which the backing does not quite Photography in the field, by the use of
reach. If instead of this uniform dark look, wet plates, is subject to many inconveni-
there are spots a little lighter and clouded, ences, one of the greatest being the difficulty
we may be sure that the coat has, in those of washing the plate thoroughly in the dark-
428 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
tent after development, especially if the OUR PICTURE.
supply of water is limited. This more par- Our month is another exam-
picture this
ticularly applies to tents of a tripod form, ple,on a more extended scale, of composition
where all of the manipulation is conducted photography and an example of a class of
;

on the ground. Until recently I used a tin- work which is perfectly legitimate in pho-
cup or pint measure for this purpose, filling tography, and to which in the future our
it from a bucket or stream of water, if close
must reach.
best artists
by but often at a critical moment the cup
;
The is the "Skating Carnival,"
subject
would be upset and the plate spoiled before which was given in Montreal last winter,
the action of the iron could be checked.
during the visit of Prince Arthur, who may
Some months ago I noticed a plan of wash- be seen in his fur cap, face front, on the left
ing adopted by Mr. Jesse A. Graves, of the
of the picture. It work of Mr. Wm.
is the
Delaware Water Gap, which has advantages
Notman, in Montreal, and as an example of
over any plan that I have seen used for out-
this class, is admirable indeed. The rules
door work. The apparatus is a bulb syringe.
of composition are preserved throughout,
See cut. Squeeze the rubber bulb with the
and the photography is excellent.
Such pictures are made in the following
manner : The portraits are taken singly or
in groups, according to a plan previously ar-
ranged to suit the composition. They are
then all pasted on one large sheet with a re-
touched background. The accessories are
then painted in and the whole may then be
copied to any size.

This is no easy performance, yet those ac-

quainted with the rules of composition and
grouping may attempt it and soon succeed.
hand, so that all the air is forced out, then
In this the harmony, the ease and natural-
place under water it will sink at once by
it ;

ness of all the figures, together with the va-

its ownweight, and in a few minutes will
be filled and ready for washing the plate.
The water cannot run out unless the bulb be
pressed, so that it may be tossed
and lay in any position without spilling.
When it is desirable to wash the plate,
squeeze the bulb, and a stream of water will
be thrown over every part of it, without
wasting one half of the water, as is the case
sometimes when pouring from a tin-cup.
Should the surface of the water from which
the supply is taken be covered with floating
leaves, sticks, etc., the bulb syringe
riety, the correct perspective, the perfect
light and shade, and admirable definition,
make it the most charming thing of the
into the tent
kind we have seen. Many nice studies for
positions may be taken from this picture.
It is full of matter for study, which fact we
hope will be taken advantage of.
Photographs of the Ancient Architec
ture op Southern India. We have received a —
number of these wonderful photographs from
having Ciipt. Lyon, in Geneva, and they are truly more

a small opening and being below the surface interesting than any collection we have exam-

of the water, sucks its supply free from dirt ined for a long time. They are about 11 x 14 in
size, excellent in every way, and part of a series
and cleanses the tender collodion film much
of Jive hundred and twenty-six. While we won-
better than when the water has been dipped
der at the curious architecture of that curious
from the'top. You can lay it down any-
people of India, we also wonder at the zeal and
where without fear of breaking, or carry it
labor and skill of the talented photographer,
in the pocket withoutspilling. A syringe of who brings right at our door such exquisite pho-
one pint capacity will wash a 6£ x 8£ plate tographs of places and things so far away, to-
more thoroughly than a quart of water gether with a lucid description of them all.

poured over it from a tin-cup, and at a Marion & Co., London, are the publishers, and
great saving of time. doubtless are having an immense sale for them.
 — —: —

THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE. 429

TJ.faLnUfal^fab^br,b,Lr1 Un^Lr,l ibil=ilhMLnt=il? t=,l=iE; and the hoe" and delve in his native element,
f
'

>
IJ
Mother Earth. M. M. Griswold.—
The answers referring to blue frosting are
not satisfactory. Frosting put on with oil

cannot be taken off easily, and as the most

of the galleries do not need it in the winter,
the following will be useful : I take Prus-
sian blue, and make a saturated solution of
beer and Glauber's salts. Make it just as
deep a blue as you please, and put it on warm.
It will crystallize on cooling, and in the win-

Contributors to Sphynx will please write

ter, when I do not need to keep out any sun,

I take a sponge, and wet it, and wash the

on one side of the paper only.
frosting all off in ten minutes. I can put
Answers. it on just as quickly. Alkali.

Pinholes can always be traced to one of Answers to November Queries.

the following four causes, viz. :Excess
1st.
1. I. Nitrate of soda will gain access to
of iodide in the bath. 2d. Unsettled col-
the bath by alternately acidifying with
lodion. 3d. Floating particles of dirt, dust,
nitric acid, and neutralizing with bi-carb.
etc., in the bath. 4th. Dust in plate-carrier
soda. II. It is detrimental, insomuch that
or camera-box.
it takes the place of so much nitrate of sil-
Pinholes from excess of iodide, or dust in
ver, so that when a test is made with the
the bath, and from dust in the plate-carrier
hydrometer, the true strength of the silver
and camera-box, are all produced in the
solution cannot be obtained. III. Fusing
same way, namely, by attaching to the film
will not remove the nitrate of soda. The
and obstructing the light during exposure
only way is to reduce the solution to a chlo-
of the plate, and being washed away in the
ride, then to metallic silver, in the usual
after-process, show themselves as minute
transparent spots. When occurring from
way. — G. H. Fennemore.
unsettled collodion, they may be known by 2. The cause of the phenomena mentioned
not appearing until after fixation, the sus- has not been satisfactorily explained, I be-
pended particles of bromo-iodide being held lieve. Often lack of union between the
fast by the collodion film. Pinholes from bath and developer will cause it. Living-
excess of iodide may be known by being stone.
smaller and more uniformly distributed
3. Precipitate it as sulphide of silver,
over the plate than any other kind, and
with a filtered solution of sulphuret of potas-
when they arise from this cause alone, the sium. When a solution of protosulphate
remedy is to strengthen the bath, or keep of iron is added, in excess, to the cyanide
it in a warmer place. This sort rarely ap- solution containing silver, the silver is pre-
pears except in cold weather. When they cipitated, together with a very bulky pre-
occur from a combination of dust or dirt, cipitate of cyanide of iron. — J. F. Magee.
and excess of iodide, filtering must also be
5. Zephyr will investigate thoroughly,
If
resorted to. Boiling down is seldom neces-
my I think he will find that reflected light, some-
sary (in estimation, at least). When
the bath is supersaturated with ether and where, is the cause of his annoyance. There
alcohol, fill up with fresh silver, one-third may be chinks in his box, which he hides
or fourth its bulk neutralized, and set in with his cloth when working out of doors.
the sun.
The cause can doubtless be found by careful
If pinholes should, in any possible case, search. Euros.
from a combination of all of the above
arise 6. Emos can doctor his negatives when
enumerated causes, my advice to the operator afflicted with ridges caused by dampness, in
would be to graduate, and take up the " shovel the following; manner
 —— — — . ! — :

430 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.

Make a minute hole, in the least objection- whether the author referred to can give us
able part, to prevent the escape of air warm ; the true signification of his own name. With
the negative and either flow with alcohol, a very slight change in the orthography,
or draw a camel's hair brush saturated in however, it might mean something, thus
alcohol along the ridge ; if the negative is George, be airy
then heated well, the ridges will contract In reference to the " dead- whiteness of
and disappear, care being taken to press linen draperies," referred to, and so much
down with the nail, or some smooth hard lamented, there are few good photogra-
substance, those portions from which the phers, probably, who have attempted this
air cannot readily be expelled. Then re- style that have not experienced the diffi-

varnish. I have also rectified these ridges culty of lighting the extremes of black and
by soaking the varnished negative very white, and getting perfect detail in both,
carefully in water, then washing with alco- on the same subject and yet most of them,
;

hol, and afterwards re- varnishing. Helios. doubtless, can show specimens where this
has been accomplished as nearly to perfec-
Queries. tion as we can expect to attain, and that

1. How can I make my dark-room glass legitimately, under the skylight, without

green ? Euros. any dodges.

2. When a white building oppo-
there is
" How to paint photographs " with brush
site the side-light, ought the said side-light and pencil is one thing, and how to catch
to be frosted blue ? Boone. them with sunbeams is another.
3. "Will Sphynx please give me a good
The second protest comes to us from that
formula for an iodizing solution, for iodiz- centenary fog-bank, out of which sparkles
ing plain collodion at any time?— How — up flashes of light and wit, like Roman-
4. How can I make good porcelain col-
But
candles out of a torchlight procession.

lodion ? One in a Fog.

the ray of light we have here is "total
darkness," and the word "photography"
5. " Rembrandt's" photography. In the
last Journal, Mr. Sphynx, there were two
is unfortunately applied. We don't need

rather startling protests proclaimed. The light any more to make pictures by, it only

first is a communication, in which the author

destroys instead of producing them ! What
remonstrates in classical terms against the is tobecome of the night photographing
use of the name "Rembrandt." But canst apparatus? Mr. Sphynx, will you pinch
thou, even thou, grim and impartial Sphynx, yourself, and then give us some light on

tell why the protest ? Is it that the name these knotty questions? Do you believe

is not classical enough, and we are to be there ever were any such men as Daguerre,

degraded by worshipping " at an ignoble Adam Salomon, George Washington, or

shrine?" Or are we trespassing too much Tom Burnham ? R. V.

upon the domains " of legitimate art, by

filching from it one of its most conspicuous
names ?" Prang's Chromo "Portrait op Beetho-
If the picture referred to is an "imita- —
ven." Messrs. Prang & Co. have favored us
tion of Rembrandt's style," what objec- with an admirable chrorao, from Schimon's pop-
tion can there be to calling it by his name ? ular painting of the immortal Beethoven, in the

Suppose the name were meaningless, Royal Library at Berlin. As a work of art this
chromo is a grand success, and a fine study.
which it is not, or is not understood by our
The play of lights and shades, and delicate half
customers are there not thousands of names
;

tones upon this face, are skilfully secured and are

in our language the origin of which is not
as pleasant to the artistic eye as aro the sublime
generally understood ?
cadences of the great composer to the ears of
Note the names of the planets in our those who love his music. We believe it is the
solar system, and see how many people can first effort of Messrs. Prang & Co., in the line of
be found, who have not studied astronomy, portraiture, and they have proven themselves
that can why they are called thus and
tell equal to the task. It is rich, vigorous, and life-
so. Verily, we might question, oh Sphynx I like.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 431

The Photographer Twice a Month.— Our Taxing Photographers. — Mr. H. B. Hillyer,

readers will not fail to read the first article in Austin, Texas, says the Texas legislature have

thisnumber, and also the prospectus of this and recently imposed the very grievous State special

of our new Magazine. You can now have a tax of $50 upon every resident photographer,
Journal twice a month. Send in your subscrip- and $10 upon itinerants for every town they
tions and clubs early. operate in. This is certainly very oppressive.
Mr. Hillyer asks us to collect a table of the
Mr. R. A. Lewis writes us that concave back- taxes photographers have to pay in each State,

grounds were used by him fifteen years ago. and we will be glad to publish such a list if some
one from each State will kindly give us the facts.
The first person shot by the French as a spy,
was Mr. Hart, an inoffensive photographer. Scribner's Monthly Magazine, conducted
by Dr. J. G. Holland. N. Y., Scribner & Co.,
Mr. G. Wharton Simpson says Mr. Albert
$3 a year.
Moore's solar enlargements are the best he ever
The first number of this magazine, which is be-
saw.
fore us, gives promise of being something fresh

Mr. Z. P. McMillan, Galesburg, Illinois, had and attractive. Dr. Holland's writings are always
a grand opening of his new rooms November fresh. The attraction to photographers in such

15th, attended by music, singing, lantern exhi- a magazine as this, aside from the enjoyment de-
bition, &c. Success to his enterprise. rived from reading the tales and travels in it, is

the engravings, which are very numerous in this,

Dr. Vogel writes us that the address of the and always suggest valuable ideas to the teach-
National Photographic Association to the Berlin able photographer.
Photographic Society was read at the last meet-
ing, and received with much enthusiasm and ap-
The Amateur's Manual of Photography. —
plause. It was printed in our October number.
Carbon printing by single transfer is now prac-
Mr. A. F. Clough, photographer, Warren, N. ticed to a large extent in England, and it is a

now on the summit

H., and Prof. Hitchcock, are mystery to us that it is not taken up in America.
of Mount Washington, where they expect to The Amateur's Manual, edited by Richard King-
winter. Mr. Clough expects to get some novel ham, Esq., London, sixth edition, has just
views there. reached us, containing among other excellent
things the simple process of Mr. W. H. Davies,
New Books. — During February or March Dr. for printing in carbon by single transfer. Several
Vogel's new work will be ready, and also a third excellent printsaccompany the work, which are
edition of "How to Paint Photographs," by fully equal to thosewhich any carbon process
Mr. Ayres, early in the year. could produce from the same subjects. We shall
publish the process early in the year. It has
From General J. K. Barnes, Surgeon-General been given to the public freely by Mr. Davies, a
U. S. A., we have received two more of Dr. fact which deserves commendation. We shall
Woodward's very interesting photo-micrographs. refer to the matter soon again.
One of them represents the Navicula Lyra, taken
with the Powell and Lealand's immersion l-16th, Harding's Chain-Back Albums. A visit to —
magnified to 1000 diameters. They are wonder- thealbum manufactory of Mr. W. W. Harding,
fully excellent examples of this important branch Philadelphia, gives one a very sensible idea of
of scientific photography. the immense quantity of albums that are yet
sold, notwithstanding the cry that their day is
Mr. Marcy's Sciopticon is now the only magic ended.
lantern used by both of the Photographic Socie- Great stacks of albums for the carte, cabinet,
ties in Philadelphia, as well as at hundreds of and tintype pictures, are there in all the stages
other places. It is a wonderful little apparatus. of manufacture. An album has to pass through
Any photographer can, by a few public exhibi- twenty-five to thirty pairs of hands before it is
tions, make money enough in his own town to finished. The great secret of Mr. Harding's suc-
pay for a sciopticon and slides. cess in this line is owing to the excellence of his
432 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
albums, and their superiority over all others on Mr. Landy, Cincinnati, Ohio, we have some
J.
account of the chain-back. This chain-back shadow pictures which created
of the admirable
enables us to open the album wide without break- so much admiration at Cleveland, and at the

ing and no amount of dampness will cause the

it, late Exhibition at Cincinnati. Mr. Landy also
leaves to part from the cover. Mr. Harding will sends us an interior view of the Exhibition, and
soon have albums ready for the new size. Our four negatives to print from for our magazine,
photographic friends who are about purchasing prints from which shall be presented to our read-
for their holiday sales would do well to try them. ers in good time. Mr. M. N. Crocker, Perry,
New York, has occupied some time lately with
The American Chemist. — This is a first class
making
his new Steinheil lenses, in stereo views
monthly journal, devoted to chemistry. Edited
along and about the delightfully romantic Gene-
by Dr. Charles T. Chandler and W. H. Chandler,
see River. Some examples before us show him
and published by William Baldwin & Co., 434
to possess an artistic eye as well as clean and
Broome Street, New York. $5 a year. Its pub-
careful hands. A view of the railroad bridge at
lication commenced in July last, and the back
Portage is one of the best things of its kind we
numbers are before us. It is edited with con-
ever saw. Mr. Crocker also enjoys a fine patron-
siderable tact and spirit, and promises to be
age as a skilful portrait photographer, and de-
exceedingly useful. We cannot go wrong in
servedly so.
commending the study of chemistry to our
readers, and this live magazine will give them
an excellent opportunity. The editors have
To Members of the N. P. A. — We have re-
ceived the following: "I wish you would call
taken photography under their wing, and will,
the attention of the members of the N. P. A. to
we hope, not fail to do it justice. We have
the fact, that the receipt of the card portrait of
clubbed with the publishers, and will furnish
one member by mail, of another, ought to be a
the American Chemist and either the Photogra-
sufficient hint to exchange ; by so doing it would
pher or World for $9 a year. See prospectus of
save a written request being sent with each card,
American Chemist in our advertising depart-
and a mutual saving to the fraternity in postage.
ment. " F. M. Spencer."

Received from Mr. H. 0. Bly, Hanover, N. Changing Base. —A number of our progres-
H., some examples of his portrait work, and sive photographers, who are making fine work
some very interesting stereo views. From Mr. in our smaller cities, write us that they intend

E. R. Curtiss, Madison, Wisconsin, some very moving to larger ones, where they can " do
pretty shadow pictures, which do him credit. more." Now our counsel to such is, Don't. Ex-
From Mr. C. R. Savage, Salt Lake City, some penses and competition are vastly greater in
very fine Union Pacific Railroad views, which large cities, and your care would probably be
are wonderful. From Mr. H. L. Bingham, Kal- greatly increased, without a corresponding in-
amazoo, Michigan, some exceedingly fine exam- crease of profits. If you are doing more than a

ples of the new size Victoria cards. From Mr. living, stay where you are. We can point to
Jesse A. Graves, Delaware Water Gap, Pa., several who regret doing the reverse.

some very excellent stereoscopic views made in

Answers to Correspondents.
that delightfully wild region. Mr. Graves has
improved wonderfully in his work. These views
S. — 1. The whole amount collected at Cleve-
land was acknowledged in these pages, but the
are mostly of gushing cascades, and are admira-
bly done. FroniC. Alfred Garrett, Westchester,
names were not given for the reason that many
Pa., some excellent cartes, skilfully manipu-
who could only afford to give a little, objected.

lated. From Mr. R. S. Forbes, Eugene City, 2. Mr. Shaw has commenced suit against
Oregon, some interesting camp scenes in the Messrs. Bogardus, Kurtz, Howell, E. & H. T.
Western wilderness. From Mr. W. H White- Anthony & Co., -nd several others, in New York ;

head, Pittsbung, Pa., some excellent medallion and the suits are now pending, but it is doubtful
cabinet size pictures, which are excellent exam- if any one of "them comes to trial before next

ples of photography, the more creditable because April. Our libel suit is pending.
Pittsburg is probably the worst plnce in the "Retired Artist" (New York), and
country to make photographs. Mr. Whitehead Others. — We cannot insert communications
is already preparing work for the Exhibition in coining to us over assumed signatures. We do
Philadelphia next June, and will, no doubt, not care to publish the names, if requested not
make a creditable show. He was awarded a to, but we mast always know who is responsible
medal at the late fair held in his city. From for a communication, or it won't be published.
 FORM FOR SUBSCRIBERS.
The readers of the Photographer are requested to read our Prospectus for 1871 also that of ;

our new magazine, Photographic World, and advertisements of our other publications. Likewise
consult our Premium List, and by a little effort you can get all your own books free of cost. Use
this Bla?ik and send vour order on it.

m
BENERMAN & WILSON, S. W. cor. 7th and Cherry Sts., PHILADELPHIA.

Enclosed please find $. for purposes named below.

fflame,

P. 0..

bounty,

State,

Commencing. Ending. $ Cts.

. Months, Philadelphia Photographer, . .

Months, Photographic World,

Copy, Photographic Mosaics, 18 . .

Copy, Lea's Manual of Photography, •

Copy, How to Paint Photographs, . .

Copy, Pictorial Effect in Photography, .

Copy, Ayres' Chart of Photo. Drapery, .

Total Amount sent, .

Less Cash for Premiums,

zf have also obtained you ?^ew subscribers as below, for

which please send me as premitim copy ....

Address of New Subscribers:

(Here, or on other side, fill in with pen, as per form above, names of new subscribers.)